Full text of "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal"

See other formats

Google

This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project

to make the world's books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject

to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books

are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the

publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing tliis resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for in forming people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

at|http: //books .google .com/I

\ '^v

-' C. r \"r:

» • c

• *■

r-!.

r^.

-4-

JOURNAL

OF TBK

ASIATIC SOCIETY

BBNOAXi.

SOITSD BT

THE SECRETARY AND SUB-SECRETARY.

VOL. XIIL

PART I.— JANUARY TO JUNE. 1844.
No8. 145 to 150.

NEW SERIES.

" It will flouiriah. If iiAtiirali«U, chemkta aatiquwiM, philoU)gen,'«ttd men of ici«nce, la diffarent
Hrt* of ^«te will oommlt tli«ir obtervstloiit to wrMng, and aond them to the AsUtic Sooie^,
in CaSeotU; it wIH langniih if cnefa eommonieetioiis ghall be long intermitted ; and will die away
if they eball ontiroly eeaae."— Szm Wx. JoNU.

CALCUTTA :
BISHOPS COLLEGE PRESS.

1844.

PAET I.

No. 145.

L-On the Bligntory Tribes of NativM in Central India. By Edward Balfour,
Esq. Aaiiatant Surgeon. Communicated by the Author to Jameaon's Edin-
burgh Journal, •••• •••• •••• ,,., ,,,, ^^^^ I

IL^Yocabnlary of Goand and Cole Words. From Dr. Voysey's MSS. Ellich*

poor, 16th Deeember, 1821, ]9

III.— On the History of Arakan.— By Capt A. P. Phayre, Senior Assistant

Commissioner, Arakan ,.,, 28

IV.— Bhfacars Ach&ryas Siddh&nta Shir6mftni sic dicti operis pars tertia,
Gnnitadhiam, sire astronomiam continens* Latino ?ertit notasque adjecit,
B.Boer, •#•• •••• .#•• •••* ,,,, .,,^ 53

v.— Summary description of two new species of Plying Squirrel. By B. H.
Hodgson, B. C*S. •••• .••• •••• ,,,, ,,,. ,^,^ gy

▼I.— Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.— January, 1844, .... .... i

T I L^OiBcen, and Members of the Asiatic Society for 1844, .... .... xiii

VIII.— List of Members, January, 1844, •••• .... .... ,,., ^

IX.— Bules of the Society, .... .... .... .,., ,^^^ ^^U

No. 146.

I.— Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the Madras and Ma-
salipatam Storm of 21st to 23rd May, 184S. By Henry Piddington. With
a Chart, .. .... .... .... .,,, ,,,^ ^^^^ ^

U.-An Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in China.
By D. J. Macgowan, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo Hospital. With
a Plate, •• •••• .... ,,,. ,.,, ^^^^ ^^^^ lU

III.— A Description of the Country of Seisthan. By Lieut. B. Leech, Bombay
BngineeiB, Assistant on a mission to Cabool. From the Political Secretariat
oftheGoYemment of India, ...• H5

IV.— Route from Candahar to Herat. From the Political Secretariat of the
Government of India, 1^1

v.— Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.— February, 1844, xiii

iv Contents,

No. 147.

Page.

l.~- Tables for determining the Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in the ACmoe*
pheie and the Temperature of the Dew-point, by Obserrations of a dry and
wet bulb Thermometer ; computed agreeably to Dr. Apjohn's Hygrometric
formula, under the direction of Capt. J. T. Boileau, of the Bengal En-
gineers, F. R« S., F. R. A. S. Superintendent of the Hon'ble E. I Com-
pany's Magnetic Obser?atory at Simla, . . • • . • • • • • • • . . 135

1 1.— Geological Map of Captain Herbert's Himalaya Survey, • # * . • • • • 171

III.— Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ltd«kh, and on Gerard's Account of
Kun&war, including a general description of the latter district. By Lieut.
J. D* Cunningham, of the Engineers, 1848. Communicated by the Go-
▼emment of India, .. •■•. ••.. •••• •••■ ••••171E

IV.— Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.— March, 1844, • . . • • • . . xxi

No. 148.

I«— Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Liulakh, and on Gerard's Account of Ku-
n&waf, including a general description of the latter district. By Lieut.
J. D. Cunningham, of the Engineers, 1843. ( Concluded,) *»>• •.•• ?)S

II.— Report on the Agriculture and Land produce of Shoa. By Capt. Graham.

Bengal N. L, of the Mission to Abyssinia, • • • • . • • • , . . • • )&3

1 1I.— Report on the Route from Seersa to Bahawulpore, by Major F. Mackeson,
C. B., B. N. I. Officiating Superintendent Bhutty Territory 7B7

IV.— Note on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a
few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunker, and on the supposed de-
crease of Thermal Temperature in India. By Capt* Newbold, M. N. I.,
Assistant Resident, Kumool, Madras Territory, .... • • • • « • . • 313

V .—Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.— April, 1844, zxis

No. 149. .

l.^Note on the Myjertheyn Somalees. By Lieut. C. J. Gruttenden, Assistant

Political Agent, at Aden, •• 319

11.— Eiamination of a remarkable Red Sandstone from the junction of the Dia-
mond Limestone and Sandstone at Numoor, in the Kumool Tefritory,
Southern India. Received for the Museum of Economic Geology, for Capt*
Newbold, M. N. 1. Assistant Commissioner, Kumool. By Henry Pid-
dington, Curator Museum of Economic Geology of India and of the Geolo*
gical and Mineralogical DepHrtments, Asiatic Society's Museum. • . •• 336

lilt— Report of a Journey from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cabool and the
Pttfljaub, undertaken in the year 1838, by order of his Excellency John
McNeill, Esq. H. B. M. Envoy Extraordinary and Minister Plenipoten-
tiary at the Court of Persia- By Mijor Todd, Acting Secretary of Legation, 3S9

IV.— Appendix to Mr. Blyth's Report for December Meeting 184% (ConU-
nued from voL xUf p. lOll,) • •.•• ^.t. 361

v.— Proceedings of the Asiatic Society.— May, 1844. '• • • xliii

CotUenis- v

No. 150.

Page.

L— A Omnmar of the CMhmeeree Language* By Alitor li. Leech, C. B.,
lit Ajnstaiit QoTernor General's Agent, N. W* F* (ConHnued,) .... 397

U.— View of the principal Political Events that occarred in the Carnatic, from
the dtssoltttioB of the Ancient Hindoo OoTemment in 1564, till the Mogul
Gofenimont was established in 1687, on the GonqueBt of the Capitals of Bee-
japQor and Golconda; compiled from various Authentic Memoirs and Origi-
nal MSS* ooUoeled chieiy within the last ten yeaiv, and referred to in the
Notes at the bottom of each page. By Colonel Mackenzie 421

lIL^Noticcs of Tarionf Mammalia, with Description of many New Species.
By Ed. Blyth, Curator of the Asiatic Society's Museum, he 463

IV.— Pncecdiagf of the Adatic Society— June, 1844» .. •. liii

inti$x

TO PABT I, VOL. XIII.

Paff€,

Agriculture and Und produce of
fiihoa. Report on the. By Capt.
Orahanii •••• ••■• •••• 253

Appendix to Mr. Blylh Report for
iDecember Meeting, 1842 (Conti*
nutdfromvol. zii. p. lOUj •••• 361

BhftscarsB Ach&rys Siddh&nta Shirtf-
m&ni sic dicti operte pan tertia,
Gunitadhiam, sive astronomiam
contineos, Latine vertit notasque
adjecit, B. Roer, .... . . • • %A

Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo in
China. An Inscription from a Tab-
let in a. By D. J. Macgowan,

BSq, •• •••• ...a ••••lis

Candahar to Herat, Route from^
From the Political Secretariat of
the Government of India 121

Cashmeeree Lang^uage. A Grammar
of the. By Migor Leech, 397

Country of Seisthan* A Description
of the. By Lieut. R. Leech 115

Elastic Force of Aqueous Vapour in
the Atmosphere and the Tempera-
ture of the Dew-point, by Ouer-
▼ations of a dry and wet bulb Ther-
mometer; Tables for determining
the : computed agreeably to Dr.
Apjohn's Hygrometric formula,
under the direction of Capt J. T.
Boileau, ..•• 135

Bzamination of a remarkable Red
Sandstone from the junction of the
Diamond Limestone and Sand-
stone at Numoor, in the Kumool
Territory, Southern India. Re-
ceived for the M useum of Economy
Geology, from Capt. Newbold. By
Henry Piddington, • • • . • . • • 336

Pljring Squirrel. Summary descrio-
tion of two new species of. By a.
H. Hodgson, .•■• •••• ..•• 67

Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in South-
em India. Note on a recent With
a few remarks on the origin and
age of the Kunkur. By Capt.
Newbold, •••■ •*•• •••. 313

Pag^.

Goand and Cole Words. Vocabulary
of. From Dr. Voyiey, 19

Herat to Simla. Report of a Joumev
via Candahar, Cabool and the Pun-
jaub, By Migor Todd, 339

History oxAracan. On the. By Capt
A. P. Phayre, 23

Himalaya Survey. Geological Map
of. Capt Herbert's, . . • • • • . • 171

Law of Storms in India. Tenth Me-
moir on the. Being the Madras
and Masulipatam Storm of 21st to
2Srd May, 1843. By Henry Pid-
dington, .... .... ...a 66

List (» Members, January, 1844, • • ▼
Mammalia, Notices of various, with
Description of many New species.

By Edward Blyth, 463

Migratory Tribes of Natives in Cen-
tral India. Conmiunicated by the
Author to Jameson's Edinburgh
Journal. By Edward Balfour,

iSSq. ...« ,•••• •••• ...a 1

Mijjertheyn Somalees. Notes on the.
By Lieut C J. Cruttenden 819

Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, and
on Gerard's Account of Kunawar,
Notes on. By Lieut. J. D. Cun-
ningham, a... .••• 172-223

Officers and Members of the Asiatic
Society for 1844 ziii

Political Events that occurred in the
Camatic. View of the principal,
from the dissolution of the Ancient
Hindoo Government, in 1564, till
the Mo^ul Government was esta-
blished in 1687, on the Conquest of
the Capitals of Beeiapore and Gol-
conda By Colonel Mackensie, . • 421

Proceedings of the Asiatic Socie-
ty for 1844, i-xiii-zki-zziz-sliii*liii

Route from Seersa to Bahawnlpore.
Reportonthe. By MigorF. Macke-
son, .. .... a... a... 297

Rules of the Society, xvii

INDEX TO NAMES OF CONTRIBUTORS

TO PABT I, VOL. XIII.

Pag€

Balvoob. Edwaed, Bso. On the
Migntorj Tribes of Matives in
CcDUml India, • i

BeiLBAU, T. J. Cftpt. Tables for
dtteimintog the Elastic Force of
AqaeoQS Vapour in the Atmos-
sbtre and the Temperatnre of the
Dew-point, bT Obeerrations of a
hj and wet onlb Thermometer;
computed agreeably to Dr. Ap«
jebrt Hyj^metric formula, under
die direction of, •••

Blttb, Mr. Appendix to Report for

December Meeting, 1842. (Om'

tianud from 961. zii.p. 1011. J[ ••

^ Notices of various

Hiaunalia, with Description of

If New Species, ••463

las

861

Cbuttehobh, u. J. Lieut* Note on
the Mijjertheyn Somalees, 819

CUBR INGHAM, J. D. Licot NotCS

ea Hoorcrofi's Travels in LfSdakh,
sad OB Gerard's Account of Kuoft-
vir, •■ •••• •••• 1/2-uS

Gevemment of India, Route ftom
Caadahar to Herat From the Poli-
tical Secretariat of the, • • . . 121

Gbabam, Capt Report on the Ag-
riculture and land produce of
ohoa, •• •••• •••• •••• 4Bv9

HttBBBT, Captain. Geological Map
ef HimalaTa Survey, .171

BoBasoN, B. H. Summary descrip-
tioB of two new species of Flying
o^uiirel. •••• •••• •••• v7

LiBCH R. Lieut. A Description of

the Country of Setsthan, • 115

Mstfor. AGraaunarofthe
Csihmeeree Language. (ConU-
mtA,J ••.• •••• •••■ o97

421

113

Page.

Mackbnzib, CoLONBL. Vicw of the
Principal Political Events that oc-
curred in the Camatic, from the
dissolution of the Ancient Hindoo
Government in 1564, till the Mo-
fful Government was eitablished in

lOo/, •• ••,. .... ..••

Macgowan, D. J. Esq. An Inscrip-
tion from a Tablet in a Buddhut
Monastery at Ningpo in China,

Mackbsoic, F. Major. Report on the
Route from Seerta to Bahawulpore, 297

Nbwbold, Capt Note on a recent
Fossil Fresh- water Deposit in
Southern India, with a few remarks
on the oriffin and age of the Kunker,
and on the supposed decrease of
Thermal Temperature in India, • •

Pratbb, a. p. Capt On the His-
tory of Arakan, .. •••• ••■•

PiDDiMOTON, Hbnrt. Examina-
tion of remarkable Red Sandstone
from the junction of the Diamond
Limestone and Sandstone at Nur-
noor, in the Kumool Territory,
Southern India,

Tenth Me-
moir on the Law of Storms in In-
dia, with a Chart, «... ••..

BoBB, £• Bh4scaraB Ach&rjrs Sid-
dhhnta Shirdm&ni sic dicti operis
pars teria, Gunitadhiam, sive as-
tronomiam continens, Latino ver-
tit notasque ai^ eeit, • • • . > • • •

ToDO, Mi\)or. Keport of a Journey
ttom Herat to Simla, viaCanda-
har, Cabool and the Pumaub, un-
dertaken in the year 1888,

VoTSBT, Dr. Vocabulary of Goand
and Cole Words. • •

SIS
23

836

• •■•

• « • .

339
19

JOURNAL

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

On ike Mu^raiory Tribes of Natives in Ceniral India, By Edward
BaIiFOUb^ Esq.^ Assistant Surgeon Cammunieated by the Author
to Javbson's Edinburgh Journal.

W« havt copied the following intereeting article from Jambson's Bdinbubgh
JooRif AL, No. LXIX, for I84S, and we add to it from Dr. Voysey't Joumala, his
brief Yocabnlary of the Goand and Cole wordi. We cannot on this occasion refrain
tnm. again urging npon gentlemen who may be so titnated at to be able to obtain these
notices and yocabulsxies, the extreme importance and great utility of doing so* It is im-
possible, we think, for the oldest resident in India to read this curious artidle without
being struck with the reflection of how much there is in India, of which we as yet
know little or nothing, and yet the knowledge of which is so important to us in
every capacity. We trust that Dr. Balfour's praiseworthy labourB will not stop here,
and that he will go on in the useful and honorable field in which he has chosen to
labour.— Eds.

The hills and forests in the centre of India, are inhabited by people
differing widely from the inhabitants of the plains. Their great abode,
lays Mr. Elphinstone, is the Vindya mountains, which run east and
west from the Ganges to Guserat, and the broad tract of forest which
extends north and south from the neighbourhood of Allahabad to the
latitude of Masulipatam, and «with interruptions almost to Cape
Comorin. These people have separate names — Paharias, Kols, Gonds,
Bheels, Colis, and Colaris ; but in many points they differ from each
other, and little has been done to shew that they are the same people.
Id addition to these races, there are many smaller communities spread
throughout India, each with a distinct name, and speaking a distinct
tongue ; leading a migratory life, and resorting only to towns to pur-
chase a few necessaries ; they seem the remains of some aboriginal peo-

No. 146. Nbw Sbribs, No. 61. b

2 MigrcUory Tribes cf fNo. 145.

pie who had occupied the soil perhaps before any of the nations now
possessing it ; and it may not be uninteresting to mention some of the
habits of these nomade races.

TUB GOHURy CALIiBD BY BUROPKANS AND NATIVB8 BBNJARI, OR

LUMBARI.

The Binjarries are separated among themselves into three tribes —
Chouhone, Rhatore, and Powar. Their original country, they say,
was Rajputana,* but they now are spread over Hindostan, all adher.
ing to the same customs, and speaking the same language This bears
a strong resemblance to the language of Ouzerati though there are
many words in it without affinity with any of the dialects we are ac-
()uainted with. At the head of the Binjarries in the Dekhan are two
individuals who receive the title of Naeks. They reside in Hyderabad ,
and the encampments located near that city refer any disputes that
arise to them for their decision ; but the chief occupation of these
Naeks is to keep up a correspondence with the different parts of the
country, to gain early information from localities where war or famine
has raised the price of grain.

The Binjarries are grain merchants; indeed the name is given them
from their occupation ; and their traffic being carried on by bullocks,
they traverse the most impracticable countries to collect supplies^ which
they pour into the districts where scarcity prevails, or they move in
the track of large armies, to furnish them with grain during the cam.
paign. In carrying on war in India, where armies carry their maga.
zines along with them,, the services of the Binjarries are almost in-
dispensable, and their occupation renders them sacred. For this
reason, though moving among hostile bodies in time of war, they con.
sider themselves secure from being molested by any party, and there
have been instances of large bodies passing near camps, and though
refusing to dispose of the grain they carried, being allowed to move on
to the enemy, the dread of alarming them, and thus banishing them
for ever, being sufficient to protect them from interruption. The time
of hostilities or of dearth was a period of activity among them ; but

* On the summits of the hills (formerly islets) which, united, form the island of
Bombay, reside about 75 families of cultivators, who say they emigrated from Il^j.
putanah. Many of the words in the language of this people, and the dress of their
women, are simiiiar to the Gohurs. Tbev call themselves Purmans.

1844.] Natives in Central India, 3

our luoeetMS have restored order to India, and have sent our Iroops
to cantoniBftnts, and with the return of peace, nothing oeeurs to inter-
nqit the labours of the husbandman, and scarcity seldom prevails.
These dianges hav€ done much to make the Binjarries poor, and where
disease has swept awaj their bnllockSy the community, unable to pur.
chase others, has broken up and dispersed. When thus reduced, the
womeii brinir firewood to the towns to sell, which their husbands cut
in the jungles. Tliey were at all times considered a bold and formi-
dable race, and when travening the country with herds of bullocks
tmisporting grain and salt, they frequently perpetrated robberies in
gangs, and they are not over-scrupulous in committing murder on
theae oeeasions, if they meet with opposition, or deem it necessary for
their security. With the approaches of poverty, too, vioe has grown
apaee ; mMiy are convicted of stealing cattle and children, and Thugs
have also been detected among them.

A eommnnity of Binjarries is termed a Tanda. In each Tanda an
individaal is selected to whom the title of Naek is given, but his rank
would seem to ck>the him with but little authority. No rules exist
among them to regulate their ctmduct or guide their society, and
though they keep together in large bodies, it would seem more from
their jntormarriages and the security numbers give, than from any
kws binding them to the tribe. The Tandas in their movements
encamp on wastes and uncultivated spots, sometimes near, but more
frequently remote, from towns.

The Binjarries pull down the wild boar with dogs of a powerful
and pecidiar breed, which they keep in all their Tandas ; but with the
exceplioD of the wild hog, they live, as regards food, like other Hindus.
A few are met with who can read and write. Their wandering life
piedades them from residing in towns ; they live under tents while
the hot weather continues, and on the approach of the monsoon, con-
struct grass huts to shelter ihem from the piercing rains that fall.

Their features are dark and bronzed. The men have tall and mus-
eolar frames. Their dress differing much from the nations and com-
munities around them, attmcts attention to the females of the tribe, on
whom nature has bestowed the most faultless forms ; tall and exqui-
sitely moulded, these dark children of the desert move with a grace
unwitnessed among a civilised people, their loose and peculiarly form-

4 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

ed ^ments assisting to set off their shape. A boddioe (called Kan-
terle) fitting neatly to the form in front, reaches from the neck to the
hip, conceals the bosom, but is left open behind ; this with a gown
(petia) fastened by a noose beneath the waist, and &lling in loose folds
to the feet, and scarf (cadhi) thrown carelessly over the shoulder^
completes their dress, which is made of cloth dyed with bright and
varied colours. From their hair, and the tapes that bind their dress^
are suspended long strings of courie shells, massive rings of silver clasp
the ankles, and the arms, from the wrist to the shoulder, are loaded
with broad rings of ivory, cut from the elephants' tusks, and dyed with
varied dyes. The ceremonies attending the marriage of a widow
are, as is usual among the natives of the east, few; the gift of a new
cloth, and the selection of a fortunate hour on which to conduct the
bride home, comprise the whole. With the young bride, a more
lengthened rejoicing is made. On the marriage being assented
to, the bridegroom pays one or two hundred rupees to the parents
of the bride, and at the early part of the day, which the brahman
who has been consulted has pronounced auspicious, two pyramids are
constructed, by placing earthen pots one above another, ten or twelve
feet apart, a bundle of firewood is laid behind each pyramid, and two
wooden pestles, qsed by the women of every house in India to clean
the grain, are planted perpendicularly between. The ceremonies last
five days, during which the friends are feasted, the bride and bride-
groom sitting on the ground between the pyramids, and on the fifth
day, after being bathed by their respective male and female relations,
the bridegroom leads to his tent his bride. The next morning the
young wife rises early, and carrying the hand-mill near the feet of her
husband's parents, there grinds the com* necessary for the meals of the

* Shortly after midnight, the women in the east rise and begin to grind com for the
family, cheering themielvee in their lonely task by singing their labour songs. In
several parts of Scripture this custom of grinding the com for the day's consumption
is noticed. *' In the day when the grinders cease because they are few, and the doors
be shut in the streets because the sound of the grinding is low." — Ecc. xii. 3, 4.
See also Ex. xi. 5* and Is. xlvii. 1, where it says, ** Come down and sit in the dust, O
virgin daughter of Babylon ; sit on the ground ; there is no throne, O daughter of the
Chaldeans, take the millstones and grind meal ;" and in Matt, xxiv. 41, it is said, ** two
women shall be grinding at the mill, the one shall be taken and the other left." One
person can generally grind sufficient for the use of a small family, but where much is
required, two women, as noticed in the Scripture, sit on the ground wit|i the milbtones
between them*

]844.] Natives in Central India. 5

eonriog day, and is thus initiated into the practice of her domestic
daties. The Binjanies are not restricted to one wife. It is rare, how.
ever, to have more than three or four in a house*

Id the roving life they lead, exposed to the vicissitudes of a tropical
dimate, and liable to accidents and disease, we would fancy that
necessity would have taught them some acquaintance with simples and
the arts of life ; but that custom, fatal to improvement, which obtains
tbrou^out India> binding each community to follow only those pur.
mits which their predecessors have been engaged in, prevails with
eipMi effect among this migratory tribe, to whom every art is equally
luknown. When sickness occurs, they lead the sick man to the feet
of the bullock called " Hatadia," for, though they say they pay re-
verence to images, and that their religion is that of the Sikhs, follow-
eiB of Nana Govind, the object of their worship is this ^' Hatadia," a
bnlloek devoted to the god Balajee. On this animal no burden is
ever laid ; but decorated with streamers of red dyed silk and tinkling
beUs, with many brass chains and rings on neck and feet, and strings
of eowrie-shells and silken tassels, hanging in all directions^ he moves
steadily on at the head of the convoy, and the place he lies down on
vrfien tiied» that they make their halting ground for the day ; at his
feet they make their vows when difficulties overtake them, and in iU-
Bcsi, whether of themselves or cattle, they trust to his worship for a
core. This bullock is their god, their guide, and their physician.

From their migratory life, we are deprived of all means of calculat-
ing their numbers; but spread throughout the whole of India, in large
bodies, they no doubt &r exceed any amount of people which are
brought to one individual's notice.

They bury the people who die unmarried, but the bodies of the
married are burned. Food is placed at the head and foot of the grave,
but no omen of the state of the deceased is drawn from the creature
that eats it.

HIRK-SBIKABET OB BIBN-FABDY, — ^THB HUNTBBS.

The Him-shikarry or Him.pardy, the Indian hunters, term them-
selves Bhourie. They are of short stature, greatly wanting in intelli.
genoe, and timid in their intercourse with their fellow.men ; while
constant exposure to the vicissitudes of the seasons and their familiarity

Tribes i^ [No. 145.

with toil and wvat, has stoiited their growth and made them blaA
and ahrivelled in their form. Thdr numberB are great They range
from the mowy Himalayahs in the north through the vast phdna oi
Hindnstany till at Cape Comorin, benealh the equator, the Indian
oeean checks their farther progress.* From each Talley and each
Cnrest diat civilized man has as yet left unoccupied, or has once agsdn
abandoned to the wild creatures of nature, the hunter obtains his
means of subsistence. The creatures that they kill they eat, for, with
the exception of the cow and bullock, all animals, the elephant, the
tiger, and the leopard, the jungle dog and jangle cat, the wild-boar,
the wdf, the iguana, and the rat and mouse, are used as food by the
Bhourie. They obtain a little money by disposing of the aldns of the
animals they destroy, and often earn large rewards for destroying the
leopards and wolves that at all times prowl about the outskirts of
villages. The women, on visiting a town, gain a little money by
disposing of charms and antidotes to the bite of a snake or scorpion's
sting.

The langauge of the Bhourie seems to have little relation to that of
any of the other migratory nations. It has many words like the Gu-
aerattee and Mahrattee, and several of pure Sanscrit. The Bhourie
are divided into five tribes, receiving among themselves the names, I.
Rhatore or Mewara ; 2. Chofdione ; 3. Sawundia ; 4. Kcn^biar ; and 5«
Kodiara. It would appear that the hunters dwell in distinct locali-
ties, restrained from migrating to the hunting-grounds of other
branches by custom and the fear of punishment, ^instances having
lately occurred where the magistrate's authority has been called in to
drive back tribes, who, urged by want, or enticed by more promising
wilds, had quitted their own, and located themsdves on the hunting
grounds of a neighbouring community.

These communities are governed by chiefs, turned *' Howlia," who
attain to their oflBice by descent. It was difficult to obtain exact in-
formation regarding these head men ; they would seem to be consider-
ed spiritual as well as civil guides, and among the wild untutored
minds of these rude creatures, there seemed to be some vague idea that

* Lieat De Butts, in his Rambles in Ceylon, describes a race termed " Veddahs"
who, from his description, seem to be the same as the Bhouries of India.

1844.] Natives in Central India, ^ 7

their Howlia is an incarDation of the deity. The occurrence of murder
or otlier grave crime my informant had Dover heard of; but all minor
mattecB are decided by these chiefs On them likewise devolves the
dvsq of summoning the different members of the tribe to aid in soar-
iif the tiger, for whidi villagers and proprietors occasionally offer high
rewuda. This, when earned, they divide into three shares, one for
the god of the river, one for the god of the wilds, the remaining third
being apfMVtioned equally among those who were present at the cap.
tore, the Howlia or chief obtaining no greater sum than another of
the commonity. They all assemble at the Holi festival, at the place
of the Houlia's residence, when he collects his income, the community
subscribing one rupee a head.

Among other modes of obtaining subsistence, thieving is (me whidi
they look to as no small means of support Gang robbery, or any
qfstem attended with violence, they are not addicted to ; but no field
or stack of grain is safe from their depredaticms whm they are in the
neighbourhood. For this, severe fines, and death itself, were often
miiieted on them, while the country was ruled by the native princes ;
for though the hunters have only a narrow l<nn.cloth as clothing, and
the persona of the women are scarcely hidden by the few rags they
piek up in the fields and sew together, yet, when in the grasp of native
ehiefo, the fear of death has made them produce two to five thousand
rupees to purchase forgiveness and regain their freedom. It may be
from the reeollection of such scenes, that, notwithstanding their seem-
ing poverty, all classes assert these wretched-looking beings to be the
possessors of vast wealth, and when in the fields in their lonely camps,
sheltered by a few tattered rags stretched overhead, they are at in-
tervab plundered by the ruthless robbers we term decoits.

For the first ^ve years after the beard first appears, it and the hair
is cut once a year, but ever after they wear both unshorn, and their
long shaggy locks add to their uncouth appearance. The bodies of
the dead are buried. Few attain sixty years of age, and ten is the
greatest number of children they have known one woman to bear ;
Bor have they ever heard of any one being killed by a tiger, though
ene of them has assisted at the capture of eight of these creatures.
They call themselves a branch of the Dhoongur, the Shepherd or
Vesyarace.

8 ^ Migr tttary Tribes of [No. 145.

THE TARKMOOKy OR WANDBRINO BLACKSMITH*

The Wandering Blacksmith is known in the Dekhani language, as
Ohissaris ; as Lobars by the Mahrattas ; and from the Canarese they
receive the name of Bail-Kumbar, but they term themselves Taremook.

Their traditions affirm the northern provinces of Hindustan to
have been their original country ; but the cause or the period of their
emigrating thence has not been preserved. As a race, they are dark,
though not blacky and somewhat taller than Hindoos in general. They
are to be seen dwelling on the outskirts of almost every . village
throughout India, though their numbers are not great; the largest
number of fiunilies the old Taremook who gives me this information
has ever seen in one place, amounting to ten, a community of perhaps
sixty people. It is rare to find them occupying houses in towns ;
but, for the greater facility of migrating, they encamp outside the
walls, where they reside, exposed to the changes of the weather, firom
which they are barely sheltered ; a ragged and patched cloth, two or
three yards long, being all a fiimily have for their protection. They
are blacksmiths by trade, and are very poor, living firom hand to
mouth* The women collect wood in the jungles, to make the charcoal
necessary in their husbands' trade : the movement of the forge-bellows is
likewise the duty of the women, many of whom assist their husbands
by working the sledge-hammer. Their language they term Taremooki :
that spoken by the communities in the Dekhan contains several
Mahrattee and Canaree words, a mixture probably resulting from
their lengthened sojourn on the border countries of these two nations.

The richest Taremook my informant has ever seen, was said to be
worth ten thousand rupees; but though some individuals collect a
little money, he has never known any one learn to read or write. The
dress of this migratory race is like that of other Hindus. Their religion
is the Brahminical, Kandoba being the deity to which their worship
is chiefly directed. Their marriages are conducted similarly to the
customs of the Hindoos, but intoxicating drinks are largely used.
They have earned a great name for gallantry, and it is a very usual
thing to hear of the rough Taremook levanting with another man's
wife* On the occasion of a birth, they sacrifice in the name of Satwai.
They bum the bodies of married people, and lay the ashes by a river's

1844.] NaHves in Central India. 9

ode; bot the imimnried dead are buried, and for three days after
the fmeral food is carried to the grave, though they draw no augury
of the state of the soul of the deceased from any creature eating the
fpod.

TBB KOBAWA.

This migratory people arrange themselves into four divisions, the
Bejantri, Teling, Kolla, and Soli Korawas, speaking the same Ian.
gnage, but none of them intermarrying or eating with each other.
Whence they originally migrated it would be difficult perhaps now to
come to a conclusion, nor could it be correctly ascertained how fiir
they extend. The Bajantri or Oaon ka Korawa, the musical or
riUage Korawa, are met with in Bejapore, Bellary, Hyderabad, and
Uimugfaoat Canara. The men of this people are somewhat more
robustly formed than the settled population ; but the females are less
tall, and more dark than the Canarese women among whom they are
kxated. Their food dillers from that of the Hindoo as well as the
Mshomedan; they never eat the cow or bullock, but the jackal,
porcupine, hog and wild boar, deer and tigers, are sought after and
used by them. They deny that robbery is ever made a regular mode
of earning a subsistence ; an honesty, however, that the people among
whom they dwell give them but little credit for. Indeed, firom my
own observation, on an occasion that brought the circumstances of a
eommunity to the light, it is difficult to believe that the great sums
feond in their possession could have been honestly earned. They
live by thieving, making grass screens and baskets. The men likewise
attend at festivals, marriages, and births, as musicians, which has
obtained for them the name of Bajantri ; and at the reaping season all
resort to the Aelds to beg and pilfer from the formers, for they will
not be induced to put their hands to labour. The women, too, earn
a little money by tattooing on the skin the marks and figures of the
gods, which the females of all castes of Hindus ornament their arms
and foreheads with. The Bajantri Korawa reside in mud huts, in
tmall societies outside the walls of the village to which they have
tenqwrarily attached themselves. The age for marrying is not a fixed
time ; and, difTerent from every other people in India, the youth of
the female is not thought of consequence, the old man telling this

10 Migratory Tribeg of [No. 145.

when a lad with muBtaehea jost appearing, faaring been married to a
woman who, five years previously, had attained maturity ; a marriage
that would have been opposed to the customs, and repugnant to the
feelings alike of Hindoo and Mahomedan. To this wife he yet
remains attached, though it is not unusual to have two, three, or four
wives in one household, among this people. In marrying, at the hour
pronounced to be fortunate by a Brahmin, the bride and bridegroom,
smeared with turmeric, are seated on the ground, and a circle drawn
with rice around them. For live days the musicians attend before
their door, and the whole concludes by the neighbours gathering romid
and sprinkling a few grains from the rice circle over the couple. The
married women wear the tali round their necks, which is broken on
the husband's death by the relatives of the deceased. This people live
virtuously ; the abandonment of their daughters is never made a trade
of, and other classes speak &vourab]y of their chastity.

They respect Brahmins; and though they never, or at least very
rarely, attend places of worship, they seem to respect the gods of the
Hindoo mythology, and keep in their houses small silver images of
Hanuman, which they once every two or three months worship with
songs, and sacrifice and music Their foreheads, too, are tattooed with
the mark of Vishnu ; but they offer up no daily prayers*

THB TBLINO KOBAWA, OR KORAWA OF TBLIMOAKA.

This branch of the Korawa people are generally known as Kusbi,
Korawa, Aghare Pal Wale, prostitute Korawas, the sitters at the
doors of their tent ; but these names the people themselves consider
opprobrious. The form of their features is altogether different firom
that of the Bajantri Korawa, the shape and expression of the coun.
tenance being similar to the inhabitants of the Coromandel coast— the
country, if we judge by their name, Teling, whence they originally
migrated : but wandering from place to place for a livelihood, where,
ever the Bladras troops marched under Sir Arthur Wellesley, they
followed, and are now found located in most British cantonmente^
The Teling Korawa gain a livelihood by basket^making and sdling
brooms, in making which their wives assist ; but their chief meana
of subsistence is in the prostitution of their female relatives, whom,
for that purpose, they devote to the gods from their birth.

1844. j Natives m Central India, 1 1

When Ihe lives of children in India are despaired of, the fond
mother, whether Mahomedan or Hindu, wills that it should live,
though dcknesB and destitution be its lot through life; and when
agoaiaed by the prospect of its death, she vows to devote her oftpring
to the serviee of the deity, should its life be spared. With the Maho-
Bsdans, the male children thus devoted become durveshes, and their
fonales termed ' Mnstanis,' attach themselves to one or other of the
fear large communities of Fakirs, who beg in India, the Mustanis
bang supposed to live a life of virtue. Among the Hindus, again,
thoe are two elasses of devoted women, the one attending the temples
lad living a life of chastity, the other class fulfilling the vows of their
idatives, by promiscuously sacrificing to sensual love. The Brahmins,
who, worshipping a deity generally as pure theists, whether followers of
firahmna, Vishnu, or Siva, are seldom guilty of thus throwing their
on society ; and this practice seldom obtains among the better
of Hindus even. But as this pursuit of the women thus devoted,
however public it may be, entails no disgrace upon the women themsel-
ves, or their femilies, many of the low castes and migratory tribes of the
Hindus have readily taken to a practice which allows them to follow a
profitable calling, without suflfering in the opinion of their neighbours ;
sad as the poorest and most wretched community in India attach the
utmost importance to the purity and conjugal fidelity of their unmar-
ried and manied females, the low castes and outcasts to whom money
oflrn a great temptation, devote their female children in their earliest
iBfeacy,and thus are able to practise their profession without restraint.
The goddess, in whose service the lives of the Teling Korawas' de-
voted women are thus to be spent, has her chief shrine near Bellary.
They never devote more than one of their daughters; the rest are
smrried and made honest women of. The devoted women, notwith.
standing their loose lives, occasionally bear children, so many as four
having been the children of one mother. These children are treated
ss if legitimate, being admitted without purchase to all the rights and
privileges of the caste. It is probably owing to this intermixture that
Ihe varied colours we find among them arise, changing in individuals
from the (aimess of the Brahmin to that of the darkest coloured Sudra.
They have no rules or laws among their community for self-govem-

ment They eat the deer, the hare, and the goat ; but the cow is con-

12 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

sidered a sacred, and the hog an aoeiined, animal, and never used as
food. No one can read or write.

They are very rarely allowed to reside inside towns ; bot when
this liberty is granted them, they pitch their tents or erect grass huts
at a distance from the dwellings of respectable people. The women
wear a boddice (choli) open in front, and a sarhi ; the men dress as
Hindus usually do.

This branch bury their dead, and the food that was most liked by
the deceased is placed at the head of the grave. The most fevonrabie
omen of the state of the departed soul is drawn from its being eaten
by a crow ; less auspicious if by a cow ; but if both the crow and cow
decline to eat it, they deem the dead to have lived a very depraved
life, and impose a heavy fine on his relatives for having permitted
such evil ways.

Their religion is the brahminical, and Brahmins assist at all their
ceremonies. Their language is nearly similar to that spoken by the
Bajantri Korawa, with whom they agree in the arrangement of the
Korawas into four branches. The other two, in addition to the
Bajantri and Teling Korawa, I never met with. They are called
Koonsi Korawa, and the Patra Korawa, or Patra Polloo. Their
manners and habits and mode of life are scarcely dissimilar from one
another ; all of them can converse in their own language, but they
do not eat or marry with an individual of a different branch.

THB BHATOO.

This migratory people are known in India by the name of Doomur
or Kollati. They are spread over the whole of the great continent ;
but though retaining among themselves the name of Bhatoo, they are
arranged into several distinct tribes, speaking different tongues, and
holding no intercourse with each other. One of these tribes occupies
the country from Ahmednuggur in the north, to Hurryhur in the
south, and lie between Bellary and the western shores of India.

The Bhatoo are seldom tall, rarely exceeding five feet two inches in
height, and the women attaining a proportionate size. At the period
of adolescence, however, the young men and women are perfect models
for the sculptor, the plumpness of that age rounding off the form, and
hiding the projecting bones and the hollows between the muscles,

1844.] Natives in Central India. 13

vludiy in after life^ the piofessioii that both aezes follow too pro-
miiiently develop. They are '* Athletes ;" and the boys and girls are
tniBed to the most surprizing feats of agility from their earliest in-
fioey. Besides this» which is their ostensible mode of gaining a liveli-
hood, the men of this wandering people earn sums of money by ezor-
dang demoos from the persons of those they possess ;* bat what they
ooit trust to for support is devoting their female relatives to the gods.

The various castes of Hindus have their various gods, at whose
Alines the children are devoted ; but the god of this Bhatoo is Kan.
Msyt io the village of Jeejoorie, near Poena. About the age of five
they carry their female relations there, and after performing sacrifice,
asd burning frankincense, they lay the girl at the feet of the deity, to
whidi die is now considered married. These devoted women, and
til the male children, are regularly* trained to athletic exercises, and
the community wanders from village to village to exhibit. Most of
thdr feats are performed by means of a bamboo. On the morning of
the day they intend exhibiting, they abstain from all food, and to this
rak they attribute much of their freedom from disease; and my in.
ftnnant, an old man sixty years of age, can recollect no instance of
rapture anaiong them. Before his own eyes, however, he has seen four
people killed hy fidls from the bamboo, innumerable injuries sustain,
ed by others, and he himself has his right elbow joint fearfully
cmshed.

They settle unimportant points among themselves by arbitration,
bat all serious matters are brought for the decision of their British
mlets. They are totally uneducated; the old man giving me this
iafinrmation has never seen or heard of any one who could read or
write. Impressed with the belief, prevalent throughout India, that
the muscular system does not retain its vigour after marriage, the
Doofflur or Bhatoo delays marrying till middle-aged ; and then, owing
to the gseat expense the ceremonies when taking a young wife occa-
sion, the Bhatoo usually allies himself with a woman who, having been
dcTOted to the gods in her infimcy, has now become too old to make

* Iniane people are frequently taken to have the demon cast forth to these people,
tad are occasionally placed in a cleft of a tree, — these, of course, are not benefited by
(he processes, but demons are frequently cast out of people who had no demons in
them.

t Aa incarnation of Mahadeva.

14 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

a trade of her charms, and too stiff to take a part in the athletic
exhibitions. Two or three hundred rupees are expended in marrying
a young wife; but the ceremonies for the older women are completed
in a day, and cost only ten or twelve rupees. Yet, notwithstanding
this mode of life, they are not unprolifie, my informant having seen
five, six, seven, and even eight children bom of one woman who had
been devoted in her infancy to the gods.

They never eat the hog, the cow, the bullock, or the hone. They
call themselves Mahrattas, but their religion seems essentially different
from the Hindus aroundthem. They own attachment to none of the
three great divisions of the brahminical &ith, and when asked whom
they worship, they reply, " Narayan," the Spirit of God ; but the
particular object the Bhatoo pays his devotions to is the bamboo, with
which all their feats are performed. At the village of Thekoor, near
Kittoor, the shrine of the goddess Karewa has been erected on the
summit of a hill, around the base of which dense forests of bamboo
grow. One they select, and the attendants of the temple consecrate
it. It is now called " Gunnichari" (Chief,) and receives their worship
annually. To it, as to a human chief, all respect is shewn ; and in
cases of marriage, of disputes requiring arbitration, or the occurrence
of knotty points demanding consultation, the gunnichari is erected
in the midst of the counsellors or arbiters, and all prostrate themselvea
to it before commencing the discussion of the subject before them. The
Bhatoos do not keep idols*

All the dead are buried ; when they consign one of their people to
the earth, they place rice and oil at the head of .the grave, and stand
near to watch what creature comes to eat it, drawing the happiest
omen of the state of the departed from the crow visiting the spot.

THB MUDDIKFOB.

Many names have been given to the migratory people we are now
noticing ; Keeli Katr, or Kootaboo, Kubigira or ferryman, Koli, and
Barkur, are those most usually employed; but Muddikpor is the
designation they apply to themselves. They are generally tall and
powerful men, with an olive-yellow complexion, and are now very
numerous throughout India. They say their original locality was
the village of Talicot, near Sorapore, and that however far they be

1S44.] NaiiveM in Central India. 15

I Mv difpened, all el&Mes continue to speak the Mahratta tongue^
I CkoQgh tiiey miitt likewiae acquire a knowledge of the language of the
eonatiy they wander about in, to enable them to earn a livelihood.
TiMir traditions carry back their origin to the obscure periods of
Hiodn history; and they say they have sprung from ten individuals,
ttid thus aoeoant for the ton tribes into which we now find them
dirided; and this traditionary account of a common origin receives
(sm>boration from the circumstance that all the tribes marry and eat
i^BHher.

In eadi tribe an individual is superior to the others, to whom the
ink dcMends by birth, though no title is attached to the olBce. All
diipates that arise are arranged by a jury, whose decisions are made
ia leeordanee with the customs of their forefiithers received by tradi*

tiOB.

These wanderers earn a living by catching fish with nets, and their
wnien earn a little by knitting, and by tattooing the dark blue marks
OB the foreheads of the brahmins and lingaets; but their chief
oeeupation ia the exhibition of the transparencies used in represent-
iig the battles of the Panch Pandya, five brothers, whose exploits are
«e believe, detailed in the Ramaynna. The figures are painted on
dsttijkin with very brilliant colours, and the story being one the
Hindu never tires in listening to, in every village afiter night-fitll you
■sy see the representation of the battles, and hear the Keeli Katr
describing the heroes' deeds.

Their females are very virtuous, and one woman has been known
to give birth to twelve children. Reading and writing is unknown
aaoog them. Their dress and food are the same as the Hindus
•moDg whom they dwell.

They live in square huts formed of grass sewed together, the whole
being perhaps a rupee in value. These they themselves make and
cvry with them at their periodical migrations, which custom renders
oUigatory every three months, — a longer stay would, they say, sub-
ject them to some dire calamity ; and as the third moon passes by,
the spot that yesterday was a merry encamping ground, is to^ay a
faokte and unoccupied waste.

The Muddikpor seemed to me to have no idea of a Supreme Being.
They pay their devotions to the transparent figures with which the

16 Migratory Tribes of [No. 145.

battles of the Panch Pandya are represented : the box of bamboo oon.
taining them is each momiog placed on a part of the floor fresh cover-
ed with cow dung ; and on the lid being opened to expose the draw,
ings, they bum frankincense, and bow down to the ground in worship,
— ** Oh Panch Pandya, by you we live, continue to give us our daily
bread!"

They are not restricted to one wife, and they bury all their dead,
except lepers^ whom they bum.

The languages spoken by these tribes are not understood by any one
of a tribe different from their own, though there seems a general
similarity among them, as will be seen from the few words I obtained.
The Sanscrit, Tamil, Telogoo, Guzerattee, and Maharattee^ have been
placed to enable a comparison to be made.

1844.]

NaUvesin Ceniral India,

N
N

«
O

81S

^^mihhihlM -ill '31 ' '3

lllJllll'llll*^^*'

MMn^ ^ ^Ni N^cB

•I
o
ti
:4

Migraiory Tribes ofNatintt in Central India, [No. 146.

M
M

N
M

M
M

ilslNllig

Vocabulary of Gcand and Cole Words. Prom Dr. Votsbt's MSS.

EUiehpoar, I6ih December, 1821.

We took the Gvoend, oar gaide^ with us down the hill to our tents, for
tbe parpoee of examining him more elosely, and writing a amall Voca-
imlary of hia language. He spoke Hindooathanee and Marhatta with
gicat fluency, and we found not the alightest difficulty in making him
BDdentand us. I asked him his diet, to which he replied^ buffalo's flesh,
hog's fleshy &C. There was some equivocation concerning his eating cow's
lesh, which he first admitted and afterwards denied; his objects of
vQfsbip were Aboo Bekker below the hill, and Baum Deo upon the
UL Tbe foliowiog is the vocabulary of words : —

RiffBsL

Coow Goand.

Marhatia.

nso,

hejuh ? dota.

woman.

juffare.

water.

da.

to ask, komruju.

fire,

singbel.

€Vtb,

kansa,

dohree.

itooe,

yotha.

tree.

seeng.

honey,

shuhud.

doomboor.

milk.

doodh.

dedum.

UU,

doongur.

iioase.

oarra.

PWS,

jhana,

jhana.

mouth, (1st)

chaboo,

koto^

Ota.

eyes,

moonh.

meht

nose.

meht.

moonh.

hair.

ap.

hrsadof
flech.

wheat jowarris, sokra.

oow-dung, shena.

arine, kooknum.

to give, ikija.

to bring, salija,

to drink, noweja.

lana, lena ani.
dasalija.

Veeabulary of Goand and Cole Words.

[No. 145.

English,

Coour Qoand.

to eat,

jomeja.

to strike.

kwageja.

to call oat.

bujeeja.

to sleep.

gitijeeja.

to rise.

bidija,

to sit.

soobangfja.

to ask where is

he gone, ehota walunja.

to bind.

tolkeja.

to opeiH

itikeja.

wine.

seed ho.

lo run.

saroobija.

mea.

bariab.

aphe.

vphooD.

monace.

turrurae.

aya.

ilbar.

arhe.

K),

gyi-

ekrab.

20^

bees.

MX),

ehedy.

stars.

ipeel.

god.

gomoie 8»».

penatesy

mootiah.

draw god.

kawra.

bedstead.

parkoum.

many,

gonai.

tiger,

koda.

antelope,

gotharic;

buffalo,

butkil.

sambnr.

roee.

eotton.

capoos.

bamboo.

mat.

Marhaita,

hujoomeu.

daroow

••

1844.]

Vocabulary of Goand and Cole Words,
Memorandum.

It is remarkable that do two words are similar, with the exception
of domgor aod jfaarra. The Goands south of the Nerbadda are called
Cooor.

Choka near Hoshungabad \2th March, 1828.

Two Goaods came and gave me the following synonyms in their
kagoage to those of the Goands of the Gawilghur range, whom they
etn Cooor. They neither eat or intermarry, bat consider theinselves a
distinct tribe.
Gend. PL EngUsh. Ooand. EngHeh.

TOTS,

mansa,
air.

jeer,

dortee,
toogbee,
aniriia,
phooke^

ptOme,
kooe,
todee,
kook,

ouiior,

ehootee,

•tree,

•oree,

ffofrie,

nemke,

tomka,

ooDjena,

tbjena.

khaork,

man.

woman.

water.

fire.

earth.

stone.

tree.

honey.

milk.

ghee.

house.

month.

eyes.

nose.

hair.

bread.

flesh.

jemra,

wonaro,

namseen,

teda,

tnnda,

lul,

sookoom,

permesur,

parapen,

peemal,

kattool,

wollai,

hermee,

mawinda,

peerka,

strike.

to call.

sleep,

open,

rise.

wine.

stars.

god.

nerma.
tunda

permesar.

jado,
meengo^
c6w>dang. bhao^

village god, hunooman.

penates, doeloopen.

bedstead.

many.

bnflalo,

tholma,

male,

a child,

female,

a boy's name.

aman'sname.

buttermilk.

yermee.
sambre.
dad.
untnrra.
bien tarra.

to give. coorap,

to bring, goknasaree^ wheaten bread.

to drink, kola,

eat. oonka parsi, language.

At Anund, where I examined a Cole, I found the words in general the
■une with those of the Coour Goand of EUichpoor ; the numerals exact-
ly the same. I was informed of this circumstance before by Wilson, who

Vocabulary of Goand and Cok Words,

[No. 14o.

had ascertained the fact from Captain Jacl^son. The number of similar
worda is about three-fourths, including the verbs, which appear to have
the same radical.

VocaJlmUiTy taken at Ckunooh, 2d April, 1824.

man,

hoko.

caty

joomemen.

woman,

herako.

strike.

aliumrooya.

water,

da.

call out,

koorkoortooweemoD.

fire.

singheL

sleep.

geteemen.

earth.

hausa.

rise.

tingoomeo.

stone.

sukum.

sit,

doobmen.

tree,

darao.

Mk,

senwaboo.

honey,

doomoor.

bind,

tolemen.

milk,

towah.

open.

rahemenl

hill,

booroo.

run.

neerum.

house,

oah.

stars,

gpeel.

grass,

»>

god.

»>

mouthy

ah.

penates,

eyes.

meht.

bedstead.

parkoum.

nose^

mooanh.

many,

isoo.

hair.

oop.

tiger.

kola.

bread,

»»

antelope.

kotharie seleep.

flesh,

geloo.

buffalo.

bitkilko.

cow-dung,

gooree.

sambur.

saram.

urine,

dooki.

cotton,

katsoom.

to give.

immeymen.

bamboo,

mart.

bring.

haraow koomen.

wine.

arkee mad kum.

drink,

noweemen.

arrow,

sarr.

Numbers.

mea.

[boonga.

arhe.

bariaba,

desoom-

10,

gyi-

aphia.

100,

mesye.

nphoom*

kurrea.

munace,

singbooen.

boepace.

turrune.

<i«ggy-

korar,

aya.

kora soon-

angreea.

ilhar.

[die.

champeca.

1844.]

Voeabulafy of Goand and Cole Words.

chakee.

14,

gojoh.

kandehuoi.

15,

koonteah.

•irka.

16,

baija

lagoorec.

17,

seedhoo.

XO,

•inko.

18,

diggy-

11.

•ooreen.

19.

•oondee.

i2.

poortee.

20,

baddra.

18,

marlab.

21,

gagoree.

Or ths Histoet of Aeakar. — By Capt, A. P. Phatrk, Senior

Assistant Commissioner Arakan.

The following sketch of the history of Arakan I put forward chiefly
ID the hope of attracting others to this field of enquiry. A compilation
WM made at my request from yarious ancient chronicles, by Nga-mi^
ose of the most learned among the literati of his country, and I pro-
ceed to furnish an epitome of its contents. Many copies of the Ra-
iurweng^ (History of Kings,) are to be found among the Arakanese,
difEeriog from each other in details, being ample or scanty in the
samtive, according to the research or imagination of the authors, but,
«U agreeing in the main facts of the national history. On the Burmese
oonqoest of the country, the ancient chronicles were sought after with
afidity, and destroyed or carried away, in the hope apparently of
eradicating the national feeling. These efforts were, however, futile,
OttDy of the ancient books were secretly preserved, or carried away by
the owners on their emigration to the adjoining British territory, where
maoy chiefs anxiously watched for an opportunity to recover their
ooontry.

The Arakanese generally take a deep interest in the history of their
native land ; they still regard it as being one of the most favoured
coontries of the world, and as having been, in ancient times, among the
iDost powerful of kingdoms. Their pride even makes them affect to
regard the occupation of it by the British, as a national re-conquest
from the Burmese, achieved by themselves, because a number of Ara-

24 On the Hiiiorif rf Arakan. [No. 145.

kaoeM refogeei, being fonned into a levy^ accompanied the British
army of invasioD, and fought by its side.

The Arakaoeae are of the same stock as the nation which inhabits
the valley of the Era»wadi; their national name is Mfyamnuif a word
which by the Bormese is prononnced Ba-moy and thence changed
by Europeans into Burma. They are a section of that nation, separated
from the parent stock by mountains, which, eiLoept towards the
southern extremity of the range, admit of little intercourse from one
side to the other. Hence those Arakanese living in the northern
portion of the country, adjoining Bengal, have some peculiarities in
dialect and manners. There they touch upon a people totally difierent
from themselves in race, in language, and religion. There the ori^nal
Mongolian features of the people have become considerably modified,
the nose being more prominent and the eyes less oblique than they are
found to be among the people of the South of Arakan and in Burma
Proper. Whether this change is the result of a partial intermixture of
race, or other causes, I am not prepared to say.

The province of Arakan, taking that term as applied by the British,
includes all the highland and lowland territory which extends frt>m
the head of the JVo^ estuary in lat 2P W N. down to Cape Negrais in
lat 16^ 2^. The great mountain range called Yu-ma^ or To-mti, runs
in a general direction nearly due North and South, forming the Eastern
boundary of the country. On the West is the sea, and as the coast
branches out from the South in a N. N. W. direction, the country from
being very narrow at its southern extremity becomes on the Northern
border about one hundred miles broad from East to West The Nor-
thern, and by far the richest portion of this tract, or that lying between
about 20^ and 21" \0' N. lat. was alone called by the natives Rakha-
ing-dyi or Rakhamg'Umd^ while the rest of the country, consisting of
the islands of Ran-byi and Ma-oung, (Cheduba,) and the district of
Than-dwai, (Sandoway,) was included in the general term of Bakhainff-
4ainff»gyi, or Rakhaing kingdom.

The word BaJUiaing appears to be a corruption of Rek-khaik, de-
rived from the Pali word Yek-hha^ which in its popular signification,
means a monster, half-man half-beast, which like the Cretan Minotaur,
devoured human flesh. The country was named Yek-kha-pu-ra by
the Budhist Missionaries from India^ either because they found the

1844] On the Hiaory t^ Arahan. 25

tmUtioa ezlstSng <^ a race ol monsten which committed devasta-

Ciooa in a remote period, or becaiue they focmd the Mydm^ma people
vonUppers of apirita and demona. It ia poeaible that these traditione
of haman-fieah-deTonriDg monstersy aioee from exaggerated stories
eoMeming the savage tribes who inhabited the country when first the
Myawi^ma race entered it The names given to some of these mon-
siss bear a dose resemblance to names common among the Khyeng
ud Kami tribes to this day. Popular superstition still assigns to
aeh remarkable hill and stream its guardian Nat or spirit, to whom
oAsinga are made ; and this eif-worship is the only acknowledgment
of a soperior power made by the wUd hill tribes now tiring within the
booodarfea of Arakan. From the name of the country Rakhaing^ the
peeple now generally call themsdves RaJdunngs, as distinctiTe from
the Buraneee, though the term is strictly appticable only to those
vho live in the northern portion of the country, or Arakan Pr<q9er.

The Mfom'ma nation erid^tly had no knowledge of writing until

it was communicated to them from the continent of India or from

Ceylon ; and this event, if we may judge from the history under review,

oeenrred during the second century of the Christian era. Up to that

period therefore we must conclude, that the main facts of the national

history were transmitted by tradition ; nevertheless we have long tales

and detaSla of prior events ; these have no doubt portly been invented

fay suecesaive copyists and commentators, and partly amplified

fiom original frets. The Arakanese being instructed in letters and

rdigion by people from the West, gradually mixed up their own

g^mne traditions with the histories or fictions of their teachers. As

the Badfaist retigion 'taught that before the advent of Gautama, who

flouibhed about the middle of the sixth century b. c, there had existed

during tlie present world-era three successive BuMas^ whose lives and

the intervening periods occupied an indefinite duration of time, it

thence became the ambition of the newly-taught disciples, to blend

their line with those nations among whom the Budhas had appeared ;

hence arose confused stories of monarchs from various countries in

' India establishing themselves and building cities in Arakan; all these

nay be laid aside as fiction. The duration of each king's reign from

t remote period is given in the history, the date assigned for the ac-

eenion of many of the sovereigns since the year 868, corresponding to

26 On the Binary of Arakan, [No. 145.

A. D. 1501, are confirmed by ooins, aoin^ of which are in my posses-
sion.

Having deemed it necessary to say thus much by way of preface, I
now proceed with my epitome of the history.

The writer opens with a declaration of devotion to the three treasures :
** Deity, Law, and the Assembly of the Faithful,'' and invokes the angel
Tho-ya'Ao'ti^ that he may be inspired with eloquence. He then states
his plan as follows :-«

" I propose to give the history of all the kings sprung from the Bud-
dat^^uryc^ race, descendants of king ilfaAa*<fta-fna-d!ti in lineal suc-
cession, who reigned in KsA-AAa-/m-ra, that royal golden Rakhaing
land, which is like the city of ilfaAa-Mo-<2a-Ma-fia,t ten thousand
ff%i'jarna\ in extent, placed on the summit of Mount Myen^mo^
two hundred and fifty thousand yu-ja-na in extent, and in attack-
ing which the fierce A'thu^yiu^ are constantly defeated, which is si-
tuated on the surface of Jam-bu^di-paJ^ thirty thousand yu-ya'-na in
circumference, lieing honorably placed at the summit, where all its
enemies cannot prevail against it"

Having pronounced this eulogy upon his country, the historian pro-
ceeds to narrate the origin of mankind.

** When the present world-era first arose, Byahnuu^ coming to the
earth, saw in the centre thereof, five tiers of lotuses, together with the
eight canonical requisites ;** having plucked these, a Byahnui interpret-
ing the omen, said : In this world-period there will appear five Budhas,

* This race of kings is stated to have first reigned in Ba-ra-na-thi, or Benares.

t A city on the summit of Mount Myet^mo^ which is the centre of the Sekyah sys-
tem. A Sekyah system comprises a central Myen'tno Mount, the surrounding seas and
islands, the celestial regions, and the infernal regions. (Judson's Bur. Dicty.)

X Tu-ja^na^ a mealure of distance comprising about thirteen miles.

{ A-tkuhyat fallen Ifal or Spirit, formerly driven from the summit of the Myen^mo
Mount. (Judson.)

I The world we li?e in, being the southern of the four great islands which surround
the Mytf^mo Mount

IT Byhama, a celestial being, superior to VaU.

** These consist of, 1. Theng-kant a priest's upper yellow garment, or mantle; %,
Tkenff'hoing, a priest's lower garment ; 3. Faioi, part of a priest's dress, worn as a scarf
across the shoulder ; 4. Khabant the girdle ; 5. Kharomg, water dipper; 6. Thengdon^
or rasor for shaving the head ; 7« Theng^bU^ earthen dish for holding rice ; 8. Com-
prising two articles of use, vis. Ka-nyii or stylus for writing on palm leaf, and Ap,
or needle, for sewing the canonicals.

1844.] On the History rfArakan. 27

Ckrelbre it will be called Badda^kighkam'^fha.* Those great Byahmas
ktTiBg enlightened the four great islands, by the brightness of their bo-
dies^ and having eaten of the crust of the earth,t returned to their own
eelestial abodes. Some of these Byahmas having thereby mysterious-
\j passed to another state of existence, could not return ; they became
itv beinga, and nine were allotted to each of the four great islands.
Then eating of the fruits of the earth, they became subject to lust,
guilt, ignorance and passion ; from them five females were first formed,
ad afterwards four males. Thus were the four classes of men} esta-
Hhhed, and gradually spread abroad ; these (four pair) separating in-
to fcrnilies, one woman remained ; she was intended to be concubine
to the king."

The history next proceeds to relate, that men multiplied, and wicked-
BSis increased in the world ; at length appeared the embryo of Kauh-ku'
Am, the first Budh of the present period ; he reigued in Ba^ra-na*
M imder the name of Mdha^tha-ma'da^ the first of the many who
bore that title ; his descendants were in process of time called Brah-
msn kings. In their time, many of the sacred books were revealed, and
d earthly olijects received tlieir names. The length of man's life was
aiaety millions of years.

A king of this race named Wa^ya'adz^dzyau-ya had sixteen sons ;
the world was divided amongst them, and the city of Aam-mo-toa-ft,
boilt by Nais^ near the present town of Than-dwai (Sandoway,) fell to
the share of the eldest, named Thamu-ti'de^wa, His descendants
reigned in Ram-nus^wa'^tL In their time, several sorts of grain were
given to man; weights and measures were first used, and men were
taught various useful arts. Some kings of this race are represented
as being of Brahmanical, and some of Budhist, fiuth. Ra-mci^wa-ti
vtt subject to the kingdon of Ba'Ta^na^ihu

Mukj ages after, when the Budh Kau^hu-^n had passed away,
a kiDg named Tseh-hya^^aa-de reigned in Bara^na-H. He was the

* Bad'da'kap'kam-bka, a grand period of time distingiiiahed by five Budk* in
mcttnan* ( Judaon.)

t Tke foimer world had been deetioyed by fire, which had finally been ezUnguish-
^ by water, the drying proceti had caused a clayey cnut to form on the surface, des-
cribed as being of a delicious flavour.

t These consist of, 1. Kings, in Pali Khat-ti-ya; 2. Brahma^na; 8. Merchants,
Wtiki-fQ ; 4. The people at large, Tkud-da. This classification has never actually
cxiNed in Arakan.

28 On th£ Hisiory rf Arakan. [No. 146.

Badh Gau'ta-mOy in an embryo state ; in a sabsequent birth, be became
Man-dat Meng, or sovereign of the Sekyah system ; he is therefore
now allotted this title in anticipation ; while king of J?a*ra-»a-<At, he
had four sons, among whcun he divided the world. To the eldest
Tkuhri^ya Thau-da he gave the central portion and the city Pa-ia"
na-ffo ; to the second, Tum-da^than'^U^ the northern portion and the
city of Pm-Ua'pu-ra ; to the third son, JHo-m-rttt-ftAa-iMW, he gave
the soathem portion and the city of Randa-jm^ra ; to the fourth son^
KoH-myenfff were allowed all the coontries inhabited by the Barman,
Shan, and Malay races from Ka^tki (MunnipoTi) to the borders of
China.

Kan-myeng came to Rammarwa'H^ and dispossessing the descen-
dant of Tha-mu-H-de-uHM^ married a princess of that race named Tku-
vxm-na'ga^hlya ; while Maha'^a'dsM'ngyay the male descendant of
Tha-mU'H*de'Wa^ was sent to govern the city of Weiha-H in Arakan
Proper. '< Wt-ra-kkaings^** says the historian, ^'had from the first,
from the Ume of Tha-mu-H'diB'Wa^ been in possession of i2am-ma-
toa-H ;" yet he next proceeds to narrate how kin^ Kom,*my€ng peopled
his dominions with various tribes, and among the rest, appear the pro-
genitors of the Arakanese, as being now brought to the country for
the first time ; in short, the attempt to reconcile national traditions with
the Budhist writings, has produced inextricable confusion.

Kun-myeng collecting men from different countries of the west,
(Hindustan,) having a variety of languagesi brought them to i2iaf»<-»io-
wa-ti ; they then asking for subsistence and a place to live in, to the
first who so applied he gave the name of ** Tkek^* and their language
being different from the rest, they lived separate. The king then
assigns names to the rest of his followers, (a far-fetched etymology
being given for each of them,) who became the progenitors of the
various Indo-Chinese tribes and nations. The names of the tribes
after <* Thek^* are as follows : Khyeng^f Myo;\, or Myu-hhan^tmnng-

* This is a small tribe living among the hills in Arakan Proper ; they are described
in an " Account of Arakan" in the Jour. Ariat Soc. for 1841, p. 66S, under the name
Doing-nak.

f A tribe living amidst the Yu-tna mountains.

X A tribe now nearly extinct, formerly living on the Kula»dan river in Arakan Pro-
per, on the present poesessions of the Ka'tniSf with whou they are confounded by the
modem Arakanese.

1844.] On the HiHory nf Arakan. 29

hkgtm,* JTy^t Shm-duyX Mu du, Pyu^ Me-kha-tt.lli Dzeng-me,
Ltngt Tof^teng-Aa-ffe^^ A-ttimy** Lmg-hhe^i^ Pyan-laung.XX Ka-
fft%$§ jKM-mn^illl T&a^un, Ta-iamg.^^ Kan-H-ha-mgum*^* La-
waft and £a-^ioofi.|tt

The nee of JSeuumpenff reigned in Eam'nui'wchii for a period of
jem, ezpreeeed by an anit followed by one hundred and forty cyphers.
During this time the Badhs Kauk^hUkanf Gato-na'ffUM, and Ka'tha-ba
flovbbed and passed away.

The history has now arrived at the close of what may be called its
hifisB period) and in the new chapter that opens, the leading events
appear to be derived from national tradition. The names which are
given above to the Arakanese and Burmese ; viz. Kan-yan and PyUf
ve may infler to be original names for two of the many petty tribes into
which the Ifyom-ino nation was probably divided, before it was united
isto one comparatively civilized people by the instruction of the
Budhist Missionaries frook India. The seat of the Pyu empire was
FhMM^ after the destruction of which city^ it was re-established at
Puggan^ a. b. 107.

The historian now changes the scene of his narrative to countries
esit of Arakan. The chapter opens thus :-*

" MakarihBhWM''daf the sovereign of Jam'-hu'dip dying, the religion
sf the Lord Kortha-ba being then in the ascendant, (the) life (of man)
ateoded to thirty thousand years. In that time in the country of
y^g ga wia^dhMrya^XXX Tka*ga^a De-wa was king ; (he) in power,

* A imall tribe IiTing among the Ka-mis.

t A tribe Dear Maanipar.

i A tribe N. and N. B. of the Ka-mu,

\ PjfUt a name by which a portion of the Burmese nation was formerly designated.

I A Shaa tribe.

V A tribe said to live on the borders of China.

** Now called Paskyu, the Malays.

ft A tribe in Arakan Proper, or rather the hills N. W. of it

XX A Shan tribe said to be fiuaous for growing tea.

if The Mnnnipuris.

II Said U> be the present Rakkoing race» or a portion of them termed Khyoung'tha.
n The TmMng is said to have united with the Tho-^lim tribe.

»*# A tribe now called Afytm in Arakan Proper,
tft These two tribes are said to be the ancestors of the Siamese.
XXX By thb term is meant the country North from Ava, what is now called Mo-
gamig, the valley of Hu-kung^ &c.

30 Oh ike Hislory of Arakan. [No. 1 45.

glory, ability, and skill, was perfect Froin that king sprang a son Maka
ITka-ffa-ya ; to him were bom two sons, Tka-ga-ya and U-ba-tha*
ga-ya. At the same period in the ooontry il-lAef-len^-taa-fui,*
reigned a prince of the same race named De-wa-hemg^lka ; to him was
bora a son Mahtukeng-thaf and to Maka'^kemg^ika were bora two sons,
Keng-dka and U-ha^kemg^Uia ; also a daughter De'wa'kap-pha. At the
very moment of that princess's birth, the astrologers (said) thos : From
this princess will be born ten sons, who wiU completely destroy king
Keng-Oa's line."

Maha-kemg-d^ determines therefore to place his daughter in a strong
building with one attendant, and surrounded by guards, to prevent the
approach of any one. Maha-heng-iha dying, his eldest son Kemg^Aa
ascends the throne.

At this time 7%a-ya-ya ascends the throne of U-^a-ya'-ma'dhu'ga ;
he becomes suspicious of his younger brother U-ba-ika-ga-^faj who
is obliged to fly for his life ; he comes to il-lAef-fen^-lNi-iia, and Is hos-
pitably received by king Emg-iha, The lugitive prince by chance
comes one day in sight of the building where the princess De-wa-kn^-
pka is immured ; the history proceeds.

'* The Prince U-ba-iha-ga^a beheld her from a distance ; the prin-
cess appeared dazzling as the sun and. moon, very beaotifol ; shining
in perfection, like the heavenly Nat Thiitrdza;f from the secret influ-
ence of acquaintance in former existences, they had an inclination of
the mind towards each other. The prince by many artiflces silently
concealing himself, conveyed a message through the slave girl Nan-di'
gauhpa ; she indeed is young and indiscreet, and not considering con-
sequences, delivered the message to the princess, according to instruc-
tions; having obtained the consent of the princess, the prince re-
peating charms and spells, and making himself invbible, reached the
building, and there united with the princess. Before long she being
with child, Nan-di-gaw-pa and the watchmen fearing for themselves,
on account of that calamity, represented it to king Keng-iha,**

It Is finally determined by the king, that as the prediction of the
astrologers applies only to male children, his sister shall be given in

« TJiii is laid to be Pegu.

t Wife to Tki-kya Mtng, the king of Natt.

J844.] On the Histofy (^ Ardkan. 31

mrriage to U-ba-Aa^gorya ; if female children are born, they are to
be iptred, bat if males to be destroyed. The princess first bears a
daaghler who dies young ; then ten sons in succession, whose lives are
pnMTved by an artifice, and last, another daughter. The two eldest
no8 ire named Wd^tku'de'Wa and Ba^lade'^a ; the daughter Eng-
tm-na-di^. The subsequent story refers principally to these three.

The ten sons grow to man's estate without the real history of their
birth being known ; they grievously oppress the pedple of the country,
tiB at length complaints are made to the king ; he orders them to be
KJied, but tbey elude their, pursuers and fly to a distant country,
■here through the favour of a great sage and devotee, they obtain
mgical weapons from the Niits; they then return, attack the king's
pilaee, and kill both him and his brother. Thus they become mas-*
ten of il-ito-lsfi^-<M-na. Next they attack the neighbouring coun-
(riei, and having conquered A-yudz^dza-pu^ray or Siam, turn their
iflBf against Dwa-ya^wa^H^ the Pali name for the present town of
ThM,-dwai (Sandoway), which was then ruled by Na^Hn-dOy a king
of the race of Kan-myeny,

AiriTing by sea at the mouth of the Than-dwai river, they are foil-
ed ia their attempts to find the city, which by some is said to have
the power of soaring above the earth, out of reach of danger, and by
Qthara this is said to have been an illusion produced by its guardian
BiLkL By the advice of a Ya^thej or hermit, the brothers propitiate
the BU^ki with offerings, and she then withdraws her protection ; the
tea brothen now bind the city with an iron chain to the earth, from
vUeh circumstance the present name TAon-diiMit (iron bound) is de-
faced. The city then falls into the hands of the invaders.

The brothers divided thdr conquest into ten shares, but made Than-
(bai their chief capital. After sometime the eight younger brothers
^ dain in a conflict with the people of the country, who appear to
We risen against them ; Wa'tha-de-wa and Ba-la^de'^ay with their
alter Bng-dza-na-de-Mnj are obliged to fly ; they are accompanied in
their flight by a Pwa-na, or Brahman, who now appears for the first
tisie.

^"heae four direct their flight Northwards : arrived at a forest in the
V'ctcnt circle of Toung-up^ they meet with a Bhi-lu, who has assumed
^^ appearance of a man. This is king Keng-tha who comes to revenge

32 On the History ofArakan. [No. 145.

the murder committed apoo him in his previoue existence. He in-
▼ites them to wreetle^ and the challenge is accepted by Bet'la-de»wa
who is soon killed and eaten by the Bhi'ku The three others pursae
their journey ; Wa^ku-d^-wa is accidentally kiUed by a dart thrown
by a honter at the moving grass, whei*e he supposes an animal is con-
cealed ; from thence the Pwuna and the Princess Eng^dza-na-^-wi
go on together ; most of the names of places on the coast are derived
from incidents occurring to them during this journey. They continue
on until they arrive at We^ha-Uy the chief city of Arakan proper, and
the remains of which still exist They find the race of kings des-
cended from Mu'ha'Ta^dza'ngya is extinct ; the people of the countiy
elevate the Pun-na to the throne ; he is married to the Princess Eng"
dza^norde-^, and after a long and prosperous reign, thm son
Brahma Thun^da'Te succeeds ; he marries a Princess of the former
dynasty, named 7il€*rtfi-po-f«, and their descendants fill the throne
for an indefinite period. During the Ume of this dynasty, ninety-nine
cities were built or Townships established to the ESast, and ninety-nine
to the West, of the Ga-tsha-bheiy the chief river of Arakan.

The story of the ten brothers, sons of a northern prince by a Talc-
ing Princess, coming into Arakan, seems to refer to the first arrival of
the Myam-ma race from the Eastward, and most be derived from
genuine tradition. The tale of the Pun-no, or Brahman, is 6f conrBe
an interpolation of later times, though it is not easy to understand
why a Badhist nation should invent this fable, and represent a Brah-
man as the progenitor of one of their dynasties. All the names given
to these personages it will be remarked are Pali ; indeed Native names
for kings and great persons do not appear in the history until a veiy
late period.

In the latter times of the Pun-na race, there lived together in tiie
Hi-mo'^oon'daf* a monkey and a deer. A violent storm arising they
were carried away by a flood, and at length floated to the head of the
Ga-ttha^bha^ or KtUa-dan^ river, and from thence to Khouk'taw-taimgt
a hill on the bank of that stream. There the monkey and deer entered
the forest and lived. The deer produced thirty-two children; some

* An isimense but imaginary forest, in which mxMt of the wonderful tiungs men*
tioned in the Bndhiit icriptttrei are said to be. (Judson.)

1844 J On the History of Arakan. 33

nre in the human shape* others were Bhi-lus ; these Bhulus ravaged
die coootry, devooriDg men and women ; at length the last king of the
Piohna race was destroyed by them, bat the queen and a princess
wen Hived.

Tiiis l^^end perhaps refers to the warfare the Barman race had to
nge against the aborigines, the present savage hill tribes^ who already
poMsied the coantry when they themselves entered it, and who pro.
baUj long afier struggled for independence. The Bhi-lus are describ-
ed u lymg in ambush, and seizing i[\ who ventured out of their houses
tfttfdark: the description in fact much resembles that of a partisan
vuiare carried on against invaders. The names given to some of these
Bki^bu, bear a resemblance to names common among the Ka^mi tribe
(0 this day ; and their fabled origin from wild animals of a forest far to
the North, beyond the source of the Kula*dan river, agrees pretty
aorly with the present received opinions of the Rokhaings concerning
tie Ka-mis» viz. that they originally came from the North, and are little^
better than wild beasts.

To remedy this sad state of afikirs, a hero at length appears to the
KiGae of the Myam-nM race, whose birth is thus traced.

Id the country of Kap-ptla-wot^* reigned a powerful king named
^-dzun-na who determined to abandon his kingdom and become a
Iwnmt He retired to the Hi-ma^won-da forest, and wandering on
Soathwardsy reached at length the source of the KtUa-dan river;
tee he determined to live far from human habitations in devout re-
tivement under the shade of a pipal tree. The wild animals came to
do bim homage, and amidst a herd of deer, appears a doe called In-da-
ma-jftt, described as descended from a lion, which in a former existence
kad been wife to the king Adz-dzum-na ; it had been foretold by Nats
tiot SB the coantry We-tha-U^ (Arakan) suffered from Bhi-lus born of
I deer, so should it be rescued' and restored by a man produced from
tbe came animal. A violent tempest arises ; the doe In-da-ma-tfu, is
cirried by a flood down the KtUa-dan^ and cast ashore near the mouth
of tbe Mi'kkyoungj a tributary stream which joins the Kula-dan in its
Qpper course ; there in the midst of the forest she brings forth a hu-

* A city in Hindoottan (Capilavastie, in Rohilkhaod.)

34 Onthe History of Arakan. [No. 146.

man child. A chief of the tribe called Ifyii,* was out with his dog,
which while ranging the forest sees the child in the jangle and com-
mences barking ; the Myu chief approaches, takes the child home and
adopts him ; eventoally this child marries the chiefs daughter, and
being furnished by the Nais with magic weapons, clears the lowland
country of the Bhi-hUy who hitherto had ravaged it. He is acknow-
ledged as king, marries the female descendant of the Punna dynasty,
and builds a new capital, which is called Dhi-ngya wa-ti. He is called
Ma'Ta-yUy a derivative from his mother's name. ^

From this king the Arakanese historians profess to furnish lists of
successive sovereigns without a break up to the time of the Burman
conquest in a. d. 1784. Jla-ra-^tf gained the throne at the age of
18 years, and died after a reign of 62 years, aged 80.

Of this race, according to Nga^mi, though this does not exactly agree
with other accounts, there reigned fifty four sovereigns throughout a
.period of 1833 years ; at this rate Ma-ra-yu ascended the throne about
2658 years b. c.

At the end of that period an insurrection occurred, and three nobles
successively usurped the throne. The queen of the last descendant of
Ma-ra-yu escaped with her two daughters, and retired to a hill named
Nula-pan'toyng,

About this time in the country of Theng'dif>e\ there lived a king AMi*
ra-dza who had two sons ; they quarrelled regarding the succession to
the throne, and the eldest, called Kan^Ra-dza-gyi^ was obliged to fly.
He is represented as descending with a large army the river JEra^wa'
ii^ and then ascending the Khy-eng-dtveng. He crosses the Yu-ma
mountains from the present province of Kitt, and reaches the upper
course of the Mi-khy-oung in Arakan proper; there he establishes
himself on a well known hill, called to this day Khy-oung-pan-toung.

* I am not sure whether by this name is meant the tribe now called Toung Myu^ of
which only a few scattered remnants exist, or whether it is merely another name for
the present Ka-tnu tribe. Some Arakanese say that in remote times the Mfu was a
very powerful tribe on the Kula'dan, which has been driven out of its possession by the
Ka-mis who came from the North ; but all the Arakanese literati 1 have asked have
but vague ideas of the lineage of the hill tribes now existing.

t This is Tagoung N. of the city of Aba, the ancient capital of the empire; vide
Journal of the As. Soc for March 18S6, where the account of the two sons of Abhi-ra-
dza is related by Colonel Bumey from the Burmese Chronicles, precisely as given in
this history by Nga-mi.

jm] On the HiitOfy ofArakan. 85

The qaeen of the Ma'ta-^ dynasty there joins him, and he marries
ber two daogfatera; he remains on this mountain for twenty four years
bdpre he ▼entares to descend to the plains, which daring that period
KBsined sabjeet to usurpers ; at length he comes and makes Dhi-ngya-
wa-U, his capital ; this is called the second dynasty of that city. This
oooqnest appears to be a second irruption of the people from whom
the Arakanese themselves were descended, or perhaps of a mixed horde
dMyam-'nuu and Skant, Kan-Ra-dza-'gyi is succeeded by his son
Tk-laTa-^bsa. Of this dynasty twenty-eight kings reign in succes-
MO, throughoat a period of 971 years. • By this chronology iSofi^ra- '
iofHf^ crossed the yu^nui mountains b. c. 825.

At the end of this period Tsan-^ Thu-ri'-ya ascends the throne.
In bu time the Bridhi Gautama^ '* blossoms" in the country called
Ka^-^la-woi; while lodging in the Dze^da'toon Kyoung or monastery
is 7%i-wol-<t,* he is invited to Arakan by the king. QatUama arrives,
nd relates his various forms and existences during previous births in
Ankan, and points out the Pagodas which contain relics of himself.
He it received by the king with the reverence due to so exalted a per-
I lOBige. An image, being an exact resemblance of the Bridh, was per-
Bitted to be cast, and was set up at Ma-keMnu'Wi, where a temple
was built for its reception, the ruins of which still exist This image,
to vhieh miraculous powers were attributed, remained at Maha'fnu'ni
ootil carried by the Burmese to Ava, where it still remains. The Lord
GmOama then confirmed the name of Dhu-ngeja-wa-ti given to the
coontry b^ former Budhs in consequence of its great fertility ; and
learing Arakan proper travelled southward to the town of Than*dtoai
from whence he went eastward to the city of Prome. The king Tsan-
da Tku-ri'yciy died after a glorious reign of fifty-two years, f This
king is generally reckoned as the head of a new dynasty, since the re-
ligioo of Gauiama was introduced during his reign; of this dynasty
there reigned in lineal succession twenty-five sovereigns (making fifty-
tvo from Kan'Ra'dza-gyi) throughout a period of 642 years.

* Name of & dictrict or city in Hindoostan, (Sravasti in Kosala.)
t The list of Ankan kinga given in the historical and statistical sketch of Arakan
bj Mr. Paton, published in the 16th Vol. of the Asiatic Researches, commences from
tkissofeieign* The chronology of the history I possess differs considerably from that ;
V according to Mn Paton Tianda TkU'te^ya died a. d« 701 ; according to ffga-m's his-
tory A. o. 198.

36 On the History of Arahan, [No. 145«

At the end of this time Ma^ha'toing Tsau'da-yOy the lineal descend-
ant of Kan^Ra-dza^gyi ascended the throne. The astrologers declar-
ed that the destinies of the city Dhi-ngya'wa'ti were accomplished ;
the king therefore went forth from it in the second year of his reign,
in the month Ta-tshoung-fnon of the year 151,* and finally settled on
the former site of fFe- Tha-li, called also Khgauk-hle-ga^ which city
was re-established in the month Sa'tohon of the year 152. This king
died after a reign of twenty-two years. In his time it is stated that
several Ku-la, or foreign ships, were wrecked upon the Island of Ran*-
byi, and the people in them, said to be Masulmans, were sent to
Arakan proper, where they were settled in villages. This king is
reckoned the foander of a new dynasty.

He was sacceeded by his son in the year 1 72, who being bom when
the full-moon was rising, the sun being still above the western hori-
zon, was called Hiu-ri-ya'Taing Ttan^da-ya* The ninth sovereign
of this race is named Tsu^lc'taing Tsan^daya^ who succeeded to the
throne in the year 813. In the year 315 he went on an expedition to
Bengal (called Tku-ra- Tan^) and set up a stone pillar as a trophy at
the place since called Tset-ta-goung, or as commonly written ChiUa^
gongf alluding, this history states, to a remark of the king's, (who
abandoned his conquest at the request of his nobles) that to make war
was improper.

The king returned to Arakan, and being troubled with headache he
consulted his wise men, who informed him, that in a former birth he
existed as a dog in a country bordering on China ; that dying, his skull
fell into the forked branch of a tree, which when agitated by the wind
pressed upon the skull, and so influenced the living head of him, now
born as a man. The only certain cure was to have the skull removed

* This is the first date that occurs in this history and is equivalent to a. o. 789.
As Gautama is said to have visited Arakan during the reign of Tsanda Thure-ya,
who ascended the throne 642 years before this sovereign, it follows that Gautama was
alive according to this history in a. d. 147. Now the Arakanese state that this present
year 1843 a. d. is the year of Oautama's attainment of Pa-ri-mb-han !2387 ; they ac-
knowledge that this era is derived from sacred books deposited in Burmese monas-
teries, and appear to admit its correctness, though it militates against their own histori-
cal chronology. It is probable that the Budhist religion was first introduced during
the reign of Tsan-da TAu-ri-yay and that the figment of Gautama's visit, invented to
gratify national vanity, has been ignorantly assigned to the period of*that monarch's
reign.

J844.] On the HisU^ry of Arakan. 37

iron the tree. The king determined therefore to go to China,
%<Nigh he was warned by the astrologers that the time was not propi^
tiom. Before going he presented the queen with a magic ring he had
reedfed from Tki'kya^ the king of NaU^ appointed her to rule over
the kingdom in his absence, and directed that in case of his death,
ke was to be kiog whom the ring woald fit . The king then departed
bf aes, and passing Jhan-divai reached Henzawadi or Pegu ; he then
•Mended the E-ra-wa-U to Prome, at that time the capital of the Py-u
or Burman Empire^ and from thence going on northwards, at length
mehed the coontry he was in search of, which appears to have been
Mbjected to Theng-dive or Ta^goung. There he was honorably re-
cmd by the king, and soon commenced a search for the tree contain-
i^ the dog's skoU ; this being found he caused it to be burnt, and built
ft Pagoda near the spot. The king remaining a long time as if for-
g^tfoi of his home, his attendants roused his attention by singing
tke aong of his own country, and then at their solicitation he pre-
pued to return. On reaching the sea, the greater part of the boats
we lost, and the king was drowned in the sixth year of his reign.
This occurred in the year 319, and is supposed to be effected by the Na*
^ ^or Ocean Monster, at the solicitation of his daughter, in order that
>ke may possess the king, whose wife she had been in a former birth.

The scene of this disaster is laid off the extreme southern point of
^ coast, a few miles south of Cape Negrais. The chief minister
carried the mournful intelligence to the queen ; she suspected
kim of having contrived the disaster, and banished him from the
kis^om.

Search was now ordered to be made for one whom the ring, left
by the king, would fit All the men of the country, great and small,
vers tried, but not one could wear it People were therefore dispatch-
ad to search among the hill tribes. They found two brothers, chiefs
of the Myu tribe, named A-mya-tu and A-mya-ku^ with the son of
tbe latter Pe-byu, casting a net into the waters of the Mukhy-oung.
The ring was found to fit all three, and they were brought to the
royal city. The eldest of the brothers, A-mya-tu^ was married to the
queen Tiouda'de-wi in the month Taboung of the year 319, and
vas tainted as king. After he had reigned six years, the queen having
iatrigued with his younger brother A'tnya-ku, he enticed the latter

38 On the History of Arakan. [No. 145.

into d forest, onder pretence of worshipping the moantain NeU^ and
there killed him with an arrow.

The Ptfu aovereign who reigned at Prome, hearing of these transac-
tions, invaded the kingdom to expel the Myu chief, bat lost his army
in the Yu-ma mountains, and was obliged to retreat. The king A-tm^a^ y
died after a reign of seven years ; on his death, his nephew Pe-byu
married the queen TMuda-de-wi in the month of Pya-tho 326.

The city We-tha'H was now abandoned, and the king established
his residence on the site of the present city of Arakan, then called
Myoui-a, After Pe-byu^ had reigned twelve years, the country was
invaded by a Shan prince called Thoa^kheng-bhwa-kye, who took the
royal city, and despoiled the Maha-mu*ni temple of its gold ornaments. "^
The king and queen fled to a hill in the upper course of the Yo
stream, and there remained concealed. These events occurred in the
year 338.

For eighteen years from this time the country remained subject to
the invaders, and the annalists record no events. The Tcdoyings are
said to have possessed Tkau-divoi during the period. At length the ^
Shan's army retreated, carrying away a number of prisoners, who are
said to have been settled at Tsa-haing^ near the present city of Ava. %

Soon after the Pug-gan king Anaw'rahta-dzan^ who appears at
this time to have been supreme in the present Burman empire^ invaded
Arakan, for the purpose of carrying away the celebrated image of
Gaw-ta-ma from AfaAa-mu-nt, but retired without effecting his object.

After these protracted troubles there appeared a son of the king
Tsu'la'taing Tsa-da-ya ; he was born six months after that king's
departure for China, and is represented to have remained concealed
among the 7%eh tribe, in the hills on the upper course of the river .
Ma-yu. He isxalled Nga Meng'^a'tum; with the help of the Thek «
tribe, he ascended the throne in the year 366 and established his capi-
tal at Tsam-bha-foetj on the river Le-myu, The kingdom was again
invaded by the Pug-gan king, and Nga-meng-nga-tum was killed after
a reign of twenty-ibur years.

The queen of Tsu-la-taing Tsa-da-ya was still living on the Yo
river ; some years before, on the death of the Myu chief Pe-byu^ she
had married a nephew of her first husband, named Tsan-da-ku. This
marriage produced two sons, namely Khet-ta-theng^ and Tsan^da-

iS44. J On the History of Arakan. 39

Aeng; also a daughter Ge^ri-kuma^ri, The eldest son married his
own sister^ (a common practice in ancient times with the Arakanese
sod fiormese royal families) and with the assistance of AnatO'ra'hta'
dmgOf king of Pug-gany ascended the throne in the year 380. He es-
tafaiisfaed his capital at Ping-tta^ and died after a reign of ten years.
Hisyoanger brother Ttan-da-iheng succeeded him in the year 390.
Four of hi« descendants reigned in succession ; in the reign of the
fifth, named Meng^phyU'ggi^ a noble usurped the throne in the year
422; another noble deposed him, but in the year 423, the son of
Mmg-phyu-gyiy named Meng^nan-ihuy ascended the throne and
idgaed fire years.

The third in descent from him, Meng Bhi'luj was slain by a rebel-
fioos noble named Theng'-kha^ya^ who usurped the throne in the year
440.

The heir apparent, Meng've'bha'ya, escaped to the court of
fyai-tdi'ika king of Pug-gan,

The usurper reigned 14 years ; his son Mevg^than succeeded him in
the year 454, and reigned eight years ; on his death, his son Meng*
Pedi ascended the throne.

During this period, the rightful heir to the throne, Meng^re^bhtuga
wu residing unnoticed at Pug^gan; he had married his own sister
Tmu^pouk'ngyOf and there was born to them a son, named Let»ya^
wung^nem. The exiled king died without being able to procure as.
Mstance from the Pug^an court for the recovery of his throne. At
Ingth the king of that country, A^laung'tsi^thu, grandson of Kyanm
triLAa sent an army of 1,00,000 Py^ue and 1,00,000 Talaings to
phoe Letjya'mengjnan upon the throne. This army marched in the
jetr 464 ; after one repulse the usurper Meng^Pcudi was slain, and
Letya^meng-Man restored to the throne of his ancestors in the month
Nat^u 466.*

* A Burmese inscription on a stone discoyered at Budha Gaya, a facsimile and
tnadation of which by Colonel Barney, are given in the 20th Vol. of the Asiatic
Keiearches, serves to confirm the account given in this history, of the restoration of
I<^ya•m<ligH•an, or as he is called in the stone inscription, PyU'ta'tkin-menfff i.e.
'* Lord of a hundred thousand Pyus." The dates of the inscription which were con-
lidered uncertain, are no doubt meant to be 467 and 468, approximating as these do
to ik» date assigned in the Arakan history for the r^toration of Let-pa-meng-nan.
It is evident from the tenor both of the history and the inscription, that the Arakan
prince was regarded as a dependent of the Pug-gOn kiiig, to whom he had from his

birth

40 . On the History of Arakan. [No. 1 45.

The allies of the restored king attempted to carry away tlie JfoAa-
mu'ni image, whereby it was mach iojored.* The royal capital immm
established first at Loung'-kyet^ bat that site proving nahealthy, the cuty
of Ma'^n was built io the year 468. This king reigned six years.

Four kings followed in quick succession, after whom Oau'la'-ym si»-
oended the throne in the year 495. He is described as a prince of
great power, to whom the kings oi Bengal^ Pegth Pug-ganwaiiL Szamn
did homage. But his chief claim to distinction rests on his having
built the temple of Ma-ha-H^ a few miles south of the present town of
Arakan^ the idol in which was, in sanctity, inferior only to that of
Jla*Aa*mif-fit. This temple and image were destroyed during the late
war, the height on which the temple stood, being occupied as a posi-
tion by the Burmese forces. This king died, after a reign of tweoty
years, in 515.

He was succeeded by his son Da-tha-Ba'dza, who upheld his fa^
therms fame, and repaired Ma-ha-mu-ni temple, which since its partial
destruction by the Pg-u army in Let-ga-meng-nan*! time, had renuun-
ed neglected ; the idol which had been mutilated was also restored, the
tributary kings being employed on the work. This king died after a
reign of twelve years in 527.

He was succeeded by his son A'-nan'thi-ri, This prince grievoaalj
oppressed his people, and neglecting the aflairs of government, paaaed
his days in riot and debauchery. He lost the extensive empire pos-
sessed by his father and grandfather, neglected religious dutiee^ and
extorted large sums of money from the people^ till the whole country,
says the historian, cursing him in their hearts, a general rising occar^
red ; he was deposed and killed, and his younger brother Meng-pkun-
Ua, reigned in his stead in the year 529.

birth been a suppliant for aid ; in return for the assistance granted him for the recoirerf
of his grandfather's throne, he was to aid in rebuilding the temple at Budha Gaya, in
the name of the Pug^an sovereign. The archetype of the inscription has evidently
been wriUen by an Arakanese, or the stone was engraved by an Arakanese workman,
from a peculiarity in the spelling of certain words, still prevailing among the Ara-
kanese.

* The possession of this idol with which the fortunes of Arakan were supposed to be
inseparably united, appears to have been long an object with the Burmese monarchs.
It was not forgotten when they conquered the country in a.d. 1784. They then
succeeded in carrying it to Ava, where it still remains.

1844.] Om the HUtory of Arakan. 41

Tbb prince esUbliahed faU capital at Kl^^ on the river Le-myo.

A Shan array attempting to invade the kingdom, was defeated in the

Kmwi mountains ; a number were taken prisoners, and settled in two

viOs^Bs OB the tract of country in Arakan Plroper, now called Toumg-

pkdL This king died after a prosperous reign of seven years.

In the reign of hia grandson Gana^yu-boHy a noble named Tsa^
(ay-l«6o^ usurped the throne, but proving oppressive^ was murdered
is Iks first year of his usurpation.

Mi'dzu^iheng^ the younger brother of 0€in*na'yu'bau^ was now raised
to tlie throne ; he removed the capital to Pingtsoj close to the present
kwD of Arakan. The oldest Arakanese coins extant, having the em-
blems of rc^alty engraved upon them, but without any date or inscrip-
tisB, are traditionally said to have been struck during this reign. This
priaee was sumamed Tamg^khyii, or "country beloved." With cha-
lacteristic eztravaganee, he is said in the history, to have reigned over
Iks present Burmese dominions, and a great part of India, as for as
the liver Na-rm-dzorna^ and to the borders of N^L

The succeeding ten kings pass like shadows, without any thing
vorthy of notice except their short reigns. The five last of them
idgaed only for one year each, and by their oppression and neglect
of rdigioua duties,^ the people were dissatisfied, while sickness and
ftmine desolated the country. The Nats, or spirits of the seasons,
vtthheld their aid ; the earth no longer yielded her fruit, and general
■isery prevaUed. The last of these wicked kings was deposed, and
hit son Lei-ya-yyif ascended the throne in the year 572. He by his
Bild government, restored the prosperity of the country.

la the year 599, A-lau-ma-phyu succeeded to the throne, and re-
■wved the capital to Lyung-hyet in fiOl. This king made war upon
the Pug-gan sovereign, and received tribute from the king of Bengal.
He died after a reign of six years.

His son JRadta thu gyi succeeded. In this reign the Talaings in-
vaded the southern portion of the kingdom, but were repulsed by the
Arakanese general A^nan^thu^^i ; nothing worthy of notice occurs
ontil the reign of NanJtya-gyi^ who ascended the throne in the year
630. This king oppressed the people with heavy taxes, and levied
centribotions of goods which he stored up in his palace. By various

42 OnUic History €f Ardkan, QNo. 145.

acta of tyranny, he incurred the hatred of many inflaential men, and
even the priests, whose religion forbids them to notice worldly affitirs,
are represented as inimical to him. A fancifdl tale is related of the meaDs
taken to procure his death. A certain noble, who was the Tsutha-
heng, or commander of the body gaard, whom he had deeply offended,
conspired with tw% religious students, who were said to possess the
power of metamorphosis, an art which the king had formerly learnt
from them. The two brothers assuming the form of wild buffaloes
approached the capital ; information thereof being brought to the king,
he, unaware of the deception, ordered a hunting party to be formed, and
went out to see the sport. As soon as he saw the bufialoes, he knew
them to be the magicians transformed, and endeavoured to escape by
flight as a parrot. The brothers instantly assuming the form of hawks,
followed in pursuit. The king finding he could not escape, dropped
his disguise, and fled towards a Kyoutig^ or monastery, where he im-
plored the protection of the head priest. The priest reproaching him
with his oppressive conduct repulsed him, and he fled to an adjoining
temple, where he concealed himself in the hollow part, containing -an
image of Gau-Uuma^ and shut the gate. The brothers followed him,
and threatening to apply fire 'to the gate, he came forth, and was slain
by them on the spot, in the fourth year of his reigui

He was succeeded by his son MengMiulu^ who married the daugh.
ter of the TsLiha^bengy the conspirator against the former sovereign.
This prince is described as being if possible more hateful than his fau
tber ; being jealous of the supposed high destinies of his infant son
Meng-di, he ordered him to be cast into the river, but the child was
miraculously preserved, and rescued by some fishermen. He was then
sent to a remote part of the kingdom. These and other similar acts
inflaming the minds of the people against him, he was slain in a con.
spiracy headed by the TsuihaJ^eng, after a reign of four years.

Tsi^tha-beng, the king-maker now usurped the throne, but was him.
self killed in the third year of his reign.

The son of Meng^BhiM, named MengjM^ was then raised to the
throne, when he was only seven years of age. This king gave general
satisfaction, and enjoyed a long and prosperous reign. In the year
656, the Shans invaded the kingdom, but were repulsed. The king of

J844.] On the History of Arakan. 43

Tkt^nutoH,^ or Bengal, named Nguupu^khengy courted hit alliance,
ttd ie&t presents of elephants and horses. After this, his dominions
bciag again attacked in varioos quarters by the Shanty the Burmese,
the TabuMffs, and the Tkek tribe on the north, the iiing went to the
JfeicMmum temple^ and depositing his rosary before the idol, vowed
lo rid his country of its enemies. In pursuance of his vow, he marched
ii penoo» in the month NaLdans of the year 674, to repel the Talaings,
vk> bad possessed themselves of the country south of the town of
Tkmuimaii his uncle Vdz^dztuna'gyif was sent with an army to
idaek Ptig-gan ; TsaJeng^ga^thu, his brother.ia.law, advanced into
hgsk; and the general Ra-dza^thengJiyany was sent against the Thek
tribe.

The city of Pug^gan was taken, the Talaings were overawed, and the
cipedituKi against the 7%eft tribe, after being once repulsed was even-
tsiOy crowned with success. After this the general Rtjudztutheng^
hfsn iabdued the country along the sea coast, as far as the Brahma,
inin river.

Id the year 689, the Pug*gan sovereign made an attack upon the
idiiid of RanJbyiy and carried away a number of the inhabitants who
we planted on the Mnnipur frontier. After this, the Than-dwai
rieeroy having gained possession of a relic of Oautama, brought from
Ceylon, by virtue of which he expected to attain sovereignty, rose in
rebellion. A pagoda was built over the relic, which still exists. The
Than^dmai viceroy was finally reduced to obedience. Soon after this,
Mimg^i died after a reign of 106 years, aged (§^3.

Nothing worthy of notice occurred, until the reign of 7%tn.s/t, who
meeeeded to the throne in the year 752. In the year 756, he march-
ed to attack the Pug-gan empire, the capital of which was established
It Engjwa or Ava. During his absence, the governor of Than-dwai^
'•tyled the Tsi-Aa^beng, revolted, and seizing the boats which had
Uansported the king's army along the sea coast, and were now left on
the shore for his return, he made the best of his way to Loung-kyet
tbe capita), where he set up the absent king's infant son Ra^dza^thu.

* This may be meant for Sunargong, the capital of the eastern district of Bengal
vheo it first revolted from the Delhi Empire a. d. 1279. The event recorded in the
text probably occurred abont the year a. d. 1*295. I cannot guess what Mahommedaa
ttne Nga-pu-kheng represents.

44 Oh the History of Arakam [No. 145.

The king returned without delay to the capital, but his army deserting
him, he was slain and his son procliumed.

The Tii-iha-beng not long alter sent the young king to the soatheni
extremity of the kingdom, and governed in liis name ; but becoming
unpopular, he was after two years deposed, and killed by a noble
named MyinMaivgJnfi, The latter in his turn became disliked, and
was obliged to fly to the Burmese dominions. The lawful king Ra*
dza-tkUf was now restored in the year 769.

He was succeeded by his younger brother Thing^a^ihu. This
prince after a reign of three years, was murdered by the chief priest of
the country, in a monastery, with the connivance of his nephew Meng-
Uau-mwun, who then succeeded to the throne in the year 766.

Shortly after his accession, he committed an act of tyranny which
raised a rebellion against him, and this event caused a material change
in the relations of the kingdom. It was the occasion of the first loss
of its independence since the establishment of the second dynasty of
DhungytuvHuH under KafuReudza^gyiy more than two thousand yean
before. It was followed by internal dissensions throughout a long
and unhappy period, till exhausted by the struggles of contending
factions, the ancient kingdom of Arakan fell before the newly risen
fortunes of the successors of A^hung^phra^ in the Burmese empire.

Meng^tsau^mwun forcibly gained possession of u lady named TtanL.
hojngyo^ the sister of the chief called A^nan^thm, The brother deter,
mined on revenge, went to the court of Ava, and applied for assistance
to dethrone the Arakanese king. The Burman monarch Memg*
tshwaiy approving of the design, sent an army of 80,000 men under
his son, who attacked and gained possession of the city Loung^ltye^
on Sunday the 5 th day of Nai-.daUf in the year 768. Meng^tsau*mwun
fled to Bengal, the governor of Chittagong took from him his queen,
Tsatumwe^hengt on which the fugitive king went to Tku^nuuitm,
where the king received him with distinction.

The Burmese now gained undisputed possession of the country, and
the king's son returning home, was appointed governor. A half brother
of MengMau-mwen^s called in the Talaings, who advanced with an
army of 50,000 men, and took the Burman governor prisoner. The
Burmans, however, returned in force the following year (770,) and re.
conquered the country. For several years, the Talaings and BurmaDS

1844.] On ike HiUary o^ Arakan. 45

iiraggled for the possessioD of Arakan, and the latter were finally
opdled in the year 788, by the united efforts of the Arakaneae and
Tilaiogt.

Baring this period, the dethroned king was residing at the court of
Ihe king of Tkujra^iany who being engaged in wars, conld not afford
hn any assistance ; while there^ the Delhi king came to attack 7%tt.
raJBN.* with a large army, consisting of elephants, horses, chariots, and
foot soldiers, also " dogs as large as bollocks,"! trained to war. By
tke advice of Mengmitaiumwuny the dogs were disabled by means of
inn books baited with raw flesh, seizing which, they were caught by
thtoiOQth and easily overpowered. The elephants and horses fell into
pits dog for them, and covered over with straw and earth, at the bot-
tOB of which were iron spikes ; thus the Thu-rtutan king obtained a
canplete victory. The Arakanese exiled king taught the king's sub-
jedi the art aH entrapping a herd of wild elephants by driving them
iilo a space enclosed by a stockade and ditch ; he also instructed them
is Ike art of training elephants.

Oat of gratitude for these services, the king determined to assist the
eiiied prince in the recovery of his kingdom. He appointed a general
ealled in the Arakanese annals UJu-Khengy (Wall Khan,) to command
die army of restoration. This person, however, betrayed his trust, and
joiaiag with a jBo-A^tfi^ chief, named Tse^u-fui^ they established a
gDvemment, and imprisoned Menff^tMiumttnin, He escaped and fled.
toBengaL

The king of nturei^ian now appointed two nobles, named Dan^ba^.
Urn and BoJmMh^ to carry out his intentions, together with a large
anay onder the command of TshaUyaMuU, They arrived with orders
to phMie Mm^Mau-mwuH on the throne, and bring back the head and
•kin of U'lu'kheng, The expedition was successful. U-lu-hheng suf.
fiered the fate his crime deserved, and the historian records in glow.

* As the Amkanese make tad coafnaion of all cities and countries in India, this^
■ay mean any king between Bengal and Dehli, probably the king of Juanpur, The
fagiUve most have reached ThM-ra'tan about the year a. d. 1407» wben, and for some
yetn after, in consequence of Timur's invasion, the Dehli sovereign was not in a con-
ditiao to attack Bengal.

t This reminds one of the dogs of Tibet of the sise of asses, mentioned by Marco
Ptolo, Book II, Ch. 37. I have known Burmans speak of a rather large English grey-
l^osad as being of the sise of a pony, t. e. 12 or 13 bands.

46 On the History of ArahoH. [No. 145.

ing terms the joy of the people, *' from the iDhabitants of the kingly
city, to those of the smallest village in the empire," that the descend-
ant of their ancient line of kings was restored to them.

The restored king, however, was forced to submit to the degradation
of being tributary to the king of Tku^ra^tan^ and from this time the
coins of the Arakan kings bore on the reverse, their names and titles
in the Persian character ; this custom was probably first made obliga.
tory upon them as vassals, but they afterwards continued it when they
had recovered their independence, and ruled the country as far as the
Brahmaputra river.

Meng'^au^mtimn having got rid of his allies, meditated a change of
capital, and setting out on a journey to find a suitable spot, was miraco-
lously guided to the site of the present city of Arakan, called Hfyaukju,^
by the figure of a handsome youth beckoning him on, but which con-
fitantly retreated as the monarch approached.

While searching for a proper site, numerous predictive signs of its
future destiny were manifested ;t with the concurrence of the astro-
logers, the city was founded on Sunday, the first day of the month
TatD'thaJeng, in the year 792.

When Meng-tsatumwun found his end approaching, as his sons
were infants, he appointed his brother MengMiuri heir to the throne,
and closed his checquered career in the fourth year of his restoration,
aged fifty-three years.

Having brought this sketch of Arakan history down to the founda-
tion of that city, which continued to be the residence of the kings for
three and a half centuries, until the Burman conquest in a. d. 1784, it
is fitting to pause here, and resume the remaining portion of Nga^m^t
history at some future period.

Octciber, 1843.

* This spot it is supposed, had been shewn by omens and incidents in very remote
times, to be destined as the site of a great city. It was temporarily occupied by the
M^ chief, Pot-pAj^, who ascended the throne in the year 326. A stone wall roond
the town, and one round the citadel, still remain. Immense labour has been expended
on those works.

t Among the rest, five white touktais, (large lizards,) were found in thehoUowof a
tree. These are said by present interpreters of the omen, to mean the English, fire of
whose kings, *' who shall shine as flame and be workers of truth," are to reign over
the country, after which its independence will be restored, or the kingdom be esta-
bluhed, subject to the performance of homage to the superior power.

1844.] On the History of Arakan.

Ckranoiogical Table of the Kings of Arakan,

Ko.

Name of Sovereign.

3L
i

i
&

t.
8.

9l
UL
il.
12.
IS,
M.
13.
16u
17.

IB.

• • •

• ■ •

• •••

• • • •
■ • • •

DU'ngffa-wa'ti Dynasty

Mft-n- jir,

Ua-n-cii,

Ma-rt'On-leng, •

Ua-ia-rway-leng ,

Ma-n-bheiig,

Ma-niHlii,

Ma-n-keng,

Nga-tihap^o, • • • • • • •

Dva-TaFt8an«drm,

T1iD>)aptHui-dni,

Tsa-ila>tha-ri-y»-Ua]i>dr&,

Ka-la-tnn-dia,

Ti'tmmirm, . . . ■ ...

3la<dfao-tha-tMii*<ira,

Die-ya-tHun-dra, ••

Mok-kha-tsan-dra,

Gun*Ba-tBan-dra, • • —

Tkree nobles reigned for se
▼en daya, threemontha, and
eijcht months auccemiyely

Kan-Ra-dia-gyi,

II.
It
H

&
r.

• • •

• • ••

• •••

• •• •

KaD-B«-dsa*ngai,

lB-da-diu-ri-y»v ••

A-tkn-rin-dn-thn-ri-ya,

'Aapm-meUta, ••••

Tkn-ri-ya, ....

Meag^,.

Meng-ba.

TiiHwng,

Ta-taing-Uieng, ••

j^tQ-kboiuig-weng,

vBo-ri-yft-nan-da-mit,

90. A-tkn-rin-da-bha-ya,

«• Jft-ya-tei-thu-kyi,

^Tki-Wka,

S* M^'^'tnn-Uian, . .

J- Tka-Tet-km we, ....

J 2'^JA-nan-da-thu,

% iTek-ka-

• • •

.. .

. • .

• a •

S7.

. — thu,
Uk-khftpno,
gu-na-rit,
5- Thi-wa-rit,

41.
41
41
41
45.
46.
47.

. . • •

a • .

• • •

. • a

« • •

. a ••

• a •

Meai^-hia-hmwe,

JUrin-da,.. .^,-

^-dkat^knm-ma-n,

jieng-kla-kyi, ...

Meng.hla-ngay, •

N|a.iia.rit,

■yet>bna-wan,

Jj^kknt-kyi,

^ Tki-ri«kam-ma-Uiun-da, . . .
g NiB^a.ko-ta-bha-ya,
50. Mtng-nan-hpyu, ..
11. iNeng-ma-Bu,

• • ••

• •

.• a a

• a •

• • • a

a . •

Dale of Acces-
sion.

B. C. Ara era.|

2666

a a

• •

• a
a *
a*

a a
• a
a •

• a
a »
a a
a a

Reign.

Yrsa MSa

Relationship of each suc-
ceeding sovereign.

.S3

26.

a a

a*)

Son.
Ditto.

DittOa

Ditto.

An Usurper.

Son of Ma-rakeng.

Son.

Ditto.

DittOa

Ditto.
Ditto.

DiUo.

Usurpers.

Grandson of Uun-na>tban<

dr&.
Brother.
Son.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Brother.
Son.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.
Ditto.

DittOa

Ditto.

DiUo.

Ditto.

Brother.

Son.

Ditto.

On the History of Arakan.

[No. 145

No.

52.
53.
54.

9.
10.
11.
1%
18.
14.
IS.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.

24.
25.
26.
27.
28.

29.
30.
31.
32.
33.
34.
35.
36.
87.
38.
39.
40.
41.
42.
43.
44.

N ame of Sovereign.

Meng-khoung*ngay, • • . .
Louk-khoung-ra-dza, ••••
Meng-Dgay-pyau-hla-tsi, . .
Three nobles usurp the
throne, .... ••••

Dhi-ngya-wa-H second
nasty.

Kan-Ra-dsa-gyi, . .

Thi-la-ka^za'....

Wa-tsa>tha-ra,

N an-da-wi-thu-ra,

Pun-na-thu-ri-ya,

Thu*ran-da,

Tsan-di-ma,

Thi-ri-tsan-da,

Thi-ha-ran,

Thi-ha-nn,

Pa-ya-ka,

Ne-la-gun,

Roha-ha-gunf

Thi-ri-gun,

Tha-ma-dsa,

Kum-ma-ra,

Thek-hteng-hpyu,

Tha-bheng-u,

Te-dsa-wun,

Mun>dza-ya-ba, . .

K.um-ma-ra-wi-thud-dhi

Wa-thu-mun-da-la,

Thu-rin-da,

Dy-

....

....
• • . .
....

....

. . * •

. . . •

I • •#

. • . •
....

. . • •

. • • •
• • . •

• . ••

^f • • * .

• • • .

. • . •

* .

a •

Date of Acces-
sion.

B. C. Ar. era.

. . • .

Ra-la-ma-yu

Na-la-ma-yu,

Wa^dha-gun,

Wi-thu-ra-dsa,

Thi-ri-ra-dza,

Dhi-ngya-wa-H Dynasty <tf
the religion (^ Oaw-ta-ma.

Tsan-da>thu-ri-ya,
Thu-ri-ya-di-ti, ..
Thu>pi-ya-pa-ti-pat,
Thu-ri-ya-ru-pa, ..
Thu-ri • ya-man -da-la,
Thu-ri-ya-wan-na,
Thu-ri-ya-na-tha, . •
Thu-ri-ya-weng-tha,
Thu-ri- ya-ban^a,
Thu-ri-ya-ka-lya-na
Thu-ri-ya-muk-kha,
Thu-ri-ya-te-dza, . .
Thu -ri-ya-pu-nya,
Thu-ri-ya-ku-la, ..
Thu-ri-ya-pa-bas • .
Thu-ri- ya-tsi-tra,

825

. a • .
....
• • . •
....
. . • «
a • . .
. a . •

587

. . • •
....
....
• . ••
. • • .
. • •.
....

• ••*

• • . •
....

. • . • I

. a • • I
• ••• I

....

A. D.

S7 ,
68
90 I
111

I • •

146
198
245
298
313
875
419
459
468
474
492
513
544
552
575
600

. • • •

• a • .

....
. • • .
....
....
....
....
. a • «

....
. • ••
. . • •
a • . •

• « • .

• • • .
. • . •

• •••
....

. • ••

• . . .

• • • ■
. • ••
. • ■•

690

Reign.
Yr8.Ms.

0
0
0

6 8

87 0

48 0

31 0
40 0

32 0

23 0
37 0

40 0
46 0
20 '
31 0

41 U
31 0

24 0

35 0

20 0
40 0

42 0

36 0
34 0
87 0
31 0
31 0

22 0

31 0

22 0

21 0
85 0

Relationship of each suc-
ceeding Sovereign.

Son.

Ditto.

Son.

Ditto.

Ditto

Ditto.

Brother.

Son.

Ditto.

Nephew.

Son.

Ditto.

Brother.

Son.

Ditto.

1844.]

On ike Hiitory €f Arakan.

No.

Name of SoYereign.

Date of Acces-
sion.

Reii
Yrs.]

Si.

Relationship of each suc-
ceeding Sovereign.

A. D.

Ar. era.

fi.

Tbo-ri»ya- the .tba, ....

618

....

Son.

4$.

Tha.ri . ja-wi-ma-la, ....

640

• • • •

DiUo.

47.

Tka.ri.7a.re.11a

648

....

Brother.

Tha ri.ya.geiiff.tlia, •• . •
Tko.ri.ya.tl1ek.7a, . • • •

670
686

....
....

16
8

0
0

Son.

Paternal Uncle.

90.

Tka.ri.ya.thi.ri,

794

....

Son.

«.

Tktt.ri.ya.ke.thi, • • ....

714

....

Ditto.

Tka.ri.ya.kat.ta,

723

. . • •

Ditto.

53.

Tka.ri.ya.ke4a, .. •...
DffnastyqfthediyW€.tka.U.

746

• • . .

Ditto.

788

150

Ditto.

Tka.ri.ya.taing.tsaii.dra, • .

810

172

Ditto.

Maa4a.taiBg.tMB.dra, • . • .

890

192

Ditto.

849

211

Ditto.

875

237

Ditto.

884

246

Ditto.

rki.ri.taing.lnBuiFa. ....

903

265

Ditto.

uia, .... .... a...

935

297

Ditto.

TMUa.taiBg.tMB.dra, •••.

951

813

Ditto.

IOL|A.mya.tlia,

967

319

A chief of the Myu tribe.

il. •PaLph3ni

964

326

Nephew.

11. Nga.]Deng«iiga.tiiiiiy ••••

994

356

Son of Tsu.la.taing-tMn-

' Dyntatif qf Pmg.Ua City.

dra.

1. KlMtU-theng,

1018

380

Grand Nephew to Tsu.la-
taiBg.tsan.dra.

1 TMB.da.t]ieiMr, •• ••••

1028

390

Brother.

MeBg.reng.phjrn,

1039

401

Son.

Na.ga.tha.n.ya,

1049

411

Ditto.

Tha.ri.ya Ha-daa, . • . .

1052

414

Ditto.

«.

PaB.na.ka,

1054

416

Ditto.

JfWPi»ytt-«y>

Tii.tha.beBg,

MeBg.naB.1ha,

1058
1060

420
422

2
1

0
0

Ditto.
Usurper.

1061

423

Son of Menff.phyu.ffyi.

MeBg.la.de,

1066

428

Son.

11.

MeBg.ka.la,

1072

434

Ditto.

MeBg.Bhi.lu,

1075

437

Ditto.

13.

TkeBg.kha.ya,

1078

440

Usurper.

14.

MeBg.than,

1092

454

Son.

IS.

McBg.pa.di,

Dymasif qf the cUy Pa-Hn,

1100

462

DiUo.

1.
1

LetTa.meng.nau, ....
Tki.lia.ba,

1103
1109

465
471

0
0

Grandson of Meng. Bhi.lu.
Son.

1110

472

Ditto.

Tba.ki.weng. gy i,

1112

474

Ditto.

Tka*ki.weng.ngay, ....

1115

477

Ditto.

6aa.li.ya,

1133

495

Ditto.

Da.tha.Ra.dza,

1153

515

Ditto.

A.naB.thi.ri

Dyruuty qf the city KhyU.

1165

527

Ditto.

MeBg.PhuB.tM,

1167

529

Brother.

Pia.lM.ka.wa,

1174

536

Son.

3. |Gui.na.Tti.bau,

1176

538

Ditto.

Tfa.leng.ka.bo

1179

541

Usurper.

On the Hisiofy of Atakan.

[No. 145.

No.

Name of Sovereign.

Date of Succes-
sion.

Reig

n.
M.

Relationship of each suc-
ceeding Sovereigrn.

A. D.

Ar. era.

Second Dynasty of the city
Ping.tsa,

Mi. dsu.theng,

1180

542

Son of Pin.tsa.ka.wa.

Nga.ran.man,

1191

553

Son.

Nga.pQg.gan,

Nga.ra.khoing

1193

555

Ditto.

1195

557

Ditto.

Nga.kyun, 1198

560

Ditto.

Nga.t8hu 1201

565

DiUo.

Nga.tiwai«theng,

1205

567

Ditto.

Meng.khoung.gyi

1206

568

Ditto.

Meng.khoung.ngay, ....

1207

569

Ditto.

lU. Kam.bha.l0ung.g7i

1208

570

Ditto.

11. Kam.bha.loung.ngay, ..•.

1209

571

Ditto.

12. 1Let.7a.gyi,

i2IO

572

Ditto.

1 3. 1 Let.ya.nfiraYi

1218

580

Ditio.

14.

Tha.na.beng,

1229

591

Ditto.

15.

Nga.na.thin

1232

594

Ditto.

16.

Nga.na.lam,

Dynasty 0/ the city Loung-
kyet.

1234

596

Ditto.

H.lan.ma.phyu,

1237

599

Ditto.

Ra.dza.thu.eYi. 1 1243

605

Ditto.

3. Tsau.lu, .. •••• •.>.

1246

608

Ditto.

4. Ut8.t8a.na.gyi,

1251

613

Ditto.

5. (Tsau.mwun.gyi,

1260

622

Ditto.

Nan.kya.^i,

Meng.Bhi.lu

T8i.tha.beng,

1268

630

Ditto.

1272

634

Ditto.

1276

638

Usurper.

Meng.di, .... . . • •

1279

641

106

Son of Meng.bhi.lu.

10.

Ut8.t8a-na.Dgay,

1385

747

Son.

11.

lhi.wa.rit,

1387

749

! 8

Younger brother.

12.

Thin.t8e,..

1390

752

Ditto.

13.

Ba.dza.thu,

1394

756

Son.

14.

Tsi.thabeag,

1395

757

Usurper.

15.

Myin.t8oing.kyi,

1397

759

Ditto.

16.

Ha dsa.thu, (restored, ) . • • .

1397

759

17.

Thing.ga.thu,

Dynasty qf the city
Myouk.w.

14U1

763

Brother.

Meng.tsau.mwun,

1404

766

Son of Ra.dza.tha.

Interregnum,

• » . •

. .

Meng.t8au.mwQn restored, . .
Menlkha.ri,

• . . •

792

0 1

1434

796

Brother.

Ba.t8au.phyu,

1459

821

Son.

Dau.lya, ..

1482

844

Ditto.

Ba.t8au.ngyo, •

1492

854

Uncle a son of Meng.khari.

Ran.0Qng,

1494

856

• •

Son of Dau Jya.

T8a.leng.ffa.thu,

Meng.ra.aia

1494
1501

856
863

7
22

0
0

Uncle by the mother's side.
Son.

Ga.dsa.ba.di,

1523

885

Ditto.

10.

Meng.tsau.o

1525

887

• a

Brother toTsa.leiig.ga.tha.

11.

Tha.t8a.ta,

1525

887

Son of Daa.lya.
Sonof Men.Ka.dia.

12. iMeng.beng,

1531

893

Dik.kha,

1553

915

Son.

1M4.]

On ike HiHory of Arakan.

N«. I Name of SoTereign.

lilToiLlha, •• ••

15. MengTsek-ya, ••
16.1 ileog.Tha.lonn{f,
17. Meag. Ra.dza.g7i,
18. 1 lleii|^.Klia.iBOiiiig,
19. ,Tki.n tkii»dliaiii>iiia,
S. 'lfeog.Tia.Di,

U. ,Naiin.ba.dLgyi, • .

9.;Tha.do,

flL |Tsaa.da.thii.dham.ma,
M. Naa Ta.lita.dsaii, . .
2. jTU.n.tlia.ri.ya, • •

16, Wa.ia.dluuii.iiia.n*dza,
V, Miuai-thtt, •• ••

S. Tsan.da»tlia.ri.ya,
TB Ma.Tap.pi.5ra«
30. KaJa.maB.dat, . .
U, Naja.dlkLbadi, • •

31 :TmB.da.wi.na.la,

Date of Succes'
sioD.

A. D. Ar. era.

. . • ■
• ■ • •
. • • .

1555
1564
1571
1593
1612
1622
1638
1638

1645
1652
1684
1685
1692
1694
1696
1696
1697
1696

31 T]iu.n.ya,

^ Ti8n.da*widsa.ya,
%.Tho.Ti.Ta, .. ..
36l Na.Ta.dhi.ba.di, .<

37. Na.im.pa.ira ra, ..

38. Taan4la.wi.dia. la,

39. Ka.tya« • •

40.
41.
41
43.

44.

4&.

46.
47.
49.

M ail«da*iity
Na.Ta.a.pa.ya,
Tlii.ri.tlia, • • • .
Pk.n.ma.Ba.dia,
lla.ka.Ka.dia,
I^QjiULna, • • • •
Tmuda.wi.ma. la,
TlMuli.tha.dhamma. yit,
Tha.ma.da, . • • •

• • • •

. • . .

. • • •

• • • •

• •••

• • • ■

• • • •

• • . .

. . • •

. • a a

• • ••

• • • .

• • ••

. • • .

1706

1710
1731
1734
1735
1737

1737
1742
1761
1761
1764
1773
1777
1777
1782

917
926
933
955
974

Qfil

1000
1000

1007
1014
1046
1047
1U54
1056
1058
1U58
1059
106U

1700 1062

1068

1072
1093
1096
1U97
1099

1099
1104
1123
1123
1126
1135
1139
1139
1144

Keign.
Ytt. M.

9 0

7 0

22 0

19 0

10 0

16 0

• • • •
7 0

7 0

82 0

1 0
7 0

2 0
2 0

• • • •
1 0

1 0

2 0

6 U

4 0

21 0

3 0

1 0

2 0
8 0

5 0

19 0

.. 8

3 0
9 4

4 0
. . • •

5 0
2 0

Relationship of each suc-
ceeding Sovereign.

Son.

Brother.

Son of Meng.beng.

Son.

Ditto.

Son reigned only 28 days.

Great grandson of No. il

Tha.t8a.ta.
Brother's son.
Son.
Ditto.
Brother.
Ditto.
Ditto.

Son reigned eleven days.
Usurper.
Ditto.
A soppoeed son of No. 27.

T8an.da thu.ri.ya.
Son of Meug.rai kyan-

tswa who was a son of

No. 22 rha.do.
A son Rai.bhau.thi.ha,

who was a son of No. 23

Tsan .da. thu .d ham. ma.
Usurper.
Son. in .law.
Son.
Usurper.
Cousin.
A foreigner reigned for

three days.
Brother to No. 38.
Uncle.
Son.
Brother.
Brother.in.law.
Ditto.

Usurper reigned forty days.
A chief from Ram.byi. '
A chief, in whose reign the

Burmese conquered the

country.

Mile.— In the above list of Arakanese Sovereigns several discrepancies will be ob-
■erved, if it be compared with Mr. Paton's Uble, published in the 16th Vol. of the
Asiatic Researches, p. 380. Some of these discrepancies however are only apparent,
■rising 1st from a difference of the mode of spelling. Mr. Paton has adopted an or-
tkography consistent with the pronunciation of the people of Arakan proper ; where,
though the letters of the alphabet are precisely the same a' those current among the
whole Barman race, yet the powers of the letters, and the sounds of the inherent
vowels are sometimes different. 1 have spelt, according to the Burmese pronuncia-

Oil the Hittory of Arakan.

[No. 145.

tion. 2d Discrepancies arise from evident misprints in Mr. Paton's list* 3d Different
names are applied to the same individuals among the later Arakanese kings.

After the time of Meng TVov-mi^ttfi when they became for a time tributary to Ben-
gal, and later still when they ruled over the present Chittagong district, they assumed
foreign names, and their Bengal subjects distinguished them by Indian names and tit-
les, which are now frequently applied to them, though the same Indian names are not
always applied to the same individual kings, even by the best informed among the
Arakanese. Hence arises confusion, the dates in Mr. Paton's list refer to the death or
deposition of the sovereigns opposite to whose names they are placed, the dates in tlie
foregoing list refer to the accession of each sovereign. As an illustration of these
marks, 1 here subjoin a comparison of a few of the names from the two tables.

PatoiCs Hit. !

Sameas»

74. Ju.mu.wai, . . . .

75. Mong Bhung Kiga.

76. Alikhang, •••

77. Kala shama, •••.

78. Jam, • • • . • •

79. Manikra Bong

Remark9^

Meng.kha.ri,

Ba.tsau.phya,
Dau.Iya,
Ba.tsau.ngyo,
Ran.oung, •

No. 1, of the dynasty of Myouk-au. In
this name Meng is an honorary pre-
fix. Ttau-nnoun if written accoraing
to the pronunciation of Arakan proper
would be Cho-ma^m or CAo-eitva-tM,
for which Jumuwai is evidently in-
tended.

This is the name of the king of Avm who
deposed Ttau^mwtm; and the period
of whose deposition 1 have marked as
an interregnum.

AH khen^, is the foreign name given to
this kmg, kkang is the Arakanese
pronuciation of kkenp.

KtUamaska is the foreign name of this
king.

No. 4, of the above list, is omitted in
Mr. P's. Uble.

I cannot satisfactorily account for the
difference in these names.

These names refer to the same indivi-
dual, Mamk in Mr. P's. list is a mis-
print for Meiuj the honorary title, ru
IS for Rcm; Bong is an error in copy-
ing for otmg, as the Burmese letten
are easily mistaken. There is no
use pursuing this comparison fur-
ther.

Bhhearm Aekdrya SiddhdtUa Shirdmdni sic dicH operispars tertia^
Gwutadhiam, noe astronamiam canUnent^ Laiine vertii notasque

Caput I. — Rationbs Tbmporis Computavdl

1. UoDt ille 8ol» ob permagDom in honuDes amorem nuUis ms rea,
aUgioe otoitas, nee non mmmimi venim (Bramham) devotonim, per.
pak Ten oontemplatione in mente purificatonuny manifeatana, per
MiMHiin impevAt*

1 Eodem modo ob permagnam in paeroa amorem in diaciplinft, per
m eoafeetft, definidonea verborum obacarorom ejaa (Solia) lavore ma.
lifartabo, ita at tta, memorift in vero adipiscendo perpetuo ezercitft,
voi •enaoa perceptio obtingat

1 Sphaerae ignama acientiA, demonatratione atabtlitA, Don fruitar ;
qui ob rem omnea notionea difficilea, ad apbaeram pertiDenlea, primo
^ffaiendae aopt.

4. Unna iUe Sol, diia venerandaa, loti sociua, qui caliginem deatruena
wnia hnmiliom crimina faoditoa abloit, qa6qne ad mnndom aervan-
^aaorto^ aacrificia incipiontnr, coelicolaeqae, Indrft praecedente, in
eob lodonty verbom noatmm, bene conceptnm, cito manifeatet.

5. Id aatronomorum circnlo doctos Jiahnnia filiua veluti frontiagem.
■ftipfeodet ; aplendent iacundi Barahaa, Mihiraa aliique, qui praeclaraa
pnfKMitioDea in ipaomm acriptia aBtronomicis protulemnt

6i Dociua Bbaaearaa, magiatri pedea, loto aimilea, veneratione
adoiaiii^ indeque intellectua particulam bauriena, eo conailio, ut iUu-
•tribiia aatronomia gratua ait, scripit hoc 8iddbanta8ir6maai, quod,
apieatiom mentem delectaturum, elegantibua metria prsBditum, auavi-
iNtt dietia abondat, purificatum ei baud difficile intellectu est.

7. Quanqoam per priorea (aatronomoa) opera, ingeuioaorum dicto-
nm pUna, composita aunt, tamen mihi, eorum dietia ezplanationea
>bcrioiea proditoro^ incipiendnm erit : bia (explan. uber.) passim pro
opportonitate ezhibiUa, aatronomi benevolenti totum meum opua per.
kgiDt oportet.

B. Boni fleque ac pravi viri, illi, materiaa a me prolataa intelligentea,
U non intelligendo me irridentes^ gratificationem inibnnt.

54 Bhdseara Acharyc^B Guniiddhyiya, [No. 145.

9. In hftc astronomicamm disciplinarum principe parte Siddhantae
nomine ea a sapientibuB ornata est, quae metiendi temporis discrimina,
a Trail, sic dictft, nsque ad mundi conflagrationem elapsi, gradatimqae
coelestium corporom motuB et duplicem calculom, dein qaaesUonea
et responsiones ac explanationem posiiionis terrse, Jovis, planetarum,
instrumenta etc. definit.

10. Is etiam, qui novit versuum colleotiones, nativitatiB calculos
docentiom, minimam sane sublitnioris astronomisB partem, nnllo modo
quso8tionibas» in argumentationibas astronomicis difficilioribas, recta
responsa reddere valet ; qaicnnqne Siddhantam, inomeris conolusioni.
bus progredientem, non intelligit, regi picto, seu ttgri, e ligno bene
fabricate, similis est.

1 1. Ut regius exercitus, elephant! mugitu sive equis etc. privatus, at
hortusChuta arbore (Mango) orbatus, at lacus, aquA vacuus, utfemlna,
novo marito procul perigrinante, non splendet, ita sapientes astronomic
institutiones, Siddhantse orbatas, uestimarunt.

12. Omnes VedsB sacrificiorum caeremoniaram grati& institute sunt;
hse autem tempori inserviunt, ideoque astronomic disciplina, quippe
quse tempos definiat, Vedn pars dicenda est.

13. Literarum scientia, Vedse os, astronomia oculus, Niructa (ex«
planatio obscurorum Vedarum terminorum) aures, Calpa (qu& ritus
religiosi describuntur) manus, Sicsha (qua vocalium pronuntiato ex-
planatur) Vedae nares, Clianda (ars metrica) pedes a prioribus sapien-
tibus dicta sunt.

14. Astronomia sane veluti Vedae oculus recordanda est, ideoque
ei princeps inter Angas (partes) locus assignatur; qaid enim homo,
ceteris sensibus instructus, at oculi parte orbatus, efficere potest.

15. Quapropter summum illud verum, purum et secretum, Brahmanis
(bis natis) discendum est Quicunque astronomiam bene noscit, is
omnino virtutis, divitiarum et desideriorum fructus, necnon gloriam
nanciscetur.

16. Bramha creator quum creavisset hanc sphseram coelestim una
cum planetis, in Zodiac! initio* collocatis, quo perpetuo revolvantur,
duals Stellas polares immobiles fixit.

* Zodiaci initium est in AiviniB.

17. Dein tphaerft coeleati una cam planetii occidentem versus cdera-
tkri moto progrediente, planetsB tardiori motu suis orbttis alterioribus
el iaferioribiis orientem venos moventnr.*

18. Super Lancse urbem Sole ipsios die orto, udo temporis momento
arigo meone Chaitrae, primi diei novso Lansa, diemm (solariom) men-

anoomm, Yugaromy etc. fQit.|

19. NIcfeationis ocoli trigesima pars Tatpara, ^us (Tatp.) ceateuma
Titti dieta eet; doodeviginti nictatioues Cashta, 30 Cashtae Cala ab

taoBooiis dieuntiir.

2Ql 30 Calae sunt hora (Ghatica) siderea, 30 borae sidereae dies ;
loDgae literae Asho (ezpiratio et inspiration) sezaginta Ashaes
hh, GO Pake Ghatica sunt

21. GO Ghaticae dies, 30 dies mensis, 12 mensis annas; eodem
oodo Zodiacoa in aeqoales partes, viz. in Rashi, Ansas, Galas, etc*

' ^nrasesi.^

22. Solia 2iOdiaci descriptio annns dicitor, idemqae deorum et Aso-
diea et noz. A conjanctione Solis et Lunae usque ad alteram

coaiaBCtioneni mensis lunaris, idemque dies atque nox migorum no*
itronim est.

23. Intervallum inter duos Solis ortus dies civilis unaque orbis ter-
nimn dice, Zodiaci revolutio dies sidereus est

24. Annis solaribus 432000 gradatim per 4. 3. 2, 1. multiplicatis,
Tigs quatuor pedes invenies.§

• Gommeiitator, quo, noB, ordine inferiorei ac saperiores planetas enumerans (scil-

Lsaa, MercQiiiu, Venus, Sol, Mars, Jupiter, Satnnius, ) hu omnibufl altiorem ideo-

fie ces conprah^identem tphsram ene ccBlestim, quam Latini univeTsalem dixerunt,

Hac vero spluBia vento, Prabaha vocato, atque occidentem versus flante,

ir.

t la eooimentario de temporis origine uberior sermo est ; asseritur, temporis limites
■e IB infinito Brahma, in quo, quia ool ceteraque corpora non sint, tempus definiri
BOB poae, hoc destructio dicta, seu non ttterna destnictio.
X Annus, •• •• aa 12 Menses. Nimesha,.. •• ^ 30 Tatpane.

Menus,
Dies, . .
GhaticB,
Cala,..
Cashta,

• «

r» 30 Dies. Tatparah, .. » lOU Truti.

SB 60 Ghaticae. Chacra (circulus,) » 12 Rashi.

CB 60 Calae. Rashi, <« 30 Anshtt.

» 60 Cashtae. Ansha, •• .. «> tO Calae.

s9 18 Mimess. Cala, =» 60 Bicalae.

} Crita Yoga =. 17M00O. CriU Yugae Crepuscula « ^~^X« = S9200O
Treta .. .. = 1296000. Treta, =- ^^^f'^X* = 216000

804000

Dwapaia .. = 86400a Dwapara, .. .. = -^x« = 1^4000

Call. .. ..« 432000. Cali, .. .. ..=-—? x«= ^*^

■sfaa Tngi ..* 43tOOOO.

Bhdscara Aehdrya^s GunUddhyc^Oi

[No*. 145.

25. Si Yugae pedibns ipsamin duodecimae partes initio et fine ad-
dantur, Yoga (4320000 anni) leperitur.

26. Manais aetaa 71 Yogas amplectitor, 14 Manuis aetaUbus Bramhae
dies, eodemque tempore ejus noz medtur.

27. Manoom crepuscula in initio^ medio et fine eadem sont ac aoai
Crita Yogae ;* millia Yogarum ana cam illis (annis Critae) Bramhae
dies est, qni Calpa dicitur, ideoque (Bramhae) dies atque nox duae
Calpae sunt.

28. Qui centum annos degere in sacru libris dicitor, ejus Satanandae
(Bramhae) aetas a prioribus Mahacalpa nominata est ; hoc tempore initb
carente, equidem baud scio, quot Bramhae anni elapsi sint.

29. Alii praesentis Bramhae aetatis dimidium, alii dimidium, additis
octo annis, elapsum esse, censent ;| qnod etiamsi demonstrari possit,
verumtamen inde fractus non hauritur; planetarum positio secundum
tempus praesentis (Bramhae) diei praeterlapsum determinanda eet.

30. Bramhae diei initio iUae creantur, ejusque fine destmuntur,
ideoque planetarum motus, dum praesentes sunt, computari possunt;
viris autem magnanimis, qui earum motus, inmo dum non adsunt, com.
putari posse prae se ferunt, salutationem meam.

31. Six Manues, 27 Yugae et Shacae rege mortuo C»li Yugae 3179

* Manuis aetas » 4320000 X 71 ^. 1728000
t 2. Calpae » 306448000 X 14 + 1728000 -

4StOOOO,
• '^ 10

4SSO00O,

Call Yuga,
Dwapara,
Treta,
Satya,

10
4SSO0OO

48f0000

XI-
X2 =
X8 =
X4 =

= 90844800U
• 4320000000, yiz.

432000

864000
1296000
1725000

Multiplicetur per 71, ••

71 Yugae

SandhissSatya,

Manuis setas,

Multiplicetur per 14,

Sandhi,

Calpa, •• .. .•

4320000
3024

= 306720000
=: 1728000

== 306448000
^ 1233792000

4318272000
» 1728000

=: 4320000000

1S44.] or AUranamy. 57

aniy ideoqne una cum Sbacae regis anoM Bramhae diei praetentis
1972947179 anni praeterlapsi soot*

32. Primiw Mano Svayambhuba erat ; deinde Su&rochisa, UtUonaja,
TAurasa Maiwiee foenint; sextas Chaksosae nomine per mundom
eelebnlar ; poet iUos hie aetate Baibasvata Manois locum tenet

33. Sphaericorum •criptores Jovem in medift Rashi (in uno Zodiaci
iigM) per totum annum morari statuunt; homines tempora varie
CQBimtanty qnippe vitae regulandae gratia qnatuor methodic utuntnr.

3i Anni, periodi aeqninoctiales et anni tempora secundum tempus
nhn^ dies Innares secundum tempus lunare^ ritus religiosi, omniaque
que ad morbos curandos et dies enumerandos pertinent, secundum
Inpos ciTile, horae etc. secundum tempus siderale computantur.

35. NoTcm igitur temporis metiendi raiiones, sell. (Manuum, deorum,
Jorii^ majonun nostrorum, siderum, 8olis» Lunae, computationis civilis
et Brambae) descripta sunt ; planetae vero 8u& ipsarum norm4 com-
paloitiir neoease est

IL — PLANETAauM Rbvolutionbs.

1. Uno Brambae die labeote, Solis, Veneris et Mercurii 43200000000
RfoiBtiones sunt, eundemque revolntionnm Apsidum numerum astro-
■om Satumo^ Jori Martique assignant.

M. Lunae 57753300000, Martis 2296828522, Mercurii 1793698984,
Joris 364226455, Veneris 7022389492 revolutiones celeriores, Saturni
146567298 revolutiones esse affirmantur.

5-6. Sdiis apsidum revolutiones 450, Lunae 488105858, Martis
292, Mercurii 332, Jovis 855, Veneris 653, Saturni 41, Orientem

^IStndliya, 1728000

6MaBaei, •« » 18&0688000

VMahaTiiga, 110640000

ShstftToga, 1728000

Dwafja Toga, . . ' 1296000

TTOttYvga, 864000

C«liYug», ' 3179

I972947I79

Bhdscara Aehdrya*8 GunUAdhyaycL,

[No. 145.

yersas, revolntiones nodorum LuDae 23231168. Martis 267, Mercarii
521, Jovis 63, Veneris 893, Satarni 594 statuuntor.*

7-9. firamhae die 158223645000 sphaerae revolutionefl occideDtem
versus, eodemque temporis spatio Solis 1555200000000, Lunae
1602999000000, et 1577916450000 dies civiles saDt.j

10. Calpae spatio 1593300000 menses lunares intercalares, eodem-
que tempore 25082550000 dies lunares expungendi a sapieDtibus

statunntur4

11. 51340000000 meqsibus solaribus a 53433300000 menaibus

lunaribus, subtractis numems mensinm intercalarinm Calpae spatio
exhibetnr.

12. £ diebus solaribus una cum diebus intercalaribus numems die-
rum lunarinm, et e diebus lunaribus, diebus expungendis subtracts,
numerus dierum civilium invenitur.§

* In sulffunctd tabuld pracedentes vahres exkibentur.

Planets.

Reyolutiones.

Rev. Apsidum.

Rev. Nodorum.

Sol

Luna,

Mercurius,

Venus,

MazB, •• •• ••••

Jupiter,

Saturnus, •

43200000000

57753300000

1793698984

7022389492

2296828522

864226455

146567298

450
488105858
292
332
855
653
51

232311165
263
521
63
898
584

t Anni spatio Solis revolutiones diumsB,

Sphnrs

Mensis lunaris,.. •• ••
{ Yagn spatio menses lunares,

intercalares.

1577916450000

isflodbdboo

lg8Ht864g00O
4S20000000

1577916450000
5775S8O000O

57753300000

4320000000

5343330000

5343300000

51340000000

1593800000

» 365. 15. 80. 22. 30.
= 366. 15. 30. 27. 30.

» 27. 18. 46. 25.

§ Dies Solar. • •
Dies Lun. Interc.

Dies Lun.

Dies Civil.

155520000000

4779900000

1602999000000
25082550000

1577916450000

IM] or AUrojMmy. 69

13. E diffBrenti& inter Solis et Lunae revolutiones Damemm men*
amn lonariiim reperies. Diebus sideralibos a numero dierum lanarium
nbCnetii, qnot dies ezpaDgendi sint, videbis.*

H. Subtrahendo Solia revolaUones, per 13 mnltiplicatafl^ a Lanae re«
Tobdonibiu, mensesi ntercalares reperiuntor. Differentia inter plane-
tunii apodom revc^ationes addita, revolationes argumenti anomaliae
aktbet

III. — Ahaboana.

1*3.— iAnnis solaribosy Calpce spatio prseterlapsis, per 12 multiplicatis,
■OKt anni correntis addantur ; sununa, per 30 moltiplicata, additis die-
haloBaribofly aeparatim ponatur; hoc numero, per 1693300000 menses
ntocalres multiplicato, et per 1665200000000 dies solares diviso,
■OMs intercalcares Aharganse Solaris inveniontur ; dein his mensibus
iBtereakribns, in dies conyersis, ad nameram separatim positum (Ahar-
gmm lolarem) additis, diemm lunariam nomems innotescet; hie sepa-
ntim ponatnr, dein moltiplicetur per 26082660000^ dies lunaresexpan*
gmloiy et dividatur per 160299900000» dies lunares, quo facto dies pe-
liodi expnngendi inveniuntnr ; his a numero diemm lunarinm (separatim
P«ito) snbtractis, numerus dierum mediorum solarium civilium datur.
Beodimm mensium intercalarium et dierum lunarium expungendornm
n eoopntandA AharganA baud respicitur.f

1 Nomero dierum ( Ahargana) per planetse revolutines multiplicato^
ct per dies civiles diviso, media in Zodiaco planetse position gradibus,

* RcTolttt. Luoa, » 5775300000

BefoluUSoL » 482000000

MeueiLuii » 534SS300000

Dici Luuares » 1602999000000

Dies 8idenl.« » 158336450000

Dia£zpiuig «= 20762550000

t !• Methodof Ahargana oomputandflB haec est:

Annis, Calps tpatio prsterlapiif , in diet oonvenis, dies anni currontis addantar, quo
&eto nomeraa dienun lolarium (Ahargana lolarii) datur. Numerus dierum interca-
hnim addendoa est; hAc via regul&trium terminorum inveniuntur : Calps spatio si x
^'■•tt intercalares erant, quot menses intercalares annis prseterlapsis. His mensibus
'^^vcalaribus Aharganas solari additis, Ahargana Innaris proditur, de qua dies ezpun-
pBdi dedncendi sunt Hoc modo eos invenias : Si Calpa spatio z dies ezpungendi,
^btrgua solari quoL

Ha ab Aharganft solari subtractis, numerus dierum solarium civilium ezhibetur*
Kuapli gratia Ahargana 27mn. Chaitro anni Shac« regis 1764 (A. O* 8 vi. Apr.
lftM)ittTeniatur. 1. Anni

60 Bhdscara AcMirya^s GunUidhydya, [No. 145.

etc. determinata, proditur, dam Sol medins in LuDcas urbe Marti vici-
num locum tenet.

5. Residuo* dienim ezpungendoram, per 131490000000t diviso^
gradas minata, etc. dantur ; cui dies lunares, per 12 moltiplicati, si
addantor, Lonss positio, si subtrahantur, Soils positio exhibetar.

6. Residue dienun ezpoDgendoram, per 271 10000000 diviso, Caln> etc
prodncuntor, quod Solis Dhana (pins) nominatur ; idemqae, per 1 3 multi*
plicatom, trigesimft qaint& ipsius parte additft, Luna Soi dicitur. Dies
lunares, a Chaitra mensi etc elapsi, per 13 multipUcati, SoUs et Lonse
Ansae sunt Numerus, qui e divisione reliquarum mensium intercala-
rium et mensium lunarium producitur, si subtrahatur, Su^ si addator,
Dhana est.

7-8. Dies solares civiles per planetsB dies civiles, Calpse spatio prseter-
lapses, multiplicentor, etper 131493037500 dividentur; quo facto Rash!
(Zodiaci signa) producnntur; inde signis, quae Sol tenet, deductis^
planetae positio in Zodtaco determinatur. Docti autem aliis quoque
metliodis uti poUent.

1* Anni elapsi acreatione usque ad Shacam regem, « 1972947179

a Shacarege ad 27 men. Chaitr. 1764, 1764

197*2948943
multiplicentur per X 1^

23675387316*
addantur,.. •• 11

2. Menses Solares 23675887327

multiplicentur per X 30

71U261619810

addantur,.. .. ^ ^

3. Dies Solares 710261619637

Addantur menses intercalares, in dies conveisi :

15552000,00000: 15933300000: 710261619037
Dies CalpsB Sol. Mens. Galpe Interc.
^ 15988800000 X 71261619887 _ ^cf,aa^,^

15552000,00000 i^tuoivoa 710261619837

Dies Intercalares » 7272661983 X 30 « 21829857990

4. Dies Lunares, s •• 782091477827

Deducentur dies expungendi.

1602949000000: 25O825SO00O: 732091477827

Dies Calp» Lnn. Dies Galpss Exp. A&arg. Lun.

MowseooM + nwimst? _ 73a09l477W

160(M«000000 »o«»ait/«o«»

5.Di«.Sol««Civa«pr«teri.p.i. - l^^r

* Vid. venum tertium ; residuum dierum expungendorum loco citato non receptum
erat.
t 1577916450000 : Residum, D. E. X 12 = ^^^^

J844.] or Astr&nomy. 61

9-10. Ut pknetamm reToIutiones e mensibos luDarlbosy intercalari-
\m et ezpoDgendis, vicisaim additis et sobtractisy inveniantur, ita
ngiiM trimn terminorom, e Soils diebos civUibus, sabtractis et additis,
iBiPCBiiiatiir.

11. Differentia positionis planetae, doas revolutiones transgressse,
addatuv dein subtrahatur ; summa saperiorem, diflbrentia inferiorem
Apodem indieat.

12. Differentia inter doas planetae reyolutiones sabtracta, Adruta,
m inferior, eademqae addita, superior Apsis est.

13. Planeti a Saperiori Apside sabtractji, ejas anomalia media (dis-
tiBtia Soils a superior! Apside) invenitur, anomali& medift subtractft,
pbsetae poaitio datur.

14. Planetae revolutiones una cum gradibus^ minutis* per dies ci-
files mnltiplicentur, dein per ejus Calpae revolutiones dividantor, quo-
tes Ahaigana est

15-16. Dies civiles elapsi per dies ezpuugendos muItiplicentUTi dein
per dies civiles* dividantur ; quofacto dies expungendi praeterlapsi in-
naiontar; his Aharganse additis, numerum dierum lunarium perspicias ;
lue Dumerus separatim ponatur, per menses intercalares multplicetur,
etper dies lunares dividatur; quotus menses intercalares elapses praebet,
qaosin dies converses, si de diebus lunaribus deducas, numerus dierum
niaiiom invenitur; his, per 30 divisis, numerus mensium, et postremo^
per 12 divisis, annorum Calpae spatio invenitur.f

17. Dierum numerus a Call Yugae initio praeterlapsorum, a die
Veoeris computandus est ; si planeta hdc dierum numero determlnata,
ipiiDs poeitloni initii Call Tugae addatur, planeta anni regens invenitur.

18-19. Initio Call Y^gae Martis ceterarumque planetarum locus
ifi Zodiaco, Solisque et Lunae superior apsis, et Lunee nodus, Bicalis
detenninata, Ulis erat 3370,1944, 4666,4406, 1016064, 844214,
744422.}

* Calpte fpatio dapMs.

t Calealationis methodtts est revena No. 1-3 quos vide.

X Hi tbIoks de giadibiu Zodiaci deducendi sunt: ezampli gratia Martii locus
cnt 3S70 Bicalae^SG' 10*

12. SO. 60. 60
56. 10

11 H. 90 As. 3 C. 50 Bs. Martii posiUo.

Bhdscara Aehdrya's Guniiddhyiya^

[No. 145.

Mars.

Merc.

Jov.

Ven.

Sat.

S. A. S>

L. A. S.

L. N.

28.

1 36

Caput IV. — Planbtarum Orbit ab.

1. Astronomiae periti globi ccclestiB circamferentiam 18712069-
200000000 Yajanis circumscribi affirmant ; alii banc BramhsB ovi cir-
comferentlam esse, alii, Paranomm gnari, banc distantiam inter clanim
et obscarom montem esse contendant.

2. Quiconqae circali qoalitates dare sciant, sphaerae circamferen-
tiam, qoA Soils radii obscuritatem destmant, cognoverunt.

3. Nom Brambae ovom illiua magnitodinis sit necne, non qoaeri-
tor. Veteres qoidem, quot Yajanos planetae Calpae spatio percurre-
rent, computando, Planetarum orbitas definiebant, haec nostra opinio.

4. E spbaerae circmnferenti&, per planetarum revolntiones (Calpae
tempore) divis&, earam orbitae inveniuntur; in soft ipsius orbit&
planeta Tajanos, spbaerae circumferentia definitas, in perpetuom revol-
▼itor.

6. Astronomi Solis orbitam 4331897^, Lunae 324000, Zodiaci cir-
cumferentiam 259889850 Yajanos esse affirmant.*

6. Sphaerse circumferentift, per Calpse dies civiles divis^ planetae
motos diomas invenitur; planetae 11858} Yajanos, per suas orbitas
qaotidie moventar.t

7. Abaigana, per 9921 multiplicata et per 25419 divisa, de Abargan&
per 1 1859 maltiplicatft dedacator, qao facto, Yiyani planetae praeter-
lapsi remanent

1871t069fl0O0,00O,0O

• Sol ^

Luna

ZodiacuB

43t000,0000

1871 ...

5770S3OOOOO

1871 ...

48314971

» 324000
» 259689850

72000000

t Planetarum Motus Diurnus

1871 ...
157791645

11858}

J84i] or Astronomy, 63

8. In planetaram orfoitis compotandis apsidem et nodam non res-
pieiei ; at Solia orbitam ejusdem magnitudinis esse censent ac Mercurii
et Yeneru orbitaa ; quare in iis computandis orbita apsidis et nodi se-
eoBdosi Soils motiiin fandamento erit

V. — PliANBTA, ANRI BSGENS.

1.— Nomenis annoram, Calpae spatio elapsoram, separatim per 2, 4, 3
BoItiplicetaT ; producta per 8 dividentur, quo facto dies, Dandae, etc.
kicohmtiir; his annorum nomero additis, Sole praecedente, planeta,
tniUT^geDs, reperitor.*

2. Ex annis Calpae praeterlapsisy separatim 4,120 et 9,600 divisis,
^ Dandae, etc* fiunt.t

3. Aimi (Calpae) una com soA ipsorum sexagesimA parte, addantor
umu^per 30 multiplicatis et per 160 divisis ; numerus, sic ortns, ab an-
us dapiis sabtrahator ; quo facto dies ezpangendi inveniantar4

i Dies, etc. per 3 multiplicentur, sua ipsorum 400ma. pars subtra-
betv, quo &cto 30mae. annorum parti addentur.§

* Annul sol. civ. » 365. 15. 30. 22. 30. — 0.15. 30. 22. 80 qaodsi per 8 multiplice-
t», 3 ds. 4 dae. 3 Ansa producuntur, quare si Ahargana grradatim 2, 8, 4 multipli-
cetir, per 8 diYidatiur oportet; dies remanenies, per 7 dWisi, anni regentem exhibenU
t ISDandae X 4 = 1 dies ' » Dandae = 1 die..

^^- Calae » 9600 Calae « 1 dies.

: Calpea Annis. D. Ezpang. 4320000000 : 25088550000 : I.

Anni D. B <=» 5. 48. 22. 7. 30.— 5 diebus neglectis, 48 dandis, etc. de unitate
dtdnetis, remanet 0. 11. 27. 52. SO. quo per 160 multiplicato, 31 dies 1 danda pro-
Hamtnr, quo liuto Itaec proportio datur :

160 A : 31 dies. 1 danda : A. E. 1 danda ss —dies. His valoribus substi-

tDtk

D.E. - A.B.-(a.C.X ^ X 80.^).

( Unios anni dies etc. » 0. 15. 30. 22. 30.

dies expung. » 0. 48. 22. 7. SO.

IKebeseCc. per 3 multiplicatis, de d. B. subtractis, remanet lO. 1. 52.
^nadsi diebus etc addatur, D. E. inveniuntur.

0. 1. 52 X 1200 » 37.
Quo Cuto haec aequaUo datur.

gj X 37 + 15. 30 X 3 = D. B.

led 37 = 40 — 3.
^ « JL 8 ^ j_

ifob "" so isoo ** 400*

64 Bhitcara Aehdrya'i GwUitdhy^a, [No. 145.

5. Annai^ tuft ipsius 60ma parte aabtractft, per 160 dividatur; dein
ab anno sua ipeius qainta pan tubtrahatary atroqne oamero juncto^ dies
eipangendi inveniontar.*

6. Diefl^ Dandae^ etc una cum diebus ezpangeodis, addantar annis,
per 10 multiplicatit and per 30 divisisy quo facto menses intercalarea in-
▼eniuntur; residuum, a quo dies interpungendi, Dandae, etc. subtrahan*
tur, Suddhi dicitur.f

7« Anni separatim per divisores 32 at 30 diyldantur ; utroque nome.
ro junctOy anni, per 11 multiplicati et per 30 dansi, addantor, imde
menses interoalares producuntnr ; residnum, sabtraciis diebus expon-
gendis, Dandis, etc. Suddhi dicitur-l

8. Differentia inter menses intercalares etannos elapsos, per 2 multi-
plicata, addatur diebus ezpungendis elapsis, per 7 divists ; de quo Shod-
dhi deducta et per 7 diviso, quem tali modo invenies numenuoy anni
regens, Soli praecedente, est

9. Si reliquae mensium intercalarium Dandse, etc de Dandis^ etc prl.
orum dieram deducuntur, Dandse, etc. reliquorum dierum ezpaageiido.
rum inveniuntur.

« Uniw Anni D. B. i» a 48. 38. 7. SO.

«^- - (^ - 4) ^- (i«)

rananetO. 0. 22. 7. SO.

( a 0. 22. 7. 80^ X 160 « 0. 59 « 1. d. — ^ da.

D. B.-(A B. - 4o^) : 160 + (A. B. - Y)

t Unius anni D. C. a 865. 15. 30. 22. SO.

D. B. = 0. 48. 22. 7. 30.

D. L. = 871. 7. 52. SO.

D. I. I. 11. 3. 52. 30.

^ . AS ^^ 10 + ^^ —

M.l. a ^

I Unius anni D. B. » 11. 8. 52. SO.

» 11 4- 0. 8. 52. 30.
(0. 8. 52. 30) X 480 =» 31d.
81 » 16 4- 15.

*!? =, 30. **? - 82.
le • 15

His valoribus substitutis.

M.l. - (^ + ^ + A.E X 11.)

it(44.] or AHronomy. 65

IQp Si anni elapst per plaDetamm revolutiones, Calpae spatio elapsaa,
Doltipfioentor et per Calpae annoa dividantar, revolutionea, etc. no-
dnram, apsidam et planetaram, fioe revolutionis Solaris determinantur.

11. MeDsiam intercalariom diebus reliquis, etc. per 12 moltiplicatis,
Lonae loeiu in Zodiaeo^ signis, gradibus, minatis, etc. defioita, deter-
ainatiir.

12. Diebosy etc supra dictis, pro Call Yugae aonis elapsis computatis,
aai legsDM a die VeDeris calculandas est, et planetarum loci fixi locis,
qoM initio Call Togae tenebant, addendi sunt.

13. Dandisy etc snae ipsarum 20mae parti janctis, dies in compu-
taodi Ahai^anft addendi inveniontor.

14. De diebus lonaribos, a Chaitra mensi ante Idas elapsis, Shuddes
dedocantar, residui 702da pars addatar, et per 64 dividatar ; quotus a
diebus ezpiiDgendis subtrahatar, quo facto, Ahargana anni regoDtis inve-
utar.

16. A qnibus diebus lunaribus Shuddhi non subtracta est, eorum
Ahargana Chaitra mensi prior computanda est ; planetae, locis prions
iDBi odditis, seeundum Shuddhim an tea deterkninatam computentur
opottet

16. 60m& parte de Aharganft deductft, Solis locus una cum gra-
dibus definitos est. Aharganft, per 3 multiplicatft, et per 22 divisft, Calae,
&slae, etc. inveniuntur.*

17. Soli ana com gradibas, separatim posito, si dies lanares, per 12
BultipUcati, addantur, Luna determinatur ; sin autem dies expuDgendi,
per 10 moltiplicati, de Sole, 7m& ipsius parte additi, dedacantor, Luna
mcDm Calia invenitnr.

18. Aharganae dimidiiun per 3 multiplicetur, 17ma ipsius pars subtra-
^ttnr; additA Martis positione fix& una cum gradibus, minutis, etc.
Man invenitur.

19. Ahargana, per 3 multiplicata, separatim ponatur ; quo facto per 7
aioltiplicetur et per 130 dividatur; summa et productum jungantur;

* MotQs planetarum diumui in commentario hoc modo definitur.

r. Venus. Saturnua. L. A. S. L. N.
O13O401 0 0 U

tt 10 31 5 4 36 2 6 3

8342632 56 7 0 40 lu

ina.
13

nan. a
0

lercuriui
4

1. J up

33 0 3 28 9 .39 0

S - - - ' « 24 f i?

\.,

rtvu-^t .yT tJu. HUU B H H.

Summary dueripHan cfiwo new specie$ of Flying Squirrd. By
B. H. HoDGSOir, Esq. B. C. S. Wiih a colored PlaU.

Hw Editors of the Joornal in pnbliBhing this btief wticle, and the plate which ac-
eanpaniM it, which is an exact fae-ntmU of the heaatiiiil dzawing made by Mr,
BodfBQiii's NatiTe artist, deem it an act of justice to that gentleman, to them-
idffes as Editors and Officers of the Asiatic Society, and to their contributors,
to explain how it has happened, that though the drawing has been in their posses-
WA rinee July 184t, it only now appears. It was sent to them from Katmandoo
\^ kir. Hodgson under the above date, with a request that the Society's Zoological
Cmtor would add such remarks as he might think proper.

Tbe paper was handed to Mr. Blyth, who also then saw the drawing, and as soon
II the ilrst impreseionB could be coloured, they were placed by the Editors in his
bais. The colouring of the whole of the plates, (a very slow process in India,)
wisfinished in August 184S.

The Editors in May 1844, had the paper returned to them with the following
■Bouacement from Mr* Blyth :•—

'* The truth is, both of them are species altmdy described ; vis. the Pteromys nMu
aai the P* cMiueqM of Gray, and it would not be creditable to the Journal that they
ihould be published under Mr. Hodgson's new names."

They do not feel competent to decide on a question of priority of discovery nor of
ifaiii^ of spedes should any arise, and are herein only anxious to prore their
caaest wish to do justice, both by liberal care and by early publication, to the
iiboars of the correspondents of the Asiatic Society, and supporters of the Journal.
Tbe extract pointed out to the Editors by Mr. Blyth will be found in the note.*

RODENTIA.
Genus Sciukopterus.

1. 8p. new. 8. Chrytotrix, mihi. Greneral stractoro and size of Mag-
sfffaif. Above intense ocbreoas chesnut, mixed with black and divided
down tbe sfnne by a golden yellow line, and margined externally by

* Ettnetfiom the AnnaU and Magatim of NatmnU HitUrryfar JhemUr 1849,

p. 96t and 26S.

Sdmvpierus fio6i&.— Bright chestnut-brown, with yellow tips to some of the hairs,
p>le rafous beneath -, the top of the head, the shoulders, and a narrow streak down
the niddle of the upper part of the back pale fuWous ; parachute large.

Bab, — India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson, Mus. Ind. Comp.

Semnftgnu amieept Blackish brown, varied with red bay; hairs long, dark
Uaekiih, with red bay tips ; out-side of the legs redder, beneath reddish yellow ;
^sad iron-gray with longer black interspersed hairs ; throat white ; chin black ;
NttU hnate spot on the upper edge red, and roundish spot near the base of the ears
Ught^ied ; tail flnttish, black with some redddish tipped hairs, fewer near the
c^ Body and head, nine inches -, tail, eight and a half.

Haft,-«India, Dargellan, Mr. Pearson, Mus. Ind« Comp.

68 Two new species of Flying Squirrel [No. 145.

the same hue, which also spreads over the shoulders and thighs. Below,
and the flying membrane with the lower limbs and tail, intense orange
red, deepening into ochreons on the margin of the membrane, and
on the limbs ophthalmic and mystacial regions defined by black ; chin
dark, cheeks mixed, a pale golden spot on the nasal bridge. Two
inches of end of tail black. Ears outside concolorous with lower sur-
face. Tail longer than the animal and cylindric. Pelage thick and
soft, and glossy, woolly and hairy piles : average length of latter an inch
and one-third. Snout to rump fifteen inches. Head to occiput
(straight) three inches and three-eighths ; tail, seventeen inches and a
half ; less terminal hair, fifteen inches and a half, ears one inch and one-
third. Palma, less nails, one inch and seven-eighths. Planta, less nails,
two inches and seven-eighths. Habitat, hills generally, but chiefly the
central and northern regions. Sexes alike. Remark, — In colour much
like Magnificus, but invariably distinguished by the pale golden line
down the spine.

2. Sp. new. Senex, nob. General structure as above, but size
smaUer, and fur longer. Entire head, pepper and salt mixture^ or iron
grey : orbits and base of ears behind, intense burnt sienna. Entire
body above and the tail and flying membrane, a full clear mixture of
golden and black hues ; shoulders not paled. Limbs intense aurantiiie
ochreous. Margin of the parachute albescent, and neck below the same.
Body below with parachute there, orange red. Tip of tail black as
usuaL Ears nearly or quite nude and tail subdistichous or flatter.
Pelage longer and scarcely so fine as iu Magnificus and in Chryeoirix.
Longest piles an inch and three-quarters, and less glossy. Snout to
rump fourteen inches, head two inches and seven-eighths, ears one
inch and a quarter. Tail only fifteen inches, with hair sixteen inches
and a half. Palma one inch and eleven-sixteenths. Planta two inches
and a half.

Habitat as before.

i^emorA.-* Difiers from the two larger species of these hills, and ap-
proaches to the least, or Alboniger, by the less cylindric form of the tail
and under-ears. Its pelage is coarser and less glossy than in any of
the other three, but is fully as warm and thick.

July, 1842.

JOURNAL

Ot THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

A TiNTH Memoir an the Law of Storms in India, being the Madras
nd Masulipatam Stobm of 2\st to 2Srd May, 1843. By
HiNRT PiDDiNGTON. WOk a Chart.

Between the 21 at and 23rd May, 1843, a very severe hurricane was
apetienced on the coast of Coromandel, which seems to have extended
froD a short distance South of Madras to Masulipatam and Coringa.
Grett mischief was occasioned by it on shore and along the coast, and
Kvenl vessels foundered at sea» or were driven on shore, among which
*cre the ships and brigs Amelia Thompson^ Favorite, Inezy Unum^
•^wmor, Jo9eph and Victor^ &c. with others more or less disabled.

It is to the always active zeal of Captain Biden of Madras, that
I am indebted for the greater part of the documents from which the
ffeteot Memoir is drawn up. I have as usual abridged them as far
tt possible^ bat so as to preserve carefully all the essential facts. I
coBUDSDce at Madras, with the logs of the ships farthest to the
SoBtkward ; I then take those to the Eastward to trace the storm in its
FnSKM across the Bay, and finally, I give those to the North of Ma-
^ as far as Calcutta. I then add, as usual, a summary shewing
the grounds on which I have laid down the track of the storm, and
^bodying such other remarks as may have occurred to me.

^^^^"^di^ Log of the Ship Bussorah Merchant, Captain Fareier,
from Bombay to Calcutta^ reduced to civil time.

l%th May 1843. — p. li. strong monsoon, W. N. W. and West, with
iqittlls and rain. 4 r. m. abreast of Point de Galle, distance 7 miles.

No. 146. No. 62, New Seribs. n

70 Tenth Memoir on the Law cf Starm$ in India* [No. 146.

\9th May — RouDding Point de Galle, and at noon wind W. by S.
and fine; steering N. E., latitude 6^ 52' N. longitude account 82^ 12' £.
4 p. M. strong W. by S. breeze. Bar. 29.56,* increasing to a hard gale
W. by 8. at midnight.

20th May, — Gale continuing W. by. S. latitude account 7^ 2(/ N.
Bar. 29.26. p. m. continued heavy gale W. S. W. ; squalls, rain and
heavy sea ; midnight Bar. 29.26.

2\st May. — ^Day-light more moderate^ wind S. W.; at noon Lat. 8®
30' N., longitude 86^ 29^. p. m. strong gale South, with heavy squalls
continuing to midnight.

22d May. — a. m. finer, but gale continuing from the South to noon,
when latitude 12'' GO' N., longitude 87"* 24' £. Bar. 29.36. p. m.
South and S. S. E. monsoon gale, to midnight.

2M May.— ^oon latitude W 34' N., longitude 86<' 30' E., wind
S. S. W., steady monsoon gale from midnight.

Extract from the Log of the Ship Rajasthan, Captain Aikih, from
Calcutta to MauritiuSf reduced to civil time.

i9th May. — a. m. brisk breeze E. S. E. and S. E. ; at 7 a. m. S. £.
by E. ; at noon, ship standing to the S. S. W. Noon latitude observed
9'' r N.y longitude 88^ 16' E. p. m. increasing with squalls, and Bar.
stated to be *' falling."t At midnight more moderate, wind S. E. by E.
to East and N. E.

20^ May. — 1 a. m. wind N. E. ; 4 a. m. wind shifted to the West;
day-light increasing; 6h. 30m. hard gale from Westward ; at 10 a. m.
wind marked West ; noon, Bar. 29.20 ; from 30.00, at which it had
before stood, wind West p. m. wind W. by S. Ship running from 1
A. M. from 5 to 7 knots to the Elastward, strong gale W. to midnight.

2\8t May.'^A. m. the same ; 5 a. m. hauled up to the S. E. by E.
Noon, gale had moderated to fresh gale and heavy sea, latitude 8^ 12*
N. Bar. 29.70. To midnight hard gale S. S. W.

22^^ May. — a. m. the same to noon, when latitude 7^ 48' N., longitude
91'' 45' E. Bar. 29.60. p. m. fresh gale, being on 23d and following
days the usual monsoon.

* Corrected by a comparison in Calcutta.^H. P.
t Its height not given at this time.

lUi] Tenth Memoir an the Law of Storms in India. 71

Abridged Log cfikeH. C, Steamer TBNASSSRiMyrom Aden^ bound to

Calcutta, civil time.

2ltt Ma^ 1843 ^a. m. fresh breeze from W. N. W., yariable

tovardfl noon with squalls, and squally appearances all round from
K. a £. to W. N. W. and a heavy sea. Latitude &" 48' N., longitude
cboDometer 78^ 3'. p. m. wind S. and S. W. fresh and squally. Mid-
ligkt brisk gale with heavy^squalls and showers and a heavy sea. Bars, at
4a.1l 29.92 and .75. Noon 29.90 and .72. 4 p. m. 29.90 and .72.

^SmdMay. — Wind 8. W., weather and sea the same. Latitude 51^ 2! N^
loBgitnde 80^ 3' £. p. m. wind W. 8. W. and S. W. strong breezes
lid sea. Barometer 4 p. m. 29.80 and .40. Noon 29.30 and .40.

23tf May — Winds W. to 8. W. by W., weather and sea the same.
Koon, latitude &" 49^ N., longitude 82<' 68' £. p. m. to midnight the
nse weather. Barometer at 4 p. m. 29.30 and .55.

23(f Mc^. — 4 p. Bf. went into Trincomalee harbour.

AbUractqfLog of the Bark Corinoa Packet, yrom 13^ to 22d Mag,

civil time. From Captain Bidbn.

ISth Mag, fine weather. Barometer fell from 29.70 to 29.50. At 8 p.
■. 29.45, the weather still looking fine, sent down royal yards, took one
reef in the top sails. Point Pedro bearing W. 8. W., distance about
140 mCes ; midnight strong N. E. winds. Barometer 29.40.

IStft. — 2 A. M. a tremendous squall from E. 8. E. attended with
kcavy lightning, struck the ship, and hove her on her beam ends ; before
being able to shorten sail, the main sails and fore and maintopsail
were blown out of the bolt ropes. 4 a.m. blowing a fresh gale attend-
ed with heavy rain, bent another maintopsail, close reefed it, and set
it Daylight blowing a tremendous gale from E. by 8., the sea running
n pyramids, and the ship labouring very heavy. 8 a. m. Barometer
29.30. 10b. dOm. a. m. a very large water spout formed within about 2
ctUes length from the ship, passed across her stern, and hove the shtp
toond head to wind, the (all of water on board the ship was tremen-
dous. Observed the Barometer to rise immediately to 29.45. Noon

72 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, QNow 1 46.

the sea abated, wind flew roand to the N. W. in a tremendous squall, and
the weather began to look more favorable. Observed Flag Staff Point,
Trincomalle, bearing West, distance 10 miles. 8 p. m. wind frouk
Westward, a strong double reef topsail breeze with clear weather.

20th. — Moderate throughout. Barometer at 28.50. 8 p. m. weather
looking very bad to the W. S. W. Midnight blowing a heavy gale.

2U<.— 3. A. Bf. the gale increasing, and the sea rising, hove the ship
to under dose reefed maintopsail. Daylight blowing a terrific gale, the
sea running in all directions, the ship labouring very heavy, and at times
on her beam ends, the maintopsail blew out of the bolt rope. Barome-
ter 29.40. Noon, latitude 5"* 30' N., longitude SS"" 40' £. 4 p. ic. the
sea and wind abated a little. 6 p. m. moderating fast, made sail gra-
dually. 8 p. Bc Barometer rising fast. Wind at West. Midnight fresh
breeze and fine. Barometer 29.65.

22iuf. — Moderate and fine; during the gale of the 19 th and 21st, the
ship has not suffered the least, and made no water.

Madras, lOth July, 1843. (Signed) T. B. CniLCOTT.

Abridged extract from the Log of the Skip Mabquis of Hastings, Capt
J. BiDDLB, yrom Singapore bound to Calcutta^ reduced to civil time.
Forwarded by Capt. Bidkn.

20ih May, 1843.— Noon latitude W 51' N., longitude 95'>5' E.
Moderate S. by W. to W. 8. W. at midnight

2\8t May. — S. S. W. wind to noon. Daylight, Narcondam bearing
N. W. \ N., breeze freshening to 6 knots with squally weather to
the Westward. 8 a. m. heavy squall from 8. W. Noon moderate, p. m.
light and cloudy and squally to Westward ; wind S. W. to midnight.

22nd ilfay.— Weather squally ; S. W. by W. to S. S. £. wind ; a cross
sea from S. W., latitude H"* 52', longitude 93"^ 57' E. p. u, Preparis
bearing West, distance 10 miles, light winds N. W., dark and squally,
midnight strong breezes N. W. and heavy sea.

2^d May.'^A. m. the same strong breeze and heavy cross sea,
wind N. W. Noon latitude'account 16"* 42', longitude 92^ 4' E. At 6
p. M. wind about West. At p. m. veering to S. W., and moderating to
the usual monsoon at midnight.

IM4.] Tenth Memoir am the Law of Storms in India. 73

24M Jtffly.— Noon latitude l?"* 68' N., loDgitade 90« Iff E. Light
Ycsad, eompated to bear N. W. ^ N. distance 200 miles.

Ship BRAjfm. Extract forwarded by CapL BiDsir.

Tke ship Bramin from Singapore boond to Madras^ had from 20th
Xij, between latitudes 8^ and 8"* 38' N. heavy threatening weather
iin S. by W., veering gradually to S. W., and reducing her to dose
K& till the 23rdy when the weather became finer. No Barometer or
kigitiidea are given in her log, but we may take it that she was far
to tks Eastward, and that this was the usual weather at the setting
ii of the monsoon.

Ettradfrom the Log of the Barque SsRiifQ av at am^ from Acheen Head
b Madras, reduced to civil time. Forwarded by CapL Bidsn.

From the time of leaving Acheen Head, we had a continuance of
giooDy unsettled weather to the—

20IC& May. — Wind S. S. W. 4 p. m. increasing gales, heavy squalls
with rain, thunder and lightning, latitude 7** 30^, longitude 98^ SO'.

21 j< May. — At noon wind S. S. W., latitude 9° 10, longitude 88^ 50'.
Cooimences with heavy squalls, with rain, thunder and lightning, a
kctvy confused sea.

At 8 p. ic increasing gales, heavy squalls, gloomy weather close
reefed topsails, and reefed foresaiL

Throughout these twenty-four hours, a continuance of heavy squalls
aad gloomy weather.

72nd May Wind S. W. by S., ladtude 10^ longitude 85'' 30'.

Commences with heavy gales and squalls of rain, thunder and lightning,
I heavy confused sea, under 'close*reefed topsails ; latter part more mo-
derate, made saiL

The remainder of the passage gloomy, unsettled weather, squally with
nin, thunder, and lightning, with a continuance of threatening appear-
loees. S. FosTsa, Mate,

74 Tenih Memmr on die Law of Storms in India. [No. 146.

Abstract of the Log of the Transport Barque Tsazer, from Madras

to Penang with Troops on board, reduced to civil time. Forwarded

by Captain Bidkn.

I9th May, 1843.— At nooo latitade 12° OO' N., longitude 81"* 28'
£. Barometer 29.72. Thermometer 86^ Weather very threateDing, and
winds variable, hove to ; the wind not marked, but apparently from S. W.
to S. S. W. At 3 p. M. made aail, winds to midnight marked
about 8. E.

20^ ilfoy.— -Shortened sail and hove to again at noon, in consequence
of the threatening weather and disturbed sea ; wind marked as variable
from E. to N. N. E. Noon no observation, latitude account 1 1° 18',
longitude account 82<* 4(y E. Barometer 29.70. Thermometer 86^
p. M. every appearance of bad weather, wind increasing to strong gale
from about N. W., violent squalls and rain. Wind not marked, but
from about 9 p. m. " running free," course E. 8. E., 8 knots, to mid-
night, under close reefed maintopsail, foresail, and foretopmast staysail ;
gale increasing fast.

21«^ May. — 2 a. m. " scudding almost before it," course E. S. E., 9
and 10 knots (hence wind W. by N. or West ? but not marked !) At 8
a very violent squall W. N. W. veering to 8. W. 1 Ih. 30m. foresail blew
from the yard, ship scudding 12 knots, broached to. Noon hove to, a
complete hurricane. Barometer 2 a. m. 29.70

6 „ 29.40
8 „ 29.30
Noon „ 29.20
Noon, latitude account about 10° 43' N., longitude HS"" 4' E.

p. m. gale continuing, wind not marked,

4 r. M. Barometer 29.20
„ Midnight 29.45

22nif May. — At 7 a. m. gale a little moderated. Noon latitude in-
different observation 11° 25' N., longitude 85° 10' E. Barometer 29.60.
p. m. wind marked 8. 8. W. and at 5 p. m. South ; gale moderating to
midnight : making sail and repairing damages.

2Zrd May. — More moderate, wind still (apparently) South. Noon
latitude by account 1 1° 58' N. longitude 86° 27' E. Barometer 29.66.
Thermometer 86^. p. m. moderating, but still threatening.

IM.] Temik Memoir an ike Law rf Storms in India. 75

24A Af«y.— Fine. Noon latitude 1 1<* iC/ N., longitude Sd^" 37' E.
fianmeter 29.68. Thermometer 88^

Ai PenoMfff the Meteorological Register kept there by order of Go-
termment, gives at 9h, 4(>m. a. m. the following state of the Baro-
melerfor —

17th May 1843, 29.954
18th ditto — 886
19th ditto — .888
20th ditto —.938
2]8t ditto —.926
22Dd ditto — .944
23rd ditto —.930
Tlere it nothing in the remarks of the weather, &c. to iDdicate any
otitordinary disturbance.

Ohservations at Calcutta. By H. Piddihqton.

ilst May^ Sunday Evening ^ 1843. — 8 p. m. stars particularly clear
ssd iHrilliant, The zodaical light like a comet ; to the South, stars visible
It 5* elevation.

22ih( Monday. — a. m. Barometer fallen from 29.8 on the 21st to
29.7, squally from 8. 8. W. with light rain, and in the evening a heavy
•bower, Blast heavy nimbus. Barometer 29.76

23rd^ Tuesday. — ^Dark gloomy weather, squalls and rain from 8. W.
ud South. Bar. 29.70.

24lik Wednesday. — 6 a. m. Barometer 29.775, dark gloomy nimbi
from East to Zenith. To the Westward clear with strata at intervals.
To the Southward, at times much smoky scud driving rapidly across
from the E^Mt, light breezes and puffs at intervals, with drizzling rain
from the East.

At the Surveyor GeneraJCs Office at Calcutta, at Noon^ Ae Barometer

on these days stood as follows .*—

May 21st Bar. 29.698

„ 22nd „ — 665

„ 23rd „ —.590

„ 24th „ —.610

76 Tenth Memoir on the Law cf Storms in India, [No. 1 64.

At Bombay the Standard Barom^er corrected to Temp, 32", vxu at

20th

... 29.572

21st •«

•

. • Sunday.

22nd . .

. . — 456

23rd • .

. , —.395

24th ..

. . — 434

25 tb ...

... —.495

From the Madras Athceneum,

Vizagapatam, — On the evening of the 2 1 at ultimo, the rain com-
menced pouring down in torrents, and continued so for the space of nearly
one week, accompanied by a strong wind, which set in from the North
East, veered round to the East and blew a furious hurricane from that
quarter ; during its continuance, a solitary Dhoney which was riding
^at anchor in the roads, having been the previous evening deserted by
the greater portion of her crew, parted from her anchor, and wss
driven to the shore with only three men on board ; and she went to
pieces a very short time after. A native brig also ran ashore, (inten-
tionally as is generally supposed,) and she now lies a total wreck about
a mile or two to the Northward of this place. Recent accounts from
the Northward mention the fact of wrecks of vessels being strewn along
the coast, and that about a dozen native craft have wrecked or foun-
dered between this and Ganjam.

Abridged Extract from the Log of the Brig UnioR, Captain Sprihosb,
from Coringa bound to Pondieherrg, reduced to civil time. For'
warded by Captain Bidbn.

The Union left Goringa on the 19th May 1843, on which day at
noon Coringa Light House bore West about 7 miles distant p. m.
light winds, and at midnight fresh breezes Eastward.

20(A iRfa^.— Noon, wind E., latitude 15<» T N., longitude 82'' 37' E.
F. M. freshening from N. E. Evening and morning with heavy rain ; made
preparations for bad weather. Midnight strong gales, apparently N. E.
Vessel very leaky, and heaving cargo overboard.

1941] Tenth Menurir an ike Law nf Storm in In4ia. 77

2lst ifay,— -To noon gale increasing. No longitude or latitude
marked, p. x. wind marked N. or N. by W. Vessel scuddiog, and gale
iacreasing to midnight

22nd Afo^.— Gale still continuing, but apparently veering to the
Westward, for it u marked at W. N. W. At 1 p. m. vessel scarcely
kspt afloat and sinking, bat always scudding.

2ird Ma^,~^l a. m» wind S. W. At 7 a. Bf. saw the bark Helen^
Captain Driver^ and succeeded in getting on board of her, the brig
gnag down shortly after. At noon on this-day, Helen's latitude was
Jl« Xf N., longitude 82'' Zff E.

Abridged Report cf the Maeter Attendant of Coringa^ forwarded by

CapU BiOKN, civil time.

2(kh May. — ^A. Bf. N. E. Wind 1 p. m. Easterly. 10 p. m. N. E. fresh
hnne, with thunder and cloudy weather to the Southward. ^

2l4< May 4 — ^Wind N. E. with heavy squalls throughout; latterly
SDDitant showers of rain.

22tf May. — a. k. Wind N. E. At 5 p. m. Easterly heavy gales,
isd constant showers of rain throughout.

23nf Jfo^.— 1 A. ic wind marked S. E. 3 a. m. Southerly, moderat*
isg to fine weather at midnight

Abridged Log of the Barque CandahoTy Capt RidkYj from Bombay

bound to Calcutta^ civil time,

19^ ilfay, Friday. — Throughout light variable breezes E. N. E. to
E. a E. Noon latitude W 2& N^ longitude Bl^" Z(y E.

20th May. — a. m. 6 knot breeze N. E. by E. to S. E. and N. E.
at noon, when latitude !&" 06' N., longitude 82<» 13' E. 4 p. m. Baro-
iBeter had fallen to 29.60, with threatening appearances ; made all snug
ftr a storm. At 10 p. h. wind N. E. by E. increasing rapidly to
nudnight

2itt May^^jL. m. wind N. E., storm increasing with violent squalls,
<^> lying to. A barque to windward^ sea very high. Barometer down

78 Tenfh Memoir an the Law of Storms in India. [No. 1 46.

to 29.55. No obflenratioD} latitude account 15'' 4(y, longitude 82^ 4(/ E.
p. M. to midnight increasing storm, sea making a clear breach over
the vessel.

22nd JKfoy.-^A. m. heavy gale N. K weather as before. At 10
A. M. wind marked at S. £. Barometer at 8 a. m. 29.35. Noon la-
titude by account IS"^ SCK N., longitude account S^"" Otf. 1 p. m. "blow-
ing a perfect hurricane at S. E. with a terrific cross sea.** Ih. 30m. p. m.
Barometer at 28.83. At 2h. 30m. p. m. "hurricane at its highest, and
drawing round to the Southward ; vessel making very bad weather."
At 4h. 30m. p. m. Barometer inclining to rise a little, but no change
in the weather. " Hurricane continuing to blow if possible with more
fury." At 6 p. M. " hurricane having shifted to South, wore ship as we
were drifting fast in shore/' 8 p. m. Barometer 29*29, and wind more
moderate. Midnight a heavy gale with squalls at times,

2Zrd ifay.— A. M. hard gale S. S. W., daylight abating, bat sea
very heavy. Noon latitude IS"" 38', longitude 83'' 20' E. Wind 8. S.
«W., strong gale to midnight.

2Ath May. — Strong monsoon from 8. W. to W. 8. W., latitude
I?'' 42', longitude SS'' OO'. On the 25th, arrived in soundings, and od
26th at noon, Point Palmiras Light House bore N. E. by N. 4 or 5
leagues.

Abridged Log of the Barque Eupheates, Capt WiLeov,Jrom London,

bound to CaUnUiay reduced to civil time.

I9th Magy 1843 To noon fine weather, wind from East to N. £.

by E., which had also been about its direction for the preceding 24
hours. Noon latitude 14"* 51' N., longitude 8lo 28' E. p. m. to mid.
night the same winds and weather.

20^ Mag. — Winds from N. E. to North, freshening from North at
noon, and from latitude 16^ 2^' N. longitude 81<'40'K Atl0A.M.
Masulipatam bore W. ^ N., 10 miles, p. m. moderate breeze E. N. E.
increasing at 8 with thunder, lightning and rain. Midnight very threa«
tening appearance ; wind E. N. E., making idl snug and standing to
the S. Eastward.

2\et Mag. —By 6 a. Bf. hard gale E. N. K 10 a. m. variable. At
noon N. Easterly, hard gale and squalls, with heavy rain. Latitude

1844. J Tmih Memoir on th€ Law cf Stoma in India. 79

^obwrration W 4(/ N., longitude S2^ 62f. <' Ao Easterly cnnrent the
last 24 hooTMy the high Easterly Bwellpreceded the wind about 4 hours,
and the sea got up very rapidly with the wind,"* Noon, Barometer
88^« Sympiesometer 28.80. At the commencement of the gale, Baro-
■eter 29.80. Sympiesometer 29.60. p. m. hard gale N. E., high cross
M. Midnight very hard gale. Wind at 9 r. bl Easterly. Midnight
L&E.

atmi May.^S a. m. blowing a hurricane. 7 a. m* wind 8..E. by S.,
ni drawing S. £. and Southerly in the squalls. Noon wind S. 8. £.,
hrrieane still continuing. Latitude account 14^ 08' N., longitude
82* 29^ £. p. ic continued heavy hurricane at South. Hail and rain at
i MI. 6 p. M. Barometer rising rapidly, wore and bore up to the N.
& by E. 7 p. M. wind S. 8. W. 8 p. M. Barometer 29.20. Midnight
bid gale and heavy squalls.

2M Jfoy.^2 A. M. wind S. S. W. 6 a. m. to noon moderating,
asd ttil was gradually made, wind S. S. W. Latitude observation 16*
17', longitude SS"" 44'. " A set of 62 miles South 69'' E. in the lasU
42f IioorsL'' To midnight variable, and squally from the South to
&S.W.

Mdged Log cf the Barque Loed Elphinstonb, Captain Crawpobd,
fmm Madras towards Vizagapatam ; civil time. Forwarded by
Captain Bn>SN.

2\st May^ Sunday, 1843. — First part cloudy weather with wind
ban N. N. K to N. E. Barometer falling from 29.98 to 29.55. At 3
r. M. dark gloomy appearance with sudden gusts of wind, prepared for
M weather. At 1 1 p. m. severe squalls. Midnight strcMig gales from
K.K. E. to N. E., veering between the two points. Barometer,
ttldle part 29.50 to 29.42, latter part and noon 29.20. Latitude
15' 45' N., longitude 83'' 15' E. by dead reckoning.

22Mf Menday. — Severe gales from N. E. to £. N. E. and East ; at
10a. n. blowing very hard with a high sea; at 10-30 severe squalls
flit the double reefed topsails ; Barometer 29.8 hove the ship to with

* This remark is worth attention. The Easteriy set wis probably the outpouring
•ftheGodaTtry.

80 Tenih Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146i

a taq)aiiliiig on the weather mizen rigging, at noon terrific squalls, g«l
the anchors secured with extra lashings, ship behaving very well, Ban^
meter firom 28.8 to 29.0, 28.90 and 28.80. At 1 f. ic a heavy sea strade
the back of the rudder, carried away some of the pintles and gudga*
ons^ got a hawser passed over the stem to keep the rudder steady ; Mi
2 if possible, blowing harder, the lee side of the fore castle, and top*
gallant rail under water ; wind veering from East to E. S. E* and 8. BL
blowing very severe.

2Srd Tuesday, — Barometer at 2 a. m., 28.75 wind hauling to S. 8.
E. the hawser securing the rudder cut through, the rudder now beat-
ing from side to side at a most fearful rate making all tremble ; at
5 wind South, at 6 broke down the after cabins to get at the rudder,
all the pintles being gone with the exception of the upper one ; suc-
ceeded in lifting it out, and letting it go clear of the ship. 8 f. m. wind
moderating at S. S. W. Midnight Ditto ; Barometer 29.0 to 29.5 and 10.

24ih FPee/fieM/ay.— Ship making a great deal of water, observed the
counter stove in, and the rudder case all started in consequence of
the time it took to get clear of the rudder ; all hands, with the passen-
gers, employed at the pumps ; at 2 getting more moderate, commenced
making a jury rudder with the spanker boom for a main piece and
20 fathoms of chain cable.

25th May.— Employed at the pumps and rudder, got it over and
made sail ; latitude 16^ 18' longitude 83"* 18' 45' E. deemed it proper to
haul up for Corlnga to repair damages, at 4 p. m. sighted Coringa
Light. Noon, anchored in the Roads, the crew quite exhausted from
incessant labour.

This hurricane according to Col. Reid's Theory of Storms, passed
firom E. N. E. in a W. S. Westerly direction, and the centre of it
could have been no great distance from us to the southward, at least
not more than from 6 to 8 miles.

I have seen the Commander of the unfortunate Amelia Thompson,
he says this Hurricane commenced with him from N. Westward, ver-
ing to West and S. Westward, thereby shewing that the centre of this
turning wind or hurricane was to the Northward of him.

The Barometer is by Troughton and Sims, a most excellent instm-
ment, its average range in ordinary weather is from 29.90 to 30.10
and 30.12. (Signed,) H. Caawvobd.

JMi] Tenth Memoir &m the Law rf Storms m India. 81

Bttrmtfiom the Log of the Barque L^ndoch from Madroi towards
Tmgtfotam^ reduced to chil time. Forwarded hy Capt, BmxN*
20ll Afe^ Saturday y 1848.~1 f. m. of 19th, winds £• N. E. steady

Inoei and fine weather ; 4 f* m. ditto wind and weather ; 6 steady
: keem and dovidy weather ; 8 squally ; 10 wind K by 8. midnight
' ^Mlly with rain, wind E. by N* At 2 a. m. 20th increasing winds and
I qnlljwith lightning to the Eastward. Daylu^ht decreasing winds and

dndj weather. At 8 winds E. N. E. and ditto weather, at 10 squally.

I«i iteady breezes and fine, watch employed bending mainsaU. Lati-
I iidi by observation 18<' 42^ North.

I P. v. Winds E. N. E. fresh breezes and cloudy weather; at 4 in-
' CNMog fareezes and cloudy* At 6-30 increasing wind, at 8 fresh
I «iida and ekmdy with lightning. At 10-30 strong breezes and squal-

if. At 12 strong breezes and squally.
2lir May^^k, m. Wind N. E. by E.; at 2 increasing gales; at 3 and

It 10 strong gales. Wind E. N. E. squally weather at 1 1 severe
I plei; noon, increasing gales and very severe squalls ; sun obscured.
: tiL Wind E. N. E. strong gales and squally ; at 6-45 increasing gales
' ttd lerere squalls. At 8 severe gales and thick hazy weather ; at 9
I Bcrnsing gales and very severe squaUs with rain, laid the ship to un-
'^tlie close reefed trysail and double reefed spanker; at 12 strong
I pki and very heavy squalls.

22if May. — At 4 increasing gales and severe iqualls with rain, Day-
I %ht keafy gales and yery heavy iqaall.. At 8 blowing a tremendooa
kirricane. Noon the same. p. m. wind N. E. by E. 80 wore ship ; at
1 P. V. shift of wind frt>m the westward, and the ship under bare poles ;
tt 3 wind W. S. W. ; at 4 blowing a tremendous hurricane, and the ship
hvduiig very heavily, filled the larboard quarter boat, cut her away ;
tt4-30 ship lurching very heavy, greatly damaged starboard quarter
^ carpenter prepared his axes to cut away masts if necessary.
At 5 carried away the spanker gaff ; at 6 the hurricane abated a
b^i at 8 very strong gales and severe squalls with thick hazy
*nther. Midnight strong gales and severe squalls with thick hazy
•either.

23tf Jtfay.— Daylight inclined to moderate with decreasing squalls.
At 10 more moderate ; at noon decreasing wind and cloudy, sun obscur-
* 7 A. M. wind S. S. W. ; 10 8. W.

82 Tenth Memoir en the Lata cf Storme in India, [No. 146.

p. M. Wind S. W. by S, M 7 S. by W. p. m. strong gales heavy
squalls, rain, and a heavy swell mnning ; at 5 more moderate ; at lO
increasing gale* Midnight increasing squalls with rain«

2Ath May.— At 4 f« m. moderate with a fine clear sky ; daylight
moderate ; 10 wind 8. by E. ; 11 South ; Noon moderate and fine ; lati*
tude by observation le"" 24' N.

To the foregoing Lo^ Captain Biden adds the following valuable
notes obtained by him from Captain Comey.

« I have just got hold of Captain Comey of the Lord Lyndoch,
he says at f past Noon on Monday the 22dy the Barometer fell from
28.35 to 27.95 — at 10 a.m. it was at 28.35 — ^he says the strongest
gusts were about 1 p. m. when there were intermitting severe gusts,
occonyMinied by great and terrible heat-^^and there were aUemate gusis
of heat and cold after the hurricane veered to 8. W.*

*' The commencement of the Gale was from N. £• by N., just after
Midnight on the 20th — all the 21st the Easterly gale continued—
the change was preceded by a dead calm which lasted { of an hour. — ,
and the shift was about one p. m, on Monday, when the Barometer
was at its minimum — ^a tremendous cross sea arose at this time, but
the swell from the S. W. soon subdued that which had got up from the
Eastward* Rain and drift of sea accompanied the hurricane, darken-
ing the atmosphere very much — sails were blown away from the yards,
though well secured with studding sail gear, &c.

Ship was nearly thrown on her beam ends. Poultry drowned on lee
side of the Poop."

Abridged Log of the Ship Julia, Copt Jovks, from Calcutta to the

Mauritius^ reduced to Civil time*

l%ih Mag,—lSiaon in latitude Id"" 2ff longitude 89« 38'. Calms and
light rains to midnight. ** Heavy clouds rising from S. E. quarter.
Barometer only 29.75, which is lower than it stands generally." Mid-
night light S. W. breeze.

\9th Mag. — 2 a. m. light S. E. breeze to noon when latitodHNW^M^
longitude 89® 06' observation. 7 p. m. freshening, vivid lightning S. S. JB.
to S. S. W. i midnight steady breeze S. E.

* The italics are mine.— H. P.

m] Temtk Memoir on ike Law of Siomu m India. 83

2(tt May. — 1 A. M • Barometer 29.72. Noon, increasing breeze S. E.
tyE. aqoally and heavy head sea; latitude le'^Qff longitude 88* 13'
Binoeter 29.75. p. sc. hard squalls wind E. 8. E. threatening ap-
fMnoee to the Eastward. 7 f. sc. severe gusts with rain and lightning ;
11 1. K. wind S. £• by E. ; 1 f. m. Barometer 29.55 ; at 6 p. sc. 29.50 ;
M 9, 29.50 ; midnight 29.50. Thermometer S&' throughout.

2lif Ms^. — S. E. by E. gale» with increasing heavy cross sea ; 2 a. m.
&& Noon strong gale; latitude account IB"* 50^ longitude HS^ A&
ItaMMter 1 A. M. 29.50; 4 a. m. 29.50 ; 6 a.m. 29.49; 9 a. m. 29.48
AnKHBeter 86*. p. m. wind S. E. to S. S. E. severe gale. 6 r. sc.
;««mgale with squalls at times "attended with a thiclL fog." Mid-
■llittbe same weather; 1 p. m. Barometer 29.48 ; 6 p. m. 29.48.

i^ May. — ^To noon, wind S. E. to S. S. E. severe gale with
kivy cross sea ; latitude account 13* 47' longitude account 86* 05' E.
hnneter 1 a. m. 29.50; 6 a. m. 29.50; 10 a. m. 29.50. Thermometer
^* r. M. wind S. E. to South, strong gales and sea as before. 4 p. m.
Mmting a little ; 7 gale increasing again, midnight strong gale and
ihtt weather, wind about South, p. m. Barometer 29.45 ; 6 p. m.
&45; 11 r. M. 29.40. Thermometer 86°.

^ May. — A. sc. The same gale from South. Barometer 5 a. sc.
&40. 11 A. M. 29.40 ; Ther. 86. Noon latitude observation 15* 47'
hagitiide 85* 20'. The Log romarks that the Vessel had suffered
luidi by the heavy cross sea arising from a S. E. and S. W. swell
^ tbe last 24 hours, p. m. wind Southerly, mora moderate ; 5 p. m.
Ipin increasing. Barometer 1 p. m. 29.55. 6 p. m. 29.55 ; Ther. 86*.

24lft May. — a. m. becoming fine ; wind South to Noon, when lati.
tade obiervation 15'' 42' N., longitude 85*51' E. Barometer at 2 a. m.
^•60; 11 A. M. the same. Thermometer 86^

^aeU from the Log cf the Transport Champioh, Captain Budd,
rtduced to civil Hme. Forwarded by Captain Bidsn.

18<l May. — light airs from E. N. E. and hot, sultry weather ; strong
*^ to the Northward, and much swell from the Eastward^ latitude
M'G". Barometer 29.9.

84 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Siarme in India. [No. 146.

I9tht Friday.^^tight airs from £. N. £. and soltry weather, latUode
15® 29^. Barometer 29.65. p. m. light breeze firom the Eastward and
heavy wiod.

20ih Saiyrday.^^iL. m. Cloudy weather and much lightning with
heavy swell from the Eastward ; latter parts squally with distant
thunder and vivid lightning and suspicious looking weather; saw the
land off Narsapour Point. Latitude IG"" 9^. Barometer 29.85 to 29.75.
p. M. fresh increasing breeze from N. £• and heavy swells exchanged
signals with the " Inez f prepared for bad weather. Throughoai the
night herd squalls from Eastward and E. N. E. with a heavy sea
getting up and much rain and lightning.

2\8t ^tfruleiy.— From daylight to noon blowing a strong gale with
occasional hard squalls and rain ; under a dose reef main topsail and
close reefed mizen. Latitude by account 15® 81^ Barometer 29.70.
p. M. heavy gale and increasing, with much sea^ and ship labouring
greatly, wind drawing to E. S. E. Midnight^ increasing in violence
with tremendous squalls and rain.

22d Monday. — Ship now labouring greatly with the heavy seas, lash*
ed one half of the new poop awning to the Gaff to assist in keep*
ing to. Barometer 29.60.

r. M. Wind drawing round to the Southward and inclining to lull;
suspecting a sudden shift round to the S. W. immediately wore ship^
which no sooner done^ and, had the yards again secured, when it
commenced blowing a perfect hurricane from South, accompanied with
dariL weather, and tremendous heavy rain and high sea, which threw
the vessel completely on her beam ends, staving in the quarter
boat. I now fully expected every instant to see the masts all
go by the board, as from the great and constant labouring of the
vessel the rigging had become quite slack, and the topmasts were
pressed over like a bow; fortunately we had taken the precaution
previous to have swifters on, as in righting again and rolling sud-
denly to windward, it would all have snapped during the tremen-
dous gusts, and after, it was impossible to distinguish any thing the
length of the vessel, frx>m the violent rain and drift of the sea which
completely washed over all. From our position by reckoning, and great
drift which we have experienced whilst lying to from the coounenoe-
ment, and heavy seas from the eastward and S. E. and which still in*

ISa] Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 85

creHed in force carrying the vessel right before them, I fally ex.
peeted, should the wind not draw roond to the S. W. that we should be
drifes brfore night apon Narsapoor Point, for the wind had hong so
eoBstaDtly to the Eastward that with difficulty we could obtain an
sffing ; immediately after the vessel righted I got below to my cabin
and fonod the Barometer had fallen suddenly from 29.60 to 29.20.* the
|rie continued without intermission with hard squalls and rain with
imeiidous cross sea until midnight.

28tf Tmesday. — ^Midnight drawing round to & S. W. and abating in
ta^ afterwards, when we made a little sail and kept away ESast.
Irving most part of the night the pumps were constantly at work*
Fna daylight to Noon decreasing, but still hard squalls ; by indift obsn.
lititBde 16^ 0' Longitude 83® 20^ : found we had experienced a strong
heeorrent.f

24(& Wednesday, — ^p. m. decreasing with passing squalls and much
lea, wind 8. S. W. Barometer 29.60.

^^ Thursday, — The weather conmienced moderating and sea sub-
fldini^ anchored at Vizagapatam^ Barometer 29.60. to 29.90.

VlNCXNT BUDD,

Commander,

^/^portfrom the Bark Chatham^ Capt, GiVFORi>f fortoarded by the

Marine Board,

In the Bay I experienced a severe gale from N. E. to S. E. com-
^adng on Saturday the 20th May at 10 r. m. and lasting to Mon.
% the 22d May noon, when it moderated. My Latitude was 16®
lAngitnde 84® in the height of the gale, by dead reckoning, and by
tapsring logs with the Euphrates. I find it was more severe 30
S. W. of our position. Wm. Gifforb.

Report from Masulipatam by R. Alxxandeh, ^^i^. forwarded by

Capt BiDBN.

Masulipatam 2M May, 1843.

From the weather we have experienced here I fear that you have

kd a gale at Madras, and bad weather both to the Northward and

* The italics are mine, for this remarkable fall is a very curious phcsnomenon.
t The storm wave.— H. P.

86 TemA Memoir tm ike Law ef Storme m India. [No. I4i

Eastwifdy tke weather has been nntettled here for some dsj% aa
sioee the 20th the wind has been liom the N. E. On the 21st we hi
heavy squalls with rain, with the Barometer foiling. From yeste
day morning the Barometer fell rapidly as yoa will observe by tl
following memorandam.
22nd May at 4 p. m. Bar. 29.060

4.30 .050

5. gale, increasing and blowing in violent gusts.

Violent Gusts a24 Bar.

28.900

6.30

.875

.820 much lightning to S. an
S. E. and thunder.

7.30

.730

.760

8.30

.730

.760

10.

.760

10.30

.760

p. M.

11. Bar.

28.774

•

11.30

.820

12.

.940

23rd

1 A. M.

.980

29.050 ^ p. M. 2 wind changing t

E. 8. E. and then to 8. and S. b W. blowing with great violence wit
drizzling rain.

3 A. M. 29.100

4 .150

5 .175 Noon the Barometer i
now up to 29.300 blowing fresh from the 8outhward.

Two Brigs and one Sloop are on shore, and four Brigs have kfl
their main masts ; several of the cargo boats are driven inland^ as wd
as a sailing boat of n^y own missing, with large stores of firewood an
timber. Great damage has been done in consequence of the sea hama{
inundated the place ; the inundation extended beyond the first raqg
of Garden Houses, and the Causeway is rendered useless^ the as
having flowed over it and breached the retaining walls in seven
places, besides carrying away all the stone coating ; the Bund leadiQl

jm] TaM Memoir em the Law of Siarms in India. 87

km llie Fort to the Village of Gillumdindee is alto breached. The
m floved into the Fort through the East and sea gates, one doney
ii left dose to the brick work of the pettah gate, a large boat is lying
mmi the Causeway, and part of a Lower mast lying on the causeway
klf i mile from the Fort.

7^ in every direction have been blown up by the roots, windows
ad doors of substantial houses blown in, and a number of Native
htoand buildings destroyed. From Noon of the 21st to 5 p. m. 22nd,
vibd 2.025 inches of rain. I have just received a report of one Brig
hmg foondered with all on board, with the exception of one Lascar
s^nved himself on a plank.

MatuUpaiam, 16eft S^i. 1843.

Mr nsAE Sis,-— The greatest violence of the gale on the coast,
ipjian to have been felt here^ although it was felt as far North as
^UMp^poldfli. I have no information with regard to the distance it
ttteoded to the Westward, and in the Guntoor and Patnaud Districts
the damage appears to have been caused by the torrents of rain, while
^ ill the rain that fell during the gale did not amount to 2\
■eliei, there was thunder and lightning during the gale, but not
aoeb. The gale commenced from N. E. and N. N. E. and ended

\^orifnm Ae AcHng Maeier AUendani at PuUcat, Forwarded hf
I CapL BiDBM.

We had a strong gale here, accompanied with heavy rain, which
ttttneiieed on Sunday morning the 21st at about 1 1 o'clock— blowing
K N. W., and abated the following day at noon. I am happy to add
'^ with the exception of a few old buildings which fell down, no
*^ material injury was done at this place; no vessels were in these
■^ 00 the day of the gale.

Abridged Reports from Madras^ by Captain Bipbn.

'^ range of the Barometer at Madras during the late gale was
fatt 29.67 to 29.37— and at Ennore, about 8 miles to the Northward

88 Tenth Memoir an the Law of Storms in India. [No. 146«

of Madras it fell as low aa 29.30 at 3 a. m. on the 22d instant.
Wind veering throughout the 2l8t from N. N. W. to W. N. W. — the
quantity of rain which has fallen in 48 hours is 10^ inches. Fourteen
vessels put to sea from these Roads between 11-30 and 1 f. sc. on the
21st May.

CoKDXLiA.— Went as far out as 82^ 20' £. Latitude U"* W N. Ba-
rometer fell to 29.0 and continued as low as 29.20 two days. The
heaviest of the gale was from N. W. ending at S. W. on Tuesday.
During the gale the sea was very heavy and confused, more so than
commonly in such gales.

Brabuiv from Singapor€to Madras^ Saturday 20th May^ squalls at
4 r. M. midnight dark cloudy weather. Wind throughout veering from
S. W. to S. S. W. 6 A. M . heavy squalls with much rain — Noon gale
increasing ; wind S. by W.

Sunday 2\%i» — Strong gale and squalls with much rain. Wind S. by
W. Midnight ditto weather. 6 a.m. more moderate, noon clear, latitude
observation W* 16' N.

22d. ifofiday.— Commenced with unsettled weather, heavy sqaalls
with much rain, throughout squalls and unsettled weather, wind veering
from S. W. to S. S. W.

Tuesday 2Zd, — ^Strong breezes and squalls, wind 8. S. W. Midnight
dark cloudy weather. 4 a. m . more moderate and clear. Noon wind S.
W. clear weather, latitude observation 8^ 38'.

The Barque Brasicab slipped from Madras Roads with the wind at
N. N. W., N. W. and finally W. N. W., She was laid on her beam ends
and righted only by cutting away her masts, the wreck of which carried
away her rudder. The Vessel became water-logged and nearly unma-
nageable and was driven by noon 23rd May to latitude by observation
12^' 55' N. Wind at 1 p. m. on 22d civil time, being W. S. W. and at
1 A. M . 23d 8. W. by S. She was finally driven on shore and wrecked
near False Point Divy.

Ship Hbnrt. — Put to sea from Madras Roads, and had the wind
veering from N. N. £. at 1 f. m. on the 21st May, to S. W. by W. at
noon on the 22d, when the Barometer was at 28.90. At midnighti
wind S. W. Barometer 29.20, the gale moderating towards daylight
on the 23rd ; at noon of which day she was in latitude 18^ 18' and at
noon of the 24th in latitude 12<' 26' N. longitude 81'' 57' E.

IHL] Tenth Memoir on the Law rf Stomu in India. 89

Bn^ BiiTOK.— This yessel slipped and ran to sea with the wind
tf N. W. at 1. 30. p. M. on the 21st May civil time. At 7 the wind
visHortb, and at 10 N. N. E. Vessel steering E. bj S.

Od the 22d at 5 a. m. the wind shifted to West in a hard sqnall.
At noon hard gale, latitude by indifferent observation 12^ 16' N ; by
SBBQQst 12* 35^ longitude account 82<> 51'. Barometer 29.20, having
mit bj log 158 miles £. by S. and E. S. E. from Madras roads.

1W wind marked S. W. fresh gales at midnight, moderating.

Oi the 23d at noon latitude observation 1 P 36' N. Account \2^ V
fiffoneter 29** 40', Chronometer 83.25. Account 83.52.

SUp Baboo— had increasing gales as she proceeded to the East-
nid, and at 2 A. m. on Monday 21st May, had it blowing very hard
fan W. N. W. with cbntinued sleet showers, thunder and lightning.
TsoBsrometersat their lowest 28.29. On Monday 22d at noon, latitude
Aa 12*" Sd' N. and longitude per 2 chros. 82'' (f E. Since then
U the wind mostly from 8. S. W. to West. Baboo^e Barometer when
As ifipped was at 29.20, and here it stood, then at 29.57 ; her Baro-
■Heris therefore .37 below the true range. — N. B. See subsequently her
upon.

Bipoftcf CapL Stuakt cfthe Barque Baboo, to Capt Bidbn. For-

warded by thai Officer.

Oo Sunday at 12-30 we slipped from 80 fathoms cable and went
tola.

Had an increasing gale as we went to the Eastward, and at 2 a.m.
n Moaday 21st May had it blowing very heavy from W. N. W. with
ttotinued sleet showers and much thunder and lightning. My two
Bnometers at their lowest 28.29.

The Kyd was the last of the ships seen by us on Sunday evening,
tad none of them were seen afterwards. I laid my ship to, having
Mbe part of the wheel and got the man steering maimed, otherwise
we bad no casualties.

90 Tenth Memoir an the Law cf Storms in India, [No. 146.

On Monday at noon my latitude was per observation 12^ 33' N. and
longitade per two Chronometers 82.0 E., since then had mostly the
winds from S. S. W. to West.

Ship IsABBLLA Watson, Capt J. A. Macdonald, from Madras to
CalcuUa : report from her Commander^ reduced to civil time,

I9th Ma^ 1843, Friday. — The weather was close and sultry with
a heavy swell rolling in on the beach indicating the approach of a
storm. Thermometer at noon 83^43', sympiesometer 29.36.

20iSA SaJtuTday,^^i^. m. hove .short and made sail from Covelong ;

7 ▲. H. came to anchor in Madras Roads, hard squalls from the N. W.
with heavy rain ; observed the flag flying at the fort for all ships
to prepare for sea. Thermometer 48^ sympiesometer 29.26. P. m.
squally and variable from N. E. to North with heavy rain.

21^ Sunday. — ^a. m. made sail from Madras Roads, at 4 a. m.
hard squalls and rain from N. N. E. ; 10 a. m. blew very hard with
squalls and rain from N. E. to N. and a high turbulent sea running.
Under close reefed main top sail ; noon blowing very hard with a
high cross sea and heavy rain. Thermometer 83^30', sympiesometer
29.16.

A continuance of the N. E. gale. At 2-30 r. m. Thermometer 84^
sympiesometer 28.96. The ship labouring this tim^ most fearfully,

8 p. u. Thermometer 83" sympiesometer 28.84. 9 p. sc. Thermometer
83*, sympiesometer 28.0 a fearful sea running.

22nd May.^—S a. m. a heavy squall with hail and rain ; 8 a. m. the
gale blowing with greater violence with a turbulent cross sea, making
a &ir breach over the ship, and straining her very much. Thermo*
meter 83*, sympiesometer 28.64. Noon ditto weather.

Madras bearing by account West and by North 70 miles.

2 p. K. Thermometer 83*30', sympiesometer 28.70. 3 p. m. sympie-
someter 28.84, the weather more moderate, but a turbulent sea, the
wind flew suddenly from N. W. to West. At 4 p. m. it came from S. W.
and continued so with dark weather and rain.

2Zrd May, — At noon Thermometer 84*30', sympiesometer 29.1 1.

1844.] Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, 91

Jkidged Report from CapL Oh8low» of the Sh^ Oikxral Kto,
to <A« Secretary to the Marine Board, Calcutta.
The diip General Kyd» of 1318 tons bartheo, (old ineasarenieiit)
left tbe Bengal passage, Acheen Head, on the evening of the 9th May,
aril time, with a pleasant breeze and very sultry weather from the N.
bitwsrd.

continued for some days with squalls and variable weather at
sod sudden sharp squalls and rain, and that throughout the pas-
ap from Acheen to Madras, to which place we were bound in
Ubt from China. The weather continued so unsettled, although the
Inmieter eontinued high, between 29.70 and 29.90 and the thermome*
Ivsefer below 84% and on one afternoon at 3 o'clock it stood at 96® in
•feriiitt that I was led to apprehend a gale of wind during the whole
fMNge of eight days. On the 19th May I anchored in Madras roads^
ttd immediately received a notice from the Master Attendant to be
pepired for bad weather. On the 20th May the weather was squally
and nniettled from the Northward, Barometer at 29.70. In the
iwtiiig the appearances becoming more favourable I did not leave the
thm^ but on the morning of Sunday the 21st the sea which is ajiure
fcnroimer of a gale on that coast, rose tremendously high, insomuch
Alt I was once capsized in trying to get through the surf, and was
wy searly one hour and a half in getting through the second time,
*ttb tbe boat nearly full of water ; at noon got on board the ship, the
jviid then from N. N. W. blowing fresh, shipped the cable and made
m], stood E. by*S. At 3 p. m. gradually increasing with thick rain at
tines snd most turbulent sea. At 7-30 p. m», much Ughtning to the
Esitvird, but the sky gathering up thick in the Westward, and very
^Mettled and squally, with a furious sea. *At about 8-30 a tremendous
ifuQ and a sudden shift to W. by N. Clued up and with difficulty
fciU the main topsail and rounded to with head to the N. Eastward,
iUp Isbottring awfully. Continued strong gale and tremendous sea
0 about 2-30 a. v. on the 22d, when the wind in a tremendous
•Nl ahifted suddenly to the 8. W. by W. causing the sea to rise in
fcrfeet mountains and in a most confused irregular manner,— the ship
trolling and plunging that I sometimes thought she would not re-
^>*«r herself. About 3*30 the mainmast went over the side followed
h e?erj stick except the foremast, bowsprit and fore yard ; the ship then

92 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Siorms in India. [No. 1'

rolled her gannela under. The strength of this hurricane lasted 1
about 8 A. M . when it become a little more moderate, but the sea n
ning with unabated fury. Had no observation that day, but the n
honing at noon made us about 68 miles E. ^ S. from Madras. Soon afi
sunset the wind and sea moderated a little, and by daylight on Tn
day the 23d, we were enabled to get a foresail bent» and set as mn
sail in various ways as we could, and at noon by obsenrati
found ourselves in latitude IS"* 47' N. longitude 82^" 3'E. Baromel
29.44. The breeze settled into a fresh monsoon from S.W. to S.SJ
which weather continued pretty steady till the 3l8t May» when
9-80 p. M . we made the Light Vessel at the Sandheads.

State of the Barometer on board the General Kyd, during the la
gale, corrected by comparison with that of the Surveyor Genera]
Office, Calcutta.

May 21 St at Noon, 29.45

at 3 p. M. 29.38

5 „ 29.28

7 „ 29.26

9 „ 29.19

11 „ 59.17

12 „ 29.11
2 „ 29.11

May 22d at noon, 29. 1 8

2 p. M. 29.19

5 „ 29.27

May 23d, noon, 29.42

Thermometer ranging from 82^ to 88^.

Ship Pbotomkua. — Slipped from Madras roads at noon 2l8t May
at 10 p. M. hove to.

22nd. — 4 A. M. blowing a hurricane with heavy thunder, lightniof
and rain, Barometer 28° noon latitude account 12^ 49^, longitodi
81' 41'.

23d.— Barometer rising, latitude noon 12° 56', longitude 82° 4'
This vessel ran, and was driven to 82° 30' East longitude ; and (torn
12° 49' N. to 14° 8' N. She returned safely to Madras.

mi] Temik Memoir an the Law cf Storms in India. 93

Briff DcTo^ report by CapL HAaVBT, Commanding her, to Capt.

BiDSV.

Oi Sunday night I experienced a hard gale about N. West, attend-
wilb cttistant rain, hove to with head to the Northward. Monday^ at
ML raddoi change of wind from the S. West and more moderate ;
Utitade by observation 12<» 60' longitude 82'' 2& £. Tuesday
oolonra with the ship Henry, latitude 12'' 5ff. Wednesday
Iftp.M. made Madras light bearing 8. West, but owing to the
Hitlt hioking so dirty I stood off, and have been in latitude 14'' &,
fcni the eorrent setting strong to the N. Eastward ; during the whole
I lave not loat or strained a rope yam. Yours respectfully.
May 3(M. Wm. Harvbt.

No Barooaeter ; Sympiesometer injured with sea.— C. B.

Barque Coaxer^ CapL Riplbt.

The heaviest of the gale commenced about midnight on Sunday, when
*ebove to under bare poles. 4 r. m. on Monday the gale moderated ;
rten we made sail gradually ; our Barometer was as low as 29. during
m Waviest of the gale y we were as far to the Eastward, as 82''26' by
CbuDometer.

The Bark Orpheus at Anchor at Ennore, forwarded by Captain

BiDEN.

20rt May. — Begins with light winds from S. S. W. and ends with
>^ gales from W. N. W. Barometer at 29.305 and foiling.

21ie May. — Strong gales, heavy rain atfd thunder and lightning, wind
* W. to W. N. W. throughout, but «< strong swell setting in from the
tsilward/'* is noted in the log at 2 r. m. ; when heavy gales which
^tinned to midnight, Barometer 29.4.

Tkeie and th« other italics are mine. The «* strong swell from the Eastward set*
»«« in on the Coast with a gale blowing directly off shore, is a remarkable phenome-
*». which can only I think be explained by the progressive motion of the Storm Wave .
-^Stt Eighth Memoir, p. 398, Vol. XII, Jour. As. Soc.

94 Tenth Memoir an (ke Law of Siorms in India. [No. 14<

22nd May.—K, u. wind N. W. p. m. W. N. W. and West a
midnight ; strong gales throughout ; and heavy sweliyrom Me Eagtwani
Barometer 29.3.

2Sd i%— Winds West, W. S. W.» S. W. and finally S. S. W. mo
derating at 6 a, m. to clear weather. Barometer a. m. 29.4 and p. a
29.6. Strong swell yrom the Eastward a. m. which is noted as goinj
down about noon.

Coringa. — On the night of the 22d May, the French Barque •/om^
et Victor^ Captain Honey, 860 tons, belonging to Messrs. La For
que and Co. of Nantes ; bound from Bourbon to Calcutta with a car
go of 1000 bags of Cloves and a good deal of Specie^ was driFen oi
shore to the Southward of the Coringa Light House! About 700 bagi
of Cloves have been saved as well as the crew and passengers ; it wac
believed that much more property would be rescued. On the same
day the Native Brig Hamsamalah of Chittagong, laden with a caigo
of salt, was driven ashore 12 miles to the Northward of Coringa, one
man lost. On the 26th the Lord Elphinstone, Capt. Crawford, bound
from Madras to Vizagapatam, put in at Coringa in distress— 4he
had lost topsail yards and all her sails in the gale which set in froa
N. £., veering to £. S. £• and blowing a furious hurricane ttom
8. S. E.

The Amelia Thompson foundered at Sea about 80 miles E. by N. of
Madras on Tuesday morning the 23d ultimo at 6 a. m. Part of the
crew, consisting of the Captain and 15 men, have been saved, having
been in open boatafrom Tuesday morning until Friday morning, when
they were picked up by a native vessel, on board of which they were
treated with great kindness, and they ultimately landed at Coringa on
Monday last. The remaining portion of the crew, seven in number,
have met with a watery grave.

Effect of the Recent Gale in the Interior,'^AB we had feared woold
be the case, we regret to say that accounts are daily being received
from the interior of the loss of life and property from the recent gale
and heavy fall of rain with which it was accompanied — ^Villages hsd
been swept away and property destroyed to a very laige amount, io
value, as well in building, as in cattle and grain, &c he, and in addi-
tion we regret much to add, the loss of human life. — The foUowiog
extract from the Spectator tells a serious tale of disasters.

m] TemA Memoir aft the Law of Siormt in India. 95

"Wetegrei to learn by a letter dated Poorshottapolium, 27th alt.,
(kit tmible deatmction has been caused in the Gantoor district in
«iQiBi|Qaiiceof the inundation attending the late storm; many villages
hnaf been swept away or sustained great damage by the floods which
doira suddenly on the morning of the 23d. Swelled by the pre-
WDM, four nullahs and sixteen tanks near Inacondah, overflowed
•iffcptaway their banks, causing a lamentable loss of life and pro*
fBtj, of which the following details are given.

*J8iiyBlprffc — Three hundred houses destroyed or injured, seven lives

hs. Poonhottapoliuniy 200 houses injured, seven lives lost. Chilkloor-

p^ 300 houses injured, two lives lost. Pusmorroo, 20 houses injured,

/hr fires lost. Annanarum and Toolapanee, 200 houses injured, and

lives loBt. In addition to the above damage or destruction of

ikm s tkansand houses, and the loss of thirfy'seven lives, it is stated,

1^2^800 head of cattle and horses and 9,000 sheep perished, and that

^700 candies of grain were more or less injured. The whole amount of

being estimated by our informant at above 100,000 Rupees.

total destruction occasioned by the inundation was indeed hardly

ed, many villages having been damaged or swept away, of

no perfect account had yet been received.

"From the notices now received from distant parts of the country it

fceiident, that the gale and heavy rain felt here about a fortnight ago,

ksed merely part of a great atmospheric disturbance ushering in the

BPotli*West Monsoon, and traversing the entire peninsula from North

% SoQth, marked throughout its course by considerable, though hap-

lOysoly locaUy, destructive violence. At Delhi on the 17th, unusual

^tker prevailed. * High North- West and Easterly winds and occa-

Mal storms of rain, the coolness of the atmosphere being, for the

tine of the year, very extraordinary.' At Hyderabad a few days later,

fc Monsoon set in with great violence^ and at Coringa, Masulipatam,

Amtoor and Pondicherry, in fact all along the coast in a North and

tnth line, heavy gales and torrents of rain simultaneously prevailed."

We glean the following from the Bombay Times of May 24 : —

" The fFeolA^.— Since the evening of Thursday, the sky has looked

^ troubled, and the barometer fallen so steadily, that we supposed

tk Monsoon to be at hand. The wind has got round nearly to South-

^t, tod the alternating land and sea breezes have ceased. Our sea

Tenth

vr onthe Law of Stomu in India. [No. 141

breeze, which blows with so much regularity from the North-west f
seven months in the year, has disappeared. On Sunday evening sooo
light showers fell, and the sky has ever since continued black ai
cloudy. The most singular phenomenon of all is, the remarkable as
steady fall of the barometer, which has been gradually sinking for foi
days, and has now got to a point rarely attained by it The foUowk
are the readings of the Observatory Standard since Thursday, when
began to fall — they are given both as read from the scale, and i
corrected for temperatures, capillarity, &c. The hours are very near!
those of daily maximum and minimum : —

4 A.M.

Read^ Cor.

Th. 18, 29.736 29.586

F. 19, 678 526

S. 20, 688 538

M. 22, 575 421

Tu. 23, 510 357

10 A.M.

Read. Cor.
29.792 29.633
746 594
768 586
630 471
572 412

4 P.BC*

R ead. Cor.

29.686 29.529

462 488

632 475

494 338

489 331

10 P.M.

Read. Co

29.722 29.56

710 55

566 41

'* As no tempest has presented itself here, such as these indieatioi
would have inclined us to expect, we are led to infer that within tfc
last four days a hurricane has been raging within a few hundn
miles of us, the e£Pect of which has only been manifested here on tfe
barometer. The influence of the Madras hurricane last October wt
very conspicuous, but nothing like this.**

'* For the following accounts from Cochin and Tellicherry, we ai
indebted to the kindness of Capt. Biden, the Master Attendant :—

*' CocAin.— The Ship Hero cf Maloum^ which left these Boeds o
the 25th ultimo^ was wrecked on the 26th or 27th near Alleppee— d
the crew with one exception were saved, and they have arrived hef
this day.

^' Z'd/id^ry.— During the night of the 31st, two Pattimars war
driven on shore a little to the southward of the flag staff*, and wtf
soon knocked to pieces by the heavy surf. On the 1st instant, anotb«
Pattimar was driven on shore to the Southward of the flag staff, ani
on the 2d, one was swamped at her anchors and went to pieces— th
above wrecks have been caused by a heavy rolling sea.''-— lfd£&«

184iJ Tenih Mmok on the Law rf Storms in India. 97

m /Mtf.— Ship Julius Csesar, Wiogate, from Aden 18th April,
lidHocballUiMay.

i2BMnU.-^olii]8 Cesar in latitude IS^' 51' N., longitude SS"* 28' E.
apdeaeed a heavy gale of wind from 8. £• to W. on the 25th May,
vyekeootinued till the SQtb, in latitude 9"* 56' longitude 66'' ZQf £.
LMtaO our sails, and spmug the head of the main mast — Saw the
BUortan steam ship pass Mocha on the 7th May.

it Hyderabad, the storm commenced at N. £• veered to N. W.
iid 8. W^ and then at N. W. again with a greater (all of rain than
Ubeen known at this season for many years, upwards of 9 inches
o> 36 hours. Gale commenced on the 22d, and lasted all the 23d as
per letter.

Slip Hyderabad from Bombay. — The Hyderabed had bad weather
itMingalore on 31st, 22nd and 23rd, wind N. W. to West, much
nifl- Barometer fell on 2l8t to 29.41, rose on 2l8t.

^^olker npoTL — The ship Hyderabad^ Captain Harrison, was at an-
^ «t Mangalore at noon.

21tf May.^^ Dark gloomy weather, and fresh sea breeze, f. m. N. W.,
*w*ix And rain increasing towards midnight

22ii(/ itfa^...To noon frerii breeze (wind not marked.) p. m. strong
S^ 9 P. M . heavy gales, hard squalls, and a very heavy sea.

23nl May. — 6 ▲. x. unable to ride longer with safety, weighed at 8
^ ■* with uncertain weather. 10 anchored again, p.m. fresh W.N. W.
V^ and cloudy ; stood to the S. S. W. and South 1 1 1 miles, with
^*y weather noon 25th, in latitude 6^ 57', having carried the same
^' by N. and W. by S. Monsoon to that parellel.

7he following is from Captain Newbou), Assistant Resident at

Kumooly Madras territory.

I tm sorry to say, that my efforts to obtain information regarding
^ itorm of the 22d, 23d and 24th of May last have been unavailing,
1 tberebre lose no time in sending you my own observations made at
^^ode, a village at the western base of the Eastern Ghauts, lying
^*een 78'' and 79^ £• longitude and 15'' and le^" N. latitude,
'^tered on the East and North by ranges of hills at from 7 and 10

98 Tenth Memoir on the Law rf Storms in India, [No. 1^

miles distance, sufficiently high, (from 600 to* 1500 feet aboye tl
plain,) to influence the direction of ordinary atrial corrents. The
observations only go to note the fact of the storm's inflaence havi
been severely felt in this latitude so far inland^ its duration, and j
neral direction. I much regret the absence of a Barometer, partic
larly on this occasion, where the atmospheric depression appears
have been so remarkable, and so extensively and simultaneously fi
over the greater part of Peninsular India ; the fall of the Barometer ha
ing been noted at Calcutta, Madras and Bombay. From what I a
glean from my correspondents, I find that its chief fuiy was experieno
between 15*" and 19'' N. latitude and from le"" to 84"* E. longitude.

At Yelgode it was ushered in by two days of cold drizzly weathc
the atmosphere was charged with low clouds that came from the Wei
ward and hung in wreaths on the Eastern Ghauts. The Thenn
meter fell from 99^ at 2 p. m. the hottest part of the day to 76
On the 22d at 8 p. iff. it commenced to blow strongly from the N. ai
N. W., increasing at 9 p. m. to a perfect gale, attended with rain, b
no thunder, which continued with little intermission during the who
of the night. The next morning, at 10 a. m, a lull took place of i
hour's duration. At 11 a.m. it recommenced, rain and wind unattendi
by thunder, as fiercely as before^ never ceasing till the following mon
ing, the 24th, when the sky cleared. The wind however continiu
strong from the N. and N. W. during the day. 25th was cloudy, rail
and stormy, strong gusts of wind from the W. In the night it raiM
heavily with thunder and lightning. 26th settled rain, calm. 27th se
tied rain, light winds variable. 28th clear in the afternoon, and wei
ther gradually assumed its usual tone. Though the storm's chief fon
was expended on the Coromandel coast in the latitudes mentioned, yi
it was also felt on the Western coast so far 6outh as 1 P. Near TeO
cherry between the Slst and 25th of May, about 1.5 Patimars wa
wrecked along the coast.

From Tbllichebbt on the Malabar Coast, I have ihefoUowing noA
mth a register of the weather at Cannanore, kindly forwarded I
J. W. FaASER, Esq^ Collector*
I do myself the pleasure to enclose some atmospheric observatioi

for the month of May last You may have taken notice from the puUi

m] Tenth Memoir an the Law rf Siorms in India. 99

|riDi% that we had UDUsual and very heavy weather dariog the month,
■d vach loss to the native craft on the coast in conaeqaence, and
loe Edj^ ship was lost to the Southward near Cochin. With us
ffiDd was not remarlLable, May being always a boisterous month,
the sorf and swell rolling in ; the tides were most remarkably
; the bad weather also set in very early, and not from the usual
I chiefly* however, forward the enclosed to inform you, that
itatementa are now monthly transmitted to Madras, and that I
think copies could at all times be obtained from the authentic
•honld yoQ deem such expedient
P. 8.»Many of the old inhabitants believe the bad weather they for
days experienced and suffered so much from, not to have been the
" Monsoon."

Your's truly,
Udeny, July 12th, 1843. W. H. Fraser.

Tenth Memoir on the Lav) of Stomu in India. QNo- I4i

1
i

il
I.

■ 1
g1

■S

■ipniK Bin
JO nojlasiia

*il^ 1 5 ^ s

■sua. 1 « or

, , o- ■! » ^

'Is

^ ■-.n.ol : _

a ' 8 8 : a

£ 1 -roqani

: *• : ; ~

^ 1 -nnao

: $ K % S ^

D' 1 -oqaOT

: : ; " : :

° °= 3 5 ^ ' S

■minDmiB

^ gS- . K ! S SS

g ss g s s s s

XS£K

" 1 -Mf ,1. W*

E ss a C 2 R 2

"|»q,ii'a

S SS S S R R S

■mai.1, "M

TP rfa ja (O "* "* ei

3 SS S K S S S

-nueni Aia

a 2s 3 8 s 8 i

i IS 1 « § 3 s

a sa a a a a a

■nu.1,]. l»M,

•nu.q,i, ja*

s ss SS S R s s

■HUBHJ, ijfl

ffl sa a s a a a

8 a

M § % % t

a a a a a a
s s s ass

■tti»a

• z

im] Tank Memoir an the Law of Storms in India. 101

Bombay. ^-^Af/? news \ih June 1843.— Ship Caroline^ J. Constable
Muter from sea.

hkUigenee. — ^Cat away main-mast In latitude 19.® ZQf N. longitude
iO* 4^' W. YeMel struck by a heavy Hurricane^ and on her beam-
Lb fat ^ve minutes^ until main-mast was cut away. On sounding
raBpa, found four feet water in the Hold.

I low arrange in the tabular form the logs of the different vessels
■leiand on the coast, so as to show at a glance the progress of the
He, with the state of the weather at the same moment of time, as
■ « our records extend.

102

TetUh Memoir on the Law oj Storms in India, [No. 14

o
«•

a .

•"2
o ^

a: «*
...^

** JO

« is
« s

JS o

1 1

e
o

-a

Zj cfi >

■s

"5^

•

JQ
%

•
•

■oo

•
•

n
9

•

•
•

bfi

•
•

09 :

•

, S

1 s§

fiQ

•

•^a

• •

•

- 2

•

S 28 S

• ■

•

B
0

OSS

00 eo^ a>

-" 0000 00

-3

• •

■

» •

•

•0

- 0 C4 0 *J

s '.

0 K^

o»

• c* .

tiff 00

»*

• t^

«a

c S

■■■ 9^4 M^

•

■5 £'

•

• • aS •

3 "^

&S4 0 a

•

•5

•g^al ag-g

j^ S) fc a * ao

•
•

•IS

€8

•
s

•2 '55 • • S g

• S

w"l£a«^«

e:l:s«s:a|

• •£•< -

a^"

M as B

> >
aOQ

^ 00

so 1-3

Cb^J

J »

•

s s

• •

■ •
■
•

• ■

• •

•

• a

•

•a

^ ♦rf

«r

• 3

« •

• •

• 9

•

Name of PI
Ship.

1 3

S '7

•g

• •

1 s

• •

1 1

•
•
•

a
a

•7

s *

d .s
a o«

■§ 1

CO tf

H 0

W»S

0 JS

0 s

•
S

5 b:u;

|si

ISR] Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India,

103

-a
a

? «s ».

«
"9
a

-a

5 66-

« a Q

5 p s

<5 • a

. «s C

a o V

0. en

•

fND

■s

3 .

o ^

— a

•a

-Sfl

■ art

«c5
a> «*

353

«£«

£ o S
• q

cd
o

fits

■o
>

S
<

a .

P 05

e.
I

oi
as

« 2

c»

-s

• lO

2 <'>oo

-a

• art

a *

• art •

o • • •

- :S5 •
Sg.2 ,

• 8 £ Z
55 • .-^

Pc< ^ SS

«^* 3°

•BJ^3
.«£

e^.2
• a •

55-|wa.2:3p^^
:? cq ^

• • •

* ■ ■
D

S^
* 2

P e«
cd «

§.9

I * ■

• art -;

o 2

«^ o

"S «

o
ed
«

b«
o

33 < <

<g :

M •

PQQ

••a

• b0

• 2»

0
«

»
S

a •
s

■2 S

e «

•>
•<

•«

pi^

■s
s

M
CU
P

•

•->

•

.§

•

•a

<£

•a

p
:S

p *«o

104

Tenth Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. [Na 146.

* O d

•c

a
§

S to
1^ ••*

8 500 8

0
a

«>

*-3

3*3

• o
a CI

a
0

a IS igi r

4
^

flu

*-3

CO
00

00 00

!^l

« «

S .a

s . g .

• c
(A s -^

*• I- •

u ♦* • •

loo

•-a a

80
*^ •

• S Meg

M •
O «

09 QO

.JS^8

.a'ssr

O 2?

^ .a •

CQ ft) • •
•1! • i

•EWH.2P
S^ • «

8 .

'flueu

• mm
In*
9

X B

«»i iS

.s 3*

a o

TmU if«MMr m Ijie Law ^ Stoma t> IfU^a.

^1 I

II 1 1

r" \M

gg: SkSS^

illffi

"1 » 111 >!«'!' ' " 1^-. •

I i I ; £ ».- I I

1 n

Jii
a"

106 TenA Memoir on the Law of Stomu in India. [No. 146,

B
o

■g

s s

Sit

o C d

SMI5

•'I

■
o

•0U

B
8

^^g

CO ^00

SI I

g .
S a

9i ^

aooo>

O -4

CO
CO

S S 2

S ^

CD
00

- 00

S o ^

T|« O -H

«9 *• J S Ci

d
cd

00 QO

U . a

s .

rt . d

.200 o

ja d ■

S «'
• S di

4 (»*•:'/>

Mi •

:asj

9 I

^ 1

? ©
as H

•8

a 1

m B

.9 §* .
B .2 go

09 HD

• ■

OS
O

S
o

Tenth Memoir o* Ike Law of Storms in India.

lii -^i IF f^ ,

s 1 ; 1 ; 1

li ; ; : ; ; ; ;

= i| 1 1 ^ i 3

• s a

1
i

1^ ^yPlJj 1 ^

108

Tenth Memoir on the Law <^ Storms m Indieu \

— o

m
- •*«

o S3
5 «

•8

•5

Si ^

a i;

18 §

S
§
§

■

EMD

•J

-g °^

s s

ODOO QO

3 3

•s

©CO
o

o <« to

CO ^

-400 r^

too ^

to ,^-

o
o

^ "k.*

^ '.g -^ • *

^ -^ .3 .C

• • • ■ (T a d
6CLf MD . a^

CO ^ z; ^

15
«s

cotd

DQ d (A

"If

^ ta d

-. 33

aailoQ

. 5 . «

^B^a

3«

oo ^

g-s

• o

*• . 3gd

d(ft-S
• .'C ^

^ COd»gg>

11 SI "-5^

21 Q 04

"2.3::

fe « 33 : ^-

=3 I -S g

i i g^ 3 .§ ^

QQ H S H D •<

ja
H

1 "^

ja
a

d
o

di 4

"S "d '«'
»? O -^

A .t: ^

«• 'C J
•d eo CI

d ^«

i844.] Temk Memoir on the Law of Storms in India. 109

SUMMARY.

I proceed now to consider in detail the evidence afforded by these

deemnenisfor laying down the track ef this stormas I have traced it.

The fint log is that of the BuMorah Merchant, which I notice to re-
oirk that she was evidently carrying a heavy monsoon from the 19th
Msy, 00 which day she reached Point de Galley to the 22Dd and 23rd on
vkicfa last day she had reached 14<> 34' N. longitude SG^ SO' £. steer-
iig thos as it were from the South point of Ceylon towards the
oiiddle of tlie Bay on those days, and before the monsoon. The next
dMoment is the log of the Rajasthan, which ship being bound to the
Soathward, was from the 19th at noon, when in latitude 9° 1' N. longi-
tude dS"" IG' East, standing to the 8. 8. W. with the wind from 8. E.
fay E. to E. and N. E. At 9 a. m. on the 20th she had the wind at N. E.
wlueh at 4 shifted to the Westward, and was a strong gale at West by
HOOD, the Barometer having fallen very considerably, the ship running
to the Eastward.

The fall of the Barometer is somewhat loosely given as being idfout
80, but it must have been a very remarkable one for those lati-
todes, and I am thus inclined to suppose that this vessel had a storm
pming to the Northward of her at about noon on the 20th, when she
my have been in latitude S"" 35' N. longitude 88"* 55' E. She was
itanding to the Eastward from 5 to 7 knots per hour, and the storm
trafelling the other way, which will account for the suddenness of the
&D, as also that by noon of the 21st she had the storm moderating.

It was of small extent, for as seen by the chart the Seringapatam was
ooly bringing up a heavy monsoon, about 90 miles to the South of the
npposed centre for this day, which was most probably the date of the
banning of the vortex.

Pasnng over the curious log of the Coringa Packet and that of the
Teaaaserim, both of which I shall notice in another place, we have next
for these days, the 19th, and 20th the log of the transport Teaser, which
▼esBel hove to on the 19th May, on account of the threatening^ weather
ID latitude 12^ N. 81'' 28' E. ; her Barometer at 29.72 and having stood
OD a little again, hove to on the 20th, on which day at noon I take her
to have been about in latitude 1 P 18' N. longitude 82^ 40' E. In the
afternoon of this day the storm had commenced with her in a gale from

1 10 Tenth Memoir on the Law of Stormg m India. [No. 1 46.

N. W. and she scndded with it to the E.S.E. We shall return to hei
log when diseosaing the place of the centre of the storm for the 2l8t, bal
I may remark here, that we can barely snppoae the storm of the Bajaa-
than and that of Teazer to have been the same.

On the 21st, we have the Teazer with a gale from N.W. since the
afternoon of the N.W. and at noon on this day, after scudding with
a tremendous heavy gale from the Westward, broaching to in a honri**
cane, with the Barometer at 29.20, and afterwards rising. This must
place her position on that day very close to the centre, and that centre
about due North of her.

The ships Lord Elphiostone, Lyndoch, Candahar, Champion
and Euphrates * were all on this day off the low land at the nkNith
of the Godavery and Kistnah, and it will be noted that the trending
of the coast just to the South of their position, or in latitude 15"
North, from N. E. and S. W., becomes North and Son(h, and the high
land recommences in about Lat 16^ to the Southward, leaving the
valley and delta of the Godavery to form a wide extent of low land.
The Euphrates, the outermost of these vessels^ was at noon on the 2l8t
about 120 miles from False Point They had all gales from E. N. E. to
N. E. with falling Barometers, and the Julia, which ship was fiyr to the
N. Eastward, and about in the middle of the Bay, had the wind at 8. £.
We shall thus, I conceive, not be far wrong if we consider the centre of
the storm at noon on the 21st to have been about in longitude 85^ and
in latitude 11" 20^. There is perhaps a little anomaly in the wind
marked in the log of the'Bussorah Merchant, which is said to have been
8. W. A. M. and South p. m. which would allow us to call the wind S. W.
by S. at noon, while in strictness she should have the wind S. W. by W.
or two points farther to the Westward. This is not of any great im-
portance when we recollect that she was bringing up a heavy monsoon,
and that the small storm of the Rajasthan on the 20th (if there was
one) would necessarily occasion some irregularity hereabouts.

On the other side of the circle also we have some slight anomalies
of the same kind^ in the winds marked in the logs of the Bittern, Baboo^
&c. which were evidently, at this time, in part those deflected from the

* 1 ha?e marked only the tracks of the Caadahar, Euphrates, and Union to avoid
confusing the chart with too many of them.

1844.] Tenih Memoir an the Law of Storms in India. 1 1 1

fkore and in part the monsoon. For the 22d we have first the logs of
the ships off the month of the Godavery as before, ail of which had had
dwitorm commencing on the 2l8t at about N. E. and drawing gradoaU
ly to E. N. £. and £. 8. K according to their positions.

They had it on this day, by noon, a hnrrioane at 8. E. to S. 8. E.
veering rapidly to Sonth and S. 8. W. as it passed them. With
the Lord Lyndoch and Cliampion indeed it was a shift of wind» but we
hife not unfortunately their positions to any accuracy; indeed those
poiitions which are given, though most creditable to the cfre and
ttteation of the commanders of the ships, must still be taken with
meh allowance ; for, in the position they were, there was not only the
ml causes, drift, leeway and heave of the sea operating, Imt more-
sier the '' storm wave," ** storm current" and probably an outset
fron the floods of the Godavery, all combining to affect the calculated
poHlion of the vessels. As however the whole of the ships were, like
t dispersed fleet, within a circle of 120 miles in diameter, it will be seen
bj tlie chart that in placing the centre for this day at noon in
ktitade 15^ 46', longitude 82? T ; we shall as nearly as possible give
the ships the winds veering as they really did, as well as to the three
itslions of Masullpatam and Coringa, at the first and Southermost of
whieh, Masulipatam, tbo storm was increasing at 5 f. m. of the day
from the N. E. and N. N. E. shewing evidently that its track towards
the shore was to the South of that port.

On the 2drd we have the storm moderating, with all the ships in the
•ffisg, to a regular monsoon gale, and on shore at Masulipatam veer-
iog also to the E. 8. E. and subsequently to the 8. and 8. by W. We
ds Bot kam where the centre passed inland, as there are no European
stations between Masulipatam and Ongole, a distance of 95 miles : it is
probable that the centre landed somewhere between these two stations.
I have carried my strait line near to Ongole, but not meaning thereby to
indicate that we have any knowledge of the exact point at which the
eeatre struck the shore. It was I think more to the North, as the
rtoim would probably travel up the valley of the Ristnah.

At Madras and with the ships which put to sea from the roads of
that port, the storm was, as it should be, on the Southern quadrants of
t circular, one passing to the North East and North of that point, a gale
veering from N. N. W. to N. W. and West, and subsiding into the re.

1 12 Tenth Memoir on ike Law rf Storme in India. (^No. 1 46.

galar monsooD, which we most always allow for in conndering the
effscts of a storm at this season of the year*

For its track inland, all we can say is, that it was, as appears by
the newspaper report, most severely felt, both as a storm and in
the shape of inundations arising from excessive rains, through the
Guntoor and neighbouring districts^ which are more or less in a line
between Ongolo and Hydrabad, and that it must have passed to the
North of that city, being there first a gale from N. £. and veering to
N. W. and at Yelgode, which is situated about 1 10 miles South of Hy-
drabad and thus on the Southern side of the track, it was always a
storm from North and N. W.

The heavy surfs on the Malabar coast, alluded to in Mr. Fraser^s
letter, with the threatening weather at the ports of Mangalore and
TelUcherry, and the remarkable depression of the Barometer at Bombay,
are all proofs that the storm was very widely felt as to its general
atmospheric influence ; but we cannot for want of a date connect the
dismasting of the Caroline or the storm of the Julius Csesar with oar
data, from distance, time, and the want of all intermediate evidence.
We may presume it not improbable that like the Calcutta storm of
June 1842, it was ^' lifted up" by the table land of the Deccan, and
perhaps descended again in the Arabian sea, but of this we have no evi-
dence ; such as we have, I have placed upon record, because it is of great
importance to have even the imperfect notion which it gives of these
curious passages of storms over the Ghauts.

Rate of TravelUng, — We have only one day, 2 1st to 22nd, from which
we can take any safe data for it^ rate of travelling at sea. The distance
between these two centres is 240 miles, which gives exactly 10 miles an
hour, and from the centre of the 22nd instant to a supposed point
60 miles to the North of Hydrabad, where we may take the centre to
have been at some time on the 2dd instant, is about 350 miles, which for
36 hours is also about the same rate. I need not add that this last
datum is of course almost guess work, but it serves to shew that the
storm probably had not, in this instance, experienced much retardation,
in its course up the valley of the Godavery, which it seenns to have fol*
lowed at least for some distance.

It is then an instance, and to these researches a new one, of a storm
apparently generated in the centre of the Bay at the change of the

JS44] Tenth Memoir an the Law of Stormt in India. 113

■MMOOD ftDd irmvelliiig up on a N. Westerlj course, the track from the
2Ut to the 22d is N. 48^ W. towards the low lands of the Deltas of
the g:reat coast rivers, and it forms thus a new track on our storm
dHrts, and an addition of much importance to our knowledge.

I most not close my remarks without adverting to the very curious
Iqg of the Coringa Packet, which vessel evidently had on the 19th one
rf those small hurricanes (for we may so term them) which though of
fadtsd extent, are, during the short time they last, excessively severe.
Mj readers will probably recollect that of the Cashmere Merchant off
the bland of Preparis on the 2l8t November, 1839, which is described
asd delineated on the Chart to my Second Memoir, Jour. As. Soc. Vol.
iL pp. 107« 397. and that in the Sixth Memoir also there are instances of
their oecarriDg in the China seas. These sort of hurricanes are not un-
ftDBoo it would appear off Ceylon, for H. M. 8. Centurion was totally
tessted, and nearly foundered in one on the 4th December 1803, which
hued only a few hours ; and I have other instances of the kind on re-
eord amongat my materials for a Memoir on " The Old Storms of the
fiiy of Bengal."

The rise of the Barometer when the water spout had passed under the
iln of the Coringa Packet, and the heavy rain which it brought with
it) are &cto of much interest. The gale of the 21st I consider to have
bees the usual monsoon one, as though severe it was accompanied by
• rise of the Barometer. The hot and cold blasts noted in the log of
theLyndocb, and the fact that Masulipatam was inundated from the sea,
tn also of much interest The Lyndoch's Latitude on the SOth has
Wen by mistake printed IS"" 42', it should have been 13"* 42'.

is bucnpOonjram a Tablet m a Buddhist Monastery at Nikgpo tn
CiMA. By D. J. Macgowar, Esq. M. D. Surgeon of the Ningpo
Hospital. With a Plate.

We Iia?e lost no time in lithographing this curiooB inscription, so as to submit it to
thelMrned. We haTe, we think, recognised two of the characters in the Lama formu-
h of Om-Ma-Ni«Pdd-mi-Om as written in the Uchen character, of which a plate
viU appear in the next or following number, accompanying remarks by Lieut.
Comogham, B. B. on Moorcroft's Travels, &c. We incline to the opinion that the
^et will be found to be a mystic form of the Buddhist Lama's ejaculation in which

114 Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo, [Nc

perhapa the element! of the letters ha?e been subdivided ? or are, writteiyn their pi
forms ? To Dr McGowan's closing psjagnph we heartily respond, and our read
have seen that the Asiatic Society has not been wholly inattentive to the {preatl
research which is opened in China* We trust that amongst the many Europe
learning and talent who are now resorting there, it will not be forgotten that ouf
nal and Researches offer a ready mear , of publication. — Ens.

The tablet is of wood painted black, the characters are red.
aboat six inches square and is placed in a small finune. A ligl
kept borning constantly before the Tablet, which is regarded «
great veneration.

At the margin is an inscription in Chinese^ of which the foIlowii|
offered as a translation :^^

'' A mysterious Tablet to dispel the evU influences of north
realms."

The priests in charge of the temple can give no further infotmall
concerning the Tablet than that it has been in their Temple for m4
than a century.

The priesthood, as well as all foreigners who have seen it, are anxioil
to ascertain to what language the characters belong, and if possible tl
obtain a translation. It has been shown to many philologists in ChiD%
but none could throw any light upon it ; some supposed it to be
betan, but Dr. Hseberlin of this city informs me that he cannot
cognize in tlie inscription any one of the three form of eharsc:
which have been or are now employed in Thibet

With this explanation I take the liberty of presenting the aecom
panying copy of the inscription to the Asiatic Society, trusting
some of its learned members may be able to decipher it.

The investigations of the members of that institution have been pof*
sued with so much zeal in India, and have been attended with so m
success, that there is abundant reason to hope that it will not be ioat
tentive to the great field fo^ scientific research which has been opened
in the neighbouring empire of China, perhaps at the present time tb«
most interesting part of Asia to orientalists.

Dahl. J. Macgowan.

f:^ K^i

> X

ir
id

h
II

h
L
e

e
e

e
n

i-
n

pe
fbi
ha
roi
lei
na

al
ki

g>
oi

ti:

tc
ol
bi
b<

C4
W

81
81
t<

it
n

115

Dacr^jftum af the Cowntry cf Seisthan^ By Lieutenant R. Lkkcu,
Bmhay Bngineers^ Assisttmt on a Mission to CabooL Prom the
PMeal Secretariai of the Government cf India*

ITk&n published descriptioii of Seitthan appeared in Vol* is. No. 103 of this Jour-
i:iCwM by the late Lient. B. ConoUy, and was followed in No. 112» by a Jounal of
imts. Oar leaders will find a comparison of this notice with Lieut. ConoUy's far
■niBteresting, as corroboration of the sound observations of both Lieut Leech and
ipndecenor in this isolated, and unknown tract— Eds.

Tbe ancient name of this country by the Hindoos was Shivasthan
tepiioa of Seis. (f^^R^W) ^^ ^^ is said to have had many Kings
^ of that Sect, of whom the most femons was Rajah

^«1 ; the Mahomedans called it Zabulisthan, and boast that it pro-
^ the father of Rustom. The country has never recovered from
tk waste to which it was laid by Tamerlane.

T^e Seistanees are divided into three tribes; viz. the Kaiyanees,

Tribes, the Sarbandees, and the Sarkees.

The boundaries of Seisthan, are Jalalabad, Nasirabad, Zerkoh
Boiadary. Sekwa, Dashuk, Buij Alam Khan, Janabad, and Jalalabad.
Ae western boundary is the Koh-i-^Khaja, on the top of which is the
nin of a populous city said to have been captured from the infidel
HmdooB by the fabulous Rustom ; the place is inhabited by a tribe
«^ Arbaba, in small femilies, having no chief. This is the
fcrt from which Nadir Shah was obliged to retire after a two years
^ This hill fort is situated in the lalce of Amoo^ into which the
■tretms of the following valleys discharge themselves, viz. Arghastan
Z'nak, Arghandav, Helman, Khash Rodh, Zamak Adraskan, Rod-i-
Pi In the time of Norshirwan the Just ; Kila-i-beest was the northern
txnndsry.

The Seistanees are said to have torn the mandate of the Arabian pro.
PK and to have been cursed that they should never reign themselves,
or eojoy peace under another reign.

The domestic animals of Seistan, are cattle in abundance, Dumba
^Wtic Animals. Sheep and Goats : there are no Bufialoes, and Horses

116 Description of the Country of Seisihan,

and Camels do not live long, on account of swanns of whit«.
attack them. .

The country is flat and sterile in general ; rice, wbeat» a|
Produce, &c. BT% however produced in some parts.
Among the fruits, grapes are scarce, and Melons of
plentiful and good.
The wild animals are hogs and hares, of which there are a
Wild animals. ance, jackals, foxes and others (in lake
the same lake, are also fish of a large kind, and wild fowls
number, among which is a large bird called Koo (3'') 3* of
caught on an average a day. The down of this bird is much
for stuffing pillows, it is sold in Candahar for — Rupees the
maund. About 300 others are also caught a-year, a large ski
sold in Candahar for 8 Rupees ; about 3000 other wild fowl arc
a-day on the lake in the following manner : —

The lake for some distance from the shore is covered with]

Method of catching ^^^ «*^ ^^^^^^ ^^ *>" ®^° fowling
wild fowl. spaces are cleared in the reeds in whi|

snares are set The water of the lake being clear the fowl ai

to distinguish the small fish on which they feed in these small

for which they dive, and thus are caught

The inhabitants of Seisthan are for the most part Sheea Musel
Creed, There are few Hindoos and a few Beloohees (wh<
Sunnee Mahoroedans.)

The language of Seisthan is broken Persian. In a vocabi
Langnage. tow hundred and fifty words I only failed to
the following to Persian, viz. gocha, a boy; kenja a girl;
mother; khurroo, a cock; kara, kind; magas, a calf; toor mi
cooked egg ; khaya, a raw egg ; dokh, unbumt brick ; kang, back ;
breast; lambas, cheek; damakh, nose; galov, melon; katic*
meat; koodh, deaf; kul, crooked; bapeer, grandfather; too in tahi
there, garang, heavy, paz; cook (imperative) baghan; make sm(
(imperative) tertarata, nine (9); zyada, thirteen (13.)

Principal men. The principal men of Seistan are as follows viz.

Jalaladeen Khan, of the tribe of Kanjanos (the tribe of the formei

* Note.^So in MSS.

1844.] Deicr^ption of the Country of Seisthan. 1 1 7

Bojtl &mily) he has a brother Hamza Khan, both are bods of Bahrain
Kiian, and grandsons of Soleman Khan, descendants of Malic Ma-
mood Seistanee, Shah of Meschid ; he holds the fort of Jalalabad con.
tuning 500 honses, Bangar 400 houses, Shaitan 50 houses, and other
•mailer forts ; he conld collect 3000 men all armed with matchlocks.
He 8ome time ago, gave the daughter of his deceased uncle, Nasir
Khan, in marriage to Shah Kamran, with whom he is on friendly
terms, and assists him with men, when required. About four years ago
Mahomed Razad Khan, Sarbandee Seistanee, and Aly Khan the son
of Khan Jan Saiyaranee Baloch, by Mahomed Razad Khan's sister,
aod Hasham ELhan Sharkee^ of Seistan, joined their forces, and ex.
pelled Jalaladeen from Jalalabad, Nasirabad, Kackhoon, &c. &c. forc-
ing him to take refuge in Joaeen, a place belonging partly to Seistanees
ud partly to Polalzais. The Jalaladeen despatched his son Nasir
Khan to Kamran for succour, who granted it, invaded Seistan and re-
seated Jalaladeen in his possessions. The chief has lately adopted the
Sonnee creed.
Hamza Khan was formerly at enmity with his brother, the above-
Hunia Khan. mentioned Jalaladeen : but was reconciled to him by
Shah Kamran, and is now subject to him. He has married the sister
of Mahomed Razad Khan, but he and his brother are not on good terms
with the latter, neither are they so popular in Seisthan as he is.

Mahomed Bazad Khan Larbandee Seistanee, has the districts of
Mahomed Ruad Sekwia Husenabad, Pusht i Dasht Shiling, Warmal
^^han. Doulatabad, Chung i Murghan, Buiji Hajie, &c. &c.

He could collect 5000 men, 100 of which would be cavalry. He is
00 fiiendly terms with Aly Khan Sanjaranee Baloch, who has lately
taken the fort of Chalknasoor from Kamran, since the latter has been
besieged by the Persians. Lulf Aly Khan, the son of Mahomed Razad
Khan, was a hostage with Kamran, he was released with the sons of
the other Seistanee Chiefs in the Shah's late campaign against Canda-
har; Kamran has given one of Mahomed Razad Khan's daughters in
marriage to a son of vizir Tar Mahomed Khan, and has himself mar.
r\(d a sister of Aly Khan's. Before Kamran invaded Seistan, Ma-
homed Razad Khan was on good terms with the Sirdars of Candahar,
and in the war between Kamran and Persia, is neutral.
Hasham Khan Sharkee, Seistanee, holds Dashtak, Palgee, Kimroak,

118 De9cripiumo/the CmifUryqfSeistkan. [No. 146.

Hasham Khan* Wasilan, &c. Hcc. He could collect 400 men, he is of
old a dependant of Shah Kamran, and gives succoor of troops and not
tribute ; he is on good terms with the Balochees, and has a superficial
friendly intercourse with the Sirdars of Candahar.

Ardab Hnsena was governor of Khash. Kamran took the place
four years ago and him prisoner ; he afterwards set him at liberty and
gave his daughter in marriage to Ghulam Khan, son of Ata Mahomed
Khan, the Chief of the Alakszais. Arbab Husena was formerly tribih
tary to Khan Jan Balocfa, he has now a superficial intercourae with
Candahar.

Chalknasoor was formerly under Meer Alam Khan, Noorzai, ths
brother-in-law of vizier Ttfttah Khan, he also held Khash and Kada,
he was afterwards killed at Jugdalik, : Vizier Futteh Khan then gave
Chalkhnasoor to Khan Jan, Baloch, for marrying a cast-o£F mistren^
called Bajie.

Ally Khan is on good terms with the Sirdars of Candahar ; he does

Ally Khan. not pay tribute or deference to them, one of his sisters

is the wife of Shah Pashand Khan, Governor of Lash, and another hai

married Assadullah Khan of Kain, (a place famous for Safiron) the loa

of Meer Alam Khan, Kainie.

Kada is almost desolate, it is held by Arab Husen Khan.

Three miles from Janabad are the ruins of several towns, calM

Coins. Boonak, where old Coins are found, as also at the ancient
seat of the Kaiijanee kings, Jarakoo, four miles from Burj Alam Khan.

Dost Mahomed Narvooce, Baloch, could collect 400 men ; he holds

Dost Mohamed Burj i Alam, &c. &c. He married the sister of Rani

he is under Kamran.

There is a road from Candahar to Seistan, through Greeskh, ss
follows : —
Candahar.

Kishki Nakhud, 40 Miles, several villages 1 geuof SpringsJ

ofNoorzais. i '

Greesk. i

A .trongfort. Govern-. • j, ^„^, Xownl ^^^^^ ^^

ment of Mahomed Lid- > 40 Miles, of Panchpaees. i
deek Khan. J

1844.]

Description of the Country cf Seisthan,

Oie, Dewala,
Cbie, Karkee,
Ch^ Hasaddee,
FonofKash, ..

Eadah,

Chalknatoor, ...

20 Miles. No hooaes, 1 well on the road.
20 ditto. ditto, ditto, ditto,
ditto. ditto, ditto, ditto.
16 ditto. 400 houses of

Arbabzaia,
46 ditto. 300 houses of ^

Arbabzais. } "^'^^^
16 ditto. 500 houses of |

ises of 1

. 5- River of Kash.

ditto.

Juabad,

MeerTaj«5kfc} ^^*^ ^'^^
A large river, the
different rivers of
Seistan having join*
ed.

400 houses 1
16 Miles, of Baloch
and Seis-

tanee.

Here the road divides into two, the right is :^-
Jalalabad .. .. 10 Miles. 400hou8e8ofSeisO A large ri-

tanee Kaiyanee. i ver, ditto.

A ford of Aizalabad, ... 16 Miles. 200 houses of Ar- \ ....^ ^.^^

babz^s. I

HohiKhigainthelake) ^Q jjj.j^^

by water. J

! There is another road from Candahar to Seistan, through Gannser,

ai follows:—

Caodahar.

BtndiTimur,

lila i Sha Meer,

A Desert,
i&imbat,

Bazar Juft, ...
;M;an Pushta, ...

lAkee,

20 Miles. Sieveral forts ) River of Arghan-

of Isadezais. i dav.
12 ditto. A small village con-)

u J

taining salt pans.

ditto.

}

ditta

Sappa,...
Behadar,...

Be Nadir i Uteef, ...

•••

*••

40 ditto. No houses, River of Helman.
24 ditto. Scattered hamlets, ditto.

12 ditto. 300 huts of Balochees,

in the Spring.
20 ditto. 400 huts, all the year, \

1000 in the Spring of V ditto.

Balochees, )

16 ditto. 200 huts of Kanozais, ditto.
12 ditto. 100 huts of Noorzais, ditto.

8 ditto. Ditto, ditto.

120 DeicripHan of ike Country ofSeiitkan, iJtio. 146.

Deeshooy 24 Milet. 400 haU

ferent tribes,
PaLalak, 8 ditto. 100 hau of Balocbeest ^^^

Bofdif-1 River of Hd-
ibesi i man.

Hila i Islam Khan, ... 82 ditto. 100 houses of Noor- , ^

Baretsees, J

zai Balocbees, J

One stage on tbe road,

Dak Delee, 60 ditto. No houses, ditto.

Sakwa belonging to Ma-^
homed Razad Khan, > 24 ditto. ditto. ditta

ft. ... ...^

(Signed.) R. Lbkch,

Auistant.

]

RoMUtJram

Candahar to BeroL

121

= .

11 S's^ls

11
1

J f

iF!-ri

. i

S 1

' 1

~ ■ " "

S -fl

s >•

s a

3 h

5 ^^

1 t

■ i

1 -1

^ iA

1 ' '

Roulafrom Candahar

[NclLU

i:w

■sis -3Saa^_-..=i° 3" •SjS'Ss 'sjs

i|; e-3-a,js.»s|5Sii-3.-i i;!!! 1;i|

1^ ill II fillip!

3 3 1 1 •■as-" I

s-S-S-si ^

Is i';

lit

ill

lilliilfil

lllll !.

■ ti'iitia

sqI S-S B'lll-l-i^ls • II

ail

^1 i?l

' 1-1

Si I
— ^ 1

8 S

13 1^

■JilIJi 1!; Illisi
=,, Mill! ?i^ ■KJsp,

ttlibllll IHlililis:!

55 -S-aa 5?

s'jSI- Ip5i H-^ II s,i':i ill.

ri^s

9i3

ir2

■lf

^ S3.' -Sgl

S9.5^

S •-5- i"j«|sl!l8. lis 3 is

IM mm Mi If

liiiii liliiiiiii III.: I fi

^•a

Route* from Candahar

[No. 146.

liilflili

Jlli^^ili

=-g|||a=3a

c-a

!iipa!l

?"f.

jsllllsSa^S

-i=^

SSS-3

rlj

SKi-

"Uhl

i 1 i

^1'

B m

. 1

^ri

I^MS

Jl- --tii

:in

:i r

;.j5J|.;|

i\ 5

•Ii

s '■

°i

I •Jn 111 is?!2i-s:is||4=lii

Routt from Candahar

[No. I

"III -^-s 9 9 r "= S s-s^ »

5g J 3'

^i Ti I-
S-S 1 »

III

.-3

III |5i-e.s

i
i

Hililfll

ill ?:="!

l3i

II If
11 -1

1
i

M W

lllflilil

I tail

lias

|1 11 !l

■,

•o

2 '

1 ii

s^-

i'-

1 1"

Route Jrom Cattdahar

[No. 1«.

....=' s' I- ".S --1

it,iiis||;f It

I at Willi

1 ips flWl:l

rii^jiiiirii!! irii iiiA!

III

to Htrat.

Jill

3 V

Ssl

■s

lit

RouUfrom Candahar

[No. 146.

liiiiil

Uiilifili^ill lillt

•So

0 s|S

1 'rs'Siliil

i III

LiiJiilH

F- «

sllil

i 3

: !

1
1
i

S-5S 1

I1MI

= 1=

£ z

£§•:

lifaiii

III

Sf'g=l!

|S-a

i
1

■Will
ilHrii

!=» liiFllfll ft

iyitliilJ!ii^^»P
Uhlimimiimi

»-

"T"

S g

>■

■^r. «

il 8 =

s|i|WI^

|3s isi-s

» 1 £<a

i l-j

'mL

131

iPfl;

III

Si-

1=11 ^ 'ft
1=1. 1 ill. Hill

8 8*5 9s == i- -si'!!

I' !ii ill' ^-nnii

_Z Lf

a |2

i ■ l":

Jitiulefrom Cattdahar

[No. 146.

i
1

2' .

■si

1
zi

3
1

i
1

Vim vj
1=1

ill

Is 'in

i III

felits 111

march, and water wae bund at co

difficult, but quite practicable for

oppoiite our lut encampment, niB
Numcroui artificial channeU of

eicellent water.
Abundance of room ouUide the

garden, with acccH to water for

a large force.
Puied a aprioe or water 4| milei

from Dur laet oalting ground.
Alio a kahreu near the Hour-i-

meer Daood, G milei IVom the

UoM Bagh.

Meet Uaood, about 11 milei from

water ii dried up. Prom thie w

s s

2 |S

O fl

a
a

S s

" i

4 ^i

•
S

3 B

IIH4.]

■o-O

\i
%

111
ffii

111

l«ltHli|||il

ii ifiifi
$ mm

till lijil
1 JUll III lllll

ihllfi

. i

1 Is

I i

„

" \%

i ili Ii

S S

Route ficm Candakar to BtraL

[No. 146.

itii

lirfl

SI'S 1

ilil ii

1 i
1

i'iAi

\ 1

5i il

II U"

. ^ i Is

1 i

Q Ji

g §

ill

ti 1

JOURNAL

or THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

mietf&r determming the Elaitie Fcree of Aqueous Vapour in the
Atmotphereandike Tea^teraiureofihe Detv-pomi, d^ Olmervations
<fa dry and wet Imlb Thermometer; computed tigreeaidy to Dr.
Apjohn's Hygromeirie formmia, under the direction of Capt. J. T.
fioiLBAu, rf ike Bengal Engineers, F.R.S., F.R.A.S. Superin^
kmlent of the Hon'ble E. /. Company^ Magnetic Observatory at

Simla,

I The formula of Dr. Apjohn, according to which the elastic force of
m aqueons vi^nr contained in the atmosphere is dedaced from the
perred temperature of a dry and wet balb Thermometer freely
bpoied to evaporation^ was first given in the Transactions of the R. I.
lokdemy for 1835, bat as a more complete exposition of the theory
w which the general expression has been obtained is given in a
rNote on the value of the Numerical Ck>.efficient in the Hygrometric
prmnla applied to the observations of the dry and wet bulb Ther-
ptometer/' by Dr. Apjohn^ published with some remarks by Professor
t>byd in the Proceedings of the R. I. Academy for 1840, it will only
Ite oeeessary to notice the latter paper.
The following assumed data, form the basis of Dr. Apjohn's investi-

No. 147. No. 63, New Ssribs.

136 IfUrodudUm to BaUeau*s [No. 141

1. That the specific heat of air^ and the caloric of elasticity of aqw
oils vapour are constant, and represented within ordinary variatioiisi
atmospheric temperature and pressui^e, the former by the number -2^
the latter by -1115.

2. That where a dry and moist bulb Thermometer are exposed <
the influence of the same atmosphere, when the latter has obtained/
sutionary temperature, the caloric which vaporizes the water is eqa
to that which the surrounding gas evolves in descending through Ui^
number of degrees at which the moist bulb stands below the dry, t^
from the proper temperature of the air to that of the moist bulb. \

3. That the air so cooled by the successive contacts with the maH
tened bulb is saturated with humidity.

If now a represent the specific heat of air, |

e the latent heat of aqueous vapour^ j

t and t' the observed temperatures of a dry and wet bulb ThenM

meter encompassed by atmospheric air |

r the observed temperature of the dew.point, \

/and/' the elastic forces of aqueous vapour at t and f

p the existing pressure in inches.and decimals,

30 a standard Barometer pressure in inches, .

then the general expressions for the force of atmospheric vapoor m

the temperature of the dew.point in terms of the force of vapour lii

and of the difference of the temperatures of the wet and dry TbenM

meter are where f is greater than 32^ Faht.

/•=/*^^r^x?:|: ... (I)

and where t' is less than 32 F.

in which by substituting for a, the value assumed above *267 &o'
e its value at 50^ upon the hypothesis that *967 is the latent
of vapour at 212'' and that the sum of the sensible and latent best
at every temperature a constant quantity.
Equation (I) becomes

/"=/« 01135 (r-^OX^- - - (HI)
and Equation (II) becomes

/-=/' _ 01017 it^f) X ^ - - (IV)

1844.] Bygromeirie Tables. 137

In the above equations, however, the value of the co-efficieDt (if>)
depends upon the assumed values of a and e which, Dr. Apjohn re-
msrks, are in all probability not yet known with great precision, and
seeofdiogly he proceeds to deduce values for the co-efficient (m) in
the general equation directly from experiment in three separate ways
as follows; vis.

1. By observations in air, in reference to which t and t' had been
seeoralely noted, the temperature of which was afterwards raised and
the observations repeated; the value of/'' is here constant for both
obienrations.

2. By observations of t and ^ in perfectly dry air where the value
dif is of course =<i.

8. By observations in air saturated with moisture, where/" is ob-
tiined from a simple observation of the temperature, and in which
tfter its temperature has been raised, the values / i^d if were observed.

From the above experiments, using Anderson's Table of the elastic
foree of vapour, Edinburgh Encyclopedia, Art. " Hygrometer," three
Kpaiate values of (mj are obtained ; viz.

Ut Series, 1 1 observations m = *01 15 1

2nd Ditto, 19 ditto 01150

3rd Ditto, 24 ditto 01140

The Arithmetical mean of which is . . • • g^q^ or *01 147

The most probable value of the final mean, as deduced by Professor
Lloyd, according to the calculus of probabilities, from the means of all
Ihiee values of iii is '01145, but since in the second series the result is
ifeted by the full tabular error in the value of/, whereas in the 1st
•nd 3rd series as m is expressed in terms of the difference of two
viloes of/, the tabular error will not sensibly affect the result. Pro-
fenor Lloyd considers that the second series should be omitted, and
oombining the results of the Ist and 3rd series by the same method,
Bhtains for the value of m '01 145.

As my object in the construction of the accompanying Tables has
been lolely to enable observers to apply Dr. Apjohn's formula, without

138 Introduedon to BaUeau's [No. 147.

beiDg obliged to go through the labour of oompating the valae of /for
each observation, 1 have^ for the information of those who may Ml
have had an opportunity of peruBing his papers on the Dew.poi&v
given in the above a brief sketch of the steps bj whieh the Hypo,
metric formula has been obtained^ and shall now proceed to explait
the manner in which the same has been applied to the compots.
tion of the accompanying tables.
The equation which I have adopted is

/"=/'_.oii47(/-Ox^'

in which as the co-efficient employed is the arithmetical mean of tfai|
three values of m given above, and not the most probable valse, ^
computed by Professor Lloyd, a reason will be expected for the sdop-
tion of this number.

The Table of the elastic force of vapour which I have used fa^
giving the values of/' that enter into the computation of the seeoiil
term in the right hand member of the equation, has been oonpolaj
specially for this purpose by Biot's formula, " Traite de PbysiqiKij
1816, Tome 1, p. 278."» |

This Table differs so little from that employed by Or. Apjohn,cottJ
puted by Anderson from the experiments of Dalton and Ure, tMJ
as this latter has been shewn by Professor Lloyd to be more probaU]^
accurate, within the ordinary limits of observation, than either thll
table of Kaintz, or that adopted by the Royal Society in the leportaf
their Physical Committee, the employment of the Table which I hm
computed, will not materially affect the resulting values of the DeV'^
point tension or temperature.

By means of this Table, and with the three series of experimeniii

* This formula, which if deduced from experimentB by Dalton, is as follows:*

Log F/=Log SO+a/+&/« + c/»

The numerical values of the co-efficients are

a« —•00654121972 Log. sTsSlSlSQ

&« —.00002081091 „ 5r318291U

CsB -I- .00000000580 „ '9.7684280

/ being the number of degrees of Fahrenheit reckoned from 212<* positively belov, vl
negatively above that point.

1844.]

H^fgrcmUinc Tabks,

139

(ifeii in Dr. Apjohn's " Note/' I have oompated the following values
oftheco^eCdent m; viz.

ist Series, 1 1 observations^ . • m = *01 155

2ndDitto« 19 ditto, .. ^ -01156

aid Ditto, 24 ditto, .. „ 01143

sad adopting the same method as was pursaed by Professor Lloyd, re.
terred lo above^ the most probable value of the final mean obtained by
ombitting all three of the values of m is • • . • *01150

The same value by Anderson's tables, (see above,) • • *01 145
The mean of whieh, being the co-^ffident adopted, is *01147
Comlnning the means of the 1st and Srd series, the

Mit probaUe value of m is '01120

The following table will serve to shew, that the tabular error is not
Mrly constant within the ordinary limits of the temperature of ob-
lemtion when the computed values of the tension are carried out
Is more than three places of dedmals, and it is on this account that
Ae fslae of m deduced by the second series of experiments has not
feeen omitted, or rather that the final value of the co-efficient as ob-
tuned by a combination of all three values of m has been adopted.

Tabk of the Elastic Force of Aqueoue Vapoury according to the expe-
riments o/DaUon, and as computed by Biofs formula.

Degrees

Fahrenheit.

32*
4.r25
54^50
05*75

88*25
99*5
110*75
122*

Tension of Vapour.

By DaltoB'e

By Biot't

Experiment

Formula.

0-200

019917

0-297

0-29682

0435

0-43481

0-630

0-63239

U-910

0-91001

1290

1-29551

1-820

1-82483

2-540

2-54097

3-500

3-50003

Computed value
±. Experiment.

— 00083

— 00018

— 00019
+•00239
+ 00001
+ -00551
+ 00433
+ 00097
+ -00003

If the numerical values in the right hand member of the equation
were computed as it is written, it is evident that the values off

1 40 Iniroduetum to Baiieau's [No. 147.

would be obtaiiied by the simple subtraction of two tabular nomben;
but sinoe p and f are both variable, and the possible number of dif-
ferent readings of each within the limits of observation is yery giest,
the former being recorded in inches and thousandths, the latter in
degrees and tenths of Fahrenheit's scale, the adoption of such an sr.
rangement would not only have very much enhanced the labour d
computation, but would have swelled the table to a very inconvenieDt
size. Accordingly as regards this term, the table has been sepantod
into two parts; the first part (Table I) contains the values of .01147
(<— <0 X % which have been computed for all values of (<«<-0 ^
tenths of a degree of Fahrenheit's Thermometer between Q^ and 30^
and for a range of pressure between 20 and 31 inches, the full nomen.
cal values being given for whole inches of pressure, and the propor-
tional parts (which can be taken out to *00] of an inch) in sepanU
columns: the second part (Table II) contains the corrections neoesniy
on account of the quantity — /' omitted in the above compatatioos, sod
which being comparatively small, are given only for single degreei
for values of t-^t' between l"* and 30^, and for a range of t! between
10^ and 129^ the numbers in this table were computed for depreniou
of P Fahrenheit and for all the values of f corresponding thereto, aid
the numbers for higher depressions being simple multiples of the
value of / — if = P have been obtained in this manner, i. e. by mul-
tiplication. Table III contains the elastic force of aqueous vapour or

values of/' for every degree and tenth part between 03*9 and 1459
of Fahrenheit's Thermometer, and in this table each number has been
computed directly by the formula above-mentioned.

It may at first sight appear, that the tables have been extended iib-
necessarily, both as regards their range and the numerical value of the
entries, but the depressicAis at this station have compelled their exten-
sion to values of {t — t') = dO^ Fahu and if the computed numben
had been carried out in Table I, to less than 5 places of decimals, they
would not have exhibited, with sufficient precision, the variaticMii of
the elastic force of vapour due either to the tenth part of a degree
of Fahrenheit's Thermometer, or to several thousandths of an inch of
pressure; this number of figures in the decimal places has therefore
necessarily been retained : the range of temperature has been taken
to include all possible contingencies.

1844.] Hygromeine Tables. 141

A siagle example will suffice to render the use of the Tables fa-
miliar.

Eiampie. — Required the elastic force of vapour in the atmosphere
and the temperature of dew-pointy the observed temperature of a dry
bulb Thermometer being 49*" 58 F. of a wet bulb Thermometer 36» 65,
P. and the height of the Barometer 23*278 inches.

Here (/-^) = 49*^68— 3e»65 = 1 2'^
Enter Table I, and under the nearest depression 12^ take out the
Bombers corresponding to the height of the Barometer ; viz.

for 23 000 ins. 011344
•200 „ 99

070 „ 34

008 ,, 4

whichgivesthe valueof -01147 (^—^)xf5=for 23-278 ins.=0*11481
Cometion for/ Table II, for 12^ and 36*6 (always negative)— 115
(o) on 47 (*—/') X ^' ==.. diff. 011366

(6) / from Uble III for 36^6 0*23444

M) =zf' =/'— -01 147 it^f) X ^' = • . . . diff. 0-12078

whieh gives for f the temperature of dew-point 18* 17, F.

By Anderson's Table, going through the computations for this
example, we should have obtained/" = 0i2106

and t" = 18*20 Pahrt.

When however the wet bulb Thermometer stands below 32* Fahrt.
the quantity a in the foregoing example requires to be corrected for
the difference of the co-efficient above and below the freezing point ;
it will suffice for all practical purposes, to subtract from the number a,
obtained as above, its lO^th part, the remainder taken from the

tabular value of/' will give the tension of atmospheric vapour and
deduced temperature of the dew.point as before : to prevent misappre-
hension an example is given.

Example 2nd. — Required the tension of the atmospheric vapour
ud the deduced temperature of the dew-point for the following ob-
servations of a dry Thermometer 28*5 F. wet bulb do. 23^7, Fahrt.
and Barometer 23*104 inches.

142 IfUrodudion to BoUeau's Hygromelric Tables. [No. 147.

Here {t — i') =4^8; enter Table I, under this liead^ and take out
numbers as follows, for 23*000 ins. *042S1

•18
•1

•100

•004 _

01147, (/-Ox I) for, 23-104

Correction for/' (Table II) for 4^.8 and 23^7

(a) = -01147(/-Ox^

a/10 .. .. 00421

a/300 .. .. -00014 Sum

(a) Corrected for reading of wet bulb below 32^=difr.

/ (Table III) for 28^7

r= TTooT

<"= I5«.7

The computed value of/" using the co-«fficient for values of ^ be-
low 32^ F. would have been *1 1003, and the diffexence in the tempe.
rature of the dew-point from the approximate value obtained above,
is not equal to the 200th of a degree of Fahrenheit.

-04240

-27

04213

435
•03778
•14779

J. T. BoiLBAU.

Taxi.* I. — Affolm'i f.

UKf4Ul

.00440

*-^i

t-f 1 p.

X-

B7.I8 30

i.'-O

.00765

.008l;3

.00841

.00879

.00918

10
11

.00956
.00994

IS
IS

.01U33
.01071
.01109
.01147
.01185

l.oi
J»0B4I

Mees

.0091S

.00967

9
II

.01009
.01051

.0IU93

.01136

.01178

aiTK

.011163
.01304

i."a

U091B

00963

01009

OlOU

01 101

01147

01193

01339

.01385

01331
01376
01433
l.«8
00994

01044

01093

01)43

0I19S

01243

01393

01343

01393

38
3

;

01441
01491
01541
1.''4
01071
01134
01178

01331

01383

01338

01393

01445

UI499

01552
01606
01659

T*BL» I.— /<fl/ofc.'» Hygromelrie TaUa.—

fContiMutdJ I

^™m.||

(L-i.'J-02». II

(.^M-OS-. ll B«^

t-f)p.

2jj

'-t')p. Mjii

l-f)p.

-S£

1-1') p. i

.iUl

ffr.1^30

— X- s g-s

87.18 SO Sq£

iue^so

lit

^^^im&t\\

3.00

l"S

S.'V

S.'S

.U1S39

.01913

.02394

.02676

J>1606

xnoor

.03409

.01810

IS .1

.01683

.02103

.03523

.039M

37 .3

joms

4«199

.02638

.03078

4U .3

.01BB5

.03294

.03753

J)3313

54 .4

.U1913

.02390

.03868

.03346

67 J

.01988

.03485

.U2S83

.03479

80 .6

.02065

.02561 1

.03097

.03613

94 .7

.02141

.03676

.03213

.03747

107 .8

.02318

.02773 86

J)3S26

103

.03881

120 .9

.02294

.03868

.03441

.04015

.03371

.03963
3.-6 I

.03556
3."!

.14148
S.»6

.01606

.01988 ,

.03370

X)3753

.01686

.02088

.02489

.03891

14 1

■a

.01766

.03187

.02608

.03028

2B 1

.01847

.02286 !

.02726

.03166

41 3

'J4

.01927

.03386 ■■

xnata

.U3S03

55 4 ,

.030U7

.02485

.03963

.03141

69 5 '

.03068

.02585

.03063

.03579

83 6

.02168

.03664

.03300

.03716

96 7

.02248

.037S3

.03319

.03854

110 8

joms

JB88S

.0MS7

107

.03992

124 9

.vma

.03983

.03556

.04130

.03489
3.1

.03063
2.<7

.03674

.04266

S.-7

.01682

J)3065

.02347

.03791

.01766

.03168

.02569

.029S1

M 1

.OlBil

.03371

.03693

.08070

•a i

.DISSS

.02374

.02814

.03310

4^ 3

.02019

.02478

03936

.03349

56 4

.02103

.03581

.03059

.03489

70 5

.03197

.036S4

.03181

.03638

64 6

.ttem

.02787

.73

.03303

.03768

98 7

.0285S

.03891

.03426

.03906

lua B

.03439

.iri994

.03548

110

.04047

lae 9

.1)3533

.03097

JD3671

.04167

.03606
2.=S

.03300
3"8

.03793
3. "3

.04336
S."8

.01759

.02523

.02906

.01947

.02348

.02650

.03051

15 1

J)1935

.03355

.02776

.03196

•la 3

.03023

.03463

.02902

.03343

44 3

.03110

.02569

.03028

.03487

58 4

.0219S

.02676

.03154

J13633

73 5

*3386

.02783

.03381

.03778

87 6

.02374

.0-2891

.03407

.03923

103 7

.02463

.02998

.03533

101

.04066

)I6 8

.02650

.03105

.03659

113

.04213

ISl 9

.02638

.03312

.03785

.043S9

.03736
2.*'4

.03319
^"9

.03911
3.<'4

.04504
3.<«

.01B3S

.03318

.02600

03983

.01927

.02338

.03730

.03131

15 1

.03019

.03439

.02850

.03381

SO 3

.02111

J)3S50

.02980

.03130

45 3

.0330!

.03651

.03120

J13579

60 4

.03773

.03250

.03726

75 5

!023Be

.02883

.03380

89 S

.03478

.03994

.03510

!04026

104 7

.02&G9

.03105

1 89

.03640

104

'04175

119 8

.03661

.03216

.03770

117

.04324

134 9

.037S!

.0333:

.0S9«

.0447:

'i&

•a

.09638
.09873
.0611 B

wa«

Wieaa

■

06919

109

06974

116

06787

138

073S9

145

070S8

I6S

07555

174

07830

I9U

07846

303

(17601

317

08136

333

iff873

244

06437

363

08144

0871B

08415

7."1

0900B

7.V

0950G

05888

09781

06183

06096

06477

063S3

06771

D6GU7

110

07066

118

06883

138

07360

147-

07158

169

07655

177

07433

193

07949

306

07708

220

OS343

335

0790S

248

08638

365

06359

08832

08531

09137

7."3

7."8

05583

0596S

05861

06363

06140

06561

06430

06659

06699

lis

07136

119

06978

140

07456

149

07397

167

07754

179

07536

199

08053

S09

07819

333

08350

339

08094

391

08649

368

08373

08947

06653

09345

7.°4

7.'»9

05659

OfiMl

05942

06343

06335

06645

069U8

06947

06790

113

07349

131

07073

141

07591

191

07356

170

07863

181

07639

198

08159

311

07933

236

08458

343

06205

295

08760

08488

09U63

08771

09364

Table I, — Apjohn*8

Hfgrametrie Tabieg. — (ContmuedJ

Baronu

(u— 1.')« 10*. 1

(L— t.'j—ll*'. 1

Btnul

•

DecL
Inches.

87.18 30

Partafor

Decl.

Inches.

(t-Op.
87.18 30

Part for

Decl.

Inchea.

87.18 80

Partafor

Decl.

Inchea.

(t-tf)i>.
87.18 30

Paris for

Decl.

Inches.

10.»0

10.05

11.00

11.05

.07647

.08029

.08412

.06794

.08029

.06431

.08832

.092S4

■

.08412

.06832

.09253

.09673

.06794

115

.09234

120

.09673

126

.10118

132

.09176

153

.09635

161

.10094

168

.10558

176

.09559

191

.10037

201

.10515

210

.10993

220

.09941

229

.10438

241

.10935

252

.11432

264

.10323

268

.10840

281

.11856

294

.11872

308

•10706

806

.11241

821

.11776

336

.12.312

352

.11088

344

.11643

361

.12097

879

.12751

386

.11470

.12044

•12618

.13191

.11853
10.01

.12445
10.06

.13088
11.01

.13631
11. 06

.07723

.06106

.08488

.08870

.08110

JOSbll

.08918

.09314

•1 ' 9

.06496

.06916

.09337

.09758

.2 ■

.08882

116

.09822

122

.09761

127

.10201

133

"3 ■

.09268

154

.09727

162

.10186

170

.10645

177

.4 fl

.09654

193

.10132

203

.10610

212

.11088

222

■^ 9

.10040

232

.10538

243

.11035

255

.11532

266

.6 ! fl

.10427

270

.10943

284

.11459

297

.11975

810

•7 ! 9

.10813

309

.11348

324

.11883

240

.12419

355

,8 fl

.11199

348

.11753

365

.12306

882

.12862

399

■^ m

.11585

.12159

.12732

.13306

.11979
10.02

.12564
10.07

.13157
11.02

.13750
11.07

.07800

.06182

.08565

.06947

.06190

.06591

.06993

•0)394

.08580

.09000

.09421

.09842

.08970

117

.09410

123

.09849

128

.10289

134

.09360

156

.09819

164

.10278

171

.10786

179

.09750

195

.10228

205

.10706

214

.11184

224

.10140

284

.10637

245

.11134

257

.11631

268

.10530

273

.11046

286

.11562

300

.12078

313

.10920

812

.11455

327

.11990

343

.12526

358

.1 1310

351

.11864

368

.12419

385

.12978

403

.11700

.12273

.12847

.13420

.12090
10.03

.12683
10.08

.13275
11.03

.13868
II.08

.07876

.06259

.06641

.09023

.08270

.06672

.09073

.09475

.1 1 1

.06664

.09685

.09505

J09926

.2 ; 1

.09058

118

.09494

124

.09937

130

.10387

135

.8 . 1

.09452

158

.09910

165

.10369

173

.10628

180

'^ i 1

.09845

197

.10328

206

.10601

216

.11279

226

.5 ! i

.10289

236

.10786

248

.11233

259

.11780

271

.10633

276

.11493

289

.11665

302

.12182

316

.11027

315

.11562

330

.12098

346

.12633

361

.11421

354

,11975

372

.12530

389

.13084

406

.11815

.12388

.12962

.18535

.12208
10.04

.12801
10.09

.13394
11.04

.13986
11.09

.07953

.08835

.08718

.09100

.06350

.08752

.09153

.09555

•06748

,09169

.09589

.10010

•2

*/3

.09146

119

.09585

125

.10025

131

.10465

187

.09543

159

.10002

167

.10461

174

.109*^0

182

.09941

199

.10409

206

.10697

218

.11375

228

.10339

239

.10636

250

.11333

262

.11880

273

.10736

278

.11253

292

.11769

805

.12285

.^19

.11134

318

.11669

1 333

•12205

849

12740

364

■

•11532

358

.12086

375

.12640

392

.13195

410

■

.11929

.12503

.13076

.13650

.12327

.12920

.13512

.14105

•a

'.i

31.

•4

.l*'IB

.14314

SJS

346

.15508

356

.14957

377

.15073

391

.15588

401

.16105

416

■

.15096

431

.15630

447

.16166

462

.16701

477

.I563S

485

.16189

502

.16743

930

.17397

537

.16174

.16747

.17320

.17694

.16713

.17305

.17898

.18490

I4.'2

J4.'7

15.°3

IS."?

.IU8.^9

.11341

.11633

.13006

.11402

.11603

.12305

.13606

.11945

109

.13365

113

.13786

116

.13206

130

.12488

I6S

.12937

169

.13367

174

.13807

180

.130.TO

317

.13489

225

.13918

232

.14407

340

.13573

371

.14051

381

.14529

391

.15007

3U0

.14116

336

.14613

337

.isrio

349

.15607

360

.14659

380

.15175

.15692

107

.I62UB

430

.15303

434

.15737

450

.16273

165

.16806

460

.15718

ite

.16300

506

.16854

523

.17408

540

.16388

.16863

.17439

.18009

.16831

.17424

.18016

.18609

I4.«3

U.'^

15. °3

1S.<>8

.10935

.11318

.11700

.13083

.11483

.11833

.13385

.13686

.12029

109

.12449

113

.12970

117

.13290

131

.l«75

164

.13015

170

.13455

176

.13895

181

.13133

219

.13581

226

.14040

334

.14499

343

.13669

373

.11147

383

.11626

393

.15103

802

.14216

S38

.14713

34U

.15310

351

.15707

363

.14763

383

.15279

396

,15795

410

.16311

423

.153U9

437

.15845

453

.16380

468

,16915

483

-i&asfi

492

.16410

509

.16965

527

.17519

544

.16403

.16976

.17550

.18133

.16950

.17542

.IS135

.18727

H.''4

14.°9

I5.'>4

15."9

.11013

.11394

.11776

.13199

.11563

. 1961

.13365

.12767

.I31IS

. JSS3

114

.13954

.13375

122

.I3S63

IGb

.3103

171

.13043

177

.13983

183

.13314

220

.3673

228

.1113-2

236

.14590

343

.IS765

275

.14243

.11720

294

.15196

804

.143)4

330

.14813

342

.15309

358

.19806

9S5

.14866

385

.15382

399

.15898

412

.16414

42G

.15416

440

.15953

4B6

.16187

471

.17032

486

.15969

496

.16531

51S

.17076

530

.17630

947

.16517

.17091

.17665

.18338

.17068

.17661

.18253

.16346

I, ^f9/oAM's Hygrtmetric Tab

(t-Op.
iTTs ao

17.00

.18000

.18650

.14300

.14950

.15600

.16250

.16900

.17550

.18200

.18850

.19500

.20150

17.01

.18072

.13726

.14880

.15083

.15687

.16840

.16994

.17648

.18801

.18955

.19609

.20262

17.<»2

.13153

.13810

•14468

.15126

.15783

•16441

.17099

.17756

.18414

.19072

.19729

.20387

17.»S

.13229

.13891

.14552

.15214

.15875

.16537

•17198

.17860

.18521

.19182

.19843

.20504

17.«4

.18806

.13971

.14686

.15302

.15967

.16682

.17297

.17963

.18628

.19293

.19959

.20624

!20762

.21335

.2)454
1B.°2

.22046
18. "7

. 39IB

.14300

. 4613

.15016

. 5S09

139

.15730

145

. 60(»

209

.16445

215

.16701

278

.17160

2B6

. 7397

34B

.17B7S

358

. 8093

41B

.18590

429

. 87Sg

487

.19305

501

. 948i

567

.20020

572

.20J80

626

.20735

614

.2^876

.21450

.21572
18.*3

.22165

18.«8

.13994

.14376

.14693

.15095

.l!i393

140

.15814

144

.16093

210

.16533

216

.16793

280

.17252

288

.17492

350

.17970

359

.16192

420

.18689

43i

.18892

490

.19408

SOS

.19a92

560

.20127

S7S

.20291

630

.20846

647

.20991

.21564

.21691
IS."!

.22283
18.-9

.14070

.14453

.14774

.15175

.15477

141

.15898

145

.16181

211

.!662l

217

.16865

281

.17343

2S9

■x>

.17S38

352

.18066

361

.18292

422

.18789

434

.18995

493

.19511

506

.19699

563

.20234

677

.20402

6S3

.20957

650

.21106

.21679

.21809

.22402

.19087
.19621
.20655
.21289
.22013
.22757
19. "S
.14759

.2H00

.22138
.22876
19.04
.14839
.15577
.16319
.17060
.17802
.18544
.19286
.200-i7
.20769
.21911

.22995

'.22482

■"-

'l9.<'7

.15065

.15818

.16571

151

.17324

236

.18077

3Ut

.18831

577

.19584

452

.20337

527

.21090

6(8

.21844

678

.22697

19. ■«

.15141

.15898

.16655

151

.17412

227

.18169

308

.18926

379

.1968S

454

.20440

530

.21197

606

.21955

681

.22712

.23469

19. =9

,16218

.15978

.16739

152

.17500

228

.18261

304

.I9U22

3flU

.19788

457

.20544

533

.21805

609

.22065

ess

.21826

.23587

Ct— t')p.

X-

87.18 30

.16059
• 16862

.18467

. 19-270
.20073
.20S76
.21679
.'22482
.23285
.24088
.24891

2I.*»1

.16135

.16942

.17749

.18555

.19862

.20169

-20976

.21782

.22589

.23396

.24203

.25010

21.*^

.16212

.17022

.17833

.18643

.19454

.20265

.21075

.21886

.22696

.23507

.24317

.25)28

21.03

.16288

.17102

.17917

.18731

•19546

.20360

.21175

.21989

.22803

.236115

.24432

.25247

21.04

.16365

.17183

.18001

.188)9

.19637

.20456

.21)74

.22092

.22910

.23729

.24547

.25365

«™».l

(U—t.

)-Vf.

(t-fj^B-.

Bug

■3»

(l-i-jp. 5-.(

(t-lf) p.

M^i

(t-f)p £^.i

{1-0 p

^ii

'ii

87.1^30

I°l

87.18^30

|«l

87.18^3U

X-

B7.1B SO

22.00

2'i'5

23. "0

23. "S

.16823

.17206

.17588

.17970

.1766S

.18066

.18467

.18869

90.

•a

.lesos

168

.18926

172

.19347

176

.19767

ISO.

.19347

392

.19787

258

.30226

264

.20666

270.

.20188

336

.20647

344

.21106

252

.21569

S59.

.21039

431

,31507

4.%

.21985

440

.32463

449.

.31870

505

.22S67

516

.22865

528

.23363

539.

.22JI2

S89

.33228

602

.23744

616

.34260

629.

.23533

673

.34088

688

34623

704

.25159

719.

.24394

757

.24948

774

.25503

791

.26057

809.

.25235

.26809

.'£383

.-26996

.26076
33.-1

.■36669

n-6

.27-262
33.-1

.27854
23.»5

.16900

.17282

.17665

.18047

■1

.1774a

,18146

.18548

.18949

.18590

170

.19010

173

.19431

177

.19852

180

.19435

254

.19876

259

.20314

265

.-20754

371

'20'M)

338

.20739

346

.21197

353

.21656

361

■a

.31125

433

.21603

433

.22081

442

.32559

431

.21970

507

.22467

518

.32964

530

.33461

541

.2281&

593

.23331

605

.23847

618

.34363

632

.23660

675

.24195

691

.-24730

707

.29266

723

.34505

761

.25059

;78

.25614

795

.36168

812

.35350

.25923

.26497

.27070

903

.26195
22.*i

.26787

.27.'ttW
23. »2

.27973
23.»7

.16976

.17359

.17741

.18123

'^1

.17825

.18227

.18628

.19030

.1 :

■n

.18674

170

.19095

174

.19515

177

.19936

.» 1

■i3

.19528

255

.19963

260

.20402

-266

.20842

373

JS t

.20372

340

.20K30

347

.21289

355

.2I74S

363

.21330

424

.21698

434

.32176

444

.22654

453

.22069

509

.23566

521

.23063

532

.23560

544

.3-2918

594

.33434

608

.23950

631

.24467

634

.23767

B78

.34302

694

.24837

710

.25373

7^25

'.a

.'M61S

7&4

.25170

781

.25724

798

.26279

816

.25465

.26038

.26612

.27185

.26313
22.'3

.36906
2'i.'8

.27499
23. "3

.28091
23.-^

.17053

.17435

.17817

.18200

21 .1

.17905

.18307

.18706

.19110

32 ■ .2

.18758

171

.19)79

174

.19599

178

.200-20

18-J

.19611

356

.20050

263

.30490

267

.20930

273

.20463

341

.20J32

349

.21381

256

.21840

364

.21316

426

.21794

436

.23273

445

.■22750

455

'.i

.23160

512

.2-:666

523

.23163

935

.23660

546

.23021

597

.23537

610

.24054

6-24

.■MS70

637

-B

.23874

683

.34409

697

.21944

713

.-25480

728

.24727

767

.35'i81

7B5

.2J835

802

■26390

S19

.25579

:i6\S3

.36726

.37300

.36432
22.''4

.27034
22.»9

.27617
22.'>4

.28-210
23.°9

.17139

.17513

.17894

.18276

.17986

.18387

.18789

.19190

.18842

171

.19363

175

.19683

179

.20104

ISS

.19699

257

.20138

263

.30578

2b8

.31018

274

.20555

343

.21014

350

.21173

.21932

366

.'Z14I2

428

.31890

438

.■23367

447

.22845

457

.32368

514

.2VSi

525

.23263

537

.23759

548

.23135 600

.■i364l

613

.24157

.31673

640

.23981 ; 685

.24516

700

.-25053

.25587

731

.24837 771

.25392

788

.35946

805

.26501

S21

.25694 '

.26367

.26841

.37414

.36550

■■i7l43

.27736

.■28328

(t-^-lpJaJtll

t— I') p.

l^j

(t-f)p.

.5-8

Ct-i"!?

2-8

sndl

sTTb^so

bTTs 3D

|5|

BtTs 3U

I«^

■s

w.-o

24.-^

35. ■«

26."9

.183S3

.18735

.19117

.19500

.19170

.19673

.20073

.30475

.90188

.20609

187

.21029

191

.21450

195

.11106

275

.21545

381

.31985

387

.23425

293

.mns

367

.22482

S7S

.22941

382

.23100

390

.K941

460

.2312U

463

.23897

478

.24375

4S8

1 -^

.33859

551

.24356

563

.34853

574

.25350

585

.84776 6*2 |

.'25293

656

.35809

669

.26325

683

.35694

7S4

.-26229

749

.36764

765

.27300

780

•m

.W612
.X7ai9
.38447

.iS4ra

826

.37166
.28103
.29039
24.06

.18813

843

.27730
.28676
.39633
IS."!
.19194

860

.38'2T5
.39250

.svta

25.-^
.19576

878

39
30
31

.ISSSl

.I97S2

.30154

.20555

'.i

.39X7%

184

.2U693

188

.21113

193

.2l5.t4

I9G

.21194

276

.21633

382

.22078

288

.22513

294

.ttita

369

.235-4

376

.33033

384

.33493

392

.U037

461

.23515

470

.24991

490

.34470

489

'.b

•a

.33958

553

.24455

564

.24952

576

.25449

5B7

•16

.MS79

645

.35396

658

.25912

672

.26438

685

.%aot

737

.36336

753

.26872

768

.37 jo;

763

.36722
.>7644
.38569
34.°2

829

.37277
.38317
.29158
34. -^

847

.27831
28791

.29751
25."3

864

.38386
.29364
J0343
35.'7

881

29
30
31

.18506 1

.18888

.19270

.19653

.I94S1 93

.19833

.20334

.30635

.20356

165

.30777

1B9

.31197

193

.21618

197

.2 32 1

.3i-,te3

278

.31731

383

.22161

2S9

.32600

295

.22307

370

.21666

378

.33134

385

.33583

393

.23132

46S

.33610

472

.34088

482

.34566

491

.34U5;

555

.24555

566

.250S3

576

.25549

590

.21983

&I8

.25499

esi

.26015

675

.36539

688

■27

:£S

740

.36443

756

.26979

771

.27514

786

S33

.27388

851

.37943

867

.^497

SB4

.27759

.28332

.28906

.39479

.286tM

.39277

.29869

.30163

IM-'S

ii.'i

15."3

M-OB

.2tA82

.18965

.19347

.19739

.29311

.19913

.20314

.20716

.2044U

186

-aieei

190

,31383

194

.21703

197

-2IS70

279

.31609

285

.32349

390

.23689

396

.22299

373

.32757

379

.23216

387

395

'.i

.23228

465

.2S707

474

.24181

484

:24662

493

'.b

.24157

558

.34654

569

.25151

580

.25648

593

.3M)B6

650

.25603

664

.26118

677

.26634

691

.2eoia

74S

.56550

759

.27086

774

.27631

789

■S

.26M4
.27873
.288U2

.18659

836

.27499
.26447
.29359
34.''9
.19041

853

.38053
.29030
.39988
25. "4
.19423

871

.28607
.29594
.30580

888

29
30
31

.19S92

.19993

.20394

.30796

■30624

189

.2UW5

190

.31366

194

.23179

198

J»

.21457

:j84

.21897

386

391

.22777

297

•IS

.23390

579

.23849

381

!2330B

389

.23767

396

•ii

.«383S

473

.338UI

470

.31279

486

.2475?

495

.S4B6

568

.24753

571

.35250

583

.26747

591

.UI8>

662

.35705

660

.26223

680

.36738

693

■f

.«I22

757

.36697

763

.27193

777

37738

792

■2706S

ass

.37609 657

.28164

874

.38718

891

.9 1 29

.27968

.26562 1

.29135

.39709

.2891

1 .395U

.30106

.S0699

91 1

lt«.l47. Hkw SlBit.

Table I,—

Apjohn's Hygrometrie Tables.''

--fCoiUimted.J

Barom.

(t-f)

-260.

[ (t— t

')«27o. ,

BWMJ

•
1

(t-f)p.

^xi

(fc-f)p.

Parts for

Decl.

lochet.

(t-t')p.i^J8

(t-Op.

^■ii

-•iJ

X-

87.18 80

§11

— X-

87.18 30

87-18 30

X-

87.18 30

lit

26.^0

26.05

27.00

27.05

.19882

.20264

.20647

.21029

.20676

.21278

101

.21679

108

.22081

105

.21870

199

.22298

203

.2*2712

207

.23132

210

.22864

296

.23304

304

.23744

310

.24184

815

.23859

398

.24317

405

.24776

418

.25235

421

.24853

497

.25881

507

.25809

516

.26287

526

.25847

597

.26344

608

.26841

619

•27338

681

.26841

696

.27357

709

.27873

723

.28389

786

.27835

795

.28870

811

.28906

826

.29441

841

.28829

895

.29384

912

.29938

929

.80492

946

29823

.30397

.80970

.81545

.30817
26.01

.31400
26.06

.32003
27.0I

.82595
27.06

.19959

.30341

.20723

.21106

.20957

100

.21358

102

.21759

104

.22162

106

-^ 1

.21955

200

.22875

202

.22796

207

.28217

211

•^ 1

.22952

299

.23392

805

.23882

311

.24272

317

•3!]

.23950

399

.24409

407

.24868

415

.25328

422

-4 1

.24948

499

25426

509

.25901

518

.26383

528

.5 1

.25946

599

.26443

610

.26940

622

.27438

638

.26944

699

.27460

712

.27977

725

.28494

739

.27943

798

.28477

814

.29018

829

.29549

844

.28940

898

.29494

915

.30049

938

.80604

950

.29938

.30511

.81085

.31660

.30936

.31529

.82121

.82715

26.02

26.07

27.02

27.07

.20035

.20417

.20800

.21182

.21037

100

.21438

102

.21840

104

.22241

106

.22039

200

.22459

204

.22880

208

.238U0

212

•^ i

.23041

301

.23480

306

.23920

812

.24359

318

.3 1

.24042

401

.24501

408

.24960

416

.25419

424

(
1

.25044

501

.25522

510

.26000

520

.26478

530

.26046

601

.26543

618

.27040 624 i

.27537

636

.27047

701

.27564

715

.28080

728

.28596

741

.28049

801

.28584

817

.29120

832

29655

847

.29051

902

.29605

919

.80160

936

.30714

953

.30053

.30626

.31020

.31773

.31054
26.03

.31647
26.08

.32240
27.03

.32832

27.08

.20112

.20494

.20876

.21259

.21117

101

.21519

103

.21920

104

.22322

106

.22123

201

.22543

205

.22964

209

.23884

218

.23128

302

.23568

807

.24008

313

.24447

819

•3

.24134

402

.24598

410

.25052

418

.25510

425

.4i

.25139

503

.25617

512

.26095

522

.26578

531

.5 I

.26145

603

.26646

615

.27189

626

.27636

638

.27151

704

.27677

717

.28183

731

.28699

744

.28156

805

.28691

820

.29227

835

.29762

860

.29162

905

.29717

922

.30271

939

.30825

957

.30167

.30741

.31314

.81880

.31173

.31776

.32358

.32951

26.04

26.09

(

27.04

27.09

.20188

.20670

.20953

.21335

! .21197

101

.21599

103

.22000

105

.22402

107

•1

.22207

202

.22627

206

.28048

210

.23469

213

.H,

.23216

303

.23656

809

.24096

814

.24585

320

.24226

404

.24684

411

.25143

419

.25601

427

.25235

505

.25713

514

.26191

524

.26669

533

.26244

606

.26742

617

.27239

629

.27736

640

.27254

707

.27770

720

.28286

733

.26802

747

;

.28263

808

.28799

828

.29334

888

.29869

15S

29'

.29273

909

.29627 926

.30381

943

.30936

960

.30282

.80856

.31429

.82003

31 1

.81291

•31884

.32477 '

.38069

Tablb Ih^Apjohn's Hygrometrtc Tables.

Wet
Bulb.

Depreaaion of Bulb below Dry Thermometer in degreee* Fahrenbeit |

1«

8<»

6«

7<»

■

• 87

-62

■

(

)

103

106

100

114

103

118

107

122

111

12^

115

131

101

118

1S5

105

123

' 140

109

127

145

112

181

15U

116

135

154

100

120

140

160

104

125

146

166

107

128

150

171

133

155

177

28 -

114

137

160

182

119

143

167

19a

122

146

171

195

101

126

151

177

202

104

130

156

182

ao8

108

185

161

It^

215

28 56

111

139

167

195 ! 'm

Table II, — Apjohn's Hygromeiric Tabiea. — (Coniinued.J

Wet

Bulb.

Depresiion of Wet Bulb below Dry Thennometer, in degrees Fahrenheit

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
28
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
89
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

170

ISO

19°

20*

21©

220

,97

101

103

l08

102

107

112

101

106

111

117

105

116

121

,97

103

108

114

120

125

loo

106

112

118

124

130

105

112

118

124

130

136

109

115

122

128

134

141

112

119

125

182

139

145

117

124

131

188

145

152

121

128

185

142

149

156

126

133

141

148

155

168

181

139

146

154

162

169

138

146

154

162

170

178

141

149

158

1C6

174

183

145

153

162

170

179

187

150

158 .

167

176

185

194

155

164

173

182

191

200

160

169

179

188

197

207

166

176

186

196

206

216

172

182

192

202

212

222

179

189

200

210

221

281

184

194

205

216

227

288

190

202

213

224

235

246

197

209

220

232

244

255

204

216

228

240

252

264

211

223

236

248

260

272

219

232

245

258

271

284

226

239

253

266

279

298

235

248

262

276

290

804

243

257

272

286

300

315

250

265

279

294

309

323

260

275

291

306

321

337

269

284

300

816

a32

348

279

295

312

828

344

861

287

804

321

388

855

872

298

815

333

850

368

385

808

826

344

862

380

898

318

837

855

874

893

411

328

347

367

886

405

425

840

360

380

400

420

440

854

374

395

416

487

458

864

885

407

428

449

471

376

398

420

442

464

486

388

410

433

456

479

502

402

428

452

476

500

524

415

489

464

488

512

537

428

454

479

504

529

554

442

4fi8

494

520

546

572

457

484

511

538

565

592

473

500

528

556

584

611

613

t II, — Afjoht't Hygrowtetric Tmblea ..^fCmUiiiwi-)

rn of Wet Bulb below Dry TheitnOBeter, in <!«£««««- 'PihieiA*'^

2°

111

139

115

144

118

148

133

154

137

159

131

164

101

135

169

104

189

174

106

144

leo

111

148

186

115

1&3

192

119

158

198

123

162

203

126

168

211

ISO

174

217

134

179

334

139

IBS

231

143

191

339

148

197

346

101

153

303

354

106

157

309

363

108

162

2ie

270

111

167

323

278

IIS

172

329

387

lis

177

236

396

183

244

906

126

)88

291

314

139

194

259

334

IS3

300

267

334

137

206

275

344

142

312

283

354

146

219

392

365

336

301

375

232

310

387

160

339

319

399

164

346

S28

411

169

354

338

423

174

360

347

434

179

369

359

449

185

277

370

463

190

2»

seo

476

196

393

391

490

201

301

504

207

311

415

519

213

32U

427

534

22U

329

439

549

226

SS9

433

565

■1X2

349

465

581

239

359

478

598

347

370

494

617

2S3

379

506

633

260

390

520

6S1

268

401

53S

669

275

413

550

686

283

435

566

708

291

437

582

738

299

449

598

748

3U7

461

615

769

316

474

632

790

487

650

812

334

»1

668

835

167
17*i
178

■aos

^14.

29K
304
Sl4
323

400

438
466

as4
S^'

5S7

eo4

*>40

eaa

678
697
^18

So3

947

i9a

2*29

4»

481
496

542'

i047

Table II, — Apjohn'i Hygrometric Tables. — (VonlUtvtd.)

3«

1416

1487

1S58

1628

1699

S89

1460

1533

1606

1679

4'ffl

504

1579

1654

1730

leoi

471

548

1625

1703

1780

1858

516

5S6

1676

1756

1835

1913

aeo

642

1J24

1806

1888

1970

607

692

1777

1861

1946

2030

649

1736

1923

1910

1996

2(JB3

704

1791

I88J

1973

2063

2153

756

1940

2033

2I2S

X2IB

807

1902

1997

2092

2187

2282

B58

1956

2054

2J52

a'249

!347

1913

%I14

2Eia

-2215

3316

2117

1970

IffJi

2178

2281

2385

2*89

9027

21 S4

2211

2317

2451

2i6[

2096

2196

•2306

2416

2525

26SS

-iUl

2260

2373

2186

2699

2712

5208

2324

■2440

2556

2673

3799

tin

■m-i

25 (•i

2631

'27S1

3870

234^

2469

2591

2715

2S38

»6!

'i404

2530

2657

2783

2910

sose

•2472

2602

2732

2862

299-2

•2542

2676

2810

2314

3077

3311

2752

■2890

3027

3165

3302

3689

2830

2972

3113

y«5

3396

2765

■2910

3056

3201

3346

3491

2842

2992

3142

3'^1

3440

3590

Tsriu

3074

3228

S381

S535

3689

3000

31 5S

3316

3174

3633

3790

sees

3248

3110

3573

37S5

3898

3171

3338

S&05

3672

3339

400G

Table II, Apjohn's Hygromxtnc Tahiti. — CCotitiaued.^

-B'i\b.l '^*?KMoiiotWet Bulb below Dry Tfaenoomcter, in dtgrcei F&hreal

29=

30»

806

834

BS-l

858

888

890

919

977

101

1006

104

1077

1076

111

114

146

1185

177

1218

721

1363

■ao

1302

299

13M

340

13B6

383

1431

427

1476

470

1521

517

1569

ise3

1617

1612

166S

1662

1719

1714

1773

1766

1827

1821

1881

1876

■ 941

1934

2001

1992

2061

2(X>3

2124

2117

2190

2181

2255

22U

2322

2314

2394

2381

2463

2453

2538

2517

2604

2601

2691

26S0

2772

2J&e

2853

2936

2934

2920

3021

8007

3111

3094

3201

3184

3294

32J7

3390

3370

3486

3468

3588

3579

3702

3669

3795

S773

390S

3880

4014

399U
41(14

4128
4245

4220

43S5

4*68

4457

4611

4579

4737

47IU

4873

Tabls III« — ApjohfCa Hygrometric Tables.
Degrees of Fahrenlieit't Thermometer, and Tenaion of Vapour in Inches of Mercarj.

Ther.

04.0

03.9
b
7
6
5
4
3
2

03.0

1/279
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
_ 1
02.0

01.9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2

0J.0

0U.9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
I

00.0

+.1

2
3

4
5
6
7
8
00.9
0.10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
01.9

Tenaion.

Ther.

In. decls.

0.05246

02.0

0.05266

0.05286

0.05307

0.U5326

0X)5346

0.05367

0.05388

0.05408

0.05429

02.9

0.05460

03.0

0.05471

0.05492

0.05513

0.05535

0.05556

0.05577

0.05599

0.05620

0.05642

03.9

0.05663

04.0

0.05685

0.05707

0.06729

0.05751

0.05773

0.05795

a05818

0.05840

0.05862

04.9

0.05885

05.0

0.05907

0.05930

0.05952

0.05975

0.05998

0.06021

0.06044

0.06067

0.06091

05.9

0.06114

06.0

0.06137

0.06161

0.06184

0.06208

0.06282

0.06255

0.06279

0.06308

0.06327

06.9

0.06852

07.0

0.06376

0.06400

0.06425

0.06449

0.06474

0.06498

0.06523

0.06548

0.06578

07.9

Tension.

In. decU.
0.06598

0.06623
0X)6648
0.06674
0.06699
0.06725
0.06750
0.06776
0.06802
0.06828
0.06858

0.06880
0.06906
0.06932
0.06958
0.06985
0.07011
0.07038
0.07065
0.07091
0.07118

0.07145
0.07172
0.07200
0.07227
0.07254
0.07282
0.07309
0,07837
0.07865
0.07893

0.07421
0.07449
0.07477
0.07505
0.07533
0.07562
0.07590
0.07619
0.07648
0.07677
0.07706
0.07735
0.07764
0.07794
0.07823
0 07868
0.07882
0.07912
0.07942
0 07972
0.08002
0.08082
0.08062
0.08093
0.08123
0.08154
0.08185
0.08215
0.06246

Ther.

oao
I

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
06.9
09.0

1
2
8

4
5
6
7
8
09.9
10.0

1
2
3
4
5
6

8
10.9
11.0

1
2
3
4
5
6
»
8
11.9
12.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12.9
13.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
13.9

Tension.

In. decls.
0.03277

0.08308
0.08340
0.08871
0.08402
0.08434
0.08466
0.08498
0.06529
0.08561
0.08594

0.06626
0.08658
0.08691
0.08728
0.08756
0.06789
0.06822
0.08855
0.08888
0.06921

0.08955
0.08988
0.09022
0.09056
0.09090
0.09124
0.09158
0.09192
0.09226
0.09261

0.09296

0.09330

0.09365

0.09400

0.09435

0.09470

0.09506

0.09541

0.09577

0.09612

0.09648

0.09684

0.09721

0.09757

0.09798

0.09830

0.09866

0.09903

0.09940

0.09977

0.10014

0.10051

0.10089

0.10126

0.10164

0-1U202

0.10240

0.10277

0.10316

Ther.

Tension

14.0

1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
14.9
15.0

i
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
15.9
16.0

1
2

3
4
5
6
7
8
16.9
17-0

1
2
3

4
5
6
7
8
17.9
18.U
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
18.9
19.0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
19.9

In. decls.
0.10354

0.10393
0.10431
0.10470
0.10599
ai0548
0.10587
0.10626
0.10665
0.10705
0.10745

0.10784
0.10824
0.10864
0.10905
010945
0.10986
0.11026
0.11067
0.1il08
0.11149

0.11190
0.11232
0.11273
0.11315
0.11357
0.11399
0.11441
0.11483
0.11525
0.11568

0.11610
0.11653
0.11696
0.11739
0.11783
0.11826
0.11870
0.11913
0.11957
0.12U01
0.12046
0.12090
0.12135
0.12179
0.12224
0.12269
0.12814
0.12859
0.12405
U.12450
0.12496
0*12542
0.12588
0.12634
0.12680
0.12727
0.12774
0.12820
0.12867

Ther.

Teuii

IilM

20.0

OUN

O.Ufl

Ol^I

OtQI

OlIH

0.n

0.^1

0,^9

fljj

20-9

0.1H

21U)

O'fl

0.W

(Llfl

o.i9

oii9

o.u|

0.1jfl

0.19

o.ijfl

21.9

O.lfl

22.0

O.IS

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
22.9
23.0

1
2
3
4
5

23.9

24.0

24.9

25.0

25.9

(U9

o.n

0.U
0.1^
U.U

0.1^

0.U

aw
au

ais

ai5i

aisi

ai:

ai!

ai3»tf

aisoi

(Lisa

aii7)$
ttlMTJ

ai5S»
aisss

ai^
a)6iw

— j

Tablb III, — ApjohtLS Hygrometric Tables. — fContinuedJ
Degree! of Fareoheii's Thermometeri and Tension of Vapour in Inchee of Mercury.

Teosion.

0 1GMi2

0 16178
0 16)37
0 16296
0 16356
0 16414
0 16173
0 16532
0 16592
0 16652
0 16712
0 16772
0 168SS
0 16894
0 1G954
0 17016
17077
17138
172U0
0 17262
0 17324
0 17387
0 17449
0 17512
0 17575
0 17638
0 17702
0 17765
0 17829
0 17893
0 17957
0 18022
0 18087
0 18151
0 18217
0 18282
0 18348
0 18413
0l8i80
0 18546
0 18612
0 18679
0 18746
0 18813
0 18880
0 18948
0I90I6
0 19064
0 19152
0 19221
0 19289
0 19358
0 19427
0 19497
0 19567
0 19637
0 19707
0 19777
0 19848

Ther.

33
34

320
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
32 9
330
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

34 9

35 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

35 9
360
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
369
37 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
87 9

Tension.

0 19918
0 19989
0 20061
0 20132
0 20204
0 20276
0 20348
0 20421
0 20494
0 20567
U 2U640
U 20713
0 20787
0 20861
0 2U935
0 21010
0 21084
0 21159
0 21234
0 21810
U 21886
0 21462
U 21538
U 2I6I4
0 21691
0 21768
0 21854
0 21923
022U00
0 22078
0 22157
0 22235
0 22314
0 22393
0 22472
0 22552
0 22632
0 22712
0 22792
0 22878
022953
0 23035
0 23116
0 23196
023280
0 23362
023444
0 23527
0 23610
0 23694
0 23777
0 23861
0 23945
0 24029
0 24114
0 24199
0 24284
0 24370
024456
0 24542

Ther.

38
39

380
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

39 9

40 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

41 9

42 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

42 9

43 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

439

Tension.

Ther.

Tens

•

Ther.

024628

440

0 30362

o
500

0 24715

0 30467

U 24802

0 30573

0 24889

0 30679

0 24978

0 30785

0 25064

0 30892

0 25152

0 30999

0 25241

0 31107

U 25329

0 81214

0 25418

44 9

0 31322

50 9

0 25506

45 0

0 31431

51 0

0 25597

0 31540

0 25687

0 31649

0 25777

0 31758

0 25868

0 31868

0 25958

0 31978

0 26049

0 32089

0 26141

0 32200

0 26232

0 32311

0 26324

45 9

0 324-23

51 9

0 26416

46 0

032534

52 0

0 26509

0 32647

0 26602

0 32760

0 26695

0 32873

0 26788

0 82986

0 26882

0 33100

0 26976

0 33214

0 27070

0 33328

0 27166

033443

0 27260

46 9

0 S3559

52 9

0 27355

47 0

0 83674

53 0

0 27451

0 33790

0 27547

0 33906

0 27643

0 34023

0 27739

0 34140

0 27836

0 34258

0 27933

0 34376

0 28031

0 84494

0 28129

0 34618

0 28227

47 9

0 34731

53 9

0 28325

48 0

0 34851

54 0

0 28424

0 34971

0 28523

0 35091

0 28622

0 35211

0 28722

0 85332

0 28822

0 35453

0 28922

0 35575

029023

0 35697

0 29124

0 35820

0 29225

48 9

0 35943

54 9

0 29327

490

0 36066

55 0

0 29429

0 86190

0 29531

0 36313

0 29634

U 36438

0 29737

0 36563

0 29840

036688

0 29944

0 36814

0 30048

0 36940

0 30152

0 87066

0 30257

49 U

0 37193

55 9

Tension.

0 37820
0 37447
0 37576
0 37704
0 37833
0 37962
0 38092
0 38222
0 38352
0 38483
0 38614
0 38746
0 38878
0 39011
0 39144
0 39277
0 39411
0 39545
0 39680
0 39815
0 39951
0 40087
0 40223
0 40360
0 40497
0 40635
0 40773
0 40911
0 41050
0 41190
0 41330
0 41470
0 41611
0 41752
0 41893
42035
42178
42321
0 42464
0 42608
0 42753
0 42898
0 43043
43188
43334
43481
43628
43775
43923
0 44072
0 44221
0 44870
0 44520
0 44671
0 44821
0 4497
0 4512
4527
454

0
0
0

0
0
0
0
0
0

0
0

0 41

*^o. M7. Niw Skriss 63.

TiBLi lU.—Apjohn't Hygromttrie TabU*.—fContimitd.J
Dtgrtai of Fthniibeit'i ThermameUr, aiid T«uion of Voponr in IdcIim of Mcreoij.

Th«t.

Tewion.

Ther.

Temiaii.

Thw.

Temion.

Th«.

T<BUOn,

S6.0

0.45736

62,0

0.55S81

68.0

0.68072

74,0

1
0.8S671

.0.45890

0,66067

0.68296

0*-2S37

.0.46045

0.56-i53

0.6851B

0.83204

.a46'2U(J

0.56440

a6874a

0.83473

.0.46355

0.56627

0.68966

0.83740

.0.46511

'.i

0.66816

0,69191

0.84009

.0.46668

0,67003

0,69417

0,84279

.0.46825

0,57192

0.69(i44

0.84660

'.e

.0.4698-2

OiJ38l

0.698J1

0.846-^1

56.9

.0.4714U

62.9

0.67572

68.9

0.70099

74,9

0,85094

57.0

.0.47'i99

63.0

0.6776-2

69,0

0,70328

75.0

o.sa67

.0.47458

0.57954

0.70557

0,85640

.0.17617

0,58145

'.'i

0.7O787

0,85915

.0.47777

0.58338

0.71OI7

0.86191

.0.47937

0,58531

0,71249

0.86467

.0.48098

0.5b7-24

0.71481

0.86744

.0.4B26U

0.58918

0.717JS

0.87022

j}.ma

0,59113

U.7i947

'.7

0 87301

.a48584

0,59308

072181

0.87581

67.9

.0.48747

68,9

0.59504

69.9

0.7-2416

75.9

0.87861

68.0

.0.48911

64.0

0.59701

70.0

0.7'2661

7bJ}

0,88j4S

.0.^075

0.72888

0.88425

.•l

.a.49'239

0:60096

'.•i

0,73125

0.88708

.0.49404

0.6029S

0.73362

0,88992

.0.49570

0.60493

0.73601

0. 89-276

.0.49736

0,60693

0.73840

0-89562

.0.49902

0.60893

0.74079

0.89848

.11.50070

'.7

0,6 ISS

0,74320

0.90135

.0.50237

0.6 295

0.74561

■ is

0,90123

58.9

.0.60405

64.9

0.6 497

70.9

0.74803

76.9

0.90712

59.0

.0,60574

66.0

0.6 700

71.0

0.75U46

77 .U

0,91001

.0.50743

0.6 903

0.75289

0.91292

.o.&oyi2

0,76533

0.9168S

.0.51083

oleisil

a7577a

0-91875

.0,51258

0,6-2516

0.760-24

(1,92168

.0.51425

0.62722

0,76270

0.92462

.0.61696

0,6-2928

0.76617

0,92757

.0.51769

0.63135

0.76765

0.93053

.U5I942

0.6S313

0,77013

0,93349

59.3

.0.52115

65,9

0,63651

71.9

0,77262

77.9

0,93647

60J)

.0.5Ti89

66,0

0,63760

■3%0

0.77572

780

0.9S945

.0.52463

0.63970

0.77763

0.94-244

,0.52638

0,64180

0.78U15

'.i

0.94544

.0,6-2814

0.64390

0.78267

0.94846

.0,52990

0,64702

0,78320

0.t5M6

.0,53166

abJ8l4

0,78774

0.95449

.0.53343

0.650-26

0.790-28

0,95762

.0.53521

0,65-M)

-7

0.79283

0 96067

60.8

,0.53699

.'s

0,65454

0.79539

0,96362

6U,9

.0,63878

66,9

0,65668

72.9

0.79796

78.9

0,96668

61.0

,0.54098

67 .u

0 65864

73.0

0,80054

79.0

0.96975

.0,54-238

0.66099

0,80313

0 97-283

.UJ441B

0.66316

.'a

0,80571

'.i

0.97592

.0.51599

'.3

0.66534

0.80831

0.97902

.0.54/81

0.66751

■4

0.81O91

0.98212

.0,54963

0,66970

0.81353

0.9B5-23

.0.56145

0.67189

0,81615

0.98836

.0.55328

0.67409

0.81878

0.99149

Tablb III,— Apjohn's Hygrometric Tables.— (Continued J
D«gncs of Fahnnheit's Thermometer, and Teniion of Vapour in Inches of Mercury.

Tension.

8
9

I 20819
1 21196
1 21573
1 21952
1 22331
122712
123093
J 23476
1 2S860
124245
1 24631
1 25018
I 25407
125796
1 26186
1 26578
1 26971
127364
1 27759
12B155
128552
128950
129^
1 29751
1 80152
190555
130959
1 81364
1 81770
1 32177
1 32585
I 32995
138406
1 33818
134231
1 S4645
135060
135477
135895
1 36313
1 96733
I 37155
137577
I 38001
1 38425
138851
1 99278
1 99707
1 40136
1 40567
1 40999
1 41492
141867
142902
1 42799
143177
1 43616
144057
144498
144841

Ther.

920
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

92 9
b3U

I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

93 9
940

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

95 9

96 U
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

969

97 0
1
2
3
4
5
6
I
8

97 9

94
95

Tension.

45385
45831
46277
46725
47174
47624
48076
48529
48963
49438
49895
50353
50612
51272
51734
52197
52661
53127
53593
54061
54531
55002
55474
55947
56422
56898
57875
57853
58333
58814
59297
59781
60266
60752
61240
61729
62220
62712
63205
63700
64195
64693
65191
65691
66193
66696
67200
67705
68212
68721
69290
69741
70254
70768
71283
71800
7^818
72837
73958
73880

Ther.

98
99

99
100

100
101

101
102

102
103

103

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
8
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

Tension,

Ther.

Tension.

1 74404

104 0

2 08563

1 74929

2 09180

1 75456

2 09799

1 75984

2 10419

1 76513

2 11041

1 77044

2 11665

1 77577

2 12291

1 78111

2 12918

1 78646

2 12546

1 79182

104 9

2 14177

1 79721

105 0

2 \^m

1 80260

2 15442

1 808U1

2 16078

1 81344

2 16715

1 81888

2 17354

1 82433

2 17994

1 82980

2 18686

1 83529

2 19280

1 84079

2 19926

1 84630

105 9

2 20573

1 85183

106 0

2 21222

1 85788

2 21873

I 86294

2 22525

1 86851

2 23179

1 87410

2 23835

1 87970

2 24493

1 88532

2 25152

1 89095

2 25813

1 89660

2 26476

1 90227

106 9

2 27141

1 90795

107 0

2 27807

1 91364

2 28475

1 91935

2 29145

1 92508

2 29817

1 93082

2 30490

1 93658

2 31165

1 94235

2 31842

1 94814

2 32521

1 95394

2 38201

1 95976

107 9

2 83883

1 96560

108 0

2 84567

1 97145

2 35253

1 97782

2 35941

1 98320

2 36631

1 98909

2 37322

1 99501

2 38015

200094

2 38710

2 U0688

2 39406

2 01284

2 40105

2 01882

108 9

2 40805

2 02482

109 0

2 41507

2 03083

2 42211

203685

2 42917

2 04289

2 4S625

2 04895

2 44335

2 05502

2 45046

2 06111

2 45759

2 06772

2 46474

2 07334

2 47192

2 07948

109 9

2 47909

Ther.

110
111

HI
112

110 0
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

112 9

113 0
I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

114 9
U5 0

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

115 9

lis

114

Tension.

248680
2 49353
2 50078
2 50805
2 51533
2 52363
2 52995
2 53729
254465
2 55202
2 55942
56684
57427
58173
58920

2
2
2
2

2 59669
2 60421
2 61174

2
2
2

61929
62686
63445

2 64206

2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2
2

64969
65734
66501
67270
68041
68814
69589
2 70865
2 71144
71925
72708
2 73493
2 74280
2 76069
2 75860
2 76653
77448
78245
2 70944
2 79845
2 80648
2 81453
2 82261
83070
83882
84695
85511
86329
87148
2 87970
2 88794
2 89621
2 90449
2 91279
2 92111
2 92946
2 93783
2 94622

2
2
2
2
2
2

Table lll.—AjifoAn't Hygromelric TabUi.—(Vt>iUaaied.J |

Degree! or Fahrenbeit'i Themometer, ind Tenum or Vapour in lachei of Uimaj.

Iher.

Tenrioa.

Ther.

TcDiioa.

Ther.

Teniion.

Thet.

TeMloD.

Tk». 1 T_^

n. declt.

la decli.

In. decl.. "

Id. d«1i.

116.0

2.9S462

123.0

3.5000.1

28.0

4.13390 134.0 1

4.86798

2.96306

350983

4.14425

4.87768

2.97ISI

3.5196S

4.15563

4.89061

2.97998

3.52990

4.16704

4.90397

2.98848

3.^3938

4.17817

4.91716

2.99699

3.54928

4.18993

3.00MS

3.U920

4.20142

4.91364

S.OI409

3569IS

4.31294

4.85693

3.0-2267

3.57912

4.22449

iSiira

1 16.9

3.0.^128

122.9

3.58911

138.9

4.33606

IS4.9

4.98360

117.0

S.03990

123.0

359913

123.0

4.24766 ,13SJJ

4.99698

3.0483a

3.60918

4.35929 1

5.01039

3.05722

3.61936

4.2709S 2

5.03383

3.06591

3.62935

4.28364 3

S.03731

S.0T463

3.63947

4.29435 4

5JI5083

3.08336

3.64962

4.30609 5

S.06435

3.09212

3.65979

4.31786 6

5.07792

3.10090

3.66999

4.32966

5^153

3.10970

3.68021

4.34149

5.10516

117.9

3.11S52

133.9

3.69045

129.9

4.35334

135.9

5.11882

IJ8.0

3.12737
3.13624

124.0
1

S.70U72
3.71 1U2

130.0

4.36532
4.37713

136.0

5.13353

5.146'J5

3.14513

3.72134

4.38908

6.16001

3.15401

3.73179

4.40105

M738I

3.16297

3.74206

4.41305

5.1 8761

3.17193

S.75247

4.42507

5.20149

3.I80S1

3.76289

4.4S7I3 . 6

5.31538

3.16993

3.77334

4.W921

5.22931

3.19S94

3.78382

4.46133

5.24336

118.9

3.20799

124.9

3.79431

130.9

4.47347

136.9

5.25725

119.0

3.21706

3.22616

»..

3.80484
3.BI539

131.0

4.48564
4.49784

137 .0

6.25137
5.36633

3.23627

3«i597

4.S1007

5.39941

3.24441

3.B365S

4.52233

5.3I3S3

3.2S358

3.84721

4.53462

S.33768

S.36276

3.85787

4.54694

5.34197

7
8

3.27197
3.26120

3.29046

3.8685S
3*7928

6
7
B

4.55928
4'57166
4.58407

6
7
8

5.3S608
6.37033
538162

119.9

S.39974

m.9

8,90076

131.9

4.59650

157.9

5.39893

3.3U904
3.SI836

126.0

.3.91154
3.923*6

132.0

4.60896
4 62146

138.0

5.41328
5.42767

3.S2771

3.93320

4.63399

5.44208

3.S3708

3.94406

4.64654

5.49653

3.34648

3.95496

4.65912

9.47102

3.35S9U

S.9G588

4.67174

5.48553

3.36534
3.S7490

6
7

3.97682
S.98780

6
7

4.6B43B
4.69706

6.30008
6.51467

3.38419

399880

4.70976

5.52928

120.9

3.39381

126.9

4.009B3

133.9

4.72349

138.9

5.54394

I'il.O

3.4U33t
.S.4I290

rfl.o

4.020S7
4.03196

133.0

4.73526

4.74805

139.0

6i5863
5.67334

6.M

3.42249

404306

4.76(«8

5.56809

6,5J5

3.432J0

4.054M

4.77373

5.603S8

6»«

3.44173

4.06536

4.78662

6.61770

6JJN

! ■'^

3.4S139

4.076S5

4.799S4

5.63356

tsa

171

Geological Map o^ Captain Herbert's Himalaya Survey.

With the present number the Editors of the Journal have the ex-
treme satisfaction of presenting to its readers, and to the scientific
world in general, Captain Herbert's Geological Map of his Survey, of
which the Report was published by the late Editor and Proprietor,
gnuii to subscribers, as a supplementary number to Vol. XI of the
JoomaL* The introductory notice to that report will fully explain
mder what circumstances it was obtained and published. It is to
the attentive recommendation of the Government of India, and the ever
reidy assistance of the Court of Directors, that the Asiatic Society and
the Kientific world are indebted for this noble proof of what has been
doBe in former days by the Government for the advancement of this
bniich of science ; and if it be considered that the Map and Memoir now
^ nearly twsntt tsars back, (the Survey was of course previous to
it,) and that it is still the only connected geological sketch we have of
this great and interesting tract of country, where so many magnificent
geological problems yet lie unsolved, and perhaps even unthought of,
its importance as a preliminary draft for more detailed and accurate
delineation, may, as we have elsewhere stated,t be best appreciated by
thoie who can remember or refer to the geological labours of Smith and
the earlier Continental geologists, not many years before its date. We
should not also forget that the Report itself was but a^rs^ one, and
therefore, like the Map, but a sketch of what more detailed and minute
examination are wanting to render perfect — Eds.

* A large margin has been purposely made on the left hand margin of the plate, so
thai it can be taken oot of this number, and pasted into the volume, in its place at the
•nd of the Report, by those who have it bound up.

t Proceedings Asiatic Society for March, Report Curator Geological and Minera-
logical Departments.

2 D

172

NoUs on MooTcrofts Travels in Ladahhy and on Gerard^ s Account of
Kundwar, including a general descripHon of the laUer distrid. B^
Lieutenant J. D. Cunningham, of the Engineers^ 1843. Com-
municated hy the Government of India.

GBNRBAL ACCOUNT OF KUNAWAR.

Situation, ^c. — The Satlej rises in central Tibet among the raTincf
of the holy hill of Grangi, and after a north-westerly course of 150
miles, it is enabled to turn at right angles, and to thread its way among
the steeps of the Himalayas to the plains of India. The Himalayas are
about fifty leagues in breadth, and the upper but smaller half of the
basin of the river within them, may be considered as the district of
Kunawar. When about to quit Tibet, the Sutlej receives a considerable
accession of water from the north-west, but on its way through the
mountains, it has no tributary of a greater length than thirty-five miles,
and Kunawar may be said to be about seventy miles long by fortj
and twenty broad at its northern and southern extremities respee-
tively.

The hydrographical basin of the Sutlej no where opens info i
broad plain, and Kunawar consists of a series of rocky and precipitooi
ravines descending rapidly to the bed of the principal river. The
greater part of the district lies to the north of the main ridge of the
mountains, and the moderate rains which aid in covering their
southern and central off-shoots with forests, are unfelt towards the
Tibet border. Vegetation thus loses its great encourager, and the
natural disintegration of the granite, gneiss, slate and other ancieot
rocks scarcely anywhere affords a sufficient substratum of soil. Trees
which are numerous in Lower Kunawar, disappear towards the north ;
and where the district bounds with Ladakh and Gte), scarcely one 0
to be seen that has not been planted by the hand of man.

Scenery, 4*^. — The scenery is indeed grand, but its vastness and
barrenness in Upper Kunawar are fatiguing. Steep rises above steep,
and the lofty summits of the hill, the fancied abode of spirits, are kit
in clouds ; while far below the broad and foaming river is only distin-
guishable as a silver-like line. Torrents dash swiftly from rock to
rock, turning and writhing in yawning gulphs amid the ruins of

1844.] Noies on Moorcrofi's Travels in LadakK ^c. 173

kiilfi or Jewing from high impendiog cJUb, they are dittipated in
i|my. So vast indeed are these mountains, and to such heights do they
St ones attain^ that gloomy forests of the tallest pines appear but as
piM, and give a colour, rather than a feature, to the precipitous sides.
AjnoDg the northernmost Himalayas, scenes of such naked grandeur
SR frequent, but I do not remember any pleasing from their variety,
W Nicfa as we would term picturesque from their contrasts ; and the
Mmiier of noAire adorned, should not perhaps go beyond Nachdr, and
Msialy not beyond Chini, where he may revel amid scenes of sur-
jlMing inxurianoe and beauty.

(kUiuraUe SpaU* — It used to be an opinion, that the world was at
fat msde as we now find it, and that the channels of rivers were at
mee created of the depth and breadth we now see them ; but geologi.
•I leaesreh has proved, that nature is usually slow in her operations ;
Hat the Himalayas may have been raised firom the bottom of an ocean ;
M ^hat the Sutlej certainly was, at a time subsequent to the last
[fett movements, a series of lakes of various sizes. Time has enabled the
mer to wear away all its impediments, sometimes four hundred feet
I perpendicular through rock, and it now forms one stream of rapid but
iqoible descent throughout its mountain course. The existence of the
ildkcs in the Sutlej and its tributaries is still attested by horizontal
deposits of alluvium at various heights above their present channels,
tad the beds of these pools still form almost the only cultivated land
a Upper Kunawar, for they yield a good soil, and admit of a stream of
Vftter from one torrent or another being brought to bear on their in-
diiied and non.terraced surfruses. In Middle and Lower Kunawar,
Moderate rain and decaying vegetation give more aid to the husband.
Aui> and hanging gardens, vineyards, and fields of many colours add
Vttiety and richness to the landscape.

Oimate, Seasons, 4^.— When the Sutlej turns to cross the Hima-
^}^ its channel is about eight thousand five hundred feet above the
*Bs, and in its direct course of seventy miles to the limits of Kunawar,
it descends to half that elevation. The villages are usually much
%her than this base line, and fields of grain are produced almost two
siles and a half above the level of the sea. In Middle Kunawar, the
^tivated spots have an average altitude of about seven thousand
^^i ud it is here in a genial climate, and remote from the heavy rains

174 Notes on Moorcrcfis Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

of the south, that grapes are produced in abundance. Here during tbe a
summer and autumn, the air is cool and the scenery pleasing. The
winters too are comparatively mild, and had nature expanded the btsis
of the Sutlej, so as to allow of plains and brooks, instead of steeps iiid
torrents, the district would have rivalled the most fitvoured vallei
of the Himalayas.

In all countries the spring and summer are welcome, but in
land of snow the reviving vegetation, the tender shoots of eadi
known tree, and the coming buds of each simple flower impart to
some of the cheerfulness of the birds which flutter and twitter
him. The scanty and laborious cultivation of each solitary ham
appears as a gem of price amid the wilderness of hills and rocks,
slight and occasional tinge of green gives a beauty to the desert; it
the evidence of renewed life, and the heart of the peasant expands
joy. He may well remember the •season gone by, for in Uj
Kunawar and in Tibet^ the winter is long and rigorous. Snow may
expected by the middle of November, and it continues to &11 until
end of February, accompanied by a strong and piercing wind ;
mercury descends below zero, *' the air bums frore/' and man al
envies the torpidity of the less perfect animals. Hills of snow
heaped high upon hills, range retires far beyond range, and naught
lieves the drear and hoary waste or interferes with the awful stillness
the scene, save perhaps a dark and frowning precipice, or the voice
the blue river below, struggling with its fetters of rocks and ice.
contemplating these vast solitudes, illumined by the setting sun,
mind of man is for a moment raised, and he feels and admires
sublimity. He stands majestic, the sole living being on the
ference of a world, but of a world half-formed or in ruin, or not fi
for him. The broad expanse of desolation wearies and appals;
fatal cold and the waning day recal other thoughts, and he turns sil
and subdued to seek relief and sympathy among his fellow.mortak^
and in the ordinary occupations of life.

In Kunawar, thunder and lightning are rare; but they sometimei
occur at short intervals during the summer months. In these U)hj
regions, however, the flash is dim, and the sound is unheeded by the
beasts of the field. Light showers occur in April, June, and Septenu
her, and sometimes in other months; but they are not sufficient kt

1844.] and on Gerard^s Aeoauni of Kundwar. 175

Ifte purposes of agrieiiltare. The wind is usually or nearly always
ftuD the S. or S. W., and in winter it hlows with great violence.

Geoloffy MeiaU, — Kunawar is an interesting field to the ventarons
fBologist The aeeomiilation of ages in the dark recesses of a dis-
plsced ocean are now in middle air^ and their stracture, chemical or
neduuiical^ stands revealed in sections^ hroad^ high, and precipitous.
Xhe vast extent of the strata in hreadth and depth, their tortuousness,
their great dip, and their occasional approach to perpendicularity, all
dedsie, that they have heen raised from the deep by forces surpass-
i^[ ikr the subterraneous efforts of Italy and Iceland ; while torrents
if molten mineral have been urged with volcanic fury through the
Icavy and rending bed of the ocean, and now appear as veins of
gnnite and quartz, ramifying from the base towards the summit of
■oontains of gneiss and slate. The granite is always seen, (and
mietimes in large masses which might elsewhere be termed hills,) but
it does not constitute the bulk of a mountain, or everywhere compose
ihe erest of a range, as we are usually told of this " first of rocks."
the hmits of the primeval floods of middle Asia, and the successive
IBological conditions of the tract are yet to be ascertained, but about the
ianetion of the Petti and Sutlej, the gneiss would seem to yield by
degrees to limestone, slate, gypsum and crystalline sandstone, (see
ilioGi^>tain Button's Report.) Shining shallows and shingly beaches
■Hiy here have been found investing some ancient promontory, or
faniiog the coast of an inland sea, for multitudes of ammonites' and '
tto shelb give proof of organic life and of the means of sustaining it,
while abundance of pebbles and rounded rocks, various in size and in
kind, scattered about the highest Passes, give some evidence of tidal
ietkni.

Veins of copper occur in one place in Kunawar, and some grains of
foid have been found in the beds of its streams. There is a lead
Bkine in the adjoining district of Petti. Other metals are perhaps to
be met with, but difficulty of access would render all unproductive as
tteidiandize, save those of the precious or rarer kinds.

i^mMailf.— Kunawar has no animals peculiar to itself. In the
lower districts, several of the deer kind are found, including the one
which produces musk. Bears and leopards, jackalls, foxes, and
kones are not uncommon, and the wolf or gaunt, wild dog occasion.

176 Notes on Moorcrofi's Traveh in Ladakh, [No. 147.

ally appears in search of food. The feathered tribes are nttmeroas, but
the soaring eagle, the Piara of the pheasant kinds, and the king d
birds as he is called, need only be particolarly mentioned. Niu
merous flowers enable the industrious bee to lay in a goodly store o{
honey.

In Upper Kunawar, the animal kingdom is less rich and varied, but
the ibex and wild sheep baffle the impatient and wearied sportamao,
and the hair of a blueish tinge betokens an arctic climate. The bur*
rowing rat, a few jackalls, and perhaps foxes, an occasional leopsrf
of a pale colour, and the brighter spotted, lynx-like, cat, complete tbs.
list of resident animals. Packs of wild dogs sometimes show theo-
selves, but the Keang, or wild ass of the rocky desert, is found only is
the northward of the British possessions. The birds are almost eon-
fined to crows and ravens, the sparrows, and two beautiful varietia of
the red-breast, to pale blue and white pigeons, to the gigantic partridge
dwelling near the snow, and the red-legged francoline of delidoat
flavour. Occasionally, a black plumed eagle may be seem swoopio|
on his prey, a few hawks show themselves, and the ripening cn^i
bring to each village some of the pigeons and doves of India; while
the wild-duck is sometimes met winging its way from that connti; Ifr
the lakes of Tibet. A few snakes, lizards, and scorpions almost com-
prise the reptile kingdom. The insects are more various; but beetle^
moths and butterflies, grasshoppers, spiders, and a diminutive gnat or
musquito, added to the ubiquitous house fly, the indefatigable ants, snd
the numerous parasites, need only be alluded to. Of fish it may be.
said, speaking generally, that there are none in the remotest parts oC
Kunawar, and yet a few must exist, as an otter is sometimes met with*
The mysterious gangbalU or snow fish, with four short legs and a
human face, may be in hci as in description, a fabled animal ; bat it is
talked of, and it is said to dwell only about the limits of the snow.
Of domestic animals, it is sufficient to mention the shawl-wool gos^
and the y&k or grunting ox. The under-clothing of the goat, how-
ever, is much inferior to the '* puahm" of more northerly tracts, and
the hybrid produce of the y&k is of more value, both for transport sod
the dairy than the genuine animal itself The people have hoisesy
asses, black cattle, sheep, dogs and cats ; but there are no d<»neitie
fowls in these districts.

J844.J and on Gerard" 9 Account of Kunatoar, 177

Trees, S^.. — In Lower Kanawar, forests of oaks and pines cover the
sides of the hills, and varions other trees, shrubs and plants are found
in every direction ; but in the northern parts of the district, spontaneous
▼ej^tation almost disappears. An occasional juniper, a few scattered
pines, and now and then, in the highest places, a clump of dwarf birches
or of the monntun ash, relieve the eye of the traveller. Among the
few shrubs, the spreading juniper, and the bush producing a leaf of a
toulike quality, are of most interest In the adjacent Bhotee districts,
these become more rare^ and a few poplars and willows, and perhaps a
few apricot trees are all that can readily be found, and they shew not the
luxuriance of nature but the industry of man. The patches of furze,
the scanty grass, a currant^ a gooseberry or a rose bush, the broad leaf of
either kind of rhubarb, a few hardy creepers, some pleasing flowers and
t variety of shrabs and herbs which appear of no value, give a tinge
only to the side of the lofty hills — green things, and even flowers, there
aiemany if we begin to ennumerate them, but to man who wants food
ind shelter smd clothing, they all seem profitless, and to the casual
observer the barrenness seems entire.

Qraim and Fruits. — Most kinds of grain, excepting rice, are culti-
vsted throughout Kunawar. In the north, the varieties of the cockscomb
or unaranthus are not found, but every available spot is cut into steps
and covered with wheat, barley, peas, beans, buck- wheat, and millet.
The millet and buck-wheat are the second crop of a few favoured
p]soes,and peas smd beans are grown in small quantities as a pleasing
addition to the daily food. Here are several kinds of barley, but the
heudless variety yields perhaps the beet crop. Turnips are sown when
the wheat and barley have been reaped, and they are eaten fresh or
partially dried^ and laid by as store for early winter. A kind of onion
13 cultivated, and where there are no apricot trees, the people endeavour
to raise the sorson or mustard plant for the purpose of obtaining oil.
Abondance of grapes and apricots, some walnuts, apples and peaches
ve produced in Upper and Middle Kunawar, and the Chilghoza pine is
here met with as a principal tree of the forest. Towards the Tibet
b)ntier the fruits decrease in quantity, and in the adjoining districts
of Ladkh and Qito they disappear altogether. The apricot does not
pn^nee at a greater elevation than 10,500 feet, and the grapes are in.
ferior at 9,000.

178 Notes on Moorcrofis Travels in Ladakh^ [No. 147.

Racey S^c. — The Kunawarees are of the Caucasian race, that is, they
are not characterized by the broad features of the Tibetans, and may be
of Hindoo origin, as they claim to be ; but Brahminism has not yet ob-
tained a mastery among them, and they are more tinged with the man-
ners and religion of Tibet than with those of India. They know little ,
or nothing of their own history, but they are most likely colonists, and j
they have still among them a separate race regarded as inferior. The I
people though possessed of some spirit are not warlike, they are peaceful \
agriculturists, and not a rade of robbers. Crimes of great atrocity are ;
rare, nor can it be said, that those which affect property are oommon. i
Compared with the people of the plains of India, they may be termed a \
simple race, without supposing them unimbued with the ordinary evil
passions of our nature, as might be inferred from descriptions of some
travellers.

Oovemment. — Kunawar is the largest subdivision of the Bissebir j
principality. The chief is absolute, but here as elsewhere, he must be !
guided by immemorial usage. The district is managed by hereditaiy
superintetidents or viziers, who collect the revenues which are fixed,
and levied chiefly in cash, but partly in kind. Each village has its \
head man responsible for its good behaviour. The lands are divided ^
among a certain number of families, and each house, besides the taxei, \
provides the Raja with a soldier, and also with a servant or porter I
when required.

The Bissehir principality had for ages subsisted as independent,
carrying on occasional wars with the adjacent states of Ktilil, Ladakb, ;
Chaprang and Garh wdl ; but it yielded to the Gorkhas, and on the eoii> ;
elusion of our war with the Nepalese, it became a British dependency* j
It pays to the Indian Government a tribute of rupees 15,000 annually; j
the revenues of the principality have been recently estimated st I
1,40,000 rupees.

Religion, — In northern Kunawar, Buddhistic Lamaism is preva.
lent, but in the middle and south, the people are left to their local
gods, and to the oracular priests of these divinities. Every hill is sup-
posed to be the abode of a deotd, who owns the undefined power of
some mighty Being above all.

Social relations, — The Kunawarees are all Polyandrists, t. e. ooe
house or family has usually but one wife only, and she Is considered

J 844.3 and on Gerard*^ AecoutU of Kuniwar. 179

IS more partieularly the wife of the eldest brother. This institution
is neeeisaiy to limit population, where it is impossible to extend agri.
colture, where mineral wealth has not been developed, and where the
people have scarcely begun to carry on an extensive and profitable trade.

Trade^ 4^. — The want of organized priesthood, and the institution
of Pdyandry are the only circumstances connected with the social
condition of this peofrfe that need be separately mentioned. They are
mostly agriculturists, but do not on the whole produce as much as
they consume; all have some flocks and herds, and the people of the
north have of late become enterprising traders. They proceed to Leh
to buy the drug called charas, and to Goro, and almost to the foot
of the Karakorum range to procure shawl, wool. For these, they give
is exchange money, cloths, and spices, and were the dangerous and
difficult roads improved and kept in repair, the Kunawarees might
non become the principal carriers of the trade between middle Tarta.
ry sad Upper India. At present, the paths are scarcely practicable for
loaded mules, and the merchandize is diiefly carried on the backs
of sheep and goats. All the people trade in a petty way, for they
exchsDge woollens and fruits for grain and salt

Foody Oatkittff, and Houoes. — The Kunawarees live chiefly on com,
bat meat is occasionally used by those in fsir circumstances, and the lat-
ter also occasionally indulge in tea procured from Lassa. The people
dress in woollens oi their own manu&cture at all seasons of the year,
nd towards the north, they add a sheepskin cloak during the winter.
The women have a profusion of brass ornaments, and of shell or other
besds. The men carry a flint and steel at their waist, and both sexes
love to adorn themselves with gaudy flowers, the one most sought
>Aer being the French marigold. In the neighbourhood of the forests,
^heir houses are built of wood and stone, and their temples are pretty
in themselves, and picturesque in connection with the surrounding
*ttiiery. In the extreme north, the scarcity of wood makes the people
content with mere hovels of mud and unhewn stone.

Noras on Mooroboft's Tratbls in Ladakh and on Grraro's

ACCOUNT OF KUNAWAR.

Bd^fion of the Kunawareea^-^Caaie or Race in Kunawar and Tu
k^--The religion of the mass of inhabiUnto (of Kunawar,) is Hin.

2 £

180 Noiei oh Moorerafi^M Travels in Laddkh, [No. 147.

dooiflm, but they have no minute distinctions of easte. They imther ban
or bury the dead at some distance from the villages where they eraet
gravestones ; some of them profess the Lama religion^ bat that pi^Oiietiy
belongs to the Tartars. The goddess in greatest repate is Eake
in her most horrid form, to whom human sacrifices were offered
at no distant period. I have heard of their taking plaee not more
than twelve years ago, (1806.10 ?)> and they existed at the iuDOOi
temple of Bheema Kaiee at Sooran, where the Buggehur Raja resides
in summer at a later time, and were not finally abolished ontO the
British Government got possession of the hill states in 1815. — Oerard,
p. 83-86.

The Kunawarees proper, rich and poor, call themselves Kamis, a
class which in the hills appears to take rank next to Rajpoots. They
consider themselves of Indian origin, but they have no Brahmiai
among them, and the hopes and fears of the Kunawarees are diiefiy
placed on their local gods. In Upper Kunawar Bhuddhism hss
taken deep root, but it has not yet overcome the reverenoe of the pes>
pie for the deotas or spirits of the hills. In all Kunawar there aie
but three temples dedicated to a divinity of the Brahmina. One cf
these is in the Bhotee district belonging to Bisseher, and is maintaiiu
ed by the Rajah in his firontier fi>rt The other two are at Ropeh nesr
Sungnam, and at Kotee near Ghini on the right bank of the Sutkj.
(Captain Gterard, I observe, also places one in his map cm the left bank
of the river a few miles above Chini). None of these three.templcB are
ministered by Brahmins, nor are human sacrifices offered to the fona
of KaU {Chundika,) there worshipped. Sarahan, which contaiiie the
temple of Bheemakali is not in Kunawar. There are, as I haTe said, ds
Brahmins in Kunawar, and Lamaism prevails in the upper-thiid d
the district only. In the other two-thirds the people are without a
priesthood, and each village worships one or more equal gods. These
districts are under a prince of the Brahminical &ith, but such a eon-
dition of society ofl^rs a fairer field to a Christian Missionary than
the plains of India, where he has to encounter an organised priest-
hood, and the prejudices of a people satisfied with their present chsusee
of salvation.

Caste, or at least distinction of race, is not unknown in Kunawar,
and one, if not two separate tribes appear to have escaped Captain

1844.] and on Qerarffs Aceouni rf KunAifar, 1 8 1

Genrd'f observadon. These are the Kohlis, Chuman, or ChamaDgt ;
and the meehaaics subdiyided into smitha and carpenters. The
KohJis are so called by the people of the lower hills; in the plains by
the people about Rampoor they are called Chnmars; and by them-
selves and by the Kunawarees> Chttmangs.

The Kohlifl are regarded as outcasts; and no KanU will inter.
aisnpy with them, or eat with them^ or even allow them to cross his
ttfeshold. They are in every way a distinct race in Kunawar, and
Itve a language of their own^ essentially Hindi, although mixed with
lone Arabic and Persian terms for which it may be difficult to ac
coont. To the southward^ their language merges in that of the hill
tribes generally. A specimen of their vocabulary is given under the
hesdiDg "Language." It is not known whether they entered Kuna.
var ss refugees, or have been left in it as a remnant; but they are
iMat likely of the ancient Sudra stock (ti India* Their eomplez-
ion is uaaily darker than that of the Kauiti, and some are said to
ksve woolly hair^ as is the case with the tribes of the Vindhya
kills.

Family Polyandryism is established among the Kohlis. Some few
Md lands directly of the Government, and are otherwise on the same
'i»tiBg as EauUs, except that they are the first pressed as porters, a
node of rendering service to the chief usual in the Himalayas. They
are commonly labourers and weavers. There are some families of
KdUb in ahnost every Kunawaree village ; but they are not found

in the adjoining Bhotee districts. They are the musicians of the

viUsgn.

The smiths or lobars are called domaug in Kunawaree, and the
c^vpeaters are termed oras. In the eyes of the Kauits, they are out-
Cttts equally with the Kohlis, neither do the artisans and Kohlis
iatennanry or eat with one another. There are two or more families
sf mechanics in each village. Polyandry is established. The language
k the Kunawaree of the district in which they reside. They are
f>*»ed as labourers before the Kauiis.

In the Bhotee districts adjoining Kunawar, the same person is both
nuth and carpenter, but he is usually styled smith or hh. He is
'Bgarded as unclean by the Bhotee cultivators, and they do not eat or
iniennarry with bis family. His language is Bhotee, and Polyan-

r82 Naie8 on Moorerafe$ Traveit in Ladakh, [No. 147.

dryism obtains. — In practice his sons and daaghtere do not beoome
Lamas and Nuns^ but the priesthood is not formally barred agsinit
them.

I heard that about Lassa and other considerable places, the pottan
(kumharsy) were regarded as outcasts, and as separate from the
artisans.

In Kunawar where wood is plentiful, every one, however poor, ii
burnt, unless he die of a certain disease called rimz^ [pi the nature d
which I made no note, but I remember it was not leprosy.) No out
save Lamas have tombs or grave-stones in Kunawar; but the hein d
a man of substance, may, in the Buddist districts, biuld a temple jointly
to his memory and to the glory of an emanation of Sakya.

TrU>e9 — The Kampas, the ZJakpae. — Near our encampmeBt, a
Champa or shepherd and his fiimily had encamped, and several otbci
tents were nesr^^^Moareroft, II, 47-

There is a sect of wandering Tartars called Kampa, who aie is
some respects similar to the Jogees of Hindoosthan. They visit the n-
cred places, and many of them subsist wholly by begging. Someaie
very humourous fellows, they put on a mask, 4c. &c— -Gerori

P' 117.

Now, (1842) the Kampas may be said to resemble the Kotchis of
Affghanistan, rather than the Jogees of India, and Gerard's oompsri-
son may be particular rather than general. The Kampas are wander*
ing shepherd traders. They are the chief carriers of borax. Is
winter they graze their flocks in the southern Himalayas^ and is
summer they proceed to Rohtak, Hanleh, &c. to procure borax and
some other articles. They are Tibetans, and intermarry with Bhotecs
and with Kunawarees, see also Captain Button's Tour, (Jour. As.So&
III, )70 I ftm not certain whether the jugglers or masken of Tibet
are Kampas or not, but I think they are. I saw but one party onlj,
and they considered Pitti to be their home, but wandered over a
great extent of country.

I may here mention another tribe of men found in Tibet These
are the Zjakpas, a race of mounted plunderers, who infest the country
between Leh and Lassa^ but whose chief strongholds appear to be
in the neighbourhood of the Mansarawar Lake. The Oovernmeot
occasionally finds it advisable to employ these men in the serfice

1844.] and on Gerard s Account of KunAwar, 183

of the state, and daring the late war with the Sikhs, a band of them
aeeompanied the Lassa foree under a leader named Pan Aghim. In
Zjtkpa we may find the same root as in Kazzak, a robber, and as in
Udiakka, a thief.

THbet-^-the Kalmaks and the people of Hor.-^A considerable por-
tion of the population of Khoten consisted formerly of Kalmak Tar.
tin, bat it is said that when the Chinese subjugated the province
Uiey deported the Kalmaks to the cities, which collectively constitute
the modem city of Ila on the river of the same name, and to the ad-
jtcent districts.— AfoorcT^, 1, 381.

The people of Tibet whom I saw always, spoke of the Kalmaks or
Sokos as a people dwelling in the countries beyond the Kavakorum
noge, and whose principal place was 'Eli.' — They described them as
oi the Oeiukpa sect of Lamaism, and said, their present chief was a
Lama named Jipchun Tampa, with the title Kaka, (t. e. Khakan or
Q^HU. Tampa may have some relation to the horse, Ta.)

In Sokpo we have no doubt the ancient Sacse, for po is equally with
fei a termination. Our last maps place the Sacm between Imans and
£oM)das or in western Tibet, but I doubt whether that eountry could
ever have maintained hordes of horsemen, and the tracts north of
imans are perhaps their original, as they are their present, seats. I
have indeed heard of a few Sokpos about Oaro, but they are, so far as
I omU ascertain, emigrants, or the families of a paid soldiery.

The country about Yarkand and Eli, or Ila, is known in western
Tibet, under the name of Hor, and the permanent conquest of Ladakh,
er frequent inroads into it by these northern tribes, is still preserved
in the memories of the Tibetans by the continued exaction of a tax
named Hortal or the Hor tax. This tax is levied at the present day
in for instance the district of Pitti ; but I have not heard that the
Chinese Government of Yarkand receives it from Ladakh as the peo-
pie of Hor did of old ; nor was I able to ascertain whether the imposi-
tion of the tax in question, was antecedent, or subsequent, to- the
Kalmak conquest of Ladakh, about the end of the 17th century.

In oar maps, we place the mountains of Khor or Hor, and in our
geographies, a Mongol tribe of the same name, to the north-east of the
^nnsarawar lake. There can be little doubt of the identity of this
^be of our histories, and of the people now known in Tibet under

184 NoU$ an Mcorert^M Traveii in Ladakk, [No. 147.

the name of Hor, but the well.wfttered tracts about Yarkaad Men
better able to rear and to maintain a race of eonqoeron, than te
sterile and ragged district near the heads of the Indus and Bonus,
pooler. The present position of the Hor or Khor race also agrees nd;
with that ascribed to the Chawranei of the andents, and I think id
may presume them to be the same— CSiojNa-ife-i&ro«^ Oram. 6.IMl|
identified the Hors with the Turks, and it may be worth enqidif
whether Khorassan, Khwarism, &c. be not connected with this miK
and even whether the Oorkhas are not a colony of the same people
notwithstanding their alleged Indian descent There are soch ms
Ionics of distant Tartars in the Himalayas, as for instance the LepdHi
near Daijeeling.

Rdigum^ — Lainatm.— The Lamas wear red or yellow aeoofding H.
their order. The dress of the grand Lama at Lassa is yellow, bat tltfl
of the chief Lamas in Ladahk is red — Maorcroft^ 11^ 323.

The religion of Ladakh, like that of Tibet and China, is tbe
worship of Buddha under a peculiar Hierarchy. Every lamily ia
which there is more than one son, furnishes a Lama or Oehem, whoS;
at once a Ganobite, and a family priest, attached to a monastic ia»:
stitution under a Lama or Abbot, ordinarily living amongst the pes»
pie, and conducting the rites of their daily worship in their ova
houses, in which a chamber is usually appropriated to an image sal
attendant priest The chief Lamas are appointed from Lasts, sal
continue to acknowledge the supremacy of the pontiff of that dtf
They all profess poverty add celibacy, but a man who has been msr.
ried, is admissible into their order. There are also establishments sf
religious females called Ghumas Anis. The Lamas, Gelnms and kxk%
or priests, monks, and nuns, are divided into two sects ; the red, or ok^
and new or yellow priesthood.— Mo^^^A II, 339.40.

The religion is Lama. The Lamas in Kunawar are of three seels
Oeeloopa, Dookpa, and Neengma, but I could not hear of that eslM
Shammar by Captain Turner. The Oeloopas or Gelookpas are reek,
oned the highest, since the heads of their religion at Teshoo, Loon-
boo and Lahassa are of the same sect They wear yellow doth gsr-
ments, and caps of the same of various shapes. The Oookpas sie
dressed indifferently but have red caps, and the Neengnas wear ths
same, or go bare-headed ; the two former do not marry, but there is no

I844.J and on Getard^f Account of Ktmdwar^ 185

mtrietum on the Neengmas. The Lamas admit proselytes at all
aps, aod any one can become a Dookpa, Oeloopa, or Neengma ; the
diief Gelong of Kaman said he would admit me* There are two
9ther sects peculiar to Ohinese Tartary, Sakeea who wear red» and
Degoomay yellow caps. In Tibet, the chief of a monastery is called
Lama, and the inferior orders are styled Gelong. Here, (Kunawur,)
moit of the clergy are named Lama, and the heads of the convents of
Kamao, Labrung and Shealkur, are denominated Oelong and Ge.
no. Neither Gelongs nor nuns smoke tobacco, although the Lamas
dp; neither of them drink spirituous liquors. The Grand Lama of
Ldisaaa, called Gealong Rimboche, who resides at Potala, is the
chief pontiff of all the Lamas. The next in succession to the Grand
Lama of Lahassa is Panchin Rimboche, of Teshoo Loomboo. The
third in order is Lochawa Rimboche, these three personages are all of
(be Oeloopa sect. — Gerard, p. 1 17-21.

(All that Moorcroft and Gerard say, should be read, as well as the
•hove extracts.)

I tai imperfectly acquainted with the results of the enquiries of the
hue Gaoma-de.Koroe, but we do not, I think, yet possess a full and
aceurate knowledge of Buddhism as it exists in Tibet, and all our
•ttonnts perhaps contain, like the above extracts, some error and
(ODfoiion. Mr. Hodgson indeed; and others have thrown much
light on Buddhism as a speculative religion, but it may be as difficult
fo 08 to explain the variety of sects at present existing from the study
of Sanscrit or Tibetan books, as it would be for a learned stranger
to infer Popery and Protestantism from a simple perusal of our own
teiptores. A complete knowledge of the present sects might enable
<Nv leholars to trace in many instances the peculiar tenets of different
orders to their sources, and so give us much curious information re^
^ing the progress of error from philosophical refinement to gross su-
pcntition ; but this knowledge, however desirable, is still to be acquired.

I heard of four principal sects of Lamas, 1st Gelukp6, 2nd Ddkp^,
3rd NingnUi, and 4th Sakhi^, to which may be added the peculiar
loeU of the Banbos and Pitchob^ or Nangb&tchos. Turner (Embassy,
3U) mentions the Shammars, and says they include all the red sects.
The word is, I presume, connected with the Shamanism of the an*
eie&ts. Gerard alludes to *' Deegromas," but of this sect I did not learn.

186 Noies an MowcrofU TtaveU in Ladakh, [No. 147.

any thing and neither it, nor three of those I have mentioned are in.
eluded by Csoma-de-Koroe among his nine/yrtfi^^po/sects, (Grammar,
p. 175.) Afterwards indeed (p. 194) that scholar says^ there wne/aur di.
visions comprehending eighteen sects, and it may be that these divisitmi
correspond with Mr. Hodgson's four systems of speculative Buddhjsoi.
fLii. and ReL of the BuddisU, p. 33 J

Notwithstanding its wide diffusion and great authority, I would de.
fine Buddhism to be the religion of a priesthood rather than of a
people. In the abstract it does not diligently seek for proselytes, and
it has but little active interest in the welfare of mankind. Its preeepis
appear to be silent about reclaiming the unbeliever, and about con-'
Ibrting the lowly and those who pass their days in toil. lu exhorts!
tions are towards asceticism^ and it insists on a solitary commnnipf
with oneself and with God, as the surest road to a happy immortality^
or to a speedy incorporation with the deity. This passive exoelleDe»!
produces indeed an indirect effect on the people, who believe their ^
priests to be the chosen of Heaven, and who see that they avoid mnchi
of the fraud and violence usual in the world. It is also true, that thsj
people are told of the punishment awaiting evil deeds, but the priest ii|
always more intent on his own salvation than on exhorting the peopls^
to be good. He does not consider himself to be a teacher from God, or!
that he should seek to explain to others the means of attaining to ex-
cellence. The poor are without pastors, and can only be speets.;
tors of the religious service of the brotherhood of monks, nor periispf |
do the devotions of the rich bring them nearer to God, although tfacyj
have their private chapels, and attend while the priests offer thei^l
supplications to the Almighty. The indifference of the Lamas to the !
belief or practice of the people is well exhibited in Kunawar; templei ;
erected to the spirits of the hills appear close to Buddhistic monument^
and the priest of a hierarchy share the veneration of the villagers with
the creations of ignorance and fancy.

The votaries of Buddhism being taught that in order to attsis
to divinity, or to a speedy salvation, they must wholly abstnet
themselves from the affairs of the world; it forms a curioiu en-
quiry how this inactive and selfulenying system became mize'
with other faiths, and took a hold upon the mind of miliioiU'
If the persecuted Buddhists entered Tibet, and found a race witboal •

J844.] aiui an GerarcTs Account of Kunawar. \ 87

nguJar priesthood^ the necessity of mixing with others, and the am-
bition natural to the human mind, may have led the successors of the
mors enthusiastic anchorites to take advantage, of the ignorance of the
people, and by degrees to institute a sort of hierarchy ; not however,
eomplete or rigorous, for persevering asceticism, or direct inspiration,
will even now elevate the poor and the ignorant above the wealthy
sad the learned. On the other hand, we know but little of the state
of Tibet when it was entered by the votaries of Buddha, and they
SMy have met with a waning ministry of congenial speculatists.
A subsequent union with the missionaries of another faith may have
token place, and may have encouraged the progress towards a regular
bierarchy ; and if the Nestorian Christians have produced any lasting
effeeta on the belief or practices of Chinese Tartary, the impress will
probably be found among the Oelukpa, a sect of Lamas, notwithstand-
ing their celibacy, and the allowance of marriage by the Greek
diareh. With the Gelukpas, priestcraft has, I think advanced further
than with the others, and they may bear some marks of the training
or lyatem brought about by the heresies of the Church, after it had
obtuned authority and phuse in the empire. I am,, however, very
doabtfiil whether any certain trace of a corrupted Christianity can be
found in Tibet itself, and I am not aware that auricular confession,
or the worship of relics, obtains in the sense of the eastern and the
votern Churches.

All the three sects, Oelukpa, Ningma, and Dukpa, with which I have
^len in, insist upon the doctrines of transmigration and of absorption,
aad maintain a gradation of animals ending in man, through which
tbe soul must pass before its final emancipation. During certain
ttremonies, (corrupted ones indeed,) Lamas are seemingly possessed
^tb the divinity. I have seen one who has been considered from his
cbildhood as a '' preseus Divus," and the ready fiBiith of the people
^ys the mind prostrate in either case. All Lamas refuse to take
snimal life, and some of superior sanctity observe their doctrine, and
^ refuse to take vegetable life ; that is, they will not themselves cut
<lown trees until they wither, or gather fruits or grains until they
ripen. Wine is forbidden to all Lamas. Of the three sects above-
mentioned, celibacy is incumbent on the Gelukpa only, but all prac-
tice it who wish to attafn to superior sanctity. All Lamas fast in the

188

Notes on Moorerofis Travels in Ladakhj [No. U7.

Hindoo month Flagon, (February-March,) on the 15th day of the
moon. This day is called nenas; and the great feast of the genenl
prayers of the Gelukpa sect in the beginning of the year may be ooa.
nected with it. (Csoma de Koros' Orammar> p. 197). All good Lamss
also fast twice in each month, but on these days they may eat rawi
fruits. The bodies of Lamas are usually burnt, and in general if Doti
always, tombs called dunghang are erected over their ashes; buttiwi
bodies of priests of great holiness are sometimes cut in pieces, and dis.
persed on the top of a hill^ or the sur&ce of a barren plain, as food f»
birds ; and ali sects, who are admitted to be of great purity and exeeUj
lence, are privileged to eat and drink out of the skulls of those vhottj
bodies have been scattered to the winds, or they may have beads msdej
of portions of the skuils of these good men. (Malte Bran, II, 63(
quotes Rubinquis as saying, that in Tibet the people drank out of the j
skulls of their ancestors ; this story may be an exaggeration of the pie. I
sent practice of the holiest Lamas.)

The doctrines and observances above-mentioned, are applicable te
all orders of Lamas, so far as I have learnt. I have not fallen in witk
any of the Sukkias or Banboo, or Pitchoba sects, but I have alwaji
heard that the Sakkias greatly resemble the Ningmas. I will now
mention some particulars of each class.

Of the Gelukpas, there are six orders: the Ist (or highest) Ohehshehi
2d Chogzirkpa, 3d Katchin, 4th Gelong^ 5th Gichul, and the 6th or
lowest, Ghunba. The following table shews the lower ranks or orders,
and the books they read in villages and provincial ^establishmenti
before attaining to each : —

Order.

Karnes of
Books.

Subject.

Remarks.

Chunba, • .

■

Dohna, . .

Sharrah, Hingho
Dukar,..

Forms of prayers for
procuriDg bless-
ings • • • • • •

On abstraction and
the nothingness
1 of this world.

Oo not wear a robe, but a jellov
frock, (or chola orchapl»B,)s
conical yellow cap without lap*
pets, head shaved.

J«44.]

and on Qtrardti Account ofKundwar,

189

Older.

Mames of
Books.

Subject.

Remarks.

Gichol, ..

Sangdn,

Zhjikchid,
Ganbo,

Chargil,

Prayers to the five
gods to forgive
sin. • • • •

On abatimction as

keeping away evil

andprolonginglife.

Forms of prayers to
avert evu, procure
advantages, and a
general exhorta-
tion to holiness, • •

Similar to the above.

Vest red, robe or "chader" com-
posed of two cloths, the inside
one yellow, the outside one red.

Yellow siring round the waist, co-
nical yellow cap with short lap-
pets, heads shaved.

Katekio, ..

Lamo, • • • •

2«^jaljiba,^

Dua, (and some-
times) Cham-
sbing, •• ••

RangtanglA,
Cbaumadupelu,
Gunsumld and
ZiatonM, . .

Similar in its con-
tents to Ganbo.

Similar in its con-
tents to Ganbo, on
observances and
prohibitions.

On the necessity of
submission to the
will of Cham-
shing, i. e. God.

Subject not ascer-
tained, but I un-
derstood that to
become aKat chin,
it was necessary
to repeat the four
books by heart be-
fore the Grand
Lama, or the su-
perior of one of
the four monas-
teries near Lassa.|

Cap, termed Panju, conical with
lanpets reaching to the breast,
yellow cloth or silk lappet8,some-
times have Aumnuini padme
horn ou them. Under dressy red.

/{o&tf.— Consists of two sheets or
robes, both vellow, the inside
one called chehgo of woollen or
serge, the outside one called
namber of silk.

The Gelongs and superior ranks
must always have the chehgo or
inner robe with them, they must
not sleep without it. Both robes
are worn as one, right arm free,
fastened over the left shoulder,
head shaved.

To become a Gelong, it does not appear neeessary that the aspirant
Aould submit to an examination by priests chosen by the Grand
lAma, or that they should have been educated at a monastery. Any
Gelong can ascertain the acquirements of a person who wishes to
^ admitted to the rank, and if he is satisfied, the Qichul takes upon
liiauelf the dress and functions of a Gelong. This indeed may be the

190 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

practice in remote districts rather than near Lassa. Concerning the
degree of learning required of a Ghogzukpa, I did not inquire: then
is only one of that rank in Kunawar, and I did not meet him. I aa
also equally ignorant of the knowledge required of a Ghehsheh, then
is but one in the Chinese districts west of Mansarawar ; viz. the kanbc
or superior of the Teshigang monastery.

The names of the books given in the tabular statement, are those by
which they are known in the Teshigang monastery ; bat the powen
of the English letters only give an approximation to the pronundatioB
of the words. I may not be correct with regard to the contents of the
books. My informants, (Oesongs^) though probably as well aoqnaintel
as others of that rank usually are in villages, with their holy boob^
evidently knew but little of them besides the names. I have neYer-
theless thought it as well to give what I learnt on the subject

No Gelukpa should use tobacco as a Chimba ; he must not take lik,
and as a Gichul, he must in addition not know^woman; these two
ranks may be considered as initiatory. A Gelong is a qualified priest,
so to speak ; most reach that rank, and few get above it.

Of the Ningmas and Dukpas, I procured but little informttioD.
They first learn to read and to repeat certain prayers. Theytbeo
attend in a temple for three years ; they never leave the place darisg
that time, nor are allowed to speak to any one save their felloff-
students and their teacher. At the end of the three years, they are
qualified priests or Lamas, their dress is red. The doctrines of the
two sects somewhat differ, and their great Superiors or Incarnations of
Sakyamuni are different. They do not cut or shave their hur like
the Gelukpas, and marriage is allowed to both sects.

The Sakkias I believe resemble the Ningmas in their doctrines,
marriage is not prohibited, they wear a red dress. There are none in
Kunawar ; but in Pitti there is one temple belonging to them.

The Banbos are a sect of whom I could learn but little ; they hi^
no temples, that I could hear of, west of the lakes, but are said to
exist in considerable numbers at Kamp, a place about a month's jonr-
ney N. or N. E. of Lassa. They perform the circuit of Gangri bill
and of Mansarawar lake in an opposite direction to that followed f^
other pilgrims. This at least in the eyes of the vulgar constitute tbeir
chief peculiarity. They apparently represent the *' Bons," and the

J844.3 emd on OerariTs Account of Kundwar, 191

Boopo fiuth of the TibetoDs before the ascendancy of Buddhism.
(Gwma de Koroa' Grammar, 177-178). The Sanscrit Bandya, a per-
son entitled to reverence, is, Mr. Hodgson says, the real and significant
Imo of the Chinese Bonze. (Lit. and Rel. p. 40, Note).

The Pitchohas, (or Pitches and Nangbatcfaos, or Nangtchos,) are, I
apprehend, fidcirs or ascetics of different coontries and religions, who
leqoent the great monasteries for the sake of the alms regularly dis-
tributed. I sometimes heard they were Mahometans, and sometimes
people of China Proper ; but pipa means any foreigner ; nangay (i. e.
9Aang, pure,) means a Hindoo or man of India equally with a
Buddhist ; while teho is religion, and we thus have foreign religionists
«r Holy men of India and other countries.

The (Trand Lamas, or Supreme Pontiffs of the Gelukpa sect, are two
n number, and reside at Lassa and Teshi Lonbo. They would seem
to be of equal rank, or rather priority of incarnation decides their
lelative superiority, and the younger becomes the spiritual adviser of
the elder. Their functions in the state are perhaps different ; the one
whose residence is in Lassa may be the temporal lord of the country ;
while the Lama of Teshi Lonbo, may be the religious superior of the
Ket ; but this poiot iff by no means clear to me. The Lassa Lama
ii termed Oheawang Rimbotcheh. Oheawa is said to be equivalent to
Uya, and Ghewang to the emanation from, or incarnation or pro-
phet of, Sakya ; but the word seems identical with the " rgyelva'*
(thevictorious, or a Buddha or emanation,) of Csoma de Koros. (Gram.
148.198,) although it is not understood by the people I have met, as
limply equivalent to rgydpo or king. (Tib. Gram. )57.) The power of
t termination, however, *may be too subtle for the apprehensions of the
^gv. The people understand Rinbotcheh to be expressive of great-
>tti» and Csoma de Koros gives it as equal to precious or holy.
(Gram 191, &c.)

The Teshi Lonbo Lama is called Panchin Rimbocheh. Panchin is
■0 donbt, the Panchhew of Csoma de Koros, (Gram. p. 202,) and
'^ are perhaps the Phanchajnyana, (or he of the five sorts of wis-
dom) of Hodgson, (Lit and Rel. p. 40) ; and whether the application
of the term be general or particular, it is not impossible that Presbyter
or Pastor John may be a joint corruption of the same words by orien-
^1 sectaries and western travellers. The Bhootees have some notion

192 Notes on Moorcrofi's Travels in Ladakk, [No. 147.

of the import of Pinchim Rinbotcheh, as they say it means the great
one of the ^ve jewels, but these ^ye jewels they conceive to relate to
this world only, and to be pearls and coral, gold, silver and copper!

Tesho or Teshi means goodness, and Lonbo, (or Chnnpo^Tib.Grin.
198,) is a title of eminence or aathority, as the lA Lonbo or Lonpo, or
Lompa, that is, the governor of Leh, (see Moorcroft, I, 334.) Tesho or
Teshi, occurs again in Teshigang ; teshi as before, being goodness, aod
pang equivalent to full of; and perhaps also in the Tassisudoo of
Turner, Teshi Lonbo is one of the four great monasteries of the Geluk.
pas. The three others are Dapung and Oaddan (or Galdan respectife.
]y, one and two days distant from, and Sehra close to, Lassa, (see Malte
Brun. II, 625, for sera thence seres, &c.) but the monastery appears ts
be of recent foundation, (a. d. 14170 Csoma de Koros' Gram. p. 187.
Each of the four is ruled over by a Kanho {Nukanpo or prindpal, (Ti-
betan Gram. p. 198.) Our books and maps give Patala as the great
monastery or temple near Lassa, and it has also been considered as the
name of a sacred hill, but from the way in which it is mentioned by
Purangir Gosayen, (Turner's Embassy, pp. 459, 467,) it seems dear,
that the word is only equivalent to a monastery or a temple, and not
' that it is the name of a particular establishment or of a holy mountain,
or of the residence of the Grand Lama as Csoma de Koros says it
is, and further derives its name from the Patala or Tatta of tbe
Greeks, (Gram. p. 198.)

The chief Lamas of the Ningmas, Dukpas, and Sakkias, reside
at different places, and pass under different names, but the parties,
lars I ascertained are not so satisfactory to myself as to be worth re*
peating.

The Gelukpas admit, that Sakya or Sakyatna, (i. e. SsJcyat'hab-
pa, the sage Sakya,) as he is commonly called in the villages, had fire
principal emanations, or made five great divinities: Sharibu, Meyiug-
hal, Rahjoo, Kung'ghas, and Phakpa Datchumba, or simply Datdi-
umba, (Phakpa is, I believe, equivalent to Nath, in Hindi), bot I
could learn no particulars. The five may be the same as the creations
of the Supreme Buddha, (Hodgson's Lit. and Rel. p. 40,) bat from
other circumstances I would infer, that among the vulgar, the i^
divinities mean the middle, and the four quarters, of the world, and
are simply expressive of the greatness of the Supreme God.

J844.] and on GerardCs Account of Kundwar. 193

I must again repeat, that I communicato what I have learnt with
»me hesitation, and I shall not be greatly surpriased if my errors
or misapprehensions are frequent and considerable. It Is difficult to
obtain a complete and accorate description even of ordinary things
irom the ignorant, and although I spoke with some men of good local
rq>Qte, it was plun they knew nothing of the philosophy of the
sjatem they professed^ or of the origin or meaning of the practices they
^dsily followed ; much of this may indeed have been my own fiiult
ai, for instance, two Lamas in the Hangrang district calculated eclip-
Ms, and although suspicious of their ability to do so, I was unable
to detect them in mere plagiarism, yet they were ignorant of the
lunar cycle, and had the most preposterous notions of the relative sizes
ind distances of the sun, moon, and planets.

It may nevertheless be gathered from what I have said, that Moor-
croft does not fully discriminate between the sects, although he says
thefe are two of them ; and that Gerard^ while aware of their exist-
ence, was not so careful in his enquiries as he might have been.
I^ma is a general appellation, and does not mean either Oelong, a
mook of a particular order, or Abbots the superior of a monastery.
Lama indeed should be confined to men of reputed sanctity, and
nperiors seldom or never address their inferiors as Lamas, while the
lower grades always apply the title to those above them. Celibacy is
<M^incQmbent on all Lamas, neither are all called " Gelongs," nor are
Ibey necessarily attached to a monastery. Jnt, simply means woman ;
^^"^^jamo or jhomo, or chimma, is the proper equivalent of nun.
Mr. Yigoe Travels, II, 340, infers a difference between red and yel-
low Lamas, but Turner appears to confound the individuals of the
^^ (Embassy, pp. 86, 103, 170, 242, 250 and 261,) although he
l^lla 08 of the existence of the two, and of a characteristic difference
»» their discipline, (p. 314-15).

The Oooroo of Gerard is a Hindu term^ while the Labbrang monas.
^7> bdoDging to the Dukpa sect, cannot have Gelongs or Gelukpas
*°M>Dg them. Gerard's description of the dress is not accurate ; he
^ given what he saw on poor Lamas at their every-day work. I have
*«Ji a Lama in black.

Lamaism is perhaps extending itself in the Himalayas, and it has
Within the memory of the Kunawarees progressed some miles down

194 Notes on Moorcrofii Travels in Ladahh^ QNo. 147.

the Sutlej. It is now as low as Panggi near Chini; its introdacCion
even at Sungram is still remembered ; and among a people who prmc
tice Polyandrism, and who have no regular priesthood, it is more
likely to extend itself than some other religions. In Kunawar there
are no BrahminSj and half of the district is without other priests than
the oracular ministers of the local divinities.

At p. 118, Captain Gerard says, the Lamas wear necklaces of two
sorts of beads, raksha and thu, the seed of some plant, and that these
necklaces contain 108 beads, which is reckoned a sacred number.*
There are said to be 108 sacred books of the Buddhists, containing all
the knowledge which it is desirable to possess, and that the number
of the beads is connected with the number of the volumes.

The number is equally important in the eyes of the Hindoos, and
with them, as perhaps with the Buddhists^ it is the numerical sum of
the attributes of the divinity.

Raksha is most likely a corruption of rudraksh ; at all events it
18 the same seed or berry, and it is brought from India. The necklace
should be composed of the rudraksh.

The " beads*' in our monkish sense, are commonly of wood, and the
string may contain seven or nine, or any odd number, but I am un.
certain whether this includes, as in India, the larger middle one
The Kunawaree name of this sumram or remembrancer is Unk^
chikor.

In the annexed plate is the sentence Aum Mani Padme Horn, in the
Ranga character, as it appears on the cap of a Gelong bought at Lassa,
and also in variations of that character and in the Uchhen, disposed
circularly, as I had it written by two Lamas. It will be observed, that
this circular form contains the word shi, as well as the mystic sentmoe
itself. The Lamas ordinarily know nothing of the import of the
formulary, but say it means God, while each syllable is considered as a
spell, or as efficacious in averting different kinds of evil.

Emanations — Lotchatoa andKushuk, — The Kushuk Lama presided
and was seated above the other priests. — Moorcroft, I. 342.

The Lotchawa resides at Teshoo Loomboo, and for many years past
he has appeared in Kunawar, he then appeared in Nako, and two
children had the same marks by which he is said to be recog.
nixed. — Gerard^p, 121.

1844.^ and on Gerard's Account of Kundwar. 195

Kashiik or Kushuk means I believe the all-knowing, and is a name
usually given to pious Lamas ; it may be equivalent to your holiness,
in which sense however, Moercroft hardly uses it. Lotcha has a simi-
lar meaning. One of the Lotcha, as mentioned by Gerard is com.
monly called Kushuk; he is the one finally decided upon as the true
Lotchawa, but the other person continues to have respect paid to him
by the villagers. The true Lotchawa never rose to the rank of
GeloDg ; but he nevertheless became the reader or household priest of
one of the eight dappans, or military commanders of Lassa ; and who
WIS engaged in the war with the Sikhs in 1841 -42. Afterwards, the
Lotchawa married^ and in consequence lost in reality all his efficacy,
tithoagh still considered as the vesture of a divinity. While I was
in Hingrang, he also committed adultery; but so geeki is the supersti-
tioD of the people, that these lapses did not greatly reduce his sanctity
in their eyes ; and I have seen strangers prostrate themselves before
him, touch the earth with their foreheads, and crave his blessing,
which he bestowed by putting his hand on their uncovered heads.

This same word (Kushuk) appears in Turner, (Embassy, 232.459,
fa^), but it is correctly a title and not a proper name.

Rdigion — Deotas or LoecU Oods.— 'The temples of the deotas are
magnificent and adorned with a profusion of costly ornaments. There
are two or three in every village ; each god has generally three distinct
houses, one for himself and the third in which he is placed on grand
festivals.— Gtfrari/, at p. 85-6.

Deotas, or spirits of the hills, are worshipped every where along the
Sotlej. These districts fall more particularly within the sphere of my
raquiries, but they sure no doubt more extensively reverenced ; and in
the southern Himalayas, the local divinities seem to have been includ-
ed by the Brahmins in their Pantheon, and changed into Devi, one of
the forms of the wife of Siva. This adoption of various superstitions
uid deifications by an organized and ambitious priesthood has also
taken place in India, (see particularly Elphinstone's Hist. I, 179;) but
in a portion of Kunawar, the many and equal gods of the first inha.
hitants, still maintain their ancient but limited sway, not much'affect-
ed by Buddhism on one side, or Brahminism on the other.

The people, however, have the idea of one great god, or rather per-
haps of several divinities, to whom the deotas are subordinate; and

2 G

196 Noies on Moorcrcfts Travels in Ladakh^ [No. 147.

from the Ut to the 15th of the Hindoo month Magh, they ire sappoi.
ed to be absent in the upper sky, soliciting these divinities to enifimi
(NT to grant blessings. The people also talk of demons of power greatatl
than the deotas. This system seems to correspond with the preantj
Shamanism of Arctic Asia.

Deotas can reward and punish in this world, but not in the
or more correctly during this life only ; for in Upper Kunawar at len^
they have borrowed the Buddhistic transmigration of souls.

Deotas are propitiated by sacrifices, and it is usual for the vil
collectively^ to offer a goat or a sheep when the crops appear k\
ground. When the grain is cut, each house or fiunily makes a limi
offering. In some places, an offering is also made at this sesaoo
rejoicing on account of the birth, then or previously, of a male
Offerings are made at any time by individuals to avert a
evil, or procure a special blessing. The deotas themselves alia
casionally desire that a sacrifice may be made through them to
greater gods, to propitiate or appease these higher powers.

The will of a deota is sought and declared by his priest or miaii
Fortunate days, as for marriages, are similarly ascertained ; aod
rally, people endeavour to learn whether they will be fortunate or
by resorting to the priest at the temple, and receiving from hun s
grains of wheat or barley. An odd number implies good Cnrtone,
even one, the reverse.

The priest may be of any tribe of the country. In Ghini in K
war, the present minister is a ehumar or out«caste. The will of
deota in the selection of his priest is generally ascertained as follows
On a particular day, the period of one of the great Hindoo feotivili
preferred, the majority of the villagers bathe, and putting some
only in the drinking cup of the deota, they invoke him in his teflifi
by words and gestures. He who is chosen, is miraculously npt»M
inspired by the god ; and taking up the cup he is able to distriM
grain from it, (although it contained nothing but water.) The deott
may also declare his pleasure in this matter, by imbuing one of Ml
votaries with the power of thrusting unharmed and unmarked, tf
iron rod through some portion of his flesh. It is the custom in ^
village I know of to ask the deota from time to time after tfaedcsA
of his priest, whether he wishes a successor to be appointed. ^

1844.] and on Gerard s Account of Kundwar. 197

image is ndaed apon the ahoalden of the people, and if the god press-
es heavily to the left, he wishes the election to be postponed; if he
presses to the right, he wishes that it may take place without delay.

Strictly speaking, the will of the deota can only be ascertained
through his priest, but an irregular election is sometimes made, and an
opinion fineed, as it were, from the reluctant god.

Tbe priest gets the skin and one-fourth of the flesh of the animal
saerifieed. After being chosen for the office, he does not give up his
diUy occupation as a husbandman or mechanic. The priesthood
slone would not subsist him.

The deotas are masculine, and the people do not talk of local female
divinities ; yet in Lower Kunawar, a certain deota, Mansharash, has a
wife named Durga, and one of the Hindoo Devis o( Kunawar is his
aster. The relationship and gender, however, are Brahminical innova-
tioDs, introduced by the people of the neighbourhood doing service
sboat the person of the Raja. The Devi in question is the one at Koti,
mentioned under the head of Religion.

In two villages, Kanam and Shasso, of Upper Kunawar, a deota
Bamed Dala in worshipped. He is considered as the companion of, or
as dwelling with, the Supreme God. No sacrifices are offered to him,
snd Lamas will endeavour to ascertain his pleasure by consulting
^tev* books. In another village Shalkar, of Upper Kunawar, a Lama
is supposed to be possessed by a deota on certain occasions, as is relat.
<d under the head of Festivals. These are instances of Buddhism strug-
liing with local superstition.

In Bhotee, tbe term for deota is Lab. In Kunawar, the same term
ii ised as also Sath and Shu, t. e. Shib. In Bhotee, the priest is term-
ed Labdak, and in Kunawaree, Grukchu. The Kunawarees give as
tlie Hindoostanee equivalent ch'hemawala^ or teazer or trouble,
giver.

This system of local gods may be deserving of more research. . In
Ui, we appear to have not only the equivalent, but the sound of
the Ronmn Lares^ and of the Arabian lUah. The deota has also
•ome featniea in common with the Grecian oracle. Lah is evidently
Ibe root of lagang and labrang, the present Tibetan terms for a Bud-
dhist temple, as also of lapcha, the only altar the Bhotees continue
to raise to their ancient deities. Lah is also a term for a pass in the

198 Noies an Moorcro/e$ Travels in Laddkh, [No. 14?.

mouDtains, which is still considered as under the care of^ and as the
plaoe^ of the lah or deota, or god.

Temples, S^c — There are many kinds of buildings and temples pe-
culiar to the Lamas, the most common are tumuli^ called mane, con-
sisting of a dyke of loose stones, and upon their tops, are numerous
pieces of slate covered with sentences in the Oochen or sacred charac-
ter. Oom mane, Sfc, is the most frequent inscription. There is
often a pole or two in the middle, and sometimes a flag attached to it.

Chosten or Chokten, is found in the vicinity of every Lama habita.
tion, and on the surrounding heights. It is an enclosure formed of
three walls and a roof; inside are one or more buildings of clay, shaped
like urns or pyramids of different colours : yellow, light blue and
white. f

Douktens, are pyramids in steps, with a kind of urn above laifer
than the chostens ; rarely inclosed,' never covered.

Labrang, is applied to two kinds of buildings, one is a square [nle of
stones six or eight feet high, and one and a half or two feet in diame-
ter. They are erected in ^ the fields to propitiate the deities for an
abundant harvest. The other sort is a place of worship of varioot
sizes.

Lagang, is a square flat-roofed house, containing a temple of Mabadeo
according to the Kunawarees, but it is called Mahamoonee by the
Tartars.

Lapcha — On the tops of many of the houses, are square piles of
stones adorned with juniper branches, and on the road sides, are betpi
of stones with poles, rags, or flags inscribed with mystic words*

Darchut. — At the comers of almost all the Tartar honaes, ia a fwle
to which a flag painted with 0am ManS pad mee com is attadied»
with a tuft of black yak's hair above.

Cylinders, called mane, are common ; they are nothing more tbsB
hollow wooden barrels, inside of which are sacred sentences punted
on paper or cloth ; they are always turned firom the north towards tbe
east. There is a smaller sort with a projecting piece of wood below,
these are carried about by the wandering Tartars called kawpa,—
Gerard, p. 123-127.

1 do not know what has determined the form of the monnmeots
called mani, and I have but little to add to Captain Gerard's descrip-

I-

1844.] and an Gerard's Account of Kunawar, 199

lioiL From the centre of the mani^ a dungten frequently rises over
die ashes of a Lama. The mystic sentence^ Aum ManipadmS hdm,
ocean in Tarieties of the Oochen and Ranj^ characters^ and is some-
times disposed circalarly with the word shi in the centre. I do not
diink that the inscriptions usually contain any thing heyond a repeti-
tioD of the sentence, excepting on each declaring when and hy whom
die mani was made. As Captain Gerard has ohserved, the people are
cuefnl to leave a mani on their right hand as they pass it

The chosten or chokten, or choksten, may he considered an altar to
dKglOTy of God. They are not always enclosed or covered, and usually
ennst of a pyramid surmounted by a large urn. They are of three
edon : red or yellow, lonku ; blue or grey, tulku ; white, chokii. It will
teobflerved, that the termination ku is the word for image. Inside the
du)kteD, the Lamas place grain, piecea of metal, formularies or spells,
and 1 have also noticed images in such as were ruinous. The dung.
king or dungten is the tomb of a Lama or rather the monu-
ttent erected over his ashes, or on the spot on which he was
hmt. The Gelukpas appear to be the most regular in erect,
iig such tombs. They place in them, formularies and three kinds of
inin. They occur by themselves or arise from the centre of a mani,
or from either end. — Moorcroft^ IL 245. Such as I have seen are
aquare and flat-topped, and always of a white colour, but Moorcroft^
II' 367, when he infers that the " topes" of Afghanistan are tombs,
does 80, because they resemble the tombs of the Rajahs of Ladakh and
great Lamas. What Gerard describes as a dungkang, appears to be a
hige uncovered chokten, but Moorcroft could scarcely be in error.

Labrang means simply a temple containing the image of God, and
the one described as a square pile of stones by Gerard, must be a dung,
ten, or Lama's tomb.

Lagang is of precisely the same import as Labrang ; viz. the temple
«f the God.

The lapcha is not Buddhist, it is erected to the spirits of the hills
or passes, or on the tops of the houses, and perhaps by the road side;
but I do not remember any so situated, except on salient points, where
the road turns and descends. — See also Turner's Embassy, p. 197-8.

The darchah is merely a flag or sign, and the word may have the
suae root as the Hindi dhajj^ of similar import. These flags may

200 Noies an Moorcrt^s Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

also have some coDoection with the former condition of the people, as
marauders and dwellers in tents. The flag surmounted by the long
hair of the horse or yak forms the usual standard^ and adonis the
formidable spear of the Nomade warriors of this age.

The small cylinder called mani is carried by any one thoo^
worthy to do so by the Lamas. Captain Oeimrd was misinfiRniied
regarding the Rampas^ (see under that head). I have heard tfatt
these cylinders are made to revolve, in order, that motion may be eon.
municated to the contained supplications as it is supposed, and that no
prayer can reach God unless an impulse be given to it by the tongue
or otherwise. Mani seems to have a meaning in connection with thii
explanation, but the same term is applied to the fixed pile of stoneB; it
does not seem sufficient, unless indeed it be a custom of the Lamsi lo
beseech the Almighty by encircling the pile, and it appears that tte
mani at thai time only, deserves the name.

To recapitulate the shagri, (see under that head,) has no coonee-
tion with any religious fidth.

The lapcha or lapchas is in honor of the deities of the hills.

The darchah, lagung, labrang, dungkang, chokten and mani sk
Buddhistic.

TJBMPLB8.

Shagris or Piles of Stones or Eminences.^^Ai all the elevated pikt,
there are a number of square piles of stones called shughar, upon
which passengers usually place a piece of quarts, or attach np to
poles which are fixed in the middle. There are also several shugsn
on the neighbouring heights, sacred to the deotas or spirits of the
mountains. The shughars at the passes are erected by traveUen» bol
those on the higher peaks, are commonly made at the expence of same
wealthy pilgrim, not much accustomed to the mountains.— GersiA
p. 59.

In this description, two different things seem to be confounded. The
shughar, (or rather shagri in Kunawaree, and toyur in Bhotee,) is
built by shepherds generally, but by any one, to amuse themselves or
to commemorate an exploit. They are usually placed on peaks, or oo
salient points.

1844.] and an Gerard's Account of Kunaiear, 201

The pile of stones with quartz, rags, &c. is term^ lapchas in
EoDawaree, and in Bhotee lapcha, and is afterwards referred to by
Oenrdatp. 126.

MonaHaries — Convents, — The religious service of the Lamas^ which
is performed daily at the gom-pas or temples attached to monasteries. —
Mwrenft, Ih 344.

The Lamas and Gelongs who profess celibacy reside in a monastery,
cilied ghoDpa or goomba, and the nuns in a convent called chomol-
v^'—Qerard, p. 1 19.

As Gerard states, gom-pa or gnnba is the monastery, and not the
temple. Labrang is the word for temple.

Chomoling simply means the nuns sides. Chomo or jomo or zhjomo
king '^nun" and ling, ** Hde" I have not observed that the convents,
» to call them, ar» separate buildings. Gunba comprehends I think
iBOBsstery and convents ; different parts of the same building being
ippropriated to each.

fettwaU. — The grandest festival (in Kunawar) is called mentiko;
it is held in the beginning of September, but I could get no account of
lis origin. All the people who are able to move^ leave their villages
iod ascend the nearest hill ; they proceed slowly making a circuit of
several days, and this is the time of the greatest festivity ; they adorn
tli«niielTes with garlands and flowers, and sing and dance to the sounds
of fflosie ; they run horse and foot races ; perform feats of agility, feast
Bod drink.— Gerard, j». 81.

In Kunawar, this festival commences on the 19th or 20th of the
nomh Bhador, that is, as Gerard says, early in September, and it usual-
ly luts five days. It takes place after the first crop has been gathered
hi> and is held in honor of the spirits of Hie surrounding hills, who are
^ked for past blessings and propitiated for the future.

The Bhotees have a similar festival, and it is called by them nam.
Si^ua. It is not, however, the same as that witnessed by Mr. Trebeck.
(Moorcroft^ IL 75, ifcj If the description given by that gentleman is
nmplete, for it was held in August, and had apparently no connection
'^ith religion.

As Buddhism has not every where, if any where, superseded the
^nhip of the local divinities, 1i has in part yielded to the super,
stitions of the people ; and at Shalkar, for instance, they suppose that a

202 Notes on Moorcroft's Travels in Ladakk, [No. 147.

certain mountain spirit is an emanation of Shakyamuni, and that he
came from Lassa, some generations ago with a Lama of great sanctity.
This emanation is called Durjeh Chimno, and is farther supposed to be
the patron of agriculture. The Lamas endeavour to turn the adora-
tion of the people towards this hill god alone ; and in imitation of the
deota system, one of their number is supposed to be the chosen priest
of the divinitj, and on proper occa^ons is duly rapt or possessedL
They do not, however, care to give any emanation of their supreme
being a local habitation and an authority with geographical limib^
and when the people proceed to a particular pass or eminence to sap-
plicate one lord among many equals, the Lamas take no share in
the ceremony.

The greatest festival of the Kunawarees is, that called sherfcia
by them. It is held on the 10th day of the moon in the roontk
of Asonj, (September-October,) and corresponds with the Biodoo
Dasehra.

Polt/andry^Marriage. — They (the Ladakhees) have some singalir
domestic institutions. When an eldest sou marries, the propertf I
of his father descends to him, and he is charged with the maintenaooe ;
of his parents. They may continue to live with him if he and hii j
wife please, if not he provide^ them with a separate dwelling. A ,
younger son is usually made a Lama. Should there be more brotben, |
and they agree to the anrangement, juniors become inferior husbands :
to the wife of the elder. All the children, however, are considered ti !

belonging to the head of the family. The yoiing brothers have no aatho- J
rity ; they wait upon the elder as his servants, and can be turned oot
of doors at his pleasure, without its being incumbent on him to profidt \
for them. On the death of the eldest brother, his property, autboritj |
and widow, devolve upon his next brother. — Hfoorcroft, 11. 321-2. |

In this account, there are several things which I did not observe
near the junction of the Sutlej and Pitti, and some of the customs are
not I think reconcileable to reason or to necessity.

Polyandryism appears to be essential in a country in which the
quantity of culturable land is limited, and in which pastures ut
not extensive ; in which there aire but few facilities for carrying on
commerce, and in which there is no mineral wealth readily made
available. This is the case in Tibet, and in many portions of (h^

1844.] and on GerariFt Aec&uni of Kunawar. 203

Biinaiayas ; and as the people are not of a warlike character, nor of a
more iogenioos tam of mind than neighbouring races, they have bat
few resources, and are almost entirely dependent on a scanty and labo-
lioiis cultivation for their means of subsistence. It is therefore neces-
nry to limit the population, and this is most simply done by allowing
ooe wife only to each house or family. Necessity gives rise to the
kw» and custom renders it more binding; but a change in the cireum-
ilsDces of the people, produced by whatever means, may render the
custom partial in its application. Thus the people of Upper Kunawar,
ttiiig to the recent demands for shawl-wool and charas, (a drug,)
B Iiidi% are now engaged in a rapidly extending carrying trade ;
Aey accumulate money; and can maintain themselves in comfort
is their villages by importing articles of food. Two or three
boHiers may thus each become rich, and seek to found a family
dependent on trading enterprize, and not on agriculture, for its
Svelihood.

Polyandrism as I have observed it in Upper Kunawar, and in the
wighbouring Bhotee districts, is not exactly the same as described by
Vooreroft The lands of a village are divided unequally among a
certain number of houses, and these are assessed in a fixed sum by
Hie state. Each house has usually one wife only, but sometimes
^ or three. The master or father of the family, that is, the eldest
*0B or brother, retains the authority as long as he retains his fiiculties,
^though his son may have been married for sometime. On the death
tf the fitther, the eldest son, if arrived at manhood, succeeds to the mas-
Miip ; but if he is a minor, the Other's brother succeeds. This I should
*9 is the mfe, but as the civil relations of the people are not com-
l^icated, the right to the mastership has not been very strictly defined,
>Hi nephew and uncle, so to speak, act indifferently as superior; the
■ost talented being usually put forward as the representative of the
fcmily or house.

If a woman survives her husband, she continues to live with her
"BB; it is her right to do so, and she cannot be put away with a main.
^>nuioe at his pleasure. A young brother can establish himself sepa-
'ttely if he desires to do so ; his share of the land and of the moveable
V^Hy, as also his proportion of the state assessment, being deter.
''^^ by a sort of jury, subject to the approval of the Chief or

204 Notes on Moorer^is Travels in Ladakk, [No. 147.

Government I know instances of such a separation, but they are not
numerous.

Should a wife prove barren, a second can be chosen, or ahottld she
have daughters only, a second can be chosen similarly ; custom allovs
three or more wives. I know of a man who took a third wife, having
been disappointed of a male heir by his first and second* A man also
sometimes takes a second wife with the comeni of the first, sithongh
she may have brought him male heirs« Custom allows this, and la
practice, a man will take a second or a third vnfe, if he is disposed lo
do so, against the consent of his first one; he is amenable to qnnioa
only, and not to a well-defined law strictly administered.

Divorce takes place on the wife committing adultery, <nr by the
mutual consent of the parties.

Chastity is not held in high esteem ; that is, the loss of it is not oob-
sidered a great disgrace in the eyes of the common people. In the
case of an unmarried woman, the man must support her and the diild,
unless he can arrange for her return to her family by the payment ef
a sum of money, (from five rupees or so upwards, according to dreais*
stances.) If the woman is a nun, a similar fine is also paid to the
temple to which she was attached. A man who commits adultery ii
fined for the benefit of the state, and he must also maintain the
woman, unless he can arrange by the payment of a sum of monej far
her return to her husband, or to her own family.

I am not aware that the Buddhist books declare aught oonceniqg
marriage, or the social relations, and in the absence of a law, theprs^
tice of a rude people will necessarily vary.

Marriages usually take place at the age of 15 or 16; but one or both
parties are sometimes betrothed at an earlier age. Young men sod
women are left to the exercise of their own choice in a greater degr»
than is the custom in India, but they are not absolutely firee. The
usual dower is generally withheld when the girl marries without the
consent of her parents, custom requires Uiat the parents of the yooof
man should go three several times to the house of the girl's fether, sad
ofier a piece of silk and some wine ; if they are accepted a first and a
second time, the marriage is understood to be agreeable to the paieots
of the girl ; and if accepted the third time, the betrothal is complete,
and is considered binding. Lamas fix an auspicious day for the insr-

1844.] and on GerartTs Account of Kundwar, 205

liage, and ob the eveBiDg previous an entertainment is given in the
hoHse of the bride ; the Lamas are invited to this feast, they read cer-
l^ii prayers^ or at least invoke a blessing on the union, and their pre.
Mflce is also considered necessary at the feast given by the bridegroom's
fuenti after the ceremony.

The above is the custom among the Bhootees. Among the Kuna.
wanes, the |Mractice is similar^ but not precisely so, and gradually ap.
fraziiiiales to that of India. In Lower Kunawar, there are neither
Bnlimios nor LanMS, but the priests of the spirits of the hills take
Ikeir place in such ceremonies.

Poljfandty — Population — Bastardjf^'^The women of Ladakh in
CMMeqneooe of their great proportionate number^ find it difficult to
•hain subsistence — Moorcrqft, II, 322.

Bttt the mean (number of inhabitants to a house) in various parts
if Kooawar gives six, which will not appear too many, since Polyan-
ipfy or a plurality of husbands, prevails. — Oerardy p. 3.

Besides this drawback on the increase of population, there is
nother peculiar to Chinese Tartary and the adjoining countries, that
h celibacy, which is professed by numbers of the inhabitants. —
6mrd,p,B, Note.

Moorcrojft's remark does not appear to have been made with his
Mai discernment. Polyandry cannot affect the proportion of males and
inales bom, and no system of emigration on the part of the men re.
iom the relative numbers ei the sexes. The women have no diffi-
culty in obtaining a subsistence, for they are a robust race ; they are
iqnal to most kinds of out-door work, and the care of the fields is
tUefly in their hands; socially the*condition of unmarried sisters and
<Kf younger brothers is the same; both must be maintained by the
kead of the house, who has a right to their labor.

Family Polyandry should increase the number of souls per house,
ttitead of decreasing it as Gerard observes; for besides the husband
(eldest Inrother) and wife and their children, as in a house in Europe,
there are, or may be, younger brothers and unmarried sisters ; there
B^y be uncles (so to call them) and aunts; there may be more than
sue wife; and finally, there may be a mother and also a step-mother.

The celibacy of one or more brothers cannot affect the population
where family Polyandry is estabUshed. Every house has a wife, and

206 NaU9 am Mooreroffs Traveis im Ladakk, [No. 147.

it if only when there are teverd brothen, thnt the yoonger onei be.
eome monks. If thereisbatoiieKMiyhewillnoty (as the nile,)beeoM
a Lama, so that the house orfamOy isstill maintained; besides whidi,
celibacy is only ea^imed on one oat of the four orders of Lamas wfaick
prevail west of the Mansaiawar Lake. I took the census of the Han|»
rang district of fihotees subject to Bisseher. The total popnlatioB ii|
1842 was 760, of whom 3JZ were males, and 387 were femaks, u\
excess of less than four in the hundred. Another census taken less m*
fully, and in which indeed I had but little reason to place coDfidenfl^
gave nine more females than males.

Polyandry in spite of the seclusion of the people of the hills asi
a general simplicity of manners* has a marked effect in incresufi
bastardy. Of the 7^0 people of Hangrang, 26 are bastards, utiA
is one in about 29, and as a comparatively few grown-up peopit
only were admitted to be illegitimate, I apprehend there may be
than 26.

In 1835, the population of England smd Wales was about 14,7^,000^
and the number of bastsurdsaflUiated, (before the New Poor Laweaavl
into operation,) was 65,475, which gives one in about 226 ; eveo if M
number bom should double those affiliated, the proportion would still'
speak strongly stgainst Polyandry in regard to female parity. ( Wtdii
British History, p. 1041 and 1055.) It is not clear whether the sd»
ber of bastards is given for England only, or for England and WiH
but this circumstance would not greatly affect the result.

Gerard, p. 3, estimates the population of Hangrang at 1056L Tbii
was upwards of twenty years ago, and although it ma^ have bses
somewhat greater than now, I do^ot believe it could differ one-tliiii
of his total, or one-half of mine.

Characters af the Kunawarees and Bhotees» — Thieves and robbA
are unknown (in Kunawar,) and a person's word may be implicitl; '
relied on in any thing regarding money matters. They have not tbe
least distrust or suspicion. (Captain Gerard then quotes two instsott^
in which a few rupees were advanced to him by Kunawarees.)

The Kunawarees pride themselves on their country, snd wdl
know how superior they are to the other mountaineers. — Gersfi^
P' 76-77. I did not like them (the Bhotees) so well at fiist ss tlw
Kunawarees, but they improved on further acquaintance with tbtf

J844.] and an OeranTs Aecouni of KunAwar. 207

and tbdr language^ and I now think them by hx the finest race of
^people in the hills, and much saperior to the inhabitanta of the plains

tflndia.— Gtfranf,/?. 102.

Cheating, lying, and thieving are unknown; they have the nicest
^lotions of honesty of any people in the world. — Gerard^ p. 106, see
[ebop. 10&

^ That Captain Gerard was not himself robbed, and that his good
lUh was trusted is not surprising ; he was an officer of known rank
faid position ; he was accompanied by agents on the part of the Raja,
^isd a ooorteous and wealthy stranger is usually welcome among a

Poded agricultural people, but had he made more careful inquiries
the seems to have done, he would have found that the Kunawarees
tan lie, cheat, steal, and commit murder. During the last 15 or 18
:|ttn, two men of Kunawar (of proscribed races indeed, iohars and
•hitman,) have been hanged, and Kunawarees Proper are almost
•ftODthly punished for different crimes by the loss of a hand, or in a

E'°'*~ ''Tere manner. Similar remarks apply to the Bhotees. A Bhotee
!ry dexterously carried off a powder flask of mine, and half of my
ts as well as a more respectable man, the Lahore Vakeel with
»lie, had a mixed metal palmed off upon them as pure gold by vari-
m Bhotees. In this metal there was some gold, which was obtained
ilj ifteallng the books in monasteries and temples, and then burning
ittem for the sake of the gold leaf used in " illuminating" the margins,

M— See also Captain HuUon'e Tour, III, 2 Jour. As. Soc.

! The Bhotees and Kunawarees have some of the usual virtues of
t*di« seduded races, but their evil passions are latent, and only want
flevelopment. The Bhotees are I think a people without the spirits
1^ men, and like other cowards they are cruel. Still I don't think
1^^ beyond redemption, and if their country continues distracted,
^ energies may be roused. Of the Kunawarees I have a higher
tpiaion. They have some pride of race, due perhaps to their Indian
^H) and they have also some intelligence and enterprize, which
l^^e latterly been turned towards trade, and a few men in Upper
Kaoawar are possessed of some wealth.

This trade received a considerable impulse on the emigration of
Ottny thousand Cashmere weavers to the plains about 1818 and 1820,
^ by the late increasing demand in the plains for the charas of

208 Nairn m MMrerofis Travels m Ladakh, [No. 147.

Yarkand. The Kunawarees gradually became large carrien of ihavi^
wool, and of the drug in question; but want of capital obligri
many to borrow money, and want of experience in audi affturs, with a
general ignorance of the world, rendered them no match for the Hin^
doo nuthajans of Rampur, and the Cashmeree dealers of Leh, an^
most of them have in consequence run into debt. Latterly, they faswl
become direct purchasers from the Government fivmers and tM
Yarkand traders, and are emancipating themselves by degrees, whiiil
some have realized fortunes so to speak. i

This increase of trade has had one bad effect: the profits iiidiicej|
every one to become buyers and sellers, and while the better sort kp
rowed hundreds in Rampur, they lent tens to their poor village iieigb*|
hours on the mortgage of the produce of their lands. Every villa^id
Upper Kunawar is in debt, and its crops belong as fully to a few i
monied men as the harvest of India belongs to Uie bankers ofUi lomtij

What Captain Gerard observes at p. 108, regarding the hospitslitf
and liberality of the Tartars, he might have found occasion to si
had he lived longer among them. He was then at Shipke, a Chi
village, and the people were desirous that he should get into
British territory again as speedily as possible. It is besides theciKtMij
to supply the ordinary wants of great men when travelling, that i|^
to bring a nazzur of gram, a sheep, dec levied by force from thtj
villagers by the local authority. After the first novelty of his ap!
pearanee or visit had worn off, he would have found, that they eoatfj
use short weights, adulterate flour, and drive hard bargains in evetf
sense of the word.

In making these remarks, I would not have it inferred, that I
consider the Kunawarees and the Tartars as essentially disfaooes^;
or as usually grasping, but simply as not deserving the great commes^
dation bestowed on them.

Etnphgment of the Kunawarees. — The Kunawarees are all trades^
and their chief riches consist in large flocks of sheep and goats, li
November, many come to Rampur with wool, and a few go to the
plains to purchase merchandize for the markets of Garo and Leh, and
they likewise visit the Mr at Hurdwar; most of them go toLdior
Garoo. In the summer months, the people who stay at home look after
their vineyards, and attend to their flocks ; the shepherds live, in ssiaB

pooaes

and an Gerard's Account €f Kundwar. 209

ealled do^ree or «itfmtm^, where they employ themselves in
Mikiiig hm».^0€rard, p. 79.80.

The KiiDawareee are rather all agriculturists than all traders, and
^•tiiet Polyandry at onee implies, that the people have a limited sup.
of food at home^ and scarcely any from abroad. The people of
Konawar are not traders in the sense meant by Gerard ; even
veiy few of them go to Garoo and Leh, and their traffic consists
aehaoging woollens and fruito, or gram and butter. The flocks of
lle^ and goats do not fumiih much, if any, butter, and the greater
ptioQ of that article, used in southern Tibet^ is taken across the hills
MRampur and other places.

I A mere sheep-fold is called shimang, but where a little cultivation
psUaefaed to it, the term is dogree.

\ Tmh of Kunatvar. — Almost all the trade (of Kunawar) is con.
jheled by \mtBt.— Gerard, p. 181.

{ This was more particularly the case when Gerard wrote than at
It. The increasing trade in shawl-wool and charas render the
of coin necessary, but it is probable that while the opium trade
I, the value of exports and imports was nearly the same.
] The trade in eharae has arisen, and that in shawl-wool has greatly
■oeaaed, within the last few years.

Tie aceompanying table will give some information regarding the
iqnrti from Tibet to Rampur.

NoU* OH IHoorerofti TraveU ut Ladakk,

sis': lSi§i§g§.

Mil i-Mmm^

•5.3 g 3Ma§oaH.fsgrtgSa. s

•nadng at »niu p«nlii)>a

S3S3 £.2

"1 — 5IP Si

Mil

ptf.ll

i44 14 I

■innmna ^

1844.] and on Qeranfs Aeeouni of Kundtoar, 21 1

RBVBN0B8 OP PITTI.

StaHitki of a Bhotee ViUage, — The whole revenue of Pitti is
eoUeeted in grain, by a measure called hJuUy equal to eight pakka seers,
indof the value of thirteen annas. The revenue is levied upon but 267
hooaes, the toul will be 2,937 khai$» or in value 2,386 rupees.—
Mmcroft, II, p. 70-71.

"Estimated" should perhaps have been used by Mr. Trebeck in*
•Icsd of " eoUeOed/' see also Gerard p. UJ. In 1841-42, there were in
Pitti about 250 pajfing houses, and of that number, the revenues of
Sfty-two or fifty-three were appropriated to the five monasteries of the
district, agreeably to an arrangement made by Lassa on the transfer of
Pitti to Ladakh, (see ChatUhan, history of.) The sum demanded
from tiie 197 or 198 houses was 398 rupees, and about 30 pieces of
woollen. This tax is denominated maUalg besides the above, the Rajah
of Itfdakh levied from all Pitti a tax named Hortal, and a second
"utti/, amounting to 86 and 18 rupees respectively. Hortal means the
tsx of Hot, the country about Yarkand. Mattal means the real or
principal or original tax. Mah being the same as mul in Hindee. I
•m unable to explain the application of the term to the small tax of
rupees ]&

The Rajah of Ladakh further demands a quantity of iron, cotton
{oods, paper, madder, dec. from the whole of the district, for which he
Sivei 50 rupees, taking however 200 rupees' worth of goods.

Besides the revenues appropriated to the monasteries, the 4ivi8ion of
Pittj^ called Pin, pays to the Abbot of Teshingang on the Indus,
a quantity of grain. The Abbot also sends a quantity of tea to the
houses or fiimilies of the valley, for which he asks and gets double
price. Teshigang belongs to the Chinese.

This same division Pin, pays to Bisaehir, a British dependency, 82
pieces of woollen and one sheep ; the sheep and two of the pieces of
doth being the perquisite of the Biss^hir authorities sent to collect the
Ux.

KqIu, (a Lahore dependency,) demands from the whole of Pitti in-
(lading the houses attached to monasteries, one>ti or^oo of gold, equal
to 8 or 9 rupees, and also 4 pieces of woollen.

2 I

212 Nates on Moarcrofes Travels in Ladakh, [No. 147.

As my statement of the revenues differs greatly from the estimate
of Mr. Trebeck, I may be wrong ; that is, my informants may hsfe
purposely misled me. From what I have seen however of these parti,
I incline to the smaller sums as the more probable one. In Pitti and
the adjoining districts, I would say that eight seers of wheat are now
worth eight annas, instead of thirteen, and that eight seen of barley aie
worth five or six annas only.

The various claims on the people of Pitti are a good specimen of die
complicated relations of the different districts along the Snowy Range,
notwithstanding the approximation of the large and consolidated esi*
pires of England and China.

I annex a table exhibiting the number of people, and the agricoltoni
means of Changgo on the Pitti river ; together with some other parti*
culars which may be curious, if not of much value. Changgo pro^
duces somewhat more grain than it consumes, and several of its inba-
bitants are traders. The village is in Hangrang, the Bhotee district
subject to Biss^hir.

With reference to the Hangrang district, I may here say, that in-
stead of five spots, and some narrow strips capable of cultivatioi,
as Gerard says, p. 15, there are seven separate villages, one temple
with lands attached, and at least three detached pieces of land bekof'
ing to one or other of the villages.

1844,] md on Gtrard't Account of KutiAear. 2 1 3

^ of GtAi^fgo in Haiwramff on lAe Pitti River, a Bholee dit-
trici n^eet to Bias^Mr.

: ita'ffiai'ao, s n

Gnad 1137 SouU.

(68 H*1m, 69 Penu.

1U U 9 37 1 135 6

iiuJ Dtman^i It Qa-

t) '""

'((FriiiiJM^Turnipl, Ont

Mdl™,iklnJ.<,/bail«n

ss:™™-™"'™'

Ota, pti. In Kunavuw,

Ilkgltiiute,-... 7

'«•'-. -{IS

3 Feiuka, _ Gi

"&.n;is

PlTTI AUTBORITIBS.

The houM belonged to the taach€, or head of the carriers, and he
with Khaza Khan, the manager of the diBtrict, and the ^09 or acribe,
paid me every civility in the abtence of the chief of Pitti, Sultan Beg,
whom I bad left at Leb — Moorcr^, II. 60.

214 NoUi cm Moorcn^s TraveU in Ladakh, [No. 147.

The iaoekef or togotckeh, or dogotcheh, ia mmply the deputy of the
resident manager of the Pitti district; he is however particaltrly
char^ with the collection of the revenae under the karrpm or
grioi, chief or mana^r ; and he also collects the porters and bciste
of burden for the use of the Rajahi and proceeds in person with them
if many are required.

Khaza Khan was the Ikther of the present karrpan, or manager of
Pitti ; he was a Buddhist and not a Mahometan as might be supposedi
if we looked upon Khan with our Indian experience only ; his resi
name was Teshi (or Tashi) Dandup.

Paon is not known as the word for scribe in Pitti or its neighbour-
hood, but the individual alluded to by Mr. Trebeck, is still remember,
ed as a skilful carver, &c. He was the eldest son of Khaza Khan,
above-mentioned. The Bhotee for scribe is dunghi*

Sultan Begh was of a family of Shia Mahometans settled near Leh ;
his grand-daughter or great-grand-daughter married Gholam Khsa,
subsequently made chief of Pitti, an active partisan of the Sikb;
and who was put to death by the Chinese after their victory in De-
cember 1841, near the Mansarawar Lake.

Food. — AH classes of Tibetans eat three meals a day : the first eon-
sists of tea ; the second of tea or of meal porridge, if that cannot be
afforded ; the third of meat, rice, vegetables and bread by the upper,
and soup porridge and bread by the lower classes. The Tibetsas
never drink plain water if they can afford it ; the poorer drink a bever-
age called chang. — Moorcroft^ IT, 328-331.

The food of the people (of Kunawar) is bannocks of differoit kiiris
of grain, kitchen vegetables, and a great proportion of meat; their maik
usual drink is tea, and they occasionally take a dram of spiritaon
liquor, and at their festivals they indulge pretty freely. --Oerard, p. 77*

The food of the people, (t. e. of the Hangrang Bhotees,) is almeii
wholly flesh, for even a part of the little grain produced is exported, sihI
most of the rest made into an intoxicating liquor named ehong. Tbej
take their dram of spirits in the cold momingi.^'Oerard, jt?. 1 13-1 li
Flesh of all kinds forms the principal part of the food of the Lsds-
khees. — Oerard, p. 154.

I think the above observations are applicable only to the better
classes, and not to the poor people ; that is, to nearly all the people.

1844.] and on GeranFs Account of Kundwar, 2 1 5

Indeed a fiuniJy of the belter sort in Kanawar will only kill a sheep
or a goat once in a month. In the adjoining Bhotee districts, the
people may do so once in 18 or 20 days, their flocks being larger and
more easily fed. Tea is not regularly drunk by more than ten
IMKes in all Knnawar ; some drink it occasionally, some rarely^ and
some perhaps never. Chang is drank by the poor people on par.
ticiilar occasions only ; but there are dissipated people every where,
snd some men may take a dram every morning. Grain is too vain,
tble to admit of its consumption in the manufecture of spirits.

I think that the poorer people in Upper Kunawar and in Tibet, live
chiefly on the meal of parched grain mixed with water. They don't
often or regularly bake cakes, although those in better circumstances
may frequently do so. In tim^ of scarcity, they eat chestnuts in
Lower Knnawar, and in Upper Kunawar and the adjoining districts,
the J use apricot kernels; that is> if they have them, fbr apricots do not
bear at a greater elevation than 10,500 feet.

Drink of the Kunawarees — Sore j&yet.— -For although the Kuna.
warees can get nothing but snow for some months in the year, they
sre not so subject to goiire as the people that live in the damp
rounds. In winter, the eyes are firequently inflamed by the reflection
of the snow, and the pec^le travelling at this time, protect them with
large leaves, generally of the rhubarb. — Gerard^ p. 82.

It may be safely said, that the Kunawarees are never reduced to
drink snow water for more than a few days in a year, and a few small
rillages only are necessitated to do that ; every village is near a stream
or spring, and both streams and springs flow in winter, notwithstand.
iog snow and frost.

The rhubarb is not green in winter, and if it had leaves at that season,
Ibey could not easily be got at ; being buried at great heights under
•DOW. Hair spectacles, juniper twigs, dec are used to protect the eyes.

Customs as to Pood.-^The present did not include some hares, for
no other reason as far as I could learn, than that the length of their
cvi assimilated them to asses. — Moorcroft, I, 424-5.

The Bhotees do not eat hares, nor birds of any kind, nor fish. To-
wards our borders, however, they are somewhat lax ; but towards
Rohtak, our hill traders are good humouredly reviled, when they eat
the fish of the lakes of that neighbourhood.

216 Notes on Moaremf^s TrawU m Ladakh, C^o. 147.

I did not learn the origin of these custoniB, but they may be Ibe
result of an effort of Buddhism, to spare life in whatever shape it i
appears.

Seareiig of Qrain^The Polaioe.— The crops (in Kunawar) for Uie
most part are poor, and a great want of grain pervades the vfaois
country. In times of scarcity, horse chestnuts, after being steepei
for two or three days to take away their bitterness, are dried sal
ground into flour, and apricots and walnuts also form part of the InI
of the people.— -<?sranf,j». 64.5.

I have seen wheat flour as cheap as sixty pounds for a rapee, bat the
average price in Kunawar is from thirty to forty, and in October wai
November, it is seareely to be procured for any money.—- Oenml
p.65. '

Kunawar has a few villages which produce more grain than tkdr
inhal^tants require, but considered as a whole, the district impoitts
portion of its food. The people never willingly part with their grmi
and during my residence in Upper Kunawar and the adjacent Bhotas.
districts, I got it compulsorily at the rate of 8^ and 10 seers, (17 uil
20 lbs.) the rupee, and what I required for the few people with mt^
was sometimes brought from a distance of 00 miles.

Scarcities are occasioned by a want of rain in April, but oometiBMi
by a destructive insect which eats the stidk. I heard also that sbotf
25 years ago, (1817-18,) a flight of hcmU appeared. The kenebtf
apricot stones, treated the same way as Gerard says of horse chnt
nuts, are likewise used to economise grain, and the people dig upnotib
and make use of the wild pea named charek, which I have met with
in Hangrang.

Gerard lamenU (p. 65,) that the potatoe was not so extensive by culci-
vated as it ought to be, considering that his brother had at diflbresi
times distributed upwards of 2,000 lbs. weight of that vegeuible
among the people. It is now scarcely if at all cultivated, and the
reason may be simple ; as a first crop, it is not so productive as gisD,
and as a second it cannot perhaps be matured.

Tea — The next article of importance in the trade of Ladakh, is tes
brought in square masses or lumps, packed (in Lassa) in the rsw
skins of yaks, the hair inwards. Each block called dam by the Ksrii-
miris, and Ponkah by the Lassans, weighs about 4 Delhi seers, len

1844.] and on Gerard's Account of Kundwar. 2 1 7

tkio 8 Ibi. avoirdopoit; the green sold wholenle at three rupees per
met, and the hlaek at less than two rupees^ and the retail price is
nesrly dwMe.-^Moorcrrfi, II, 850.1.

There are three kinds of tea brought from Lassa, ealled severally
zttMgeka, ehungehu and kopinjeh. The former two may be called
Usek teas, the hopin§eh green. At the Garo fair, a block of the black
BBay be bought for six rupees, and of the green for 18 rupees. — See
ebo Mr. Vigne'e Traveis, II, 345.

Chadam is the name given to the block in Ladakh ; and about Qweo,
P»ka is I heard the Lassan name, and ponkah may be a misprint.

(^adbae — Tea Merchants* — In the course of October, a caravan of
^ebboi, as they are called, traders from Lsssa, arrived with many
J»b laden with XxA.—Moorcr4^, II, 252.

C^Moi means literally taa^eca, t. €• tea merchants, eha or zkja
beiog the Bhotee for tea. The caravan arrives annually from Lassa,
returniDg however the next year; and the investment is chiefly the
property of the principal men in the place, t. e. in this case of the
public authorities. An officer of the Government, called /Mn^-cAvn^,
cones in charge of the caravan. I have heard that about a lac and a
bsif of rupees worth, Leh price, was formerly required annually for
lbs Cadimir market, but that of late, the Sikh authorities in Ladakh,
in eiDuIati<m of the functionaries of Lassa, monopolised the trade ; so
v in the first instance, to diminish the ccmsumption of the article, and
afterwards the value of the trade in it.

BinAir Tea. — It appeared that a considerable importation of a
^^^Gfetable product used as tea, took place from the Britirii d^)endency
of Bisahar. According to information obtained from two intelligent
Dttives of that province, the tea of Bisahar is of two kinds, green and
Uaek. The green grows in greatest abundance about Jaghul, between
Btmpur and Sarai, CSarahan).— Moorer^, //, 362.

I understand that the Bisahar tea was produced chiefly about
Uppa, that of Jukhul being a greenish variety. The tea or bush is
ttlled pangcka. The leaves are exposed in the sun for two days.
Tbey are then mixed with a gum called ckangia or joUa, which ooaes
from a tree called trin found near Lippa. This, it is said, is done to
Si^e it a colour. The bark of a tree called iangchu, (found about
Ksmpur,) is used instead of cinnamon.

218 NoU$ on Moorercfit TraveU in Ladakk, [No. 147

The Bittehir tea it draok by those who cannot procure Chinese to,
or it is mixed with the superior kind. At Garo when Chinese tsi
is scarce, that of Bissehir will sell for three seen kaieka (or 2 lbs
good) the Rupee.

Bi$9€hir Cup9, — Each man has his own cup, either of China poroe.
lain, or which is more common, made out of the knot of the hoM
chestnut, edged or lined with silver, or plain. About five thoussaj
of these are annually exported from Bissehir to Gardokh, and sold st
the rate of six for the rupee. — Moorcroft, /, 329-^.

Inferior cups only are made of the chestnut ; they are also made s(
the apricot tree and of other woods, but the best kinds sire made d
the knot or excrescence of a tree called in Kunawar, hauzal, and about
Rampur, Idor. The cup itself is called purivek. — Gerard, p. 181^
calls the vessels parwa, and says, they are made <^ juniper wood, bet
on this point he is certainly mistaken, if he means that they are made
of the juniper only.

Paihm Tu8, — Although the fleece of the sheep aflbrda a materid
similar to that of the goat, it is not in sufficient proportion, nor of
adequate length, to be considered fit for the manufiicture of shavia
Besides the fleece of the domesticated goat, that of the wild goat mu
der the denomination of asali tut is exported in smaller quantitisB is
Kashmir.— Afoorcr<3^/, /, 348-9.

The dogs are of a large ferocious breed ; they are covered with Usck
wool. — Gerard, p. 73.

Of the shawl. wool of the sheep I could never learn, or at least lesfi
of it as an article of trade. It may exist in nature, and yet I sppie-
hend that such animals only as have coats of hair are provided wilk
an onder.coating of what deserves to be called shawl. wool. — Thus tbe
dogs of Tibet which are covered with black hair, and not wool si
Gerard perhaps inadvertently says, have an nnder.coating of inferiff
shawl.wool.

Asaii tus is a Kashmiree, t. s. Persian or rather Arabic, exprssnoBi
for the wool of the wild goat TWt means simply a kind of hiows
color. In the Punjab Inn is applied to any kind of broad dothi re*
taining the natural color of the wool, which may be called <•». Pat'*
the term given to the wool of the goats of A^hanistan and TnrkiilsB.
and the cloth made from it is called paUu ; similarly, harA >*

1844.] a$ui 4m Gerard t Aecauni of Kunmoar, 219

Ike name given to the ckHh made of the wool of the camel of Central

The eloth made of the wool of wild goat of Tibet, which I have
leeB^ had always a strong smell*

GtfUl— The proTinee (Chan than) also produces gold in consider.
sUe qoantities, bat the search afler it is discouraged by local super,
atition, and by the Chinese authorities. — Mooreroft, II, 364.

The search for gold seems to be discouraged by a tax only> for the
loal superstition simply says, that pieces of extraordinary size belong
to the genii of the spot, and should not be removed. The gold is
frand deep in the ground, and the well^sinkers all come from Lassa,
and are employed chiefly by merchants of that place. The tax on
each pit or well , or party of diggers, is a nrtjao or jao of gold, the jao
wailing about 7i mashas, and being worth about 8 rupees on the spot,
ind sboat 9 rupees in Rampur.

The tax is collected by a special authority named the sirrpan, or
SdM manager.

Sirr appears to be the tarm for gold throughout Central Asia and in
Tibet; as in Persia it is the root of the term for yellow.

NtUtral Tinder. — ^At fiist I used a flint and match paper, but I
afterwards exchanged it for the flower of a plant that grows near the
mim.^Qerard, p. 1 10*

The plant is called baekouKehi, that is bachow-grass. It grows at
low levels as well as near the snow. The tinder is called backa in
Knnawar, and kufri towards Rampur, and is the leaf not the flower
of the plant There are three pluits similar in kind which produce
lUs tinder.

AmmaU — Wod^Hybridi. — There are some white bears, and hogs,
iiSRs, and deer of many sorts are plentiful ; there is one species of deer
called jor that seems to be the wild goat There are animals about
the die of a dog called chungkoo and mangta, the former are
white, the latter aie red. The common and musk deer. — Gerard,

P-IL

The birds are pheasants, hawks, eagles, crows, kites, pigeons, and
fMiari, The most beautiful bird I have seen in the hills is named
JwiMrft, the natives call it the king of the birds. Fish are not abun-
dast, and I have seen only one kini.^Oerard, p. 75*

2 K

220 Naiei on Mo0rcroft*8 Travels in Ladakh, [Na 147<

I never law the bean mentioned by Gemidy but I have nrailly
heard them described as of a reddish colour, with a white
on the breast. The ordinary deer> the musk deer^ and that
ior, are not found in Upper Kunawar. Chamku is the Bhotee,
mmig$a the Knnawaree term for the wild dog; the animals
therefore one and the same, {see aUo Ctg^itdn HuUon^ II, 16, Jew.
Soc.) In Upper Kunawar, they are sud to be of a brownish or
dish color, and are but seldom seen. They are considered as
from the neighbourhood of the Indus, and it is natural that
haunts should lie near the large flocks of sheep and goats kept
tween Garo and Rohtak.

The ordinary wild animals in Upper Kunawar are the haie,
jackall, (and perhaps the fox,) the wild sheep, {war male, and
female,) the wild goat or ibex, {kin male, and doiimo female,)
leopard and the leopard-cat. The wild sheep subsists chiefly on
and the wild goat as much as it can on the leaves and tender bi
of trees and shrubs ; it prefers the mountain ash. Of the wild
there are not many, and they are diflicult to get at with a gun.
wild sheep is more accessible. The bear is not to be found beyond
limits of the forest, but the grapes of the villages near the j
of the Sutlej and Pitti, attract it towards the fldl of the year,
others are to be met with in some of the ravines. I have not
the rat alluded to by Gerard, but its existence in particular )
has been also well ascertained by others. The wild ass ranges
the Churnoril lake, and towards the sources of the Sutlej.

The gigantic ckakar is frequently met with in Upper Kunawar, bit
it keeps dose to the snow. The ordinary ekakars are found in gifsl
numbers, but they retreat to the heights during the breeding sessos.
During the harvest, pigeons appear from the southward, but a few of
a particular kind with light plumage remain throughout the year. Tie
common dove of India, and a small sparrow appear in the sumiDer,
and also a few eagles ; but crows of dilFerent kinds and several ▼••
rieties of small birds are more numerous about the villages ia the
winter than at another period.

In Upper Kunawar, large fish are only to be met with in the Sotkj,
considerably below its junction with the Pitti. A few of the siie of
minnows may be found in pools, and perhaps in the smaller streams.

1844.]

and on Gerard's Aceoum of Kwndwar.

221

The ordioary domestic animals are ponies, asses, a few mules, ordi-
nary hill bolls, yaks, sheep, and goats. To these may be added dogs
and cats. The ponies are small but hardy ; a better kind comes from
the valley of the Indus, and a better still from beyond the Karakorum
ruige. The asses are small. The yaks are as numerous as the com-
moo blaek cattle of the lower hills, but they are chiefly imported ; and
the most valuable animals for draught and dairy produce are the
OMle and female hybrids of the yak and cow. There is nothing pe-
culiar to a casual observer in the ordinary sheep and goats ; but the
iheep of the highlands near the Indus on either side is not uncommon,
asd is fiunous for its long silky wool. The Government agency (about
1820) Called, however, to bring this wool to Kotghar, (six marches above
Kmlah,) at such a price as to render it a profitable export to England.
For this there may be two reasons : 1st, the dirty state of the wool ; and
Sod, the very large prices necessarily given, by suddenly increasing
«f UbUum, the demand for the article. Captain Gerard himself con-
firms this, when he says, (p. 19,) the Knnawarees' found it more pro-
fitable to take their wool to Rampur (or Kotghar) than to Gurhwal,
«e 9Uo Captain HuUan^t Tour, II, 1 2, Journal Asiatic Society. The
pashm of the goat of this quarter (Hangrang, &c.) is short and in-
fcrior. The dogs are of the kind known as the Tibet mastiff, but
somewhat smaller. The eat does not appear to differ from the domes-
tic animal of India.

I annex a statement of the hybrids common in Upper Kunawar
and the adjacent Bhotee districts : —

Yak— Cow.

Zbo (male), Zomo (female.)

Superior
/w oarriage.

Milk better
and more
abundant
tkan tkat
of the
common
Cow.

Bull— Zomo.

Trolpo,
(male.)
Good for car'
riage, but
slow.

Trolmeh,

(female.)
MM: equal
to that q/\add
the common

Cow,

Bull — Trolmeh.

.^c-

Produce scarce-
ly distinguish-
able from that
cf the common
Bull and Cow.

Yak— Zomo.

Gano. Gareh.

(male.) (female.)

Die in a year or two. I
this as indirectly cor-
roborative of the incapa-
city qf Hybrids to con-
tinue their mixed race.

222 NoU$ an Mcorcrofis Travels in Ladahhy SfC. [No. 147.

The fenude of the yak is called 6rffMo in Kimawaree^ and dimo in
Bhotee. It is not used for hybrid produce, and as it is said not to live
in Upper Kanawar» Tory few are to be seen*
Yitrkand Ass.— Yarkand Mare. HiU Ase.—Hm Mart.

Ohedreh. Deh.

Bring from 1 60 to 200 Rs. in Garo. Worth about 50 Rs. in Garo.

The female in either case superior to the male.

The mules are chiefly purchased by the Lassa traders. It is not
considered proper by the Tibetans of Lassa to breed mules, and if by
chance one is bom among their herds, some purifying ceremonies are
gone through by the owner.

The subjoined table shows the ordinary price of animals of a fidr qua-
lity in Upper Runaway together with the loads they usually cany:—

AnimaU.

Price.

Load.

Ram,
He-Goat,

• • •»

• • • .

16 to aoibs.

• • ••

16 to 201b8.

am« • • • •

«.••

641b8.

Mule,

• • . •

1281bs.

Ponoy,

• • ••

l^bf.

ZhOy • •

• • • •

• ...

126lbs.

A man carries 641bs. as a fair average burden.

Wild Animals — The Ass. — In these elevated regions wild booei,
heangi aases, goarkhar ; and yaks, dangs besides innumerable harei
and deer, are plentiful. — Gerard, p. 1 17-

The keang is, I think, the only animal of the kind found along the
Upper Indus, or indeed in Tibet generally, and it is an ass, not a hone.
Turner (204^) and Moorcroft, {II, 296 and 443,) evidently saw but
one animal, notwithstanding the different designations used by the latter
in his account of his journey in 1812. The descriptions given by
Moorcroft seem to be accurate, excepting that the tail is terminated by
a tuft of long hair, and that there is one stripe only along the hsA,
and none across the shoulders. I procured two skins of the kee$ig, and
sent them to Dr. Jameson, Officiating Superintendent of the Botanioi
Gardens at Seharanpore.

There are wild yaks north and east of Garo, but none in the dis-
tricts visited by Captain Gerard, and I doubt the existence of deer,
properly so called, and of the numbers innumerable of wild goats sod
sheep, which do however exist in small herds in these parts.

To be continued.

JOURNAL

OP THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Notes on Mooreroffs Travels in Ladakh, and on Qerard^s Account oj
Ktmdwar^ including a general description of the latter district. By
Lieutenant J. D. Cunningham^ of the Engineers, 1843.

[Concluded from page 222.]

Lanouagb.

There are five different dialects spoken in Kundwar, the words are
moDosyHabic or dissyllabic.

1st. The Milchan, or common ; the chief characteristics are the ter-
Binations ang, ing, ung.

The infinitives of the verbs end in mig and nig.

ind. The Thebvrskud spoken at Soongnum, is very different from
Ike Miiehan, and the infinitives terminate in hung and pung.

3r<f. The dialect used in Lubrung and Kannur, in which the infini-
tives of verba end in ma and no,

4M, That spoken at Leedang> where the terminations of the infiui.
tives are ens»

5<A. The Bhoteea or Tartar.

The Milchan and Bhoteea are distinct tongues, and the same may
be ahnost said of the Theburskud ; the other two are dialects of the

No. 148. No. 64, Nbw Sbribs. * 2 l

224 NoUs an Moorcrafi's Travels in Laddkh^ [Na U8.

Milchtfn, and differ principally in the tenaes of verbs and cues of
nouns. — Gerard, p. 87> 88.

Captain Gerard might have added a sixth language or dialect ; viz.
that of the Kohlis or ChumarSj noticed under the head of Religion and
Caste. This differs as much from the Kunawaree, as that does from
the Bhotee.

The different dialects of Kunawar show how various the speech of a
rude people may be ; and the localities of each kind of infinitive may
prove, that the tract of country was occupied by one race in the first
instance, and that in the three fertile, but secluded valleys of the N-K,
a difference of speech arose. U^p^ Kanim and Sungnam are the
principal places in these valleys, and each has its own tongue, the two
former differing chiefly in the modifications of the nouns and verbs,
while the dialect of Sungnam owes much to the neighbouring language
of Tibet. Shtoo, however, is in the same valley as Sungnam and near
to it, and as the Kantfm dialect prevails there, a comparatively recent
migration to that place may be inferred.

In what is now called Upper Kunawar, there are five villages on the
left bank of the Sutlej, half of the inhabitants of four of which sit
Bhotees, while of the fifth, all are of that race. The Bhotees have alio
a village on the right bank in what is called Kun^iwar Proper, (i e. six
instead of seven in all, as Gerard says, p. 101,) and I think it likely
that they formerly occupied the Sutlej valley as low down as CQai,
but gave way before the Kunawarees.

This would explain the Bhotee derivatives of the Upper Kunawar
dialects.

Milch^n is the Rampur USnn for the common Kunawaree ; in thst
language the term is Miichanang. I would say that the infinitins
end in mih' and nih\ rather than in mig and nig,

Theburskud, or correctly Tibberkad, is also called Sungnam-p^-kaA
but is frequently applied to all the dialects differing from the oommoo.
Kad, not skad, is a Kunawaree term for speech, language. -

The infinitives of the Lidung or Lippa verbs, I would write as «*<
or enh\ rather than em.

The annexed table gives a specimen *of the dialects of Kunawar,
(including those of the Bhotees and Kohlis,) while the note appended

1S44.] and on Qerarit Aceauni of Kundwar. 225

to it shows their different localities. I add to this a specimen of the

iniimtives of verbs : —

English,— 7b speak.

Common Konawaree, Lonhmih',

Lippa dialect, Lodenh', or lodent,

K^nam ditto Logm^,

Songnam ditto, Lopang,

Bhotee, Zarchtf,

CmportUive Tabie of Words of Kunawar and the adjoining Bhotee
Disiriets, f$ee also Mr, Hodgson's Literature and Religion of the
Buddhists J

BngUsh.

Hw World, .

KUNAWAREB.

MUchdng, or
common.

XHnik,

God, •• .,
Van, •• ,,

WQ!IDAQ,,«c

BinI, .. J

• • • • • •

• • ••

Isar,

Ml, • • «,«

ChasmC,

Chftchatch, a young

tMMWAfty •• ••••

• • • • • I

'Wofin,.. ,,

Firt,

Air,

•• ••

• • ••

Water,.. .. T«,

Y6Dg, toingedj i
On?, not wmgkdt S

K6Boiig, •

Aldiy • • • •
1mI1( • • • •

Matoogv • •

• • ••

• •••

Tibberkad,
or particular,
when it dif-
fers from the
common as
specified.

Chamangee, or that
of the K.ohlis or
C human.

• •

•• • •

• • • ••»

Seantchan S.

• • ••

• • . •

D^tik,or>.
D68 ijameh (nsA,
that is, • • • .
V^s^Jameh insdn,
'Ishar, Mahadeo,
Mdnihb,**

• • • »v

Oein,

. • • •
•• • •

Saktamtchdir, . • ..

Choreh, or cho-i

reh, chotdng, . . >

Hakf, k(r, patung,

. ' Kahong, kfr&, • . . .

• • • • Ag, •• •• •• •«

• ••• Baghur, •• •• ••

. • • • JAati, • • • . • •

• • • • ! P&nf,

• • • •

Bhotee of Pitti,
HangTang,Rung-
chung, &c.

Mfmang.

Kontcho.
Mf.

Nijdng.

Semtchan.

Jfa.

Downg.wmffed.
BtLtnotmnged,

{

Meh.
Lungpo.

Chd.

Hon.— la Kan&war there on three prindpal dialects, 1st. The MllchiAang or ordinary dia-
lect, iridch pratftfiB ehJefly in Lower Knniwar, and on the left bank of the ButleJ hi Upper JLona-
wn. fad. The TXbherkad, which is applied ehieflty to that of Songnam and the adjacent villages,
TiliBg and Rnshklang, bnt which indndes, 1st, the dialect of Kanam of Labrang and Pilo, lower
dnrnonthe same stnam, and of ShJuso in the Snagnam valley ; Sad, the dialect of LippA of Asrang
ibovs, and of Janghi and Akp4 below XiippA; the 8rd dialect is that of the ChumioB or Kohlis, a
■pataleraee.

in this Table 8. signifies Sungnam, K. Kiaam, and L, Lippa.

"^ i is always hard, antf eh is always sounded as in choose, or as teh in thatch.

226

No$ei am Moarerofl$ Traveh m Ladakh, [Na 148.

KUNAWARBB.

BngJksJu

• • • •

San,..

MOOQ,

Stan,

Mountain,

Kiver,

Father,

Mother, .. .

Grandfather,

Grandmother,

Child,

Biikk6ng, or
common.

• • • .

. • • •

Boy, . •

• •

>• ••

• • ••

Girl,..

Uncle(father8>
brother,)../

Aunt,

• • • •

Summer, ••
Winter, ••

a .

Yuneh, nih,
GoUchang,
Kar, • •
Dokang, • •
Samunarang, . •
B&b&, • • . •
Am4, • • • •
Tehteh, mehmeh,
Teh go, ap(, ••
Chang, cUnh, • •

Chongchang,

• *

C Cbihchang, I
f chimeh, .. %

Gato, B&b4, ..
N&neh,

Tibiierkadt or i

particular, when Ckamangee, or\Bhotee til PM,

It differs from the
common as speci-
fied-

• • ••

a . • • • • •

• ■ ■ • • • • I

Karm&, L. IC. S.

DungkangjLKS.

. • • •

• . ••

* • • •

Grain,
Rice,
Wheat,
Barley,

Marriage,
Birth of

or animals
Death,
House,

Stone,

Brick,

/ R&ngdearo,<Aat
iw warm seoMOiu

5 Liaskd dearo i
c i. 9, cM season]

Choa,

• • ••

. • ••

• • .

* • Ral-ralh, •■ ..

• • , Zot Rosat, . •' . •
Takh,

Tern, .. ..

Zarmfanmf,

Qroh, .. ..
Kim, kewm,

Rak,

It.

Temple, ••
Image,

• •

«• • .

Bridge, ••

Tree, . • . .

Leaf, . . . •

Flower, •• ••

Fruit, • • • ,

Hoiw, • • • •

Bull,

Cow, t« • *

Bufblo, ..
Dog,

Cat,
Jackal,

• c

•• .. «.

Labrang,

Mdrat,

Cham, jampa, qf

. • •.

• a . •

Ap&, L. KL. S.

•.•• .*•« ••••
•••• •••• ••••

«■•• ■••• aaaa

•.•• a.a. aaaa

C Pomlangchang,

C Mj* XL.* . • • •

{ PoshrichangfS.
Chameh, L,K. S.

Chfpa, L. K. S.

Aneh, L. K. S.

Rabang de&ro,L.
K.£

thatof theXohlis
or Chumars.

Dews, dewz,
Zot, zjot, . .
Tfcreh, t&ro,
Donk,., ..

• • • •
. • ••

a • a a

Katldearo, LKS.
BrtH, L. K. S.

• a •• a a a I

a •
a a a •

Ta, L. K. Zat S.
Samch4.L. Nam-

sha, K. S.
ZarmfanmaLKS.

•aba •.•• •*••

R&h, L. K. Gal<
hing, S.

• ••• •• a I

• a»

B&b&, •.
Am&, a.
Tehteh,
Owh-af,
Cheldo,

)PtfBhd,che]do,>
ue.mahckUd^]

t Dein, cheldo,
Xue^femaieehildt

B&bl^

( Mama, kant \
\ chdain, a • /
c Zaow or Rzaow-
< rade&ro, u e»
(hoi season^ .,•
(Shelo*ra dearo,
I cold stasoHf • •

Ml^, a • •« • a

Rhowl, ..
Gheow, Nasal^.,
ZhoiTTshaw, •»

^aneteh, ^aoekh,

Zoramnow, a* ••

Groh,

Ghor, .. »•• •.

Zani, zan, • . • •

Kdndi, L. K. S.
1 Jampa qfwood

/Labrang, th&'l

Bam,iampa, qT w •'ampa orwooa
wood, tran to- ^ tran torang,
™ng, <tfrop€, a a I C (if rop€t • •<

Bhotang

Patlang, patflang

Phalang,
Rang,

• • a •
. . a .
. . • a

• a

• a a a

• a • a

• a

• alDammas,

t'ang,

Mosh, moesh,

Kwf

Pfshi

a ShMik,

a a .8

a • • I

• * a a

.••• aaaa

• *• • a>a« aaa-'

Ments, La K. S.
P'hal, L.Jt. S.
Shang, L. K. S.

Bhtong, L. K. S.
K Rad, L. K. ba-
f hang, S. "aa

aaaa •• • % aaatf

IVaOl, • a a a • •

Pishi, L.K. i^v.
Ginuk, a a • .

I ktitclko&Tlv
Kunda, mtik'h, a a

^SanggQ, sang-
^ cham, ihotto»

• a • • DuOC, « • • • • • I

Patoang. patjjb

phoi; !! V. '.',

Qkpfo,
D^Un, .

• • • I

Hangrug,
Rongcnmigi&e.

NfmA.

Dowi*

KannA.

Dik.

Sani

Aq<

M&.

Mehmeha

Ab£a

r^-

Tdgd.

}Bfi]no.
Aq<i, chug^
Majdnga

VChatpl
} Dangmo.

O..
D6,

Soa.

Bangma.
Keh|.

Kangba.

Doa.

S Pow(«hintf

Labrang.

Jampa 4^^'^^
chatsm ^

yopeorcheik
Pang.
Loma*
Mendo»
DhXilio.

}Ungg^ «r
2 > f langgQ*

V Ghord, gho^, • • ' Ba.

Moyah, a. •• Maheb.

sL •.■•, aa «a JjLl*

Pishl. Pnshdia

Shaiti •• •• Haich, hajeL

1844.]

and &n GerattTi AceomU o/* KunAoar,

KUNAWABBB.

227

tmgUth,

■ • ••

Sster.
BroUwr,.. ..

Kimfolk,

or
common.

particular, when Chamangeet or

lit diffen from the that of the Kohlit

common ai speci- or Chumars.

fied.

Bingt, shisg,
BhAU, ..

»•

^J^-

[fid.
Hiir. ^

Fact,

MtK,

MoQtii, ::

&r.

■ •

fl • • •
• • ••

f7. ••
Ann, ••

St-

fl*

Uooth,
Tear, •«
I>ay. ..

Om, ..
Tv«, ..
ThrM^
Foor, ••
FiT0, ••

Six, ..

8«fe]i,

Bifbt.
Kiie, ..

'KJeTcn,
TvtlTO.

• •

Pehrang,

Aoff, pehnmg.
Hew

• •••

• • • •

• • • <

• •• •

• • • •

Fovrtaen,

Fifteen,

Siiteen,

Semiteen,

Eighteen,

Miaeteen,

Twenty,
Thirty,

ideh, pardeef,
BaI

Karra,
Toh,
Mfk,
Takne,

KAjJgang* • • . •
Chipkang, ••..
Kanang, • • • •

Piah,

D^hans, aprans,
Gddh,
Bang,..
Zahong,

• • I Dehlaog,
Gol, ..
Bonhang,
D&ir, ..
Batting,
Id, ••••
KSsb, ..
Sum, ••

P<i .

Gn^ Gnfti,

Tnk, .^

T]ih,.«

■

• • I Bhai, • •

Gur/gui,

Six.
SuiS,

SoDlsh,

.'
Sor6m«

BiptSr

Songhi,
SoT^kh,
SattSfb,

• • • •

• • ■ •

• • • •

• • ••
• . • •
• . . .

•• • •

• • •■

• •••

••••

• • • •

• •••

•••• •••*

Beteh, U K. S.

Pisha, L. R. S.
•.*• •••• ■•••
Mamih, L. &• S.
Min, Li* sL* S. ..
liurh, L. ICS..
Aqat, L. K. ah, S.
Oskeo, L.K.. S..
Rippaog, L. K.S.

•••• ••••

■••• ..**

• a •« • • • •

•••• ••••

• • ••

• • • •
. • • •

• • • I

• ■

• •

• »

• • • •

• ••fl

• • • •

• •••

• • ••

«• • •

• • ••

• • • .

• • . •

•••• ••••

L&, L. K S.
Bothang, L. K.S.

•••> •••• •••■

Gangi, L. K.. S.

Xih, 9. a • ■ •

N uhl, S. • • • •
Hum* L. iiL*.».«
Plii, L. KL. pi, S.
Gn&U, 8

«Tdh» L. K.

f tuggi, S. ••
.ISiinh. L. K.

i nashlS

iGbeh, L. K.

f gh&'i,S. ..
Gti, L. K

Sft.LaK.chdtiS
jSanaih, L< K*
\ chuni, 8. a.
jSahom, L. K,
(«hone<im, 8. .,
Chopi, 8* ••••
fSanghA, L. K*

Boon, (nasait)**
5BhaS,(ahteh,e^
) dett brother,)
i Peri tabar, or
f tabar kabila,

• • • •

■ « • •

• • • •

• • • ■

Mdtkan, mdnd,*,

Bal,

Nak,

Kahk, . •
Ghoth,
Ktoh,.,
Niral, ..

Oeh

Hath

Ktindi, • •
Dhikhn&, ..
BhaoD, ••••
M&s&ro, mtfwifo,
Boras, borash, • •

Diir,

Rat, rateh.*^

Bk.

D5i,

Tren,

• • . • • •

• • • • • •

Bhotee of Pitti,

Hangrang
RuDgchung,&c.

• • ••

• • « •

Saigar,

Nixi, ••
• • Deomif&,

ichowang, 8* ••

X. K.

chdrd, 8. ' « . . •

Satd.

/Sastiah, L. K.
i chubdao, S.
{Sarget, L. K.
( cnobgent, S.
/Sted, L. K.i
I ch

inch,
jChoh, •• ..

JS4th, .. .,

> Atn, • • • • • ,

N<fw, (nasal,),,
Dos ,

• ••" ••••■ >■•■

}
}

• • •••• • • ••

!••. ■«•• *•••

a • • •••

• ••

i&rgA, S.
• .a.jNisi, 'Bis,

•••• ••••

• •

• ••• ••••!•'

•«•• ••••

•••• ••••

. • • • • •

•••• ••••

Shingmo*
^No.

} Jingkang.

Narang, grea.

Miyulna*

Go.

Ta.

Gondong.

Mik, min.

Na.

Ka.

Namjok*

Piai.

Jukpo.

Lakp4,

Kangbi.

Yanpa.

Dab.

Lo.

Jtlhorjuk.

Ghanmo.

Chik.

Nl.

Stun.

Zji.

GuA, (jMSal'J

D6k.
Dtn.

Ghent.

Gd.

Ch^«
Chdkahlk.

Chdni.

Chnksum.

Chubjf.

Chonggd.

Ohdrd.

Chdbdto.

Cb^bghent

Chdig^

Nfihd.
8umchd.

228

NaUi en Moorcr^s Travels in Ladakk^
KUNAWARBE.

[No. 148

EngUsh*

• ■

Forty, . •
Fifty. . .
One haodred, .
One thousand, .
Ten thousand, .
One hundred],
thousand, . • /
One milUon, • •
Monday,
Tuesday,
"Wednesday,
Thursday*
Friday,
Saturday,
Sunday,
Jan., (Ma^h,)
Feb.,(Fa«un,)
March, (Cheit)
April, B&'isfckh,
May, ( Jet'h.) .
June, (Ass&r,)
July, (Sawan)
August, B&dor,
Sept. (Asowj)
Oct., (KMik,)
Nov.(Maffgar)
Dec, (Pon,)..

Milehdnfff

or
Common*

Tihberkad, or
particular, when
It differs from the
common as speci-
fied.

Chamanaee, or

Nfnisi,

Ohainisi,

U'hA, ghS^ ••••{••••

Uaxar,

S&i hai&r,

Lik'h.

Siu Uk'h, ....

Sufcrang, ....
Manglarang,....

Bfid&rang, ....

Brespati, ....

Shtik&rang, • . . .

Sanishras, ....

Etwfcrang

Mahang, ....

Pauang, ....

Chetrang, .••.

Bfciisagang, ....

Jeshtang, ....

Ash&rang, ....

Shownang, ....

B&drang, ....

Indromang, •...

Katung, ....
Mokshirang, .••.

Poshang, ....

. . . . ' Nishnisa, S

thatof theKohli^ o ""l?^«1

or Chamars.

.... ...«

.*■•!.... ...a ....

• . a

' . • a • • • •

Bkoiee of Pill

Eaogchungjfte

ZjipchA.
Oo-bs-o-doe, •• Gn&pch&

Ka panch bis, • .
Hax r, ..

*.•• ....

.... .*•• ..«.

..as •••• aa*.

.».. a... aaai

. . • . • • .

...a .... ....

Ohe^
Tonga
TongcML

B6m.

BtUnch6.
Dowa.
MSngmr.
jLakpA.

Pakaaog.
Penpa.
Kinu.

DowacbuigsibA
Dowa, dftigbs.
Dowa nihi.
OowasABlii.
Dowa ijlba.
Dowasuipi-
Dowa d&kpi.
Dowa d^apl
Dowa gbetp^
Dowagupi.
Dowacbiipi.
Dowa cbik-
chikpi.

TlBBT^ NaMB of.

Cashmir — Europeans, — Onaree ia the country between Basefanruiil
Mamarawar^ and the people call themaelves Keao. Tartar or Tatar is
unknown here, and so is Tibet Captain Turner says, the Tibetans ctU
their own country Pue-kocham^ and Bootan is named by them Dukbs.
Tibet is understood by very few people, but the Caahmeerians apply it
to Ladakh. — Gerard^ p. 101 •

Tibet is the English form of a Persian term. Tenboot is quoted by
Malte Brun, II> 618, as equivalent to the kingdom of Boot, and theooe
perhaps, he says Tibet. Ten or tan now signifies ryots, subjecti, at
rather perhaps servants and folio wers, but the derivation seems never,
theless a good one. Mr. Vigne, I see, derives Tibet from tibbs, (or
tepe in Turki,) a peak, and bod.-— Travels, II, 248.

1844.] and on OerardFs Aeeeunt of Kundwar. 229

I oerer heud of the tenn Pae Koachim, nor could I get a meaning
to Poe as a single word. The Keao of Gerard seems to be connected
with Koadiim^ and both may be so with Ghea or Gheaneh, by which
is ooderstood China^ or the country of the Emperor.

Gntree, (Gnari,) is of greater extent than is allowed by Gerard,
(aee under the head chanthan, name.) It is called Beang by the
KonawareeSy and hence beanghee, applied to wool— G'eranif, p. 115.

Dy^ is the term applied to shepherd tribes generally, and it most
have been erroneously identified with Bootan.

I may here add a word regarding Cashmir. It is called by the
fihotees and Kunawaiees, Katch or Katchi simply, or Katch-yul,
i e. the country of Katch* Mr. Vigne {Travels 11^ 44.46) enlarges
on the frequent occurrence of the word Kash ; but without giving it
ttie many geographical positions which he does, and even he omits
tome, it is probable that a tribe of the name once possessed the whole
course of the Indus, if indeed the word has not a more general mean,
iog and a wider application. Kotck is the common Persian term for
migration, moving about, &c Richardson says, there is a wandering
tribe of Arabs so called, and to the present day there is in Afghanis-
tsB, a race of wandering Mahometans termed Kotchi. Katch,
however, might at one time have been applied to Cashmir, to Cutch
Bhooj, to Cutch Gandwa, and to the greater part of Chachar in its
signification of a swamp or low country, and this would leave Kotchi
onencumbered, and meaning simply wanderer.

It appears till within the last 70 or 80 years, the Cashmirees traded
"dluough Kunawar, and in several villages there are still to be found
the graves of these carriers or dealers. In Kanam, a temple saered to

■

a deota or bill spirit, has been erected on the site of a house which
belonged to the Cashmirees, and up to the present time, the villageh
sacrifice a goat to the god of their former guests, in imitation, they say,
of their practice.

Throughout Tibet, Europeans are called^/tn^, (feeling^ see also Mr.
Vigne, II, 326). The origin of this appellation is worthy of some
inquiry,^ as I have been informed, by a man of knowledge and
' research, that it is used by the Chinese writers before the conquests of
the Itlahometans could have made Fwang, familiar to the ears of
orientals; and that it may have a more direct c6nnecti(»i with the

230 Notes an Uoofercfti Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

VaraDgians, well known to us as the guards of the Byeantine Bm-
peron, than with the Franks of Charlemagne or of Godfirey^ through
a Persian medium.

K UN A WAR, NaUB of.

At Le this is called maun, tea ; matin being one of their names Ibr
BIshahar.— iM(M?rerQ^/, //, 363.

Kunawar called also Koorpa. — Gerardy p. 1.

Maun, I have usually heard pronounced Man (maun). Knnuistbe
ordinary Bhotee for Kunawar, and Kunupa or Kunpa meana Runs-
waree, or a man or thing of Kunawar.

Kurha is the Runawaree for pusi, a kind of bread fried in oil.

Ckanihan, i. e. Zfangtang — Name. — Along the eastern frontier of
Ladakh in an almost semicircular line is the province of Chanthao,
{Moorertfg, 11^ 800-1), or snow country, known to the Bhotias sb
Hnndes, and to the Tibetans as Nari. — />ttoD, Note.

Chanthan is properly Zjangtang, and is a descriptive, not a geogn-
phical, division of Tibet Zjang means north, and tang means a pisin
or open hill or broad valley, and the tracts between Oano and the
Karakoram range, are denominated Zjangtang, or the northern plains,
from their comparative flatness, and from their position relative to
Garo. The shepherd tribes of Tibet are called in Bhotee zfsmgpa
and dukpay and Ghangtang or Zjangtang would thus become equiwu
lent to the shepherds of the plains, but I piefer the derivation of the
northern plains, (see also Changpa, Mr. Vigne*s Travels, II, 343).
The Sikhs have corrupted Zjangpa into Champa, and give their CkaiU
than a very wide signification.

Nari includes these plains, as also the limited Chang of the Bhotees,
and indeed all Tibet between Ladakh and Zunga, eight days' journey
down the Burampooter. This place may be the Chang-hai Kanagber
of the maps, which is about eight days' journey for a horseman from Ibe
sources of the river, and Zjang or Chang is no doubt the Dzang, to.
of our maps, by which term the Chinese seem to understand Tibet
generally; but towards Oaro and Lassa, Chang and Zjang mem
two subdivisions only.

The goats which graze on the plains of Zjangtang produce the
finest shawl. wooh

1844.] and on Gerard's Aeeauni of Kunauxxr. 23 1

CkmAan, i. e. ^angtang^ Butory q^. — Chanthan was formerly
nbjeet to iodependent princes, but their aathority gradually merged
into the supremacy of the chief pontiff at Lassa. — Moarcroftt IL

These independent princes were Hindoos, and claimed a Rajpoot
ikieeBt, (see also As. Res. XIK 434.) Their chief place was Chap,
nng on the Satlej, and they ruled oyer the districts around the
Maossrawar lake^ and westward as far as Ladakh. The Pitti valley
WM alio their*s. In a war with the Ladakhees, the Raja was hard-
preaed, and he asked aid from Lassa ; but before assistance arrived,
be wss accidentally killed, or as one story has it, he was put to death
by the Ladakhees while in the act of offering tribute. The Lassa
fiste advanced and expelled the Ladakhees, but as the Chaprang
funily was extinct, the Lassa authorities retained the country in their
own hands. A treaty was formed with the Ladakh Raja, and he married
s daughter of the Lassa commander. The district of Pitti was given
to Lidakh as the bride's dower, and 20 houses in the neighbourhood
of Menser or M isser were added to it. A Raja named Kehar Singh,
of BisKhir, was at this time on a pilgrimage to the Mansarawar lake;
be formed a friendship with the Lassa leader, and perhaps gave his
coootenance to the usurpation of Chapran ; for at this time two viL
hges on the leflt bank of the Pitti river are said to have fallen under
KiBeher.

The whole of the above is the common story only, and the events
tt^ mi. to have taken place towards the beginning of the last century
vith regard to the possession of Pitti. Another account states, that it
vi§ given to Ladakh, on the occasion of one of the sons of the Raja
becoming the Grand Lama

At p. 101, Gerard says, that certain villages of Tartars on the
8atlej, after many contentions between the Kunawarees and Chinese,
^*n» given up by the Grand Lama of Lassa for the support of the
Teihigang temple, and adds in a note, that this temple although in
Kmiawar, is still partly supported by the Grand Lama. It is not
^ ^ present, for the temple is maintained from the produce of the
'"odt attached to it, aided by its neighbouring village Namghei and
tbe eontribtttions of the pious; nor would the Grand Lama, who is
of the yellow sect, give assistance in his religious capacity to the

2 u

232 Noies on Moarcrefi's Traveb in JLadakh, [No. 148.

temple of a red sect. He may, however, have interfered in the dispute
mentioned.

Garo, Name of. — Oardokh, called also Qartokh, Qh^tope or Gare,
itself is little else than an encampment, &c. — Moorer4^, II, 383L
Garoo, Oartop, Gur, Yoogar, Zhoogar or Gurtokh> is a coUeetion of
black tents inhabited by pastoral tribes for six months. In wiaber,
the Tartars retire to Eegoong, two stages down the stream, and the
Chinese governors reside at the fort of Tusheegong, where they hsve
hooses.— G'erar</, /^. 144.

There are two Garos, one an encampment where the fair is held, ea
the right bank of the Begong or Higong river; this is called Garyeiss
by the Bhotees or Ram Garo, ( Yerram,) The other on the left bank of
the Higong, and two marches lower down, is a permanent piacci snd
the winter residence of the governors. It is called Oar-gansa, or snov
Garo by the Bhotees, {gun, snow.)

Oardokh, Gartokh, Ghertope, Gartop, dec. lure variations of Gartobi
(the h being aspirated.) Toh, denotes place, and is equivaleDt to
abad in Persian, and thus we have Gartoh, Rohtoh, (not Rohtnk
or Rohdokh,) and perhaps other towns or places. The name Gartok ii
chiefly used by the traders of Kemaon and Gurhwal as I have hesrd»
Garo is the term usually given by the Kunawarees.

Yoogar, Zhoogar or Jugher means, par excellence, the residence of
the governors. Jugh indeed implies the residence of any great mss,
but its simple meaning is to sit, to remain, as I have heard.

Eegongor Higong is a river, not a town, (see Eekong-choo, p. 6 sod
23, Gerard,) and I have not heard that there is a fort at TazheegiiDgor
Teshigang, which is a monastery.

UcHANO, Lassa.

The court of Oachong or Lahassa, have sent the most parUcnUr is*
structions. — Gerard, p. 105.

Uchang, (or l/tsang, Tib. Or, p. 197>) is a term of frequent applies-
tion, and it includes both Lassa and Teshi Lonbo. U, is the province or
district conUining Lassa, and Chang (Dzang, Dshan, &c« fe.) is the
name of the one containing Teshi Lonbo ; and Uchang may be used as
a short mode of expressing the union of the civil and spiritual poweft-

1844.] afid on Gerardg Accouni of Kundwar. 233

The Yal.8iuig of Mr. Vigne^ Travels, II, 249, is I imagine another
form of Uchang^ although yul means country, and also village.

The four Rkvers, (%. e. the Indus^ Burrampooiert Sfc. ^c,,J and the
Mantarawar Lake, — The river that may be regarded as the most strik-
log and important feature in the geography of Ladakh, is the great
cistern branch of the Indus or Sinh Khabab, the river that rises from
the Lion's mouth, in reference to the Tibetan notion, borrowed perhaps
from the Hindus, of the origin of four great rivers from the mouths of
ss many animals ; as the Indus from the lion's mouth ; the Ganges,
HabLcha Kha-bab, from that of the peacock ; the Sutlej, Lang chin
Khabab, from that of the elephant ; and the Ster-chuk Khabab, or
river of Tibet, from the mouth of the horse.— -If oorcr^/, //. 261.

Major Rennel says, the river that runs from Lanken, that is,
Lanka, lake of Du Halde, is named Lantshon, or by Dr. Gilchrist's
way of spelling, Lankchoo or Langchoo, for k and gare interchan-
ged. Now this is little different from what the Sutlej is called in
Chinese Tartary^ that is, Lang Zhingchoo^ or Laughing Kampa. I
eould not ascertain the meaning of Zhing, but it appears to have
nothing to do with the name of the river, for the Indus is named
Singhechoo or Singzhingchoo, as well as Singzing Kamper, and
the last word means river. — Gerard, p. 23, 24.

The usual name of this river (the Indus) has been mentioned, but
it is likewise called Kampa-choo and Sampoo, or Sangpo, all of which
words in the Tartar language signify river.

The third river is said to be larger than the Indus, and is called
Tamjoo, Damchoo or Erechumbo ; that is, the Brahmapootra. The
first word is recognized in the Tzango or Tzancire of Father Georgi,
who crossed it on his way to Lhassa, and Captain Turner mentions
the last at Teshoo Loomboo.

The foarth river is the Gogra. — Gerard, p, 133, 184.

The four rivers are the Indus, the Sutlej, the Kali or Gogra, and
^ Burraoapooter ; and the names are as follows : the Indus, Singchin
Kabab or Kampa ; the Sutlej, Langchin Kabab or Kampa; the Gogra,
Mimchin Kabab or Kampa ; and the Berampooter, Tacho or Tamjood
Kabab or Kampa.

Sing is lion, lanp is bull, (not elephant, although the Tibetan for
elephant simply means, as I hear, great bull). Mam, is peacock ;

234 Notes <m Mooren^t TraveU in Ladakh, [No. 148.

iaeho may be interpreted holy horse ; ia being the Tibetan for hone,
and eho being religion or the religious books. Ckin, (the zkmg of
Gerard) is great, and khttbab or kalM, and kkampa or AMipa are
the same word, and mean ** out of the mouth of." Ka or kalg moutli,
and *^bab" is "out of,** or " issuing from;" and kkampa or kampa a
got by pronouncing *'kabab" short, and adding the usual terminatiooi
"pa, " thus kababpa or hampa. Kampa is therefore a vulgarism, nsr
could I ever hear that it means a river, as Gerard says*

The common legend, connected with these rivers are, that the
Indus is named of the lion, from the bravery of the people who dwell
along its banks. The Sutlej is named of the bull, from the violcBtt
of its stream, which roars and foams over rocks. The Gogra of the
peacock, from the beauty of the women of the country through which it
runs; while the Burrampooter is designated of the horse, from the
excellence of the horses which pasture on its banks. The Sutlej in-
deed still rushes along with much of its ancient fury. Peacoeki sre
still to be found on the banks of the Gogra, and its women may still
be beautiful ; but the people along the Upper Indus are no longer
a valiant race, and the men of the Burrampooter eagerly parehni
the horses of Yarkand and other places, as superior to their ows.
The name of the Burrampooter may require more examination. 7s
meaning, as I hear, a certain horse known to tradition or history* u
well as horse in general. The designation is rendered more psrti-
cular by the addition of eho or religious, and it may have some cob*
nection with a settlement or conquest of the country by the horMmes
of the northern plains.

Concerning the sources of the four rivers, a few words should vaL
fice, as we have but few certain foundations to build upon, bat the
following extracts from Gerard may be quoted.

Mr. Moorcroft subsequently found out, that the stream whidi
issues from Rawun Rudd is the Sutlej, p. 33. Ail accounts spee
that the largest stream issues from the western corner of Bsws>
Rudd, or Langa, p. 27* Mr. Moorcroft could discover no outlet to
this lake, (the Mansarawar,) although he formerly heard that a eon-
mnnication existed between Mapang and Lanka. My informstioB
is positive, that about twenty years ago, a stream which was rtpi^
and crossed by bridges, ran from it into the Rawun Rudd, bat is

1844.3 and on GerartTs Aeeouni of Kundwar. 236

aoee dried ap, and the Lamas who reside on the banks, have an idea,
Ibst a subtemuDeoiis oommunicattion exists. The water of this lake,
(the Manaaimwar,) is said by Mr. Moorcrofit and al] my informants,
to be quite fresh and well^tasted, while aeeording to the Quarterly
Beriewers, every lake without an outlet must be salt. Without sup.
jming an outlet, it is difficult to account for the rise and fall of the
lake, which are mentioned by every one, p. 138-9, (other extracts
ofadmilar tenor might be made.) The natives, speaking generally,
tty, the sources of the above three rivers, and also of the Gogra, are at
IfttiHurawar, by which nothing more is meant than in the vicinity
af that place— Gerar^r, p. 135.

The Tibetans call the Mansarawar lake, Mapang, and the Rawan
find, Langa. The name of the latter lake, if unconnected with
iaaka and Rama's expedition, is perhaps the strongest argument we
jet have for its being the source of the Sutlej, that river being term-
ad by the Tibetams of the long or bull* After many inquiries, I
coaid not satisfy myself that the two lakes communicated, the one or
be other, although traditions were mentioned to me to that eflTect,
isd my present belief is, that they are separated by a ridge of some
devation, an impression to which I think the perusal of Moorcroft's
Journal, (As. Res. Vol. XII,) would likewise lead. I also feel persuad-
ed, tfter many inquiries made with care, that the Rawan Hrad gives
nie to no river. At the same time I confess, that my informants had
wer paid any attention to the point, they being quite satisfied with
die legends which made the rivers rise in the holy lake under-
faoiid, or in some way.

Captain Gerard observes, that the natives, speaking generally, place
the aonicea of the four great rivers at Mansarawar. He may mean that
the holy hill of Gangri, which is the north of the lakes, and to make
the dreuit of which is a religious merit, gives rise to the four rivers.
Biidi is agreeable to the majority of the descriptions or legends I have
ktrd, and such is moreover literally true of the Indus which rises
to the north of the mountain of the Sutlej, which has one source at
leiat anumg its western ravines, and perhaps also of the Burrampooter,
vhidi takes its rise in all probability among its eastern offlshoots, while I
kave heard the story made good by the assertion, that the Gogra arose
in the Mansarawar lakes, «. e. on the southern slopes of Gangri..

236 Notes an Moarcrofi^s Travels in Lodakky [No. H&

Captain Gerard remarks^ that the exiatence of an outlet to these
lakes is evident, because their waters rise and fall. This argumeBt,
however, would rather prove there was no outlet ; the tendency of
such an opening being to reduce the rise and hl\, while in the present
case, if the outlet were very free, it might reduce the variation of
heights to almost nothing, for the feeders of the lAes are not large, and
the slow melting of snow does not, like heavy nmn, cause a sudden
influx of water. Now Moorcroft in August, (1812,) considered the rise
and fall to amount to four feet, and as the lakes are not I would
8sy> (judging from the analogy of such of the streams north of the
Himalayas as I have seen,) at their lowest until the middle of Novem-
ber^ the rise and Ikll of the Mansarawar may be estimated at six
or seven feet, a difference which in my opinion precludes the probabili*
ty of a free egress for its waters, although it does not absolutely prsie
there is no such egress. The rise and fidl however of Rawan Hnd
are not known, and this argument does not affect the rise of the Sutlej
in it My belief, however, at present is, that the river has no ceo-
nection with the lake, and Gerard, when he says, that the Satlej has
its origin in the lake, (pp. 27 and 137>) uid adds, that Moorcroft
found such to be the case, {p. 23,) asserts more than Moorcroft's narnu
tive warrants. He distinctly says, he left the point unsettledj and
does not appear to argue either way. C'S^ As. Res. XIL 473-^

The main eastern branch of the Indus rises to the north of the Oangri
hill, and is joined by the Higong (Heegong) or Garo branch at Teshi-
gang. This eastern branch of the Indus, even when joined by the Oaro
branch, is not a broad, a deep, or a rapid stream, and is generally
fordable until within a few marches of Leh. The Shayak, or the
branch rising in the Karakoram hills, is described as a more turbulent,
and perhaps as a larger stream.

The Feeders cf the PiiU JRiver.— This river, (the Pitti,) has five
branches. First the Para, issuing from Chumorereel lake; it ran
about sixty miles, and is then joined by the Zang..chamy a faufe
and rapid stream ; six or eight miles lower down it receives the Speetee,
formed of two principal branches. Little further down, the united
stream is joined by the Ghaladokpo. — Gerard, p. 30, 81.

There is no separate feeder of the Para, termed the Zangehan,
but Zangcham is a place on the right bank of the Para, about 3

1844.] and on Qerard's Aeeouni of Kundwar. 237

or 4 miles above its junction with the Pitti, where there are sulpharous
hot iprings on both sides of the river> (temperature about 120.) The
Chaladokpo is an inconsiderable rivnlet> and doepo is indeed the word
for a brook or torrent

The Lee or Pitti,is composed of three principal branches only; Ist,
the Lossar or Pitti Proper ; 2nd, the Pin ; and 8rd, the Para, which is
aearly equal in volume to the united stream of the other two where it
joins them. The three streams are laid down with, I think, consider,
thie accuracy in the map accompanying Moorcroft's Travels.

Ti or Tee — (Water J — From a valley to the south descended
the Gnuinthichu, a deep and rapid river. — Moorerofy L 209. — The
other (river,) the Kakthi.— 2>i^, p. 214, which (river) then takes
the aanoie of Sar or Lingti. — Ditto, p. 221, Co^nd also in other
plaeeej

In Kunawaree ti is water, and from the way in which the word is
msd in the above quotations, it is probable it has the same meaning
in Kniu, (in which district Moorcroft was at the time.) Gniun,p. 209,
ii the name of a species of wild goat ; not however the skin or kin
of p. 311, «o/./.

IxngH or Fahmg Dinda^^li (an insulated rock) is called Lingti
by the people of Kulu, and by those of Ludakh, Falung Dinda. —
Moorcroft^ I. 220.

Lingti is perhaps wrongly applied here; it is probably the Sar or
Lingti, p. 221.

Lingti may be, water of separation — thus Ling seems to be used in
composition in Upper Kunawar, and the adjacent Bhotee districts
sre equivalent to " side" in English : as " the north side," or '^ this
tide;" and in the same tract, the four cardinal points are called iiniffi,
Ti Is most likely water ; see observations on the word.

Falung means simply a large block, and dinda means, ''even with,"
10 the term may be '' the block even with boundary," or *' the block
on the boundary."

C^a/ie.*-Frost with snow and sleet commences early in September,
sod continues with little intermission to the beginning of May. From
the middle of January to the beginning of February, we found the
thermometer out of doors at night seldom above 15^, and on the ist
February, it was as low as 9^^, &c. dec — Moorcrofty IL 267, ^c.

238 NoUt an Moarerofi's Traveb in Ladakh, [No. 148.

The winter (in Konawar) is often rigorous. The winds Mow
with the greatest violence in October, and later in the year. Thar
direction is of-conrse influenced by the valleys, but on peaks upwtrdi
of 20,000, and at heights of 16,000, the winds were always W. or R
W.— Gerard^ p. 62.

In the Hungrnng, district (of Kunawar,) with the ezoeption of
March and April, in which months there are a few showers, the oni.
form report of the inhabitants represents the rest of the year to be sL
most perpetual sunshine, the few clouds hang about the highest moon,
tains, and a heavy fkll of snow or rain is almost unknown. The depth
of snow is usually a foot, and two are very rare. — Gerard, p. 05.

At Changgo in Hangrang, about iOfiOO feet above the sea, the ther-
mometer at day.break on the 15th December I84I9 was 6" bekm
zero. At Churet on the Para, 16 miles above Changgo, and abofe
12,000 feet above the sea, the thermometer was 18^ below zero od the
17th December at day.break, and it never fell lower during my rea-
dence there, that is, until the 11th February 1843. It was, however,
very often below zero, as for instance, at day.break, on December 2Stk
1841, it was minus 12^, and on February 6th 1842, it was miiiitf 0*.
At Churet during January, the thermometer, so suspended that the
sun's rays played freely on the bulb, varied from 50^ to 58* whes
highest. Churet is at the bottom of a deep and narrow valley.

In the Hangrang and surrounding districts, in 1841, snow eon-
menced regularly on the 27th November. From that date until the
end of February 1842, it snowed more or less heavily, and nearly til
day and night, for 89 days ; it was cloudy or hazy, and snowing on the
heights for 34 days, leaving 21 fine clear days only out of 94. Hw
days of heavy snow were days of comparative warmth, the tfaennooie.
ter being 20° or 25"* at day-break. The snow where not drifted, did
not any where exceed 2^ feet.

At Shalkan on the Fitti river, about 10,600 feet above the set) the
thermometer in June, July, and August 1843, may be said to hsw
ranged at sun-rise from 45^ to 55^ and at sun.set from 60* to 70^'
The temperature of the air when warmest was in the shade shoot
85°. On two or three occasions particular circumstances raised the
mercury above, or depressed it below, the mean figures I ^^^
given.

1944.] and &n Gerard's Account tf Kundwar. 239

Dariiig 1841-42, tbe winds in the districU above-mentioned, blew

ilmoit constantly from the South or South. west, as notieed by Ge-
nnL A northerly wind was of rare ooeurrence. During the winter
nooths, the wind was audi as would be termed high or strong, and it
was freqaently varied by gusts of great violence. During the summer,
the wind usually arose about noon, blew with moderate force, and
wbsided when night had Aiirly set in. The constancy of the wind
too one quarter deserved some attention.

Of the seasons towards the junction of the Sutlej and Pitii rivers it
ttty be said, that there is firequent snow from the middle of Novem-
ber to the middle of March ; occasional light snow or rain according
to the elevation, till the end of April ; but May is fine, and a very
plessing month after the dreariness of winter. In June and early in
September, there are some light showers. In July, August, and dur-
iDg half of October, showers are rare, but the sky is frequently cloudy
or overcast. The occasional riiowers of the lower spots are falls of
now in the higher hiHs ; and the ranges may be seen all hoary down
tsteertain levd, ^e division being horizontal and well defined, while
ii okriy spring, the valleys remain filled with snow while the ridges
SR clear. Towards the middle of October, «now begins to fall on the
lower peaks from time to time> and towards the end of November, it
asy be looked for every where; years however have been known in
which no snow fell, or at least ncme to speak of.

Ham and Stuna — Mud Walls. — As a proof of the absence of rain and
now, (in the Bhotee districts adjoining Kunawar,) 1 may mention,
that the houses in Spitti are half-built of stones, with the 4ipper
sioiy of unbomt bricks.— -&«rar<f, p. 95, Note.

Snow lUlfl frequently or almost constantly in these districts in the
months of December, January and February. Walls of unburnt
hrieks are besides no argument for the absence of snow and rain. In
India, the walls of houses are of mud, and in the N. W. Provinces
the rooft are also of the same material. In the Bhotee districts in
question, aa elsewhere, the people elear the rools of their houses of
now after each fall. The rain is seldom if ever so heavy as to have
say dleet.

Snow Qladers.'^DMAed by precipitous mountains of amazing
beight most usually veiled in everiasting snow, Gerard, p. 5 ; vast

240 Noies an Moorcrofi's Travels in Ladakk, C^o. 148.

impending diffii fringed with dark forest and topped with moimtaiiis
of indestructible snow, appear on every side. — DUto, p. 12. Thesnow
beds that occurred on the road to the Pass must have been the sect,
mslation of ages. — DiUo^ p. 159.

It is to be regretted that the Gerards did not employ the same
accuracy in general description, which they brought to bear with is
much success^ in ascertaining positions and in measuring the bdghti
of mountains. Were snow everlasting or indestructible, or did it oon-
tinually accumulate, the hills would always, and not usually, be
covered. They would also increase in height, whidi they do not He
hills are indeed perpetually covered, but this is owing lo the anovsi
hl\, and not to the indestructibility of snow.

Snow is blown from the tops of hills, or it fiills in avalanchee, snd
melts, or it becomes a mass of half-ice and half^now, gradually SKlt-
ing above and below, owing to the superior heat of the atmosphere sad
of the earth on either side of it. On Uie slopes of hills, the water »
produced, sinks and re-appears in springs at lower levels ; in lames,
where there is always an accumulation of frosen snow, of some, bai
not of a perpeiuaHy increasing thickness, the superior warmth of
the rocks aided by springs, melts Uie frosen mass, and forms a stiesm
below it; while the atmosphere melts and forms a stream on the
upper surface of the congealed snow.

In the steep, narrow, and irregular sided ravines of Upper Kims,
war, I cannot say that I have seen any glaciers properly so called;
but the masses of frozen snow at the bottoms of these ravines, sie
glaciers in every respect save in motion ; the smallnesa of their bulk,
and the varying width of the ravines do not admit of gravity over-
coming friction, and the mass is unable to descend. In the higher
parts of the hills, there are no doubt glaciers on a small scale.

Winter TraveUing, — The people say, that the highest Passes mfjsX
be traversed even in the middle of winter, were it not for the seveie
frost that prevails in these serene regions, which is made. more keenly
sensible from the great scarcity of fire- wood. The road fromShcalkar
(in K una war) to Ladakh is travelled throughout the year, and indeed
January and February are the usual months in which the Kunaws.
rees visit Leh, the capital. — Qerard p. 96. The road to Ladskb is
never shut by BUOYf.^^Oerard, p. 111.

^ iSi4,] and on Qerar^s Account of Kundwar, 24 1

The highest Fuses eould be traversed in the depth of winter in spite
of eoldy were it not for the violent winds and uncertainty of the
witther. The drifdng snow conceals the track or road, and over,
whehns the bewildered traveller, already benumbed by the piercing
wind. If, however, a calm day be chosen, and a number of cattle
k driven before to tread down the soft snow, any Pass may be crossed
vith comparative safety.

After the fiills of snow and the strong winds cease, that is in March,
April, snd May, the sur&ee of the^snow on the hills becomes harden-
<d| tod Admits of travelling with ease.

No people go from Kunawar to Leh in January and February,
wlio can avoid doing so. The Kunawarees set out on their journies in
April and May, and return in August, September and October ; some
touan at Leh over the winter. Travellers in the winter should
^wayi be accompanied by villagers of correct local knowledge, as
^erwiae, a person may attempt to cross a deep ravine or gully,
sad become lost in the deep soft snow.

Th$ Suikff Sfc. arrested by fro$i. — In winter, most of the streams
^t jom it are arrested by frost, and the Sutiej itself is even frozen
h 200 miles during two months at least. — Gerard, p. 27* Andthe
P^ple proceeding between these places, (Buseher and Chuprung,) in the
<oM aesaon, travel upon the Sutiej, which is entirely frozen for two
Booths at least— Z>tlft», p. 146.

'Hie sorfiiee of every small stream is frozen over during the winter,
^ rather frosen spray forms an irregular archway, beneath which
'^ is a stream. The streams are never arrested so far as I have
oherved, nor is it probable they should be. The surftuse of the Sutiej
1*1 1 am sure, never continuously frozen ; its edges are, and form the
i^ alluded to by 0«rard ; and its whole breadth is frozen here and
Acre where the water is comparatively still. The Sutiej is either too
'^d to admit of sur&ce ice, or too broad to allow the spray to form
tt areh over its stream.

^opidUy of Rivere, Theory ^.— The rapidity of the large rivers,
'^^ SI the Sutiej and the Para, cannot be expected to increase
like that of the Teedong and Taglakhar, since the country through
*fcWi they flow is not of so rugged a nature. — Gerard^ p, VI,

242 Note» on Moareroft'i Travels in Ladakh, [No. 148.

The ruggedness can acarcely bear on this point. The trath seems to
be, that all the streams in qaestion have their origin at nearly the
same height, but the large ones have long, and the small ones have
short courses, in which to find the same level. Thus the Taglakbar
and Darbung torrents rise in the neighbourhood of Passes 18,000 feet
high, as high perhapa as the remoter sources of the Pitti river, and yet
they have to find the level of that river continued in the Sutlej. Thii
sample of equal deseent in unequal distances, seems generally applicable.

Farmer Lakes — The people havb a vague tradition that this valley
(of the Buspa,) was once a sheet of water. — Gerard, p. 18.

There can be no reasonable doubt of the former existence of a series
of lakes along the present courses of the Sutlej and its principsi
feeders in the hills. The Sutlej has now indeed attained an equili-
brium, and forms one continued rapid from its source to the pUins;
but the traees of sheets of standing water are everywhere appareot,
in parallel and horizontal deposits of pebbles, earth, and debris gene,
rally, which a narrow gorge, or a cleft at one end of these deposits,
shew where the obstruction existed. These lakes gradually diminish-
ed in size until the lowermost barrier was burst or worn through bj
the continued action of water, and the bottom of these old pools now
form the richest and almost the only cultivated lands in the northers
hills. In these hills, the natural disintegration of the rocks scsreely
anywhere affords a stratum of soil ; and although I have in some
places, near the flat tops of hills, found two feet or more of vegetable
earth, yet as no stream of water can be brought to bear on it, this
fine mould is useless to the people generally ; some of the more in-
dustrious, however, carry a little of it away as a manure to their low.
situated fields.

The want of available water is the greatest bar to an ext^isioD of
cultivation in these cold dry countries, but on this subject, Gerard,p»
4, Note, and Moorcrqfi, Vol. I, p. 270, may be consulted. Captsis
Hutton's Tour (Jour. As. SocJ may also be referred to.

The annexed cut will explain the present evidence of the former
existence of lakes in the ravine of the Sutlej and its tributaries.

TiTLBS*

Oarpan, S^c. — The garpan of Oardokh.— -il/oorer^, //, 251.

1844.} and on Gerard's Account of Kunchoar. 243

From Lhassa two officers, natives of the country, are sent to Oar-
dokh as garpans. — Moorcroft, II, 365. The subordinate manage-
ment of the districts is entrusted to two officers, called the deba and
vazir,'^Moorcrt^ II, 265. And two amhans sent from Pekin,
now permanently resident at Lbassa, and engross the poHtiM admin-
i8tnti<Hi of the siAie,'^ Moorcrofi, p. 364.5.

The Chinese Tartars have officers of various designations : Ist, umba,
inperior to the rest; there are several at Yarkand and Lassa; 2dy
^f^Miii, military commander, of whom there are two at Garoo ; 3d,
deoa, governor of a town ; 4th> xougpun, governor of a fort ; 5th,
p(f^>on, in charge of a district; 6th, Uu$at chief of one or more vil.
lages.— G«ranf« Kunawar, p. 145. A garpun or governor stays
here (8peetee) on the part of, &c — DUto^ 147*

The zougspun of Rodokh.^- Afoori;ro^<, //, p, 436. Their governor,
Ihe goba of Mirak. — Moorcroft p, 437* I applied therefore for as-
nttance to the karpkan — Moorcroft, p. 448. The chief man or gar^
p(m,^Moorerqft^ II. p. 16. The karpun or local governor.— JMc^or-
cnfi, 11^ 42.

Garpan means the *' holder" or '' doer" of Garo. Pan is exactly
equivalent to the Persian dar, and the governors of Garo only are
f»iMgarpans. The term does not mean ang governor, as is implied
in some of the above quotations.

The garpans as mentioned by Mr. Traill, As. Res. XVII, 46, are
abo called ur^gu-ma and urgu^a, which I understand to mean the
penoDs right and left of the great one ; t. e. the honored and confi.
totial servants of the Raja or Emperor. The words would be more
correctly written uku-ma and ukuM. Ku is the Bhotee for image ;
ia is ^iven as right and ma as left, while u is considered as equivalent
to, on the head of.

Pan as equivalent to dar in Persian enters into other words, as
timgpan, equal to kiliada. Zung being fort in Chinese, or in the
Tibetan of Lassa ; also karrpan has the same meaning, karr being fort
in Tibetan, as dankarr in Pitti, shalkarr in Upper Kunawar, tah-
^ohaarr near the Mansarawar lake.

There are two ambans (the n is scarcely sounded) in Lassa. They
iie usually relieved every three years*. They are nominally the com.
oandauts of the guard of honor of the Gheawang Rinbotcheh, com-

244 Note$ on Moorer(^s Travels in Ladakh, [Na 148.

posed of Chinese or M antcha soldiers ; bat they are really the depa-
ties of the Emperor, although orders do not run in their names.

De^ or deva is a rank only, and the possessor may or may not be
the governor of a town or district. It is I suspect a term applied by tbe
people of India only.

Paupon, or as I have heard it paupo, appears to be applied to tk
manager of one district only about Oaro ; viz. that of Chumarti.

Lassa is the deputy of the head-man of a village. The head-nna
is called gaba or gaipo, but the signification of goba appears to be
extended occasionally, and the head-man of the Rupshu district d
Ladakh is called goba.

The karpaun, Mooreroft, voL I, p. 448; garpun, vol. II, p. 16; and
kapun, vol. II, p, 42, appears to mean karrpan or ktUadar, as above
explained.

The zungpani are placed over large districts, the karpttn over
small. The different designations however of petty local authoritiei
seem to be very numerous.

I may here add) what I have heard of the difierent aathorides
at Lassa, as my information somewhat differs from that given hf
Hamilton in his Gazetteer, almost the only book my position has ai>
lowed me to refer to.

Under the Gheawang Rinbotcheh, comes the Bhot ghelpo or Rsjib
or King of Bhot He is usuaUy an incarnation, but if any delay tabs
place in the spirit of the deceased finding a habitation, the Gheawini
Rinbotcheh selects a person from one of the four great monasteriea
Whether he is deposed on the re-appearance of the divinity in a homsa
form, I cannot say.

Under the ghelpo are four holona or sawangs, t. e. vazirs. Tfaeie
fonr men form the executive government of the country.

Under the kolons or sawangs, are eight dappans or military com-
manders.

There are six ehangzuds or treasurers.

The subdivisions of the country are managed by zungprnng over
the large, and karrpans over the smaller*

Nuna. — Oneof whom was the nunaot deputy ^Aolvn, Moorerofty /,d4&
The business of the government is administered by the kkalun or priae
minister, assisted by the nuna khalun or deputy.^ Jfoorcro^ //, 39i

1844.] and OH Gerard's Account of Kundwar. 245

Ntma or nonu does not mean deputy, but is simi^y a title of respect,
tnd as such^ is applied very generally.

Banka, Narpa. — The banka or master of the horse. The magistracy
ii discharged by officers called narpat, — Moorercfi^ 1, 334-5.

Banka is a village and not a rank; but at the time of Moorcroft's
visrt, the hankaJia or wala, or moHer of Banka, was the master of the
hone in Ladakh. This bankaha't name was tanzin, with the respectful
prefix nonu,

Narpa or nirrpa is rather I think a sort of treasurer or steward than
a magistrate. I would say that karrpan or zungpa, that is, killahdar,
u the proper equivalent of thanahdar or magistrate.

Khaga, Tanzin. — And the khaga tanzitU'^Moorcroft, II, 230.
The administration is entrusted to inferior khaluns, tanzins, or Rajas.
— D0. /, 335. And he with khaga hhan.-^Do, II, 60.

Khaga or gaga is a title of respect. The Tibetans also call the
chief of the Ealmuks gaga, and it may have some connection with
the ekagan of the Avars, for all are no doubt modifications of the
terms khahan^ In Ladakh, &c. khaga or gaga is a title very com-
monly bestowed.

Tanzin, at p> 335, voL /, is given as the name of an office, but at
p. 230, 408, &c. it appears rather as a proper name. It is indeed in
common use as a proper name, and although Hamilt<m in his Gazetteer,
Art. " Tibet," applies it to an appointment or station, and gives its
meaning as equal to a great man, yet after some enquiry I could not
hear of the word being applied to an office, either in Lassa or in
Laudakh. ** Yin" indeed may be tchinj t. e. '^ great," and tan, means
a sabjeet (ryot) or rather a personal dependent.

Bbiuobs.

The different sorts of (bridges) are first tango, or wooden bridge,
of which there is a print given by Captain Turner; 2nd, thejAoo/a,
or rope bridge ; 3rd, suzum is formed of twigs very indifferently twisted;
4th, chukhzum or chain bridge. There is one over the Sutlej under
Tholing. The above are used over large rivers. — Gerard, p. 33-35.

Ist Sango is not the Kunawaree or Bhotee term for a wooden
bridge. It is used in the Southern Himalayas for I think any perma-
nent bridge, and it is derived I presume from a Sanscrit word of simi-

246 Noiet on Moorer^*s Travels in Ladakh. [No. HH.

lar import. A bridge of the kind alluded to, i3 called in KimawiRe
and in Bhoi^^jampa orjambah.

2nd. Jhoola is not a Kunawaree term, and the sort of bridge is not
known or used in the Bhotee district in question. The Kunawaise
term is torang.

3rd. Sazam or ehazam, is the Bhotee term for a bridge of
twigs. In Kunawaree such a bridge is called tran.

4th, Chakzam means, as Captain Gerard remarks, iron
but although I never saw the particular bridge alluded to by him,
I have every reason to suppose it is an ordinary wooden one with so
iron hand-rail. It is, however, familiarly called the iron bridge.

Customs.

Ears of Grain suspended, ^e. — The top of which (pillars of wood)
is in the houses of the peasantry encircled by a band of straw and
ears of wheat It is the custom, I was told, to 'Consecrate the two or
three first handsful of the last year's crop to a spirit which presides
over agriculture, and these bands are thus deposited. — Moorcroft, II,

817-1&.

The Tartar husbandmen have a custom similar to those of some
of the Scotch ikrmers who, &c. &c The Tartars use three can of
barley, which they paste outside over the door.^G^arcf, p, 98.

This superstition apparently takes various forms along the lower
course of the Pitti. I could not hear of the exact custom mentioiied
by Gerard as prevailing at Nissang on the Sntlej ; nor could I hear
of that mentioned by Moorcroft. I saw, however, in temples, bunches
of ears of barley, (always an odd number in each bunch,) hung op
before images, and I understood that in Pitti itself, bunches were sioii-
larly hung up in the houses.

Presentation of Silk Scarfs. — This person who was styled Le^^
visited me twice, and we exchanged scarfe, which is an invariable eos-
tom. — Gerard, p* 104.

Lafa is the title in Tibet of the deputy of the head-man of tbe
village, and he is a very small functionary indeed ; but Captain Gersri
seems to have seen things in these countries through an illusive me*
dium. Elegant houses, magnificent temples, and honest men 1

1844.] and an GerarcTs Aecouni of Kundwar. 247

Eqaala exchange 0carf8 or smaller pieces of silk ; inferiors present
them as they approach ; and superiors bestow them when they dismiss.
See also Ct^tain Turner, 72, 233, and Captain Button's Tour, III, 17,
Journal of the Asiatic Society. A scarf (or kaitak in Bhotee) is in-
variably sent with a letter, and under the same cover with it.

Prefixing the s in Bhotee and Kunawaree —-The principal pergan-
Bss or divisions are and Spitti or Pitti. — MooTcrpft, /, 315.

The male (ibex) is called shin, and the female Vdanmo — Moor»
cn^ I 31 1.

The Tartars often add k, for instance, ropa is called by them
ropah, and they have a way of prefixing s to some words as pooee,
tpooee ; peetee, speeiee ; and tango, stango. — Gerard, p, 99, Note.

The pronunciation of the Tibetan language admits of a slightly
hising or aspirated commencement to many words, but I would say
that the custom of prefixing a clear and distinct s is prevalent rather
tboat Rampur on the Sutlej than in Tibet. The habit has, however,
been largely followed by our travellers through Kunawar, as they are
generally accompanied by some people of the B(ssehir Rajas, who by
long residence about Rampur, (if they are not natives of that quarter,)
have adopted the custom. Pitti and not Spitti, is the correct term,
is ii likewise hin (or hin) and not shin. But although I could
Bot ascertain that the prefixing of the « is a custom in the Bhotee
districts adjacent to Upper Kunawar, it may obtain in other parts of
Tibet, as Moorcroft and also Mr. Vigne, write shin for hin. The
former moreover uses zongspun instead, of zungpan, a killahdar, (II,
436,) and says Pitti is called Spitti. In the writings of respectable
people, I always found Pitti.

The custom mentioned by Gerard of adding a ^ is occasional, I
think, rather than general, and the addition is rather an aspirated
k than a full k; such irregularities or uncertainties of pronunciation
•re common among illiterate people, and in trying to ascertain the
trae pronunciation of words, I have been perplexed by the different
ways in which the same person often pronounced the same word.

The village Pooee or Spooee, quoted by Gerard as a proof of the pre-
fixing of the s being a custom of the Bhotee, is an unfortunate in-
stance; the Bhotees, t. e. the inhabitants, call their village pura, or
puba, the Kunawarees and others lower down pueh and spueh.

248 Noies on Moorcroftt TraveU in Ladakk, [No. 148.

Captain T. HuUon'i T&ur. — I have more than onoe referred to
Captain Hatton's Tour in Kunawar^ performed wider the abspioa of
the Asiatic Society ; and while I am about to conclude thia paper
by correcting or modifying some of his statements, I must in the fint
instance bear witness to the general accuracy of the impresBions he
conveys.

/2ampf<r.<— Rampur is a considerable emnpA as well as a mamt'
faeturing town, voL I, />. 4, as is also evident from what is subaequentty
said of the £ur, p. 5. Among the Tibet exports to Rampar, p. S,
Charas should have a permanent place, instead of being omitted or in.
eluded in an et cetera.

Raja of Bissehir^ ifc — The Rajah of Bissehir hoi a legitimate sod,
as well as an illegitimate one, vol, II, p. 6 ; he has also/ovr chief vineis
instead of three, the* fourth being a Kunawaree placed over the Tartar
district^ and now changed from time to time. The only inferior
officer called vizeer by courtesy^ may be the person placed ofcr
Rampur.

Charias, — The ckarias, voL I, p. 6, were originally chosen from tbe
wealthiest families, but several have now fallen to deeay. There
are, that is, ought to be, upwards of 80 of them, as 60 are required
from K una war Proper, and about 40 from Dassow. In Kunawar the
revenue is fixed, and in that district the assessment oannoe theiefiBie
depend on the report of a charia.

Revenues -^British Tribute. — All houses which pay revenue supply
a hazri, vol. I, p, 7, same as those which furnish a charia each. They
muster about 300 in all.

In Kunawar, no house pays I think less than 8 annaa on aeeomt
of the British tribute, vol, I; p. 7, and none more than 9 rupees. The
vizeers pay nine, and these are the limits instead of twelve mpees for
vizeers, and from ten rupees to four annas for other people, as Capliio
Hutton was informed. I may here mention, that the Raja when m
imp(Aed a tribute on him, did not lessen his own expences in order te
meet it, but levied an additional tax on his subjects for the purpoK^
Our rule is therefore felt as a grievance by the people, and nol by the
Raja.

Captain Hutton says, the whole revenues of Bissehir may hej
estimated at 50 or 55,000 annually. In 18i7> they were estimated sti

1844.] ami an Gerard's Aceauni of Kundwar, 249

fiffOOOy tad thmt qmui official authority^ the " Bengal and Agra GaaseU
leer'' for 1841, gives them at 1,40,000.

No wool or neozoB are levied as revenue, voL 7, p. 7, neither are
ninnB demanded, bat the lands attached to forts supply the wants of the
Baja. In stating this, I do not mean that the Raja does not make his
ptople supply him with fmits, but merely that the taxes, proper and
mdeistood, do not indode them.

Pmntkmeni,^^Var crimes and misdemeanours, people are hanged,
■alibted and imfHrisoned, as wM as fined, voL /, p. 7-B-

Santkam, — Sarahan, voL /, p. 10, is nol in Kunawar, but in Dassow.
The boundary of the two districts is the Aiurad Ohat, above Sarahan.

The Juniper. — The juniper, «o/. /, p. 39, is called letar about Ram.
par, dbr in Kunawar, and skml^ in Bhot ; and not kwr and shur
ia the last named districts respectively.

Tks GigamHe Chakor — The gigantic ehakor, roL /, p 37, is not
ttlM bkeir in Kunawarec^ It is so called about Rampur. In Lower
KuDswar, it is called Hpaia; in Upper Kunawar, knleh; and in
Bhotee, gungmo or kamo.

Jlpriee4s, — ^Leeo is not the last village towards Pitti where apricots
secar, toL I, p. 41. At Shalkar there are abundance of liBiir apricots,
«Bd also some trees at Snrora, twenty miles above Lio ; but there the
fcuit scarcely comes to maturity.

Changgo^ deciining. — The picture of Changgo, voL /,/»• 41, is over-
tbawa. There are now 131 souls in it, that is, 31 mere than when Cap-
tun HuttoD said it was so populous. Ita decline is not continuous, but
nsy have been temporary, t. e. some poor fiimilies may have gone
tviy for a season or two. It now produces more than its people eat.
A rotation of crops is practised in Changgo, and the inhabitants have
i very fiur proportion of cattle, which they graze towards their out.
viUsge of Changreiing. The fields of bare and hardened sand are
«UU ooeasionally cultivated, but one orop exhausts them, or their pro.
dees is weakly, and of no value.

ne JPtora.*.-The Para river, vol. I, p. 45, docs no^in all probability
tmt hem ike Chumoreail lake, see As. Res. XVI II, Pt IL 359,
ud Ueoren^ II, 53.

Presi JHoers. — Tie severity of frost can scarcely affect the supply of
Water to a river, as Capt. Hutton supposes with reference to the Pitti,

250 Noiei an Moorcr^s Travels in Ladakk, [No. 148.

vol. Hi />. 47> unless indeed a spring or a stream be dispersed over a flit
surface, and turned into ice ; but I have never seen any stream so sr-
rested, and I have seen many small ones flowing when the thermome*
ter was below sero. A comparison between the Pitti and Satlej is not
easily made, but where Captain Button saw the two rivers, the Pitti
was the broader, and therefore the laiger looking; but I think that dur-
ing the winter, the Sutlej is really the larger. Or. Gerard must, I sop-
pose, be quoted with reference to the Sutle] in the lower hills, where he
says its least breadth is 21 1 feet* Certain Gerard {AeeowUi^ KummBVi
p. 26,) gives the breadth at Namptu, a little below the junction of the
Pitti as 106 feet, and at Wangto as 92 only. Near Dubling, the united
streams rush between rocks scarcely twenty feet apart

I do not agree with Captain Hutton, in what he says, voL II^pp. ^
regarding the rise of the rivers of the plains in June, &c or their frH
in January. The melting of snow is a slow operation, but the deseeot
of rain is rapid, and the streams so formed, soon reach the largier riven
and swell their volumes. I am clearly of opinion, that four-fifUis of the
water in the Sutlej, when v^fiM flood, is the produce of rain, and not of
snow; and that no severe frosts in any Himalayan regions could
in the month of January affect the river Indus in Sindb; but while
snow fell on the tops of hills and was slowly melted, rain fell on their
sides and in the valleys, and was quickly carried into the msia
streams.

ShawUwool Goait,^-The shawl. wool goats are not i^hen four or five
homed, vol. II, p. 4, but occasionally so only, as a man is someA'sus
found with six fingers.

Lamas, — There may not be any really good Lamas in Hangrang or
Pitti, as Captain Hutton says, voL II, p. 23, ai^ough I presume hie is-
formants simply meant, none of eminence or sufficiently versed in their
scriptures ; but it is not the custom to make any wealthy £smily nss
a priest, and marriage is allowed to certain sects of Lamas.

Pargytd Mountain — I could not learn that Pargyul meant cooieil,
vol 11. p, 24, but connected with this high and holy hill there is s
saying, that goats whose horns meet at top, salaam or make obeiflsaBe
to it This story and the joining of his informant's hands in imitstioB
of the goat's horns, may have been in Captain Button's head when lie
wrote.

1844] and on Gerords Aeoouni of Kundwar. 251

R^pemimg of Crops. — The crops of Changgo uid Lio are usually ready
far the sickle in all July, voL II, p. 25; but those of Hanggo certainly
ire not until a month or six weeks afterwards, see also voL II I , p. 19.
Hie crops of Haoggo were green in 1842, while those of Sungeram and
&& were being cut* Captain Gerard, p. W, leads I think to a wrong
inftftnce regarding Namghea and Shipkeh. He says, that in August
the oops of Namghea (9,d00 feet) were green, while those of Shipkeh,
1,400 fieet higher, were being cut. Captain Gerard perhaps found the
Meond crop at Namghea well advanced, as on the 16th July 1842,
the first crop was nearly all cut

Bioiees BaiAtft^.— Captain Button was fortunate in seeing what I
aerer beheld ; viz. Bhotees bathing, voL III, p. 6 ; that he saw them,
I know, as he has himself told me so, but this was the exception to the
rale, and they themselves confess, that it is not their custom to bathe,
sad that their more respectable people only put on new clothes when
their old ones are much worn and very dirty.

The Snow Fi$k. — Captain Hutton somewhere mentions the snow
iih, but I cannot at present refer to what he says regarding it. It is
ciUed gunghal in fihotee and Kunawaree ; it is said to live at the
lower limits of the snow only i to be seldom if ever found alive (a slip
of snow occasionally carries one down with it) ; and so fiur as the peo.
ide know, one only has been found in Kunawar.

They say it has a fece resembling that of a man, four legs, and
BO marked tail, (as a lizard has.) Its flesh is considered efficacious in
eertaia diseases, and such as are found, are usually taken to the holiest
Ltmss, who distribute pieces of it as specifics. The skin is said to be
med for some ornamental purposes.

ADDENDA.

Hauan Abdal, the Indus at Attoek. — Before leaving Moorcroft's
nluable book, I will go somewhat further than I at first intended,
sad point out the errors into which he, and even Elphinstone, whose
volomes I always take up with respect, have Allien regarding two
plseei well known to those who have crossed the Punjab. Moorcroft,
//, 319, and EiphinUone, II, 99, say, that the tomb of Baba Wali is in
a square enclosure at the foot of the hill which rises above Hassan
Abdal. The tomb of the saint is on the top of the hill, and not at the

252 NoUi OH Moarcrofi*t Traveii in Lmdakh, ^e. [Na 1«<.

bottom ; it if kept in repair, and owing to ita while color, forma a eon.
spicuooa objeot at a diatanee. The tomb below is I believe that ef a
lady of rank, but there ii no inaeriptkm. It i8> allowed to hXk todeeay.

Elphinatone was probably unaeqnainted with the lefend wbiek
Uoorcroft gives. He does not relate it, and this inereasea the reasoa-
ableness of a modiBeation of Mooreroft's snspieion ; via. that the stsiy
is of recent Sikh adoption, and that the stone bearing the impress of s
hand, has been lately produced to satisfy the superstition of believen.

There is a Mahometan legend, that Abdal the fakir came to Ihc
place and asked Hassan, the cowherd, §ot a draught of milk; Hansa
said he would gladly give him one, but that his cows were dry. Tbe
Cakir plei(sed with the dispositkm of Hassan, pbced his hands on oae
of the cows, and desired him to milk the animal ; he did so, and gavt
Abdal a good draught. Abdal then asked the eowherd what he wooM
chose as his reward, Hassan said they were much straitened for water
in his neighbourhood, and that a supply of that necessary eleaMUt wseM
be valuable to himself and to others. The saint struck the hills whoc
he had been refreshed, and also at Wah^wah, and water gushed forth.

This legend asay have existed before the rise of the Sikhs as a seel;
but as they extended their power, they desired to increase the Ikme of
th^r apostle^ They found a miracle to appropriate, and they did so si
the expense of the Mahometana, their predecessors. The saint of Ae
new foith performs the old miracle, and shews to his rival the superi-
ority of his power.

The gramth or shrines of the Sikh scrtptures was eatnblished st
Hassan Abdal about 1813. 1 do not agree with Moorcrolt in kit
reasons for his suspicions about the legend. He says, a few yean
only have elapsed since the place was In the possession of the Affgham,
whose fierce Mahometanism would have tolerated no Sikh pilgrim
or shrines within their boundary. In Afl^hanistan itself, there sie
places visited by the Hindooa; the fierce spirit of the MehaaMlMs
shews itself upon rare occasions only; and In p^Kilous traeta, the Hai-
sttlmans everywhere admit, and sometimes participate in, the soycr-
stitions of the vulgar. As an instance, I may quote the Ziant si
JelkJabad, which is visited by both Hindoos and Mahometans^ sal
also the Hindoo temple of that tow», said to psoduee 49,000 rapeei
annually, (sas Journal of the AoktUe Soeie^ of BenptU, CXXll, 138-)

J844] and oh Gerard's Account of KunAoar. 353

Aip. 825, voL II, Moorcroft aays, " On the right bank (of the At.
toek,) at the place where it turnti is the rock of Jelalia, and opposite
lo it that of Kamalia, between which is said to be a dangerous
whiripool."

EfykmsUme, II, 96, says, ** In the midst are the ikmous rocks
Jelalia and Kamalia, bat the whirlpool of which we had heard so
macht did not rage at the season when we passed/' These rocks
sie not in the middle of the river as stated by Elphinstone^ nor on
opposite sides as mentioned by Moorcroft ; but both are in the right
bank ; nor, excepting in a sort of bay, could a whirlpool be formed in
aaanow and rapid river. The danger consists in crossing the stream
when flooded, for to be dashed against the projecting rocks would be
certain dsttruetion» and the oi^^ is to direct the boat free of the up-
per rockt and into the bay above the lower one, so as to effect a land-
iag where the water is comparatively quiet, that is, just below and
aader shelter of Kamalia. There is no whirlpool properly so called^
that is, the rocks and rapid stream are to be feared, and not the in-
gnlping powers oi the eddy.

Repcrt on the AgriaUtwral and Land produce of 8hoa, By Captain
Graham, Bengal N, I. cfthe Mieeion to Abyeeinia,

*'NatQnbMtu
Omnibtti %m% d^dit, u qiu« cognoveret uti."

1. The dillerent flM)des of tilling the ground practised among the
Tarious nations of the earth, are well worthy of observation and re.
mark, as the prepress of agriculture exhibits the progress of the
popnlation in comfort and civilization, and thus forms one of the
most important chapters in the history of national manners ; and
indeed the tracing its gradations through the various customs of dif.
fereat people, from the first glimmering bestowed upon the located
Avage, to the full development of the science of husbandry in the
most dvUiaed society, is a curious as well as a profitable task, for its
present state may be taken as a tolerable criterion, whereby to judge

of the relative position which the people hold in the scale of nations.

254 Agricultural and Land produce of Skoa. QNo. !48.

2. In a populous country where Ihere are no wild animals to fill
up the deficiency, and hut few spontaneous fruits to mitigate the paagi
of hunger; and where the search for wild roou would prove but an
unprofitable labour, the pursuit of agriculture must necessarily be
deemed of high importance, and carried to that point which places
the nation in a state of comparative plenty ; but there is a wide gap
to be filled up between this period and the time when those causei
are developed, which render agriculture purely commercial, and Abys-
sinia remains at present in this lethargic position.

3. Still she has emerged considerably from that state of society
which is denominated barbarian,' and elevated &r above the huntinf
or savage, by the power of taming and subjecting the lower animali,
and by practising a species of agriculture, to which the fertility of tlie
soil has hitherto granted an abundant return. The extent of cnltivatios
also is very considerable throughout the kingdom, and this importait
branch of industry has progressed far beyond any art hitherto disco-
vered amongst the nations on the western coast.

4. Private property in the land is everywhere sanctioned, allov.
ed and established ; there are few forests or wastes, excepting those
impracticable for pasture or cultivation. Farm-steadings and indiri-
dual dwelling houses embellish the aspect of the landscape, reposiii|
secure from predatory bands, or hostile neighbours ; and although a
great part of the population is collected in towns and large villagesi
yet the country is also abundantly inhabited. The processes of pre-
paring the ground are somewhat complex ; the plough is in use to cIm
exclusion of the African hoe, and considerable industry is evinced ia
collecting and distributing the waters in artificial irrigation. The
grains which on the other coast sire coarse and small, rather like
seeds than grain, and fitted less for bread than pottage, are here of
a large and full pickle, and in every variety. The people are possess-
ed of a written language, and the king of the country inhabits stoae
houses, which rise two stories above his fortifications.

5. Unburdened by an over-population, and possessed of a fertik
soil and favourable seasons, in the absence of all luxuries a soflieieBt
abundance is produced for the mere maintenance of life. Yet stiH
the science of husbandry is little understood, the implements of coiliire
are few, and of the rudest construction ; the various methods of assist-

I&44.] Agrieuiiurai and Land produce of Shoa. 255

iiig DAture are entirely unknown, the capabilities of the country are
Bot taken doe advantage of, and unlets some European power inter,
feres for good with the strong hand, a great length of time most in.
evifably elapse before the habits and prejudices of this uncivilized
Bttion be overcome for its own benefit

0. The climate of the Abyssinian mountains and table land is alto,
gether fiivorable for cultivation; here there is no winter,

** Such as when birds die
In the deep forests, and the fishes lie
Stiffened in the translucent ice."

Neither does the sun blaze in malignant light on the head of the
boibsndman, nor do burning blasts unseasonably wither the crops;
but the coolness of the mountain breeze is pleasant and refreshing,
tod the timely cessation of the rain allows a healthful rest to vegeta.
tiOD, while its periodical return, soon produces the usual displays of
yoong shoots and budding flowers.

7. The seasons are regular, and the atmospheric changes so distinct-
ly marked, that the inhabitants are enabled to calculate when the
lains will commence and when they will cease, and are thus fully
aqnainted with the amount of labour to be performed, before the
arrival of the stated period. The rain of " bounty," and the rain of
"covenant,'* are each in their turn taken advantage of by the hus-
bandman, and immediately after these down-pourings, nature who
hsd remained bound up in the rigidity of the preceding drought,
bnrrts forth into a thousand interesting forms; the pastures and
meadows are clothed in cheering green, the hills and dales adorned
with myriads of beautiful flowers, and the sides of the mountains
appear one sheet of the most luxuriant cultivation.

8. The soil is fertile, and without artificial manures or any great
expenditure of bodily fotigue and exertion produces a plentiful sup.
ply of food for man and beast; but notwithstanding all these local
advantages the ignorant Abyssinian has hardly emerged from the
first rudiments of the art of husbandry, and although nature has been
80 prodigal, the prejudiced inhabitant has taken little thought to
benefit his condition by a proper use of her gifts and fovours.

9. Every thing in the climate of Africa is in extremes, but bar.
renness and fertility of soil border upon each other with a degree of

256 Agrieuliural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

suddenness, of which the inhabitants of temperate elimes esn form
little conception. Passing in an instant from the hnrning plains of
the Adaiel to a rich landscape in which flocks and towns and vil-
lages abound, the strange sight is afforded of regularly marked fields,
mounting in terraces from the very base of the Abyssinian monntainB,
throughout a steep ascent of five thousand feet which leads the tnu
▼eller to an unlimited table land, where the eye is perfectly satiated
with the endless succession of waving crop and rich green meadow.

10. And although the soil on the mountain side requires artifidsi
support to preserve the earth from being washed away, and in many
places reposes in an angle where it seems hardly possible for the
plough to pass, yet wheat and barley delight in a dry stony ground, sod
with a fair proportion of the '' former" and the " latter" rains, will
yield an abundant return to those who feel their industry called forth,
to emulate the prosperity of their more happily located neighbours.

11. Situated in the middle of the torrid zone, and surrounded by
trackless regions, or by tribes whose cruelty and bigotry are more
dangerous to the intruder than the poisonous blast and the bumiog
desert, secluded Abyssinia has remained almost a sealed book to the
arts and sciences of the civilised world ; and composed of groups and
ranges of very high mountains overlooking wide plains and deep
Tallies, and being under the complete influence of the tropical rains,
the difference of the climate in her relative parts is of the most varied
description.

12. The high table land which is clothed with moderate T^tatioD,
destitute of wood and freely ventilated, is at all times cool and heil-
thy, and often extremely cold; whilst the low wooded Tallies sre
close, unwholesome, and insufferably hot. During the cold seasn
the thermometer on the summit of the range stands about 30**, sad
a thin coating of ice covers the pools, and the country appears while
under a mantle of hoar and frost ; whilst in the Tallies, the quicksilver
mounts to 90^, and the total absence of breeze renders the heat still
further oppressive. At the termination of the rains, fever with all
her attendant horrors spreads her pestilential wing over those beauti-
ful locations, and during the month of September, even the wild birds
forsake for a time the poisoned atmosphere, and betake themselveB
to the more genial climate of the upper regions.

1S44.] AffHcuiiural and Land produce of Shoa, 257

13. The amasing fertility of these valet is beyond all conception,
every apeeies of crop attaining the most gigantic proportions; the rich
M, tad the nnrtaring shelter, the abandant supply of water,
sod the ardent rays of the sun, all combining to crown the hopes of
ibe hotbandman ; and these situations would have stood ^prominent as
perfect in the creation, had nature blessed them with a climate cor-
niponding in character to their lovely a^iearanoe.

''Bat putrefaction into life ferments, and breeds destructive' my.
nsds,** and like the apples of the Asphaltus, the inviting beauty of
the exterior forms but a gossamer covering to the seeds of death
which lurk within.

11 On the sides of the mountains, the vegetation seems to be
mnewhat inferior in luxuriance, and may be accounted for from the
leason, that the angle at which the sun's rays strike the ground, and
eonsequmtly their power of imparting caloric, varies with the ez-
posore of the soil relatively to the luminary. The eastern face of the
mountains rising almost perpendicularly, can only for half the day
neeive the rays running even parallel to its sur&ce, their eifect must
therefore be trifling, and for many hours in the warmest part of the
sfteraoon, the surisce is entirely obscured in shadow.

15. The aspect of the country is as varied as the climate. On the
devated plateau, a succession of gentle undulations of pasture and
siible lands, intersected by green swampy meadows with bare banked
rille streaming through the centre, rise in endless continuation to the
▼iew; not a tree disturbs the wide prospect, although the individual
fiurm-steadings proclaim a country which has long enjoyed the bless-
inp of peace. The craggy mountains rise in the centre in magni-
ieent ranges, and are divided by a thousand chasms, in whose depths
nm clear gushing water, and tangled bushes and evergreen shrubs
divenifjr the cliffs, many of which are covered with magnificent
woods. In every nook and coigne of vantage, are to be seen and scent,
ed the eglantine and the jessamine, and an inexhaustible store of
iweet-smelling flowers ; the strips of intervening slope, the mo^t de.
enable sites for residence, are clothed in luxuriant crop and herbage,
led by the ooaing streams of the mountain ; and the rich and smiling
vallies repose at the foot of the range, bid in all the exuberance of
foliage from the gigantic ticus, whose stem is upwards of forty feet in

258 AgricuUural tmd Land produce €f Shoo. [No. 148.

drcmnferenoe^ to the light elegant acaciu which distil the macfa-
prized gam.

16. The abeolate neceanty of taking due advantage of the appoiBted
season of ndn^ rather than any fixed purpose of eoonomising time
and labour^ enforces some fitint attempts at arrangement and dlvisioa
of employment for the various months ; seed-time and harvest, however,
form the two great periods of exertion^ and there are but few other
agricoltoral operations to mark the remaining seasons of the year.
Whilst not actually employed upon the ground, or when not ccmpd.
led to attend the king on his military expeditions, the Abyssinian pea.
sant drives a wandering trade throughout the country, disposing of his
farm produce, horses, mules, asses, he., or leads an idle life, with-
out holiday, or much amusement at home.

17* The following table will serve as a register of woi^ and wea-
ther in general accordance with Abyssinian custom and observmnoe :—

184L
Teolu^^Januaty.

Fine cold dry weather, sow barley for the February rain, make
heaps of top parings, bum and plough in the ashes, gather in the
September crop of cotton. Great Military expedition.

Yekkaieet. — February.

Rain of ''bounty" from the 5th to 3d March; sow barley, peas,
beans, grain and wheat.

Mugobeet, — March,

Fine weather from the 2d to 16th, heavy rain on the 17th, 23d,
24th and 26th ; sow barley and red wheat.

Maazia, — April.

Light shower during the month ; 23d, two slight shocks of earth-
quake; sow cotton ; gather in September crop of cotton.

Ginebate.'^May,

Wind N. £. very strong and cold, rain towards the end of the
month ; sow juwaree and other grains in the valley.

Occasional heavy storms of rain, hail and wind till the 25th, wbOL
the rain of " covenant" regularly sets in. Gather the January cnps
of barley, &c. ; sow teff, barley, wheat, juwaree, peas and beans ; shear
sheep^ extract honey from the hives. Military expedition.

1844.J AgrieuUwral and Land produce of Shoa. 259

Amite, — July.
Heavy rain and fog, sun aeldom seen, weed crops, and make trench.
M in the fields, plant tobacco, gooman, gourds, chillies, onions and oil
pisDt.

Naatie,^^AuffU9t*
Heavy raio and fog, chiefly at night, with occasional sunshine during
Che day ; weed crops.

Mtuearam,^^ September.

Heavy rain till the 15th, plough, sow cotton. Grand annual review

of Troops.

TeeumpU — October,
Clear, cold weather with piercing wind from E., hoar frost dur-
ing the nights, cut grass for winter hay. Commence gathering in the
cirly Jane crops. Commence ploughing. Great Military expedition.

Hedar*^--November,
Heavy rain on the i2th, gather in remains of July crops, also
die April cotton crop. Shear sheep, continue ploughing, extract honey
baoL the hives.

Te8$a8.^December.
A dry cold month with strong easterly virinds, a slight covering
tf ice appearing on the pools, continue ploughing for February rains.

18. There does not exist any land measurement in the country,
many returns whatever of produce or population ; but from a careful
•biervation during many journeys in every direction, I have calcuiat*
ed that one-fifth of the whole sur&ce of Shoa may be fairly considered
is be onder cultivation, whilst two-fifths are preserved as good mea.
dow knd, and the remaining two-fifths may be stated to be very indif-
faent soil, forest or impracticable rock.

19. The Christian population of Shoa and its dependencies, has
in a former despatch been roughly estimated at a million of souls, and
the Moslem and Galla tributaries at a million and a halfl As this po-
pulation derives its entire subsistence from the produce of the soil,
even allowing two (2) pounds of grain per diem to each Individ u.
•If (and any Abyssinian will devour double the quantity,) the amount
tnnnaUy consumed, would be 1,825,000,000 &>s., and giving one-
fourth more for beasts of labour and burden, the amount would be
3,281,250,000 tt>s. In countries where the art of husbandry has

260 Agricuilural and Land produce af Skoa, QNo. 148.

made the highest adyanoes, six (6) pounds of grain is reckoned a high
weight of crop per ninety.nine (99) square feet, and granting to
the imperfect cultivation of Abyssinia one-half of this produce, the ex-
tent of ground required to realize the above amount of grain would be
2,700 square miles, and as calculating that the Shoan populatioo is
scattered over an area of about 159 miles in length by about 90 is
breadth^ it would appear from this rough calculation, as well as fron
actual observation, that about one-fifth of the country is under the
plough. The surplus of product annually imported into the coonuy
of the Adaiel and elsewhere, together with the seed corn, will be tu^
ficiently accounted for, by the produce of the supplementary iisr.
vest, which is always taken advantage of by the more industrisv
farmer.

20. The ground belongs partly to the king* partly to the tenqporuy
resident governors of the districts, and partly to the inhabitants thenu
selves. Where there is no previous right existing, a field can be pur.
chased by a private individual on paymait to the governor of a rega-
lated present of honey, cloth or pieces of salt, and subject to si
annual taxation of produee ; but all the more favored spots of the
cotmtry already appertain to his majesty, whether in pasture or anu
ble land, and the royal magaaines ibr grain and farm produce, sw
profusely studded over eveiry portion of the kingdom. The price rf
a field of course varies according to its siae and locality, bearing a as*
minal value in the district from three to twenty .five German crown;
but neither money nor value in kind is ever in the first instance piii I
down by the purchaser, the present is alone made to the govemsr rf '
the village as an entrance fee, and the holder is made aeeountaUe fv
rent, according to the will and pleasure of the Oovemment authcnQ^
Neither can a man part with his field to any individual vrithoat (he
express consult (tf the governor, who must be first propitiated by s ;
present, and in the event of compliance, the half of the annual rent is
assigned to the original proprietor as the payment of hia land.

21. The king's fields are cultivated either by his numerous slaves
who receive but a scanty pittance of food for their labour by the ^
luntary working of the whole district en masse, or by free pesnali
who receive as compensation a portion of rent.free ground for their
subsistence and expenses ; a third of their labour being demanded bf

1844*3 Agricuiiural and Land produce of Shoa, 26 1

the king, they are allowed to work two dayt on their own lots of land^
whilft the labour of the third day is appropriated to hiB majesty's
property. The produce of the different allotments, is however quite
mfficient for their subsistence, and for the establishment which they
sre obliged to entertain. The possession of a donkeyi a pair of bullocks,
a fkve, and a woman to grind grain being absolutely indispensable,
as all the Tarioos offices of former and miller, from the preparation of the
gmmd, to the sacking of the flour, are performed by this class. A king's
•eribe is alone retained in each district, to enter into his books the
soioaDt received into the royal magaaines under his charge.

23. The governors armed with the omnipotent authority of the
de^iot, each play the autocrat in their own domains, and fiishion their
kibits and privileges after those of their royal master. Their fields
sre cultivated in the same manner as those of his majesty, with the
sMitional fiu»lity of enforcing the oppressed inhabitants to grant, for
s very inadequate compensation in grain, many days labour in each
of the great agricultural operations of ploughing, sowing, reaping, win.
•owing, dec: dec.

S3. All other persons possessing ground, are obliged to pay a certain
iaetuating tribute to the governor, according to the will and option
of that great officer of the state, in grain, honey, fkrm-stock, cloth, or
nit pieces; and as his majesty besides taking from his governor
SB an inauguration fee from four to six hundred crowns, is (unless
fKoeats are frequently and voluntarily made) continually sending
br cattle, and honey, and sheep, in quantities, these offerings hll
hsrd upon all classes ; for should the governor give entirely from his
9mk means, he would find himself soon totally impoverished ; and
Aonld he tax the people too roughly in the preparation of this gift,
BQuphdnts would invariably reach the royal ear, which are certain to
•trip the Gffisnder of his government and remaining property.

24. The fields are not measured, but merely divided by means of small
fitches and stones, and on the Ikce of the mountains are generally
•f 10 diminutive a size, that it has been found necessary to enact an
oidiiianee regarding the accidental foiling of seed upon a neigh-
kur^s field, and it has been decreed by the king, that such being the
vill of Providence, no squabbling, nor disturbance shall henceforward
teke place, but that each shall enjoy in peace what is found in his own

262 Agrieuiiurai and Lomd produce cf Shoo. [Na 1 48.

field. Hedges are unknown, except in a few of the greatest thorough,
fares to enclose and render more impassable the muddy lanes ; and
the boundaries in pasture land are simply marked by large slones
erected apart at great intervals.

26. In consequence of this want of enslosure animals are oonlinii-
ally trespassing among the grain, and the regulations on this point
are clearly defined and stridy adhered to* If the stray animsd be a
horse or a mule, the bridle is the forfeit ; if a donkey, a dowla of giain
roust be paid ; and if a goat or sheep, one of the legs being tied up»
the animal is carried before the governor, who ascertains the damage^
and the proprietor is compelled to pay the exact amount of destruc*
tion, called affektma^ being moreover obliged to swear by the king's
life, that the animal shall in future be kept in due restraint.

26. The process of paring and burning is in general prmelies^
without reference to the quantity or quality of the soil, a portioD of
which by this operation, becomes reduced to ashes. The ashes in sobs
situations, and in the absence of extended means of conveyance, have
certainly the effect of acting favorably as a manure, and beaidfls
obtaining in some degree the object of fertilizing the soil the proeess
is also advantageous in destroying the weeds and rubbish* This thdr
only attempt to fatten the soil, is mentioned as being in use in ths
most ancient recorded system of agriculture,

*' Sop« etiam steiilet incendere profuit agros,
Cotque levem stipulam crepitantitrio urere flammis.'*

But the system in modem husbandry has been very nearly expiodMl
as erroneous and inefficacious, except in obstinate bog lands* ^ovds <
and spades are unknown in this land, and the heaps are aflou
wards scattered over the surface of the ground, by the hands sf
the village urchins, who may be seen scratching and scraping at the
earth like dogs, their utter nakedness being but little concealed by Chs
enveloping cloud of red dust.

27^ In all the districts of Shoa, a regular system of cropping has been
established, and these rotations of crops are scarcely ever departed from,
founded on the principle of preserving the soil from becoming utlcfity
impoverished, and depending also upon the qualities and the diversity
of the situations ; but altogether indicating the very small advanccmeBt
made by the Abyssinian in the art of agriculture.

1844.]] Agrieuiiural and Land produce of Shoa. 263

28. In the valleys, teff^ jewairee^ cotton, oil and wheat follow in
sueceanon. On the high country, barley and wheat in alternate seasons,
and in the cold moors of the table land, the ground is left fallow for
one year to recover itself, before a firesh crop be taken from the exhaust,
ed material. Every quality of soil, however, is not adapted to the
growth of wheat, nor would the crop arrive at maturity in every situa-
tion, owing to the bleakness of the elevation and the tempestuous blasts,
fogs, and vapours which cover the crest of these high mountains ; and
in these districts, peas, beans, and barley form the successive crops.

29. On the table land, the best soil is of a rich brown color, which is
found on the shelteied sides of the hills, and the loamy alluvial deposit
ronning along the banks of the river. Black soil is rarely met with
on this mountains, and may probably be the decomposition of those
forests, whidi tradition gives as once existing in ancient days, but
of which now no other vestige remains. Stones are plentifully spread
over the siirf3Eu*e of the field to break the fall of the heavy rains, and
compact walls are built on every slope, to prevent the soil from being
earned away by the impetuous rush of the water.

30. In the valleys, and more especially in the governments of Ged-
dem and Geshe, the ridiest black soil prevails throughout, and with the
aid of a plentiful supply <»f water, and a mild genial climate, the val.
leys appear one continuous scene of the most luxurious cultivation of
all the produce known in Abyssinia. On the mountain sides the soil
is light, loose, and gravelly, and well adapted for the growth of coffee
and tea ; besides granting a lair return of the various grains which
are deposited. Manure is difficult of conveyance, without the con.
vsntence of wheel carriages, which are entirely unknown in Shoa, and
with the exception of the ashes of the top paring, is seldom applied in
common cultivation, as it is fully believed that the cattle ^d sheep,
daring their daily pasturage, afford a sufficiency of manure for all prac
tical purposes.

31. Artificial irrigation is resorted to in every situation where a
supply of water canr be obtained without much trouble, and crops of
onions, chillies and gourds are grown in patches by the river sides,
where the water can be easily diverted from its bed. The king's
tons we in general, from their choice localities, well watered and
clearly cultivated; the slopes of the hills are admirably adapted for the

264 Agricultural and Land produce t^ Sioa, [No. 148.

dispersion of the numerous rills which trickle down the mountain
side. The valleys in the low country are completely intersected with
tiny canals, and the extent of ground, which by a judicious opening
of artificial trenches, is watered by these small runnels is surpris-
ing.

32. But the divisions of the field are neither neatly made, nor
fully kept in order ; there is no levelling of the ground, and no
banks to enclose the smaller plots, in the preservation of which eoD*
sists the perfection of this system, and in consequence the water flows
very irregularly, entirely floating some of the lower parts of the
field, whilst the more elevated are left destitute of the requisite
moisture.

33. At all convenient spots where the banks are level with the
stream, a few rocks are rudely placed in the water, jutting out a tew
paces from the bank, and by this simple contrivance, a sufficiency cf
fluid is diverted from the overflowing stream.

The water-course, which in Amharic is denominated "the water
ladder," is elaborately built with loose stones and much and carefnliy
supported in difficult places by wooden buttresses. These canals are
built and kept in repair by the united effiirts of all who desire benefit
to their lands ; but the tribute paid to tha governor being taken ac-
cording to the value of the ground, the superior location to the mid-
dle class is of no advantage whatever, but merely entails a greater
portion of labour.

34. A moderately dry season is reckoned the most favorable for a
superabundant crop of wheat and barley, but beans and jewarree, cottoo,
grain and oil require a plentiful rain. A return from the field of twenty-
one times the quantity of deposited seed on the high land, and of thi^-
ty.four in the valley, is considered a most excellent crop for wheat,
barley and all other grains, with the exception of jewarree ; whilst a ted
season reduces the produce to ten or twelve in the former, and fifteen
or twenty in the latter situation.

35. Abyssinia, however, is happy in a most copious supply of water,
(the rains descending twice during the year,) in the flooding of all the
rivers and streams, and the complete breaking of the entire earth. The
*' rain of bounty" commences in February and lasts for one moDth,
and the *' rain of covenant," commencing in June, pours down with

1 S4i.] Agrieukural and Land produce of Shoa, 265

extreme violenoe daring July, August, and September, thus affording
during twelve months an abundant moisture for two harvests, which
the taceeeding sun soon brings to maturity.

36. The ground aecording to universal custom, is ploughed at four
different times of the season, and when the sky is cloudy and over,
east; the seed is committed to the earth, without the ceremony of har-
rowing, or otherwise pulverizing the large clods ; where the steepness of
the mountains prevents the use of bullocks, the ground is broken up
with the piek.axe by the hand of the husbandman, but the instru-
ments of cultore are of an exceedingly primitive fashion, and the im-
presion made upon the hard baked soil, is of a very imperfect and
evaneseent nature.

37- The oldest forms of the plough of which we have any descrip.
tion in ancient authors, are very simple indeed ; a mere wedge with
crooked handle to guide it, and a short beam by which it was drawn,
l^ing the component parts of the entire instrument, and the plough
BOW used in Abyssinia seems to differ very slightly from the old model.

38. This machine, called airsea, is extremely rude in its con-
Btruetion, and so slight, that a child might carry it in his arms; the
•htre is of wood and slightly armed with a tiny bit of iron, and it has
only one handle or shaft for the guiding hand of the driver ; with such
SB instrument, the peasant is under the necessity of bending almost
double, and loading it with his own weight, in order to make any im-
pression whatever upon the soil, otherwise it would glide innocuous
orer the surface.

39. From the imperfect construction of this quaint and primitive
plough, a clean furrow cannot be cut up and turned over, a rugged
nit being the utmost effect of the rude- instrument : the soil can there-
fore only be -broken by frequent crossing and recrossing the field, and
it is evident, that however often traversed by a machine of this sort,
^« wild roots of any tenacity can never be entirely removed, so
that this mode of culture must be always very imperfect, and the
BceeiBity of working so many crossings a very great waste of labour
indeed. It is no uncommon sight to see on the king's or governor's
extensive domains, fifty or a hundred ploughs at work together, and as
ihe fields are never divided into ridges, and neither order nor regu-

266 AffficuUural and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

larity preserved, the feeble scratching ia carried on in every direetioB
wherever the animals can find the requisite room to turn.

40. The pick-axe, called *' domah,*' is fashioned from the tough
wood of the '* Lobinsa/' having a crooked head inclining at an angle
of 45'' towards the shaft, which is straight, and from two to three ftet
in length ; the head of the crook is armed with a heavy piece of shar.
pened iron, which can be fixed either perpendicularly or horiaontally,
and transformed at pleasure into a hatchet or a hoe.

41. The sickle, called " maachei," is short, slightly curved, with
the edge indented, or cut into teeth ; it is employed in reaping eveiy
description of crop, cutting grass and hay, and even at times used lor
lopping away branches and bushes.

42. The seed is covered in by one of the light scratchy performaneei
of the plough, which for this purpose is driven rapidly over the fields
and during the prevalence of the monsoon, the &rmer is emptoyed
in ploughing trenches through the wheat fields, to carry off the super*
abundant moisture. The women and children are fully occupied in ho6>
ing the crops, and keeping them clear of weeds; and whilst the grain is
ripening on the ground, a basket-work is erected upon a high tripod
in every field, and. the ingenious youth of the district are posted
on these stages with slings and whips to frighten away the birds dar-
ing the day.time. When the fields in the vallies are situated near the
haunts of elephants, the largest trees are selected, and rude laddeis
bound along the trunks leading to a place of refuge amongst the bnn-
ches for the labourer, during the inroads made on the crops i^
the huge monarch of the forest, who in this country is not etnJy
turned by fires and shouting, and whose displeasure at being diatnv*
bed at his meals, is generally manifested by the sacrifice of the
intruders.

43. On the crop arriving at maturity, a bundle of grain is est,
and fastened up in an elaborate and handsome form. This is cdled
'* animete/* and is presented as a token of joy to the governor, or
to some near relation ; the reaping thus commences with every aviil-
able hand on the farm, female as well as male, and the grais ii
cut high up in the stalk, the half of which is left attaehed to tke
root for the use of the cattle, and the remainder with the ear sumd

1844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Skoa. 267

in piles on the field, for the purpose of being thoroughly dried
sod hardened in the sun.

44. The threshing out of the wheat, barley and jewarree, is per-
fimaed in the fidd by the tramp of muzzled oxen, and the other pro-
dnee is also cleaned in the open air by means of long crooked sticks
wielded by the arms of the sturdy peasants, in as short a time as pos-
siUe; bread and beer being prepared in great quantities. The farmer
hires his immediate neighbours according to his means ; hundreds
'iaemble on the spot, the process commences with an uproarious song
of exaltation, and a most animated scene of noise^ labour and confusion
SBsaes, until the grain is entirely separated from the straw. It is
Mrsnge, that the Jews on their emigration did not introduce into
AirfniDia, among their other improTcments, the rollers and wheels of
wood, and the more perfect system in use at the time in their own
country, to fiudlitate the operations of threshing ; but here, as in the
earliest days of patriarehal simplicity, the same pristine fashion is
preserved.

'* And round and round, with never* wearied pain,
The trampling steer breaks out the unnumbered grain."

45. After the grain is trodd^i out, it is winnowed, by throwing it
np against the breeze with a wooden ladle, the operation being con-
tinQed until the pure wheat is entirely separated from the chaff. It
it then gathered into a heap^ and carried in skins to the dwelling of
the owners, to be stored up within the walls of the domicile in wicker
btskeli and large earthen jars i for a detached barn is nowhere to be
leen in Abyssinia belonging to a private individual. The treading floor
is Qsnaliy mi open area, well levelled and consolidated with white
enrth and cow-dung ; but notwithstanding this operation, some particles
of the earth are often mixed with the grain, which makes the bread
gritty and disagreeable.

46. After the wheat is well cleared^ il is exposed to the sun on a
white skin, for the purpose of completely hardening the pickles, and
ponnded in a deep narrow wooden mortar, to remove the husk, this
operation being performed by two women, who alternately ply their
teg wooden pestles to the notes of a most monotonous song. The pro-
ttM of grinding the grain is also allotted to the females, as well as
that of preparing the bread.

268 Agricukural and Land produce of Shoo, [No. 148.

47* The grinding mill is in shape like the shoe worn in the dt]fi
of Queen Elizabeth. The frame-work^ abont two feet in height, ii
composed of wood, straw, and mud, and supports a large smooth slab of
stone, inclining at a considerable angle from the heel to the toe. The
female stands at the heel of this gigantic slipper, and with a loose
fragment of hard rock, held between both her hands, contrives by dint
of great personal exertion, and by rocking herself to and fro in t
truly uncomfortable position, to bruise the grain into a form some-
what resembling flour, which descends in scanty streams over the toe
of the machine, into the vessel placed for its reception.

48. The flour is then mixed with water and yeast, (soar dongli
macerated in hot- water,) and worked up into large thick cakes, a foot
and a half in diameter, which are very carefully covered with the
leaves of the plantain. Each cake is then individually enclosed
between two earthen pans, a strong fire of charcoal and cow-dung is
next heaped about the locomotive oven, and in half an hour the crushed
matter is considered ready for use, which a well-fed Indian elephant
would most probably reject, with some hint to his keeper, of better
baking in future.

49. The foregoing is the most superior bread used by the wealthy
classes, and is denominated ** daboo ;'^ but there are numerous other
methods of preparing grain for food, from the mere roasting the pickles,
and mixing the different sorts according to the palate of the proprietor,
to this grand attempt in the art of bakery, running through all
the grades of "Ae/wC *' anababroo," ** anabrooi;' ^^ deffoo^ *'ame^
sa," " debeema," " deemookia" and " kiita;' the first four of these
being composed of wheaten flour, and the remainder of teff", gram,
jewarree, barley, and peas.

50. The various flours used in the preparation of all these cakes
being mixed up with' water until they form a batter of moderate eonns-
tency are poured upon the griddle, somewhat like pancakes, and ei-
cepting those made from pea and gram flour, are all spungy and fall
of eyes, and considerably sour. The natives, however, are not very per*
ticular in these preparatibns, and the grain in a raw state, more especi-
ally gram, beans, and barley, appear to satisfy their cravings eqiisHy
as the most refined method in use.

51. The following table gives the generic English and Amharic

1844.]

Agrieukurcd and Land produce of Shoa.

269

names of forty. three species of grain and useful products at present
cultivated in Shoa. Besides supplying their own immediate wants,
ud those of a herd of clerical drones, who devour the fruits of the
working classes, there is still a considerable surplus, which is bartered
lo the lazy Adaiel for the product of his salt lake, which yields her
crop without ploughing or sowing ; and were the despotic restrictions
bat removed from the subject, and a small portion of European know-
ledge instilled into the minds of the cultivators, the kingdom of Shoa
might be made one inexhaustible granary for all the fruits of the earth.

53. Table of useful products, cultivated in Shoa: —
Gtmra. •• English. Amliaric.

£r?iun lens, Vetch, Missur.

Cieer arietinum, ••
Pisom sativum,
Coriandrum sativum,
Siflapis nigra,
1. Triticum,

3. "

• •

Oram, Shumbnu

Pea, .. .. .. ... AUur.

CJoriander, •• .. •• Dimbilah

Musurd, Senna fetch.

Wheat, Sendi azazee.

** 2nd sort, Aboolsee.

^' 3rd sort, Zohcongumber.

1. Hoideura hexastichon. Barley,

* •

Gebs.

2.
3.

Aveoa puUens ? ...
Poa Abyssiniea, . .

Vieiafaba,

Nieotiana tabaecum,

1. Zea Mais,

9.
10.

((

«t

''2nd sort, Zujulkupsoo.

'' 3rd sort, Mooga.

Oats, • .• Oerama.

" Tpf

*• •• ••• •• A VI.

Beans, Bakkela.

Tobacco, . . . « . • . Tumbaco.

Jowarree, Mashilla.

" Waggare.

White large fruit, . • . .
Very long stalk, . .
Perfectly white, ••
Mixed red and white, • .
Bed used for making beer, Zungada.
Short-stalk large fruit, • • Atchara.
Bed used for making beer, Koliey.
Fruit hanging on sepa. I ^^^^^^
rate threads, • • j

Oorondjo.
Yakkun ehliel.
Tehara kit.
Kultatoo.

270 Agricultural and Land produce of Shoo. [No. 148.

11. Zea Mais, •• Black, very sweet, .. Tikareta.

LiDom usitatissimum, .. Lint, Tiilliah.

CarthamuB tinctoria^ •• Safflower, Loif.

^' .. Oil Plant, Noog.

'' .. Ditto, Sulleit.

Mnsa paradisiaica, .. Banana, Mooa.

Capsicum, • • Red Pepper, Berberri.

** Tameeah.

'' Geviega.

" .. •' Unkerdad.

'* •. Small beant, Affdattgooris.

Citrus medica, •• .. Citron, Thuringa.

Citrus, var. . • « • • • Lime, Loomy.

Cucurbita pepo, Fumkin, Yehburkeel.

Saccharum officinarum*, Larger cane, Shumgool.

Cucurbita lagenaria, ... Gourd, • KbuK

*' •• Used instead of Hops, .. Gesha

Coffea Arabica, .. •• Coffee, .. Boon.

Gossypium ? .. «• Cotton, Till.

53. The sugar cane is planted at any time of the year uriiere
water is obtainable, but more particularly in the month of Jane, be.
fore the commencement of the monsoon ; the slips are set in the groaod
about a foot apart, and are suffered to root and grow up like a buadi
of wild seeds. The cane is ripe in the second year, when it is cut oier
near the ground, and new shoots allowed to spring up from the old
stick, which come to maturity after a lapse of two or three aeasons.
The cane is tall, scraggy, and thin, the joints being closely set to eaek
other, and containing little saccharine juice, owing to the want of
skill in cultivation, and to a proper attention to the sc^l. The
is used in its natural state, as the manufacture of sugar is entij
unknown in Shoa. It is, however, highly prised, and among the gicil
men, the gift of a very small bundle of sugar-cane is esteemed a gretl
token of love.

54. Tradition gives to the country of Enarca and Calla the iodi.
genous residence of the coffee plant, spread by the Civet est over
the various localities occupied by the Illoo and Arooee Galla; it

I
t

1844.] Agricultural and Land produce of Shoa, 27 1

hu floartahed for ftges in wild profusion over all the mountainSi and
mi thence transported, five hundred years ago, by an enterprising
trader to the coast of Arabia. In Shoa Proper, the cultivation is
direeily interdicted, as savouring too strongly of the abhorred Maho-
medan; and although the plant grows strong and healthy in the
proper situations, the Christian inhabitant is debarred from this re-
freshing and valuable produce. In the bordering districts, however,
sabject to the despot, the restriction is not enforced ; the plantations are
oameroos, and among all the Galla tribes, there is a never-fiiiling sup.
piy of the sober berry.

55. Planted before the rains, the seed soon appears above ground,
snd when six months old, the seedling is transferred to take the place
of some old and decayed tree. Water and the manure of sheep are
plentifoUy supplied, and the crop, which from a full bearing tree is
generally from thirty to forty pounds, is gathered in March and April.
The shrub averages from eight to ten feet in height, the foliage is dark
sod shining, and the branches are thickly studded with fruit. It
takes six years to arrive at full maturity, although producing a slight
crop in the second season ; it grows luxuriantly in any sheltered situa.
tion in the vallies, delighting in the soil which has been gradually
washed down firom the adjacent heights, produced by a decomposition
of the trap rock.

56. The berries are in the first instance of a dark green, which
beeames red before pulling, and at the same time, a whitish milky,
losing pulp called ^* ffuUabroo*' fills up the place between the cuti.
de and seed ; after the crop is shaken and gathered firom the branches,
it is spread out in the sun until the pulp dries upon the berry ;
the seeds are kept one month, in the sun, before being extracted from
the pulp, and during the drying operation are never placed in the
house, but kept freely ventilated outside ; they are afterwards packed in
dry leather bags, and carried to the market. The seeds intended for
the plantation are retained enclosed in the dry pulp, and are planted
by the hand*fall in a small plot, which is carefully manured and well-
watered. The ''gt»iUU>a'* is sold separately from the bean, and is often
naed mixed with the decoction of the *' chaai*'

57. The ruler of Hurrur does not suffer any importation of coffee
into his own dominions ; neither from Shoa nor from the country of

2 a

272 Agrieuliural and Land produce of Shoa. [No* 148.

the Gallas. For the better secarity of his own monopoly in this artide
at the ports of Zayla and Berberri, the plant is saooeflsfdUy and ex-
tensively cultivated ; but the price given at Hurrur is high in oompt-
rison with what is paid in Abyssinia, and the average prices demand-
ed for*the commodity by the Hurrur merchants at Zayla and Berber-
ri, seem to be exactly those customary at Maysawa in the Red Sea,
varying from ^ve pence to seven pence a pound.

58. The impracticable state of the tedious road to the sea coast,
the lasy indifferent character of the Danatiel camel owners, who, re.
gardless of the value of time, spend months upon the journey, and
the fitful caprice continually displayed by the various ehieftaini
throughout the whole tract which the caravans are necessitated la
pass, all form great obstacles to the conveyance of the cheaper prodoee
from Abyssinia, which might, however, be overcome by British power
and British perseverance.

59. But according to all collected native reports, in Caftt and
Enarea the ooflfee grows like a weed over the rich surface of the coun-
try ; the beverage is in universal use among the inhabitants, the price
paid is almost nominal, and the conveyance of water carriage, whidi
may be afforded by means of the great river Oochof, is alone requisite
to transport the product to any quantity to every portion of the globe,
to the great profit of the speculator, and to the honor of the Govern-
ment which should carried this beneficial measure into effect.

60. Cotton grows in the sheltered nooks, on the eastern free of the
mountains, and in the vallies at the extreme foot of the range ; bat
from the superior luxuriance of the plant, and the amount of crop
which is produced in the valley ground, the natural climate seems is
be in those sheltered spots which much resemble, in atmosphere, the
more favored parts of Kandeesh and Gusarat The plant is a shrab
which varies in size according to the locality and supply of water, bm
three feet in height to upwards of seven ; it assumes generally the
shape of a pyramid, the lowermost branches extending in width to
nearly the entire height of the bush, the leaves are of a large siae, the
stalk appears more soft and yielding, and the whole appearance of tbe
plant in every situation is more healthy and luxuriant than any of
the species 1 ever saw in India, with the exception of the Booitos
cotton, to which the Abyssinian cotton bears a considerable exterasl

1844.] Agriculturai and Land produce of Shoa. 21 Z

reaemblftiiee. In some spots the plant is gigantic, measuring seven,
dgfai, and nine inches in circumference ; and the advantages of a very
pwliictive crop twice during the year, and the existence of the plant
daring five seaatma, together with the heavy crop of particularly fine
wool, even during the first seasoui give this species a most d^erved
pre^minenoe*

61. The cotton seed is placed for a time in wood ashes, and then
well rubbed with red earth before planting, and when the locality is
fiivonble for irrigation, water is invariably given to the plant. There
are two kinds, the Oondar species which grows in a spreading dwarfy
bshion, and the other that of Efat, which rises tall and straight from
tke ground, but the seeds of both are planted together in the same
field, though the produce is separated in gathering in the crop. The
Goodar spedes is reckoned the superior of the two, the wool being
fioer and the cloth produced softer and more elastic ; but the plant en-
joys a shorter existence, as the £&t species remains productive in the
gnmnd for four and five years, whilst that of Gondar is exhausted
after the third ; it is also customary to cut the Efat plant over on
the fifth year, close to the ground, which is ploughed up and sown
with wheat or other grain, and on the removal of the crop, the young
eotton riioots have appeared well above the ground, and produce for two
further seasona

03. The pod when ripe is cut with a knife, the husk immediately
taken df, and the wool forthwith deposited in a bag. No dirt is any
where discernible, as the pod is cut directly from the tree and great
care taken in conveying the cotton wool into the sack. One full bear-
ing bush produces between four and five pounds of raw stuff, twice
dnriog the twelve months. The processes of cleaning, teasing, bowing
and twisting are entirely performed by the women, who extract the
Msds in a house by means of a smooth stone and an iron spindle, which
is merely rolled over small portions at a time, the strength of the
fcmale arm being sufficient to expel the seeds, without bruising them,
or in any way injuring the fibre. A common bow is then used in the
process of teasing this wool, and as spinning wheels are unknown in this
country, the thread is twisted by means of the ancient spindle, which
ii the same now in use among the Indian hammauis and brinjarrU;
the spinning motion being given by a rapid pressure between the left

274 Agricultural and Land produce 4^ Skoa. [No. 148.

{>a1m and naked thigh, whilst the right hand is carried high in the
air, for the operation of roving.

63. Where time is not of value, and where the lahour of women is
held exceedingly cheap, the want of machinery is in a manner supplied
by these endnring and hard- working creatures ; and although the
utmost efforts of a female can but prepare the small quantity of three
or four pounds during the day, still the crop is all cleaned in doe
season, and the manufacture of cloth, though coarse, is exceedingly
durable, and at present forms the great staple of exportation from
8hoa. At this present juncture when the Government are expend,
ing so much treasure to enable the East India merchant to compete
with the American in the British market, an extended ezperimeBt
of the qualities and properties of the Abyssinian cotton might be ad.
vantageously made, and it is natural to be supposed, that the result
will prove satisfactory, when we consider the greater attention p^id to
preparing and manuring the soil, the great assimilation of climate^
and the mode of gathering in and cleaning the crop at present practis-
ed in India.

64. The following is the description of the two cotton plants found
in Abyssinia, Oassypium Gandarense, seeds sprinkled with ahcft
hairs, cotton white; capsules three-celled, three. valved ; flowers large,
yellow, leaves three.five lobed ; lobes commonly obtuse. *' EfiUense,"
seeds completely covered with a close down; cotton white, capeules
three-celled, three. valved ; flowers, small with a red fundus. Leaves
three.five lobed. Lobes accuminated.

65. There are two prime sorts of wheat, the white called '* azazee,"
and the red *' zohoan goambar" (elephant tusk,) which is also the
denomination of a species common in Syria ; the white is the man
prized of the two, possessing the ingredients of a finer flour, easier of
digestion, and from its color, being entirely used in the bread of tlie '
more wealthy classes.

The red species, however, possesses an exceeding sweet flavor, is the
more hardy plant, and grows generally in situations where the white
wheat cannot thrive. A third, but inferior species, called " aboUa^ b
cul ti vated only by the poorer classes of people ; of barley also there exists
three kinds, but this grain, together with oats, is raised rather for die
use of the slaves and farm stock, than as food for the farmer, all other

]844.] AgrieuUural and Laud produce of Shea. 275

gndo being preferred to this* which when employed for family use, is
added in very minute quantities to a large proportion of some other
qiedes.*

66. There is no perceptible difference between either the Abyssinian
or the various oil plants, and those common in India ; the gram is re.
lerred exclusively for the food of man, and used either parched or
gRNmd into flour. The seed of the ' foof or safflower, besides supply-
ing a fine clear ml, is also prepared for food, and being mixed with
the rotated pickles of gram and red wheat* and seasoned with salt,
I»nii8 the common subsistence called ' kolo,* which is always taken by
fhe Amhara on his journeys and military expeditions. In the ab.
leoee of all machinery, the oil is extracted in a very simple manner,
although the process is tedious and unprofitable, and of course attend-
ed with considerable bodily exertion. The seeds are in the first in-
Hance slightly roasted over a slow fire, then pounded in a wooden
aortar, and afterwards ground into a pulp on the hand-mill. This
eonaiatency is mixed with a modicum of water and boiled in an earth,
en pot, until the water be entirely absorbed in the operation. The
ail remains at the bottom of the vessel, and is refined by repeated
•tninings through a series of cloths.

67* Tef hens much resemblance in its external appearance to rice,
and like that plant, delights in low moist hot situations. The color
and size of the stalk also, in all its forms and seasons, and the pecu-
iiar aapect of the light waving ear further increases the deception ;
Imt the grain is very minute indeed in size, oblong in shape, and pos-
MKa a pleasant sweet flavor, and as it is one of the most expensive
artieles of food, it is seldom used individually in the preparation of
head, bat mixed with some cheap grain.

68. The Juwarree, of which twelve sorts are distinguished, reaches
the enormous height of 15 and 18 feet, the head is gigantic, and often
weighs many pounds, and the natives are fond of chewing the green
ateih, the juice of which is agreeably sweet and refreshing. Some of the
^rietiea are used for food, whilst others, and more especially the

^ Secile noitiate carent HabeMini, panem ex isto factum quum olfacerit Grego-
nos Temm tefum esse, et ipsissimam tefi odorem olere ojebat. Avenam satione
indigQam censebat, et a suis sperni dicebat. Hordeum enim, vel gramina plicata,
qwromibi pabulum mU^Sobi Ludo^fi Hitt. jBth. Ub. 1. CM, 3 and^.

276 Agrieukwnl and Land produce of Shoa, [No. 148.

'' zungada'* and the ''kofye,** are employed solely In the manute*
ture of heer. The expected produce during a good season, is calcu-
lated at eight hundred times the quantity of seed committed to the
ground, and a bad season produces half of the above enormous retoni ;
but the plant will not grow on the elevated plateaus, and is entirely
confined to the vallies below.

09. Beans are eaten raw in the green state, or stored up for or
during fast time. They are very inferior in size to the European r^
getabie, and are invariably of a dusky white color* The pharis^
themselves grow erect to about the height of two feet ; the flowen ef
a white color have dark spots in the centre, and the pods grow np»
wards in bunches. Peas are used in the same manner as beana
They are sown broad-cast on the field, and are suffered to creep tas»!
gled over the surface, without any artificial support whatever.

70. Tobacco thrives well uid luxuriantly over all the country, and
is cultivated among the enclosures and gardens to a considerable extoi^j
notwithstanding the anathemas of the priests, who having £alsely inli«.
preted the words of Jesus Christ, '* That which cometh out ofihe monA
of a man defileih him" have interdicted the use of this narcotic, under
the penalty of exclusion from the churches. Theie is a oonsidenble
demand, however, among the Moslem part of the population, who are
freely addicted to its use, and many of the Christians are even willing
to pay the penalty of inhaling the seductive leaf. The seed in Ab|s^
sinia is planted during the month of July, and the leaves are itpi
for plucking in December. Whilst yet in the green and moist stale,
they are pounded in a wooden mortar to a perfect paste, and s^
terwards worked up into small thin squares, like indigo eakes^ vdiich ■
are well dried in the sun, amongst a sprinkling of wood ashes; but tke
tobacco grown at Hurrur, and among the mountains of the Illo Galli,
is cured in the leaf with saltpetre, is of a bright yellow odhMr,
of a remarkably good flavor, resembling the finer sorts raised it
Arabia and Persia, and is a great article of import into Shoa. Caia*
vans continually arriving at Alio Amba, laden with this prodoee
from Humur and Churchur,

71- The leaves of the ** gromum" a gigantic species of very ossise
low cabbage, which grows to the height of eight or ten feet, as wrfl
as onions, chillies, and a kind of tasteless gourd, are used as articks

1844.] AgrieuUurul and Land produce of Shoa. 277

of mteiunce daring the long weary fiutingt which are ttrietly im.
poNd OD the Abyssinian sabjeet, but are rarely on other occasions
pnduDed as adjuncts to the dinner board. The seeds of the goomum
are thrown about the enclosure before the commencement of the rainy
seiaoD, and soon ailbrd a supply of green food in the aocumnlation of
filth which encircles eyery hut, whilst the onions, chilliesi and gourds
are invariably raised in the immediate vicinity of running streams.

73. The "chaaf' is a shrub very extensively cultivated in Shoa
and the adjacent countries, and is much used by all the inhabitants
ss a substitute for tea, which it resembles in all its properties ^nd
foalities. The affinity in the name with the Hindoostanee term used
hr the China plant, is passing strange, though many words of the Am.
hirie and Ethiopic, and more particularly the Oalla language, seem to
piMeu a common origin. This plant is said to have been originally
Wought from the western mountains^ the elevation of which agree with
that of the Chinese tea districts, being from five to eight thousand feet
above the level of the sea. The leaves are alone used, either chewed
plain, or boiled in milk or water, and sweetened with honey; the
fosHties and properties are bitter and stimulative, like those of the
tea plant, and if used in excess, prevent sleep entirely during the
night. The ^rub is cultivated in plantations, where the average heat
of the year may be about 60^ in the shade; although the rays of the
SOB are very powerful ; it thrives best in a light gravelly soil, and
grows to the height of twelve feet from the ground. Planted during
the month of June, the leaves are plucked during the dry season^ and
limply exposed on a skin, until well dried in the sun ; one pound
Weight eosting from one-penny to two-pence in the bazaar.

73* The diminished import of tea into England has introduced the
'^yerba mate^' from Brazil and Paraguay. The virtues of the '* ckaai^'
are equally to be appreciated ; the beverage produced from it by infu.
tton has a pleasant flavouri not unlike some of the eastern teas, and as
the plant is said to be indigenous in the countries watered by the
*' Goekob" it might be found conv^ient as a medium of exchange
f» British manuCactures. From the following description of the plant
it will be seen, that it is of the same family as that used by the lower
<^rs of the Chinese, and that the climate in which the one is
produced, is most suitable for the cultivation of the higher flavored.

278 AgricuUural and Land produce cf Shoo, [No. 148.

and more delicate species so prised for foreign exportation. *' CAa&t,"
the Abyssinian tea plant, is a shrubby plant known already under
the appellation '' Celastrns eudules/' and belongs to Pentandria mono-
gynia, Linn, and to the natural family of " Celastriness/' or to that
sab.&mily " Rhamnea" which have in the flower the stamens altemau
ing with the petals. The family Rhamneae ; viz the genua Rhasuias»
itself supplies a substitute for tea to poor people in China, and is
known under the name of Rhamnus theozans. Our plant maj be dia.
racterized as follows: frutex inermis, ibliis oppositis, petiolatia oblon.
gts, servato dentatis glabris. Calys minimus, persistens. Petala, S
Stamina 5, Fetalis alternantia. Fructus superns, oblonga, baoca, 8
locularis, polyspermus vel abortive monospermus. Inflorescentia azil-
laris-cymosa, cymiredina stipulati. The plant supplying the Paraguay
tea is a species of Ilex, and belongs to the same family, Celaatrinae,
sub order AquifoliacesB.

74. The Lime tree grows wild in the forests, and seems to font a
favorite morsel for the elephant. It is also cultivated in the gaidens,
and used by the inhabitants for many culinary purposes, as well as in
the preparation of leather, and the cleaning of metals. A species of
plantain, resembling in size the horse plantain of India, prodnees a
large description of luscious fruit in great abundance among the val-
lies, and from the wild species, a stout light cordage is manofiMtor.
ed from the exterior coarse fibres of the stem which rises to the hcig^it
of eight feet ; but the inner fibres are of a very fine texture indeed,
and might be used with advantage in the &brication of staff for
clothing. The Abyssinian flax, however, is of a good quality, although
at present only cultivated on the face of the mountains for the sake of
the seed, which is large and well filled ; the stalk is very short, as as
importance whatever is attached to the growth of the plant for other
purposes than that of extracting the oil. In a moist spot, the reveise
would take place, and firom the fine appearance of the seeds it may
be presumed, that a lengthy fibre could be very easily produced in the
country. Peaches do not attain any size in their present localitieBi
and the vine is only to be met with in some of the gardens belonging
to the Abyssinian epicures. There are three kinds, a large red, a voy
small currant, and a small yellow grape. But the fruit is harsh and
sour, it ripens in April, and as no care is taken of the plant in any of

i 844.] AgrieuUwral and Land produce rf Shoa. 279

the delicate operations which long experience has proved in all coun-
Criet to be imperative^ the resalt of the crop is one which might be
expected.

7^. The grub, called tmpoih, is very destmctive to the crops* eating
Bp the roots of the young plants before they have acquired strength
and consistency. Baboons exist in numerous colonies, and inflict in-
finite damage on the surrounding fields; troops of two and three
hnsdred descend upon the grain during the night, and leave but
a amall remnant for the proprietor. Locusts temporarily wing their
fiight to these elevated regions, and devour every green herb; and
a mildew called *' uramasioo^ blights the hopes of the husbandman,
when there happens to be a scarcity of rain. The Oalla fly also,
which ia as large as a bee, abounds;— a great pest to the cattle, sting.
ing them to the effusion of much blood, and causing great pain and
bleeding from the puncture ; but considering the very indifferent instru-
ments used in the cultivation of the ground, the small advance made
in aasttting the soil, and the drawbacks just mentioned, the return
given is one which could hardly be anticipated.

76. Indeed, the seasons of Abyssinia^ as well as the system of culti.
Tatian> are truly anomalous. Two monsoons annually pour down
their copious floods upon the earth ; a plentiful exhalation of dew dis-
tils from the moist ground during the night for months after the sup-
ply of water has been drained from the skies, and under this vivifying
influence, the plants shoot up with amazing luxuriance^ refreshed
alike by the pure coolness of the morning breeae, and strengthened by
the strong heat of the mid-day sun. Two harvests are yearly garnered
in by the provident husbandman from the Att land, without its utter
exhaustion and impoverishment. Whilst the ripe grain is being reaped
firmn one field, the seed is but just deposited in the next adjacent one ;
the cnttie employed in ploughing up the fertile soil in one location,
whilst the muzsled oxen are trampling out its lately yielded treasures
in the next; and all the various processes of husbandry, from the
breaking up of the ground, to the winnowing of the grain, may be
witnessed In one small locality simultaneously.

'* Uic ver «nidauiii, atque alienis mensibut astai,"
" fiif grafids pecudet, bis pomis utilis arbos."

77. Although the keeping bees may not, strictly speaking, come

280 AgricuUural and Land produce of Shoo. [No. 148.

within the range of agricultural pursuits, yet it appertains in general
to rural occupation, and in a country where vinous and spirituous li-
quora are not in use^ much honey is expended in the iJBtbrication of
hydromel, and forms a large item in the pro6ts of the iJBtrmer. The
same customs prevail in this country which have been generally prae-
tised since the days of Virgil ; the whimsical one of making a confoaed
clamour to induce the swarm to settle, and that of rubbing the inte-
rior of the hive with sweet-scented herbs to induce the bees to remain.
78. When the juwarree is ripe in November^ long stout seeds cover-
ed with the leaves of the sweet smelling kuskus, mingled with the
bruised stocks of other savory herbs, are set in the fields near the ha-
bitations of the wild insect, and when the young swarms take their
flight from the parent nest, a loud shouting and noise is kept up until
a lodgment is made upon one of the lures. The swarm is then shak-
en into a hive, which is fashioned of long grass in the form of a cylin-
der, carried to the residency, and suspended from the eaves of the
house.

** Hue tu JUB80S asperge sapores,

Trita melisphylla, et cerinthae ignobile gramen.
TinDitusque cie, et Matris quale cymbala circum,
Ipsoe coDsideut medicatis sedibus." —

70. The hives are robbed of their treasures twice during the year,
once in June and again in November; but the queen bee is invariably
in the first instance extracted from her dominions, and carefully secur-
ed in a reed, and after the remnant of the family has been expelled by
means of smoke and the honeycomb despoiled, the hives are plentifully
besmeared with sweet herbs, and the queen being restored to her
dwelling place, her liege subjects never fail on the following day to re-
turn to their plundered homes.

80. Mead formed the nectar of the northern nati<Hi8, and was
celebrated in song by all their bards. It was the drink they expected
to quaff in heaven, out of the skulls of their enemies, and was liber-
ally patronized upon earth. In Shoa, it is considered as much too sump-
tuous for the lip of the common people, and his majesty alone possesses
the right and privilege of preparing the highly-prized liquor. Unlea
brewed with the greatest care and attention, it has a sweet mawkish
flavour, particularly disagreeable to the palate, and few strangers can,

1844.] AgrieuUural and Land produce of Shoa. 28 1

in the first instance, relish the composition ; but the great reoommenda.
tion to the native is its power of intoxication, which does not seem
to be attended by those after-feelings of disgust concomitant on the
free use of other potent liquors, no Amhara of the upper'' classes
ever goes sober to bed, if the means of intoxication be placed within
his reach.

81. The branches of the ^^gesho" plant are dried, pounded, and
boiled with water, until a strong bitter decoction is produced, which
is thus placed in another vessel to cool. £qual quantities of honey
and water are then added, and fermentation takes place in three days.
Chillies and pepper are next thrown in, and the mixture is shut up
in earthen vessels, well closed with mud and cow-dung. The strength
increases with the age, and his majesty's cellars are well stocked with
jars filled in the days of his father, Hoosun Suggud, thirty years ago,
which is little inferior in potency to brandy, and which furnishes the
materials for the nightly orgies in the royal palace. In northern
Abyssinia, the bitter ingredient is made from the root of the plant
" izade!* from whence is derived the name of the liquor ^'iziddy." It
is much more powerful than that made in Shoa, but is not used in
such disgusting quantities.

82. The ^^bousia" or beer of the country, also possesses a slight
intoxicating quality, and being taken in enormous quantities, produces
in the end the desired effect* The leaves and branches of the
**gesho" are pounded and mixed with water, and the barley or juwa-
ree, being buried for a few days under-ground, until the grain begins
to sprout, is bruised and added to the bitter decoction. After fer.
mentation, which takes place in four days, the liquor is closed up in
earthen vessels, and is ready for use, according to the temperature of
the heat, in ten or fifteen days. The capacity of an Abyssinian to
swallow this sour, disagreeable mixture is truly wonderful. Gallons
are oonsamed every evening in every house, and serious rioting, and
often-times bloodshed, are the general result of the evening festivity.

83. The Abyssinian breed of horses would be considered in England
somewhat undersized, and deficient in make and bone ; they are en-
tirely kept for the saddle, the want of roads militating against the use of
waggons, and established custom forbids their employment in agricul-
tural purposes. With long shaggy coats from exposure to the seasons,

282 Agricuiiurai and Land produce of Shoa. [No. 148.

geldings are alone employed in journey or the foray; the maret
and stallionfl being kept at home exclusively for the sake of breeding.
The animals are hardy, enduring, and sure-footed, and from their ex-
oessive cheapness, might be exported with advantage to some of our
Eastern colonies. Those reared among the Galla tribes are deserved.
ly considered the most superior, the reckless character of those wild
riders impelling the colts over the most difficult ground in their
youth, and thus during their education, imparting to the animal a
degree of boldness and confidence, which is not to be found among the
Amhara steeds.

84. The animal intended for the saddle, is castrated on reaching
his second year. The opening is made with a sharp knife, and after
the operation, actual cautery is freely applied to stop the effusion of
blood. Although the practice appears rough, yet very few horses are
lost from subsequent disease; and indeed from long use and expe.
rienee the art of castration has made considerable advance as a
science in Abyssinia, every available animal being operated upon by
these amateurs, from the hapless Oalla prisoner taken in the foray, to
the domestic fowl which creeps moping about the farm yard.

85. Horses are never shod, nor is any attention paid to cutting
or fitfhioning the hoof, which being exceedingly hard, for a time bids
defiance to all rocks and inequality of ground ; but at the end of a
long expedition, many of the animals suffer considerably from the
want of the ftjrier. The bridle is particularly severe, and possesses
even greater power than the most potent Mahratta bit, long cheek
pieces being fixed to an indented bit, which is inserted into the mouth,
and secured round the lower jaw by means of an iron ring, which like
a tightened curb, acts to the complete restraint of the most violent
animal. The saddle is of the Tartar form and fashion, two light
boards connected by a high wooden pommel and cantel, leaving an open
space for the back bone, and all tightly sown together; a skin coven
the construction, and the stirrup irons are very minute indeed, as the
toe of the horseman is alone placed in rest during the exercise.

86. The horse is considered a very inferior animal to the muJe,
whose soft, agreeable pace suits better with the general lazy habits of
the Abyssinians, and whose patience and surety of step among the
steep rocky mountains are sufficiently appreciated; the prices given

1844.] AgrieuUural and Land produce of Shaa, 283

for a mule are consequently higher, and the care taken of the animal
proportionally greater. Whilst the horse is allowed to run in his
pasture ground during all the seasons of the year, and scantily sup.
plied with old straw, on the failure of the herbage, the mule is fed
upon barley and the best *trf' fodder; is a continual inmate of the
master's dwellings sheltered from the cold bleak wind, and living on
most fiimiliar terms with the other members of the family.

87* Horses and mules are afflicted with few diseases in these Alpine
regions; strangles called **farw}" and worms in the ear called
*'dkadick" being the only local diseases to be feared. The former is
eared by fumigating the nostrils with dung, pea straw and the bark
of the " kolynal" (<' Euphorbia heptagona/') and the latter by the
application of oil and the fruit of the '' ciuoy' which is a most pow.
erful purgative medicine in general use among the natives for the
expulsion of the worms which their raw meat diet so freely engenders.

88. The common breed of cattle which cover the plains in great
droves, is chiefly of a black colour, with long thick horns, short stout
legs, and deep carcases, weighing probably from 250 (two hundred
and fifty) to 400 (four hundred) pounds. The *' sanza" so justly
celebrated for his immense horns, is a native of the Oalla countries
to the northward, and is rarely met with in Shoa, except as curio-
nties among the royal herds. I have occasionally seen them among
the '* Kureio Oalla," a monastic tribe dwelling in the plains to the
south-eastward of Efot. The horns are truly magnificent, stretching
up four feet in height, and spreading to a like distance in width be*
tween the tips. The animal is of a fine large breed, and has a wild
and noble appearance, carrying his welLdefended head in a free posi-
tion, like the stag proud of his twelve tynes.

89. During the rains and spring season, the cattle pick up a plenti.
fill support among the green hills and meadows; but the verdure
of Abyssinia is very fleeting; during the dry season the grass becomes
completely withered up and destroyed, and many cattle die from the
lean herd from sheer lack of pasture, as the grass and straw from the
winter fodder is scantily dealt out to the bullocks, and no shelter
whatever allowed them from the inclemencies of the weather.

90. The cows, however, are fed on cotton seed, barley, salt and grass,
a* their milk is a great article of food, and the butter is a valuable

284 AgricuUural and Land produce of Shoa. [So. 148.

object of traffic. The cream is allowed to aettle in an earthen pot,
and is stirred up with a stick split at the end into several points^ to
which a quick rotatory motion is given, between the palms of the
hands, and the butter-milk being strained through a cloth, tied over
the neck of the vessel, the particles of butter are collected and packed
up in a gourd. Being prepared with no attention to desmliness,
soon acquires a rancid smell, which, according to the taste of the
inhabitants greatly enhances its value. Besides being used in their
culinary purpo6es> they employ it as pomatum for the hair, and without
a plentiful supply of the glistening grease upon their heads, they con-
sider that there is something particularly deficient in their personal
appearance and external decorations.

91. The cattle disease is called '' abba sanga" the legs swell, the
appetite entirely fails, and becoming thinner and thinner, the animal
dies. This disease is either infectious or epidemic, and no remedy has
been discovered to cure it ; but the Amhara soon recruits bis droves
at the expense of his Galla neighbour. The last military expedition
procured an addition of twelve thousand beeves to his majesty's
wealth in kine, and a proportional benefit also accrued to bis robber
subjects.

92. There is some slight attention paid to the eomfort of the sheep,
which also exist in numerous flocks throughout the country ; they are of
a small siKe, without the ponderous tail of fat, and in general are of
a black and white colour. In the dry season, they are during the night
enclosed in an open pen, but during the prevalence of the rainy wea-
ther, they are admitted to the shelter of a roof; for although the hoar
frost nightly covers the surface of the land during the months ai
October, November and December, yet ice is seldom seen. There is
plenty of food upon the ground, and the cold does not seem to be so
injurious to the flock, as exposure to a continuation of rainy weather.
The pregnant ewes are always kept in the house until eight days after
tbe lamb is produced, when they are again permitted to join the
flock.

93. The Abyssinian sheep is found in all parts of the country ; the
ewes are very prolific indeed, lambing twice a year, and having often
two or more lambs at a time; and a tolerable supply of grass aiid
salt is stored up for their sustenance, during the season of drought.

1844.] Agrieuliurai and Land produce of Shoa. 285

The flock is regularly washed in a river once a week for two months
previous to shearing, an operation which is performed twice during
the year, in June and November, and whilst in this state of prepar.
ation, the sheep are kept in a cleanly littered pen. The wool varies
considerably in texture^ that of some being very coarse, whilst that of
others is extremely fine. No care, however, is taken of the quality,
but nature is left in this respect, as in all others in this country, to
Uke her own course. The animals are much afflicted with an in-
curable disease called **koakooi," which particularly in the dry sea.
son carries off large numbers. The throat swells to an enormous size,
and becoming filled with water, the victim expires in a few hours.

94. The long-haired sheep, called **baala iovisa,*' inhabits the
high cold countries of Maus, Lako, and the Wolle Galla. The hair
is so lengthy, that it reaches the ground on every side, and gives the
animal the form and appearance of a large baboon. It is carefully
kept in a clean pen, and frequently washed. As the value of this
animal is comparatively high, in the event of confinement produc-
ing great corpulence one of the legs is broken to reduce the gross-
ness of habit, which is supposed to injure the hair; this coat is of a
reddish hue, but afterwards blackened in an artificial manner,
and firom it the handsome cloaks are fabricated, which are worn by
the more wealthy inhabitants of Shoa. Other breeds also of superior
size and fleece exist among the Galla tribes, which are highly esteem-
ed at the royal table; but the Abyssinian is not fond of altering
the futh or the custom of his forefathers, and the necessity for any
improvement in the present small scraggy flock, has not as yet enter-
ed the current of his ideas.

95. Goats are considered a very inferior farm stock to sheep ; they
are subjected to more diseases, and the flesh is supposed (by many of
the inhabitants,) to possess the most baneful properties, in proudcing in
the human frame the venereal disease. The hides, however, are held in
esteem, and the milk is reckoned of utility as an internal remedy during
the prevalence of small-pox ; whilst at the same time, the eyes of the
sufferer are constantly washed and fomented by a warm application.
At all other times it is reckoned highly disgraceful to touch the milk of
either goats or ewes, or abstract the food from the young animal.
The prepared goat skin is soft and pliable, and impervious to water, it

286 AgrieuUural and Land produce of Shoa^ [No. 148.

18 used for the oooTeyanoe of all articles, and its peculiar aoHkneas may
be atlribated to the astringent qaalities of the plant *' heemk" with
which it is tanned.

96. On account of the steepness and ruggedness of the ground, the
patient ass is chiefiy employed in carrying burdens, which are invari.
ably packed up in skins, and roughly tied with thongs on the bare
back, producing sores and ulcers during the very first stage. The ass
is small, hardy, and very frequently of a piebald color. His lot is
the same here as in more favored spots of the globe, having to perform
the greatest quantum of labour on the least supply of food possible,
and the animal must remain in bondage and dreary work among the
mountains, until Amhara courage be sufficiently pitched to attempt
the subjection of the elephant, whose strength and docility would
point him out to any but such a race, as the animal of burden, reared
by nature in these parts for the express purpose of transport The re-
mainder of the farm stock consists of a few fowls, which are allowed to
nestle in the interior of the domicile. Although guinea fowls run
wild in every copse, no attempt has ever been made to domesticate this
useful breed, and pigs and ducks being held impure by these Jew-
Christians, are nowhere to be seen in their reclaimed state.

97* The hay is cut with a sickle in October, before the grass be.
comes withered, and after being well dried is heaped in stacks on
the fields; but although clover, trefoil, and many other nutritious
grasses grown wild in many situations, and the natives are folly
aware of their nourishing qualities, and confess that it would be most
desirable to obtain a permanent supply, yet the coarse meadow grass
is allowed to remain in the state, in which nature originally covered
the field, affording another striking proof of the slowness with which
uncivilized man admits of any improvement when contrary to andoit
habit and custom.

98. There is little known or attended to in fottening of cattle for
slaughter ; those intended for the royal table alone have a portion of
salt mixed with their fodder, as also the large breed of Galla sheqp
kept for the like purpose are for a short time fed on roasted barley ; but
otherwise, the meanness of the national character is fully displayed in
choosing the leanest of the herd for consumption, and the craving of
the sa%'age is satisfied by the quantity of raw flesh without any refer.

i 844.] AffrieHUurai and Land produce cf Shoo. 287

eooe to the qualities of the meat, which, however, may be mainly de-
veloped in the different methods of civilised preparations*

99. The following table contains the names of plants and trees
which iourish wild in the forests and meadows, but which are gradu-
ally disappearing hefoie the axe of the wood-cutter, and the plough of
the undisoeming &rmer. The endote, the oope» the edible fruits and
savoury herbs which now grow unreclaimed in the waste, might,
by cultivation, be increased in value and specific quality, and many in
their improved state, would serve as a pleasant addition to the Abyssi-
nian diet. But in the absence of precept and example, prejudice and
dirinelination to alter the customs of his ancestors deters the native
from progressing in the arts of civil life, and his social state of existence
appears even to have retrograded from ancient times, and more especi-
ally in the habit, or necessity, which lirst induced the use of raw meat as
the grand aliment of life. On this point he is truly patriotic, and enter-
tains the most sovereign contempt towards all those who reject uncooked
animal food. It is, however, remarkable, how little mankind in gene-
ral are agreed in the matter of food ; for the very Abyssinian devourer
oi raw flesh would allow the quivering morsel to drop in horror from
his lips at the sight of a roasted duck, or a weU^cooked piece of pork.

100. Table of useful wild plants :—

Amharic. Generic,

Cosse, Purgative, .. •• Hygenia Abyssinica.

Endote, Used as soap Olinno, Nov. Spec.

Wanzey, •• •• Fruit, edible, •• •• Cordia Abyssinica.

Injore, . . • • Ditto ditto, . . • • Rubrus pinnatus.

Roshira,, •• •• Ditto ditto, •• . •• Flacourtia Shoa.

Ajam, Ditto ditto, •• .. GorissaShoa.

Losi, Ditto ditto, . .. ?

Caliao, Purgative, •• •• Rhammus Shoa.

Coscusso, ... ** Sweet herb, — ?

Ensete, Plantain, •• •• Musa paradisiaca.

Tete, Timber tree, . • . . Juniperus excelsa.

Lyba, Ditto ditto, Tascus elongata.

Weisa, Dittoditto, .. ..

Balm, Clover, •• .. Thyme.

Mint, I Trefoil.

288 AgricuUural and Land produce^ Shoo. [Na 148.

101. There are few edible sorts to be foand wild among the fields;
and as in oth^r countries possessing a moist and cold climate* the semtj
forests produce no abundance of spontaneous fruits. A variety of grMsei,
however, and many of a superior quality, vegetate on the meadow
land* The root of the ensete is held in high esteem among the neigh-
bouring countries, and more especially in Garague, being scraped sad
preserved in large quantities in excavations under ground ; the breid
made from this substance is said to be very sweet and nouridiuig*
The bramble berry, the corinda, and a species of the pear flouridi on
the eastern face of the mountains ; but the remaining varieties of wild
fruit may be considered, in their present state, more properly the flood
of the monkey and other denizens of the wilderness, being insipid and
unfit for the sustenance of man. Clover and trefoil, balm and nuat^
luxuriate wild in all the meadows.

102. The houses are larger than savages in general take the troaUe
to build, but the low and damp condition of the floor, appean rs>
markable in a country so liable to cold and rheumatism as the upper
parts of 8hoa. Instead of their being raised above the level of the snr-
rounding surlace, the rocks are invariably scooped away, and thedeseeat
of a foot from the outside, leads into the interior of the hoveL Ho
house of the husbandman is composed of wattle and dab, and covered
by a grass thatch. It is always fashioned in a circular form, havisg
a closed verandah of from four to eight feet all round ; there are fbar
apertures into this from the inside; two which lead out of the house,
and two into the dark alcoves which are used as dormitories by the
heads of the family. The slaves and inferiors repose in a heap on the
floor of the inside apartment, where the fire and the few lequisile
utensils for kitchen and farm purposes, together with the muk sad
the hens and chickens, form a very lively group. There is no dda-
ney, and the household furniture must be described negatively; no bed,
no table, no chair ; these the Abyssinian does not reckon among tfe
necessaries of life, as he can make the earth serve him for all three;

«Sed non sine admintione dicenda est arbor Enaeta, Indicae ficui similit doana
oryziarom cranitie. Nam truncata enumeris tot Yicibui iponte renatcitor : qua oibm
inessant ut arbor hie alium fructum proferre opiu non habeat : tota anim pndfit
est. Nam consisa aboocta Yilioram hominnm fiuaam ledat, qui at folia ooBdoiscta
farina depsunt, ac puUii inierere dant i^SoM LudoVe Hiii AOkeop.

1844.] Affricuiiurai and Land produce of Skoa. 289 >

and altogether, the inhabitant of cdnntries where wholesome air and
freedom from vermin are ranked a mong conveniences^ must object
highly to the want of either, under the roof of the Shoan farmer.

103. There is a dreary look of desertion also in the external ap.
pearance of ail the lone fitrm-steadings which are scattered over the
coontry, and the absence of all tidiness and comfort in the arrange,
ment of the yards, as well in the interior of the houses further en-
hanoes the picture of desolation. The cattle, the farm stock, and the
inhabitants, all reside under the shelter of one roof, not particularly to
the comfort or cleanliness of any party. The unseemly dunghill,
whidi in other countries is carried far away to improve the soil and
the means of the proprietor, is here suffered to accumulate and rot
adjoining the entrance to the dwelling, poisoning the atmosphere
with its baneful exhalations, until carried by the descending torrents
a few yards from the door, to feed the rank weeds which batten in
the filth. There is no attempt at the small trim garden or the
neat rustic porch ; but bare mud wails and slovenly thatch rise from
the midst of a straggling wattle stockade, which completely surround-
ing the premises, is intended to preserve the inmates from the night
attacks of the prowling hyena, but which imparts an idea of utter
confinement and misery. There are few trees to break the monotony
of this rural scene; no busy hum of glad labour; and the want of bus-
tle and noise among the elders, and the sounds of merry games and
amuaements among the children, appears to the European visitor,
strange, savage, and unnatural.

104. Rough-dad and devoid of every finer art and elegance of life,
the original proprietor of the sheep still wears but the raw skin of the
animal, which is shifted over the shoulders according to the vicis-
situdes of the weather ; a pair of eoarse cotton trowsers, barely reach-
ing to the knees, and a scanty cotton waistdoth summing up the
remsuning artides of the wardrobe ; which, however, is perfectly suffi-
cient for the purpose required as the dearly-beloved coat of rancid
(at seems to form a most efEectuai preventive against the extremes
of either heat or cold. If but a small portion of this grease, which
is so plentifully besmeared over their Christian persons, was more
usefully employed in the fabrication of candles, the long, idle even-
ings might be passed in a more pleasant and profitable manner.

290 Agriadtural and Land produce of Shoo. [No. 148.

than in the swilling of beer, like hogt, and in those brawling eonteo.
tions which at present stigmatiae their noctamal meetings.

105. All sleep stark naked, stretdied apon bullock hides, and hod.
died close together §Qf mutual warmth, covered with coane black
cumlies ; and as the use of the candle is but imperfectly known, and
the use of oil a royal prerogative, when not carousing at a neighbour's
house, they hurry soon to repose, and start with the first call of the
cock to lounge idly about the {Hwmises. Their fear of wild beasts and
evil spirits in some measure tends to restrain individuals after night-
&11 within their own walls. They will on no account touch food in a
dark hut, and unless a fire be lighted, refrain for hours from satisfying
their hunger, under the strange superstition, that the devil would
otherwise enter in the dark, and that there would be no blessing upon
the meal.

106. It is the province of the men to plough, sow, and reap, split the
wood, and cut the grass; whilst to the women, all the other heavy
work is accorded :•« making butter and bread, fetching wood, water,
and grass, spinning, pounding, and grinding. When released itam
his immediate avocations the peasant lounges about the village, sits
in conversation at a neighbour's house, and amuses himself with a game
called '* gebHtt ;'* and at other times, attends the markets, which are
held weekly in various parts of the kingdom, the funeral feasts, and
the groupes which assemble in the public square to narrate scandalous
stories.

107' He is obliged to follow to the field his immediate governor in
all Military expeditions, under a forfeit of eight pieces of salt (90dl)
which is strictly enforced. Leave of absence is, however, sometimes ob.
tainable by means of a small bribe in cloth or honey ; but unless oiu
avoidably detained, the peasant is at all times ready and willing for
the foray, although obliged to furnish arms, conveyance and provision*
without payment whatever from the State ; yet there always ckisU the
chance of being able to capture a slave or a flock of sheep, of obtainifig
honour in the sight of the king, or of satisfying his brutal, inherent,
lust for blood of the heathen Galla.

108. The usual food of the Amhara farmer consists of sour bresd
made from tef, barley, and wheat, and eaten with a strong decoctioD
of onions, pepper and salt ; milk, eggs and butter are much in use, but

1844.] AgrieuUurai and Lamd produce cf Shoa. 29 1

meftt ia seldom provided ftr fiunily lue, though constaatly to be had
gratii at the **i€9ear$," or publie Amend feaiCs, where oattle are
akoghCered and devoured in honour of the deceased, and where any
one who choose may be a partaker.

100. There is but little relaxation or amusement for the Abyssini*
aa peasant ' Seed eake/ and ^* twice a week roast" form no joyous burden
to his song, and as yet no discerning poet has addressed himself to the
feelings to render more fortunate the lot of the husbandman. Instead
of holiday and feasting, saints' days and fiMting are the high festivals
in Christian Shoa, half the year being strictly reserved for utter
idleness, and sternly marked by an exclusion of all meat diet under
the fearful penalty of excommunication. Eggs and butter are especially
forUdden, and also milk, which is called the ** cow's son." There is
nothing whatever eaten on these numerous occasions between sun.
rise and sun-set ; and even at the appointed time a scanty mess of
boiled wheat, dried peas, or the leaves of the cow cabbage, with a
little vegetable oil, is alone permitted by the bigotted priesthood.

110. Besides Wednesdays and Fridays throughout the year,
which are observed as hdydays, the last of the Apostles continues
eighteen days, that of the Holy Virgin sixteen, Christmas seven,
Nineveh four, and the fast of Lent ftfty-six ; during which, working,
men are strictly prohibited from all employment, and are obliged to
live like anchorites, (to the great diminution of thdr bodily strength,)
if they desire their souls to be saved from eternal damnation. En.
eooraged and tolerated by the king, there is no system so baneful as
that of devoting so many precious and full days of the year to idleness
and vice, and none forming a more &tal obstacle to the amelio-
ration of the people. When such an awful waste of time is sanctified
by the name of religion, how deeply laid must be the foundation of
mental indolence ! Onchalf of the year devoted to listless idleness,
is indeed an enormous source of evil. The last generation has not
added one particle of knowledge to the ignorance of the former ; the
same gross superstitions exist, the same prejudices against introducing
any improvement or novelty, the same eternal reference to ancestral
custom; and thus the Abyssinian peasants live and die without
adding one jot to their small portion of wealth, or one item to their
narrow stock of knowledge.

292 Agriculiural and Land produce of Shoo, [No. 148.

11 L But alihoagh not that earthly paradise which Jetnitieal fiuicy
had poartrayed the country to be, and although the majestic palaces, the
pillars of porphyry and the Corinthian domes exist only in the imagi-
nation, yet still Abyssinia possesses the fresh vegetation of a northern
climate, the vivifying ardor of a tropical sun, and the cloudless azure
of a southern sky. The palaces and fiines, the gardens and gushing
fountains have departed with Prester John and his glories, yet there
still remains a fertile country, with most amazing capabilities, a
healthful climate, and a race of beings who, having stopped at the satis-
fying point ''of barren bare necessity," are at least less sensible to that
desire for filching so peculiarly evinced by the inhabitants of rich and
luxurious cities ; and though poor as to the state of the country and
arts, the inhabitants remain uncivilized without experiencing much
comfort even in their highest enjoyment, and possessing no antidote for
sorrow in their debased condition; still the contrast between their
existence under an absolute and complete despotism is striking, when
compared with that of their neighbours, the Adaiel, who pride them,
selves on being the free citizens of independent tribes. The Abyssinians
are, comparatively speaking, numerous, powerful, and somewhat ad.
vanced in the arts and improvements of life; whilst the others are
barbarous, idle, improvident, and licentious; and bad therefore as ab.
solute power is in itself, there appears something salutary in any do-
minion over uncivilized minds, which tends so considerably to the
ultimate improvement of the savage.

112. But it cannot be expected that Abyssinia should, for a
length of time, take rank among those countries which are peculiarly
happy, wealthy or abundant, as all the prevailing customs and pnie.
tices are at utter variance with the laws for the production, consump-
tion and distribution of wealth. A heavy taxation is enforced on
the produce of the field; monastic and clerical establishments are
fostered to the ruin of the people; the venal judges are paid by fees
on the causes which they decide ; and popular superstition and impos-
ture have the royal sanction for abuse ; whilst, on the other, not
a vestige of aaght that might be useful is ever taken into considera-
tion. Here are no roads constructed for the conveyance of produce
and traffic; no schools founded for the benefit of the rising generation ;
and fear and prejudice alike prevent the inhabitants from travelling

1844.] AgrieuUural and Land produce of Sko€L 293

to foreign couDtries to enlighten their ignorant minds by modern in-
Tention, or to improve their benighted country by a transfer of modem
art and science.

App£ndix> No. 1.

Table of prices for farm prodnce and fiurm stock in the kingdom
of Shoa: —
Quanii^» Names of Articles. Price.

86 Iba. Wheat, ^d. Sterling.

55 lbs. Barley, 2^d ditto.

aOlba. Oau, 2i</. ditto.

aOlba Tef, 2^1/. ditto.

45 Ihi* Juwarree, ^^d. ditto.

SOlba. Oram^ 2ic/*ditta

30 lbs Peas, 2^. ditta

25 lbs. Beans, •• '%. •• 2^1/. ditto.

lib Coffee, 2^.ditto.

lib. Cotton, 2^ ditto.

lib. Honey, 2i<t ditto.

lib. Tobaeoo, 24<l.ditto.

5 lbs. Mustard, S^d. ditto.

1 lb. Coriander, • • • • 2^. ditto.

5 lbs. Linseed, 2id. ditto.

10 lbs. Safflower, 2^. ditto.

7 lbs*. Red Pepper, ' •• ..2^. ditto.

lib Onions, •• •• •• ^. ditto.

10 stalks Sugar-cane, .. •• 2^. ditto.

20 Plantains, 24<l.ditto.

4 Citrons, 2i<l. ditto.

200 Limes, 2^.ditto.

4 lbs Milk, 2^ ditto.

lib. Butter, * 2^ ditto.

lib. Ghee, 2i€f. ditto.

1 Bullock Hide, 7^. ditto.

1 Goat or Sheep Skin, ..Ifdlditta

294 AprieuUmrai and Land produce of Sko€L QNo. 148.

Slaves and Farm SioelL

1 Male Slave, 34 to 64 ShiUiDgs.

1 Female Slave, 48 to 100 ditta

1 Mule, .. 20 to 60 ditto.

1 Horse, . • . • 4 to 40 ditto.

1 Ass, •• •• •• 4to8 ditto.

1 Ox, .. •• 4 to 12 ditto.

1 Cow, •• .. 4 to 12 ditto.

1 Sheep, •• .. 5^. to 1 ditta

1 Goat, •• 6d. to is.6d.

10 Fowls, 2f. to 2#. Sterg.

1 Set of Agriealtural Implements, • . . . 2#. 1</.

Appkndix, No. 2.

Extract on the Agriculture of Abyssinia, translated from the works of
Ludolf, Hist. Aeiheop.

The fertility of the soil in Abyssinia is remarkable, for wherever the
ground is fit for culture, it brings forth all manner of fruits. The
summer of so long duration being exceedingly conducive to vegetation,
sowing and reaping are performed together in one spot, and two, and
even three harvests are reaped during the year. The Abyssinians have
grain and leguminous plants, not only such as are known with us, but
others, such as tef, very useful in making bread, which is unknown in
Germany. The seed is very minute, even smaller than that of the
poppy, but oblong. They do not seem to possess our com, for when
Gregorius first smelt the bread made from it, he said ** this is real tef,
and has the like flavour." He thought oats unworthy of cultivation, and
said, '' it is like darnel, despised by my countrymen," for there barley
and grass form the food of the horses. The Abyssinians do not sow for
the express food of the domestic animals; as in all the more temperate
situations grass is very abundant, on account of the perpetual warmth,
and the continual moisture running under ground from the mountains.
The solid rock does not absorb the rain water, which sinking under their
fertile soil wonderfully refreshes the plants ; on the contrary, when the
moisture subsides into a rock full of holes, the hills remain sterile.

The meadows are evergreen and redolent of flowers ; there is plenty
of food for the bees, and for this reason an abundance of honey. With

1844.3 AgrumUurai and Land produce of Shoa. 295

8uch a plentifdl supply of ihiits, they neither spare nor keep aught for
the following year, probahly because they are confident in the fertility
of their soil^ or because, aa yet they have no sheds for its protection.

Nor are they in the habit of bringing in their hay, although this
is highly necessary on many occasions on account of the locusts, for
that pest eating up fodder and seed, destroys men and beasts with
hanger. Herbs of every kind grow there ; not only the sweet smelling
and medicinal ones of Europe, but others besides of remarkable pro-
perties peculiar to the country. Amadanffda, as TuUy says, heals broken
or dislocated bones, the contrary of the ossijraga of Norway, which
breaks the bones of the cattle treading upon it. But a)l curiosities in
the shape of plants are naught when compared to the assaffzoe, which
is so efficacious against snake poison, that the most noxious serpents
touched with this herb are set at rest, and lay as though they were
dead, and even more than this, the shade of the plants stupifies vipers,
so that you are able to lift them without harm from the ground;
and whoever has eaten of the root of this herb, can walk without fear
among hydras, and will for many years be secured from their bites.
The Abyssinians are well acquainted with the saffron ; grains of it
were shewn to us by Oregorius as a curiosity. He said, the expressed
oil was useful in hypochondria and obstructions of the milk. They have
no hops, but brew beer without this addition. The vines and grapes
are excellent, although they make no wine, partly because the grapes
ripen in summer when fermentation is hastened by the intense heat,
and the must is destroyed. They have plenty of sugar, but no pepper,
ginger or other aromatic herbs. Plantains grow there, and I strongly
suppose this tree to be the madragora of Reuben. Another tree is
mentioned by N. Oodynius, which is very useful against intestinal
worms, for these abound from the habit of eating raw meat ; but
the Abyssinians purge the belly with the fruit of this tree every month,
and in that way destroy the worms.

Appendix No. 3.
List of plants used as medicines in Abyssinia :—
Names of PianU, Dieeaees.

Ashkak Goomun, .. .. Epilepsy.

Weynagooft, Ringworm.

' Kurrut, Procuring abortion.

296 Agrieukurai and Land produce cf Skoa,

Hoolgab, • . • . Sore throats.

Tullinch, Styptic

Baskimmes, Pargative.

Toolt, .. .• .. Procuring abortion.

Yih vogiat, Fever.

Deet, .. .. •• Fomentation-

Darakooty .. •• •• Fever.

Indehalaloo, Diseased lungs.

Ekoolkussy^ . . .. •• Boils.

LuluflTee, • . . • . . Ulcers.

Esadefterp, • • . • • • Cracked skin.

Cosha sheila, • . i

T _^ ^ „. I > Rheumatism,

leeoor tullinch» • . f

Ahiaendote, •. .. Venereal.

Yemendy roomboy, i

«. ,. . > Venereal.

Dedhie, •• •• f

Khut khulla, . • I ,^

Chiffey \ Ringworm.

Serabuzzoo, . . . . -^

Ozimeb, .. .. /

Kumbo, .. •• I „ .,

*, . . y Epilepsy.

Kuklunggemaro, •• I

Toolulut, . . \

Chiekogole, .• .. > Fever.

Misrethy •• •. '

Kunchttl, •• •• 1 ,* .

xr II 1 i Venereal.

Kolkqualy .. •• 3

Araararul, .. 1 ,^

^ > Emetic.

Toccazzee, •• •• )

Issagoe, Serpent Bite.

Ahmadmadoo. • • • • Sores.

Tucksoe, .. •• 1 „

«--.,_ V Fever.

Kuffencho, .. •• I

Yehzemmerkoos, . • ^

Chifferey, .. .. ? Aphrodisiacs.

Dague, •• ^

Fula Fedi, • . • • • • Cattle Medicine.

Cosso, Purgative.

[No. 148.

Report <m the Route from Seena to Bahawulpore, by Major F.
Mackbson, C B., B. N. L Officiating Superintendent BhuOy
Territory, Communicated by the Government cf India.

From Major F. Mackkson, C. B. Ojficiating Superintendent Skuity
Territory t lo R. N. C. Hamilton, Eeq, late Agent to the Gooer*
nor Generaiy on special Mission to Seersa and Bahawuipore,

SiSy— I have the honor to submit a map of the route surveyed by

.^ ^ me from Seersa to Bahawolpore, with an abstract

Suhmito turvay of statement of the different stages. From an impres-

road through the de- . . ^ , • . . , .

fHt» with list of sion that your mission would be accompanied by a
'^^' Surreyory I took no measures to provide myself

with instnunents for taking observations for latitude and longitude,
the survey bas therefore been laid down from bearings with a survey-
ing eompase, on distances measured by a perambulator, but no care has
been spared on my part to make it as correct as the instruments at my
command would admit of.

2. In submitting this survey I beg to offer a few remarks ; first, on
the general features of the country traversed ; secondly, on the nature
and capabilities of the road that has been opened, and on the effect
its opening is calculated to have on different channels of commerce.
8. The tract of country traversed from Seersa to fiahawulpore,
Gtnend featare of the m«MO'es in extent, from east by north to west by
ceontry— in Inhabitante south, two hundred and twenty-seven miles. The

"* ^*°^' first forty^tbree miles are through British territO"

ry, the next eighty-seven miles are through the N. E* portion of
the Hindoo state of Bikaneer, and the last ninety • seven miles are
through the Mussulman principality of Bahawulpore. This tract is not,
u hss been thought, a desert of deep sand : the heavy sand bears no
proportion to the hard soil. From Seersa to Bhatner, though void of
large trees, the country near the road is covered with underwood of
jhand, karil and ban: beyond Bhatner, the stunted underwood is
partial, while bare shifting sand hills on a substrata of hard soil are the
common feature. The population is scanty. In the British territory
the inhabitants met with, are Bhattis, (Mussulmans,) and Bagri Jats,

298 Rouufrtnn Seena to Bahawulport. [No. 148.

(Hindoos). In Bikanir, the zemindars are Masfolmaos from the Nai,
and Bagris from Bagar-des. In Bahawulpore, the prevailing caate is
Massalman. The small towns on the road are inhabited by Hindoo
merchants. The chief places are Raneeah in the British territory, a
Thana and tahseil sution, Bhatner and Sooratgarh in Bikanir, and
Maroth in Bahawulpore. Sooratgarh and Maroth are the marts to
which the scattered inhabitants of the desert resort to dispose of their
prodace, chiefly ghee, and to purchase in retam the necessaries of life.
The principal food of the inhabitants of the desert is bajra.

4. Between Seersa and Sooratgarh, the country bears traces of hav-
». . » o ins once been well inhabited. At no very distant

Tract from Seena ® ^

to Sooratgarh des- period, the waters of the Goggur river reached as &r

cribed— Its capabili-
ties and prospecu of as Sooratgarh, and old wells are numerous as far

improTemen ^^^^ ^^ Bhatner, A large belt of meadow land, four

miles in breadth, extends from Seersa to Sooratgarh, which when flood-
ed by the Guggur, is capable of prodocing crops of wheat, bariey, gram
and oats, and after the rainy season, rich crops of rice ; while the Rohi
or high lands, north and south of it, yield excellent crops of bajra» moot
and til. The progress of improvement in this district has been much
retarded since it came under British sway, by the unjust system that
has prevailed in the Putteala and Kaithat states, of bunding the upper
course of the Guggur river, notwitlistanding remonstrances from the
British authorities running through a twelve years' correspondence.
Villages that enjoyed the benefit of the Guggur inundation when under
Patteala, have within the last six years, since their transfer to us» been
nearly ruined for the want of it ; yet it is maintained that no new bunds
have been constructed. The above tract has, it is seen, great natural
advantages if not unjustly deprived of them, and only requires the intio*
duction of capital, and a more industrious race of cultivators to render it
exceedingly valuable. It has sufi^ered much from the disorders following
the cessation of regular Government, and from the misrule of its late
masters, the predatory Bhattis, who lived by plundering their neigh*
hours. The Bhattis checked in their predatory habits by the strong
arm of the British Government, are now slowly, but gradually, being
displaced by the more industrious Seikh Jaths and Bagris, and they
must either bend to necessity, and become cultivators, or retire with
their herds of cattle further into the desert and across the Sutlej.

1844.3 Route from Seena to Bakawuipore. 299

. 5. As regards the barren waste extending West from the Saratgorh

to Bahawalpore, the prospects of reclaiming it are

Tract from the Su- i • • i

ntgurh to fiahawui- >M>t very promising ; not that it is altogether unpro.
^r^^cT^^lt <i««tive, for Inxoriant crops of bajra, moot and til
meni-Canalpropot- ^^ ^^ ^>n the portions of light sandy soil that

occur here and there spread over a snbstrata of hard
elay, bnt these crops depending entirely on the monsoon, which is
BDcertain, are subject to freqoent failores, and the water to be fonnd
in wells is at too great a depth, and too brackish in most places, to
be of use either for drinking or agricultural purposes. The measure
best calculated to change the face of a large portion of this coun-
try would be, the digging a canal from the river Sutlej near B4)o-
pur, which should pass South of Bhatinda and Farid Koth, and fall
into the forsaken bed of an old river called the Slakro near Bhatner.
The line of country this canal would pass through is clear of all the rain
torrents from the Himalaya range, and the slope continues favorable to
within two marches of Bahawulpore, while the rich soil it would pass
through in its upper course, should amply repay the outlay.
6. There remains to be noticed one remarkable feature in the couur
Remarkable featare try traversed to Bahawulpore^ which is the traces

in the couotry travers- ^, ^ . ^ . .^ - ,. ^ -

ed—The deMrted bed that ezlst lu it of the course ot somo former nver :
JheSiSro bIS!*'*^^''* «n<^ as it is to the forsaken bed of this river that
we are indebted for the opening to us of a road through the desert, I
shall venture to give a more particular description of it than it would
otherwise deserve. On looking at a map of the desert, we find many
scattered hamlets and ponds and wells marked on it, which the people
dwelling north and south of the desert may have founded and dug
eith^ for watering their cattle at grase, or for the convenience of inter-
communication and traffic ; but in no part of the desert, save to the
road from Seersa to Bahawulpore, shall we observe a continuous line
of villages traversing its whole cattent from E. by N. to W. by S.,
and their existence on this road must, I think, be attributed to the
facilities afforded for settling by the desert bed of the river before-
mentioned. All the villages and koths, or forts on the road, which
since Maroth, have been constructed within the last thirty years, stand
either in or dose to this deserted channel, and for the reason that wells
dog in it are generally fonnd to have sweet water, while the water

300 BatUefram Sm-sa io Sahaumipare. [No. 148.

of wella dog at a distance from it eithor North or Soatb, is osually

brackish.

7. The deserted bed of the river alluded to in Ike foregoing para-
n _^. , . gnph is known as far East as Seersa by the name

Particular descnp- «» «^ ^

tion of the channel of of Slakro Ban. and is pointed out by old inhabi-

the Slakro Ban.

tants as distinct from the smaller channels in it,
confined within which, the Quggur river now flows. The distinction
continues to a few miles West of Raneea, whence to Sooratgorh the
whole breadth of Slakro is distinctly marked by numerous Novated
sites of villages on its banks, although the banks themselves now ap-
pear low and ill-defined. At Bannee, the Slakro is joined by the dry bed
of the Wftr nftli, and at Mftnak, four miles east of Sooratgurh, by the dry
bed of the Chittang river. From Sooratgurh to Anopgurh its course
is well defined by strongly marked lines of high sand hills ; those on the
south bank being more conspicuous and uninterrupted than thooe on
the north. After leaving Sooratgurh it bears but the one name of Slakro
Ban ; the names of its feeders, the Guggur and Chittang, being un-
known. From Anopgurh to Chapao and Kalepahar, its banks and
course are less easily traced ; its bed spreads considerably, and divides
into branches, exhibiting large expanses of flat hard soil entirely bare,
called by the natives of the country, Chitrang or Duhar, and which, after
the sun has risen high above the horizon, have the appearance of sheets of
water, displaying all the deceptive and varying images of the Mirof^
The breadth to which the bed of the l^kro attains at this part of its
course is such as to favor the idea that it was a larger river than
the Sutlej, which it may have resembled in the lowness of its banks,
and In its winding and slow current; opposed to the conclusion of
its having ever been a permanent stream, is the fact of its principal
known feeders, the Quggur and Chittang, having been ascertained
to be merely rain streams, taking their sources from within the lower
range of the Himalaya. A glance at the map of the Upper Provinces
will, however, shew the numerous streams by which the whole country
between the Sutlej and the Jumna is drained off into the bed of
the Slakro, and it is possible that some of these streams formerly pos*
sessed a more permanent character, and that their sources may not yet
have been traced. Even if not permanent, the body of water accumulat-
ed in these streams in former years may have been suftdent to have

1844.] RouJttfrcim Seer$a to BeAawulpore. 301

worked lor itself a welNdeflned channel through the desert, the traces
of which still remain. Ages have elapsed since this river ceased to
flow, and I shall leave to those who care to prosecute the inquiry,
to establish the permanency or otherwise of its character, merely
observing here, that from excursions made north and south in the
desert to a distance of fifteen Biiles from the river bed, and a compari-
son of the face of the country met with, with that in the bed itself,
I traced to my entire satisfaction the deserted course of a large river
tt Cur as the Kalipahar wells. From that point its course was report-
ed to me to continue on the same W. by S. direction, passing Delawur
tad other forts in the desert, built on its channel; perhaps joining
in the end some forsaken bed of the ever-changing Indus, near where
that river empties itself in the ocean.

8. The road from Seersa to the wells at Kalipahar, within two

Deu a f th "'^^'^^ ^^ Bahawulpore follows the dry bed of the
road from Seenato Slakro, conforming to its windings. Its direction is

fiahawalpore.

West by South; it sometimes runs in the bed,
sometimes crosses it, and sometimes runs parallel with it on the right
or left bank, never deviating from one or the other of its banks more
than four miles. On a comparison with the average run of marches, it
is less heavy for wheel carriages than the road from Kurnaul to Fe-
rozepore, and it would continue good at all seasons. It runs through
an open country with little or no cultivation, and may be increased to
any breadth ; camels may march by it fifty abreast on ^ther side of a
column of troops.

9. The present supply of water from wells would sufiice for the pas-

sage of a kqfila of three hundred camels, and we
Supply of water. |^^^^ ^^^^ ^ increase the number of wells on the

road to admit of large bodies of troops moving by it ; with the excep.
tion of the stage of Bila-chian the water is every where drinkable and
generally good.

10. There would be no difiicuUy as to supplies of all kinds on due

notice being given. Such as are not procurable

Sopplef of all kiods , « ^^ ■ i

how procurable. on the road, can be brought to any pomt on it in

two days or less from the Ghara river. Gram for

horses is not procurable beyond Raneeah, but barley and moot, or bajra

may be substituted. Forage for camels, and grass for bullocks and

302 Route firom Seersa to Bahawulpore. [No. 148.

honesy may be said to be plenttfal throoghoat the march, onless in set-
eODi of uDQBual drought The grass is of a icind that requires to be
cot with a sickle, and notice should be given to have it cat and stored,
if reqaired for troops. Barley-bhoosa and moot-bhoosa are plentiftd
as far as Anopgarh, bat scarce beyond that stage.

1 1. Kou-minoTM are now being erected at every two miles, to shew
» the direction of the road by day : for troops mareii*

Precautions neceita- ^ ^ i-

ry in marching troops ing at night, it woald be well to talce the precta-

by this road. . -,. «. ,. ., . «.«

tion of having fires lighted at intervals of four
miles, for the road once lost in the desert is not easily recovered. Is
the march of troops, the strictest orders should be issued and enibreed
to secure the few people inhabiting along the road from molestatioo,
and all persons employed as guides, for whom at first a great demand
will be made, should be liberally paid and encouraged by Icind treat-
ment.

12. Whether viewed with reference to the march of troops, or to

^ ^ .. the dispatch of military stores from the heart of

Advantages of the di- ^ ^

reetroad from Delhi to pur Upper Provinces at Delhi to Scindh, or tot

Bahawulpore through _^

the desert— much stul direct line of dAk from Delhi to Salckar, tbe ad-
required to be done to . ^ .. ^ ^ ■_ • .
draw forth itscapabili- vantages of the new road are too obvious to re-

^^' quire to be dwelt on. The saving of time in mareb-

ing troops by this road instead of by Feroaepore would be ten dayi» te
say nothing of the vast expense which has hitherto attended the drag-
ging of fleets of boats up to Ferozepore from Bahawulpore and Sukkor
being avoided. The time saved in the conveyance of the dAk would be up-
wards of three days. The advantages of the road as a channel of cooh
merce will be separately noticed ; meanwhile I may observe, that if it Ik
an object with Government to make the road a thoroughfare, much itill
requires to be done to improve its resources. A greater number of
wells must be dug than will barely suffice to supply the wants of ut-
vellers and kqfUas^ and encouragement must be held out to people to
settle near them. The practice hitherto in force with the zemindan os
the road, of exacting payment at discretion from travellers and htfin
for watering cattle at their wells, must be put a stop to. The lemia-
dars should receive an allowance on the duties levied from their own
Governments; for without remuneration they cannot be expected to
draw water from a great depth for other people's cattle which they re

iS44.] Haute/ram Seersa to Bahawulpore* 303

quire for their owd, while if their exactions continae, the road will not
be travelled by merehanta.*
13. 1 have now to remark on the effect which the opening of the direct

mri*JhTici''fSd '^^ ^^^ ^«^*»» through Seersa to Bahawulpore
wSu bare ii|mi com- ^iu have upon oouunerce. This effect can only

merce, and first on "^ ^

the commerce between be fully developed when Steam boats plyins be-

Bombay, Delhi & Am- r j &

liinu tween Bombay and the Mouth of the Indus, and

heoee to Bhawulpore, shall have rendered the transport of European
mannfijctgrea and other articles of commerce by that channel both
safe and expeditions. We may then expect, from a comparison with
the various routes by which the products and manufiictures of Europe
leach the great marts in the Upper Provinces and in the Punjaub,
that the route from Bombay to Bahawulpore by water, and thence by
hmd throagh Seersa to Delhi, will have the advantage over all others
in ra{Hdity of communication and in other respects. In point of safety,
it is now much to be pr^erred to the long land route traversed by
k^Uas from Bombay via Pali to Bhiana and Amritsir, which is seldom
free from the apprehension of plunderers. The trade from Bombay
by the river route to Bahawulpore, and to the countries North*east of
that mart, has hitherto been trifling in amount, a circumstance that may
be accoanted for by the unsettled state of the countries West of the
Indus, since that river was opened in 1832, and by the natural difficul-
tiee of the upward navigation of the rivers with the unskilful en*

* Several kt^/Uas retaming from Delhi within the last month, have gone from
Seena ronnd by Abohar, and along the left bank of the Sutlej to Bahawulpore, alleg-
ing as their reason for not taking the direct road through the desert, their fear of exactions
from lemindars for watering their cattle. The chief advantage of the desert road for
ktffUas is its directness. The duty levied on it is 8 annas per camel more than by the
circiDCooa route on which the Bikanir territory is avoided. Add to this, that forage
though not scarce in the desert road, is more abundant in the circuitous road, as is wa-
ter ; and when we consider how little it requires in the shape of exaction or obstruction
to turn trade off its direct channel, it is obvious that the road through the desert must be
cleared from all obstacles of this nature before it can successfully contend with roads pos-
seisiiig grenter natural advantages, even when all has been done for it, that can be done.
Part of the traffic from Afghanistan that would otherwise have come by it, may now
since our acquisition of territory at Asafwalla on the Ghara, cross to that place direct
from Moltan by Pukputtan ; thus avoiding the duties to be paid in the Bahawulpore and
Bikanir states. At present, however, the duties between Multan and Pukputtan are
much heavier than they are between Multan and Seersa by Bahawulpore.

2 X

304 Route from Seersa io Sahawuipore, [No. 148.

terprize of native mereluuiU anused to the risks of water-carriage.
Early ia 1836, a firm of oar merchaDta established at Babavulpore,
opened a commercial interoonrse with Bombay by the river route ; but
meeting with some loss from the sinking of a cargo on the outset, they
for a time suspended their transactions. For the last three years, how-
ever, this firm has annually got up an investment of three boat-loads of
goods from Bombay, consisting of Europe long cloths, (tuphedijj bars
and sheets of iron, spices, oocoanuts, &c. ; but they shew a great want of
enterprize in selecting for their voyage the season when the river is at
its lowest, where there is less risk, and they can load their boats heavi-
ly. The consequence is, that their voyage from Bombay to Bahawulpore
occupies seven months. They lose the advantage of being first in
the market, and much of their profit is eaten up by the wages of boat-
men. Goomsai Ram Seth of Luchmungurh, who has branch firms at
Seersa and at Bombay, has now sent for an experimental cargo from
Bombay, io order to prove in how short a time goods shipped at Bom-
bay, and brought up the river in boats lightly laden, and taking advan*
tage of the season of favorable winds, can be landed at Bahawulpore, and
conveyed thence to the markets at Bhiana and Delhi. Should the result
of his venture be fiivorable, his example will no doubt have many fol-
lowers, and we shall in course of time see this channel of commerce vie
with that from Calcutta to Delhi, and in a great measure supersede the
long and expensive land route from Bombay via Pali

14. Of the traffic created between the marts of Bahawulpore and

Seersa by the opening of the new road, I have little
m^iJ'bit^tifTe *® «»y- ^n ^^^ ^^^^^^ ^^^ Seersa merchants antiel-
Bahaini) ^ wT* ^^ ^^^^ * ^^^ demand for the groceries which they

bring from near Shamli, and export Westwards.
Their anticipations have not been realized. The consumption at
Bahawulpore itself is not very great, and that place is already well sup-
plied by the channel of the Sutlej, from Lodiana and the Jaliudar Dooab;
and when our merchants would have sent on their investments to Suk-
kur where a demand for them existed, they discovered that the heavy
duties they would have to pay in clearing out of Bahawulpore, would
leave them little or no profit on the investments. To avoid these
ruinous duties, they are now put to the inconvenience of sending their
goods outside of Bahawulpore to the river side, and there keeping then

1844.3 BtmUfinm Seena to Bakamulport. 305

nntil they can hire a boat to take them on to Sukkor ; and yet in spite
of this drawback my impression is, that when bullock carts come to be
need instead of camels on the new road, it may snccessfolly compete
with the river rente in supplying Upper Scindh with the groceries and
drugs in demand there^ which can be procured cheaper, and of better
qaality from the eastward of 8eersa» than from the neighbourhood of
lioodhiana and Jalindar. The Seersa merchants will also have the
advantage of bringing back a return cargo» thus making two profits
when the river-going trade only yields one. In addition to sugar,
molasses, cottooi and other groceries, the Seersa merchants should be
able to export to Bahawnlpore the indigo grown about Hansi, which is
of superior quality to that now purchased by the Lobani merchants at
Bahawnlpore and Shudabad for export to the western markets.

15. Another branch of trade that will be more immediately affected
... ^ , ^ by the opening of the new route, is that from Aff-

Sdly. On the Com- ^ r o

iiMreB between Af- ghanistan to India carried on by the Lobanis. This
^ " ' ' is so well known, that a detailed account of it is not

requisite. The number of camels laden with merchandize that annu-
ally pass through Dera Ismael Khan towards India, led by these enter-
prizing traders, has been estimated at 7,000. TiM)se who bring horses,
are oompdled by the Sikh government to take the road to Lahore;
very few of them come by^Multan and Bahawulpore. Those who bring
green and dried fruits^ madder, assafoetida, and other merchandize^ find
their way to our frontier from numerous directions, driven by exactions
into circuitous routes, and travelling any distance, and undergoing any
hardships, rather than pay duties. Besides the Lohani kqfilas engaged
in this trade^ there are kafiku belonging to Mooltan Afghans, amount-
ing to about 700 camels, that go annually to Candahar, and as far as
Locknow and Cawnpore in our provinces. There are also merchants
at Bahawulp(«e and at Sawulghur in the desert, whose camels, 300 in
Domber, ply between Dera Ismael Khan, Jang Mani, Multan and our
provinces, making jonrnies later in the season, and purcbasiog the goods
they import from the Lobanis. The reduction of the duties in the
Bahawulpore and Bikanir states, followed up by tbe removal of all dif-
ficulties in the supply of water to caravans, should have the effect of
concentrating in the new road a great part of the trade above des-
cribed ; and the Lobanis freed in a great measure from former exactions,

306 Rouie/rom Seerta to Bakawulpore. [No. 148.

sboald be able coDBiderably to ioemae tbe amoant of tbeir imports
and exports.

16. It has beeo suggested, that the opening of the direct road across
nr-.L .1. # ^® desert, would enable the Lohanis to make two

With tbe reference ^

to the wanu of Com- joomies to India instead of one. The time saved

merce on the channelt

above described, §iig' affords no grouid for sach an ezpeetation« nor

ofamartOTMinttamr i* it possible in their present mode of travelling;
on the fionUer. ^ ^y^^^ ^^ ^^j^ ^^^^ ^1^^ SoUman range with

their families previous to, or af^, the heavy falls of snow, and they
most leave their families to spend the depth of winter in Damoon, that
is on this side the Passes ; but if it has not effected what was imprac-
ticable, as a measore facilitating the access of the Lohanis to oor
marts and the supply of their wants, the opening of a direct road, toge-
ther with the redaction of duties through two of the three foreign
states intervening between Afl^hanistan and India, must be admitted
to have effected much for commerce between those countries. Much
eventual benefit wiU I am persuaded also arise from this measure
to the trade between Bombay and the marts of Upper India and the
Punjab; and if I might be permitted to suggest a further measure
by which commerce by these two channels might be promoted, it
should be the revival of an old proposition for the establishment of
a mart or annual fair at a convenient position on the frontier, at which
the merchants from Affghanistan, from EUndoostan, and from Bombay,
might meet and exchange their goods free from the vexatious exacti<ms
practised by native governments.

The inconvenience suffered by our merchants trading between
Seersa and Upper Scinde, from the want of an intermediate mart
at which they might store or dispose of their goods free of exorbitant
duties has been already noticed, and this inconvenience would be more
severely felt should the Bombay trade with Delhi and Amritsir follow
the new channel. As regards the effect of a mart or fair in the Lohani
trade, it may be remarked, that though generaUy the Lohanis are indif-
ferent to the distance they have to travel to supply their wants, there
are many of them, even now, who find it their interest to dispose of
their goods at marts nearer home, where they have to pay heavy duties^
and their wants are but indifferently supplied. Many of them ^o
cross the Suliman range with the last kafila of the season, may wish to

1844.] Route frtMi Seersa to Bahawulpare. 307

retnra with the first, and will dispose of their goods at Deera Ismael
Khan, at Mtiltan and at fiahawnlpore, as has been observed, to the mer-
chants of those places, rather than undertake a long march into Hin-
doostan. Othws again, whose wants are supplied at Jang Miani, Mul-
tan, Shujabad and Bahawulpore, never come beyond those marts. At
Jang Miani, after disposing of their own goods, they purchase large
qaantities of a particularly strong coarse doth, resembling dosooUt
which, dyed in indigo, is the common wear of the Affghan peasantry.
At Shujabad, they purchase indigo, and at Multan and Bahawulpore
indigo and coarse chintz, which are exported to Bokhara. It is there-
fore obvious, that were a mart once established in a convenient locality
on the frontier, where no duties should be levied, the number of Lohanis
who would dispose of their goods there instead of coming on to India,
would be much increased, indeed that the number might be expected
to increase in proportion to the ability of our merchants to supply their
wants.

17. Should the foregoing remarks dispose you to view the establish-
PropotesBahawul- ^f*^^^ of a mart as a practical object deserving of en-
Kluion *for ^thi couragement, it will not be difficult to determine its
nmt. position. The town of Bahawulpore, or a site in its
immediate neighbourhood, would unite advantages that could not be
foand in any other place. It is situated both on the high road of
the trade from Afghanistan to India, and on what promises at no distant
period, and with due encouragement, to become the high road of trade
from Bombay to Delhi, or from Europe to the marts in Upper India. It
is moreover easily accessible from the capitals of Rajpootana, from Delhi^
and from Amritsir, and is near to Multan, itself a great mart.

18. In conclusion, as connected with the subjects adverted to in this

Sabmiu a short ^^^^^^f I ^ to ^'^^ jomr attention to the annexed
ubttlar stotement. ubular sUtement obtained from the Government
Native Agent at Bahawulpore, shewing the increase of trade in the
traffic o°°tif ^ ° rivers Sutlej and Indus, since the opening of those
SuUej and Indus rivers early in 1833. It will be seen, that in the first

abo?e 3ukkur,from , . ^ . . , , , ,

1833 to 1843. year the number of boats that descended the river

was four, laden with 2700 maunds of merchandize, which, I may ob-
serve by the way, was sold at a dead loss, owing to the obstacles op-
posed to our merchants by the jealous fears of the Ameers of Scindh. In

308 RauUfiram Seerta to Bahawuipore. [No. 148.

the last year, 1848, the namber of boaU is stated at 1125, and the
quantity of merchandise at 2,14,416 maonds. All the 1125 boats,
save the three alluded to in a former part of this letter as bringing
cargoes from Bombay up the Indus, are downward-going boats, en-
gaged in carrying groceries and drugs from near Ferozepore and
Lodiana, and grain from near Sntpore and Mithankote to Scindh. It
must be admitted, that the greater portion of the 2,14,416 mannds of
merchandize so-called is grain, the demand for wliich in Scindh arises
from the presence there of a large body of our troops ; that the trade
up the rivers from Bombay is at present trifling ; that the population
on the rivers is too scanty and too poor to be able for many years to
come to purchase any quantity of our Europe manuftu^tures ; but I woold
still draw your attention to the general progress of traffic on the rivers.
In 1833, on the course of the Sutlej and Ghara from Loodiana to
near Bahawulpore, there were no boats but one or two at each of the
ferries, ten or twelve miles apart, used for crossing the river. The use
of oars and masts and sails was unknown, and a voyage down or up the
river to any distance unheard of. We now see the boatmen of the upper
course of the Oharra and Sutlej become expert sailors, and making
a voyage to Sukkur and back is a common occurrence, while the actosl
number of boats between Loodiana and Sukkur has increased from 250
to upwards of 750. These are results which appear to me to justify
our entertaining sanguine hopes of one day seeing the neglected riTert
to the N. W. of the Indian Continent vie with those to the East, as
channels of commerce and civilization.

I have, he
(Signed) F. Mackbson,
Pol. DtpL SupL Office, Off. SupL BAuUeeana.

BhuUee Territory, SeersOy i5th Aprily 1844.

Htmtefrom Stena to BiUutwulport.

■■i - >A

} - \

■■" i «

fpi»i

•flitjl :- «

•••nn

:2 3 "

■.doqsjo'»N

.a "

T.P

Il s «

•wnag IB fioiiJjax aBWqg 'lUapnatnuaiinB

RoMe/rcm

[No. t18.

■ Li

Jill 1 mti

1
1

St.! j

1
1

[|°

!'2

2 S \-"

.1
5«

IISjl

-Bh

■""iji

ffi

•VA

■"•[in

•.do,sjoos

§1

■twnoH

JO ON

■s

■lapu
■oqitiv IF'ID

i«.,m,i

•Jioi-uoivMin^aigjovha

im4.]

Route firam Seer$a to Bahawulport.

811

•3
a

S 9 S: *^

S2|

• 5 • * ••§

M
u

3^5

Q ^

-aovjJinB
MOiaq

.z*-

QO W 00

3'-*

'i»A!H I

-3

0 34

•«F»A

•sijn J I

•»i?w

'idoifsjo'o^

JO OH

o
8

§
as

•tanu

•ijoi!Xi9X

OO*

aka>

o
1*5

«
0^

8 u
I-

00 OQ

o
o

Q
<

■ojamfv
}« «a«)oodC^H °( )na8y' 8,fB4aaa<) lotuaAOQ

->r-

•Xiofiuax •.laanniiaig jo bI^jj

2 Y

Awto/r.

Setr*

[No. MS.

4 J

?;m

-1

■"1^

■

11^

1119*

•en -r

■

■anjint

■ s

•>% S

a :3

»a

"»A

u i

^ , EB

ft.

"•

^e-

2« o.

■=■3

i
1

' ' ?

1 fa I ti siir«- i

'■P«A I

■•»!n I

180

»3 3

: " :

«U3 [«

2 = iS

-a> 3

■;

S I 8

If i I

'IWIIIMX

So ad J

•Iioimaj, t,iJod[iu»qg jo qwtiK

1844.]

Rauiefram Seersa to Bahawulpare,

313

SiaiewiaU cf number tf BoaU laden wUh Merehandiee and with quaaUity afdUto^
M^deh have paeeed down and up the riven Sutkf and Indut, from Loodeeana^
Ferozepore, BahawiUpare, MiUtenkoie to Sukkur and baekf and in each year
from A. o. 1833 to 1843.

Year

No. of

Quantity of

X Car*

BoaU.

Merchandise.

M. S. C.

From January to December, 1833»

2,700 0 0

From January to December, 1834,

2,200 0 0

From January to December, 1835,

5,800 0 0

From January to December, 1836,

6,800 0 0

From January to Itecember, 1837,

8,700 0 0

From January to December, 1838,

11,000 0 0

From January to December, 1839,

350

1,97,525 0 0

From January to December, 1840,

500

1,99,764 0 0

From January to December, 1841,

650

2,40,476 0 0

From January to December, 1842,

495

2,17,385 6 0

From January to December, 1843,

1125

2,44,416 0 0

(Signed)

F. Mackbson,
Officiating Superintendent,

Note on a recent Fossil Fresh-water Deposit in Southern India, with a
few remarks on the origin and age of the Kunker, and on the supposed
decrease of Thermal Temperature in India, By Capt Newbold,
M. N» I Assistant Resident^ Kumool, Madras Territory,

The geographical locality of this deposit is in the Kuraool territory,
about a mile easterly from the village of Lunjabunday in about latitude
N. iff" W and longitude E. TS"" 3'.

It lies in a jangly defile, or transverse valley, crossing the range of
hills which, ranning nearly N. by E. and 8. by W. divides Kurnool
into two portions. This range commences about five miles S. of the city,
and after traversing the whole length of the Kurnool territory, passes
below the Zurairoo valley, to the E. of Gooty, where it is connected
with the Caddapah chains, which, curving easterly, terminate near the
coast in the Naggery ranges.

These ranges consist principally of the diamond-sandstone and
limestone, and comprise within their area the diamond mines of Con-
dapetta,Chinnoor, OvalttmpalIy,Man2mudgoo, Banganpilly, Ramulacota,
and others of less note. The fossil deposit rests on this sandstone
conglomerate, which at no great distance is seen reposing on granite,
with a dip of 10<» to the S. of E.

814 Reeeni Foail Fmh-ioaUr dUpatii, ^c. [Na 148.

A little to the E. of thtB, the diamond limeetone intervenes between
the granite and sandstone, underlying the latter in conformaUe dip and
stratification.

A spring rising from the foot of a mound of conglomerate^ composed
of fragments of the sandstone rocks cemented by kunker, marks the
site of the fossil bed, which lies in a slight depression above this mound,
and considerably out of the reach of the spring in its present state.
It is only a few yards in extent, and has evidently been deposited
by the spring under former conditions, to which I shall allude present-
ly. The imbedding matter is also a hunker, but one of a much harder,
compact, and siliceous nature than that at present seetf around the
margin of the spring, and below the mud at the bottom. Portions of it
are sometimes so siliceous, as to give fire with steel and scratch glass;
other portions of the rock contain more lime, are less compact, and
efiervesce freely with acids. The colour is a light brownish-grey;
fracture varying from flat-conchoidal to earthy.

The shells imbedded are fresh-water, principally mdania, with a
few small pianorbes, and are all of existing genera^ The number of
the former is so proportionally great, as to excite surprise in persons
who have not studied the segregarious habits of the inhabitants of fresh-
water and terrestrial shells. Besides the shells there are impressions
and casts of the stems of grasses, reeds, &c. perfectly fossilized by car-
bonate of lime.

The shells afford instructive examples of the various stages of
fossilization. Some of their coats have been completely converted into
sparry carbonate of lime ; others have been filled with the imbedding
paste, which, when the shell is broken off, exhibit a east with a
highly polished exterior. Others again are lined with drusy crystals
of quartz ; in some, this siliceous crystallhcation is just beginning to
roughen the surface of the interior, and is hardly perceptible without
the aid of a lens ; thus exhibiting interesting examples of the prooeesss
by which fissures in rocks are lined and filled up with minerals which
we look in vain for in the enclosing walls ; geodes of caloedony and
agate, with calc spar and crystals of quartz and zeolite in the midst
of calc spar. I have seen a solitary and beautiful pyramidal hexagon of
rock crystal, glittering like a diamond in the whitest snow, in a mass of
the saccharine marble of Carrara.

None of the shells have lost their carbonic acid, although they have

1844.] Receni F&uii Freih-yKUer dqfatii, ^c. 315

ptrted with oiott of their eolonr ; and scmie are quite empty as if imbed*
ded bat yeaterday ; moat have been evidently entombed in a dead state;

Aa no trap or other voleanie rock waa at hand to account for the
lilicificatioD of this freah-water limestone^ I proceeded to examine the
present depont of the apring a few yards West of the fossil bed. Its
water I discovered to be slightly thermal, having a temperature of
85*3' Farfat. which is a few degrees above the mean temperature of the
spot, isothermally calculated ; the height above the sea as roughly ap-
proximated by the boiling point of water, is about 1250 feet, and the
average temperature oi the ordinary wells about 80^ Farht

Tlie present deposit of these waters is a brownish-grey cakareoos
mod, about six inches thick, mingled with sand, imbedding similar fresh,
water shells and a minute specimen olpahndina. Stems of grasses and
leaves were also found in it; some of the latter apparently just decay-
ed, while others are blackened by carbonization ; none were fossiliaed.

Below the mud lay a deposit of nodular kunker, quite distinct
ia character from that of the fossil bed, being white and earthy, exiernally
pnlverulent or chalky, but internally compact and hard. I did not
observe any shells or plants in it. The d^th of this layer could not
be ascertained for want of leisure, and better instruments for digging
under water than a geological hammer.

The water of the spring is tastdess, inodorous and free from gaseous
bubbles ; and, instead of any free carbonic acid gas, is slightly alka-
line^ turning reddened litmus paper into a faint greenish blue; oxalate
of ammonia, and muriate of baryta produced a considerable white
precipitate. That from the muriate of baryta effervesced with dilute
nitric acid, shewing the precipitate to be carbonate of lime. A thin
slice of gall nut suspended in the water, detected a trace of iron. A
minute portion of silica remained after evaporation.

The present layer of mud then, as we have just seen, b more of a
mechanical deposit than the subjacent white kunker, which is evidently
a chemical precipitate, and concretionary in character, while that which
has fossilized the shells and plants, is far more siliceous : so much so in-
deed, as to resemble in some parts the siliceous tufa deposited by the hot
springs of Iceland, more than the common calcareous kunker of India.

The natives declare^ that both the volume and heat of these thermal
springs, (el which I have within the last two years discovered several in
the diamond fomatioD,) are on the decrease. There is no question

316 Eeceni Fouil Fresh-waier dqH>iii, ^c. [No. 149.

that the spring under deecription U fast drying op, for the Eedtfy of
the village pointed oat to me land, now waste, which, within the last
forty years, had been irrigated by it It now yields bat a scant supply
to the cattle and the beasts of the forest. The traditionary aocoanta of
diminishiog temperatare are by no means so satisfiictmy, since the
Hindoos had no means of measuring warmth or cold.

However, the examination of the deposits in and around the mouth
of this spring goes to support what the natives say, assuming that
the more siliceous deposit containing the fossils is of an older date
than the two at the bottom of the spring, and formed when the spring
was more abundant, and its water hot enongh to hold a considerable
quantity of silica as well as lime in solution, possibly combined. As the
heat decreased, the water would lose most of its silica, but still retain
the lime ; at this period it may be inferred, that the kunker was preci-
pitated as the water cooled on the earth's surface. As the heat still
diminished, the portion of lime bronght up in solution decreased to the
state in which we now see it That such is the fact appears from
the circumstance of the water of two other and warmer springs, which
I have since discovered in the same formation, holding considerably
more lime in solution than this.

The waters of two other thermal springs in the same formation still
deposit lime as a kunkrous incrustation on their sides and on the rocks
in their course.

These had a higher temperature ; viz. 90* and 91* 3' ; the minerals
held in solution are similar, but the proportion of lime is greater. One
fact is worthy of note, that they were all slightly alkaline, and contain*
ed no perceptible free carbonic acid.

In order to ascertain the interesting problem, as indicated by the tia*
ditions of natives, and the difference between the quantity and quality
of the present and ancient deposits ; viz. that the heat of this part of
the interior of the globe is decreasing, it would be desirable to keep a
register not only of the thermal springs of S. India, but of those hr
hotter fountains that gush from the great Southern line of dislocation of
the Himalayan strata, and the trap hills of Central and Western Indis.

The heat of the springs might be annually or triennially noted
with compared thermometers. After many experiments, I find ex-
isting meteorological causes generally affect the temperature of such
springs in a sensible degree; and great care should be taken, in

1844.] Eeeem Fonil FreMh-teaier depatity Sfc. 317

making saccetsive experiiDents, that the meteorological conditions be at
far as poeaible similar. The time of the year shoald be the dry season ;
and the time of day, san-set and san^rise.

The plains and yaileys of India are often covered with sheets of hon-
ker, sometimes upwards of 70 feet deep, overspreading places where
it conld never have been deposited by rivers or rivolets ; and where
now, not a spring or drop of water is to be seen. Along the edges of
trap dykes, we occasionally observe mounds of kunker precisely resem-
bling those around the mouths of existing knnker*depositing springs,
but we look in vain for the springs that deposited the former.

Still these dwindled remains of springs are generally to be found
where kunker prevails at no great depth from the surface, deprived
of their heat and of the greater part of their mineral character, which
renders the water better adapted for the use of man and animals.
Most of the native diggers in boring for a well, consider kunker as
almost a sure sign of the vicinity of water. If there can be any
doubt alter what has been said of the certainty of the vast sheets of
kunker at present seen covering waterless plains, and the arid summits
of hills of S. India having been formed by springs, many of which are
now dried up or diverted, it will be removed on an inspection of a
vertical section of the rocks which underlie it These, whether trap,
granite^ the hypogene schists, sandstone or limestone, will be found
invariably to be penetrated by nearly vertical fissures, through which the
kunker appears to rise like trap in a dyke and to overflow the surround-
ing surface, and like trap, to introduce itself into any horizontal or
other seams, imparting the appearance of beds of kunker alternating
with gneiss, &c. On a more minute inspection it will be found, that
the kunker has in reality been precipitated chemically from the water
of springs that now, or formerly, found vent to the surface through
these fissures. The thermal waters holding the lime in solution as they
cooled in approaching the surface deposited the lime as they ascended*

I had an opportunity in 1840, of studying the formation of travertine
in the old volcanic area around Rome, and found it to assimilate that of
the Indian kunker in all the leading facts. The calcareous conglomerates
at present forming along the shores of the Red Sea and Mediterranean,
are little different from the present kunkrous conglomerates of India.

It may also be added, that the surface soils of S. India, whether of the
red allttviali or the black regur, are frequently so strongly impregnated

3 1 8 Beeem Foitil FrtMh^woJttr d^nrnt, J^e. [No. 148.

with muriate and carbonate of soda, aa to be utterly unfit for the pur-
poses of agriculture. Many of the springs in such situations are still
brackish, holding a portion of these salts in solution ; but are quite in-
adequate to have caused their difiusion in the superincumbent eoil to
the present immense amount.

It is difficult to classify a formation still going on, and to fix the
period^ geologically, when it commenced, as it is seen in all rocks
from the granite to alluvium. We have sufficient evidence^ however,
to divide it into two periods ; viz. that immediately prior to the depo-
sition of the regur, which it often underlies in thick beds, and the pre-
sent formation, going on. The hunker characterized by the remains
of the mastodon at Hingoli, and the kunker conglomerate imbedding
the mammoth near Nursing^pore, like the travertin of Rome, which
imbeds the remains of this animal and of existing species of fresh-water
shells, may be referred to the post pleiocene period.

Since the discovery of the first fossil bed I have found another near the
temple of Hoodelaity on the same range, of considerably greater extent,
being more than ten feet thick, resting on the ledge of a precipice thirty
feet above the present level of a stream formed by a thermal spring.
But not a vestige of the spring that deposited this bed is to be seen.
The stems and plants it fossilizes are in a much more distinct and per-
fect form, and in addition to Melania and Planorbis, I found frag^ments
of Unio, and a shell having the suborbicular shape of Cyrena with the
thinness of Cycles ; two forms of fresh-water Conchifer that often pass
into each other ; the hinge was not visible. A very perfect impression
of a leaf, and a number of curious cylindrical bulbiform and reni-
form bodies, probably vegetable forms, were found. The vertical sur-
face of this clifi* presents in its layers all the curved and geodic forms
seen in oriental agate, and imbeds solid fragments of a more ancient
kunker. The height of the sandstone clilfo forming the sides of the
fissure, (probably a fault,) I found, by a trigonometrical observation, to
be 76 feet from the bed of the stream.

Specimens of some of the fossil shells, and supposed petrified vege-
table forms have been forwarded to the Museum of the Asiatic Society.
I have little doubt of the longer and thinner cylindrical bodies being stems
of grasses. They are seen in the rock fossilized in clusters ufHright as
they grew, with fresh-water shells half entangled about their roots.

JOURNAL

OP THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

Note on the Mijjerthe^ Somalees. By Lieut C. J. Cbuttrndbn,

Assistant Political Agents at Aden.

The Mijjertbeyn SomaleeB inhabit the tract of country extending
from the small port of Bonder Tegadah on the Northern coast of Seef
Taweel, a flat belt of land in latitude G"" 30' N. and longitude 48^' 4'
£. (Owen,) on the Eastern side of Africa, where they are bounded by
the Hameea tribe. The province of Murregham forms their limit to
the South, and the warlike tribes of the Duibahante and Wursungeli,
mark their Western boundary.

The country, generally speaking, is composed of continuous limestone
ranges, mostly running E. S. £. and W. N. W., and varying in altitude
from 1, 600 to 6,000 feet. In some parts, especially at Bunder Murayah,
the mountains near their summits are almost entirely composed of pure
white OMirble; they form naked sheets on which may be seen the "luban*'
or frankincense tree^ growing without any visible means of nourish*
ment, or any apparent fissure in the rock to support its roots.

No. 149. No 65^ Nbw Sbbibs. 2 z

320 Noie on the Mijjerikeyn SamdUes. [No. 149.

The Talleys between tbeee ranges are uniformly well wooded with
mimosas and acacias, and exhibit in the rugged water-courses that in-
tersect them, strong proofs of occasional heavy torrents from the hills.
An ample supply of pasturage for the flocks is afforded by these valleys
during the N. E. monsoon, but during the hot months tbey are alike
destitute of water and grass.

On the extreme Eastern point of Africa, a tract of sandy country
extends about nine miles to the North of the range of Jerd Hafoon,
(commonly Guardafui,) forming the promontory of Ras Asseyr, which is
a limestone cliff perpendicular in its Northern face, and gradually
sloping away to the Southward. A few stunted bushes scattered over
the sand hills somewhat relieve the eye, and after a few showers of
rain, sufiicient grass springs up to support a few half-starved goats and
sheep. During an excursion that I made up the Jerd Hafoon range,
I found the frankincense and gum arable growing at a very trifling
elevation above the sea, ceriainly not more than 400 feet At 1,500
feet the dragon's blood tree was found, exactly similar to that of So-
cotra, and on the summit of the table land, aloes in abundance, with the
gum tragacanth, &c

The tribe apparently know little or nothing of their origin ; their
traditions indeed give their descent from the noble Arab family of
Hasbeur, whose grand-sou, Jabarti bin Ismail, being obliged to flee
from his own country, was wrecked on this coast, and falling in with a
fisherman of the Haweea tribe, married his daughter, who with her
father embraced the religion of Islam. Their descendants gradually
expelled the original tenants of the country, and eventually becsme
masters of the soil.

In speaking of their country, they frequently give it the name of
«( Darroad^'* which was one of the names of Jabarti bin Ismail, and some
two or three houses still exist in Mecca, which the Mijjertheyn affect
to consider as peculiarly belonging to the pilgrims from their tribe, od
account of their having been erected by their great Arab forefathers.

They repel with scorn the supposition that they were probably st
one time a branch of the Galla, but always speak with great compla-
cency of their Arab descent, especially dwelling upon their early sc«
ceptance of the tenets of Islam.

1844.]] Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees, 321

This is the only Somalee tribe that I have met with who acknow«
ledge the name of Saltan; and though some years have elapsed since
the days when one man governed the entire country^ still the title has
descended in the direct line of the eldest son, down to its present pos-
sessory a lad of eleven years of age.

As in Arabia^ so in this country, the people may be divided into two
classes; viz. those who reside at the different Banders, and employ
themselves in trade with India, and the Red Sea; and the Bedouin part
of the population, whose only wealth consists in their horses, camels,
sheep, &e., and the gums which their mountains produce so abundantly.

Regarding the town's-people, they are precisely the same as the
town- Arabs :— the worst specimens of the tribe. Intolerant (from
ignorance) in their religion, avaricious to excess, and (if possible)
equalling the DunkaK tribe at Tajoora in duplicity and falsehood,
they lead a life of utter .indolence ; their only care being to get a good
price for their gums, which the more industrious Bedouin brings from
the mountains, and which are carried for them to the Red Sea and
Indian markets in bugalas, navigated chiefly by Arabs.

We had many opportunities of seeing and judging of this class
during our protracted stay on this coast at the wreck of the Memnon, and
by every one, I think I can safely say, we were more or less deceived.

Though many of them are men of considerable property, they live
in the coarsest manner possible ; a little /oirart bread, and a few dates
form their common food, varied occasionally by a dish of Mangalore
rice and a piece of salt shark. Meat is too valuable amongst them to
form a common article of food, but a sheep is generally slaughtered
in honor of a guest who may be reasonably supposed to be able and
willing to pay for the same by a return present. In the N. E. mon-
soon they have a tolerable supply of milk, which forms an agreeable
addition to their daily fare. They never smoke, but many chew to-
bacco to excess, and some of them adopt the Dunkali custom of mixing
a small quantity of wood ashes with the leaf to increase its pungency.

The Bedouin portion of the tribe are strictly a race of shepherds,
with no fixed habitation ; and carrying all their worldly goods with
them, they much resemble the Arabs of Nejd. The number of their
flocks is immense, and they form a large moving population, rarely re-

322 Naie an the M^jeriheyn SomaUei. [No. 149.

maining more than three weeks id one plaee, and regakting their change
of pasture so as to leave the table lands untoached until the end of the
N. E. monsoon, or about the middle of February, by which time the
grass there has become abundant, and if a moderate quantity of rain
has fallen, sufficient to last them during the hot season, or about the
end of November. They are on an average a mean looking race of
men, not to be compared with the Somalees to the Westward, nor have
their women much pretension to beauty. The men, generally speaking,
are undersized, of slight but compact make, and the fiitigue and pri-
vation that they will endure without repining is almost incredible.
Nominally Mohammedans, hardly one in thirty can correctly repeat
the prescribed formula of daily prayer, and the lucky man who has
been taught to read and write, steals from hut to hut with a well-
thumbed copy of the Koran slung over his shoulders in a leather bag,
a huge wooden ink bottle dangling at his girdle, and a dressed goat's
skin to do duty as a prayer carpet One of these learned individuals
whom we met at Tob^n, was dignified with the title of " Doctor," but
with what reason I could not discover.

The Bedouins live almost entirely upon milk, and prefer it to any
thing else ; so long as they can procure a moderate supply of this
article from their fiocks they rarely touch any thing else, save when
they visit the coast Rice, jowari and dates are imported in large quan-
tiiies from India and Arabia, but they rarely use them until the dry
season diminishes the quantity of milk. For the same reason, except
during the hot season, they are unwilling to part with their flocks, and
though we experienced but little difficulty in procuring a sufficient
and regular supply of fresh meat, our success I imagine ought to be
attributed to the magic influence of dollars instead of rice and coans
dungaree cloth, which form the common articles of barter on this
coast As the season advanced, however, even money began to fail to
induce the people to sell their fat sheep and goats, and at the time
that I am writing this, we have been compelled to send a man three days'
journey to procure them.

The fiedouins rarely drink coffee, and their reasons are rather
good. '* If we drink coffee once," say they, ** we shall want it again,
and where are we to get it from."

1844.] NaU on the Mijfferlheyn Somakes. 323

Thi« abstemioasneM amoogst them when dependent solely upon
their own resouroesy vanishes as soon as a hearty meal is offered
at the expense of any one else, when they will consume an immense
qoantity of meat, riee and gkee, on the prudent principle of profiting
by the opportunity ; and the man who sells a sheep to a traveller on
a joamey> always considers himself fully entitled to a share of the
tame.

We made frequent short excursions inland during the operations on
the wreck, and we were never molested by any of these people^ though
I should not feel disposed to place entire confidence in them* That
they are all arrant thieves we found out, certainly to our cost at our
camp, where a regular system of plunder went on for a short time.
They were all so miserably poor, that any thing like hospitality could
hardly be looked for ; but we always experienced civility from them
if we approached their huts, and entered into conversation with them.
A few spoonfuls of sugar to the children generally had the effect of
bringing out the females of the ghurreOf (a place where the shepherd
resides,) and in a few minutes we were the best friends in the world.
On one occasion, a girl was brought who had lost her foot and ancle
by the bite of a snake^ and who was hopping about with the help
of two sticks. On Captain Powell proposing that she should have
a wooden leg, and offering to get one made, the crowd of listeners
at first were lost in wonder, but when the principle and the advantages
of the said wooden leg were explained, they were beyond measure
delighted, and declaring that so astonishing a conception never would
have entered their thick heads, they begged that the carpenter, might
be set to work directly; a handsome wooden leg was accordingly
made^ and under the superintendence of the surgeon, strapped on
properly ; but what afterwards became of the young lady I never heard.

Ignorant and simple as these people are, it is not surprising that
their jealousy should occasionally have been awakened when they
saw a strange people, so superior in every way to themselves, wander-
ing about their country without any apparent reason for so doing.
Contented as they were with their stony mountains, they naturally felt
alarmed at the preference we appeared to shew for them, and the idea
that we were about to take the country, was seriously discussed.

324 NcU on the Mijjertheyn SomaUes. [Na 149.

I had returned from the Jerd Hafoon range after two or three days'
stay there, and where, owing to the heavy rain, I had been compelled
to take a tent, and in company with Captain Powell, was on my way
to an assemblage of the chiefs at a considerable distance from oar
camp^ when we were overtaken by a party of Bedouins, of whom one,
by name Noor, was a chief of some importance at Marayah. Leaning
upon his two spears, he in the first place peremptorily ordered os to
halt where we were and proceed no farther, which, in-as-much-as
all our baggage had gone on, we thought proper to decline. With his
eyes flashing and in a towering rage^ he then said, ^* If you are men, we
also are men, and therefore it is wapb that we should understand each
other, and now I wish to be informed by what right you have built
three forts on Jerd Hafoon, and what you mean by wandering over the
country as if you were the owners of it." We told him that any thing
he might have to say, we should be glad to hear at the end of our
day's march, and requested him to follow us, to which, after some
demur, he consented. On the road, however, he made some inquiries
from one of our followers, which apparently made him heartily ashamed
of himself, and on our arrival at the halting place, he came into our tent
at once, and said, that the Bedouins had seen my tent pitched on
the Jerd Hafoon range at three different points, and taking it for a
chunamed building, had reported it as such to him. We laughed at
him for his folly, and became good friends again.

Though the town's-people affect to despise the Bedouins, and speak
of them as a treacherous race, they form the only fighting men in the
event of war. Their elders, moreover, are descended from the Sultan, and
their voice has sufficient weight at a great national meeting to drown the
clamours of the arrogant chiefs who reside on the coast. The name
of the Sultan among the Bedouins is highly venerated^ and certain cus-
toms handed down from time immemorial still exist to remind them
of the respect due to the family.

A short account of the division of the country will serve to shew
whence these Bedouins derive their power.

Sultan Mohamed, the last chief who governed the entire country, and
whose death took place some 300 years ago, at his death divided the
country equally between his three eldest sons, Othman, Esa and Omar.

1 844. J Note on the Mijjjeriheyn Somalees, 325

To Othman wu allotted the NortherD portion, eztendiog from Bander
Gbanim to Ras Hafoon. To Eaa, the part between the country of
Otbman and the Wadi Nogal; and to Oman, the belt of country
from Wadi Nogal to the province of Murreyhan.

From £sa and Omar sprung the Bedouin chiefs, whose influence I
have just mentioned* whilst the posterity of Othman enjoyed the
Bunders and the trade with the opposite coast From Othman we
pass through four generations, which brings us to another. Sultan
Mohamad, who died 25 years ago.

The chief had had six wives and 17 sons, of whom 12 are now
liTing. Prior to his death, he portioned out his territory amongst his
children, allotting a separate village to the sons by each wife, but
enjoiaing them to pay obedience to the authority of his eldest son,
who would be his successor. Bunder Murayah became the residence
of the Sultan Othman on the death of his father, and the villages of
Aloolla, Feeluky Geyseli, Gnrsah and Wurbah were divided between
his brothers. Sultan Othman, in conjunction with a Somah merchant
named Fatha Abdi, built seven or eight fortified houses at Murayah,
and considerably increased the trade of the port.

He died at about the age of 50, and was succeeded by his eldest
son Tusuf, who after a turbulent reign of two years, was treacherously
slain by an individual of the Ali Seliman branch of the Mijjertheyn,
inhabiting Bunder Khor* His only son, a boy of four or five years of age,
being ^oo young to be considered of much importance, was dignified
with the name of Sultan, which, when he attains to manhood, his great
UDcles probably will not permit him to enjoy. He is under the
guardianship of Noor Othman, his uncle^ who has also married his
mother, and who in striviog to maintain the importance due to the
Sultan, has succeeded in causing a bitter and irreconcileable feud with
the other branches of the house of Othman.

To account for the large number of children that are frequently
found in one family, it must be borne in mind, that polygamy, which
to the extent of four wives is tolerated by the Mahomedan law, is here
in a powerful chief considered indispensable. Four wives are there-
fore married as soon as possible after he arrives at manhood ; any wife
proving barren, or who has given over bearing, is at once divorced.

326 Note on the M^jertheyn Somalees. [No. 149.

and another substituted. In some cases, especially when a chief has
lost several children in battle, a much greater licence is ailowed, and
the number of wives is unlimited.

I have mentioned that Sultan Mohamed had 17 sons; bat if my
information is correct, he had also 19 daughters, who in acoMrdance
with eastern custom, do not ** count" as part of the fiunily.

When the Steam frigate Memnon was wrecked on this coast on
the Ist of August last, the chiefs of Feeluk, AlooUa, and Geysdi, and
from their vicinity to the scene of the disaster, were the people who
profited most by plunder, &c., of which the inhabitants of Bander
Murayah could not partake, owing to their being at a greater distance.
Unable to induce their greedy brethren to give them a share, they
affected a virtuous spirit, and thanked God they were not robbers of
strangers who had been cast away on their coast, and that had tkey
only been there, not even a copper bolt would have been stolen, but
most carefully preserved until the English came for it. The less
scrupulous chiefs of Aloolla and the other villages, perfectly content
with their rich booty, laughed to scorn the disimierested remonstrances
of their brothers at Bunder Murayah ; but to their great astonishment
and chagrin, at the annual meeting that took place at Gboraal on the
Jerd Hafoon range in January last, they were severally fined by the
assembled elders and chiefs of the tribe for daring to appropriate to
themselves property cast on the shore by the sea, without the consent
of the '* Sultan's house," and this fine, which consisted of oii# horse
each, they were obliged to pay.

The Mijjertheyn pride themselves upon being a peaceful nation, and
are fond of speaking of their country as *' Urdel Anum^ a title which
when compared with the Edoor Hebrawul and £Isa Somalis, they io
some measure deserve. Murder is uncommon, and the **reeskf'* or
ostrich feather in the hair,* which to the westward denotes that the
wearer has killed a man, is by this tribe considered both unholy
(haram) and unmanly. The fine for murder, if considered unpo-
voked, is a hundred she-camels with young, or a corresponding sum
of money. Blood feuds are unfrequent; commutation by fine ge-

*NoTB :— This coincidence in custom with the Abyssinians is one of the most strik-
ing of the many proofs of the Arab origin of the latter.— Bds.

1844.J Note on the Mijjerikeyn Somaiees. 327

Denlly being preferred, and are carefally avoided if poesible. During
their debates, qnarrela almoet invariably arise, daggers are bran-
dished, spears poised, and a stranger would expect an immediate oon-
fliet, but the old men generally step in and prevent the parties from
iDJaring each other, by taking away their arms, which after a decent
show of reluctance are given up with much secret satisfaction, as the
seeessity for fighting ** d Vouilrane^* is thus avoided ; their arms are two
light spears, and a shield of rhinoceros or bull's hide, with a long
straight double-edged dagger. Numbers of the lower class of Bedouins
carry a bow and quiver of poisoned arrows, and some few are to be
Ken with marvellously ill-looking swords. Matchlocks being beyond
their reach, they affect to despise, as cowardly, weapons that kill from
a distance ; that very quality, however, considerably enhanced the res-
pect paid to our rifles and double-barrelled pistob; and one of the chiefs
was so captivated with a revolving 6.barrelled pistol belonging to an
officer of the ConUance^ that he offered him a horse in exchange.

Their arrows are tipped with an iron head, just below the barb of
which they fiisten a black glutinous substance made of the pounded
bark of a tree and the white milky juice of one of the Cactus tribe,
which forms a deadly poison. I made many fruitless efforts to procure
a specimen of this tree, which grows chiefly in the lofty ranges of the
Jibel Wnrsungeli..

Armed with these tiny weapons, like the Bushman of South Africa,
the Bedouin posts himself in a thick bush near the haunts of the large
antelope, called here the gumook. A companion with a camel
takes a wide circuit, looking out carefully for game, which when he
sees, he contrives to drive up by degrees towards the ambush, always
taiciog care to keep under the lee of the camel. The antelope disliking
a camel, gradually retreats without being alarmed until within 20 feet
of the bush, when the spin of the unerring arrow thrcnigh the shoulder
brings down the quarry, which dies in three minutes. In this way the
Bedouins frequently provide themselves with an abundant supply of
fresh meat ; many of these antelopes weighing 70 and 80 pounds.

The effect of this poison on a man is the dropping off of his hair

aod nails, and his speedy death. The deep excisions and sears from

burning that are so common on the limbs of the men, sufiiciently

attest the dread in which they hold this deadly poison. The instant a

328 NoU an the Mijjeriheyn Somalees. QNo. 149.

mau is wounded by an arrow, the part injured is cut out with a dagger,
and fire applied to the wound as soon as possible ; and yet when an
antelope is killed with one of these arrows, they content themselves
with merely cutting away that part of the flesh to which the arrow
adheres, and which or the specimen that Captain Powell and I saw,
had a deep purple appearance. Marriage with the men takes place
at about eighteen or twenty, and with the women at fourteen to sixteen.
A young man of property wishing to marry, and not flnding a wife
to suit him in his neighbourhood, sends a trusty messenger to another
tribe, who selects a fitting maiden, and demands her in marriage in the
name of his master. If the terms are accepted, the young lady is sent
to her future husband's encampment, under the escort of the messen-
ger, and on her arrival there, is treated with all respect by the family,
and her friends and relations are invited to celebrate the marriage
feast, which generally lasts seven days. The sum paid to the father of
the bride, frequently amounts to 150 dollars, given partly in money,
and partly in kind. The bride is required to provide mats for Uie
hut and bed, with a few wicker bowls gaily ornamented with white
eouries for milk. Her wedding finery, consisting of a few beads^ is
contributed by her friends. In the absence of the eaaeet any person wiio
can read the koran, officiates ; and frequently to spare the modesty of
the bride, her brother or some near male relation acts for her during
the ceremony, as wakeel or proxy.

In the event of the husband dying, his brother is expected to marry
the widow, and by many the obligation is considered so imperative^
that one of their own wives is divorced to make room for the new
comer, and yet strange to say, marriage between oouains is strictly for-
bidden amongst these people. Divorces are common, and not considered
disgraceful. The triple oath sworn in the presence of two witnesses is
sufficient, and at the expiration of three months the woman is at libsrty
to marry again. On the birth of a child, the mother is compelled to
seclude herself for a period of seven days, after which she resumes ber
ordinary daily employment Circumcision takes place at seven years,
and they affirm, that it was practised before the HeftrOj which is most
improbable. The duties of the women consist in watching their flocks
of sheep and goats, fetching wood and water and doing all the drudgery.
The she-camels are under the care of the men entirely, whose only

1844.] Note on the Mijjertheyn Somalees. 329

other emfdoynient is gathering gums in the hot weather. Great care
is required in tending the sheep and goats, on account of the number
of dueku that prowl about in the neighbourhood* On one of the
savage animals being seen, the alarm is instantly given, and the men
sally forth well armed to dislodge the intruder. A desperate fight
takes place which ends in the death of the tiger, after he has fearfully
elawed one or two of his assailants.

Some of the principal Bedouin chiefs possess upwards of a thousand
•he-camels, which may be valued at two or three dollars each, located
in difierent pastures many days distant from each other, and under the
care of one of the wives, and a few followers belonging ta the family.
They are generally found in droves of 50 to 80. The sheep and goats
are divided in the same manner, a man rarely keeping more than 500
in one place^ and thus the life of the chief is spent in continually wan-
dering from ghurreea to gkurreea^ visiting his different folds as well as
his different wives. The number of sheep and goats exported from this
coast, though not one-tentb so great as from Kurreem and Berbura, is
•till enormous, and not less than 15,000 bead per annum; but the
sheep for export generally come from the Wadi Mogul, and the fertile
plains bordering on the province of Murreyhan.

They have large droves of horned cattle, the milk of which is almost
entirely used for the purpose of making ghee. They are fine animals,
and one that we purchased at .^Ras Assey weighed above 300 pounds^

Horses are abundant amongst them, and highly valued. The best
description frequently selling for 150 dollars, (in kind.) They are of
a small breed, and so villainously treated, that whatever beauty they
may have when very young, completely disappears by the time they are
five years old. To ride violently to your tent three or four times be-
fore finally dismounting is considered a great compliment, and the same
ceremony is observed on leaving* Springing into his saddle, (if he has
one) with his apears and shield, the Somali cavalier first endeavours
to infuse a little spirit into his half-starved hack, by persuading him to
aesomplish a few plunges and capers, and then his heels raining a hur-
ricane of blows against the animal's ribs, and occasionally using his
spear point as a spur, away he gallops, and after a short circuit in
which he endeavours to shew himself ofi^ to the best advantage, returns
to his starting point at full speed, when the heavy Arab bit " brings up"

330 NoU on the Mijferiheyn Samalees [No. 149.

the blown hone with a shock that half breaks his jaw, and fills bis
mouth with blood.

The affection of the true Arab for his horse is proverbial ; the craelt j
of the Somali to his, may, I think, be considered equally so.

During the hot season, the men and boys are daily employed io
collecting gums, which process is carried on as follows : —

About the end of February, or the beginning of March, the Bedonins
visit all the trees in succession and make a deep incision in each
peeling off a narrow strip of bark fcnr about five inches below the wound.
This is left for a month, when a fresh incision is made in the same
place, but deeper. A third month elapses, and the operation is agaio
repeated, after which the gum is supposed to have attained a proper
degree of consistency.

The mountain sides are fmmediately covered with parties of men and
boys, who scrape off the large clear globules into one basket, whilst the
inferior quality, that has ran down the tree, is packed separately.

The gum when first taken from the tree is very soft, but hardens
quickly. The flame is clear and brilliant, and the traveller is frequent-
ly amused by seeing a miserable Bedouin family cowering under a
wretched hovel, or hole in the rocks, eating their scanty meal by the
light of half a dozen frankincense torches. Every fortnight the
mountains are visited in this manner, the trees producing large quanti-
ties as the season advances, until the jn-iddle of September, when the
first shower of rain puts a close to the gathering that year.

On my first arrival here, I made- many inquiries regarding the qnan-
tity of gums annually shipped from this coast for the Red Sea and
Indian markets, but the accounts I received were so surprising, that I
placed no confidence in them. As I became more acquainted with the
merchants here, I was able to make more minute inquiries. I first as-
certained the number of boats belonging to the tribe, and their ownerti
I then, by visiting the different ports, found out how many boats had
taken cargoes of gums at the opening of the fair season, and by com-
paring their statement with different accounts that I got afterwards
from the shippers, I was enabled to form a tolerably just estimatei
in round numbers, of the large quantity annually exported from this
coast, and which export trade is almost entirely in the hands of those
never-failing speculators, the banians of Porebunder and Bombay.

1844.3 Note an the Mijjertheyn S&makes. 331

At the close of the N. E. monsoon, a party of these banians arrive
OD the coast, and settle at Feelak, Geyseli, Bunder Marayah, Wurbab,
and Bunder Khor. The Bedouins from the interior immediately visit
them, and as there is no one to compete with them, they manage to
engross the greater part of the trade. As the season draws on, the
Bedouin finds that his gums are finished, and he is Jbin to purchase food
to last him through the hot weather, before the setting in of the grass, on
credit, and thus a running account is carried on from year to year, which
of course the wary creditor takes care never to settle. The people are
perfectly aware how much they are pillaged, and earnestly hope that
some of the ships that they so frequently see passing along their coast,
might be induced to come in and trade with them. A small vessel
might easily do this ; but to ensure her cargo being ready for her, an
agent must be established on shore. The articles that should be
brought for the purpose of barter are rice, both coarse Mangalore
sod Bengal, in gunnies ; dates from the gulf ; Surat tobacco ; double
dungaree, and coarse white American sheeting cloth, with a few Surat
blue striped turbans and loangees, and a small quantity of the iron
called hindiwan. Money should also be forthcoming if preferred.
German crowns (without holes in them) are the only coin ; though
during our stay, rupees were often accepted. A vessel arriving at
Bunder Murayah about the end of September, would be enabled to fill
up a cargo of gums in three or four days, if the agent had been mode*
rately diligent during the hot weather.

I annex a list of the boats employed, and the quantity actually
shipped in each; and I now offer a rough estimate of the quantity
shipped this year, taking the weight of the haJuir at 10 to the ton.
Between the Ist September 1843 to the 1st March 1844, the quantity
of gums exported was as follows : —

To Bombay, • . . . 3,770 bahars,

„ the Red Sea, .. 2,350 „

the Arab Coast, ... 1,200 „

Total, . . 7,320 bahars which

at 10 to the ton, gives .. 732 ton^.

332 Note on the Mijjertkeyn Somalees, [No. 149.

The Beason of 1843 was considered as very unfavorable^ owing to
the drought, and the crop of gums not more than half the average
quantity, and I was assured that three years ago the export exceeded
20,000 bahars; but taking every thing into consideration, I think
from 900 to 1,000 tons may be set down as a fair estimate.

The trees that produce the luban, or frankincense, are of two kinds ;
viz. the luban meyeH, and luban bedaui, of these, the me^eti which
grows out of the naked rock, is the most valuable, and when clean,
picked, and of good quality, it is sold by the merchants on the coast
for i dollar per frasila of 20 pounds. The luban bedoui of
the best quality, is sold for 1 dollar per frasila of both kinds ; the
palest colour is preferred. The trees vary greatly in height, but I
never saw one above 20 feet, with a stem of nine inches diameter.
Their form is very graceful, and when springing from a mass of
marble on the brink of a precipice, their appearance is especially
picturesque.

The gum arable, or summuk, is of three kinds; viz. the ad^ad^ wadi
and aukokibf of which the aiikakib is considered the best It sells
at Bunder Murayah for 1^ dollar per frasila of 20 pounds. The tree
is found on the mountain sides, in a good red soil, and varies in
height from 10 to 20 feet.

The inferior qualities of gums of course are sold at a much lower
rate, but when it is remembered that the merchant who resides at the
Bunder, purchases two pounds of frankincense for one pound of dates,
and one pound of summuk for two pounds of dates, the profits may be
easily imagined ; for instance, a man purchases a bag of Muscat dates
weighing 120 pounds for ^ dollar, with this he purchases 12 frasi-
las of luban^ which he sells to the traders, who sell for it at the rate
of one frasila per 1 ^ dollar.

Myrrh is brought from Wadi Nogal, and from Murreyhan and
Agahora; some few trees are found on the mountains at the back of
Bunder Murayah, about 50 miles from the Levant It is sold at Bunder
Murayah, when well picked and clean, at 4 pounds for a dollar. I sent
inland when at Bunder Murayah, and succeeded in getting two speci-
mens of the tree, which is I believe, but slightly known.

The quantity of the ghee that is brought down for sale is too
trifling to merit any remark. It is, however, singularly clear and good,

1844.] NoU on the M^ertheyn SamaUes, 333

perfectly free from the disagreeable smell that distinguishes the ghee
from Kurachee, though the major part of that originally comes from
fierbura. The banians from Pore Bander, who regularly attend the
Berbora fair, carry back immense supplies of ghee for the Indian mar-
ket, and as the Somahs are celebrated for melting down sheep's tails
and mixing the fat with the ghee to increase the quantity, the dis-
agreeable odour that attends ^^ghee^ Kurachee 1st sort," may perhaps
be accounted for.

Of the countries to the South and West of the Mijjertheyn tribe, no-
thing 18 as yet known, and as what little information I have been able
to pick up would only swell the mass of hearsay evidence that already
exists without establishing any fact, I refrain from making any remark
on the rivers, te. that have afforded such field for discussion. Of the
practicability of exploring the course of these rivers, I have no doubt.

Since this was writ- ^^^ should I apprehend any hostility on the part

luiLXTn/ePoTf o^ t»»« ^^^^''^ i^ ^^^ ^^^"«' "^^ o°iy duly at.

^^^lll^^y^vlm *®"^®^ ^y * Mijjertheyn chief. Repeated offers
miles up the Jub, and were made to me to visit the stream generally called

aufferea no ill-treat- ^ __«

ment. the '' Wabi, ( Wabi or Webbi in the Somal language

means a river,) and I only regretted that I was unable to do so.

A most interesting journey might be made from a few miles South-
west of Hafoon, along the Wadi Nagal to Kurrum on the Berbora coast.
In this valley the best kinds of myrrh grow, and as the inhabitants are
of the Mijjertheyn tribe, no danger need be apprehended.

My principal reason for offering this brief memoir to Government
is to point out the advantageous trade that might be carried on with
this hitherto imperfectly known country, and I much regret that I was
unable from other duties to visit the interior. I would wish to make one
concluding remark. Though the general character of the Somalis is
by no means good, I much doubt if a vessel were wrecked on any
other coast inhabited by perfect savages, such as the Mijjertheyn,
whether the crew would have fared as well as that of the steam frigate
Memnon. During a residence of six months amongst them we experi-
enced no opposition, and were finally allowed to quit the coast on our
own terms, and in perfect friendship with all.

(Signed) C. J. Cruttendbn, Lieutenant^

Assistant Political Agents Aden.

334

Noie on the Mijjertheyn SamaUes,

[No. 149.

Number of boats Iiiden with gums during

the season of 1843, and

their owners.

To Bombay,

Robea bin Salem,

... 700

j^Aiia^ ••• •■• ••• •••

... 600

iuaiiriy ••• ••• ••• •••

... 600

ivye'if ••• ••• ••• •••

... 300

AHi Myjee,

.. 500

Ayal Rocknahy.

... 300

Shea Kban^ ••• ... ...

... 300

Aial Tarba Hersee,

.. 270

One name unknown,

... 200

3,770

To the Bed Sea.

Shermnkhi,

.. 800

Bon Saloom,

.. 250

Adthiya bin Ahmed, . •

.. 200

Doongoorna,

.. 200

Several small Vessels, . .

.. 700

2.350

To the Arab Coast.
Vessels owners residing at Shahr>
and Maculla, ... ... ... )

1,200

Grand Total, ... 7,320 bahars, which
at 10 to a ton, . . 732 tons of gums.

List of Boats owned by the

Mijjertheyn tribe.

Aloolla,

. ■

Boats, ]

\ Alii Yoosuf, 1 Esa Tyah.

Geyseli,

. .

((

Esa Dohel.

Gursah,

...

Shermarkhi Fyah.

Marrayah, ...

...

((

Tatha Abdi.

Bundi Rhor,...

. .

Tarha Kersee.

Bunder Baad,.

•..

Abdulla Farha.

Bunder Ghassim,

...

Ahmed Shabhab.

y ...

Shermarkhi.

Bunder Zeyadal,

■

Abdialli.

Mahammed Woorsuroa.

Nahleyah Bon Beker.

(Signed) C. J. Cruttkhdxr.

1844.]

NoU on the Mijjjertheyn Somalees.

336

r "8

Z
D

00 a

«>

-a

** s «

3-2

III

a
o

bfi

5 <

a S
5 a

-J

-I

M
it

9
O

50.

S • d

p (0
£^

-Sa

.a
e

o
dB

336

Examination of a remarkable Red SaindsUme Jram the junetian df ^
Diamond Limestone and Sandstone at Numoor in the Kumool Ter-
rOory^ Southern India. Received for the Museum of Eeomomie Gee-
logy, from Copt, Nbwbold, Hf. iV. /. Assistant Commissioner^
KumooL By Hbnry Piddinoton, Curator Museum qfEoonomk
Qeology of India and of Geological and Mineralogical Depart-
ments, Asiatic Society Museum.

It it with many good writers, and I think with jattice, a sobject of
regret that the chemistry of geology is so little attended to. Doe of
the reasons for this may perhaps be, that the results are often nnsatis-
factory, or at least offer nothing striking, and we are thus much tempted
when we have bestowed our labour in researches of this kind to put
them aside, being unwilling to obtrude them on the notice of the
scientific world, which has indeed so many more brilliant and at first
sight more interesting things to occupy its attention.

It may however be doubted whether in so doing we do rightly and
well ; for although our results may be always, as results, of little nckoment,
(and this is not id ways certain,) yet if we consider that by recording
our own work, even when obtaining mere negative results, we nckay save
work to others we might perhaps oftener do so, and this with that
amount of benefit to science which arises from sparing the labours of
our brother workmen, and informing them where our researches quan-
tum valeant, may have failed to elicit any thing striking, though ap-
pearances might lead us to suspect that a rock did contain more re-
markable constituents. It is from this motive then that I have thought
it right to place upon record my examination of this remarkable sand-
stone, which would certainly attract the attention of any geologist or
mineralogist, who might meet with it in situ. Its geological position,
in the diamond tracts, abo adds something to the interest of the
specimen.

Capt Newbold thus describes it, and I quote his description as one
conveying very faithfully, as far as it goes, the appearance of the rock :
** Examining it hastily, the rock appears to be composed of a dark red
earthy and sometimes spongy-looking mineral, veined and streaked
with a dark green chert, and imbedding curious crystals of a flesh«like-
looking mineral with a fracture resembling that of rock crystal.**
I should further add, as to appearance,

1844.] EmmmaiUmcfa remarkabk Rtd Sandsione. 337

It appears ** peppered** over with minute black grains, which by the
msgnifier are seen to l>e little nests of protoxide of iron, and exteriorly
it is covered with a red, and in some places a black varnish, which is
often somewhat shining. Where the stone is weathered, below this
Tsmish, it is a reddish grey sandstone^ evidently shewing traces of la-
mination in the line of the chert laminae and veins.

The foregoing are its most remarkable appearances as to sight. I
proceed now to describe it more regularly.

Its fresh fracture has but a little fresher colour than the internal part
of the hand specimen* It gives out a peculiar faint odour when brok-
60, which resembles that of iodine (or seaweed ?) more nearly than any
thiog which occurs either to Capt. Newbold or myself; the fracture is
lomewhat splintery and angular rather than cubical It has no dis-
position to break in laminae.

It is opaque^ the streak a dirty yellowish, or orange, white. It does
not soil : hardness about that of Fluor. It is not tough, except about
the cherty veins, and is easily powdered. It does not adhere to the
tongue. It feels meagre but greasy on the external varnish.

It specific gravity is 2.64 at Temp : 84"^

Its smell I have described above.

Its taste to the tongue is very earthy, and it gives an earthy odour,
thoagh not strong, when breathed upon.

It is pounded with tolerable ease, scarcely shewing the hardness of
silex, except in a few grains at the last

In washing oS, the first water is of a dull brick red, like the usual fer-
ruginous mineral washings, the residuum is a dull greyish and denser
powder, which by long rubbing also diffuses in the water, but is, espe-
cially the last portions, of a very bright (almost vermillion) red.

This powder however gives nothing but oxide of iron*

The whole washings being mixed and allowed to settle.

Blowpipe^

Open tube. — Very little or no smell, and that rather turfy and peaty
than iodic ; no sublimate.

J^ulb tube. — Water abundant Litmus paper discolored ; turmeric
paper not affected ; smell that of peat, but Dot strong ; silver leaf is dis-
coloured, shewing the presence of sulphur, probably from some peaty
mixture with it when deposited.

338 Examinaiiim of a remarkabie Red SaneUiane. [No. 149.

In thefarceps-^Futet into a meUUie looking slag at the edges.
WUk Soda an Chareoal.'^FuaeB with considerable eballition, and a
part is reduced, giving bright whiter and soft, metallic grains and stresks
in the mortar ; these dissolve quickly in nitric acid, bat give no predpt-
tate with mar : acid. With prossiate of potass, dark blue precipitate
and are therefore iron.

The powder <f ike woMhing before the Blowpipe^ toith Soda on Pleu
tinum Wire, — Fases with effervescence into an opaque and dirty olive
green wrinkled bead, which in the reducing flame becomes speckled
with dark spots. With more soda the same. In the redociDg flame
greyish. The bead allowed to deliquesce takes a bright olive (or grass)
green, and in the mortar gives metallic traces as before.

Via kumida, — Powder boiled in mur : acid^ the red colour ehaages
to a dull yellow or dirty orange, with a white powder at bottom.
When cool and settled, the acid is of a clear yellow orange ; tested by
prussiate potass. Dark blue.

TincL Galle,-^A clear brown which by the addition of lime water,
becomes purple and black.

Hydrosulph, Potass. — A dirty black brown.

Hydrostdph, Ammonia, — The same.

The solution filtered left a greyish white powder which was ailez.

The solution was evaporated, re*dissolved and precipitated by ben-
zoate of ammonia. The precipitate was of a light buff colour and the
solution left clear. This solution and the precipitate gave no trace of
titanium, but a little iron was found in it ; the benzoate of ammonia
not having, apparently, precipitated the whole of the oxide.

For lodine.-'^The powder heated gradually with concentrated sal*
phuric acid evolved no vapour, and before the blowpipe with microcosmie
salt and oxide of copper gave also no trace of Iodine.

The sulphuric acid solution gave no trace but of iron.

Thecherty-looking Veins, — A vein giving both with the soft iron of a
knife and a steel edge-tool, a greenish metallic streak, was selected.

A small triangular fragment fuses into a black slag at the apex,
the assay becoming black and iron-like. Fused with soda an olive eolonr-
ed bead, with borax clear pale-green glass, shewing only silica and iron.

Result — The rock is a red ferruginous sandstone, with pure silica ia
grains, and protoxide of iron (Haematitic ?) in little black specks and

1844.] Examinaium o^a refMarkabie Bed Sandstone. 339

Dettiy and ebert, (hydnte of lilica,) in Teini and spots. It is slightly
impregnated with peaty malter^ and its smell is probahly owing to this
and to the minute proportion of sulphur whieh peat oontains, and which
io the specimen jost discolours silyer foil in the neck of the bulb tube.

H. PiDPiirGToir.

Report of a Journey from Herat to Simla, via Candahar, Cahool and
the Punfauby undertaken in the year 1 838, by order of Hie Ezcei-
iency John McNeill, Esq. H. B. M. Envoy Extraordinary and
Minister Plenipotentiary at the Court of Persia. By Major Todd,
Acting Secretary of Legation.

The circumstances under which this journey was undertaken, the
fhort time (sixty days) which it occupied^ and the disturbed state of
some of the districts on my route, prevented my taking more than a
hasty survey of the countries through which I passed, or obtaining any
information beyond what chance threw in my way.

The following rough notes were mostly jotted down either on horse*
back, or after being in the saddle from twelve to fifteen hours out of
the twenty-four.

I left the Persian camp before Herat, on the 22nd May, and arriv.
ed at Simla on the 20th of July.

The city and valley of Herat have been minutely described by sue-
eessive travellers. It may, however, be required, that I should say a
few words on the defences of a place which, garrisoned by a small
band of determined men, had up to the date of our latest authentic 'in.
telligence, successfully resisted the whole concentrated power of Persia
for upwards of seven months.

The strength of the besieging army may be estimated at from 12 to
15jOOO regular infantry, 7 or 8,000 irregular horse, and about 50
pieces of brass ordnance, 24, 18, 14, 12, 6 and 4.pounders, about half
being of the two last mentioned calibres, with half a dozen 5^-inch
mortars. I do not think that the besieged mustered more than 2,500
fighting men, actually under arms. They had no artillery, and their
horsemen had been sent away to Korook, Subzawaur, and other places
loon after the commencement of the siege.

340 Journey from HertU io Simla, [No. 149.

The city of Herat is of an obloDg ahape^ about 1,600 yards in length
and 13 or 14,000 yards in breadth. The place is encircled by an artifi-
cial mound of earth, varying from 40 to 60 feet in height, on the sum-
mit of which stands the wall of the town. There are about thirty
bastions on each fece, circular and built of unbumt brick ; those at the
angles of the place being much larger and higher than the intermedi-
ate ones. The height of the bastions, and walls about the mound,
varies from 25 to 35 feet.

The following rude section of the defences will illustrate my des-
cription of them :—

a. The artificial mound mentioned above, which forms the real
circle of defence.

b. The walls of the place.

c. e. Trenches cut in the mound, or what may be called the ex.
terior slope of the rampart, about 6^ or 7 foet deep, and running
entirely round the place. These are called the upper and lower Sheer
Hajee, or Sheerazah, and in them are stationed nearly the whole of
the garrison. The Sheer Hajees communicate with one another and
with the town by subterranean passages, and since the oommence-
ment of the siege, they have been partly traversed*

d. The ditch.

e. The town.

I saw the ditch only at two points, at the S. E. angle of the place
it was about nine yards broad, with water in it, but not filled. The
Affghans had established a covered way, or place of arms on the coun-
terscarp, communicating with the scarp by means of a plank thrown
across the ditch. The Persians had worked up to within ten or
twelve yards of this work, and both parties were incessantly engaged
in mining and countermining. I also saw the ditch between the S. W.
angle and the Candahar gate, which is situated in the centre of the
southern face. It was dry at this point, and about twelve yards
broad. The Persians had here advanced a covered gallery half way
across the ditch.

The exterior slope of the artificial mound or rampart is at an angle
of from 35 to 45, forming in most places too steep an ascent for men
encumbered with arms, in face of a determined enemy. The breadth
of this mass of earth, at its base, may be from 90 to 100 feet. There

1844.1 viaCamiaharj Caboolandthe Punjauh. 341

are some places where the ascent is Dot so steep, and at one of these,
the Peniaos, io a late attempt at assault, clamhered up to the upper
Sheer Hajee^ of which they kept possession for some time.

The citadel of Herat is huilt upon a mound at the northern end of
the town, surrounded by a wet ditch, said to be of considerable depth,
and about 36 feet wide, and flanked by large massive towers of burnt
brick, 60 or 70 feet high. The position is a strong one, and might be
held for some days, or even weeks, after the fall of the town. The
only entrance to the citadel is on its Southern face, over a bridge,
which might be destroyed in a few minutes.

On the northern &ce of the town, an outwork has of late years been
constructed, called the Ark-i-no, or new citadel. This covers the cita-
del and one of the gates of the town.

From the above rough sketch of the defences of Herat, some idea
may be formed of its strength. It would be very difficult, if not im-
possible to breach it with artillery, and the immense quantity of
powder which would be necessary in order to establish such a mine
as would eflect a practicable breach, may be estimated from the dimen-
sions of the rampart above given. From the size of the place, it would
require an army of 25 or 30,000 men to invest it effectually.

Herat is not, however, without its weak points. The ruined walls
of houses and gardens surround the place, and afford shelter to the be-
siegers, almost up to the edge of the ditch. On the northern side of the
town is an immense mound called the Tull-i-bunjee, which was
thrown op I believe by Nadir Shah, about 4 or 500 yards from the
walls, and behind which a couple of regiments might be encamped,
completely screened from the fire of the town. The very size of Herat
is also a weakness : it would require a garrison of at least 10,000 men
to defend it against an active and enterprizing enemy.

The Sheer Hajees are not traversed throughout their whole extent,
and might therefore by an enfilading ricochet fire be rendered in some
places, untenable

Nearly all the weak points above-mentioned, might, however, be
remedied by a skilftil engineer, and if time were allowed for this,
the place supplied with guns, and a sufficiency of ammunition, and
the works defended with common bravery, the capture of Herat even
with European troops, would be a tedious and difficult enterprize.

342

Journey from Herat to Simla,

CNo. 149.

Nftmes of
Stations, &e.

Herat,

HouZy •••• 14
(reservoir of

water,)
MeerDaoad,

Shah Beg, . .
Meer Allah,

12
12

Rood-i-Ouz,

Rood-i-Ad.

ruscand,

Khajeh Ou-
rieh.

6
5

8.
8.

8.
S.

S.
8.

Rbmatrks.

On leaving the town, the road to Canda-
har leads due south, through a sueoessioo
of gardens and fields, intersected by nu-
merous water-courses. About three miles
from the town, tbe Herirood or PuUi-Ma-
larun river is crossed. Formerly a fine
bridge of burnt brick spanned the stream
at this point, but the river has formed for
itself a new channel, and now flowa round
one end of the bridge. The breadth of the ri-
ver, at the place where I crossed, was about
150 yards, the stream was exceedingly ra-
pid, and water reached to our saddle flaps :
several fatal accidents had lately occurred
to persons who had attempted to ford the
stream, when it had been swollen by a
fall of rain in the adjacent mountains.
To the south of the river is a fine tract of
pasture land, thickly studded with villages
and gardens.

Situated in an opening of the range of
hills, to the south of the town.

Caravanserai in good repair, with a fine
stream of clear water from a kahreez or
succession of wells, connected by an under-
ground passage, which conducts the stream
from its source.

Ruined caravanserai; abundance of water.

Ruined caravanserai, 5^ miles beyond
Shah Beg a spring of sweet water on the
left of the road. The caravanserai of Meer
Allah surrounded by cultivation, and a
fine stream of water runs under the
walls.

A rapid stream 15 or 20 yards broad.

Stream one mile beyond Rood.i-Adras-
cund, a rocky pass with springs of fresh
water.

A Ziaret-gfth, or place of inlgrimage.
I A ruin perched on the summit of a rocky

1844.]

via Candakar, Cabool and the Punjaub,

343

Names of SJ|
Stations, &c.

«0 "^

Khajeh Oa-

rieh.
fcontinuedj

H0U£y • • . .

Sabaawaar,

8. W.

ss. w.

RSMABKS.

hili, at the foot which runs a stream
slightly brackish.

Road turns off to Subzawaur, leaving
that which leads direct to Candahar on the
left.
Reservoir of water ruined.
A small mud fort, 200 or 250 yards
square, with seven circular bastions, on
each face one gate. On the Southern face
scarcely any ditch, the walls in a state of
dilapidation. A small ark or citadel, the
residence of the Prince governor in the
centre of the place. Subzawaur is a place
of no strength, and might be taken with
little loss by a coup de main. It is situated
in the diidst of a richly cultivated tract of
country studded with innumerable villages,
which are inhabited by Noorzyes. Each
village is about sixty yards square, sur-
rounded by a mud wall, with towers at
the angles. A range of hills of inconsider-
able elevation to the south of the town, dis-
tant about two miles. The road between
Herat and Subzawaur is good and level,
and passable for wheel carriages of every,
description.

Abundance of fresh water in every part
;of this route ; but provisions are not pro.
'curable at any point between Herat and
Subzawaur. Shahzadeh Iskunder, a son
of Shah Kamran was nominally the go-
jvemor of this district When I passed
through it, he possessed, however, little
weight or influence anywhere, and none
beyond the walls of his fort ; he seemed to
be a half-witted and imbecile person. He
had made no attempt to succour his father,
or even to divert the attention of the Per-
sians. The surrounding country was in a
state of utter disorder. Bands of plunder-
ers were roving about in every direction »

344

Journey from Herat to Sinda^

QNo. 149.

Names of
Stations, ke,

Sabzawaur, ' 10
(eontinued.J

! 13

S8.W

£.

Kharuck, ..

S. £.

Summit of

Pass.
Dowlutabad

S.
S. E.

Rrmarks

and those men were described as acknow-
ledging neither Ood nor king

At this pointy the road from Subzawaur
joins the main road between Herat and
Candahar. The range of hills to the south
of Subzawaur terminates four miles from
the town in a long spur, upon which the
remains of an extensive fort are visible.
This is called the Kulla-i-Dookhter, or
maiden's castle, and at a short distance from
it, on a mound in the plain, are the ruins
of another castle called Kulla-i-Pisr, or
the youth's fort ; the plain is thickly stud-
ded with villages and khails (encampment)
of Noorzyes. Abundance of water, road per-
fectly level.

A grove of khunjuck trees, with a fine
stream of water situated under a range of
hills running W. 8. W. and E. N. E.
Wells or springs at every six or eight miles,
but no provisions procurable. For the last
4 or 5 miles, the road hilly and difficult
for wheel carriages ; but a road which is
described as being good and level, strikes
off to the right three miles before Kha*
ruck, and after turning the Kharuck range
crosses the plain to Dowlutabad, where it
again joins the road which I followed.
Encampments of Noorzyes are occasional-
ly formed in the vicinity of Kharuck, but
these cannot be depended on for furnish-
ing supplies even to a small force.

Road or rather pathway impassable for
wheel carriages.

A ruined fort on the right bank of the
Furrah, and several large encampments in
the vicinity. The valley of the Fomh
road runs from N. E. to S. W., and is said
to be richly cultivated in the vicinity of
the town of Furrah, about 40 miles below
Dowlutabad. Supplies to almost any extent
and every description might be drawn

1844.J

via Candahar, Cabool and the PuHJaub,

Bio

Names of
Stations, &c.

Dowlutabad
(continuedj

Checkaabi

a :s

S. E.

by E.

Rrharks.

Largebur
Kahreez,

Carwan

Cazee,
Toot.i.6iis.

serman.

9 : E.

S. E.

Gannee.
murgh,

Ibrahim-joee
River.

TalLi Hu-
man.

8
6

S.
E.

S.S* E*

7 ' N. B.

from the district of Furrah. A son of Kam-
ran, with the title of Saadut-ool-Moolk^
resides at Farrah, and is the governor of
the district. He, like the Subzawaur prince,
has not attempted to aid his father.

On the 29th of May, the river was ford-
able at a point where it was divided into
five streams about 300 yards above a large
solitary tree which stands on the water's
edge, and is remarkable as being the only
tree near Dowlutabad.

Checkaub is the name given to a fine
spring of water, near which was an encamp,
ment of Noorzyes. The road from Oowlut-
abad passable for wheel carriages. No
water between the Furrah road and
Checkaub, except a few brackish streams.
Abundance of water, and a good deal of
cultivation, wheat and barley, in the im-
mediate vicinity of Checkaub.

Gardens \ mile to the right of the road,
with abundance of water. Some encamp,
ments of Atchikzyes in the vicinity.

Water.

Several encampments near some mul-
berry trees, which are said to mark the half
way distance between Herat and Candahar.
Abundance of water and cultivation. Road
from Largebur Kahreez hilly and stony,
difficult for wheel carriages.

Gardens and encampments of Atchikzyes
near a fine stream ; country hilly, but road
good.

We turned off the main road at this
point, and ascended the right bank of the
stream.

Mud fort belonging to Meru Khan,
a chief of Noorzyes, on the left bank of the
stream. There are about thirty other forts
higher up the stream inhabited by the

346

Jowmtyfrom Herai to Simla^

[Na 149.

Names of
Stations, &c

Tull-i-Ku.

man.
(continuedj

Khaushrood
River,

N. E.

Remarks.

E.S. &
S.

E.S. £•

Badenyes branch of the Noorzyes. There
are two branches of the Noorzyes, the
Chulaksyes and the Baderzyes. The head
of the former is Mahomed Haleem Khan,
(at present in the Persian camp before
Herat; he was with Sheer Mahomed Khan
when Qhorian was given up to Mahomed
Shah,} and Hassan Khan, at present in
Herat, is the head of the latter. It is said
that the two branches of this tribe muster
from 600 to 700 fiimilies. There is no
such fort as Kiila Suffeed, as mentioned
by Lieutenant Conolly, and inserted in
Arrowsmith's map ; but I was told that
the TuU-i-Kuman was built apon the site
of what has once been the Kilia Suffeed,
which like all the other Killa Sulfeeds, is
assigned to the days of Rustam and the
white demon.

The TulKi-Kuman is surrounded by
encampments, and is used as a keep for
the flocks and herds of the chief and his
people. In times of danger, these people re-
tire to caves and hiding places in the ad-
jacent hills.

The TuU-i-Kuman and its dependent
forts are nominally under the authority of
the Syfool Moolk, (a son of Shah Kamran,)
who resides at Qhore, said to be about 35
miles north of Toot-i-6usserman, but he
has not been able for a long time past to
extract any thing from them in the shape
of revenue or taxes, and they enjoy their
fields and their flocks, without paying
any regard to the constituted authority,
which is too weak to enforce its demands.

Came again upon the high road ; abun-
dance of water on the road between the
TuU-i-Kuman and this point ; passed se.
veral gardens and encampments.

A fine stream 20 or 30 yards broad run-
ning from the north, fordable ; this is the

1844.]

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub,

347

Names, of
Stations, drc

s s

Khaushrood

River,

{eomtinued^J
Washeer, ..

Byabanck, .

Dooshaukh,

Lv,

-a

Rbmarks.

Oifishk, . .

E.
£.

7 E*o.]!j*

4 £• S.£«

E. S. E. boundary between Kamran's territory and
that of the Candahar sirdars.

E.b S.- Four forts situated on a fine stream, and
! surrounded by rich cultivation and gar-
'dens.

Village with a stream from a kahreez.
The road in some places rugged, but pass-
able for wheel carriages. No fresh water
during the first 10 or 12 miles. This road
is to the south of that followed by Conolly,
which leads through the villages of Poo-
sand and Numzand.

Village surrounded by a mud- wall and
towers.

Deserted fort with a stream from kah-
reez ; no encampments in the vicinity.

Stream near a deserted fort, and some
encampments of Barukzyes. Road perfect-
ly level.

Fort small, but strong and in good repair.
This fort was built by Futteh Khan Ba-
rukzye for his mother, who is said to have
held a petty court here. Abundance of
water.

The fort of Qirishk is built upon a mound
about two miles from the right bank of the
Helmund. Qirishk is a place of considerable
strength, and if properly gariisoned, would
require a foree of three or four thousand
men, with a small train of artillery, (4 iron
guns and 2 or 3 mortars would be suffici-
ent,} to ensure its capture. There are
four or five old guns in the fort, but
they appeared to be in an unserviceable
state.

Between the river and the fort is a fine
chummun, (pasture land,) intersected by
water-courses, and dotted with gardens,
and graves, and villages. The country
round the fort might be easily flooded, and
the approach to it thus rendered exceeding-

21 S. E.

348

Jitumeyfrom Herat to Simla,

[No. 149.

Names of
Stations. &c.

• •

Girishk,
fcontinued.J

s s

0
O

S. £.

Rood.i.Hel-
mund, ••
(River,)

Rkuarks.

ly difficult to a besieging force. Mahomed
Siddick Khan, a clever intelligent young
man, one of the sons of Sirdar Kohundil
Khan, (the eldest of the Candabar bro-
thers,) rules at Oirishk, and is the gover-
nor of the frontier district. He is attempt-
ing to form a corps of infantry^ to be drilled
and disciplined after the European man-
ner. I saw about a hundred of his re-
cruitSf armed with sticks in lieu of mus-
kets being drilled by a fellow who looked
very much like a runaway sepoy dressed
in a gay English uniform. When I passed
through Oirishk, Mahomed Omar Khan
and Mahomed Osman Khan, two sons of
Kohundil Khan, were encamped in the
vicinity, with about two hundred followers,
on the way to join the Persian army be-
fore Herat. The measure was most un-
popular, and it was given out that after a
sufficient force had been collected, the
young chiefs would in the first instance
undertake a plundering expedition against
Furrah and Subeawaur.

The Etymander of the ancients. Broad
and exceedingly rapid river not fordable
at this season. The distance between the
banks is about a thousand yards, but in
spring it is said to spread itself over the
low ground on its right bank> and some-
times to approach within a few hundred
yards of the walls of Qirishk. The Hel-
mund takes its rise in the mountains to
the west of Cabool, and after a course of
600 miles, during which it is joined by
several considerable streams, the principal oi
which are theTurnuk, the Urghundab, the
Shah Bund and the Khaushrood, it b\\%
into the lake of Tumah.

There is usually a small boat at this
place, by which travellers cross the river
when the stream is not fordable ; but this

1844.]

via Candahar, Cabool and Uie Punjaub,

349

Names of S S

s n=

Stations, &c. ° ""

o
2!

Rkmarks.

Rood-i-Hel-
muod,
(River,)

{continueii.)

Khak.i.
Chan pan,

Kooshk-i-
Nakhood, •

2 E.

Houzi-Mud. 14
dud Khan.

had been destroyed a short time before our
arrival, and we crossed the river on an
elephant, the water being in some places
I about seven feet deep, 3d June.
24 E. S.E. A grove of mulberry trees with a small
'stream ; there is no water between the
Helmund and this place.

A great deal of rich cultivation, and
several fine groves and gardens in the
vicinity. Abundance of water. The ruins of
an ancient fort called the Killa-i.Nadir,
which must have been a place of consider-
able strength in its day, about 2 miles to
the west of Koosh.i-Nakhood.

A large tank on the right of road.

7 E b S.

Candahar,

E.
E.

The Urghundab, a fine stream about half
a mile to the right of road, the banks of the
river thickly studded with gardens and
villages. The Urghandab after passing Can-
dahar, takes a westerly course as far as the
Houz-i-Muddud Khan, and then turns to
the South, not as it is laid down in Arrow,
smith's map. The road from the Houz to
Candahar passes through a succession of
fields, and gardens, and villages, which cover
this fertile and delightful valley, the breadth
of which varies from 3 to 9 miles. Nearly
the whole of the water of the Urghundab is
taken off by canals, for the purpose of irriga.
tion.

The route by which I travelled from
Herat to Candahar, was nearly the same
as that followed in 1828 by Lieutenant
Conolly, to the accuracy of whose state-
ments and descriptions, I can bear ample
testimony. I calculated the distance to be
380^ miles by the average rate of a fast-
walking horse, which I found to be 4 miles
an hour on level ground.

The journey is performed by horsemen
in ten and sometimes in nine days, but ca-

350

Jcurneyjrcm Herat to Sinda^

[No. 149.

Names of
Stations, &c.

Candahar,
{continued.)

s s

Rbmabks.

ravans of laden males are asiially from
sixteen or eighteen days between Herat
and Candahar. The coantry is occupied
by pastoral tribes, chiefly of the Noorzye,
Atchikzye and Barakzye branches of the
Dooranee Affghans. They are possessed of
numerous flocks and herds, and in the ri.
cinity of their hhaUs or encampments, they
raise a sufficiency of grain for their own con-
sumption. These kkaiU^ which generally
consist of from fifteen to fifty tents, are
scattered over the foce of the country, and
as they are usually at some distance from
the road, it is impossible for a mere traveller
even to make a rough guess at the extent
of population, or the amount of the re.
sources of the country.

To the South of the route above describ.
ed, is another which passes through Bakwa,
and which was followed by Forster in 17^t
since which time I believe no European
has travelled it. The Southern, or Dilaram
road, as it is usually called, is described as
being perfectly level, and not more than
forty or fifty miles longer than the North-
em or more direct one; but there is a
scarcity of water on it, some of the halting
places being upwards of thirty miles apart
It is however travelled by caravans and
horsemen, and for an army it would have
the advantage of passing within a short
distance of Furrah and Subsawaur, from
which places supplies almost to any extent
are procurable.

The city of Candahar is of an oblong shape, the length, North and
South, being about 2,000, and the breadth 1,600 yards. The city is
enclosed by a mud wall with circular bastions at regular intervals.
The height of the walls may be about thirty feet, the ditch is dry, and
from ten to sixteen feet deep, and fifteen broad, in some places less. A

1844.]

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub.

361

wall loopholed for musquetry^ about six feet high, runs round the scarp
of the ditch, between which and the main wall^ is a level place or
/atMfe draye, eight or ten feet in breadth ; the works are in tolerable
repair.

Candahar is surrounded by gardens and enclosed fields, which would
afford cover to a besieging force almost up to the edge of the ditch.
About a hundred yards from the S. W. angle, is a large walled gar-
den, which was taken possession of by Shah Shooja in his attempt
apon Candahar in 1834, and which formed a strong advanced post for
his troops.

Candahar is a place of no strength, and might be taken by escalade ;
but should this be deemed a hazardous experiment, four iron guns 12
or 18. pounders, would effect a practicable breach in the course of a
day's firing.

Three or four mortars (8 and 5^ inches) should be added.

Supplies almost to any extent may be drawn from the surrounding
country.

Names of I J
Stations, &c.,5^

Kulla-i-kha-
lek-dad
Khan,

Kulla-i-A-
zim Khan,

Khail-i-Ak-
hoond, or

"Dominie's"
Khaii,

£. and

E.N.E.

3 E b N.

Remarks.

Eb N.

E.N.E.

N.E. b

A half ruined village. Road for the
first two or three miles led through gar.
dens and cultivation, after which we tra-
velled over an open uncultivated plain.
Good level road free from stones ; water
only amongst the gardens and cultivation.

A small fort in tolerable repair, with a
stream of clear water.

Opening in a low range of hills.

Road good, but stony.

A few houses built round the tomb of
a sainted school-master, situated on the
right bank of the river Turnuk. The course
of the Turnah, (N. £. and S. W.) is
marked by a green line of tamarisk trees.
A good deal of cultivation round the
village.

Z52

Journey from Herat to Simia,

[Na 149.

Names of
Stations, &c.

Bivouac on

the right

bank of the

Turnuk,

Teer Andaz,

Khower
Taneh,

Julduk, • •
Ford, • • • •

N. E.

N. £.

Remarks.

Road excellent. Cultivation the whole
way, but no villages or khaUs to be sees,
the people having retired from the vicinity
of the highway, to avoid the extortions il
the great men who frequent the road.

A minaret about 40 feet high on the
right of the road, said to mark the spot
where an arrow of Ahmed Shah's fell,
when that monarch was shooting from an
eminence, which is pointed out on the
left of the road.

No habitation to be seen. Bivonae
on the right bank of the Turnuk, in the
district of Khower Taneh, two or three
miles beyond the minar, at a place called
'' Jalloogeer,*' or " the bridle full," the
road bad and stony ; for a short distance
with this exception, the road perfectly level
and good, following the right bank of the
Tumuk. The valley of the Tumuk is
now, (12th June,) a sheet of waving com
ripe for the sickle.

A village surrounded by gardens, about
a mile to the left of the road.

Grossed the Tumuk near a mill, which
marks the boundary between the country
of the Dooranees, and that of the Qhil-
jees.

Here we diverged from the direct road,
which leads along the right bank of the
Tumuk, and passes Kelat>i-Ghiljee, but
which is now seldom taken by travellers,
in consequence of iu being infested by
robbers, or lawless Ghiljee chiefr, who
either send their followers to attsbck car-
avanSy or levy contributions themselves,
under various pretences. The prindpsl
of these are, the sons of one Shaabadeen
Khan, and are considered as the chie6 of
this part of the country. They are upwards
of twenty in number, and are seldom
mentioned by their own names, being gene-

18440

tfia Candahar^ Cabool and the Punjavb.

353

Names of
Stations, &c.

Fordy • • . •
{camiintted.)

Kulla-i.Ra-
mazan
Khan, • •

Koorrum, . .

N. £.

B.bN.

E.N.K

22 ! N. E.

Ku]la.i.
Jaaiferee,

30 N. £.

Rbharks.

Ford,

Gadhor
Gbar,

IJ
1

N. E.
WNB.

• •

rally called *' Buchachaee Shaabadeen/'
the sons of Shaabadeen. They reside at
Kelat-i*Ghiljee and in the forts of this
district, between the territories of the
Ameer and the Sirdars, and are uncon.
trolled by either, although nominally their
country is under the rule of the latter.

A small fort. Our route from the river
lay amongst low hills — road stony, but
passable for wheel carriages.

Black mail was levied of us at this
place by Shaabadeen's men, who had
heard of our being in the vicinity.

Small garden and khareez in the dis-
trict of Koorrum. Passed several forts
and khaiU with slips of cultivation. At
the 14th mile Deewalik, a ruined fort,
which is said to have been once a con-
siderable place. As Csr as Deewalik the
country is inhabited by the Hotukee
branch of the tribe of Ghiljees — the district
of Koorrum is inhabited by Takhees.^ The
river Turnuk two and three miles distant
behind some low hills to the westward.

Several forts ; the road from Koorum
over undulating ground, passable for wheel
carriages. Khaiis and forts on either
band, but at some distance from the road.
At the 8th mile, Gloandee, said to be a
large village. We passed it in the dark,
the residence of one of the sons of Shaaba-
deen.

At the KuUa-i-Jaafferee, we again en-
tered the valley of the Turnuk. Forts
and khails are seen in every direction —
rich fertile tract of country on the banks
of the stream. .

Crossed the Turnuk, water reaching to
horses' knees.

The first fort of the district of Mookoor,
which forms a part of the government of
Cabool.

354

Journey from Herat to Simla,

[No. 149.

Names of
Stations, &c.

Source of the
Turnak, • .

I
iS2

a
o

9»

Rbharks.

16 NN£.

Kareezinthe 14
district of
Obehor
Oba,

NNE.

Chardeh, ••

Khareez, . .
Khareez, . .

Water Mills,

Chehl Bu.
chagftn, .

16 INNE.

Ohuznee, . .

N. E.

• •

N. E.

NNE.

Several fine spriogs under a range of
hills; road for the last ten miles lay
through fields of waving com, (wheat and
I barley,) clover and madder. Forts thickly
spread over the country, and abundance of
water at every step. These forts form the
district of Mookoor. Road level and free
from stones.

I Road sandy. Obeh is a pastoral district,
the whole plain covered with flocks of
sheep and goats, and droves of camels,
but few forts are to be seen. Some khaUs
under the hills, on either side of the road,
at the distance of 6 or 8 miles.

One of the thousand forts of the fertile
district of Karabagh, which is chiefly peo.
pled by Hazarehs.

The whole country as far as the eye can
reach, one large field of wheat The har*
vest is gathered in, early in July.

Good level road.

Road execrable, sandy and large round
stones.

In the district of Nanee. Between this
district and Karrabagh is that of Moorakee,
which is said to be very populous, and to
contain many forts, but I saw nothing of
it, as I passed it in the dark.

Fine grove ; a place of pilgrimage, road
good, numerous villages chiefly on the right,
inhabited by the Underee division of the
Ghiljees; the whole plain covered with
green wheat and fine dumps of trees. Abon-
danoe of water.

The present town of Ghuznee is a small
place, not more than 400 yards square,
said to have been the citadel of a former
town. It was built by the Jagatars 400
years ago, and is situated on the Southern
slope of a hill, to the S. W. of two minan,
which are said to mark the spot upon
which, or near which, stood the bazar of

1844.]

via Candahar, Cabool and the Punjaub,

355

Names of
Stations, &c.

Ohuxnee, ..
iconitnued.)

TonibofSul.
tan Maho-
med,

Shashgao,..
Sydabad, ..

N. E.

Rkmarks.

Saltan Mahmood's city. The walls of mo-
dern Ohusnee are lofty, and stand upon a
khahreex or fausse braye, of consider-
able elevation, but the ditch is narrow, and
of no depth, and the whole of the works are
commanded by some hills to the N. E. and
N. of the place. At the Northern and
upper end of the town is a hill, upon which
has been constructed a small citadel, form-
ing the palace of the governor, (Gholam
Hyder Khan,) a son of Ameer Dost Maho-
med. I saw one large unmanageable gun
and four smaller ones, as I passed from the
gate of the town to the citadel. I had no
opportunity, however, of examining their
state. The approach to Ghuznee from the
South is highly picturesque, and the cita-
del, from its great height, looks formidable.
The river of Ohuznee flows from the North
under the Western face of the town; it
supplies the place and the surrounding
country with an abundance of water.
Ghuznee may contain 900 to 1000 families
of Taujiks, Dooranees, and Hindoo shop,
keepers and merchants. As Ghuznee
commands the high road between Canda-
har and Cabool, it would be necessary that
a force advancing from the former upon
the latter place, should take possession of
it ; but this could be easily accomplished,
as the works are of no strength, and are
commanded as above-mentioned.

This celebrated place of pilgrimage is
situated in the midst of a large village,
surrounded by fine gardens with several
running streams.

Narrow defile, called the Tung-i-Sheer,
a very strong position, but I believe it may
be turned.

End of Pass.

Village, water, and cultivation.

Village. The country between Shushgao

356

JinKmeyftom Herat to Simla^

[No. 149.

Names of
Stations, &c.

Sydabady ••
{caniinued.)

LogurRiver,

§1

Top,

River of Ca-
bool.

6
12

Myd&n, ..

N.
N.

i N.

Urghundee, ' 9^

Cabooi,

EN.£.

£.

Rbmarks.

and Sydabad highly culiivated, a fine
valley between low hills^ villages at every
step, abundance of water. Road good, but
stony in some places.

Bridge called the PulM-Shaikhabad. The
Logur river runs here from N. W. to 8. £.
crossing the valley, and entering some hills
to the Eastward.

Village.

Ford. Rapid stream, about 20 yards
broad, water at this season (June) stirrup
deep. The Cabool river comes from a
break in the hills to the N. W. of this
point, and runs in a South Easterly direc-
tion, through a similar break called the
Tung-i-'^ Lullunder," in the Eastern range.

A collection of villages to the left of Uie
road, rich cultivation, abundance of water.
The country between Ghuznee and Mydftn
is chiefly inhabited by Wnrdeks, who
claim descent from the Imaum Zeinala-
badeen ; they number about 12,000 frtmi'
lies, and pay 90,000 rupees to govern-
ment; they are divided into three
branches.

1. Malyar Chief, Koorum Khan.

2. Noaree ditto Tein Khan.

3. Meer Khail ditto ..Jan Mahomed

Khan.

Several fine villages forming the dis.
trict of Urghundee, about a mile lo the
North of the high road.

Half way from Urghundee, the village
of Kulla.i-Hajee. From this place to the
city, the road passes through a suooession
of gardens and fields ; the whole country
intersected by water-courses, brought from
the river of Cabool ; road excellent, villages
and gardens as far as the eye can reach.

The approach to Cabool from the West,
is through a narrow defile, which forms ss
it were the Western gate of the dty ; and

1844.]

via CandahoTf Cahool and the Punfaub.

857

Names of
Stations, dec.

Cabool, • •

{continued.)

Cabool Bool,

Khak Tee.
see, • •

12 £.bN.

Rbmabks.

S. £S. dc
£.

throogh this defile, runs the river of Ca-
bool, which afterwards flows through the
centre of the city. The hills on both sides
have been fortified with lines of wall,
flanked at regular intervals by massive
towers ; but the works which have fallen
to decay, are too exteusive to be properly
defended, and the height may be easily
turned.

The citadel or Bala Hissar, situated at
the Eastern extremity of the city, is a
place of no strength, being commanded by
heights in the vicinity.

There are about 40 guns in Cabool, most
of which are in a serviceable state.

The route between Candahar and Ca.
bool above described, is generally blocked
up by snow during four months of winter,
but at the other seasons good, and passable
for all descriptions of wheel carriages.
Water is abundant, and supplies are pro-
curable at any season, for an army of
20 or 30,000 men. A caravan travels be-
tween Candahar and Cabool in fifteen days,
but horsemen perform the journey in 8
days, and couriers in 6.

I estimated the distance at 317 miles,
but the direct route via Kelat-i-6hiljee is
shorter by about ten or fifteen miles.

Village— road good, through gardens
and fields.

Ditto, situated on the skirt of a range of
lofty hills. At the 4th mile, entered a de-
file called Tung.i-Khoord Cabool, about 3
miles in length. Ascended a small stream,
which is crossed by the road every 50
yards. After passing the defile, the road
enters an open country, the village of
Khoord Cabool two miles to the right.
I Twelve miles beyond Bootchak, another
defile. Road hilly and stony; in some
places impassable for guns.

358

Journey from Herat to Simla,

[No. 149.

Names of
Stations, &c

Khak Tee-

SBee^ • •

{continued.)

Hissaruky
(PissarQck
of Arrow-
smith's
map?)

Ishpan,

• • • •

E.b S.

ili.S* £•

Rkmarks.

Mookoor
Khail,

Wurzeh, . .

E.b S.

G.o< £.

Between the second defile and Teesee,
the road passes over the Ht/^ Kakd,
or seven Passes. Khood Buksh Khan ii
the chief of this district.

Cluster of villages on the Soorkhrood
stream* After leaving Teesee, steep ascent
for about 5 miles, mountains covered with
pine and holly oak, magnificent scenery,
road impassable for guns, abrupt descent
for about two miles ; the road or pathway
in the bed of a mountain stream.

The Soorkhrood flows from a break in
the mountains to the East of Hissamk.
The skirt of these mountains, covered with
gardens and villages.

Village on the left of the road. Between
Cabool and this place the country is inha-
bited by Ohiljees, but we here enter the
districts peopled by Kkogianee*. Forded
the Soorkhrood, clear rapid stream sear
Hissaruky water at this season (Jane)
stirrup deep, and about 20 yards broad.

The Soorkhrood after being fed by
numberless mountain streams, which come
down from the ranges called Sufficed Kok,
joins the Cabool river near Jellalabad.

Large village. Abundance of water;
fine cultivation, road stony, but passable
for wheel carriages, crossed several moun-
tain streams, running from South to North.

Village in a valley running down from
the Suffeed Koh. Abundance of water,
gardens and cultivation. After leaving
Nookoor Khail, the road descends into a
valley with a mountain stream flowinf
through it. Road stony and bad ; villages
and gardens on the Southern side of Uie
valley. At the 6th mile passed the cele-
brated garden of Neemia, about a mile to
the left ; at the 10th mile, villages and
gardens on the skirts of the SulTeed Koh
range.

1844.]

via CandahaTf Qabool and ike Put^aub,

359

Namct of
Stations^ &c

Ag^um,

Rbmarks.

dc 8. IS.

Village^ situated in a valley similar
to that of Wurseh. Fine stream, gardens,
and rich cultiralion- Villages as far as
the eye can reach.

Road stony, but passable for guns. Sir-
dar Mahomed Akbar Khan, a son of Ameer
Dost Mahonuad Khan, was encamped with
his troopn in tbs valley of Agaum. This
young man although not the eldest, is said
to be possessed of more power and influ-
enee than any of the other sons. He has
acquired a high character for courage, and
he certainlv displayed this quality in the
affiiir of Jumrood. The government of
Jellaiabad has (leea OBtmst^ to him, and
if he is not greatly respected by the people,
he is certainly the least unpopular of the
family. His immediate dependents are
said 10 be devoted to him. His troops
were scattered in the different villages
near Agaum, when I passed through that
place, but 1 believe he has twelve guns,
chiefly 6- pounders, in a serviceable condi-
tion ; a corps of about 1500, Jasayurchees,
a fine body of men armed with long heavy
guns which are fired from a rest,- and will
carry a ball four hundred yards with pre-
cision, and two or thr«» ihoHsand good
horses.

Village. The road or rather pathway
for the first six miles led through gardens
and rice fields, the whole eouoiry flooded
for the purpose of irrigation^ impassable
for guns. ' There is, however, a gun road,
which makes a circuit of some miles be-
tween Agaum and Jollalabad, the remain-
der of the road passable for wheel carriages.

Jellaiabad is situated on the right bank of the Cabool river, which
is here a stream of considerable volume, and about half a mile broad.
Round Jellaiabad are the remains of a wall of considerable extent,
but the place is now rediioad to a juare village, surronaded by exten.

«ive ruins.

3 B

Jellaiabad,

NNE.

360 Journey firom Herai to Simla, S^e. [No. 149.

The varioas routes between Jellalabad and Peshawar have been
already minutely described. At this season of the year (Jane,) the
river route is generally followed, as being the safest and most expedi-
tious. Rafts are formed of splinters of wood^ which hold together
from twenty to a hundred inflated bullock skins, and an accid<mt
rarely happens during the months of May, June and July, when the
water is of sufficient depth to cover the rocks, which are dangerous at
other seasons. Near Jellalabad, the river runs in a broad bed with
low banks on each side; dbtant hills with snow on their sum-
mits on either hand. The space between the foot of these hills and
the river, covered with villages and green fields. Fine grov^ of trees
scattered along the banks. The stream, when I passed down, was
running at the rate of six or seven miles an hour. A few miles below
Jellalabad, the Cabool river is joined by a broad and rapid stream of
considerable volume, called Durya-i-Koower. The distance between
Jellalabad and Peshawur by the river route, is about 90 miles. This
distance is performed on a raft of 25 skins, impelled by two large oars,
in about twelve hours. Half way is the large village of I«aJpoor,
situated on the left bank of the river, the residence of Saadut Khan,
chief of the Momund tribe, which is said to number 4,000 fiimilies.
After passing Lalpoor, the river flows for about thirty miles in a deep
narrow channel, walled in by precipitous rocky mountains of great
height. In this part of the river are most of the whirlpools and dan-
gerous places. One called the Shutr Gurdun, or camel's neck, 26 or
27 miles below Lalpoor, is particularly dreaded by the raftsmen, and
is considered even in the best season a place of peril. Two or three
miles below Shutr Gurdun, the river debouches from the mountains,
and enters an open cultivated country. At the village of Muchnee,
on the left bank^ tolls are levied on rafts passing down the river. From
Muttee, a small village on the right bank of the river, seven or eight
miles below Shutr Ourdun, Peshawur is distant about 14 miles. The
country was overflowed for the purpose of irrigation, and the road
which passed through a succession of rice fields, was scarcely passable
to laden ponies.

I need say nothing of the present state of Peshawur, or of the route
through the Punjaub from that place to Loodhiana, both having been
minutely described by others.

881

Appendix to Mr. Birth's Report /or December Meeting, 1843.

[Continued from vol. XII, p. 101].]

Mynahi. — In Vol. XI, p. 178 (fns), I thought it necessary to describe
the two Hill Mynahs of India (genns Graeula, v. Eulabee, Cuv.), and
I have now approximated to these my Ampeiieepe coronatus (vide XI,
986) : perhaps an enumeration of the other Indian Mynahs will not
be unacceptable. These vary considerably in form and habit^ and may
be resolved into different minor groups. The genus Pastor, Tem-
minck^ apud O. R« Oray^ is typified by P. roeeue ; and Acridotheree,
Vidllot, by Acr, triUie. I shall begin with the more bulky, heavy,
formed species, which seek their food chiefly or wholly on the ground.
Of these, the two first are distinguished by having a large naked space
under and beyond the eye.

1. Acr. trUtU, (Gm.) Vieillot; Pastor tristoides, Hodgson, men-
tioned in J. A. S., V. note to p. 773. (Common Mymab.) Every-
where abundant throughout India in the vicinity of human abodes and
cultivation, and remarkable for its familiarity. It rarely nidificates
except in the cavities of buildings.

2. Acr. ffinffinianus / Turdus gingimanus, Latham ; Oraeula grL
sea, Daudin ; Cotsyphus griieus, Dumeril. (Bank Mtnah.) Common
in Bengal (though not in the immediate neighbourhood of Calcutta),
Nepal, Assam, and in the Tenasserim provinces ; but has never been
observed by Mr. Jerdon in the Indian peninsula. It frequents the vici-
nity of water, at least during the breeding season, when it builds in
holes in river.banks. The frontal feathers are erectile, forming a slight
crest less developed than in the two next species, and those on the
sides of the head are directed towards the median line. The young
are plain greyish-brown, much as in the immature Stumus vulgaris,
but exhibit a whitish wing-spot and tips to the tail-feathers, and the
plumage of the sides of the crown is disposed as usual. This species
may generally be obtained of the Calcutta dealers.

The two next retain the bulky form of the preceding, but have no
naked space on the &ce, and the frontal feathers stand up, forming a
short and laterally compressed crest.

362 Appendix to Mr. Blyik's Report [No. 149.

3. Act. crietatelius; Orttcula crieiatelia. Lid. ; Paetor griseue, Hon-
field ; P. cristalhidee, Hodgson, J. A. S., V, note to p. 773. (Sub-
ORBSTBn Mynah.) Gk>ninion in Benga!, Nepal, and eMtward to the
ChuBan Archipelago^ also in the Barmese and Malay countries ; bat
replaced in Southern India by the next species. Always nidificates in
the hollows of trees.

4« Aer./meui; Pdetat^fiueue, Temminek, apod GrilBth's work ; P.
MahraUemie, 8ykes. (Dcskt Mtmah.) Closely allM to the last,
but smaller, with the upper.parts inclining to brown instead of ashy,
and the irides greyish* white instead of bright yellow. Soathem India.

Act, /uiiginoeM$, Nobis. In a collection of bird^klds procured in
the ricinity of Macao, are two specimens of a Mynah allied to Aer.
eristateUus, but ob^ously distinct in species, though being in a traasi-
tional state of feather from the immature to the adult garb, the latter
cannot be fully described at present Length about ten inches, of
wing five and a quarter, and tail three inches; bill to gape ill
inch and a quarter, and tarse an inch and a half. The new feathen
of the upper.parts were coming dusky-cinereous, of the breast and
flanks a purer dark cinereous, resembling In hue the fore^neek and
breast of Aer* erietateltua : the belly and vent are uniformly coloured
with the rest of the under-parts, and the lower taiUcoverts are
blackish, whereas in both the preceding species these are nearly or
quite white at all ages: the nestling plumage of the head b blackish,
and the form of the feathers indicates that these would be slender and
elongated in the adult, which has probably a slight frontal crest less
developed than in Acr», enetaUUus; the new feathers of the wings are
bronzed blacky etcept the base of the primaries and the coverts im-
pending them, which are white : tail wholly blackish : the beak is less
compressed than in Acr. cristatellue, and the tip of the upper mandible
is more distinctly incurved and emarginated; the colour of both
mandibles would seem to have been orange at base, and white fi>r the
terminal half: the legs apparently have been yellow. There is no naked
skin upon the fece ; and its superior size, with the total absence of
white upon the tail and its under-coverts, distinguishes this speeiei
readily from Aer. erietateltue of any age.

The next are smaller and lighter-formed, more allied to 8iumm,
but having a shorter and more compressed bill. Their habits ate mudi

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. 363

more wboreAly as they seek their food apon treeo^ and aie very rarely
wea on the ground. They oonatitote the Stmrtua of Lesson.

J. Si.papodarum ; Turdnspagodarum, Lin« (Bbahminbb Mtnah.)
Body greyish, the ear-ooverts, neck, and under-parts, bright buff, with
mesial streaks to the feathers of different texture ; the cap black, and
bearing a long pendent crest of slender pointed feathers ; thighs^ lower
taiUcoTertSy and tips of the enter tail-feathers^ white. Female rather
less deeply eolonred^ with the crest not quite so long: atod young
yellowish-grey, inclining to pale buff on the throat and breast ; the cap
at first coneolorous or nearly so, afterwards dnsky.black and not crest*
ed. An abundant species in the Camatic, and occasionally observed
in other parts of Southern India : in Lower Bengal it is chiefly met
with towards the dose of the cool season, frequenting the arboreal cotton
then in blossom. It may often be obtained of the Calcutta birddealers.

3. B/. Maladarica: Turdus Maiabaricus, Gm., but not Pa$Ur
Maiabarieue, apttd Jerdon, Madr Jl. XI, S3, which refers to the next
ipeeies.* (GnaY Mtkab.) Upper-parts grey, the forehead and throat
whitish, the former occasionally pure white ; and entire under-parts
from the fore-neck ferruginous-buff, deep and bright-coloured in old
males, and comparatively very fitint in the younger females; primaries
slightly green^glossed black and tipped with grey^and the middle tail,
feathers greyish, the rest dusky, successively more broadly tipped with
deep ferruginous. The wings and tail, and in fact the plumage gene,
rally, are quite those of a typical Siumus. Young pale greyish^ light,
er underneath, with rufous tips to the outer tail-feathers. There are
few birds which abrade their plumage so much by the time the moult,
ing season comes round : the colours fade, and even make a near ap.
proach to uniformity. It is very common in Bengal, Nepal, and
Assam, but ^yparently rare or perhaps local in the peninsula of India.

3. SL dcminieana (f): olim P. maiabaricus apud Jerdon.t
(WHiTB.BnA]>Bi> Mtnab.) Glossly allied to the preceding, but dis.

* According to Mr. Jerdon, the Potior nanus vel Oracula cinersa of Leison's Traill
appe&TB to refer to this tpeciei.

t Mo doubt the Pasiar rfMriiitcdinr# apdd LenoB, Fag* de Bilamget, stated to be
tolerably common on the Continent of India ; but its identity with the Philippine
species so named, remains I suspect to be ascertained. In a letter just received from
Mr. Jerdon, that naturalist reuaits that **PaiUn' dominicanuif as described by Lessoa
[in his Trmt^ f] can noTer be ny

364 Appendix to Mr, Bfyih's Report [No. H9.

tinguished structurally by its longer tail, and in colour by haTing the
whole head, neck, throat and breast, silky- white, the back of a more
albescent grey^ and the primaries plain black ; the flanks, belly, lower
tail.coverts, and a portion of the tail, being alone rufous. Inhabits
Southern India, and especially the lofty jungles of the Malabar coast, so
that the name malabarieus is better applicable to this species than to
the preceding one. Omelin, it may be remarked, in his long and
heterogeneous list of species assigned to the genus TurduSj has des-
cribed two very different species by the appellation T. malabarieHf,
namely, the preceding bird and the Phj/liamis (v. CkloropneJ mo-
demly so named (XI, 957)*

St, eiegans; Pastor elegam. Lesson, Foy. de B^lanper, p. 266. This
is a beautiful species of the present group, inhabiting Cochin China
and the Malay peninsula. Colour glistening grey, the forehead, lores,
and throat, medial part of wing, rump, tail*tip, with the belly, flanks,
and lower tail-coverts, bright golden-ferruginous ; fore-part of wing
white, and the hinder half, brightly bronaed black ; base of tail also
black ; bill lead-coloured, and tarsi yellow. According to M. Lesson,
" this species was named P. Chinensis, by Temminck, in Kuhl's
Catalogue of Daubenton's Planches Colorides; it is both Oriolus 8u
nensis, sp. 44, and Stumus sericeus, sp. 8, of Latham ; and Oaubenton's
figure, pi. Dcxvii, where it is termed Kink of China, is so bad as to
give a folse idea.'* More or less of this is certainly erroneous. I have
now before me specimens of both sexes of the true Stumus sericeus,
Latham, received from Chusan, being evidently that described as such
by Shaw and in the Diet. Class. It is a larger bird than any of the
preceding members of this group, with a stronger bill less laterally
compressed at tip, and may be thus distinguished : —

St. sericea. Length nearly nine inches, of wing four and three,
quarters, and tail two inches and five-eighths; bill to gape an
inch and one^ighth, and tarsi an inch. Upper parts of male fine
glistening ashy, the wings and tail bronzed green-black, excepting the
coverts of the primaries which are white ; entire head, throat, and
fore-neck, a silky subdued white, the feathers of the crown slender
and elongate: rest of under-parts somewhat paler ashy than the back,
the middle of the belly, under tail-cover ts^ and fore- part of the under
surfiace of the wing, white: bill coraUred with a black tip; and legs

I844.J for December Meeting, 1842. 365

bright yellow. Female rather smallery having the aah-colour of the
male replaeed by brown, |>ale on rump^ and the head and throat dingy
whitiahy paning into ashy-brown on the occiput. A handsome species^
with delicate silky plumage.*

<Sl. oana. Nobis. I can only describe this species from an imper.
fectly moulted specimen received from Macao. Length about seven
inches, of wing three inches and seven-eighths, and tail two inches and
thiee-eighths ; bill to gape an inch, and tarse seven-eighths of an inch.
Colour of the new feathers of the crown and back plain brownish-ash,
snd of those of the breast and flanks the same but much paler and de-
licately tinted, all being rounded as in the nestling plumage, not
slender and elongate as usual in this group; throat and belly al.
bescent: the unshed nestling feathers are uniformly of a paler or
browner grey above, and lighter-coloured below : wings and tail darker,
the primaries and middle tail-feathers glossy nigrescent : some of the
larger coverts upon each wing towards the scapularies are white in the
specimen, which however I conceive to be partial albinism, and not to
be a constant character ; but the coverts of the primaries are also white
for the greater part of their outer web, which is more probably normal :
tertiaries brownish and pale-edged, and the outer tail-feathers whitish
towards their tips: bill yellowish, mixed with dusky ; and legs appear
to have been sullied yellow. This is obviously a distinct species from
any of the foregoing.

The Pastor tricolor^ Horsfield, Lin, Trans, ziii, 156, v. P. mela^
nopterus, Wagler, is probably another species of this group inhabiting
Java.

According to Mr. O. R. Gray fLisi of the Geneva of Birds, 2nd
edit.), the type of the genus Pastor is P. roseus, (Lin.) Tem., which is
very common in many parts of India, but visits the neighbourhood
of Calcutta only towards the end of the cool season, when flocks of
this species and of Stumia pagodarum are not unfrequently observed
upon the arboreal cotton then in blossom. Nearly related to this,
according to M. Lesson, is a Peguan species, P.peguanus, Lesson,

* In Mr. Strickland's catalogue of tome Chinese birds exhibited in London (Ann*
and Mag, Nat, Hitt., Sept. 1848, p. ^1 ), the above species is termed Acridoiheres
iirieeus^ with the remark, that it ** is quite distinct from A, dauncus^ Pall., with
which it is united by Wagler." To which of the minor groups this A, daurieus
should be referred, it is not easy to divine from the description of it.

366 Appendix to Mr, Biyih't Report QNa 149.

having '^ lee phanee ccqnstralee courtes et aerreey^ : it woald aeem to
connect the present form with Stumia. Mr. £yton hm detciibod
a Mynah from the Malay peninsula as Pastor Maia^^ensie, P. Z. 8.
} 839, p. ] 03 ; and the Turdus ocrocephalus, Gm. (Tern., pL eoL
136), said to inhabit Ceyion and Java, is referred to the gfoup of
Mynahs hy Stephens.*

The ordinary Indian Starling, Stumue coffUra and eapeneis, Auet,
Paetor jaila, Horslleld, and apparently P, amrieuiarie of the Diet,
Close., constitutes Mr. Hodgson's division Stmrmopmsier : and the
Himalayan Starling, considered to be identical with Si. wdfforis by
most authors, certainly differs considerably from the European bird in
the form of its beak, which is longer' and more compressed at lip,
being drawn out to a much finer point, besides that this organ never
turns yellow as in the European Starling : considerable numbers are
sometimes sold alive in Calcutta, brought firom the hilly regions of
Bengal (as Monghyr, dee.), observation of whidi has led me to con-
clude that the distinctions above-mentioned are permanent, and there-
fore to follow Mr. Hodgson in styling this oriental analogue of the
common European Stariing Si. indieus*

Finally, th^re remain two oriental species of Stumtdce^ which,
though by no means nearly allied, have both been referred to the
genus Letmprotomis. One is CeUomis cantor, (Latham) Q. R. Clray,
v. Turdue chalyheus, and T, strigalus^ Horsfield, which the Society has
received from Arraean and the Tenasserim provinces, where tt would
seem to be very common. What are prsbably once-moniled fem^es, ra-
ther than the young of the year, have the under*parts yellowish. while,
with green-black central streaks to the feathers; and in one specimen be-
fore me are some mingled under tail-coverts, of an uniform glossy green-
black as ttsuaL The other species is f^ spUopteruSy Vigors, figured in
Gould's Century, an inhabitant of N-epil and the hill ranges of Assam,
upon which Mr* Hodgson founds his genus SarogUma^ referring k lo
the Meliphagidce, and which he diaracterises as fellows : —

* In Griffith's edition of the R^ffne Animal, VI, 422, is described P.
Tern. *' Cheeks naked, red; head and streak over eyes fHve white; coUar hlaek;
another near the back white; scapalaries and wings black-brown; cheat and beUy
white ; wing-coverts white-edged ; tail-ends white. Length elewen inches. Bengal,"
undoubtedly, however, from soase otber locality.

1844.] far December MeeHng, 1842. 367

''Oeaiu Saroglona, H. Bill CUaropeian, but stouter. Tongue
cartilagiiioua, flat, furouhed with a full brush forwards. Wings con-
siderablj acuminated and firm^ 1st quill bastard, 8rd longest, 2nd and
4lli equal, and rather less than the third. Tail firm, stoutish, sub.
forcate. Lep and feet strong, arboreal, and subrepatory. Tarsus
(to sole) exceeding the mid-toe and claw : heavily scaled to the fropt ;
smooth to sides, and cultrated behind. Toes medial, unequal ; the
hind one large and depressed. Nails acute, well curved, suited for
creeping or elinfpog.
*' Type, LamprotarnU spiiofOertu, Vigors.

" Habits moBticolous and arboreal, feeding like Chiaropets, to
whidi genus and to HypHpeies, Brachypus, &c., it has most affinity,
both of structure and manners, seeming to represent the Stumine birds
in its own group." I still prefer to retain it among the SiumidcD,

Another group requiring elucidation, and which has strangely been
referred by several authors to that of the My nabs, is the genus of
Doomrees iMalacoeercuSf Swainson), and its various alli^ This
genus was founded on a Ceylon species, identified by Mr. Swainson
with the Oracula striata of the Paris Museum (or Cossyphus striatusy
Domeril), and figured by him in his ' Zoological Illustrations' as —

1. Mitlaeoeercui eiriaius. It closely resembles one from Southern
India, and another from Bengal, Nepal, and Assam ; buf is distin.
gnished from, the first by the absence of the pale longitudinal markings
of the feathers of the back and breast, and from the second by the obvi.
ons striation of its tertiaries and tail. A-Cingalese specimen presented to
the Society by Willis Earle, Esq., corresponds exactly with Swainson's
figure ; the cross-strise being much more conspicuous than in its Bengal
representative, and consisting, of rays of a deeper colour seen at all an-
gles of reflection : the under-parts also are more deeply tinged with
rufous. Length about nine inches and a hall^ of wing ten inches, and
middle tail-feathers four and a quarter, the outermost an inch and one.
eighth less : tarse an inch and one-eighth : the bill to gape an inch only.
2. M. terrieoloTy Hodgson ; mentioned as Pastor terricolor, H., in
J, A. S,,V,77l, and also classed by Dr. Pearson among the My nabs
in X, 650. Resembles the preceding species, excepting that all its
colours are less brought out, the cross-rays on the tail being faint
and inconspicuous^ and barely discernible on the tertiaries; a very

368 Appendix to Mr. Bfyik'0 Repori [No. 149.

weak tiDge of falv^ut <m the abdomiaal regian. Bill an indi and
one-eighth to gape. Thia is one <^ the most oomnioB birds of Bengtl,
and it is only after examining a eonsideraMe nomber of spedmeai,
that I consider it may be safely separated from M. titiatm. It ezteads
into NepftI and Assam.*

8. M. SomerviiUi; TmaHM SomertUim, Sykes, P. Z. 8^ 1882, p.
89. The general colour of this species is somevi^l iMAet, with dis*
tinct pale mesial streaks on the feathers of the baok and breast, whi(A
are seen also on the upper-parts of the next spedes; its t^tials ut
but very obscurely striated, but the Uil distinctly so, as in the fint:
tarse somewhat shorter than in the two preceding* Mr* Jerdon agrees
with me in considering this distinct from M, ierricoUr, whidi it repre-
sents in the Indian peninsula, extending northward, according to Dr.
Royle's list, to the plains nearest Sahanupore ; but the species <tf thii
group approximate so very closely, that it is necessary to be SMSt
cautious in identifying them. Indeed, the present one is not improu
bably the original striaiu§, although not that of Mr. Swainson.

4. M.griseus; Turdua gr%$eus^ Ladiam; TUnmlia grissm, Jerdoo,
Madr. JL No. XXV, 25a This is another peninsular species, alflo
closely related to the foregoing, but readily distingulsiied by iH
inferior size, yellowish- white crown or whole top of the head, and dark
throat. Common in the Camatic, and found sparingly in the more opea
portion of the West Coast.

A race allied to this was met with in the Southern Mahrttta
country by Mr. Elliot, being described by him to have whitish legs sad
feet, instead of yellow (vide Madr. JL Na XXV, 359). Mr. Jerdoa
has never observed A. gri$eu8 above the Ghauts.

* No doubt the M, ttriatus of a catalogue of Bengal birds published in the A».
and Mag. Nat, HisL 1848, p. 447.— It is also, I perceive from fidw«rda*t ducripUim
of his ** Brown Indian Thrus^*' which was " brought fit»m Bengal in the Eastlndiei,"
decidedly the species intended by him : the figure, too, being chiefly faulty in atti-
tude, while the colouring of it is enough to mislead any one. Upon this figure sad
deecription is founded TVrditf eanonrt, Lin», and tiia ** i^ntkodttda conoro^ (Lin.)*\
of Mr. Strickland's list of some Chinese birds exhibited in London, An* and Hsf*
Nat. Hist. 1843, p. 221, is meant to refer to it, but doubtless indicates some other spe-
cies, probably the 7\trdus chinenns, Osbeck, which Llnnttus considered ideaticsl
with the bird of Edwards. The specific name canonti has accordingly the priority
for this species, but must be rejected from its extreme inappropriateness : the bird hav-
ing a most particularly harsh voice (atchf atchj, and no pretensions whatever to be
musical, in the least degree.

1844.] for Duamber Meeting, 1842. 369

In the following speeies, the tail is more elongpited, narrower, and
more graduated :—

5. M. MoIcokMif TKjno/ta Uakolmi, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832, p. 88 ;
Ganubu alb^ram, Oray^in Hardwieke's lUiistratioiis. Elevated lands
of Soathern India. Cawnpore (?)« apud Hardwicke.

6. M. Eariet, Nobia Allied in form to M. subrt^u^, but the beak
more eomprewed, and plumage very different. Length nearly ten
inches, of which the middle taiLfeathers measure five, the outer,
meet two inches lees; wing three and a half; bill to gape an inch
snd one.eighth, and tarse an inch and a quarter. Upper plumage
moeh as in If. ckatarrhaa, the frontal feathers however more defined,
sad less inclining to rufescent, having similar dark central streaks ;
tnosversa strias of the taiUfeathers scarcely, if at all, discernible : neck
and throat duiUreddish fulvous, the feathers margined paler, and hav-
ing fsiat dark oentral lines: rest of the under-parts dingy albeaoent-
browa. Beak yellowish, and legs also light yellowish. Common in
heavy reed and grass jungle in Bengal, and described from a specimen
•hot in the vicinity of Calcutta by Willis Earle, Esq,, to whom the
Society is indebted ibr numerous zoological contributions. Mr. Hodg-
son has since sent it from Nepal, and Mr. Barb from Tipperah ; and
it has likewise been procured by Mr. Earle in the Rajmahl district.
A young one shot near Calcutta is clad in the flimsy nestling plu-
msge, having the markings generally less distinct, except upon the fore,
head, and the throat and breast of a clearer pale ferruginoos. One of
the drawings of the late Dr. Buchanan Hamilton appears to repre.
sent this species^ and I would have adopted his specific name for it, had
this only been a little more euphonious.

7. M. ehaUirluBa; Timalia chaiarhaa^ Franklin, P, Z. S. 1831, p.
118: Cof^piu* caudaius (fj, Dumeril, vide Diet, Class: Megahsrus
isabeUmuSf Sw,, ** Meaag." Inhabits bushesisnd grass-jungle in the
peninsula, also, according to Mr. Frith, the extensive reedy tracts
covering the churrs in the large rivers of Bengal. Sir A. Burnes obtain,
ed it in Scinde.

8. M. suhrufua; Timalia subru/a, Jerdon, Madr, Jl., 1839, p. 259;
T. padhrhyncha, de la Fresnaye, lUif. Zool. de la Soc. Cuv, 1840,
P- 65. Tail broader and softer than in the preceding species. Neil,
gherries.

370 Appendix to Mr. Bfyth'$ Report [No. 149.

9. M, (?) pelioiis ; Timalia pelioHs, Hodgson, Ae. Res. XIX, 182.
Nepal.

10. M, (?) nipalensis ; TimaHa nipalensit^ Hodgson, loe.eU.Mr.
Hodgson has forwarded two skins as examples of his T. peUoHs and
T. leucoHs, which latter would seem to be only another name for his
nipalensis, which is stated by him to have the entire cheeks pare
white ; the state of the specimen does not permit me to distlngaish
it from T. pelloHs, to which, at all events, it is very closely allied.*

The true Malacocerci have been considered peculiar to India, but
the Crateropus Jardinii of Dr. Andrew Smith's ' Zoology of South
Africa' appears to me to belong decidedly to the present group, rather
than to Crateropus v, Garrulax ; and I should also place here the
Malurus^quamiceps and Af . acaeia of Ruppell. The J^aUa hypery-
thra of Franklin, though of very diminutive size, is so closely allied to
M. stibrufus, that I almost think it should be ranged with it:t and of
the other reputed Timalia of Southern India^ T, hypoteitca, Franklin,
IS the type of Mr. Hodgson's genus Chrysomma, being, I think, separa-
ted with propriety, and Mr. Frith informs me that there is a second
species of this form in Bengal^ additional to hypoleuca (vel HorsfiMy
Jardine and Selby), from which it differs in being about half larger:
the T. platyura, Jerdon, approaches more to Sphenura than aught else,
but cannot well rank therein, its bill much resembling that of Spk,
striata, (J. A, S, XF, 603,) but the vibrissse being leas develop^
ed :i and lastly, the T. poioeephahf Jerdon, I refer to an eztensife
Malayan group, exemplified by Malacopterony Eyton, which is my
TrichasUma^ XI, 795^ and is hereinafter subdivided, the species ia
question falling under my division Atcippe, p. 384.

GampsorhynchuSj Nobis, n. g. Allied to the long. tailed Mtxlaeocerci,
and also to Sphenura, but the bill intermediate in form to those of
Turdus and Lanius, an^ the gape conspicuously armed with straight
vibrissas : it is nearly equal to the head, moderately compressed, the
ridge of the upper mandible obtusely angulated> and its outline carv-

* The Malacocerci appear all to lay bright blue eggs, at least sach is the colour of
those of Af. terricolor, griseus, and chatarhtea, in the Society's Museum; and the
Oxylophus serratus, which lays a nearly similar egg, but having a greenish cut,
resorts to their nests to deposit it in*

f The crest of this species allies it to Stachyris, Hodgson, p. 378.

X Vide p. 374.

1844. j fw December MuHng, 1842. 371

iBg towards the tip, which is stroDgly emarginated, and forms a dis.
tinct hook, overhanging the extremity of the lower mandible ; nostrils
oval, pierced in the forepart of the nasal membrane ; wings and tail
graduated, the first primary two.fifths the length of the fifths which
is eqoal to the sixth and seventh and longest: feet formed for perch,
log, the tarse rather longer than the middle toe with its claw, and the
daws bat moderately carved : tail elongated.

Q, rt^uSf Nobis. Length about nine inches, of which the tail is
foar and three-quarters, and bill to gape above seven-eighths of an
inch ; wing three inches and a half; and tarse an inch and one six-
teenth» Colour of the upper*parts uniform olivcbrown : and the head
and entire under-parts probably wholly ferruginous; but the only
specimen examined is a partial albino, having the head and under-
parts white, with a few ferruginous feathers intermixed : bill horn,
coloured, the upper mandible dusky above, and the lower pale ; and
feet light brown : under«surfaee of the wings pale fulvescent, which
also margins the basal portion of the inner webs of the large alars : tail
much graduated, its feathers more or less tipped with albescent ; ricto^
rial bristles black. Received from Darjeeling.

Orikorhinui, Nobis, ft. g* General structure of P&matorhinus, but
the plumage still more lax and open, the wings more bowed or hoi.
lowed, and the feet more decidedly adapted for progression on the
ground, having the claws larger and straighter : the bill is less elongat-
ed than in the more typical Pomaiorhini^ and is much less compressed,
its upper mandible shewing scarcely more than an indication of a
curve, and the gonys of the lower mandible ascending posteriorly to the
junction of its rami, by which a distinct angle is there produced.

O. hypokueoiy Nobis. Length about ten inches, of which the tail mea.
suresfour ; wing four inches and a quarter ; bill to gape one and a half;
tarse rather more; hind toe and claw an in<;h ^nd a quarter. General
colour fulvescent olive-brown above, the lower parts white, with traces
of dusky terminal spots on the breast; streak backward from behind
the eye, and the sides of the neck posterior to the ear-coverts, bright
fulvous ; sides of the breast ashy, with white centres to feathers : the
bill dusky, a little whitish at tip, and beneath the lower mandible :
legs pale : the feathers of the crown a little squamose. Inhabits Arracan.

Another Indian genus referrible to the same great series, is PeUor*
nium of Swainson, v. CincUdia, Gould ; and the only species— P. ruJL

372 Appendix to Mr. Bfyih't Bqfort [No. 149.

ceps, 6w.« C. functatOt Oould, and P. oiivaeeum^ Jerdon,**appe&n alao
to claim Mepalurus f tufieeps of Syket at a synonym ; at least his des.
eription of the plamage agrees predsely, only he states that the tail is
equal and narrow^ whence it may be that the outermost pair of ree^
trices were wanting in his specimen. The admeasurements which he
assigns, aiso^ are improbable for a bird of this groap, whence I suspect
that there must be some typographical error ; the minute description
of the colouring coincides exactly.* The Society has reeeived speci-
mens of Peilomium rufieepe from Mr. Hodgson and from Mr. Jerdon.
Very different is the

Mediums paiusiris (?), Horsfield, (which is Malurus marginalis,
Reinwardt;) Turdus toklao of Buchanan Hamilton's drawings,
•/. A, S. XI, 603. This, 1 foelieTc, is a genuine Megalunu, It
has a long and much graduated tail, and is remarkable for the
considerable difference of size between the male and female. Length
of the male about nine inches and a half^ of which the tail measues
four and three-quarters, its outermost feathers two inches and a
quarter less ; wings three inches and three-quarters, and their spread
twelve inches ; bill to gape an inch> and tarse an inch and a half:
female eight inches and a quarter, of which the tail measures four and
a quarter; expanse ten inches and a half, and closed wing three
and one-eighth; bill to gape seven-eighths of an inch, and tarse
barely one and a quarter. Colour much as in the British Loeuetelia
Ban ;f the feathers becoming extremely worn prior to their renewal,
and tail much rubbed away. In new plumage the upper parts a|c
bright olive. brown, with a mesial broad black stripe to each feather of
the back and scapularies ; margins of the wing.feathers also brown,
their inner portion dusky; crown rufescent, with mesial dark lines to
the feathers, tending to become obsolete towards the front, these eoronal
feathers being small, rigid, and appressed ; a pale streak ov^ the eye;

* In a valuable communication from Mr. H. E. Strickland, that naturalist remarks,
of Col* Sykes's specimen, — **Megalurus rt^ficepSf Sykes, is not a Megaiunu, bvC
seems to me U> belong to Gould's Australian genus Byiaeoia,*' The latter woaid
seem, however, from the description in P. iT. S. 1842, p. 135| to come very close
upon PeUornium^ and 1 should not be surprised to learn of their identity. Gould's
illustrated work on the * Birds of Australia,' I have not at present an opportunity of
referring to ; but / think I can recollect the figures of his two Hplacola, and that they
do closely approximate the PeUomium,

t The l/)cust€lla is indeed more allied to this and proximate genera than to the birds
with which it is usually arranged.

1844.3 for December MeeH^, 1842. 873

and the tuider.piartt we dmll whitidi, tinged wUh brown^ the breast
nraallj more or lesa speckled with small linear dark spots; tail brown
withoat markings: bill hom-eolonred, the lower mandible chiefly pale,
and inside of the iMrath light yellowish, with merely a black spot at
each posterior angle of the tongue»---bat during the breeding season
the interior of the mouth is wholly black, and the bill is then of a livid
colour, suffused above with blackish : legs dull purplish-brown. In
worn plumage, the bJadi: portions of the Isathers have faded to dusky,
brown, and their brown laterd margins hare more or less disappeared,
what remains of them having foded in hue. The young nearly resem.
ble the newly monlted adults in colouring, but have a strong tinge
of yellow on the eye^reak and under.parts, and the lower mandible
is chiefly forlght yellow ; their crown also is devoid of any rufous tinge.
The different sine of the sexes is very conspicuous when they leave
the nest (which is during May). In many respects, this bird resem-
bles the Spkenur4if but the beak is considerably more slender and
el(»igated, the rictorlai bristles are inconsiderable, and the tarse is
larger and atronger, with proportionate toes and claws. Both genera
have remarkable freedom of action of the legs, enabling them to sprawl
widely as they clamber among the reeds and grass-stems, and the
black interior of the mouth during the breeding season is common
to both, Uie entire beak also becoming black in the Sphenura.*

Of the latter genus, I now suspect, from analogy with the Megalu^.
rue, that the two siq>p08ed species noticed in XI, 602.8, are merely
male and female of the same, notwithstanding the considerable dis*
crepancy of sice. In ail other respects they agree precisely; and of four
specimens of the large sine which I have now obtained, all proved to
be males, while the only example of the small size which I have yet
succeeded in procnrkig, was a Ismde. Mr. Jerdon has lately procured
two or three of the small siae in the vicinity of Nellore, and it remains
to ascertain whether all of these were females. The large measure
eight inches and three-quarters long, by eleven across ; wing three
and a quarter; middle tail-feathers three and three-quarters; bill to
gape seven-eighths of an inch, to forehead under five-eighths ; tarse

* Mr. Frith ioform me, that the Megahmu aacends singing, with a fine flute-like
^oice, to MOM height abo?e the reedi which it fre^aenti, and then suddenly drops down
among thtnu

374 Appendix io Mr. Bfyih'* Rqwri QNo 149.

an inch and three-^ixteenths. The tnudl female gave seven by nine
inches; wing two and seven-ei^ths ; tail eight inches, and tarse
an inch and oncsixteenth. Mr. Frith has well suggested that the
very remarkable ant*orbital bristles of this genus are admirably
adapted to protect the eyes when the bird is forcing its way throngh
the dense tufts of high grass and reeds, among which both it and the
Megalurui are constantly found.

Following the Sphmura should rank Mr. Jerdon's TimaUa pUUywa,
for which I have suggested to him the generic name Schnmicola ; bat
I have not a specimen now by me wherefrom to draw up iu particuiv
characters. Another allied but distinct form may be designated

Eurycercus^ Nobis. General form diminutive of Sphenura, but pro.
portionally much less robust ; the bill weaker, slenderer, and more
compressed ; the rictal bristles feeble and inconsiderable : the feet and
claws resemble ihi)»do{ Sphenura, but are somewhat less elongated : the
wings also are shorter and more rounded, having the fourth, fifth, and
sixth primaries subequal and longest, the third equalling the ninth,
and the first being half the length of the fourth : the tail-feathers are
much broader and softer, and extremely graduated ; plumage lax and
soft.

JSu. Bumesii, Nobis. Length six inches and a quarter, of which the
middle tail-feathers are three and three-quarters, the outermost two
and one-eighth less, and breadth of middle tail-feathers above half an
inch ; wing two inches and one-eighth ; bill to gape five-eighths of so
inch ; and tarse three-quarters of an inch* Upper-parts coloured as
in the Malacocerci generally, or brownish-grey with darker central
streaks to the feathers, chiefly apparent on the scapularies and inter-sca-
pularies ; tail very fiiintly barred, only disoernibly so in certain lights,
having no subterminal band or white tip ; under-parts whitish, tinged
with fulvescent on the flanks ; a shade of the same also on the sides of
the neck, where the mesial streaks to the feathers are tolerably dis-
tinct ; under tail.coverts ferruginous : the upper mandible of the bill
is dusky-horn above, the lower yellowish. white; legs yellowish-brown.
Inhabits the Indus territories, where obtained by the late Sir Alexan-
der Burnes and Dr. Lord.^

* Both this and the preceding genns are distinct from SpkenoBaeus, Strickland,
founded on the Fiuteur of Levaillant» figured as Mahirus itfricanut in SvainaoD'f
' Zoological' Illustrations. Spkenceacus should be placed next to SphenurQ,

1844.] /or December MeeHfiff, 1842. 375

The 8vya ermiger, Hodgson, {As. Res. xix, 188,) may next be in-
troduced, ft form which connecta Sphenura and its ftllies with Prinia,
being mgain maeh related to Malacocercus chatarrkea : and hereabouts
should probably also range the Cossyphtu tninuius, Dumeril, briefly
described in the Did. does* to have *' the upper-parts brown ; head
rayed longitudinally with rufous and brown ; under-parts fulvous-grey,
with a white throat: length four inches and a half:" and inhabiting
India.

The Tarious Indian Prinue are perfectly identical as a group with

the African Drymoiea of Swainson^ numerous species of which are

figured by Dr. A. Smith and by Ruppell^ and two or three by Levaillant.

Rnppell, or rather his editor Dr. Cretzschmar, adopts Prima (in the

' Neue Wirbelthiere') ; but Dr. Smith employs Drymoica for the whole

series, including the Pine^pinc of Levaillant, upon which Swainson

founded his Hemipteryx. Referring to Air. O. R. Gray's * List of the

Genera of Birds', 2nd edit., 1 find U Capocier of Levaillant C Sylvia

maenmra. Lath., ▼. Mahirut capensis, Stephens,) cited as the type of

the genus, and the date given so far back as 1827 ; but this must be

a typographical error for 1887» when Drymoica appears to have been

first defined by Mr. Swainson in his classification of Birds published

in Lardner's Cyclopsedia ; at least, there is no mention of the group in

Swainson's remarks on the SylviadiB in the 'Fauna Americana- borealis/

II, 201, (1881,) nor in the notice accompanying his figure of Prinia

famiUaris, Horsfield, in the '* Zool. III./' 2nd series, Vol. Ill, (1832.3.)

In the ' Classification of Birds,' the same author suggests that Prinia

famUiaris, Horsf., is probably an aberrant species of Orthotomus ; and

gives, as the types of Drymoica, firstly, Sylvia cysHcola, Tem., and

aeoondly^Levaillant's Capoeier : but the former of these, if considered

separable, (and if 1837 be the true date of Drymoica,) must rank as

CysHeola eekanicola, (Bonap.) Lesson, who elevated it to the rank of

a subdivision in 1881 > and the latter would appear to be a true Prinia^

Horsfield, (1820,) whence the name Drymoica becomes inadmissable.

To judge from the coloured figures, it would seem that the various

African species effect a complete transition from Prinia into Cysticola,

which latter is rather an aberrant form of Prinia than a distinct na-

tural group, the particular aberration attaining its ultimatum in iSTe-

mipteryx, Sw. I shall follow Dr. A. Smith in uniting the entire series,

376 Appendix to Mr. Birth's Repari [No. 149.

as Mr. Jerdon and others have done with the Indian speeics, which
are as follow : —

1. Pr» tiflvatica, Jerdon, Madr. JL XI, 4. This it one of the most
TitnaliaAike, having the hill comparatively deep and eompressed.
It inhahits the Neilgherries.

2. Pr. socialis, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1832^ p. 89. Indian peninsala. Pro-
bably also Bengal^ as it is figured in one of Buchanan's drawings, by the
name Sylvia kalaphutki, i. e. ' Black PkiUky (or Foodkey, apud
Latham,) a name by which this tribe is generally known to the natives
of India.

3. /v. /laviventris ; Orthotomui flaviveniriSy Delessert, Stmv* pt
II, 30. Neilgherries ; Bengal, Tenasserim, Singapore.* The MoiaeUU
oUvacea, Raflfles, Lin. Trans. XIII, dl3> is probably allied to this.

4. Pr. inornatay Sykes, P. Z. S, 1832, p. 89. Very common in the
Indian Peninsula, in Bengal, and also in Nepal. The wing varies iA
length from an inch and three-quarters^ or even less, to two inches, and
this in specimens from the same locality. That described as new in
XI, 883, is, I now think, but a variety of the present species.

5. Pr. Franklinii, Nobis ; Pr. ntaeroura, Franklin^ P. Z. S. 1831^
p. 118> but not Pr, macraura, (Latham,) founded on the Capoeier of
Levaillant. *' Closely allied to the last, though perfectly distinct ; dif.
fering in the more reddish or fawn tint of the brown, and the more ro*
fous tint of the white. It is much more rare than the last, and
prefers more jungly and wooded places." Jerdon. Nan vidi.

6. Pr, Buehananij Nobis ; Pr, ru^rons, Jerdon, Madras Jl. XI, i,
but not of Ruppell. Southern India. Probably also Bengial^ as it is
figured by Buchanan Hamilton.

7. Pr. Hodgsonii, Nobis; Pr. gracilis, Franklin, P. Z. S. 1831,
p. 119, but not Malums gracilis of Ruppell, (figured also by Savigny,)
which pertains to the present group. A Nepalese specimen forwarded by
Mr. Hodgson, appears perfectly identical in species with one fiom
Southern India presented by Mr. Jerdon.

8. Pr, lepiday Nobis. A delicate little spedes, with thecoloaring of a
Malacocereus, Length four inches and three-quarters, of which the

* At least, M. Delessert's deBcription of the Neilgherry bird applies to specimens
from the vicinity of Calcutta and from Tenasserim and Singapore ; and M. Delessert,
to whom I have shewn the latter, thinks them identical in species : but actual ooopa-
rison is still necessary to confirm this.

1844.] >r December Meeling, 1842. 377

middle tail-feftthen are two and a half ; wing an ineh and three,
qnarten ; bill to ppe half an inch* and tarte five-eigbths of an inch.
Upper parts light brownish-gref , with eentral dark lines to the feathers ;
wing^eoverta and tertials edged paler, the latter funtly rayed : tail dis-
tinctly rayed and tipped at Oiual : a whitish streak over the lores ; and
the whole imder^parts slightly yellowish white: bill dark blown; legs
pale. Indus territories. Sir A. Bumes.

0. Pr. eysiicola (?); Syiifia cysticQla Q), Tern.; Cystusola schanieola
(}, Bonap.) Lesaoo; Prima eursiiant, Franklin* P. Z. S, \83h P- 1 18-*
In Griffith's 'Animal Kingdom/ VI, 467, the Syimaeys^oola, Tem., is
BMntioned to inhabit ^' India (Gen. Hardwieke)/' as well as Southera
Earspe: and previously to observing this statement, I had provision-
ally identified the prssent species with it. It varies a good deal in
length of wing. Mr. Jerdon gives this as two inches, and such is the
measorement <^ the wing of one specimen sent by Mr. Hodgson, while
that of another from the same quarter barely exceeds an inch and
three.^uarter8, and the wing of one sent by Mr. Jerdon is only an
inch and five.eigblbs in length : these three have the crown longitu*
diaaUy striated like the back ; and Mr. Jerdon's bird is more fulves.
cent than the othen, espeeiaUy on Che onder.parts. In another from
Mn HodgNB the striation of the crown is less distinct, the wing
oeasuring two inches ; while in three others from the same naturalist
the crown is almsat uniiorm brown, and the rump of these is brighter
fulvous ; the wing of one measuring as much as two inches and a
quarter, and of the other two inches. I incline to consider all identical
in ^>ecies ;t but should Mr. Hodgson's prove distinct, he proposes the
ipedfie appellation eybkemalaytma.

In immediate oontigQity to these Prinia, ranges the genus Orthoto^
mut (or Tailor*bird), whereof I believe there is but one Indian spe-
cies, the adult of which was termed O. BenneUii by Sykes, while
the young constitutes his O. lingoo: this bird, following Mr. Strickland,
" should be called O. Umgicauda, I consider it," he adds, '^ to be the
Moteci/ls Umgieauduj and nUoria (imperfectly described), of Gmelin ;

* A figfure of this ipecies is given in the Ist No. of Mr. Jeidon's ' Illustrations of In-
dian Ornithology.'

t A contrary opinion is expressed in XI, 884, at the period of writing which, I had
fewer specimens whereupon tu found a condosion.

378 Appendix io Mr. Bfyik^s Report QNa H9.

Sylvia guzuratta. Lath. ; Orthotomui spkenurus, SwaiDson ; and Sylvia
ruficapiUa, Hutton/' Elsewhere he remarks, of the Malayan species,
" according to my observation, the Edela ruficepe. Lesson, (Orthotomm
edela, Tern. p. c. 699, /. 2,) is the same as MoiaeHIa sqvtami. Raffles,
bat is not the Orthoiomus septum of Horsfield.*

The trae TifnaUa, with which the Malaeoeerci have been often ar-
ranged, are chiefly a Malayan group, and several presumed new spedes
from Singapore have been described by me in •/• A. 8. XI, 793 ei eeq.f
One common Malayan species, T. pileata, Horsf., extends into
Assam, Nepal, and Bengal generally ; and there is alao one allied
to T. gularie, Horsf., (which latter is common in Tenasaerim,) the
7*. ehl&risy XI, I^A^ this being the type of Mr. Hodgson'a Mixomiiy
and, as I suspect, the Motacilla rvbicapUla, Tiekell, «/. A. S,, X, 576. I
am aware of no other Indian species of true Timaliaf unless T,
hyperyihra, Franklin, be retained in it ; but the following group is
considerably allied :•—

Siachyris, Hodgson. Beak moderately slender, straight, compressed,
and tapering sharp to the extremity, where the tip of the upper man-
dible has a very slight downward inclination, with little or no trace of
a notch ; nostrils almost closed by an impending scale ; and nctns
nearly smooth. Tarse of mean length and strength, the outer and
inner front toes subequal ; and claws moderate. Wings rounded, the
5th, 6th, and 7th primaries equal and longest : exterior three or four
pairs of tail-feathers graduated. Grown subcrested, the feathers of this
part semi.erect and more or less divergent.

1. Si, nigriceps^ Hodgson. Length five inches and a half, of wiog
two and a quarter, and tail two inches : bill to gape eleven^^ixteenthi
of an inch ; and tarse above three-quarters of an inch. Upp^-parti

* Amu and Mag, Nat. Hist. 1842, p. 371, and 1844, p. S5. Accordingly, the Indian
Tailor-bird would rank as O. longicauda ; that of Sumatra aa O. edela ; the Javancn
ipecies w O, septum; and Mr. Swainton describes a fourth, from the S. W. coast «f
Australia, as O. longirostris. Mr. Strickland, who has recently examined the speci-
mens upon which CoL Sykes and Dr. Horsfield founded their descriptions, writes me
word ; that *^Orihotomus Ungoo^ Sykes, seems to be the young of his O. BeimetU; hot
I may be wrong," he adds : and he mentions that " O. sepwm has the whole head sod

chin rufous, breast olive-brown, belly cream-colour, upper-parts olive : ^not Mot.

sephtmt Raffles."

t One or more of these are probably identical with the Sumatran, 7*. btgubris^ 7.
mitrata, or T. striolataf of M. M. Mi&ller and Temminck, Tydsckrif wwrnaiimHfie
geschiedenis, &c. (44 to 1835,) the descriptions of which I have not seen.

1844.] for December Meeting, 1842. 370

olive^brown, the lower paler and mfesceDt ; crown> throaty and face,
dusky-blacky the coronal feathers laterally margined with whitish.grey ;
chin somewhat albescent, and a white moustache from the base of the
lower mandible : bill dnsky-horn above, the lower mandible whitish ;
and legs pale. Nepal.

2. St pyrrkope^ Hodgson. Length about five inches, of wing two
inches, and tail the same : bill to gape five-eighths of an inch ; and
tarse three-quarters of an inch. Upper-parta slightly greenish olivace.
OQS, tinged with rufoua on the head ; b^ow rufescent, more or less
brown ; lores and chin black, a pale line impending the latter : beak
brown ; and legs pale, probably greenish. The young differ only in the
looser texture of their feathers. Nepal.

8. St ehryeaa, Hodgson. Length four inches and a quarter, of
wing two inches, and tail an inch and seven-eighths : bill from gape
nine-sixteenths of an inch, and tarse elcTen-sixteenths. Upper-parts
yellowish-olivaceous, the lower bright yellow ; wings and tail dusky,
margined with the colour of the back ; forehead and crown yellow,
the latter with black central streaks to the feathers ; lores black ; bill
plnmbeous ; and legs pale yellowish. Nepal, Arracan.

4? The jSgUalue flammieeps^ Burton, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 153, may
perhaps belong to this group.

Brpamigy Hodgson. Combines the bill and crested crown of the
preceding with the wings and tail of lora*

* Mr. Hodgson sends the following diagnostics of his genera Stachyris^ Brpornis^
tnd Mixomu.

''Stack^, Mihi. (CerUOanrnf LeMriehanmf Parianmf [I do not hesitate to
place it ai above.— B. B.] Bill equal to head, very strong, pointed, and trenchant;
tipi equal and entire ; its form conico-compreMed and higher than broad, with culmen
nised between prolonged nareal fossfls. Nares basal, lateral, with ovoid posteal aper-
ture, the front being closed by the very salient rude scale above. Gape smooth.
Frontlet rigid. Tongue cartilaginous, bifid, simple. Legs and feet very strong, suited
to creeping and climbing in inverted strained positions. Tarse very stout, longer than
any toe or nail. Toes short, unequal, depressed, basally connected, the hind stoutest
and exceeding the inner fore. Nails very falcate and acute. Wings short, feeble,
the first four primaries much graduated, the four next subequal. Tail medial, simple,
firm.

" Type St. nigriceps. Sylvan, shy ; creeps among foliage, buds and flowers, like
Zotterops and Qrthoiomus; feeds on minute hard insects and their eggs and larva.
Habitat, hills exclusively, central region chiefly. Sexes alike.

" Brpomis, Mihi (cp^ai, to creep]. Close to the last form. Bill medial, conico-
compressed, strong, straight, scarpt, pointed; the tip of the upper mandible rather

880 Appendix i9 Mr. B^'s Report CNo. 149.

Erp. zanihoieuea^ Hodgion. Leogih aiwut %re indies, of wing
two and a hal( and tail an inch and teven-eigiiths: bill to gipe
fiye-eighthf of an inch, and tane the same. Entire af^er^parta light
olive-green, the lower dull white; coronal IsatheffB elongated and
spatulate : bill dusky yellowish-brown, and feet pale. Young haviog
looter feathen, thoee of the crown not spatolate, and general cohmr
of the opper.parts weaker and tomewhat nifetoent Nep&l ; common
in Arracan, and ocean alto in the Iflalay peninsula.

lara^ Horsfield. There jue three distinct species of this genus,
which have been erroneously considered identical ; vis.

I. /. zejfUmica; MoUialla zesfienica, Gmelin; /. mel$cep8, apod
Horsfield, J. A, S, X, 50. Inhabits the Indian peninsula, and is at once
distinguished by the jetty.black osp of the msle, with more or less of
this coknir margining the dorsal plumage ; (ail also margined with
yellowish- white, with often traces of green towards the extremitiei
of the feathers.

3. /. ^hidi MaUuiiia t^hia, Lin. Inhabtts Bengal, Nepal, Assun*
and Amcan, being somewhat rare in the lasunamed province. Has no
black except on the wings and tail of the male, though a dusky tinge
is often perceptible on the crown and back of the male. One speci-
men only, of many dozens obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta doriog
the height of the breeding season, has the hinder half of the oown

longer and notched. Nares elliptic, lateral, free, and placed in a membranoas groove,
with small proceM above the aperture. Tongue cartilaginous, simple. Wings medial,
round, acuminate, firm, the fifth primary longest, first small. Tail subfurcate, simple.
Legs and feet strong and repertatory, feebler than in Staehyris^ but otherwise similar*
'* Type, Brp, aanthoieue; Hab. central region. Sexes alike. Strvctnre and
habits passing from those <tf last towards those of Zosterops, by the notched bill,
stronger wings, shorter feet, and furcate tail.

** Mixomis, Mihi \M^s(C» compound]. Still near the last, but tending to lora.
Bill rather plus head, elongate, conic, but culmen and commissure inclining to areh:
base subdcpressed, gradually attenuated to blunt tip : upper mandible barely longer,
or notched. Tomie scarpt, erect, entire. Nares ovoid, free, fossed, shaded behind by
fossal membrane. Wings submedial, rounded, the fifth and sixth primaries subequal
and longest; four first consecutively graduated. Tail medial, rounded, simple. Legi
and feet suited to creeping and clinging. Tarsus smooth, strong, rather plus any toe.
Toes short, unequal, depressed, basally connected : hind large, and in length equal to
outer fore. Nails highly curved and acute.

** Type if. chioris [Timalia and lora chloris, XI, 794; closely allied to T, pilaris,
Horsfield]. Hab. Lower hills. Sexes alike. Shy and exclusively arboreal. Esses*
tially linked to the two last by its powerful bill and creeping feet, but leans tennnh
lora and Sylvian forms in the depression of the base of the bill."

1844.] fw DecemUr MeeHmg, 1842. 881

blaek, with bol a slight admixture of yellow, and appears as if it had
beeD aisamiog the coloariDg of /• zeylonica by a change of hue in
the feathers ; but there is reason to suppose that this may have been a
hybrid between the present and the preceding spedes. Mr. Jerdon, to
whom I suggested their identity, upon the authority of the specimen in
question, remarks, that '' I think your first opinion of their distinctness
will still hold good, at least the males have always some black here
[in the South of India], though at one time I thought not," by which
I presume he means some black upon the head. Certainly, I have
tried much, in vain, to obtain a second specimen thus characterized.
The females have the tail of the same colour as the back, more or less
infuscated, and the dark portion of the wings merely dusky. I do not
peraeive that they can be distinguished with certainty from the females
of the preceding species, though the darkened tail is a tolerable crite-
rioD, so fiur as I have observed.

3. /. seapulari9, Horsfield. Inhabits the Malay countries. Colour
considerably greener than in the others (as represented in Dr. Hors.
field's figure), especially upon the head ; and the white on the wings
leis developed. 1 have only seen females.

Another genus which appears to me to belong to the great TimaHa
group, is the CuHa of Mr. Hodgson, J. A. S.,V,^^lf9^B was first sug-
gested to me by Mr. Frith: and there is a difficult series of species
with more Thrush-like or Warbler-like bills, but which are likewise
referrible to the same subfemily, exemplified by the genera Braehjfp^
teryz, Horsfield, MaeronouMy Jardine and Selby, and Malacopteron,
Eyton, all of which much require elucidation.

The genua Brachypteryx {Lin. Trans. XIII, 157i) was founded on
two Javanese species, to the first of which it has since been restricted ;
and though several others have been referred to it by different authors,
(as Br, nigrocajdtaia, Eyton, P. Z. S. 1839, p. 103,— ^r. atrieeps,
Jerdon, and Br. bieoi&r. Lesson, Rev. Zooi. &c. 1839,. p. 138,) it
would appear that all of these, with the Br. sepiaria of Dr. Horsfield,
exhibit more of the characters of Mahcopteron, Eyton, (P. Z. 8. 1889,
^ 103), with which Mr. Strickland identifies my Trichoitoma {J. A,
S.y XI, 795). To the same group must likewise be assigned the Timaiia
poiooephala of Jerdon's Supplement. In the first edition of Mr. G.
R. Gray's * List of the Genera of Birds/ the name BrachypUryx is

382 Appendix to Mr. Bfyih's Report [No. 149.

stated to have been pre.emp]oyed io Bntomologyy and Goidana is
substituted for it ; but in tbe second edition of that work, the formef
appellation is restored to Ornithology.

The very curious species upon which the genus Maeranome was
founded, has more the character of the true TinuUim than any of those
which follow, and has been described in J. A, S. XI, 795.

Next to it, I had arranged a bird which has recently been described
by Mr. Strickland by the name Maiacepiertm macrodaciyium (Ann.
and Mag. Nai. Hist. 1844, p. 417), but I still consider it to merit
separation, from the general robustness of its conformation, and the
great strength of the tarse and of the middle and hind toes. The bill
closely resembles that of Macronoue. I designate it

TurdinuSf Nobis. Form somewhat Meruline, thick-set, with large
strong legs and toes, and rounded wings and tail. Bill as long as tbe
head, moderately stout, straight, compressed, the ridge of the upper
mandible angulated, its tip emarginated, and curving over that of the
lower mandible ; nostrils oval, and pierced in the forepart of the nasal
membrane, at some distance from the frontal feathers ; rictus well
armed : legs stout, the tarse equalling the middle toe with its daw ;
outer and inner toes equal, and proportionally small, their terminal
joint reaching only to the penultimate joint of the middle toe ; hind
toe strong, and furnished with a rather large claw, but moderately
curved: wings much graduated, the fifth to the ninth primariei
inclusive subequal and longest, the first about half their length ; tail
also graduated externally, and hollowed underneath ; plumage lax and
scale-like, at least on the upper-parts, very copious and puffy over the
rump.

T. macrodacit/lui, (Strickland) Blyth. Length about seven incbei
(making allowance for the manner in which the skins which I hare
seen have been prepared), of wing three and a half, and tail two and a
half; bill to gape an inch ; tarse an inch and one-eighth ; hind.toeand
claw seven-eighths. Colour a rich brown above, generally darker on
the crown, the centres of the feathers paler, and their margins black;
rump inclining to rusty, and devoid of marking : wings and taU also
plain rusty-brown, darkening on the latter: throat white, with the
shaft of each feather blackish, terminating in a slight spot more deve.
loped towards the breast ; rest of the under.parts confusedly mottled.

1844.1 far December MeeHng, 1842. 883

the abdominal feathers dull white, laterally marked with greyish, the
breast and flanks nearly resembling the back, and the under tail-co.
verts rosty-brown : bill dark horn-eolour, and legs and toes brown,
the daws pale. Brought from Singapore.

Maiacopteron, Eyton, P. Z. S, 1839, p. 103, founded on two
species, Af. magnum and M. cinereum, Eyton, to which, accord-
ing to Mr. Stri<^Iand {An. and Mag. Nat But. 1844, p. 35), my
Triekattoma rostraium and TV. affine, J. A. S. XI, 795, must be
referred ; an identification which I suspect holds true in neither in.
stance, further than as regards the genus. With the series of species
before me, I find it necessary to restrict the group Malacopieran to
those species which, as stated by Mr. Eyton, have the bill about equal
to the head in length.

1. Af. tnaffnum. Eyton. Described to have the forehead and tai] fer.
raginous, the neck black, the back, and a streak across the breast,
cinereous; wings brown, and bill yellow. Length six inches; of bill
seven-twelfths of an inch, and tarse ninctwelfths. Female smaller,
with the head and neck ferruginous, spotted or mottled with black.
Inhabits the Malay peninsula.

2. M. ferruginosum. Nobis. Bill somewhat thicker and more Fly-
catcher-like than in the others, and the wings comparatively longer.
Length about seven inches, of wing three and a quarter, and tail two
and three-quarters: bill to gape an inch; tarse an inch and one*
sixteenth ; hind-toe and claw three-quarters of an inch, the latter very
large, being double the size of the middle front daw. Colour of the
upper-parts ferruginous-brown, purer dull ferruginous on the crown
and wings, and much brighter ferruginous on the tail ; coronal feathers
of different texture from the rest, being somewhat broad, with dis*
united webs, inconspicuously squamate : under^parts much paler, the
throat and belly white ; lores albescent, contrasting with the rufous
hue of the crown. Bill dusky.brownish above, pale and yellowish
below ; and legs light brown. Probably from Singapore.

3. if. roslratum ; Trieha$toma raUralum, Nobis, pasnm. I have
nothing to add to the description before given of this species, to which
that by Mr. Eyton of M. magnum does not apply. Its form is less
robust than that of the preceding species.

384 Appendix to Mr, Biyih's Report [No. 149.

AMppe, Nobis. Has the Mil mach shorter than the head^ approach-
iog nearly in form to that of Leiothrix : in other respects reaemUing
the foregoing; but the toes generally are small and proportionate.

1. A, eiturea 9 (Eyton). A species whidi, from the name^ I suspect
most be this» differs from the next in its predominating more ashy
tinge, having the crown^ neck, and back, uniform dusky greyish,
brown, the wings and rump tinged with fulvous, tail darker and in.
dining to dingy maronne^ but still fulvescent in some lighta, and the
under, parts whitish^ tinged on the throat and breast with ashy ; bill
light hom-oolour, and feet pale. Length about five inches and a half, of
wing two and five^eighths, and tail two and a quarter ; bill to gape
eleven-sixteenths of an inch, and tarse three-quarters of an inch. The
tail, also, is less rounded, and the tips of its feathers are less wedge-
shaped, than in the next species. Received from Singapore.

3. A. affinis ; Tricha^toma affinet Nobis, passim. Distinguished
from the preceding by its darker crown, paler nape, the more rufescent
hue of the back and rump, and deep ferruginous tail-feathers ; the
under-parts are whiter, with a distinct brownish-grey band crossing
the breast. This species could scarcely have been designated cinerta,
which name is appropriate in the instance of the preceding one.

8. A. poiocephala; TimaUa poioc^haia, Jerdon, St^fpiemeni to
Catalogue. This considerably approaches Siva nipaknsiSf Hodgson, of
the Letoiriehane series ; and has the rictal bristles less elongated, and
the feet stouter, with a more robust hind-toe» than in the foregoing. The
colour is olive, passing to dark russet an the rump, tail, and wings ; the
crown ashy ; and under.parts pale rufescent. Inhabits Southern India

4. A. atriceps ; Brachypteryx airieepsy Jerdon. Rictal bristles still
shorter ; the crown and ear-coverts black ; the rest of the upper.>parts
fulvescent-brown, and under-parts white, passing into brownish on the
flanks. Legs apparently have been lead-coloured. inhabits Southern

India.

The two next would seem to approach the second species, but
cannot well be identified with it, nor with each other. The length of
both is given as five inches only.

6. A, (?) sepiaria ; Braehypteryz sepiaria, Horsfield. *' Olivaoeo snb-
fulvescens, subtfis dilutior, gula abdomineque medio albidis Remiget

1844.] far December Meeting, 1842, 885

et reetrioes btdio.fiucse^ ezterofle fere btdin ; rectriees du8D medisD con.
colores. Grinum badio testaceum/' Hab. Java*

6. J. ffj hieahr ; Braehypieryx bUsaior, heamm, Rev, Zool, de la 8oc*
Cuv.y 1838, p. 138. ''Corpore supra, sindpite, genis caadaque brunneo.
spadioeis; gala, collo, thoraoe, abdomineque albo serieeo; tibiarmn
plumis caslaneis. Rostro livido; pedibos sMnoematis** Hab. Sumatra.

The Braehjfpteryx mUgroeapiMa^ Eyton, is rather a peeulW ipeeies,
intermediate in development of bill to Mitiaeopieron and Aleippe, but
having the lengthened rictal yibrisstt characteristic of thoee divisions
little more than rudimentary. It is described in «/. A, 8,, XI, 796.

Seiaria^ Nobis. Very close to Aleippe, but cannot exactly be arrang.
ed therein. Bill shorter than the head, moderately stout> somewhat
depressed at base, a little compressed beyond the nostrils, the upper
mandible slightly emarginated, its ridge angulated throughout, and the
tips of both distinctly accurved : rictus armed with large setie, which
are particularly strong and firm towards their base, offering much
resistance ; the frontal feathers also are erect and rigid to the feel, and
especially those which surmount the loral region. Wings of mean length,
having the fifth and sixth primaries longest : tail also of mean length,
a little graduated externally. Feet moderately stout, the outermost toe
exceeding the inner one in length, the hind toe and claw large and
strong, equalling in length the middle toe with its claw, and all the
daws moderately curved. Plumage lax, but squamate upon the crown^
copious and puffy over the rump.

S. alboguiarU, Nobis. Length about five inches and a quarter,
of wing two and three-quarters, and tail two and a quarter; bill
to forehead half an inch, to gape eleven-sixteenths of an inch ; tarse
three-quarters of an inch ; hind toe and claw above five-eighths of an
inch. Upper-parts olive brown, tinged with rufous on the rump ; head,
including ear-coverts, dark as h-colour, with a white streak over but not
beyond the eye, and meeting its opposite above the base of the bill ;
lores black ; throat white ; an ash-coloured band across the breast ;
flanks and under tail-coverts rufescent, and belly white slightly tinged
with the same : bill black above, beneath whitish ; and feet have pro-
bably been greenish. Received from Singapore.

The following very distinct form among the Flycatchers is also be-
lieved to be from the same quarter.

386 Appendix to Mr. Sfyth's Report [No. 149.

lole, Nobis, tu g. Allied to Muscipeta, and espeeially to my M,
plumosa (•/. J. S, XI, 791 )> but the beak much less widened, being
nearly similar to that of Triekastoma Jerruginoeum (hereinbefore des-
cribed.) Bill of moderate length and strength, undepressed, and scarcely
compressed, narrowing evenly to the tip, the ridge of the upper mandi.
ble angulated throughout, and its tip slightly overhanging that of the
lower mandible, and distinctly emarginated ; nostrils fissured in the
lower part of the nasal membrane ; gape well armed. Feet as in
Museipeta, but rather stouter, the outer front toe and claw barely
exceeding in length the innermost. Wings of mean length, graduated,
the fourth, fifth, and sixth primaries subequal and longest, and the
seventh exceeding the third : tail slightly rounded. Plumage soft, and
excessively dense and copious over the rump ; the crown (at least in
the species described,) subcrested, with pointed feathers maeh as in
HypHpeiet,

L olivaeea, Nobis. Length about six inches and three-quarters, of
wing three and a quarter, and tail thiee inches ; bill to gape seven,
eighths of an inch ; tarse five-eighths of an inch ; hind-toe and claw
seven^sixteenths. Colour of the upper-parts deep olive-brown, with
a slight greenish tinge, which latter is wanting on the tail, and is
scarcely visible on the subcrested head : under-parts much paler, psss-
ing into dull yellowish- white on the belly, and darker on the sides of
the breast. Bill dark corneous above, the lower mandible pale ; and
feet light brown.

Muscicapa kucaga$tra^ Nobis. Length about six inches, of wing
three, and tail two and a quarter; bill to frontal feathers half
an inch, and tarse nearly five-eighths. Head, throat, front and
sides of the neck, ear-ooverts, and breast, glossy-black ; nape, sea.
pularies, interscapularies, wings and tail, dusky greyish-brown ; the
rump purer grey ; and belly and under tail.ooverts white, slightly
tinged with fulvous. Bill black ; and legs, in the dry specimen, dusky.
Probably Malayan, but perhaps Chinese.

M. Tubecula, Nobis.* Length six inches and a half, or more, of

wing three and five-eighths, and tail three and one-eighth; bill

to frontal feathers above half an inch, and tarse five-eighths of an

inch. Head, including ear-coverts, glossy dull black; scapularies
* The M* rubecula, Sw., ii a female Cjyomtf, Tide p. 390.

1844.] far December Meeting, 1842. 387

and intencapDlaries uhy-brown ; the rump dark grey ; wings and tail
dusky-brown, the outermost feather of the latter slightly albescent :
throat, fore-neck, and breast, bright ferruginous ; the belly and under
tail-coverts fulvescent-white. Bill dark horn-eolour, and legs appear
to have been leaden-brown.

A supposed young female is smaller, having the wing but three
inches, and tail two and three quarters. The nestling garb appears to
be retained about the nape, where the feathers are of open texture,
and of a light brown colour. Crown and ear-coverts dark ashy ; and
the colours generally are less deep, the breast being of a much weaker
ferruginous, still more diluted on the throat. Bill imperfect, and what
remains of it induces me rather to doubt the spedfical identity of this
with the preceding specimen. Both, with M. ieucogastray have the bill
remarkably broad at base, and approximating the MLutdpettB.

Vanellus leueunu ff) ; Ckaradrius ieueurus (f), Lichtenstein,
mentioned in Griffiih*s work to inhabit Tartary, as well as Egypt
and Nubia. I have obtained a single specimen in the Calcutta bazar
of a species which I doubt not is the Tartarian bird here alluded to,*
but whether perfectly identical with the Afirican species is more
doubtful. As compared with the figure in the great French work on
Egypt, this Asiatic specimen differs in having no trace of the rufous-
isabelline tint represented, beyond a mere blush of this hue on the ab.
dominal region, and there is no defined grey patch on the breast.
Length (of a female) eleven inches, by twenty.three inches in alar
expanse; wing seven inches; tail two and three-quarters; bill to
forehead an inch and on&«ighth ; tarse two inches and five-eighths.
Irides reddish.amber ; bill black, and legs and toes bright yellow, the
daws black. (General colour brownish-grey, with a reddish-purple
gloss on the mantle, extending over the tertiaries ; head and neck
browner and glossless, the throat and around the bill white ; breast
more ashy, the feathers margined paler ; rest of the under-parts, with
the tail and its upper coverts, white, the belly and flanks conspicu-
ously tinged with dull rosy, or a roseate-cream hue ; primaries and
their coverts black, the secondaries and their coverts largely tipped

*■ Here may be mentioiied that 1 have likewise procured a beautiful freth specimen
of the Ana9 formMa^ Qmelin, shot on the salt-water lake near Calcutta, which
species is described to frequent Lake Baikal, and was unknown to Mr. Hodgson who
had never met with it in Nepal. The tracheal bony vesicle is but slightly developed.

388 Appendix to Mr. Blyik's Report [No. 149.

with white, and having a black bar above the white ; real of the
wing-coverts like the back.

The general colour of this spedes approaches that of the Lobivanel^
lu$ cinereus. Nobis {XI, 587)t which latter is perhaps the VaneUus
keptuschka, Tem., of a catalogue of Bengal birds published in the An.
and Mag* If at, Hi$t J 843, p. 447, as it sufficiently agrees with the
brief description of CAaradHttf kepiueehka, Lepech., in Griffith's work,
where, as synonyms, are attached the Trtngafaedata, Omelin, as the
female, and Ch, gregariue, Pallas, as the young. The same syno-
nyms are, however, annexed in a paper by Prof firandt, * On certain
Siberian birds described by Latham/ published in the An, and Mag.
Nat Hist. 1843, p. 1 14, where it is added that the ' Black-sided Sand-
piper* of Hardwicke*s published drawings ''seems to belong to this
species," being, on the other hand, very different from my cinereue^
Gawnpore is mentioned on Hardwicke's plate as the locality where his
two specimens were obtained, and Mr. Frith tells me, that he also
has met with the same species in Bengal ; but it has not hitherto
occurred to me, nor to Mr. Jerdon in the South of India. In the same
list of Bengal specimens, VaneUus enetaius is also mentioned, a species
which is common along the Indus, and is included in Mr* Hodgson^s
MS. catalogue of Xepalese birds ; but this also I have not yet met with
here, neither have I hitherto obtained the ffophpterus ventralis in this
vicinity ; but I have procured two examples only of Sareiapkorus hilo^
bus* : Lobivanellus goensis is very common, and L, einereus fiur from
rare. For an arrangement of this Li4>wing group, vide P. Z. S, 1841,
p 42.

Totanus brevipes, Vieillot (apud Drapiez, DicL Class. d'HisL Nat
III, 572. *' Patrie inoonnue"). The Society possess an old specimen
of a Sandpiper which I think may be referred to this, though rather
superior in dimensions to those assigned in the work cited. It is not
very unlike the Oreen Sandpiper (T. oehropusj, but is larger,
with no white over or upon the tail, and remarkably short legs.
Length about nine inches and a half ; of wing six inches, and tail two
and a half; bill to forehead an inch and a half; and tarse under an
inch and a quarter. Colour of the upper-parts uniform dingy olive-

* Recently, (in September aDd October 1844,) several fresh examples of this species
have occurredt

1844.^ far December MeeUng, 1842. 389

bfown, the small wing-feathera having a sabterminal fiiiiit dasky bar,
and tlightly tipped with albescent; primaries dosky-brown: throat,
fore-neck, and breast, paler than the upper-parts ; the belly and under
taiUcoverts white : a whitish line also from the beak to the eye above
it, and a darker one bordering it below on the lores. This specimen
(with the two MusdcaptB just described,) formed part of a collection
made at Macao, but comprising many Malayan species; and it is pro-
bably Chinese. Eight inches (French) is stated to be the length
of M. Vieillot's species; but I have little doubt that the present speci-
men is correctly referred to it.

T. soUtarius, Vieillot, apud Diet Class. This is another little.
known Sandpiper, from the western coast of South America, interme*
diate to T. gloUu and T. fuseus. Length about fourteen inches, of
wing seven and a half, and tail three inches ; bill slender, and two
inches and three-eighths to forehead, its tips much accurved ; tarse
two inches and three-quarters. Upper-parts olive grey, the feathers
laterally margined with dusky-black and whitbh alternately, forming
the extremities of transverse bars which are obsolete in the medial
portion of the feather ; crown dark, the feathers laterally margined
with whitish ; neck streaky, the dark colour predominating behind,
and the white in front; above the lores, the throat, and the under,
parts from the breast, pure white, having some dark streaks and broken
bars on the pectoral feathers ; primaries dusky ; the upper tail-coverts
chiefly white ; and tail closely barred white and dusky, the colours
of its middle feathers blending except on their lateral margins. Bill
dark ; and the legs appear to have been greenish. Inhabits Chili.

p. s. — It is so long since the foregoing Report, and the former por-
tion of its Appendix, were published, that I have now a few further
elucidations to offer on some of the groups treated of.

Vol. XII, p. 930. For Eryihrospiza rosea, read E. erythrina^ vide
Strickland in An, and Mag. Nat Hist,, 1844, p. 38. It is a typically
formed species.

P. 933. Corvus rufus, Lath., is identical with Crgpsirina vaga-
bunda* Temnurus leucopterus seems to be allied to the Drongos,
and like them would appear to have only ten tail-feathers.

P. P. 941, 1007. Oenus Cgemis, Nobis. Add, as a fifth species,
Musdcapa pallipes, Jerdon; and probably as a sixth, M. indigo,

390 Appendix to Mr, Bfytk'i Report [No. 149.

Uorafield. The M. rubeeula, Swaioson, would appear rather to be
the female of C TiekeUia, Nobis, than of C. banyunuu, in which case
the name rubeeuia must stand for the former.

P. 944. Chrytocoecyx iueidus has now been alto received from
Arracan : and I have just seen a fine adalt from the hilly district of
Monghyr, in Bengal.

P. 945. Centropus dimidiaius, Nobis. Lately received from Cat.
tack» and may yet probably turn oat to be the final plumage of
C iepidus.

Phamcophaus lueidus, Vigors, *' described in Lady Raffles' Memoir,
p. 671/* is identical, as I am informed by Dr. Horsfield, with the
species No. 18 of my Monograph of eastern Cuculida, XI, 923, and
XII, 246.»

* Mr. Strickland has favored me by examining certain specimens of Cuemiidg in
I^ndon, and otherwise aided in reducing the synonyms of the group. "The Cueu-
luiflavivmtrii, Scop., v. radiatus, Gm/' (yide XI, 900), he informs me, " is a good
species. 1 have a specimen from Malacca, exactly agreeing with Sonnerat's descrip-
tion, except that the tail is not even, but vexy slightly rounded, with the onteimost
pair of feathers an inch and a quarter shorter than the rest. It is of the siae of
C.Jvgax, the beak rather more slender." (Can it be the C. teniUnmtrit, Lessoa,
referred by me to C. fugav, vide XIT, 94S ? In such case, it would doubtless have
been confounded with C. fitgax.) Of the Javanese specimen referred to C. enenu
by Dr. Uorsfieid (vide XI, 90f), Mr. Strickland writes — '* Apparently the same as
the European, but I had not a European one to compare with it at the time. It is
not the micjvpterut, nor thefugax, both of which are at the India House. — C. pruvfUt
Hor8field,=C. SmneratU, Lath.,aaC. tufrntiatus, Drapies" (XI, 906, 9 11). "I bafc
seen many specimens from Malacca, all in the same plumage, but I never saw aay
adttk'liookmg bird to which it could be referred. It has a broader beak than aay
other Cuckoo of the same size. — Cue. lugubrit is, I suspect, the same as dierunidt$.
I have a forked-tailed one with the wing four inches and three-quarters long, and sa
even* tailed one from Malacca with the wings five inches and a quarter, being the re*
verse of the supposed distinctions between them." To this (vide alao XII, tM), I
may remark, that several Malayan specimens which I have seen have all been smaller
than the Indian ones ; and the same relation holds between the Malayan C.fiaum
(of which C. pyrogaster, Vieillot, J. A, 5. XI, 9 IS, is probably a synonym,) and the
Indian bird which I refenred to C. niger (XI, 908, XII, 940 et leq., 94«^, but which
1 now think cannot be the C. n^sr. Lath., founded on the " Black Indian Cuckoo"
of Edwards, which, if his figure and description can be depended upon, would seen
to be a small species of Coel (Eudynamyt) ; though in that case I should doubt its
occurrence in Bengal. Of Eudynamyt, too, I must remark that the Australian Coe!,
Kferred to Eu. orlsnCaiti by Messrs. Vigors and Horsfield (vide XI, 9lS), is consider-
ed distinct by Mr. Swainson, who styles it Eu, auttralit (* Menag.', p. 944), and

1844.] fw December Meeting, 1842. 391

P. 948. Geniifl Oarrulax. G. rujifrone. No. 3. There is alio a
Crakrapus rufifrimst Sw. (^Menag/,) which is probably identical with
M. Lesson's species.

No. 11, O. nulanoHs. Capt. Phayre sent two specimens with black
ear-coverts^ such as I have never seen among namerous examples of
G.peetoraUs from the Himalaya; bat a third, forwarded subseqoenu
ly, has an admixture of white on the ear-coverts, though less than in
the Himalayan specimens: and hence I now think that the Arracan
bird had better be regarded as a variety only of G. peetorahe.

Nos. 13, G. lunarie, and 14, G. rufieoilis, are identicaU and will
retain the latter i^ypellation. The Society has received fine spedmens
irom Tipperah.

No. 29, G. Dduserii, is nearly allied to G. guiaris. No. 8.

Nos. 25, G. Itneaiui, and 26, G. eeta/er, are also, I greatly suspect,
identical, in which case the former name must be preserved.

aaMgnt to it comidenibljr larger dimennon*. Lutly, I have to cbaerve that the
alleged Chuaan apecimena referred to Cue. Jlavus in XII, 944 (note), and the
Chrywcoeeyx chalcitet of the aame page, and Centroput dimidiatus of p. 9^5 (note^,
were obtained , aa I have now mncfa reaaon to auspect, from the Ticinity of Sin-
gapoie, although the foimer locaMtiea were given to me with much poaitivaneas •
certainly the apecimena were prepared aa the Singapore Mrd-ahina uaually are,
and one in the aame lot which waa atated to be Soath American, provea to
be the Malayan Turdtu modethu, Eyton, which Capt. Phayre haa aince procured
ia Anacan. But to return to Mr. Strickland'a notea : the Malayan C- fiavut,
he ramarka, " ahould more properly ataad aa C. meruUnut, ScopoU ; and the
Auatralian C. eineraeeug** (XII, f4t) *' ia very distinct from meruUmit, being
much larger and longer in the wing," &c. For the Indian bird he retains the name
<aaiitin(Mlrif, Gray. " Cueulus btualit, Honf., ia identical with immature apecimena of
Chryweoceyx lueidns, from Auatralia. Phoemccphaug melaaognaUiuM, Horaf., haa the
noatrilj narrow, and the lower mandible black : — not Cue. melanagnatkus of Raffles,
your Ph» viridU" (XI, OCT), "which haa round nostrils, and a red spot on the lower
mandible. The Cueultu mmatranus, Rafflea, is also distinct from Pk. D'utrdi" (No.
S4 of my monograph, XI> 9Se, tide XII, t4k6,) " hanng the belly and lower tail*
corerta rufoua, and the noatrila narrow, almoat linear, and oblique. I have it from
Malacca. Cmh-qpu< Upidu/* (XI, 11 OS, XII, 945 note) "ia larger (not leaa, as
Horafield atatea,) than C. afflnis, and haa the beak atronger and higher. C affmis is
the amalleat of all the apeciea, the wing meaauring but five inchea and three*eightha,
and tail aiz and a half. It ia certainly the Cueultu vtridtj, Scopoli, founded on
Sonnerat'a Voy. Nouv. Guhu, pi. 80. The curve of the hiad claws in Horafield 'a
apedmen ia only very alight." May not this be C, hengalenns, v- jmrnilvs, XI, 1104,
XIl, W5?

392 Appendix to Mr. Blytks Report [Na 149.

No. 39, Q. DekuerH, is nearly allied to Q. gularie. No. 8.

The Turdui oehrocephaiue, Om., Honfield, Lim. Ttams. XIII,
149, 18 now doabtfttlly referred by Dr. Honfield to this groap.

Nos. 1, O, ieuedopkos, and 20, G» rufbffuiarie, occur in Sylhel;
and the former also in Arracan.

P. P. 958 and 958. The genus Ixops, as Dr. Horsfield informs
me, is identical with Aetinodura, Gtould ; and SiUa must be retained
fbr S^pieoidee and 8. gracUia, while S. nigncepe should perhaps be
separated, and is allied to Yuhina, Hodgson, As. Res* XIX, 156.

Leioeiticla plumosa is also an inhabitant of Sylhet ; and the Iktrdus
cafiortu, Lin., mentioned in the note, I have now referred to the oom*
mon Maiacocercus of Bengal, vide note to p. 388.

P, P. 955, €i seg. The name PhyUomu has the priority over Chlo-
roptit, and must therefore be adopted. The specimen which I de-
scribed as the female Ph, ccumarhynehus proves to be a male of the
species referred to Ph, eochinchinensis by Mr. Jerdon : but it is doubt-
ful whether the latter be the true eochinchinensis, Auct., which is
described as being ** towards the tail and outer edges of the wings
blue.*' Now Mr. Jerdon's species has no trace of blue either on the tail
or wings, except the usual verditer patch on the shoulders of the wings,
and a tinge of the same on the lesser coverts of old birds, the outer
primaries having their external webs more or less yellowish, especially
in the females and young. Should it prove distinct, I would propose
for it the appellation Ph. Jerdoni. The black portion of the throat of
this bird is surrounded by dull pale yellow, which is continued up
over the forehead.

From Arracan, the Society has received three species of this genus,
viz. the Himalayan PA. Hardwickii (v. curviro3iris,Sfc,), which is there
rare, and the other two common, — Ph. aurifrons, and a species which
resembles the so-called Ph. malabaricus in size and colouring, but has
the bill more tapering and pointed, as in those of India. I do not like,
however, to venture on separating it from Ph. malabaricus. It may be
added, that Chioropsis mysHcalis, Sw., refers to the female of the Ma-
layan malabaricus; and Turdus viridis, Horsf, (according to Mr.
Strickland,) is the female PA. SonneraHi, v. MeUphaga javensis of
Dr. Horsfield's catalogue.

P. 960. Pitia malaccensis has, I believe, been already so denomi-

1M4.] /or December Meeting, 1842. 3^

Dated by ScopoH.* P. niffrieollii. Nobis (of which I suspect P. rodo-^
gatter to be merely the yoiuig)^ is the P. cueuUaia, Hartlaab, des-
eribed in the Bev. Zooi,, 1843^ p. 65, and recently by Mr. Strickland
in the An. and Mag. Nat Hiet 1844, p. 410. Mr. Strickland reUins
the name PUia for this genus, rejecting Braehyurus, Thunberg,
which Mr. G. R. Gray proposes shoold be substituted.

P. 9d8. Genus PkyUoeeapue. All the species described, with the
exception of PA. magntrottris, (which I have now reason to suspect
is the Sgiviajavamca, Horsfield), and two or three others in addition
to them^ have now been obtained by Mr. Jerdon in Southern India.
Pk, tristis, Nobis, was referred to Sylvia troehUus in that gentleman's
first catalogue.

P. 968. CvUeipeia Burkii. Add Cryptohpha auricapilla, Swainson
('Menag.', p. 348), as another synonym.

P. 98ft Diceum TickeUUe, Nobis, is the Certhia erythrorhynehui,
Latham; the young bird having a fleshy-red bill, which colour
is much exaggerated in one of Buchanan Hamilton's drawings; a
dnpHcate of which was probably Latham's authority for the spedes;
The specific name erythrorhynchus is, however, so inappropriate that
it can scarcely be retained

P. 966. Magpies. I was wrong in identifying the Chilian species
with that of Europe, which latter has since been received by the So.
ciety. The other is intermediate in its proportions to P. b&Uanensie
and P. eandata, and may be termed

P. metUa, Nobis. Exactly similar to the British Magpie, but
larger, with proportionally stouter legs, and tail scarcely so long.
Length of wing eight inches and a quarter, that of the Bootan species
measuring nine and three-quarters, and of the European Magpie
bat seven inches. Middle tail-feathers ten inches; bill to gape
one and seven-eighths ; and tarse two inches and one-eighth. In-
habits the Andes. The tertiaries and borders of the secondaries are
of a finer steel-purple than in the European species, and the gloss of
the tail is greener, with less of a bronze cast The tail of the Yellow.
MHed Magpie of Western North America has again a different gloss ;
and I remember seeing a species smaller than that of Britain among

* Vide, however, a Note by Mr. Strickland m the 'Annah and Magaxineof Natural
Hiftory' for July 1844, p. 47.

804 Appendix (a Mr. B^'$ Sepori [No.l^.

the stores of Um Zocrfogical Society, whidi bad a blade bill^ but the tail
was glossed as io the yellow-billed species*

P. 900. Buoeras pucaran should be B* pmarant Raffles. Sped,
mens of both it and B.pUeaius have intdy been received from Arra.
can, and the former proving to have a ydlow gular skin, may now be
considered as sufficiently detormined*

P. 008, B. ^mgalmm, Shaw. This I have since examined, and it
seems, with some others, (as the African B* limbalui and B.flavirBMirU
of Ruppell,) to ooostitute a particular group of Hombills, which may
some day rank as a subgenus.

" ffal^on sm^memns, var. ? albo^nlaru," is identified by Mr.
Strickland with H. gularis^ (Kuhl) ; H. ruficoUu, Sw. ; and H.
melanopiera, Tern. : a spedes whieh was procured in the Philippine
Islands by Mr. Cuming.

P. 1000. PiC¥8 (Gecinu$J viridanus, Nobis. The female has the
crown and pUeu$ wholly black, the ear-coverts and ddes of the neck
are darker than in the male, and the entire plumage is more dingy,
with the marking of the undcNparts less defined.

P. 1005. Picus {Chrytocolaptes) meianoius is the Dendraeopmt
EllioH of Mr. Jerdon's catalogue, and perhaps also identical with
P. siremiua, Gould, obtained by Dr. McClelland in Assam. For the
present it will range as CbryiocQlapUs EUiotL The female difltes
in having the frontal feathers to above the eye broadly tipped with
whitish, and the crest glistening bright ydlow, with a tinge of red at
its extremity.

P. 1008. The two Barbets mentioned are the Bucco viritUs, Qul,
and B. zeykinicus, Auct, v« canicqiSy Franklin, v. lineaius, Tid[dL

P. 1010. The FringiUa agUU, Tickdl, P^na $quaUda, Burton, and
Parisoma vireoidea, Jerdon, prove to be the same species, which most
be distinct from Pardahius pipra of Lesson, to judge from the generic
charactors which he assigns to the latter, upon which is founded his
genus Idopkura, Rev. Zool. dec ISSSj p. 44.* The present spedes
I distinguish as follows : —

PipfitonHi, Nobis, n. ff. Bill short and snbcQQlcal^ acutely trian*
gular as viewed from above, the ridge of the upper mandible angulated,

* There is a Parddhtus macidatHSy Tern, ji. c. 600, from Sumatra and Bameo,
which may perhaps be referable to either IdopUura or Piprisoma*

1844.] for Deeentber MeUing, 1842. 395

aod that of the lower slightly but diBtinetly so ; the outlines of both
accurved, of the lower somewhat more abruptly (being tumid at base
towards the divarication of its two lateral rami), and the tip of the
upper overhangs that of the lower mandible, but without showing any
marked terminal bend ; nostrils almost clcsed by the nasal membrane ;
gape unarmed. Feet formed for perching, and rather small than
otherwise, the tarse equalling the middle toe with its claw, the outer
and middle toes connected to the first joint, and the claws compressed
and moderately hooked, as in the more typical perchers. Wings
reaching to the end of the tail, which is rather short ; and having the
first primary exceedingly minute, and the four next equal and longest:
tail even. Plumage sombre and unadorned.

P. agiliiy (Tickell,) Nobis. Length four inches,* of wing two
and a quarter, and tail one and one-eighth ; bill to gape three,
eighths of an inch, and tarse half an inch. Colour dull 'ashen-
olive, tinged with green upon the rump and upper tail.coverts, and
margining the greater wing.feathers ; beneath whitish, having a few
ashy-brown stri» on the breast, and one along each side of the throat :
tail darker towards the end, and slightly edged at tip with whitish,
which forms a terminal spot upon the inner web of its outermost
leathers : bill mingled whitish and dusky.iComeous ; and feet lead-
coloured. Inhabits the Himalaya, and central and Southern India.

Vol. XIII, p. 863. Sturnia, No. 3, has just been figured by Mr.
Jerdon with the specific name Blyihii. Cahrtns cantor.

P. 366. Caiomis cantor, dec The Turdua airigaiua, Horsfield,
is founded on the second state of plumage referred to; so that this
species is both T. chalybeus and T. strigatus, Horsfield. Strickland.

P. 373. Sphenura striata. I have just obtained the nest and eggs
of this species, the latter blue as in the Idalacocerci, and the vest also
nearly accords with that of a Mahcocereus.

P. 376. Prinia FrankUniU Add, as a synonym, Sylvia longicaudata,
Tickell, J. A. S. II, 576.

* The preierved skin fent on loan by Mr. Jerdoni meaiures but three inches and a
half, which is the length given by Burton.

JOURNAL

OF THB

ASIATIC SOCIETY.

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. By Major R Lbkch, C. B.
let Assistant Oavemor Oenerats Agent, N. W, F,

The followiDg few pages, drawn up with the aBBiatance of an educat-
ed Mussulman of Loodiana, who has not re- visited his country for a
quarter of century, are intended to facilitate the acquisition oi a collo-
quial knowledge of the Cashmeeree language, and although they do not
deserve the name of a Grammar so much as the publication by Dr. W.
Carey in 1812, entitled a Grammar of the Punjabee Language, yet the
student vrill not have to get by heart such laboriously manufactured
tenses of verbs as that at page 86, of the above work.

Ex. — *' Let him be obUged to be caused to be made." Much labor

and time would be saved, and every ordinary purpose answered, if in

order to assist the acquirement of a colloquial knowledge of similar

minor dialects, that scarcely deserve the name of a language, a Vo.

cabulaiy only of words, and a collection of sentences actually heard

spoken, were made in the Roman character.
No. 150. No. 6fiy Nbw Sbbibb. 3 k

398 A Grammar of the Cashmeerea Language. [Nob ISO.

The Caahmeeree langoage (Kaiuhir Zeo,) is not generally a written
one ; the character called Shtfradft, (after the Goddeea of that Dame,)
havlDg been, and being chiefly used to write Sanscrit works. The
language is without doubt of Sanscrit origin, but has been consider-
ably corrupted by the number of Persian words grafted on it by the
Mahommedan conquerors of the province. It differs slightly in almost
every pergunna. For instance, a cry in the city is called kreak ; at
Islamabad krik ; and in other parts krek, A hill in the city is called
labur, and Ubur in the districts. In the city the bill of a bird is call-
ed toent, and in the suburbs Uoeni$$ also a snake is in the former
called sareep^ and in the latter sriph. The dialect spoken at Kishte-
war isy as might be expected, a mixture of Cashmeeree and Punjabee.

From the number of vowels and diphthongs, the language it wodd
appear cannot be written correctly, either in the Devanagaree or Arabic
character.

A Cashmeeree in speaking Persian, munches it, as it were with, and
hisses it through, his teeth.

The ou (of our), of the Persian hauz^ (a cistern,) and the Hindustaoee
koudee, (a shell,) is changed in the mouth of a Cashmeeree into oa (of
oar) and they pronounce them hoaz and koadee. They also chaogs
Kdbul (the a of car) into koabuL

They moreover change the Persian and Hindustanee ot, (of aisle,) of
paisOf (a copper coin,) which is pronounced asdi into a i or oat, snd
they drawl out paainta. In fact, the language is typical of the de-
pressed and sneaking nation.

Natives of Cashmeer, who have acquired a knowledge of the mors
free and elegant Persian, are almost ashamed of their own puerile at-
tive tongue, which quality is imparted to it chiefly I suspect from tbs
frequent occurrence of the consonant ts (of * prints,') known both to tbs
Pushtoo and Mahratthee, and the various dipthong of t.

1844.]

A Orammar ofdU Cathmeeree Ltrngrngt.

399

<§

3r 'fl

^ 19

-9

-»

"«l^^ ift

?in«f

T»1

^^"^ ^

3f -^

3r: Ml|-«

3n;^9'9i 9

'J?6il! »

Value of a Letter.

Mou By ••• a last a of America.

aitoa tf, ••• tf in part,
yayoaye,... i in hit
itharoa ee,. ee in feel,
apal wo^ • . u in fall.
apalb£ woo, oo in fool.

riDou re, ...

Peculiar to Sanscrit.

rakhou roo,
liyou le, • .
lisou lee, ... J

kr^Iou ee,.«* ae in aerie.

tralou ai, • • ai in aisle,

ulhiwoo, ... oe in o'er or roe

ashadeetf, ... on in our.

maspberam,

the nasal dot.

Zi 03^98 sJ ^ophyorah, aspirate dots.

400

A Ofwnmar of the Cashmeeree Langwiffe. [No. 160.

Cb ^

11 ! nn?^

vi I iif< mi^T)

3l«*; :^J

«r Tfl' ''I «n§<«»

•

Fa/ti« of a LeUer,

koaka^ . • k in king,
khunikha, • • kh in ask him.

gagarga, ... g in got

hant

ff^sira i^^ inhoghu
gasga... I or dg in pledge.

nirugna^ ng in king.

uata taa, j ^^ .^ church.

tataiing ftah in fits him
t88, (chh in fetch him (ich.)

zaee za, ••• z and j.
zUbhing za, za, zh and jh.
khonapQta nye, ny as gn in digne.
armanta ... t (not t.)

sarminta, . . th (not th.)

dada^

•••

d (notD.)

dhakadha, . • dh (not dh*)
ninagnrina n (the English harsh.)

towata, ••• t ^
thigi sha,.. th)

the Continental

]844.]

A Grammittr of the Coihmeeree Language.

401

Value of a Letter.

T -a

"3 ! ^"«

\Wr

VU'i^l^^^)

dadou dad,.«« ^
doojy da,.. dhJ

the Continental.

nastoo na, . n Ditto,
paoorpa .*• p
phorinya ••• ph in uphold.
I buba ... b

baiba, ... bh in abhor.

monniay ••• m

yiwayoy ••• y

rakara^ ••• r

Uwala, •.. 1

washinya, . w

shakarshe, . sh

phirishe, ... sh

Busa •••! ••• a

hUaha» .•• h

krnliwath, kkh, kh,h the Sancrit.

402 A GramwuBr ofiht Cashmeerm Language, [No. 150.

The language hai besides the preceding,

The English e in let

o in hot.
• ae in aerie,
an in caose.
oa in oar.

It has not the Arabic kh and gh^ nor the g or i in qaoit, the hickup
djtt nor the hiokap ^. and substitutes ph generally for/.

The nasal dot answers to the qn, n in the French non, or expresses
the n in the following words, king^fineh^ftimtt and the m in phtrnp.

There are three Ui, the English final and Italian gL

Besides the usual h, there is the indication of one at the end of many
words which I have expressed by raising it aboye the line. Ex. /ti* a fox,
SM* a lion, Uv^ thou ; z^ 2, besides the u Aill there is the French % of
re^u, which I have rendered bj A as dunga^ a kind of boat, tkmgOt
a sob^ $%U^ tailor. There is also another long vowel which I have ex-
pressed by aa^ it has the sound of tc or ea before an r, as in boro, earn.

The Cashmeer z has often the sound of partaking of dz^ the d* of
<< sounds."

It has not the Arabic ih in think^ and tk in those.

There is also another vowel between a and ^ which might be ex-
pressed 9M disk kdnddr^ bakery^ nuUst earth, r^te, better, y^, more,
pgdtif a kind of grass.

Cf the Diphthongs.
In these consists the chief difficulty of speaking the language.
1st. Diphthong of the short a and short t ( ai ), which might also be
expressed d or at.

Tait, a pony mare. Zait, old, tattered.

Kair, a beam. Rait, taken, (f.)

Zair, a deaf woman. Wait, rolled up, (f.)

Bair, a crack in wood. Baid, a woman of rank.

Mair, a hut. Gair, a pitcher.

Nair, lower part of arm. Tssairr, empty, much.

Air, well in health. Bhair, a she ass.

Ais, we. Tair, chair, a chattering woman.

Bait, a hob. Wair, a dried peas pudding.

Jair, mounted as jewels. Pait, a small plank.

Dair, a robust woman. Khait, concealed, (f.)

Tsait, cut, (f.) Phait, drowned, (f.)

1844.] A Grammar ofAe Caihmeeree Language. 403

In the Persian character tait i§ written t **^? bat if pronounced tati,
means ** really, actually a pony mare." It could not be written taty,
but might be written tati, with the t aboye the line ; how it and the
other diphthongs or rather compound TOwels should be printed, others
must determine.

2d. Diphthong of the short a and short u, taut, a poneyi^ ^? pronounc-
ed something like ioe ui, but not tatu*

Baud, a great man. Thaud, a tall man.

Bhaul, open, loose. Tsaud, a round basin.

Waud, tied. Gaud, a hole.

Daad, burnt, (m.) Tsaut, torn, (m.)

Khaut, concealed. Pbaut, drowned, (m.)

Want, arisen. Raut, taken.

Laud, made. Maut, mad.

Khaud, pudendum. Laut, nearly dumb.

Kaal, dumb. Daul, skirt

Naol, a shell. Tsaul, escaped.

ITITaul, drest. Daul, slipped.

Baol, recovered in health. Naur, sleeve.

Baur, a large crack in wood. Tsaur, mare.

Gaor, made. Jaur, mounted as jewels.

This compound vowel appears an o not so long as oe in roe, and not
ao short as o in hot. It might be written at, the short u thus seems to
indicate the masculine, as the short t does the feminine gender.

3. Diphthong of the short u and short t.
Guir, a mare, eC pronounced not as if written gurg, but rather as gur*.

Shuir, a virgin. Duiny, walnuts.

Luits, light, (f.) Tuiny, navel.

Maij, a reddish. Muits, fallen off in flesh.

Suil, spare time. Tuij, raised.

Buil, proper name of woman. Duij, simple woman.

Kuib, hump- backed, (pi.) Tuil, antimony, pencil.

Wuith, arisen, (pi.) Duib^ washermen.

Gait, emaciated, a plait in sewing. Luit, light, (pi.)

Wait, passages. Wuiny, now.

Khuit, part of a boat. Suit, face.

It might be conjectured that the above u could be written as a
w as gwir.

Guri, means horses, and gur^, mares.

4th. Diphthong of the short t and short t».

Liul, '^ I) » a vessel for cooking Biun, set up in business in the
rice. world.

404 A Qrammar tfAe Cashmeeree Ltmguage. [No. 150.

Pial, a testicle. Zion, to be born.
Diul, a toft grass used for packing Mini, recoDciliation.

and matting. Slut, grief, misfortane.

Tsiol, squeezed. Jiut, wan.

Jiur, granular parts of rice. Kiut» on account of.

Chhiut, white. Kiul, a peg.

Tint, bitter. Tsiut, leavings.

Asiup^ emaciated. Diun, to giye.

Piun, to fall. Chiun, to drink.

Nium, to take away. Tsuin, a pillar.

Rhinn, to eat. Minn, measured.
Lium, plastered.

This t is not exactly a y,

5tb. Diphthong of the short t and short a.

Piak, thou fallest. Liad, litter horse.

Diad, mother. Vias, a woman's confidante*

MiaSy a root in a lake. Khias, eat of him.

Chias, drink of him. Viat, name of river.

Tsiab, heart. Rhiat, eaten.

Tiat, interested friendship. Riakh, a fowl's dung.

Diakh, angry. Chhiab, thou art, (f.)

Tsiad, patience. Bhiak, thou eatest or eat thou.

Tsial, squeezed, shampooing. Dial, skin, peal.

Hial, lake weed. Zial, cream.

6th. Diphthong, the short u and the English o in hot.
Duod, milk, ^^ f not dwod.

Buod, understanding. Wuol» dregs of butter.

Rhood, a pit. Guon, a heap.
Tsuoly a large kettle, stone of ma- Huod, a foot

sonry. Wuod, scalp.

Muol, price. Zaol, drowsiness.

Puot, piles. Wuot, rice.
Suobh, happiness, contentment, Tsuot, any.

peace. Muokh, cheek.

Duokh, pain. Duos, wall.

Chhuok, wound. Kbuot, false.

Nuosh, daughter-in-law. Tsuon, to these four.

Rruok, a snoar. Rruon, misery.

Suon, golde, rival wife. Bhuon, elbow.
Buon, below.

7 th. Diphthong of shortened ot of aisle^ and the short a (as in by, and
not bye,) care must be taken to drop the indication of an « at the end
of the letter t, as pronounced eye.

1844.3 A Grammar of ihe Cashmeeree Language. 405

The pronuDciation of eye according to this system^ would be ai t,

but this dipthoDg is at a.

Aiaty eight Zaian, a wooden backet

Aiar, own Aiab, defect

Vaias, a year Vaiad» a caste

Daian, a fine Paiat, a market

Laias, a glutton Aiasb, eojoyment

Jaiar, pleasure, excursion Saiat, a wick

Maialy desire Waiar, enmity
GhaiaX name of a favorite resort Saial, flood

in Cashmeer Raian, a caste

Saiad, a sayud Maiat» a corpse
Maian, a frog

7th. Diphthong of a double or prolonged short a {aa,)

Chaauy, thine Kaar, neck

Praauy» old, (f.) Tsaar, I have selected, (f.)

Dyaauy, tea churns Rraar, wife of potter

Jaauy, life Pyaar, dear, (f.)

Zaauy, acquaintance Vyaar, a spiteful woman

Braar, a cat, (f.) Waar, a kitchen garden plot

Chaar, an idiot, (f ) Byaali, seeds

A'as, mouth Myaauy, mine

Kraauy, relations Paar, a little cottage

Naany, grand-mother Gaar, kernel of singar^

Siaauy, clever. Praar, dear in price

Tsaauy I have brought in Laar, she ran after me, a cucumber

Dyaar, a rich woman Jaar, I have lectured (her)

Aar, an owl Jaar, keeper of her word
Maauuah, a male buffalo, ^ would seen to be different forms of this diph-
Maaiushy a female ditto, ^ thong

A'aas, month, is properly a distinct diphthong.

Examples of the English, au in cause.
Kaoshur, a Cashmeerian Bauwuk, they have unbosomed

Tsaudur, name of a village themselves

Wauwor, a weaver Bauwuk, they have lost

Waudor, a champion Sauwuk, they have put to sleep

Pauwur, a cottager Chauwuk, they have made drink

Mauruk, they have killed Mauzur, a cripple

Chauruk, they have tightened, or Rhauwur, left, (not right)

dunned Bhauruk, they have extracted

Wauluk, they have brought down Sauruck, they have ferried over
Pauwuk, they have thrown down

Examples of the English aa in oar, written in the Persian character

as an alif. In some words there is a slight indication of an t preceding.

Broar, a cat Pishoal, soft

Choar, a simpleton Dyoar, a rich man

406

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

Byoaly seed

Dyoan, a forked cylinder or circular

fork for ttirriDg tea
Proan, old

Prioat, we have pierced
Pioaa, I have fallen
Nioav, we have had taken away
Prioav, we have obtained
Likhoav, we have had written

Kroar, a scab
Myoan, mine, (m)
Prioar, dear, last year's
Bhioas, we have eaten of him
Chioas, we have drunk of him
Krioar, husbandman's festival
Limoav, we have had plastered
Pitoav, we have reconciled
Shoal, a kind of grain

This oa seems to denote the masculine^ (myoan, mine,) as aa does
the feminine, (myaany, mine.)

Examples of the

Basak, ducks
Wanak, thou sayest
Bhatak, thou hidest
Phachack, be drowned
Ganak, congeal
Manak, obey
Ratak, take
Barak, regret
Zarak, pine after
Alak, shake.
Walak, throw over you
Galak, melt
Marak, die
Tsatak, tear
Tsalak, run away

English short a in England.

Watah, roll up
Pakak, thou goest
Rachak, thou keepest
Ranak, thou cookest
Khanak, thou diggest
Menak, measure
Asak, laugh
Dazak, be burnt
Sarak, remember
Malak, rub
Shalak, a beating
Khalak, drive away, (flies)
Balak, recover
Dalak, slip

There is another vowel, the ea

expressed by aa.

Examples of the a

P^nts, five

W^nts^ a curse

L^nz, a stake

L^nk, a step

D^ng, a club

Band, a dancing boy

Sb^nd, a pillow

Cbdnd, the centre of a shawl or

handkerchief
Sb^uk, suspicion
Wao, a shop
Mand, working of dough
Tancb, quizzing

of earn, not so long as the one I have

{i) of the English ark.

Dtfn, cooking place
Tstfnts, deception
Uats, an eunuch
W^nk, a ringlet
T^nk, a bit
B^Dg, call to prayers
D^nd, bullocks
Br&nd, a verandah
Chb^n, a carpenter
Prao, onion
Ran, thigh
Manch, honey
K^nch, glass

1844.]

A Grammar oj the Caihrneerjee Language.

4o:

Examples of the short English t in bit.

Nish, near

Rish, spite

Dish, coQDtry people

Phish, a few threads or straws

Nis, take away to him

This, noise of a crack

Yis, come to him

Yin, are coming

Yik, come thoa

Jin, melt

Nin, take away

Si], disease of consumption

Vil, a short space of time

Gil, a kind of bird

Tsit, loss of use of limbs

Bity power

Gith, a rash of water, bothering

Hin, an accomplishment

Hish I to drive away fowls

Phish I to a child

Mish, a splinter

Dis, give him

Phis, whisperings

Kis, little finger of what kind

Yim, these come to me

Sis, a wart

Din, they give

Min, measure

Pil, reach

Ril, a thrast

Chil, a stake in the water, religioiH

seclusion
Sir, a secret
Nit, taken away
Chit, mind

Sit, sound

Chir, stream of milk of animals Gin, count

sucked by a child Zid, revenge, spite

Jin, Genii

Example of the ee in the English see.

Teer, rams

Pheer, she rambled

Cheer, I have squeezed, (f.)

Veer, a willow

Zeer, a punch in the ribs

Heer, head of a sheep

Sheer, I have arranged, (f.)

Example of the

Gor, a horse
Zur, grandson
Char, have rinsed
Shur, a male child
Hnr, surplus
Wun, have woven
Dun, have shaken
Jun, deep emerged
Num, have beaten out
Tul, have lifted
Kul, a tree
Rub, hump- backed
Shup, a sift
Tsup, silent
Dup, sunshine

Neer, near! (feminine relation,)

she came out
Geer, I have surrounded, (f.)
Sheer, a broom
Seer, crazy, (f.)
Yeer, we have

short u in the English bull.

Tuk, have torn with teeth

Tsuk, sour

Kus, who

Hus, to set on, to quarrel

Tut, tight, under restraint

Rut, right, (not wrong)

Jhut, a sip

Rut, wetted

Mut, evaporated

Phut, a basket

Buz, parched

Wuz, bubbled up

Huk, dried

Run, sold

Rud, a name explained

408

A Grammar cfiht Caskmeeree Language. [No. 150.

Zuk, down

Ru8, have taken hoff

Mq8, small turnip^ fatigued

Yns, whoever

Jut, we have gained

Sat, incapable

Hat, spoiled, turned bad

Lut, light, (not heavy)

Yut, hire

Mar, skirt

Shuz, unalloyed, untasted

Luk, strangers

Dukh, pain

Hud, rice, alone

Duj, a foot

Dal, a cullender

Gun, knead

Ruz, a cup of sugar-candj

Wut, rose ap

Wush, a sigh

Ram, a single hair

Wut, drizzling

Buj, have thought on

Rul, stray, unclaimed

Tsun, have put in

Kuts, got well

Kut, got wet

Bum, a vine in the water

Hum, they

Yun, to come

Wur, rice boiled dry, have strung

Mur, to rub between hands

Wul, a hole

Kur, force to take

Kun, have sold

Hun, has swollen

Run, one-handed

Lun, have reaped

Nun, saltish

Zul, have shaped, scraped

Dub, a Dhobee, a sound

Oub, heavy

Thup, a fruit basket

Kup, a dabba

Rup, complexion, countenance

Examples of the English oo in fooL

Tsoor, a thief, loosening roots of Noor, name of woman
plants Roo, have planted

Moor, rubbing planted grain be- Moor, a hole

tween the hands to remove the Joor, have collected
husk Groost, cultivator

Loor, have demolished, Goour a milkman (^^''^^ •®®™

Choor, have rinsed r«.wv:. ' ;ii «* . . -< tobediflferent

v^. Uooir, a milkmaid i ^. ...

K boor, razor ' (^ diphthongs.

Goor, a milk maid Khyoost, for shame !

Door, a breeches string Myoot, a kiss

Soour, a hog, is finished, exhausted Tsyoot, have masked

Poo, a sound of derision by mak- Vyoot, fat

ing a trumpet of the hand Nyook, have carried him away

Hoor, I have discharged Nyool, green, not ripe

Joo, affix to names of Cashmeerees Gyool, we ridiculed

Zoor, wooden candlestick
Soo, have sewn
Doo, have swept
Koor, a virgin
Door, an alley
Poor, I have filled up
Shoor, I have arranged
Toor, a small metal saucer

Nyoor, pasturage near, made on it
Shoor, have arranged
Rhyoor, an oar
Pyoor, fat, (animal)
Jyoor, a simpleton

Ryoog) A flower

Roog, ill

Lyook, we have written

18440

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language.

409

Toor, cold weather
Zoo, Hfe
Too, come
Phiroost, lucky
Zyoot, tall
Tyoot, bitter
Pyooe> have pouoded
Byoot, seated
Nyooly he met me

In the foUowiDg

Hooir, a house
Mooily a root

Tsyoon, became on our guard, have

guessed at
Tyoor, a ram
Kroor, a well
Diroor, skin

Gyoor, have encompassed
Vyoog, a trap door
Chhool, a kid
Dyoot, we have seen
Nyook, they have taken (him) away

there is an indications of an t.

Looir, a walking stick
Gooily, a bullet

There is another oo

Toorf, cold weather

Booily, song of bird

Lfooily, affectionate

Gooily, kernels

Gooiri, here

Hoon, a dog

Zoon, moon

Shood, a drunkard, mined by

habits.
Mood, deed
Good, pudendum
Booz, we have comprehended
Toon, navel

Moon, wool of sheep, a wall
Loot, plunder
Boot, an image
Koon, comer
Poor, a step

Examples of

Yael, tamed

Shaer, arrange

Waer, affection

Gaer, surround

Tsaer, delay, yellow apricot

Baer, border of garden

Fael, a crime, trick

Daes, country

Ilaer, ladder

Maen, measure

Zaen, earn

Tsaet, pound

Saet, a fit

compressed between the teeth.

Toor, cold

Dooily, a ^'dolie,'' deserted as an

orphan
Jooily, collected in cloth
Bhooily, have released
Tooily, I have weighed them
Doon, cotton -cleaner
bad Roon, husband

Rood, rain, remained

Loos, fatigued

Choon, interference, part taking,

flattery
Noon, salt

Woon, we have wove
Soot, puff of a pipe
Loon, we have reaped
Fhoor, burnt rice at bottom of pot
Sool, we have weighed

the English ae in aerie.

Yaer, wool
Saer, a seer
Naer, come out
Phaer, traverse
Gael, ridicule
Mael, join, visit
Rhaes, have ate of bim
Daer, plenty, heap
Gaen, verses
Tsaen, take care
Zaet, grow
Maet, sweeten

410

A Grammar of tfie Cashmeeree Language. [No. 150.

Examples of the

Ropai, rupee

Ruwai, am planting

Sarai, a goglet

Sulai, am patting to sleep

Kolai, a wife

Malai, never

Wonai, am weaving

Sonai, rival wives

Bhonai, elbows

Zuwai, I am growing up

Subai, in the mornings province

Khulai, am opening

Bowai, was

English at in aisle.

Tsopai, silence
Warai, am stringing
Murai, I am hashing
Phalai, a blossom
Wolai, come thoo woman
Talal, am lifting
Wanaii, never again
Iti, not him.
Bonai, not I from below
8owai, am serving
Knbai, boss of a shield
Bumai, eyebrows

Examples of the

Khoei, foot

Zoer, force

Moer, vain, presumptions

Poen, heel

Moekh, cheek

Doekh, pain

Poesh, a flower

Boesh, fashion, demand in market

Loet, a roll on the ground

Roet, a kind of bread

Loess, be tired

English oe in roe.

Woer, chatter

Soer, a hog

Tsoer, 4, a caste

Toel, a weight

Loel, desire

Boel, determination

Roesh, be offended then I

Woesh, a sigh

Tsoet^ a bruise

Moet, a grain

Goess, I went

There is a shorter o, as the o of holy, while this is the o of hole.

Examples of the English ou in our.

You, yesterday Bou, has been

Zou, joke with Lou, dew

Gou, went Chou, have drunk

Pyou, he fell Khyou« have eaten

Ryou, be conceited Lyou, lick

Zyou, tongue Myou, mew ! of a cat

Pyou, light (the fire) Nou, new

Khon, a pit Hou, yes

On Gender, the formation of.

Masculine. Feminine.

1 Gur, a horse Guir, a mare

n ( Rokur, a cock

\ Kautur, a cock pigeon
3 Kukiul, a ditto, (blue)

Kokair, a hen
Kautair, a hen pigeon
Kukil, ditto, (blue)

1844.]

A Grammar of Uie Cashmeeree Language,

411

Masculine,

( Tflstf wuly a he.goat

4 < W^tol, a sweeper
(^Pahul, a shepherd

5 Batyky a drake
LauDg, lame man
Phaur, a male ass
Cbh^n, a carpenter
Tsroal, a jailer
K^v, a crow
Hoon, a dog

Feminine,

Tss^wijj, a she-goat
W^tij, a female sweeper
Pahij, a shepherdess
Baticb, a duck
Lainj, lame woman
Phair, a female ass
Chhaany, carpenter's wife
Tsraaj, wife of jailer
K^viny, a hen.crow

Hoony, a bitch
Ptf ninr, a drawer of water in P^niareny, wife of water-carrier
pitchers.
IQ j Hannr, a lapidary Manar b^ee, wife of ditto

\ Rh^, a blacksmith Kh^rab&ee, wife of ditto

14 Groost, a cnltivator Greest b£ee, wife of ditto

15 Jyayiir pachhun> the fabulous Jyagar pachhiny, the female
aeemurgh.

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38

39
40
41
42

Mobnyn, a man
H^put, a bear
Sa**, a lion
Shtf U a jackal
Patssalaa^o, a lynx
Lu^» a fox
YAt madun, a lover
Ooant, a hill poney
Toata, a parrot
Maa^onshy a buffalo
Q^n, a bully
Koan, a blind man
Na,idy a barber
Wouwur, a weaver
AirZy a gander
Yachh, an ogre
H^nz» a boatman

Zan^na, a woman
H^puts, female
Seeminy, a lioness
Shaaj, female
Patssalaav, female
Laash, female
Vyes, a mistress
Qini, mare
Tooti, female
Maainshy female
Gaany, a bawd
Kaany, woman
N^ iz, wife
Wouwureny, wife
Airziny, a goose
Yachhiny, an ogress
H^nzainy, wife

Woany, a trader, mussuliuaii Wainyainy^ wife
Koaka, nurse's husband D^i, a nurse

Parzun, a male servant Wula g^heny, female

Ghul^m^ a slave Tsunz, a female slave

Woarudy a 2d husband Woarudz, 2d wife

An h6hur, a batchelor An harish, a maiden

Pushut>astrawslipper-uiaker Pushainy^ wife
Bachhera, a colt Bachheer, a filly

Dodagoo^ur, milk man Oodagooir, wife

Batu, a Hindoo Batainy, wife

R^nlun, demon R^ntw*' } ^®™*'^

Haund, a ram Gaib, a ewe

412

A Grammar of the Ctukmeeree LoMffuage. [No. 150.

A. man speaking sayi, buchhos, I am— and a woman, bachhas, ditto.
Me^ ehe,\ chi,i. I have drank tea, (f:)
Me'' khyou Uoont, I have eat an apple, (m :)

MUMSKB.

Sin^ar,

Mohnyn, a man
Tas^wal, he-goat
Gar, hone
Wagoo, a mat
Tsoed, a small pitcher
Oaund, a log of wood
Zaur, deaf man
Goor, milk man
Lopun, a grain vessel
Naut, a pitcher
Latsul» a broom
Liui, a vessel, earthen
Budh, old man
Tsaut, a dwarf
Thaud, lanky
Pohul, shepherd
Groost, a cultivator
Buhur, a druggist
Tsroal^ a police man
Hoon, dog
Broar, cat
Lu^, a fox
Pottul, an image
Punz, monkey
Kdndur, a baker
Aar, an owl
Khon, elbow
Batuk, duck
H^ngul, a jamber
Wilitul, a sweeper
Kokur, a cock
K^ntur, cock.sparrow
Saruph, a snake
Wandur, a monkey

Singular.
Gur, horse
Gursund, a horse's
Guris, to horse

Plural.

Mahnivi, men
Tsi£willi, goats
Gurri, horses
Wagivi, mats
Tsaddi, pitchers
Gandi, logs
Zarri, men
Goorri, milkmen
Lopuin, vessels
Natti, pitchers
Latsil, brooms
Lilli, vessels
Buidhi, old men
Tsuiti, dwarfs
Thadi, lanky men
Pahalii, shepherds
Greestt, cultivators
Buhirri, druggists
Tsraalli, policemt-n
Hoonni, dogs
Braerri, cats
La^, foxes
Potilli, images
Pa,inzi, monkeys
Kandarr, bakers
Krte, owls
Khon&i elbows
Batak, ducks
Hdngul, " jambers'*
W^tal, sweepers
Kokar, cocks
K^ntar, sparrows
Saraph, snakes
W^ndar, monkeys

DB0LBN8I0N.

PluraL
Guri, horses
Gurin hund, horses'
Ouren, to horses

1844.J

A Grammar of the Caskmeeree Language.

413

Gaiii and gurnen being each the inflected case of its number^any

past position can be added, as

Gnris nisha, from the horse Guris pyat, on the horse

Guris nish, near the horse

Necha, son
Nechivi sund, of son
Nechavis, to son
Hata nechavi, oh ! son

Nechivi, sons
Nechiven hund^ sons'
Nechiven, to sons
Haugo nechavyou, oh ! sons

Ififlected Case.
Nechavi. Nechiven.

D&i. a nurse

Dai htund, of nurse

Dai, to nurse

Hatai d^,ee, oh ! nurse

D^ya, nurses
D^yan bund, of nurses
Dl^yan, to nurses
Hatai d^you, oh ! nurses

Kolai, a wife
Kola! hiund, of wife
KoJaiyi, to wife

Kolaiye**, wives
Kolaiyan bund, of wives
Kolaiyan, to wives

Khon, a pit
Khou bund, of pit
Khavi, to pit

Khouva, a pits
Khounan bund, of pits
Khovun, to pits

The affix to the Genitive Case has also Gender, thus :«-

Nechiv sund nechu, son's son Shur, a child

Necbiv s^nz koor^ son's daughter Shur hen, a poor little child

Answering to the Persian affix k, dkuAtar, dukAtarak

There is an affix han or hen, which has a diminishing meaning.

Tsuit, bread Tsochahen^ a bit of bread

Rati pauny, good or sweet water Riti pdny

Rati pauny Riten p^nin bund

Rati p&nyuk Rit you pknyuk

Ratis p^nyis Rityan p&nyan

Rati p^nyi nisha Rityou pdnyou nisha

3 M

414

A Orammar of the Caahmeereg Xtmguoffe,

Companion,

CNo. 150.

Rat^ dood

Yats rut, very good, (rats, f)

Rati khuoU rut, better, (best)
Literally good, beyond good

Pronouns.

I, boh

Mine, myoao myaiany

Me, meh

My^ni khatra, for my sake,

S^ni kh&tra, for our sakes,

Myanen, my> (adjective)

S&nyan, our, (ditto)

Myani nechivi, oh ! my aon

Thou, tsu^

Thine, choan, (chaiany)

Thee, tse^

Ch&ni kh&tar, for thy sake

Tse,pyat, on thee

Tuhindi khatar, for your sakes

Tohi pyat, on you

Aass, we

Saiany, ours, soan

Asi, us

Me^ pyat, on me

Asi pyat, on us

Tuhhi, ye

Tuhuindi, your

Tohi, you

Tsenish, from thee

He, 8u*»
His, tamsund
Him, tamis tas
Tas nisha, from him
Tamis pyat, on him

Tim, they

Tuhund, theirs

Timun, them

Lagu, be at ; \igUB, beat him

Tits, like him

This, yi**
Of this, yemsund
To this, yemis
Yemsindi, kAatra
Yemis pyat, on this

Yim, these
Yuhund, of these
Yiman, to these
Yihindi, kA^tra
Yits, like this

That, hui>

Of that, humsund

To that, humis,

Humsind,i

Hum, those
Humanhund, of those
Human, to those
KA^tara, for his sake

Myoangur, my horse

Myaiany gurri, my horses

Who

Whose

Whom,

Soangur, our horse

Saiany gurri, our horses

Kus

Kemsund, kohund

Kas kamis

]8440

A Grammar of the Cathmeeree Language.

415

Kamsindi^ )
Kahindi, > kh^tar
Kasindi^ )
KamiB pyat

For whose sake
On whom

Which

Ky^

Of what

Kamyuk

To what

Kath

Kath kyut

On what account

Kami bkpat

For what reason •

Kamis pyat

On what

Self, p^Da

Paany pdnai, of own accord

Of 8elf> panun

To self, p^inas

P&nanyen, own, {adjective)

Panani kh^tar

For own, sake

P^as pyat,

Pfina waany, among themselves

Parat akh4

Every one

Vas tas yamis tanus

To whomsoever

Yamsund tamsund

Of whomsoever

Yus, (m.) yas, (/.)

Who ever

Yusakh^

Whosoever, whatever one

Kas akis

To which one

Kamis akisund

Of which one

Kas akis nisha

From which one

fio^ chus,
Tsa^ chuk
8a^ chu

Boi'ltfiis
Tsu^ ^uk
8u^ aus

Asns^Isin
Asuk Mn
Aus Mn

VERBS.

Auxiliary Verb deun^ to be.

Present Tense,

Aass chi^
Tohi chuwa*^
Tim che

Perfect Past Tense.

Assiaais
Tohi aasiwu
Tim aais

Imperfect Past Tense.

Aais ^n
Asyu dsan
Aais ^is&n

416

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language. [Na 150.

Future Tense.

Bo^ yats ^un
Tsii^ yatsah iaun
Su^ yaUi fisun

Assi yat son Mn
Tuhi yat su 68un
Tim yat sau ason

Sta^

Bo^asa
Tsuh ^ah
Sah^i

Bo^ ^aha
Tsui" iaahak

Asus ^mut
Asuk dsmut
AuB &8mut

Imperative Mood.
Tuhi ^iw

8UBJUNCTIVR HOOD.

Present Teme.

Assi aMOU
Tahi ^ur
Tim ^n

Perfect Tense.

Assi &flahou
Tahi aaahyoo
Tim &8ahaii

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Aais aasmit
Aasyu aasmit
Aais aasmit

CONJUGATION OP THE VERB

Sapadun, to become.

Present Tense.

Bo^ sapada, (za,)
Tsu^ sapadah
8u^ sapadi

Bo^ isvLB sapadun
Tsd^ ^8uh sapadun
Su*^ aus sapaddn

Bo^ sapadus
Tb{l^ sapaduh
Su^ sapud

Bu &US sapudmut
Tsii^ ^uh sapudmut
Su^ aus sapudmut

Aass sapadon
Tuhi sapazeev
Tim iapadan.

Imperfect Past Tense.

Assi aais sapadan
Tuhi aasyn sapudan
Tim aais sapadan

Perfect Past Tense,

Aas sapidd
Ttuhi sapadiv
Tim sapidd

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Assi aais sapidmit
Ttuhi aasyn sapidmit
Tim aais sapidmit

1844.]

A Grammar of the Cashmeeree Language,

417

Stu sapad

JHPBRATIVB MOOO.

Sapadanmn, becomes

Ttahi sapadiv

Bo^ sapadahi
Tsu^ aapadahak
Sa^ sapadaha

Bo^ chus dap^n
Tsah chuk dap^n
Su^ choo dap^n

Boh asus dap^n
Tsa^ aauk dapaa
Su^ aii8 depdn

Me^ OU8 dupmut
Tse^ 0U8U dupmut
Tern ous dupmut

Me^ dup
Tse^ duput
Tern dup

Boh yatfl dapun
Tsu^ yatsak dapun
Su^ yatcha dapun

Tsu^ dapak

SUBJUNCTIVB MOOD.

Judfvai, if.

Present Tense.

Same as Indicative Mood.

Perfect Past Tense.

Aais sapadahon
Ttuhi sapadahiT
Tim sapadahan

CONJUGATION OP THE VERB
Dapun, to speak.

INDICATIVB MOOD.

Present Tense.

Aass chi^^dapan
Ttuhi chooh dapan
Tim chi^ dapan

Imperfect Past Tense.

Aassi aais dap^n
Ttuhi aasoo dap^n
Tim aais dapan

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Assi ous dupmut
Tohe ousoo dupmut
Timou ous dupmut

Perfect Past Tense.

Assi dup
Tohe dupoo
Timon dup

Future Tense.

Aais yatson dapun
Tsuhi yatchoo dapun
Tim yatsan dapun

IMPBRATIVB MOOD.

Ttuhi dapyn

418

A Grammar of ike Caskmeeree Language. [No. 150.

SuBJUMCTiVB Mood,

Yud waiy if.

Present Tense.

Bo^ dapah
Tstt^ dapak
Su^ dapi

Aais dapon
Ttuhi dapym
Tim dapan

Perfect Tense.

Boi> dapaha
Tsu^ dapaha
Su^ dapihe

Aais dapahon
Ttuhi dapayn^
Tim dapahan

Dapawun, speaker.

CONJUGATION OP THE VERB.

Yun, to come, (feminine.)

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

Bo^ yumuga
Tsu^ yikai
Sa** yee

Aais yimoee
Ttuhi yeewai
Tima yin

Imperfect Past Tense,

Ba yimahai
Tsa aasuik ^wan
Sa^ ass yuvSn

Aais ^si yuv^n
Ttuhi ^wai yuv^n
Tima ^ yuv^n

Perfect Past Tense.

Bo*» tfyis

Aais ^i

Tsa ^yik
Sa^,i

Ttuhi ^yawa
Tima i,\

Pluperfect Past Tense.

Boh iam ^muts

Aais ^sa ^matsa

Tsa ^uk ^muts

Ttuhi ^sawa ^matsa

Sa ia dmuts

Tima Isa dmatsa.

Future Tense.

Boh yatsai yun
Tsi yatsak yun
8a yatsi yun

Aais yatso^i yun
Ttuhi yatswai yun
Tima yatsan yun

iMPEBATiVE Mood.

Tsayih

Tsuhi yeewe

1844.]

A Orammar cfthe Cashmeere Language,

419

SuBJUNCTivR Mood.

Present Tense.

Feminine,

Masculifie.

Yimai

Yihan

Yik

Yihyoo

Yihe

Yihan

Perfect Tense,

Yimah^

Yimahon

Yihak

Yihyoo

Yihe

Yihan

Aaia nai yimoee.

We do not come, (women.)

Aaia yimon nab,

Ditto ditto, (men.)

Cardinal Numbers,

1. Akh

34.

Tsoitruh

2. Zuh

35.

P^ntsatruh

3. Trae

36.

Sheitruh

4. Tsoar

37.

Sautruh

5. P^nls

38.

Aratruh

6. Sheh

39.

Kunatajih

7- Sat

40.

Tsatdjih

8. Aait

41.

Akatajih

9. Noun

42,

Duitaojih

10. Dah

43.

Te.i.taajih

Jl. Keeh

44.

Tso-i.taajih

12. Baah

45.

P^ntstaajih

13. Turwa

46.

She.i.tiijih

14. Tsoada

47.

Sata.t4jih

15. P^nda

48.

Aratdjih

16. Shura

49.

Kunawanzah

17. Sada

50.

PdnUah

18. Arada

51.

Akawanzah

19. Konawuh

52.

Duwanzah

20. Wuh

53.

Trawanzah

21. Akawuh

54.

Tsowanzah

22. ZiUwah

55.

P^ntswanzah

23. Truwuh

56.

Shawanzah

24. Tsowoh

57.

Satawanza

25. Paaintsuh

58.

Arawanzah

26. Shawwuh

59.

Kunahaat

27. SaUwuh

60.

Sh^eat

28. AaUwuh

61.

Akahaat

29. Kunatruh

62.

Duhaat

30. Trnh

63.

Trehaat

31. Akatruh

64.

Tsnhaat

32. Doitruh

65.

Pantsahaat

33. Teitruh

66.

Shihaat

420

A Grammar of the Caskmeeree Language, [Mo. 150.

67- Satahaat

85.

Pl^ntsasheet

68. Arahaat

86.

iSheisheet

87.

Satasheet

70. Saut

88.

Arasheet

71. Akaaatat

89.

Kunanamat

72. Dusatat

90.

Namat

73. Tresatat

91.

Akanamat

74. TsosaUt

92.

Dunamat

75. P^ntsasatat

93.

Trenamat

76. Shehsatat

94.

Tsonamat

77. Satasatat

95.

P^ntsanamat

78. ArasaUt

96.

Shehnamat

79. Konasheet

97.

Satanamat

80. Sheet

98.

Aranamat

81. Akasheet

99.

Nam^namat

82. Do,i8heet

100.

Hat,

83. Treisheet

1,000.

84. Tso.isheet

1,00,000.

Lach, kh^r, akhanvar

1,00,00,000.

Kror, trah, 1.16 bh^r

Jora^ 2 or more

P^wul, i ditto

Tw^f 3 or more

Aadi

ropai, ^ ditto

Tsombar^, 4 or more

Anna

, an anna, 1-16 ditto

Paanshi, 5 or more

Toonk, a tanga, paainsa, a pais

Noanmara 9 or so

Bah^gany, j^ pais, poontsu, \ ditto

1st. Godaniuk

Adhittl, \ pais

2d. Dugum

Uix

a cowrie

dd. Treiam

P^niuh, i trah

4th. Tsoriom

Manut, \ ditto

5th. Paintsium

Admium, \ ditto

6th. Sheyum

Dodpdv, 1.16 ditto

7 th. Satium

Trechatang, 1-32 ditto

8th. Aatium

Dodi

Chatang, 1.64 ditto

9th. Nowwium

Chatang, chuttack

10th. Dohium

Shat.

.o-p^nts kah, 6 and 5 are 11

Mohar^ a goldmohur

Zuh trucha sheh, 2x3 — f.

Ropai, a rupee

Days of the Week*

Saturday, Bataw^r

Wednesday, Bodw&r

Sunday, Atwar

Thursday, Wraswl^r

Monday, Tsandrwl^r,

Friday, Jum^

Tuesday, Bomw^r,

Months of the Year.

Wahek.

Kartik,

Zeth,

Munjhar,

H&r,

Pohi,

Shrawan,

Mag,

Baudur,

Phagun,

Aashid,

Tsitr

(To be continued,)

421

View €f ike principal PoiiUceU Events ikai occurred in the Camaiic,
from the dteeoluUon of the Ancient Hindoo Qovemmeni in 1564 Oil
the Mogul Qovemmeni woe esiabiuhed in 16&I, on the Conquest of
the Capitals of Beefapoor and Gokonda; compiled from various
Authentic Memoirs and Original MSS., collected chiefly within
the last ten years, and rrferred to in the Notes at the bottom of each
page. By Colonbl Mackbnzib.

[Svbmittad Ats MetCing held on the 5lh April. 181M

1 . To give an idea of the state of the whole Garaatic at this period,
A. D. which forms a remarkable era in the history of this

• ^ ^^ *^^' part of India, it may be useful to take a rapid view of
the events preceding this period for the last hundred and twenty
years, since the overthrow of the last Hindoo government of the Car.
natic, commonly called the Raia-Samastanum of Beejanuggur.

2. While that government subsisted in its vigor, specially towards
Ancient Hindoo the decline of the last dynasty of Beejanuggur, it ap-

mrat'hi*'t£?^CaT^ P^*^ ^ ^*^® ^^^ conducted under certain polity,
natic. adapted to the genera] spirit of Hindoo jurisprudence,

and this system was regularly established in the provinces subjected to
their authority from the furthest limits (of Goa and of Calinga) on
either coast to Cape Comorin South, in progression as they were gra-
dually reduced.

3. The names, titles, and duties of a variety of officers are still pre.
Eiunded into served which formed the court, and supported the state

they w€re°radi]c^ ^^ ^^® ancient monarchy while the provincial govern,
ed progreMifeij. m^m y^^ conducted by Dan.Naiks,* Naiks, Naadf
Prabhoos, Poligars,^ and a regular gradation of subordinate officers,
who were allowed lands in Hoombliga,§ Amara, or as Polliams, held of
the sovereign or raja, by a species oftenure much resembling the Euro,
pean fiefs, subject to a certain assessment of revenue, under regular ad-
measurement, or estimate of productions, or annexed to their respective

* Tho Dan-Naiki and Naiks, (Viceroys and Lieutenants,) were also part of the
Tellinga system.— See Memoir of Waruncall Tell.

t Naad-Prabhoo, i. e. Lord or Governor of a Naad or Province.— See Bangalore
Memoir, Mar.

X For the origin of Polligars, see Memoirs of NidicuU, BaUapoor, Maggry, &e.
Mar. and Can.

{ For Hoombliga and Amara tenures, see Memoirs of HoHa.Honore and Soo-
biah's compilation. Can.

422 PoUHcal Evenis in the Carnaiicfram 1564 to 1687. C^o. 160.

appointmenta, in lieu of salary or wages according to the natare of Uie

service. It would appear that these appointments were generally here-

Officers granted ditary in the eldest son ; though a confirmation was

in hereditary sue- , j j . i- -* j u

cession. expected, and a recognisance solicited on each succession,

accompanied by douceurs, gifts, and offerings, the origin perhaps of fees
of a like nature in European tenures; but defects from want of talents,
from crimes, and from disloyalty, were sufficient to disqualify and lay
aside the eldest son ; though a regard to propinquity was so far observed,
that the nephew not unfrequently succeeded the uncle, and stept in
during 'the minority of the real heir, who in his turn, assumed his
station in the natural course, by domestic arrangement, by fraud, or by
violence; this is particuhurly remarked in the Bednore* and Mysore
history. Evident traces of such variations appear in the mutilated
c d t fth ^c^UDts still preserved, and of the appointments of
general mass of the great officers and functionaries ; and though our

the people.

knowledge of the real state of the great mass of the
population be more obscure, there is reason to presume, that the eon-
dition of the lower ordefs in the country South of the Kistna, had
never varied much under this government of Beejanuggur in their re-
lations to the paramount sovereignty, from that which under the
general system had from time immemorial prevailed throughout India ;
this holds at least to the period previous to the dissolution of the
Southern^ monarchy^ which being first shaken by the celebrated
battle with the confederate Moslem princes near the banks of the
Kistna, continued to linger under a gradual decline till the last
branch, whose titlesj: were barely acknowledged, was expelled from
A. D. 1646. their last fortress in the Garnatic, about twenty.eight
years afterwards.

* See Historical Memoirs of Bednore, Mysore, Chittledroog, and SeTah, which
throw considerable light on this subject.

t This is meant here to apply to the Beejanuggur government; the system that
prevailed among the Dravida nation seems in some respect to have been different, and
more attention was paid to the privileges and rights of the subject* — See their grants ;
but the BeejanugUT government appears to have respected these privileges after they
had acquired the supreme authority over the country.

X See Grant No. 1 of the Mysore Rajahs, where the several titles of the Rayelare
still observed, though that chief had entirely thrown off all the authority of the para-
mount sovereign. A. D. 1613.

1844.] Poliiical Events in the CamsHc^frdm 1564 to 1687. 42S

4. The dissolution of the Hindoo monarehy in the rapid course of
human events was throughout the Carnatic followed by long series of
disorder of anarchy, and of confusion, whence their laws, institu-
tions, and privileges were involved in an obscurity,* that renders it
difficult to clear up difficulties arising from the intermixture of new
arrangements with ancient customs ; but it is hoped^ that the follow.
ing notes taken in the course of examining several documents that
have fallen in our way, if they do not satisfactorily explain some of
these obscurities, may at least excite to a clearer development.

5. After that battle, in which Ram Raas, and almost the whole of
the ancient nobility fell, the country around the capital was laid
waste, and the remains of the great families being dispersed, the city

A. 0. 1567. speedily fell to decay, as an European traveller desscribes
it two years afterwards,t and recent inspection confirms the accuracy
of that description.

6. It appears, that the allies after the battle:^ marched as far as
Anagoondy, and their advanced troops penetrated to Beejanuggur itself,
which they plundered, committing all manner of excess ; but Venka-
tadri, the brother and representative of the late sovereign, giving the
places which had been formerly wrested from the allies, (the Duab,
Mudcnll, Rachoor, Adoni, Aulingpoor and Bagratal from Adil Shah ;
and Kowillconda, Bankul (PanguU,) and Kunpoor (Gunpoor,) from
Cootub 8hah,) the victors without availing themselves further of the
advantage they had obtained, were satisfied, took leave of each other
at Rachoor, and returned to their several dominions without leaving
«ny garrison, occupied South of the Toombuddra,§ excepting Adoni

* It is remarkable that this obscurity prevailed do where in a greater degree than in
the immediate vicinity of our presidency of Fort SU George, where until recently, a
Tery imperfect knowledge prevailed of the various successions or changes of govern-
ment in the lower country.

f C«Bar Fredrick's Voyage A. D. See Asiatic Miscellany, Vol. I, p.^— -The

remains of Beejanuggur were minutely examined in December 1800.— 'See Journals.

X For the Hindoo account of this memorable battle, see the Ram- Raja Cheritra,
which enters into details descriptive of Hindoo manners, but differing much from the
Mahomedan authors in regard to circumstances in the war and battle.^-See collection
of Memoirs for the History of the Beejanuggur Government of the Carnatic.

§ For the details, see Scott, Vol. II, p. 298 and 299, also the Tarik Adil Shahee, a
Persian MS. Coslconda, PancuU and Gunpoor are hill fortresses, capitals of Circars
north of the Kistna and South of Hydrabad. MudcuU, Hachoor and Bagreelal are
in the Duab. Adoni is South of the Toombuddra*

424 Political Events in ihe CamaHc,fram 1564 to 1687. C^o. 150.

and tome jagheen said to have been assigned to the Bargee* chiefs
about Anagoondy, and that lay near to that river.

7- We may, however, suspeet^ that this apparent moderation wis
A. D. 1567. owing rather to political motives, and to the jealousies and
divisions wh^ch existed among these four confederate powen, and from
no lenity to the unfortunate Hindoos ; as we are told that Nisam Shah
of Ahmednuggur dying immediately aftor this event, and being sue*
ceeded by a minor, AH Adil Shah of Beejapoor, seising the opportu-
nity as favorable for his designs, moved with an army to Anagooady,
to place Tim Rajal, the son (or rather brother) of Ram Haas on the
throne of Pennaconda, and depose Venkatadri, to acquire for himself
Anagoondy and Beejanuggur ; but his design was defeated by Ahmed-
nuggur chiefs being called upon for aid by Venkatadri, and Adil Shah
was forced to retire from Anagoondy without effecting his purpose.t

S. But the design was not relinquished altogether, for taking ad*
vantage of a favorable conjuncture of ailairs, within six years after-
wards at a conference, a coalition was formed between AH Adil
Shah and Moortisa Nisam Shah, when it was agreed, that while the
latter reduced Berar, the former should conquer as much of the de.
pendencies of Beejanuggur as he could, without any interruption from
Nisam Shah. We are told that from the strong fort of Adoni being
a little before this time taken from one of the nobility of the late
government, AH Adil Shah's arms had acquired such reputation, that
he was encouraged to resolve on other eonquesto, and accordingly
Turkull, Daruar, Bankapoor, and other places of strength were rew
duced, and these successes were pursued and followed up to the reduc-
tion of the sea coast from near Goa, (which was attempted about
A. D. 15^7. 15670 to Baralore, including the present districte of Soon-
da, Ankola, Kanore and North Canara, and the petty chieftains of
that coast were forced to a reluctant submission, and governors left,
who immediately began to build fortsit to bridle their new subjects.

* It is Mid that at this time they left some of the Bargeert at Anagoondy, vhere a
jagheer was granted to them.— See Scott, Vol. 1.

t See Scott's Deckan, Vol. I, p. 296, 800, 301, &c.

X Ankola, Miijan, Chundergooty, &c. One of the most distinguished of these new
governors from BeiQapoor was of Hindoo Braminical descent, brought up a Maho-
medan, and his memory is still remembered in these countries with respect.— Journals.

1844.3 PoUHeal EvenU in the Camaticjrom 1564 to I687. 425

9. Th«8e aaoeeites ai usual led to further encroachmenU^ and an army
was sent against Pileonda» whence "Nagatadri is stated to have retired
A. D. 1567. to Chanderghury ;" hat this is presumed to be erroneousl j
stated, as Timma Rajah was settled there ten years before. These events^
however, are confirmed hy Hindoo authorities, and the Moslem writers
attribute to the corruption of the Bargee chiefii the relief of that place,
what the Hindoos ascribe rather to the intervention of their Oods and
to the valor of Jagadeo-Rayel, who is supposed to have by his heroism
saved the place ; in consequence of which, an extensive grant of lands
was added to his government,* of forty-eight provinces ; the whole ex«
tending from the Baramahl West, across the upper country to Ad-
jampoor and Holla Honoor in the modern fiednore, including the
whole of that extensive tract; excepting Seringapatam and its
dependencies, which were still under the feeble rule of a viceroy re-
lated to the ancient Rayel government This government of Jagadeo's
ranained in that fiunily with some changes till it was ultimately ab*
A. D. 1579. sorbed in the growing fortunes of the Mysore Wuddiers^t
▲. s. ]50l. ^iiieh at this time comes to be noticed by its rising op.
position to the wretched remains of the ancient authority, though
it yet only occupied the little district about the present capital of My.
sore, then scarcely known by that name.

10. The excesses of the Beejapoor Maratta jagheerdars| at this time^
A. D. 15. ^^0 b^ l>Mi^ stationed about Beejanuggur, or rather
A. s. 1500. ^1 Anagoondy, to secure the new conquests, attracted
the notice of that government ; nor could they be suppressed till
prompt measures and even treachery was used, which drove some
of the more able of the Hindoo chiefs into the service of the Carnatic
princes, and this contributed to give a breathing to the last remnants of
the Hindoo monarchy.

11. The suspension of the IIahomedan§ conquest was further pro.

* See Denkanicotta and Chinapatam Memoin, and lOTeral Memoirs and Diatricti.
It appean to have stretched across the peninsula from Barramahl (which it embraced)
to Asimpoor, noir part of Bednore. A list of them is inserted in the District Memoirs.

t See Account of the origin of the Mysore and Bednore family.

X The Beijee chiefs or Bargeers ; soldiers mounted on horses, the property of the
Gircar.-^See Scott, Vol. I, p. S05.

f The Beejapoor officers ne^er extended their conquests along the Western coasts
further than Honore, Cundapoor, and I belie?e Malabar or MaUiallum was never sub-
jugated by the Mahomedans till Hyder's time.

426 Political EvenU in the Camaikjram 1564 to 1687- CNo. 150

tneted by the sitaation of affairs in Beejapoor, where a minoritj,
intestine broils at home, and war abroad, particularly with Ahmed-
naggur, constantly obstructed their plans of conquest; in the intervals,
however^ they seem to have turned their arms against the country of
Malabar, or rather Soonda, Bednoreand Koorg, whence Bahlill Cawn,*
A. D. 1595. in two expeditions with various fortune collected a forced
A. s. 1517. iribute; in all this time only once mention is made
of the Camatic; the Duab indeed appears to have been still oecu*
pied, and mention is made of Adoni being relieved from the attack
of one of the zemindars, (as the PoUigars are always denominated by
the Mahomedan writers,) or more probably from one of the chiefr of
the late government.

12. Such was the state of the Northern and Western provinces of
the late Camatic government ; nor were matters scarcely belt^ in
the Eastern and Southern provinces, though farther removed from the
Mahomedan states. About the year 1597* Venkataputty, the repre-
sentative of the ancient Rayels, and the last of them who exhibited
any appearance of power, ruled with some degree of magnificence at
Chundragury and Vellore; where he still held a doubtful sway over
the remaining provinces of the South and East, which appear to have
been ruled by Viceroys, Lieutenants or Naigs ; the most distinguiah-
ed of which seem to have been

1. Histnapa Naik, at Oingee. 4. Jaga.deo.Rayel, at Chinna-

patam

2. Naik, at Tanjore. 5 Trimul Raj, at

patam.

3. Naik, at Madura. 6. at Pennaconda.

13* Towards the end of his government,t he appears to have made

* I allude here to Scott's authorities. Much information of the transactions of the
Camatic it is hoped may be obtained on translation of se?erai llemoiia which
may illustrate or confirm each other. Near Adoni in particular, a Mahomedan jag-
heerdar seems to have been early 'fixed on the lands formerly occupied by some of the
liayePs relations*

t In the Tarik-Cootub-Shah, Vol. 11, p. 647, it is mentioned, that** taking advantafe
of the attention of the Oolconda government being taken np by the invasion of Ah-
mednuggur by the Mogul forces under Sultan Moraad, the son of Akber, he approach*
ed the limits of Guntoor, with a view of recovering that province ; but speedily retreated
on finding the Golconda officers were disposed to receive him in force, and apologised,
alleging his movement was from motives of religion "to visit and perform ablutioip
at the great tank of Cummam," A. D. i&93 or 1595.

1844.] PoliHeal EvenU in the Carnadcjrom 1564 to 16H7. 427

one eflbrt to recover Ountoor from the Qolconda sovereign, bat was
obliged to retire with an apology that sufficiently marks his imbecile
character. Of the small degree of attention paid to his authority, we
have the evidence of the European Missionaries of that period, who
expressly state, that " theNaig of Madura was then at open war with
him ;* his protection was however courted by the Missionaries, and
he appears to have lent a favorable ear to them ; and induced by the
solicitation of the merchants of his country, he seemed inclined to
grant a settlement to our East India Company's factors, had not
the Dutch, who had already established themselves at Pullicat, op-
posed it. In their correspondence they observe, that his death without
male issue was expected to be followed (as in fact it was) by great
troubles in the ensuing year."t

14. While these causes operated to retard the progress of the Ma.
homedan arms in this interval of 32 years, a few aspiring individuals
laid the foundation of an intermediate order of things, which in
the central districts occupied the place of the late government, and
gave origin to a series of smaller states which gradually grew up and
increased in power and territory, in proportion as by force or superior
address, they could extort or wrest from the lesser usurpers their
newly acquired possessions. In this incessant struggle, every artifice
of a policy adapted to the circumstances of the times, and to the
peculiar habits of these people,]: was called forth into action, and
exerted with a perseverance not unworthy of the struggles of a nobler
cause.

15. In the more northern parts of the ancient Carnatic government,
which had been abandoned in a manner of the ancient rulers as
more exposed to the incursions of the Mahomedans, these usurpations
more particularly are to be noticed, as being connected with the events

• Se« PoTchas, Vol.— p. .

t See Florit' Voyages in UtUey'i CollecUon, Vol. IV, p. .

% According to the native Memoirs, every chief of superior talents or good fortune
is always praised for his address and knowledge in the Chatoor>Oopayem, or four modes
or measures resorted to in the Hindoo diplomatique science ; vis.

1 Sama.— Address, Negotiation, Policy. 3. Bhedha Byctratagem ; or ** Huse de
2. Daana.— Presents, Gifts, Conciliatory Ouerre."

Measures. 4. Dundah.— Downright force, or the

** ultima lex regum."

428 PoUHeal EvenU in the Cam^Hc^Jrom 1564 io 1687. [No. 150.

that tubscqueDtly led to their consolidation once nHHre under one
general government.

16. The Polligars of Chittledroog/ Raidroog, Harponelly, Tan-
keira> Ruttinghery, &c.at this time acquired some strength and conti-
deration, and seemed to promise jointly to oppose a formidable barrier
to farther Mahomedan encroachments, had not this hope been des-
troyed by their restlessness, and their perpetual contests for power and
territory. To this period of confusion we may assign the origin of
most of the Droogst of the Camatic Most of these new chiefr were
of the lower and hardier classes, the Baya or Beder, Oollar and Vil-
lallur, or the hunting, pastoral and agricultural tribes; these in their
earlier accession to power exhibited traits of fortitude, hardihood, and
a severity of manners, originating in the simplicity of their origiosl
modes of life that would have dignified their resistance to the north,
ern invaders of their country, had they not been marked 4>y exceaaes
that quickly descended into savage, ferocious oontesto, feuds, and sni.
mosities among themselves, till their crimes at last paved the way for

* Historical Memoirs and Annals of various other Hindoo families originating in tliii
period are collected, but not yet translated, which being wrote in their own language,
and not intended for European eyes, convey their lentiments in fotcible terns.— Bai-
droog, Mysore, &c. Memoirs.

t As Chitteldroog, UuUingeery, Hosdroog, Paughur, Gardangeery, and & vastnnm-
ber of others in gradation form impregnable mountains provided with natural springs
of water, to rocks of very inferior height, and proportioned to the condition or talents
of the occupier, Kyfeyats of almost every onie are preserved, wherein the circumstaaess
that gave rise to their occupation at first, whether from ** warning in a dream of the
tutelar Deity of the place," or the ** discovery of some sacred symbol,'* or to the con-
veniences of water and shelter to some bold leader with his savage band, are related
with minute details, and the dates of their foundation are preserved with ecmpalont
care in the families originally appointed to keep these records ; some of which have
come into our hands, as Cancoopa, Chitteldroog, &c. To no country indeed can ths
description of the Poet be more appositely applied, for here it may be truly said that,

** Not a mountain rears its head unsung" in some Mahatuam, or Poorannm or
ancient legend ; for scarce a hill or rock whereon a cistern could be found bnt hss
been fortified with wails, sanctified by temples, and converted into the iastsesi
of some hardy chief. The same causes give rise to the same order of things in all
nations ; and we here find the same age of castles and of petty fortresses which in Europs
followed the dissolution of the Roman empire, in the period of anarchy that preceded
the gradual forming of the modern ( 1 had almost said, late) states of Earopa, adoally
following in the South of India the dissolution of the Hindoo monarchy, and precediof
the gradual renovation of one general government

1844.] PoHOcal Events in the Camaiic^/ram 1564 to 1687. 429

the final redaction of Uidr country. The Bednore family also in this
interval of univenal confusion oonaolidated their territories along the
Western Ghauts, and further extended their possessiras from their
first small establishment at Caladee, in the end of Ram Raaz's time^
down to the coast of Honorct >^Dd afterwards to the limits of Malabar
south ; they resisted and opposed successfully the further advance of the
Beejapoor forces along the sea coast, who in the meantime established
themselves in the districts of Panch-mahl, lying between Goa and
Honore, where their officers established their authority, and constructed
forts (as is already related) to support their acquisitions, and further
their designs on that side, and probably to keep Goa in check at the
same time. The provincial administration of the Beejapoor government
does not ever appear to have been carried further south than the limits
of Honore ; as the country from thence to the borders of Malabar was
held by the native Rannees of Garsoppa, and other petty chiefii, till
they fell under the power of the Bednore family.
17' For nearly 50 years, a dear connected series of historical events
A. D. 1645. is yet wanting for the state of that side of the Cur-
wanting h€re"ol*nTw. "^^^^ dominion, and the only light is derived from
ly 50 yean. |^ attentive comparison of isolated facts, detailed

in series of Memoirs now collected.

18. The acquisition of the fort and island of Seringapatam by the
A D 1609 Wuddier of Mysore is one of the most remarkable

SariDgaiMitaai in of the events, as the cessation of the ancient Rayel

thu time acquired , , ^. • ■ •, •! •

by Uie Skiddier fa- government above the Ghauts may be dated thence,
mi y ysore. forward, as well as the first permanent establishment
of a new state that afterwards acquired considerable influeuce in the
allairs of the Camatic.

19. A more detailed account of this family and state,* will explain

this further, but of other causes that in the mean

llIl^Sd^^^^nquMt ^>n»e impeded the Mahomedan progress in the

"twU^ dfvU^oM.**"" ^^^^> *"*^ ®^ ^*'®*' divisions among themselves,

one instance occurs too remarkable to be passed

* This labjeci being taken up by a band fully adequate to the lubject, it might be
nnoeceisary hen to notice the Mysore transactious, were they not occasionally neces-
sarily invoWed in a general view of the state of the Carnalic. Some anecdotes and
facts connected with their history have also come to light since Colonel Wilks had col-
lected his materials^

430 Political Events in the CamoHe^Jram 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

over ; this was the temporary gOTemment established by the Abyssinian
MaUilc- Amber, who not only saocessfnlly resisted the progress of the
Mogul arms, but laid the goyernmentsof Beejapoor and Goloonda under
contribution, and chose the foundation of a new state at Ghorkee.
which afterwards became better known by the name of Aurungabad.

The death of his successor in 1626, put an end to
this rising state in its in&ncy, which from the
wisdom, moderaticm, and policy of this warrior and statesman, pro-
mised fair to introduce a more firm and temperate system of ud-
ministration into the south, which appears to have been at this time
in a state of the utmost distraction from the weakness of the several

governments, the ill-judged ambition of their rulers,

ment^VthrMogSii ««<* t*»e encroachmenU of the Mogul armies, who

now invaded the Deckan on three quarters.

20. The strong fort of Dowlatabad falling into their hands in 1634,

a regular Mogul government was established in the
„ ^; ,P- 1^- » Deckan, of which Burhanpoor at first was the capital :

Fort of Dowlatabad *^ r »

reduced. but as their conquests became gradually extended,

the seat of government was afterwards removed to the more central
A. D. 1636. situation of Aurungabad, by the prince Aurang-
zebe, who seems first to have put every engine in motion to reduce she
Patan governments of Beejapore and Golconda, as the leading steps
to the universal domination of the peninsula.

21. But so short-sighted was the policy of these princes, that thoagh
. . the consequence of the Mogul conquests most

Mahomedan states of

Deckan weakened by have been obvious, their time and their resources

divisions. j • « ^m j* • ^ 'n «.

were consumed in futile discussions, or ill oh.
served treaties, and their resources expended on vain projects or exhi-
bitions of useless pageantry,* and in supporting an extravagant pomp

* The profusion of inestimable diamonds and other precious gems which adoned tlie
state of the Golconda king, is detailed minutely by European writers, and it is fWmi
this exhibition that the celebrity of the mines of Gdlconda became so current ia
Europe in the 16th and 17th century, as to be used as a common-place topic and
metaphor with our Poeta in oriental similes.— See Havart for the vast riches of the Gol-
conda monarch displayed in his dress on a Tisit to the European factories on the coast.
See Valentyn also ; both these works contain much information of the state of the ooim-
try at that period, in connexion with their object of an account of the state of the Datch
establishments and commerce,

18443 Poliiieal Events in ike Camaiic,fr<m 1564 to 1687. 431

that ought to have been rather devoted to a general league for oppos-
ing the common enemy. Without possession of more authentic mate-
rials, it is only to some of these causes that can be attributed the
joint partition and eonqueaU of the Zemindars* of the Carnatic, (as
they aflfect to call them,) which was planned and commenced precisely
about this period by the joint forces of the rival states of Beejapoor
and Oolconda.

22. On the occasion, it is said, that a mutual agreementt was en-
Now nnite for their tered into by the Oolconda and Beejapoor govern.

r^^ucJSn^and^plrt^^^ ™«n^* ^0 *^«^^* themselves of the weakened state of
tion of the Carnatic. t||e Gamatic to reduoe the severfil petty chieftains,
and to divide the country amongst them, each keeping possession of
what ihey first got possession of, independent of other motives. It is
handed down in Hindoo MSS. and traditions, that they were in-
vited by several of the chiefs, by the weakness of the government, and
inviiedbysomeof *>y '^^ eternal jars and feuds of the petty usurpers,
the Hindoo chiefii. Rajahs, Naiks and Poligars, who in this interval had
seised the districts, and formed the country into several subordinate
petty states, and reduced the remaining branches of the ancient royal
family to an abject dependence on their capricious or venal support.

23. The Beejapoor chiefs having already established a regular
government in the centre of the Carnatic, would find less difficulty in
extending their possessions in that quarter, while the Golconda state
naturally turned its views towards the South-Eastern quarter, and the
sea coast, till at last they came in mutual collision. Our plan does not
admit of a regular development of their progressive reduction of the
several provinces, nor' could it be well attempted here, from a deficiency

* A term rather applicable to the original system of the conquerors in their own
country, than to the former, or the new state of these chiefs. For it is well known that
thoee of Bednore and Mysore in particular, ne^er acknowledged their power, and still
reetited their authority.

f In consequence of this treaty, Gandicotta, Chunderghery, Chingleput and the
country south to the Palar was overrun by the Golconda chief, Meer Jumla ; and
Gingee, Vellore, &c. reduced by Mustapha Cawn from Beejapoor, from 1646 to 1652,
and were formed into provinces under officers dependent on Golconda and Beejapoor.
This continued till the Mogul conquest in 1687, when they were annexed to the pro-
vinces of Carnatic, Balla Ghaut, or of Payen Ghaut.

432 Politicai Svenis in the CamaHc.firom 1564 io 1687. L^<>- 1^-

of materialfl ; a brief statement of the moat strikiog facta aancttoned by

evidence can be therefore only attempted.

21. The first invasion of the Beejapoor forces took place in 1636;

A. D. 1636. at least we have written evidence that Ranadoolah

l"aiT.^'Bal*'GhaTt ^^^^ ^his year appeaKd with an army befoi«

by Beejapore. Cawleydroog in Bednore, (where Veeralraddra Naik

had taken shelter^ having destroyed Ickairee, their original seat, anil

overrun the whole country from Bankapoor, Hurryhur, Busuapatam,

A. D. 1638. Tarakeira, &c. In the next year we find him coraiBff

Prof^resi of Kana- ^ ^

duuiah Cawn. before Seringapatam,* whence he was repulsed, bal

he overrun the whole open country as fiir as the Oavery, and establiah-
ed the first regular Mahomedan government at Bangalore,! whence the
Poligar was expelled to Maagry; and at Serah^ whidi he made Che
capital of the province of Beefapoar, Commie Baiia Ohaat, then formed
for the first time.

25. From information obtained at Serah, the establishment of the
A D 1614 Beejapoor government there is assigned to the year
A. s. 1566. 1644, which if correct, shews that this interval of

Establiahment of ... «

thft Dew government eight years was taken up in various expedttKms and

reducing the several petty chiefs that had establish,
ed themselves in provinces, districts, and even villages.§

26. Ranadoolah Cawn|| commanded the first army, and is stated to
have remained in this country only two years. In this time, all the
provincial forms of administration peculiar to the Beejapoor govenu

lu the Oarnaiic. ment Were introduced. Serah was fortified, and
made the capital of the province of CamaHc, with seven purgunnahs
dependent, regulated by a complete revenue system, while the Poli.
gars that submitted, were allowed to hold the less fertile tracts on
paying a condanee, or tribute. Zemindars, garrisons,ir and governors

* Mysore, Callala, and Bednore Memoirs.

t Bangalore and Colar Memoirs. Alto the Memoirs of the family of Maagree, bov
extinct.

X Aerah Memoir, and Historical Account of the Nabobs of Serah..

( Mudgerry Memoir, &c. &c.

y Rana-Doolah, from Kana, (Sans.), field of battle, and Doolah, a bridegroom.

H Bangalore Memoir and Serah, where a list of the garrisons is gi^en, and of the
Poligars.

1844.] PoSHcal Erents in the Camaiic,Jrom 1664 to 1687. 433

were piaeed in the fortes independent in some measure of the civil
governort; and lands in jagheer were granted to the chief military
officers, and to the killadars, who were obliged by the natare of their
tenuresy to maintain a certain number of troops ready for the service
of the state. Thirteen fortresses are enumerated in the address which
Raoadoolah sent on this occasion to the sovereign, requiring killadars
and troops to be sent to garrison them ; and we find that casies* were
at the same time sent from the presence to administer justice accord-
ing to the maxims of the Mahomedan jurisprudence.
27. Ranadoolah Cawn on his departure* committed the important
liaoadooiah leaves charge of Soobadar of the province to Shahjee, a

Shahjee a^ his luc-

ceMor. Marhatta officer, who appears to have been high in

his estimation and confidence; a remarkable instance of this is stated
in the Memoirs of Sheevajee> of the noble and extraordinary effort of
the Mahomedan chief that saved the devoted Shahjee from the cruel
punishment awarded by the intrigues of that weak court
28. It might be esteemed remarkable, that the firstt Mahomedan
And the fint Ma- fiovernment established in this important province
homedan govern, ghould be Committed to a Hindoo chief, did not the

ment regulated by

financial principles, distinguishing traits of the system of administration

on a tyttem novel in

the aouihern pro- that was adopted by the Turkish founders of Beeja-
^*^*^^' poor explain, what is otherwise not very reconcilable

to the general spirit of fanaticism that marked the first Mahomedan
invaders, conscious of the difficulty of a body of isolated adventurers
maintaining themselves in the midst of a foreign land» amidst millions
possessing opinions and habits of life so very opposite to their own,
and at constant variance with their brother states on the North and
East. They seem to have early adopted a system evincing more libera-

* Colar Memoir, ftc Some of the lunnuds granted to these cazies still remain.
Three copies are in the collection of grants.

fit might be deemed remarkable, that only three yean previoos to this date, the first
grant of territory was issued to the English factory at Madras by the acknowledged
sovereign of the Camatic, the representative of the ancient legitimate Hindoo govern*
ment, Sree Kunga-Rayel, then residing at Chundragerry. The English government
then is actually three yean prior to any established Mahomedan government of the
South.— See Translation of a Memoir, Appendix No. 1.

434 Political Events in the Camatic, from 1664 to 1687. [No. 150.

lily and political sagacity, than had hitherto marked the traces of these
invaders.

29. In the Turkish origin of this family ; and the siieeession of ad-
Remariu on the yentorers they encouraged fipom Turkey, Arabia, and

Beejapoor Govern* .^ -o ^. -,

ment, supported by Persia) may be traced perhaps some of these distin-

a foreign militia and

feudal tenure. guishing traits. The Timaryet system* seems to

have been followed in their extensive jagheers to their munsubdan
and chiefs, some of whom held very extensive tracts, (as Savanoor,
Ankola, &c.); while the introduction of a body of foreign militia, the
Hubshees, seem to have been borrowed from the Mamelukes and Jani-
caries, who in both cases were formed from slaves, or prisoners of war,
purchased when young, and reared up in all the strictness of military
subordination. We find accordingly, that the Hubshees furnished some
of the ablest statesmen and warriors of the state; purchased when
young, through the medium of the Arabian traders, they knew no
other country than that which reared them ; • no other lord than him
who cherished their youth. Educated about the court in the religion
and in the accomplishments of the sovereign, they became attached to
the prince from personal gratitude, from respect, and from the power of
early habits ; and in various instances, manifested a zeal and spirit of
loyalty, highly honorable in their patrons and to themselves, and use.
ful to their adopted country.

30. Not in this instance alone was the policy of the Bejapoor state
, conspicuous, a superior knowledge of political fi-

In the political ^

economy of that nance secms also to have distinguished its genera
Irahminr * chiefly administration. Their institutions for regulating the
employed. country breathed a spirit moderate and mild, and

well adapted to cherish agriculture, nor was commerce neglected ; and
they very sagaciously availed themselves of the acute and subtle
genius of that classt of their native subjects, which is so well accommo.
dated to the arrangements of finance and of political economy. The

* This BUggestion is mentioned not without considerable hesitation ; and without
clearer information on the subject, it might be presumptuous to offer it, any further tbu
as a conjecture founded on concurring resemblance.

t In Ferishta's Deckan, Vol* 1, p. -^ is a remarkable instance of the incon?em-
ence to which these native financiers were exposed, through the suspicions of the le0
enlightened and ambitious nobles of Beejapoor.

1844.] Poiitieal EvenU in the CamaHc, jrom 1664 to 1687. 435

secular Brahmins were therefore employed with advantage in these
situations, which the first rude warriors could ill manage.* In Ankola,
in Sanoor, in 8erah, the vestiges of this system still prevail, and whe^e*
ever their armies moved , they appear to have heen accompanied by
these able accountants, (the I>essayets.) In Bangalore and Colar, we
therefore find this system still (or recently) prevailing under all its
several ramifications, while the provincial system of the Raya Samas-
tan prevails in all the districts that had not been organised as settled
provinces, but left under the payment of a tribute in their interior
arrangements to the rule of the native chiefs.t

31. The choice of Shahjee under such a government, may be there.

Keflections on the fore attributed to a superior degree of political saga.

character of Shah- r o r e

jee. city ; and we accordingly find, that the establishment

of the new system of management is attributed to him, who was des.
tined to be still more distinguished afterwards as the founder of a
dynasty and poweti that in about 130 years was to extend its influence
nearly over all India, and gave the first serious check to the pro.
gressive growth of the Mahomedan power, till the discomfiture of the
Marhattas at Paniput in 1761.

d2. In the Bangalore, Serah and Colar districts, this arrangement of
revenue management lately prevailed, as described in an authentic
Memoir, preserved by one of the descendants of the first accountants,
where, after describing the arrangement of purgunnahs by Shahjee, he
proceeds : — %

* Henco the countries subject to the new families of Bednore, Mysore, Ghiltle-
droog, Raidroog, &c., whose chieft are registered as zemindars, were found to be
managed according to the ancient system, while Bangalore, Colar and Serah, as organis-
ed provinces, were registered by this new system, managed by the Dessayet Brahmins.

t The Raidroog MS. saved by accident, clearly shews this as well as the Bednore,
&c. Memoirs. This book states the original revenues of their country, and the mode by
which the demands of the contending powers were assessed as an extraordinary (a) con-
tribution on the ryuts, in proportion to the original rent

X Literal translation from a Memoir, furnished by one of the descendants of these
Dessayet Brahmin officers in the Colar district — (Mar.)

(a) These extraordinary contribntions appear also to hare been practised in the more ancient
proTinees of the Southern Dravida countriei, under the name f^dund, Tliis last chiefo of Inscrip-
tions contain information of tlie taxes and customs levied on the subjects by the ancient govern-
ment.

436 PolUwal BvenU in ihe CamaHe.fram 1564 to 1687. QNo. 150.

38. " Hftvlng formed iheM seFen purgnnnahs, he mriMiged Ihe labor-

dinate divitions of midooU, Uurufb, mowaa uid

Kotice of the ays- ^ , , _ . , •

temofmanagenentm- maiara 01 each porgmiDah, and appomlad Jem.
Ih^c^au^c.^'"' '""^ ^•Am. In the lime of Ihe Rayeb, Ihe aeeouni.

ante had what we called Sumpratees, but Ihe
Marhaltas introdaoed the different offices of

1. ]>e8hpondee9 4* Deehmook,

2. Cooikumee, 5. Canoongo^ dec.

3. Sirnaad.(toudy

and the aooounte of the countries were kept by them. He also appointed
serishtadars to «ll the purgunnahs. When jagheers were gmnted
to the killadars and munsabdars by the Gircar, the revenue aceount
of the district for the last years was previously examined, and Ihe new
revenue rated annually on the jagheer to be granted."

34. ** In fixing the revenue thus established, the enaras, or free
gift lands, land customs, drc were discontinued or dedncledy and
the net revenue more or less than the former, ascertained by the
means of Zemindars."*

35. The Deish Goolkumeeka was to write Ihe cowUputtaht (con-
A.D. 1644. ^nMSl or leaset for Ihe revenue,) and the Deishponda wsm Io
A. S. 1566. ,j^ 1^ jg Marhatta characters at the bottom of the paper.
The Deishmook, Deishponda, Canoongo, and Sirnaad^Ooud werealao to
add their signatures to the written deed, and Ihe Emuldar finally lo
seal it

36. These regulations were introduced by the Marhattas, whose Ibmu
are still used ; but it should be carefully recollected, that this regular
system of revenue be not confounded with the irregular contributions

* What were these Zemindan ? Were they officers of government, or did any offices
of the same description exist among the Hindoo governments previoosly? I should
suppose the Naad-Gouds and Gram-Gonds were officers appointed by government, bat
hereditary, and equivalent to the officers now introduced by Shalgee. The Nnai*
Prabhoos of the ancient government was lord of the district, the very term used id Ihe
institutes of Manoo, ** Lords of villages of 10,000 and 1000" are actually used in ^raati
of the fifteenth century, remaining on several stokes at Calasa, whore Bhyrata Vadeyar
is denominated ** Lord of 1000 villages."

t Here we find the first notice of a lease, and there is reason to think no lease was
issued under the Southern Hindoo management, — (Fotta.)

1844.3 Poiiiieal Ewnts in ike Carnaticjrom 1564 lo 1687. 437

levied by the Marhalta aroniet in the Oarnatie within a few years af-
terwazds, when under the memorable denomination of ehoute,* (which
was only introduced at the end of Aarangiebe's reign,) they laid the
whele Deckan ander oontribation.

87. Several giantt and sunniidst of Shahjee and his sneoessors

E^idenca ezistiiig down to 1686, ttiU preserved in the distrieU of Ban-
in the Bastem dit- . , ^ , , • , ..... * * .

tricu Uiereof. galore and Colar, place beyond a posBibility of doubt

the existence of this govenrawnt, which till very recently, appeared to
have been unknown to Earopeans. The forms of management by Ze-
mindafs, Deishpondas, &c. existed till lately, and the descendants of
the OTigiaal Dessayets are still spread over the country, and employed
in various branches of our own administration.

88. The financial administration of the Beejapoor Mahomedan
government was thus early committed to the direction of that class of
Hindoo Brahmins, denominated in this country Dessayet, Nizam
Shahee^ or MarhattaJ Brahmins, and to whose hands the custody of all
public records and accounts have been, with little variation, since con.
tinned; particularly in Balla Ohaut, by the diflferent Mahomedan
successions^ till they were transferred with the exercise of sovereign
authority to the English government. In the lower country, where the
G<4oonda government preoeded the Mogul, the management was chief-
ly eoiBflutted to another class of Brahmins provinclnlly distinguished ;§
but as the mode of administration peculiar to the Southern provinces
demands a previous knowledge of the history || of the earlier period,
aad moie ample accounts of these districts, that subject may be passed
over now to resume the progress of the Mahomedan conquests.

•

See notice of the origia of the choute in the Betlnore or Calladee Family History.

t Lift of twenty -fix sunnuds preserved in the Bangalore Colar &c. districts, to the
grant of Eckojee in A. D. 1670, copies (and even facsimiles of some of them,) are taken
to authenticate the existence and nature of the government then established in the
Upper Camatic*

X Serah, Pennaconda, and Bangalore Memoirs.

§ Neyogee or employed, or secular, in contradistinction to the Fidwamsas, or thoo-
logian Brahmins.

I A considerable collection of ancient Grants fiom all parts of the Tamul countries
is in progress, and translations of several of them seem to throw a very clear and de-
cided light on this subject.

438 Political EvenU in ike Carnalic,fr<m 1664 to 1687. [Xo. 160.

39. The Beejapoor generals having reduced or expelled most of ^
A. D. 1644. petty Polltgars, as Tavar Kaira, Bangalore, Ruttiogury,

&c. they seem now to have been prevented from wholly
reducing the remaining Hindoo chieA^ by their own intestine wars at
home, their contentions with the states of Oolconda and of Ahmednag-
gur, and from the necessity of watching the progressive movements of
the Moguls from the North.

40. Shahjee was recalled* within a very few years to Beejapoor, ia
Shahjea recalled consequence, as it is said, of the disturbances raised by

to Beejapoor. y^.^ ^^ Sevajee in the district of Poonah, who hav-
ing seized upon several of the forts of the Concan, it was imagined
that the influence of the father might have been successfully exerted
to bring the son to a due sense of his duty to the state. Doubtful pro-
Leaves his family bably of the result, or desirous (as the first wish of

in the government of

the Eastera districts, a Hindoo) to provide for his fttmily, it is stated that
previous to his departure for the capital, he made an arrangement of the
Southern prjovinces, and divided them among the children he had by ano-
ther consort ; his favorite residence had been confined to Bangalore suid
Colar, the former ( Bangalore) he bestowed on Eckojee, the founder of the
Aod oonfera con- Tanjore family, and Colar, Hoscotta, &c. on four of his
Si? huXei^d?nteTt ^^^^ children and hU chief minister. The evidence

his departure. ^f the granut of this chief and his successors

maining in these districts, sufficiently prove the existence of this eon*
tinuation of their government, in which it is remarkable that no notice is
taken of the superior government and of the sovereign, agreeable to
H indoo form.
41. This subordinate government under these Marhatta families ex-
Which they go- istcd for 48 years in these districts; and until

verned for 4Syears. ^^^^ ^^^^ ^^ ^^^ y^^ AurUUgZebe tO prOseCUte

his successes to the Southward, who deprived the progeny of Shahjee

* Memoirs of Sevajee of Tanjore, &c. &c. which united, fully illustrate that part of
the history of the times.

t Copies of some of these grants were sent to Poona in 1807, but bo information
could be obtained there on the subject, and the meaning of the previous formula was not
kuown.— See Bangalore Grants in collection of Sassanums; they begin with tkree of
Shabjee's, 1642 to 165U, and end with one of Eckojee's, 1670, and one of his Deiraa's
in 1681.

1844.] Political Events in the Carnaticjrom 1564 to 1687. 439

of their possessions^ and annexed them to the immediate jurisdiction
of the khalsa (or exchequer,) as a dependency on the newly-formed
soobfth of Beejapoor, under the name of Beejapoor Carnatic.

42. While the government of Beejapoor was gradually reducing the
Pragren of OoU upper provinces of the ancient Carnatic, the state

conda in reducing -^, ,,, ,■,. ...

the Eastern depen- Of Golcouda had extended Its acquisitions in equal
naUcl** ° * "' progress in the NB. and SE. quarters.

43. Of the progress of the Golconda government in acquiring their
A D. 1&I6. ^^'^ of the spoils of the Carnatic, we have yet obtained by
A. S. 1568. f^^ connected accounts. In pursuance of agreement with
Beejapoor, they would appear to have about the same time also sent an
army into the Eastern Carnatic adjacent to the territory of Guntoor,*

Gantoor^Coddapa, and reduced the whole tracts lying along the coast,

gieputTJ^SlS^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ extended their conquests above the
^^- Ghauts, including Cummum, Cudappa and Gooty ;

these were then still nominally dependent on the Rayel at Chundra-
geery;t but in fact at this time in the hands of various petty chiefs
who had usurped all the authority of government under different titles.
The chief places and forts appear to have fallen successively, but the
materials yet obtained, afford no regular detail of the operations. The
famous Meer Jumla^ who afterwards revolted to Aurungzebe, and was
so instrumental to his success in ascending the throne, was the principal
general employed by the king of Golconda on the service ; and it is
said on this occasion^ he{ enriched himself enormously by wealth acquir.
ed in the conquest.

44. Gingee, the strong fortress of that name, was reduced by Mus.
Gintcee falls to ^•P^* Cawn,§ and that family descended from one

Beejapoor. of the ancient established nobility of Beejanuggur,

* Guntoor or Condaver, was reduced to the government of Sultan Abdtilla-Cootub
Shah, A. D. 1646* — Condaver Annals, p. 28. It is to be observed that it was conquered
by Golconda in 1580, but after S6 years' possession, it was recovered and lost twice by
the Hindoos, till its final reduction this year.

t Chundrageery fell A. D. 1646.— Sree Permadoor Memoir.

X Particularly from the Diamond-mines, where one remarkable gem isrecordedas an
object of imperial avarice and avidity.

§ MustapbaCawn was probably one of the Beejapoor generals, when Sevajee made
his memorable irruption into the Carnatic. He djvpears to have considered Gingee as a

440 PoMccd Events in the Camatiejrom 1564 io 168?. QNo. 150.

was extirpated. Tripanoor, Chioglepiit and Chuodrageery, Uieeapitalft
of the Domioal Rayel, were at last taken, but under what dreuiBstaBoes
we do not learn> -whether by negotiation or by siege ; but it is report-
ed that the Oolconda forces were invited by the Naig of Tripaasoor,
and that the last, Sree Runga Rayel, fled to the Bednore chief §ar aid.
This is confirmed by the records of that iamily, which mentions, that
Sewapa Naik actually put an amy in motion thirteoi years afterwards,
to lestore the ancient Rayel Samstan,*and as a preparatory measure, ad-
vanced to Seringapatam, with a view of talcing that stronghold. Whe-
ther he was serious in wishing to restore a government that might af-
terwards resume the newly .acquired power of his own fiunily^ or only
designed to weaken the rival power of Mysore under the authority of m
nominal sovereign, (a practice not unknown among the Hindoos,) does
not clearly appear ; nor what became of the existed prince after this
unsuccessful attempt.

45. Thus the whole Eastern districte appear by degrees to hmvc
Golconda acquisi- come Under the Golconda government as &r as the

tions extended to the . _ , ... • .. . .

Paiar. river Palar, which was the limit where these eon.

quests came in contact with the Beejapoor conquests, soon after seixed

Origin of the upon the Marhatta chief Eckojee. This provineet

Hydrabadee Payen

Ghaut. came afterwards to be distinguished in the registers

by the name of Hydrabadee Payen Ghaut, while their upper oonqaests
were denominated Hydrabadee Baila Ghaui.

46. The military command was as usual placed in Mussulaiaii

Nature of the go- havildars^ &c., while the financial

▼eminent establish*

ed by Golconda. was committed to the class of Brahmins distingui Aed
still, by the name of Golconda Neyo^ee, (or employed.) The system of

dependency of Beejapoor, and therefore claimed it from kit brother Eckojee, as part of
his father's acquisitions. The account of the contentions between the brothers on this
occasion is curious, and illustrative of the character of the parties and manners of th«
times. Vellore, a part of these acquisitions, was surrendered to the Marhattas A> D* —
and to Sevigee A. 0. 1677««-*Madras Records.

* Sree Permadoor Account, obtained from one of the Religious StaUuBM, and ia
its dates appearing to be sufficiently authentic.

t The province of Gingee extended to the sea-coast, and horn the PaUr ta» the
Coleroon South ; Tanjore lay beyond the Coleroon. For Uie reduction of these covitries
by the Marhattas, see Memoirs of Sevigee and of Tanjore, Appendix No. 3, 3, 4, 5, &e.

I Havildar. This is the designation of their office in Havart's Floris and other Tra*
vellen of these times, and the Madras Recordst

18440 Politieal Events in ike CamoHc.from 1564 to 1647. 441

Podellee Lin^apB,'*' then said to be establiBhed by a Brahmin of that
name, ii still kiiown in our own system of management. Thus the
Caniatie on either side came in its revenues to be administered by
two diiferent classes of foreign Brahmins, Marhaliaand TelOn^a, acting
under the authority of a double Mahomedan government, whose forms
and documents then introduced are stiil erroneously recurred to, as
standards of the ancient system of financial administration t in the
Caniatic

47* The Beejapoor generals on the either side, from their capitals of
Serab, &c., appear to have reduced the country North of Ghooty, with
the Polligars dependent on it; and then extended their dominions
A. D 1662. into the vale <d Canoul and the Gircar of Nundial ; and
finally concluded the treaty of Penaconda in some haste, probably
to prevent its falling into the hands of their Golconda allies and
rivals ; for, notwithstanding their apparent amity, which necessity only
caused, the utmost jealousy and rivalry at times appeared, heightened
by the animosities produced by opposite religious opinions of different
sects.t

48. The ablest of the Golconda generals rebelling in the mean time,
the prince Aurungzebe readily availed himself of this favorable cir-
cumstance, and gave extraordinary encouragement to Meer Jumla;
not so much influenced by his acknowledged talents perhaps as by the
deep designs of that artful statesman on the imperial throne, and the
future subjugation of the whole peninsula.

49. Such was the sute of the times when a Native author§ con-

* This Brahmin in 1677 is stated in the Records to have been "then Governor for
Golconda of all the country extending from Armigam, South to the Beejapoor posset-
•ioM," comprehewling in fact the ancient province of Tanda-mundalum, or what in
Utter timet became the jagheer of the Company.

t It wUl be recoUectMl, that this generally refers to the provinces South of the
Toombuddra. or the Camatic, the proper subject of thU paper; while in Hindottan, the
institutions of the Patan and Mogul emperors had been so long estebtished as 7 or 8
ceBtnriet; and in Bengal for 200 years.— See Grant's Enquiry.

X The sects of Soonee and Sheya divide the Mahomedans of India. The Golconda
chiefs were generally of the latter, holding Ali in great raverence.

$ This little tract containing the most authentic account of the Southern kings from
the 13th century, was apparenUy written about the year 1646, the very year in which
the Mahomedans expelled the last of the Rayels from Chundergeery, and was probably
meant to excite the hopes of a deliverer of the Hindoos, and to revive their drooping
spirits.^Gutpurtee MS.

442 Political Events in the Carnatic^from 1564 to I6s7. IKo, 150.

chiding a chronological, but saccinct list of their ancient kings, con-
veyed ander the disguise of a prophecy, denouncing the evils that
were to ensue, after declaring that the country shall then fall unto
great disorder, and prodigies and omens shall appear. The goddess
Callee shall appear in the world in all her wrathful form. The pro-
prietors, occupiers, nobles, inhabitants and all the children of the
South shall perish, mankind shall be in strife and war, the demons
every where exciting to strife and arms in every town and in every
street. The Munnovars (the great nobles,) shall be obliged to obey
the command of Mussulmans, and be like sheep led to the slaughter,
concludes with a prophetic annunciation* of a deliverer and conqueror
to come, who should relieve the natives from their distress and op.
pression. Then the divine Veera Vasunta shall appear, young
women and virgins shall announce his approach with songs of joy, and
the skies shall shower down flowers, &c. These prophecies undoubtedly
had the effect that was designed, of stimulating resistance to the weak-
er administrations of the Deckan, and exciting hopes of a conqueror
and deliverer of their own nation ; but relief was not yet destined to
come through the means of a Hindoo. To elucidate the causes and
progress of the approaching change of government; to explain the pre-
tensions of the several competitors, and the actual state of the two ex-
piring Mahomedan governments that were now about to be absorbed
in the prevailing fortune of the Moguls, it may be satisfactory to trace
back the chain of events that preceded the furthest extension of that
empire.

* This resemblance to other well known prophecies of other nations and tines is
striking ; in fact they have been made use of in all nations to stir up the populace, and
nowhere oftener or with greater effect than in India, where the doctrine of the Me-
tempsychosKB particularly favors these opinions that are industriously propagated by the
class of Jungums. We have had ?ery recent instances of the use to wbich they are
converted. Copies of several of these pretended prophecies circulated by these people.
some so late as 1805, are translated.

1844.3 PoMcal EvenU in the Carnatic.from 1564 to i6b7. 443

II.

50. The first Mahomedan conquerors of the Deckan, it will be reool.
Retroepective view lected, were Patans^ led on by the redoubted Allah,

Mahom^^'^invuiou ^^^^ ^^' ^ setieB of cruelties and rapacities that
PatiiVand Mo|ul!i* "^* ^« Mussulman name still an object of hor-
A. D. im ror,* finally reduced the provinces South of the
Oodavery into the form of a province, denominated from its relative
position to Delhi, the Deckan, or Dutchen (or South,) though errone-
ously, as the word is properly applicable, and understood by the
aacieat Hindoo geographersf to comprehend the whole of the South
of India, or Dutchen^ in contnudistinction to Hindostan, the country
North of the Nerbudda.

51. It is not the intention here to deuil the events by which their
Caniatic first con- power was finally J established in the central parts,

quere^ .^ I3M. while they were forced to leave very soon the

Beeiwuggwiound^ Southem provinces of Dravjda and of Carnatic, &c.

ed, and a new Hindoo jq ()ie natives Under a new dynasty of princes, who

dynasty established. ^ ^ r

A. u. 1344. (from Memoirs now more clearly developed,) appear

Resolution of the n l . i . • j •

Patan chiefs of Dec- to have been actually about that period only es.

ISSlJyit CulUrgt!' tablished.§ The bold and ilLconcerted measures

A. 1>. 1338. Qf ^Yke succeeding Emperor, Mahomed III, and the

attempt to remove the seat of imperial government to the centre at

* The kine-slaying Turkalloo, are emphatically mentioned in one of the ancient
Kalla Canara Inscriptions at Basaral, dated A. D. 1185, or A. S. 1057.

f As given in their several Boogolums, or geographical descriptions of the Hindoo
world. The Datchen of the Hindoos comprehends the peninsula stretching South of the
Nerbudda and Maha-nuddi, and is the DacAeH'Obads of the Periplus, which signifies
the countries lying to the South*

X WaruncuU was taken in A. D. 1324, (Daw,) the MS. accountof its dynasty agrees
in the most material facts.

§ Beejanuggur, the capital of the new kingdom, was then only established, though
Ferishta asserts they had existed 700 years before, confounding it with the ancient
capital and kingdom of Calliao, of which tieejal Roy had been King. Door-Samooder,
(the capital of the Carnatic at this time,) was taken in A. D. 1326, Daw, vol. — p. —
which is confirmed by inscriptions. Campila also which appears to have been then a
capital of some consequence, situated not far from Beejanuggur, was taken at the same
time. The history of this kingdom is still obscure, but might probably be explained
by a translation of the life of Campila Hajah, a MS. in our possession.

444 PotUiciU £venU in the Cartmiie, from i564 io 1687. QNo. ISO.

Dowlatabad, the rebellion of the Mahomedan cfaiefii of Deckan, an I
the disaatisfaction of the nobles; with the revolution by which the
new Mahomedan state of Deckan was formed under the Saltans of
Culburga and Beder, are now well known to Europeans ; but the
cause of the cessation of their inroads, by which for 364* yean» the
Southern Hindoos were left to themselves to form new atates and
new governments, is not so clearly understood perhaps, nor thmt with
considerable success they repelled the forces and repeated eflfonsol
We«kened by in- ^hose warlike enthusiastic Northern nations. One

fou*i°' l^'viiTmc^^i »^ '*»« «^^^ «»'»^ proceeded bom the new Maho^
formed by tbe PaUni. medau States early splitting into four or five diC

ferent principalities, who were constantly engaged in hsslilities with

each other, till religious seal on their side, and imprudent nnogance

on that of Ram Raj, brought on the last war that terminated in the

subversion of the Hindoo monarchy ; otherwise there is aufl&dent

evidence to think, that some of them (the Adil-Shaha and Dowlatabad

chiefs) would have rather supported the Hindoo state as m check to

their rivals, had they not been goaded on by rehgious {Hrejudiees.

52. Exclusive of the revolt of Deckan chie£i about this period, the

The Northern tribes Northern hordes appear to have approached the

tL^^lnTn^. li°^^ of Hindosun, and we find them harassing

<io8taii ihe empire, by turns defeated or bribed from 1295

A. D. \m. till 1326 ; when their leader, 8eri« of a tribe named Za-

!! 1305. gatai, then entirely new to Hindoos, was induced by a

'* sum almost '^ the price of the empire" to retire, an act of

improvidence, which joined to their growing confidence in th^r

numbers, stimulated by exaggerated ideas of the wealth of ladiay or

rather of the Deckan, (for in fact from Jelfingana, Waruncutl and the

Carnatic, were supplied those immensef sums that could be only reck-

• From 1900 to 1664.

t It it difficult at first to conceive whence this wealth could come, bat when it is
recollected that considerable quantities of gold have been worked throughout (he
Peninsula, added to what might be imported by an early commerce with the Eastward,
and reflecting that the constant accumulation of ages had never before been wasted by
foreign invasion or expedition, some credit may be given to the quantities said by the
Mahomedan writers to be carried off by Allah< It is to be obcerved that silver was
then little known in the Peninsula, and as a coin, is never mentioned in any ancient
Records or Grants.

1844.] PoiUkal EvenU in the CamoHc.from 1564 to 1687. 445

ooed by weight.) These tribes uniting in greater force^ at last under a

And ultim&tely es- descendant of the great Timor established them-

5?im^eS*m^^^^^^ •e*^^ <>« ^^is side of the Indus, and in the govem-

A. D. 1498. iQ^Qt of Delhi in 1498 under the celebrated Baber, the

founder of the Mogul dynasty In India. This happened precisely three

years after Vasco De Ghima's arrival in India ; the Moguls then appearing

on the North> while the Europeans first arrived by sea in the South.

53* The progress of the Mogul conquests to the South thencefor-

Who extend their ward, though slow^ was Unremitted/ till at last

Akbar having subdued the Patans, from that time
the Emperors of Delhi turned their views entirely to the South, and at
A. O. 1864. |]|e period we are now come to, after taking Doulatabad in
1684, and reducing the whole country to the Godavery into the form
of m province, the capital of their Southern conquests was established
under the province Allum Ghur, at a fiivorable situation not far from
A. D. 1654. the ancient Hindoo capital of Deogheer, near the village
of Kurkee, where the seat of government was now established by the
name of Aurungabad-f

54. The encroaching power of the Moguls from this time forward

And establish a vice- considerably weakened the Southern confederacy,

fi^ere^ Auruogsebe ^°d ^^^ under an ambitious and enterprizing

*^'S?/thiwh^lVpe- yo™« prince, seriously threatened their existence

niaaala. as independent states ; of the secret views in eon-

* In thif interval it wai that several Mahomedan Missionaries, some of them women,
from motives of zeal for propagating Islamism, and agreeable to that fanatic spirit that
animated the fint followers of Mahomed, came into the Deckan or Soath of India,
forming establishments, and planted the seeds of the faith in the heart of the countries
still retained by the n\fidel8t as they denominated the Hindoos. The Durgahs of the
Owliah at Karkee, now Aarungabad, and several along the Western Ghauts of
Deckan and of 8eraje-ud-deen at Culburga, and further South; the Durgahs at Pen-
naconda near Colar, Secander Molla perhaps that of Trichinoply, and in different other
places were established previous to the Mogul invasion of the Deckan, and equally
proving the unremitting seal of the Moslem Missionaries, as of the inoffensive, unre-
sisting spirit of the Hindoos, who under their own independent Pricees, admitted these
fiuuttic usurpers in some places even to occupy their own temples of religion. Curious
anecdotes of this spirit appear in the Kerala Uipati, or History of the £stablishment
of MalJiallttm, in the History of Poena, and in the Memoir of Pennaconda.

t The walls of the city or sharpenna, were, however, only completed in A. D. 1683,
on the Emperor's return to Deckan the second time. See Hakeekul, Part III, under
that year.

446 Political Events in the Camatic^from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

templation of this prince of reducing the Mahomedan provinces of
Deckan, there exists an evident proof in one of his letters to his &ther
Shah Jehan» wherein he states, that the representative of the Anagoon.
dy family had actaally proffered to become Mussulman to obtain his
aid in recovering the ancient dominions of his fiimily from the powers
of Oolconda and Beejapoor, and thence recommends his case to the
royal presence, though it is hardly possible to give unlimited credit
to a proposition so repugnant to the feelings of a Hindoo Rajah. We
may yet believe it might be suggested from political motives, and
can however infer, that every encouragment was given to detach the
Hindoo chiefr from the Deckan confederacy.

III.

55. It was probably in consequence of these views, and to strengthen
Weak coaduct of iheir resources by the toul subjugation of the lesser

the two {governments

of Deckan. Hindoo states in their rear, that the two courts of

partitton^oYthe^Car- Beejapoor and Golconda are stated about that time
^^^^' to have arranged that plan of partition of the Caina-

tic already mentioned, by which either of them were instantly to take
possession of the smaller states that were near it, and to retain what
And put it in eze- ^^^7 respectively got possession of. We have seen the
cution. extent of this plan taking effect in the reduction of

the Upper Carnatic as fitr as the Cavery, by (eandenee) tribute, or by
(eandauem) established rent, and of the sea coast of Coromandel as
far as the Coleroon ; but Travanoore, Malabar and the lower pno.
vinces beyond the Coleroon, scarcely appear to have been visited by a
Mahomedan army, from the first invasion of the Patans in the 13th
century until the period we now approach.

56. Aurungzebe having marched*^ into Hindostan to support his
A. D. 1656. views to the throne; and having carried with him

zeh^l reum to "hSi. ^^^ ™^8t select officers and troops of his province, and
'«tllnit**^f strcn tf- *^® celebrated Meer Jumlah among them, the
ening ihemaelves. chiefs and provinces of the Deckan were left onoe
more to themselves, as the Imperialists acted on the defensive during
his absence.

* See Vansittart's Account of Aurungzebe, p. 2, and the Hakeekut, Part iii, under
this year.

1844/] PoHtkal Events in the CamaOcyfrom 1564 lo 1687. 447

57. In this interral. they might have strengthened themselves had
Weakness of the their condact been directed by the common maxims

and G^condai of pollcy or prodeuce ; but both these states of GoU

conda and Beejapoor were now fost verging to their decline. At Beeja-
poor, towards the end of Secander Adil Shah's reign, and under the
weak minority that succeeded, the court was disturbed, and every
measure perplexed by the intrigues of euuuchs and of women, and by
the feuds of the nobles, who having acquired too great a preponderance
of power, by their factions and arrogance, became fully prepared to
receive the yoke of a conqueror ; while at Golconda, the sovereign sunk
in the extreme of sensual pleasure, or absorbed in the flights of fieinatic
devotion, abandoned the helm of state to his ministers, who being Hin-
doos and Brahmins, are supposed to have secretly encouraged the plans
of Sheevajee, and instigated the vain resistance to the increasing de-
mands of the Emperor, that could only be* satisfied ultimately by the
entire reduction of Oolconda to the state of a province.

58. Aurungzebe having by superior policy or stratagem, overcame
Aurungzebe ascends his brothers, and confined his father, ascended the

A. 0. 1657. imperial throne in the year following, and soon after

sent his brother.in.law, Chaista Khan, the chief of the Omrahs,t as
suhadar of the Oeckan, in place of his son Mahomed Mauzim, who was
recalled.

59. It is possible that this choice was influenced by the necessity of
Sends his generals acuding some experienced officer to check the rising

to check the disor- ,

dera in Deckan. disorders in Deckan, where a new genius at once
starting up, seemed to throw obstacles in the way of the emperor's de-
sign of the universal reduction of the South, and threatened to wrest
that prey from his talons on which he had long prepared to pounce.
It is also said, he was provoked by personal motives of wounded pride
against this new rival of his power, the Marhatta Seevajee, who, in the

• In the Dutch work of Havart, Vol. ii, Chap. 2d, a fall detail is given of the state
of that court in 1686, immediately previous to the conquest, and of the character of the
King and his ministers. — This work appears to have been unknown to Orme when he
published his Historical Fragments of the Mogul Empire in 1782. It is barely quoted
in the notes of the late edition.

t The recall of Mahomed Mauzim and the mission of Chaista Khan-Ameerul Om*
rah is mentioned by Vansittart under this year, p. '25.

448 Poliiical Bvenis in the Camaiie,from 1564 to 1687. [No. ISO.

ihort space of three yean had not <mly wrested the GoncAn and the
namerous hill forts of the Ohaats, from the government of Beejapoor,
hut had even dared to intrude on the contribations and territories d
the settled Mogul provinces. (Hamalik Maroosa.)

60. It is not necessary here to enter into the events that cfowd upon
Where Seevigee ihe attention in this remarkable period ; nor the

stirs up the Marhattaa

for the fint time ' cause of these successes, whidi encouraged an oh.
scure adventurer, a young man, assisted hy none of the iiaiial ad-
vantages of royal hirth, or high pretensions from military experience,
to contend at first succossfhlly with the armies of experienced wmrriofs
formed by the wars of the Deckan, and ultimately with the more re-
doubted armies of HindostaUj flushed with their late conquests and
victories in the contentions for the crown.

61. It should not however escape observation, that much of his sue-
Heflections on the ccss was Owing to the popularity of his cause, and we

:rj:Srdi„a;;'Tc-' ™y ~PP«» t^** ^^ Hindoos, in this enterpriaing
^*f he ri r of the J^^^i ^^®^ believed they saw one of those hestven.
Emperor to the Hin- inspired hcrocs that they were told was to appear,

dooi ; their hopes of a

national deliverer, to deliver them from foreign oppression and thral-
dom, the rigorous edicts of the Emperor also in regard to their religion,
whereby a poll tax, (the Jessyah,) was laid on every Hindoo, doubtlev
encouraged these ideas of resistance ; ideas which Seevftjee by every
And his enterpriz- pretension of the fiivor of heaven, communicated by
ing cb^ter.^ celestial visions,* sedulously endeavored to keep up.

A. 8. 1594. i]|g negotiations with the Imperialists, his journey to

* There seems no reason to donbt bnt tbat Sevi^ee himself and Us adherents ooonftenasoed Iks
idea of bis being under the immediate piolectton of a goerdian deltj, whose rotary he fgoiesssd
himself to be, and by whose inspiration be pretended to be directed ; and the Hindooe were wfliii^
enough to bcMere It, as we see bj the frequent annunciation of the ^pearanoe of Vetfa-Uiciga vpoa
earth, repeated ftom IMS down to 180S. In the If aihatta Memotos of Sendee, Itisstatad, Oatwtai
in tbe Camatic, "after the capture ofChendee KiUa, he(Sev;^|ee>hadaninterfiewwitliBek»-
|ee riO«* He took the fort ofOttoor^Then in shuck 1M5 (A. D. 1679,)ln the year Piamadiclu oa
the ISth Cheytor-bohool, decreasing moon of April,) on Monday, Shree Bhuwsnee (the diriaily Is
a female form) came and remained 5 gbatkas (or hours) in the person of the lord and master, (Seefa*
jee,) and spoke of things to come. She spoke to the following effect : " Then a prophetical proesisecf
unlTersal conquest as fttr as Caasee Is held out, to remain in the Bhonsla family for S7 geaeiatiuei
in the presence of ■ who took it down in writing." It is probable this prophecy vsi

fabricated for a particular purpose long alter, but we see the ambitions Tiews that at one peried
stimulated the ambition of the Marhatta natioa, in this instance tec plainly to bemisimdetatoed.

1844.] PolUkal Events in the Camaiic,fr<m 1564 to 1687. 449

Delhi, his'strfttagem and escape, his extraordinary enterprises agtinst
the Beejapoor chieft, and his success afterwards, form a series of adven-

tnres scarcely to be paralleled in Flebustur^ history;
^In his conferencM ^^'^ within seventeen years, we find him in conse*
^ to^lS^Ji been quence of a treaty with the Hindoo minister of
encourai^ed on his Qolconda, joined against both the Mogul invaders

danng visit to Gol- * # -o o

con<Uandtothesud- and their Bcejapoor fellow-Bufierers, agreeable to

den circuitous irrup- , . * «. • • • ■» ^ . .

tioa into the Lower that Unsteady policy which seemed to prognosticate
Caniatic. ^^ speedy &11 of both these kingdoms, permitted to

pass by a circuitous route by Golcondat and the Eastern mountains,
through the Balla Ghaut, into the lower country of Camatic, by Tri-
petty, within thirty miles of Madras, to take possession of the strong
forts of Gingee and Vellore, which only a few years before, as is al-
ready mentioned, had been captured by the Beejapoor generals.

62. Of this design and plans, evidence exists in the records of Ma.

His expedition dras, where the factory then but newly establish.
*^T«its^of*SaTac- ^^» •"^ garrisoned by two companies of mixed
ter evinced in his iroops, were in much alarm for his designs, and

requisitions from "^ ' ** '

Madras. endeavored to propitiate his good-will by presents

■uitable to his taste^ and to their situation at the moment. His request
of engineers and ordnance from the Europeans of Madras confirm the
anecdotes related in his life, of his ideas of the advantage of strong*
Contrasted with the holds and fortifications to a new formed state, and
of ih« Imperialists, we find this curious illustration of character well
contrasted with the little skill exhibited by the Mogul generals in
attacking the wretched fortresses of these times ; a fact sufficiently
established in the long protracted sieges of Chagna, Golconda, Gingee,
and Waken Kaira, some of which lasted ten years, and tended to spin

* In hi« esriisr adventures, there Is a striking resemblance to the mild enterprises of the Buc*
eaneen, or Flebusturs.

t Havart mentions his visit to Golconda, A. D. 1676, VoL — p. — and the alarm it occasioned at
Uiat effeminate court.

X In M aj 1677, he came within 2^ eoes of Madras, (Mad. Records.) A carious account is given in
the Marhatta Memoirs^ wherein his route is described, and of his excursion Arom the banks of the
Kistna into the wilds of Parwuttum, where in a fit of frantic devotion, he was about to relinquish
all his ambitious projects, and was with difficulty withdrawn by his confidential friends. He ap-
pears at times to have been subject to fits of remorse, and the wilds of Purwuttum are certainly well
calculated to Inspire the most gloomy ideas.

4oO Political EvenU in the Camatie.from 1564 to 1687. {JSo. 150.

■

.out % destractive warfiure of tweoty.five yean, of whose effects the
South has not yet entirely lecovered.

63. On this expedition, it is said, he attempted to wrest Tanjore
Demands half of ^'^o^ ^^ brother £ckojee; though some uncertainty

from'* Eckojer^Sf *»•"«» <>^«' »*» ^^ ** ^ »* ^^ *ro«» « Eckojce is stated
Tanjore. xo haTO only got possossion of Tanjore in 1675 ; and

Sevajee returned to his own country in October* 16779 so that he

only passed one year in the Gamatic, howcTer employed. But by

this expedition (by late and authentic materials,) he is stated to have

acquired countries yielding a revenue of fifty lacs of boons, dependent

on the strong fortresses of Oingee, VeHore,t Colar, &c

64. The generals of the imperial troops had been repeatedly changed
The Imperial ge- in Dcckan by the emperor's order, who though so

nerals in Deckan

frequently changed, far distant as Cabul, yet could have notice in

fourteen days of every interesting transaction; no less than five of

these officers had been changed within the last eighteen years, from)

The emperor di- |657 to 1676, when Khan, who was then the gene-

recti the war at a ®

distance. Hoetiiitiei ral, undertook the siege of Beejapoor with the ooUec

renewed againstBee* . . «•<<•• «

japoor. ted forces of the South, and a senous engagement

ensued on the Beema. Though many of the discontented nobles had
fled to different quarters, the general Abdul Kerrim made a gallant
resistance, and the action was not decisive.

65. In this first campaign, Beejapoor was assisted by the Hindoo
Which now is aided minister of Oolcouda, who seemed then at last to have
by Goioonda. f^n ^j^^ common danger. Among the auxiliaries on

the side of the Imperialists, was Islam Khan Rhoomee, the fugitive
Basha of Bussora, with a body of Toorks ; vast numbers of Rajapoots
also served in the emperor's army under their chiefs. A second engage-
Succeses of the Im- ^^^^ cnsued scarcely more decisive, but the imperial
periahsta. general found means to bring over many of the dis-

* Tanjore Memcrin. Anquetllle da Perron's Recherchet Historiqae,

t Madras Records and Memoir of Serijee.

X In 1657, Snitan Mahomed Masim. ,

„ 1659, Chaista Khan.

„ 1664, Mirsa RiO> J«7 8^-

„ 1606, Saltan Mahomed Hasim, a second time.

„ 1675, Khan Jehan.

1844.3 PoUHcal Events in Ike Camatic.fram 1564 to 1687. 451

affected fugitive chiefii of the Ooloonda army, and finally effected a
trace with Abdul Kerrim Khan, by which a resident was received at
Beejapoor ; and that general appears to have undertaken soon after to
bring Hydrabad into the imperial possession.* In this interval Cul-
borga and Nuldroog were both surprized, and Abdul Kerrim engaged
in an intrigue to displace Khan Jehan, the imperial general.

66. That officer being in consequence recalled to courts Dillere
The general changed. Khan was appointed to conduct the war, and the
armies marched against Hydrabad ; but were forced to fall back by
the firmness of the Deckan nobles of Beejapoor, who on one occasion
are stated to have had 70,000 men in the field. On their return to Bee-

But Dillere Khan ji^poor on the death of Abdul Kerrim, great oonfu-
unsuccessful returns, .j^j^, ensued, and the troops mutinying, Dillere Khan

was obliged to return to the province, after an expensive and disgrace.

ful campaign, in a manner leaving Beejapoor in possession of one of

their Deckanee chiefs, Siddee Masood.
67- But the emperor firm in his plans, and inexorable in his resent-
Great exertions to ment, though at SO great a distance, persevered in his

rednce Beejapoor and » o o r

most of the Afighan first design of reducing the country ; and orders were

chie£i brought over

and employed. Sent to entertain all the Beejapoor and Hydrabad

Affghan chiefs, most of whom had been now brought over by propor-
tionate offers of rank and jagheers ; 20,000 horsemen on one occasion
were enrolled at once on the pay lists ; and every exertion was made for
the purpose of carrying on with effect, the most formidable operations
against the Mahomedan states of Deckan, and the rising Hindoo chiefe.
68. In this interval, Sevajee bad not been idle. When not em-
Seyajee after in- ployed in increasing and forming his army and

creasiog hu army, ^ o ^

consolidated his re- fleet,t he took every fiivorable occasion of seizing

sources and formed a . , , . .

fleet. some fort, or reducing some provmce from one or

other of the contending parties. He at one time had made a descent

• The snoestors of the Afghan or Patan chie& of Sanoor, Csnoul and Cuddapa were among the
namber.--See Memoirs of these families.

t la the fleet or army, it is sUted in the Marhatta Memoir, that he embarked 40,000 of his
maToUat and after plundering Basaroor, Sedaseevadroog, and probably all the sea ports (which
occasioned an unusual terror on that coast,) and even not sparing the sacred temple of Oocurnum,
he obliged the celebrated Serapa Naik by treaty, to pay him annually S lacs of hoons, p. 37. His
intention of extending his conquests to Casee (Benares,) is stuted in his remarkablo conference
with Mahomed Cootub Shah at Golconda, a scheme of universal conquest, which appears to have
been nearly realised by the Marhattas afterwardK.

A52 Political Events in Hie Camatic.ftvm 1564 io 1687. [No. 150.

on the sea coast of Bedoore, when he embarked on bis own fleet, and
carried off an immense booty from Barcelore. Even the succeaaioii
of his eldest son Shambha, who had thrown himself on the protection
of Dellere Khan in the former year/ did not disconcert him ; and he
had prevailed upon him to return; but soon afler^ cmtemplating vast

Dies in the midst pwjects and enterprices for extending his newly.
of vastprojecu. formed state, this extraordinary man diedt amidst

an army and a government that was formed by his own genius, and
supported by his entferprizing spirit and perseverance.

69. In the following year, the Mogul in chief was again changed,
and Dellere KhanJ recalled, and Khan Jehan a second time recalled
from the North. The Marhattas appear in this interval to have in-
creased in numbers in an extraordinary degree, and prosecuted the
war on their side with vigor. As we seldom meet their name before,
doubts have been entertained whether these countless hosts were
really of a nation who can scarcely be imagined to be contained with*
in the narrow precincts of the ancient Maharastra Dasum. To resoWe
this doubt, it should be recollected, that a great part of the armiee of
the late Nizam-Shahi§ Sultans and of Bejapoor were composed d
these tribes, who now resorted to their own native chiefe under a nation-
al standard, which swelled their importance, and inspired increnacd
confidence in a cause they deemed their own ; and it is probable, the
fanatical rigor of Aurungsebe also excited a spirit which he could not
now suppress, and this augmented that rancour and inveteracy which
seems to have invited all the Hindu tribes of the Deckan at onoe to
appear in arms in a cause that was deemed national.

* From Scott, but his dates err sometimes from S to S years, owing to some error ia the eompata-
tionof theHtgera.

t The death of SeviO^ happened, aooordiog to ao authentic MS. of his life and y**i*y««^ ia tke
Hindoo year Rowdree, IGOt A. 8^ or A. D. 1680.

t Dillere Khan on his recall is said in the Marhatta Memoirs, to have been poisoned by the
Emperor's orders, who was dissatisfied at his allowing Shambha to return to his father; the gene-
rosity and good faith of Dellere Khan on this occasion is highly praised by the Marhatta anther.
though it did not meet with the approbation of his master.

§ In the Ram R^Ja Cheritra it appears, that in the memorable war and battle wherein the last
monarch of the Camatic fell, great numbers of Marhattas fought in the army of the Snltaa ot
Ahmednuggur, who was in fact soTereign of the Maharastra Dasum, and the names of thnr rhiefc
are mentioned. The same conciliating policy that induced these Hindoo tribes to flgbt under
Mahomedan standards then, would in all probability have secured their attachment to Aurung-
sebe.

1844.3 PohHeal Events in the Camaik,from 1564 to I687. 453

70. Their resiiUooe wu now become serious and formidable ; it
To extirpate Sham- had been long coniinoed, and under a young and
^9 Marhauurand enterprising leader,* serious consequences might be
SoStToAhe^Mal o^ expected firom a longer protraction of the war. Some
his generaU. suspicions also Seem still to have attached to the

generals employed ; and on consideration of all these circumstances,
the emperor appears to have this year determined, with avowed
design of rooting out Shambha,t to conduct the operations in person,
The iSmpen>r re- or at least to be near enough to correct errors ;

•olvea to prosecute , . , , „ _ _,^ _ , .

the war in person. haTing preilously recalled Khan Jehan, and ap-
pointed Mahomed Maueim again to be governor of Deckan.
^\. Aurungzebe marching from x\zmere, followed by a vast army
A. D. 1682. composed of Hindoo Rajpoots, as well as Maho-
a atwDTtime^tuh^ tticdans, arrived at Burhanpoor in the beginning

^hTVir renewed ^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^'^' •"^ *" *^® ^^^^ 3^^' ®^ ^'*

with vigor. reign, and in a short time arrived at Aurungabad,

Extent of the new ^ ' & '

Marhatusuteinthit from which ascertained period, we may reckon
The inTaaion of his retum into Dcckau. The war was then com-

and continu^uTthe m^nccd With renewed vigor, both against Beejapoor
Sa"ita?and*oVGoi- ^''^^ *^* Ganeems, (or infidels as they affected to
cooda. A. D. 1607. call the Marhattas,) who had in the period of his
absence, wrested from Beejapoor not only the whole Concan and the
Upper provinces along the Western Ohauts, from Baglana to the
Sanore province Souths but even made themselves masters of some
part of the imperial provinces. Notwithstanding a constant opposition,
after various successes, the Mogul armies were at last put in motion
both against Beejapoor, (where the king was at that time a minor,)
and Golconda. After many fruitless attempts to ward off his unceasing
attacks, the king and city of Beejapoor were taken in 1687, and

* Shambha at Snt Memedto arinca his father'i spirit in teising the rains at gOTeramant attempt-
ed to be wraatad flmn him by a party united by his stap>inothar Soora Baae, who wished to aleTata
her aoB Bama, the same who alterwatds stood a long siege In OIngae, but ha soon fell from this ela-
Tatlon, thon^ In hia oonfaranea with Auruogsebe he exhibited a portion of the Ikmily spirit that
haa confisTred on his name and his tale all the decoration end lustre of the Hindoo drama and
Annanoa.

t It ia not improbable but ha was particularly provoked against Shambha at this time for ra-
oOitli^ hla AigfCire aoo, Prince Akbar, who had asoapad from Aslmaar, and thrown liimaalf on
hia pTOt«etion. Wa find that notlea was sant to tha Entopam factoriaa in the Ooloonda territory
early ia the year 1682, but the English prudently dedinad any Interferance,

454 Political Events in the CarnaHcJrom 1564 to 1687. {Ko. 150.

soon after Golconda also fell.* Thus both these states fidling at the
same time, the Mogul power was at once extended over the whole of
the late divided Mahomedan governments of Deckan^ and precau-
tions were speedily adopted for reducing the Hindoo chiefs, considered
as their dependents to the Southward.

72. One of the first measures after this event was to send Cassim
Reduction of their Cawn, as phouzdar, over the province of the Camatic,

dei followed.*^*'"'*^'"" ^•te^y dependent on the two governments of Be.
The Camatic form- japoor and Golconda. That of the former is al-

ed into two proyincet. * ^

The Hindoo chief* ready Stated to have consisted of the settled districts

considered as the Ze-
mindars dependent on of Serah and Bangalorei with the forced tributariea,

as the poligars of Harponelly, Raidroog, Goonderpee,
Anagoondy, Bednore, Chittledroog and Mysore; but at this time
they do not appear to have carried their arms across the Cavery. That
province was now denominated the Camatic Btejapoor Ballagkoui^
while the more Easterly provinces, lately dependent on Golconda, com-
posing the late Circars of Cuddapa, Cummun, Ghooty and Gandieotta,
&c. were denominated Hydrabad Camatic Ballagkaut; and the pro-
vinces below the Ghauts along the sea, extending as hi 8outh as the
Palar, were denominated Hydrabad Camatic Payen Ghaut, and the
whole placed under the supreme command of a phouzdar, or officer
possessing military and civil power, entitled a Nabob, the source and
origin of the future Nabobs of the Camatic ; a circumstance perhaps
not sufficiently attended to, of late years, from the separation of the
two Mogul provinces, and rise of a new power in Mysore, the up-
per or original province of the Camatic.

73. Of the changes that had in this interval of thirteen years taken
A. D. 1670. P'^^e in the internal state of that country, it may suffice

„ 1682. cursorily to notice, that the new native powers of Mysore,
Brief notice of the Bednore, Chittledroog and Raidroog had availed

stale of the Carnatic ,.!,,. ...

during the late war. themselves of the difficulties of their earner adver-

of the Mysore Bed- saries, the Patau states of Golconda and Beejapoor,

T.V^auir'.rtl.'!"'^ «ho were entirely occupied in repeUing the Moguls.

Improvement and j^^^ Q^iy jq increase their acquisitions of territorv,

wise intemal ma- •' ^

« After the fall of Beejapoor, he immediately marched against Golconda, which was closely
besieged fh>m 2d February to <d October 1687, when it wss entered by treachery. HaTaxt, Vol.

fd, p. — also Madras Records under that year.

1844.] Political Events in the Camaiicyfrom 1564 to 1647. 455
nagemcne of (he My- bat to consolidate and improve their resources by a

•ore and Bednore , .. . • ■ i j * .

chiefr. system of management rather to be looked for in

happier times. This was more particularly the case in Mysore and
Bednore, where the civil arrangements of Chick Deo Vadeyar in the
former* and the sisloo or established assessment of Sevapa Naik in the
latter, are still considered as models^ well adapted to the nature of the
country, the habits of the natives, and with great probability presum-
ed to be founded on the more general system that once prevailed
throughout the country. It is a fact well ascertained, that these stan-
dards of internal economy were established at a period when the
neighbouring more powerful states were involved in all the horrors and
distress of foreign invasion, or of internal weakness.*

74. Of their origin and gradual steps by which these chiefs had
Their origin and established themselves in the Upper Carnatic, ano-

proffreis referred to

another occasion. ther occasion may offer of being more diffuse ;t but

much of the then condition of the Carnatic Ballaghaut, however,
ntay be understood from the state in which it already was, about the
period of the death of Chick Deo of Mysore, we shall only interrupt
the eourse of the narration here, briefly to notice the establishment
and growth of the European establishments on the coast, which at this
time begin to emerge into notice, amidst the transactions in the lower
country, and its reduction first by Golconda and Beejapoor, and after-
wards by the Mogul power.

75. While the war raged in the centre of the Deckan, particularly
Brief notice of the in the country North of Beejapoor and Golconda,
European^ Aie^tor^es ^^^ provinces South of these capitals seem to have
on the coaBt. enjoyed some respite from alarm, save alone what

arose from the warfare of petty chiefs, or the rumors of the long^
threatened but protracted invasion of the Moguls. From North to
South along the coast, a linej: of European factories had been settled

• Serapa Maik died in A. D. 1861 after a reign of 19 yean.— See Bednore Memoir .

Chick Deo died in A. D. I70i, after a reign of S2 yean, flrom 167t, the yery period in which the
war with Seriijee, Be«|)apoor and Golconda was carried on with unceasing fury. Chick Deo auumed
theracal state in 170O.

t A eondse yfew of the origin and progressiTe growth of the territory and power of the families
of Mysore, Bednore Ickery, Raidroog and Chittledroog in the Upper Carnatic, and of those of
Madnra, Olnjee, and Tanjore (not the Marhatta family,) in the lower country, erroneously called
Carnatic, is in hand ; but will require sometime to consult authorities.

t An ample Account of the establishment of the Dutoh factories of Tutoeorin, Negapatam,

456 PoiiHcal Events in the CamaHcJnm 1664 ^ 16H7. CNo. 150.

since the close of the aocient Hindoo regime, and under the aanetuMi
Hindoo n^^ »nd ^^ ^^ >^^ lesser States, who from the earliest period
mw^ encoi^^^^ seemed inclined to encourage these setUemtnis Iran
cununerce. motives of benign encouragement to their sttb|eets'

trade and commerce. The Ooloonda kings also, from undoubted oYi-
denoe,* appear to have embraced the same OMxims. The difficulties
sometimes occurred from the exactions of their governors ; and fisetories
were established even in the interior and more remote parts of the
country of Oolconda, which have since that period of devastation and
ruin, been consigned to oblivion-t
76. The invasion of the Oingee country, and of that along tlie eoaal
Their trade in con- by the Beejapoor generals, and soon afterwards by
mVrcralldtdlL^^^^^ Sevajee, had indeed interrupted their tranquillity,
abottt^Forto Nov^'oVby ^^ oonsiderable devasUtion appears to have taken
Sevajee'A irruption, place in the tract extending to the coast from the

But It does not ap- "^

pear that the interior Palar to the Coleroon, where the commerce and in*
aitturSed^ by" Bcko- dustry of the country received a shock thai it did
^*"who*^n°'Tanjore ^^ recover for many years;| but this devastation
followed the mode geems uot to have extended into the provinee of

established m Ban- ^

galore by his father. Tanjore, South of the Coleroon, wherein £ckojee
appears to have exercised a regulated system of administration, much
resembling the model established by his father in the districts of Ban-
galore and Colar, and which was attended in that country with an in-

Tc^patam, Sadras, Pollieat, M asulipatam, Daohaiain, BinUipatam and their commeielal lodses at
Golconda and NaguWansa, are given in Havait^s work, published at Utrecht about KM; aleoia
Baldeos aad Yalentyn. They were established before the first yoyage of the English to this eoait*
and the Dutdi appear to have opposed their ftmning a oonunereial establiahaetit at PoUicat so
early as Bee Flori's Voyage in AstleT** CoUactioo, VoU — p.<*

* See the series of 14 Grants or Finnans by the Golconda goveminent to the Dutch (ia HaTait)
for Negapatam, Masulipatam, &e.

t TraToUing by accident by NagulTansa, not tax from Cununamett in the Niaam's dominloBS in
1797, a part of the country ovenin with jungle, and shewing evident veetigee of better lisnee* I ae*
ddentally met with a Dutch tombstone, which led to the discovery of the riches of their fkctoiy. In
Havart's work this inscription is preserved, and we there meet an account of that tfftsblishnwnt and
of its capture during the invasion in 1687. It is neediess to obsttve that it has lain in mlns evet
since, and the whole of that country, which then fUrnished doth of a particular kind for a Dutch
investment, has never recovered the calamity.

X Baldeus under the year 1600 says : *' The king of Beejapoor not long before made an inroad
into the country of Tanjore : and the marks of the famine are still visible, p. 588; we may thctaibes
suppose the few years before to coincide with the period of 1657, but this devastation eictmsdad ealf
to that part of the country of Tanjore which extends along the coast about Nc^apatam and PMIe
Novo, where the Dutch investment and factories wece ruined.— See BavarL

1844.3 PoMaU Events in ike Camaiic,from 1664 to 1687. 457

cteaie of Dational wealth that has exleaded to near our own timet, and
might even vie with the moet flouriahing etate of Agrarian improve.
ment that has been attained in eiviliMd Europe.*

Eckojee's eonduet ie best explained by referring to the hiatory of his
And after iu ac- earlier life, and to the difference of character exhi.
^?4pr;r«tid! bited by the two brothers, suAcienUy apparent in
log hii con(iuesu. ^^ aooount of their conference, and the fruitless at-
tempts to induce him to extend his dominions by conquest ; the for-
bearance that on this occasion, and under such temptations he shewed,
induce some doubu of the fidelity of those accounts that represent his
aoquisition of Tanjore to be attended with peculiar circumstances of
flagitious rapadty; but whether that expedition was influenced by
motives of obedience to his lieget sovereign as alleged, or of a spirit
of adventure and chivalrous enterprise, not unknown to the Marhatta
tribes at that period ; whatever might be the exciting causes of Echo,
jee's expedition to Tanjore, it was conducted with an address and
And applies to ihe decision highly favorable to his reputation as a

internal improvement "^

oi bis cooBiry. Statesman and warrior ; though he appears imme-

diately after to have relinquished the last, for the more pacific occupa-
tion of improving and systemiaing the natural resources of a fertile
country; and thus he furnishes a third instance of a Hindoo chief
studying with assiduity the internal economy of his state, with a sue*
cess that enriched his subjects, and ennobled his name. These re-
marks on the fifst Marhatta administration may not be oat of place
here» in explaining the state of that country, on whose coast the most
considerable European &ctories were then situated.
77- A more detailed account of the progress of their establishments
DociiBieau of tke (particularly the English,) would be interesting, and

early state of the ... ... . i «

Eogiisksettiemests. not Without Its ttsc ; but It IS not Consistent with the
brevity of this attempt, or the defective accounts within our reach at pre.

*•« The countriei on the Po, under the lyitematical arrangement of the CadaBtre, and by recourse
to irrigation, are presumed to be the richest and most produetiye lands in Europe, excepting the
Flemish Netherlands, nearly equally productive and populous.

t This European phrase is used with some difBdenoe. It is expressly stated, that he was called in
to the aid of the Tellinga Naik of Tanjore, as a general of Beejapoor, and it would appear from the
language put In his mouth, that he admitted this : " We are managing the affUrs of the Padshah of
Be^apoor, and in his serTice, therefore it Is not proper to act against the Padshah,"— Marhatu
Memoir.'

438 PoiiHcal Events in the Camatic,from J564 to 1687. QNo. 150.

sent, to extend it beyond a rapid sketch. In such documents as exist of
our national records, the accounts of the native governments, of their
UnMtisfactory. history, politics, and of the geography of the country
are vague and unsatisfiictory ; indeed our countrymen do not appear to
have then conceived it necessary for their views to enquire much fur*
ther than what immediately related to their investments and com-
merce close to the coast, and an entire indifference, if not ignorance of
Occuioaally die- ihe real State of the country prevailed. At all

turbed by the trou- ^. . , . . . •■ ...

blea of the country, times they appear to have been under considerable
alarm for the safety of their settlement, and their employers' interests,
though not an instance occurs of inhumanity or ill. treatment from the
natives, Mahomedan or Hindoo, such as of late years, the irritation of
war&re, or the disappointment of ambitious projects may have occa-
sionally produced ; and which might then have been supposed with
some reason to have excited apprehensions amongst contending nations
for their personal safety. Various instances occur of individuals

And by conten- ing safely throughout the coun try. Among the causes

tions among the na- » . ^ ^ ^

tive settlers. of alarm. We find the settlement at times by the

contentions among the castes and tribes of new settlers, and the whole
of the working and most useful lower classes induced to abandon the
new.formed colony, and recurring to a secession to the neighbouring
settlement of St. Thome, at whose expense most of the population was
avowedly formed originally.

78. The settlement of Madras was originally established about A. D.

No record of the 1639» being transferred thither from Armigam,*

first 83 years. where the half-finished ruins of their first fort still

A. p- 16S9. remains. Of the founding of the colony, and of the

A. S. 1568.

A. D. 1672. first 33 years, no records whatever appear. Their first
attention to the politics of the native powers seems to have been power*
fully excited by the sudden appearance of Sevajee so near to Madras;
they then deputed an agent to his camp, after whose return they ap-

* Armigam is sitnatsd near DunOapatam on the Coast, 60 miles North of Madras. I had an oppor-
tunity of seeing these remains in 1 796, consisting of two small bastions on a single curtain of brick-
work of no great extent; the occasion of the removal is not well known, butltappean thaldw
fort was never finished. The first Grant of Madras by Sree-RongaRayel in A. 8. 1S6I or A. D.
1689, was inscribed on a golden olla, which is said to have been lost at the capture of Fort St, Gc«sge
by La Bouzdanaye in 1747.

1844.3 PoliUcal Events in the Camaticjrom 1564 to 1687- 459

pear to be better acquainted with the state of parties, and notices
occasionally occur of a more intimate knowledge of. the native cha-
racter, and a greater confidence in their own strength and superiority
A. D. 1686. in arms, even over that of the more powerful Mogul
^' emperor> against whom the three English establishments
actually made war in the height of his success ; and this confidence
we may presume, naturally cleared the way to those events that on
the general confusion succeeding Aurungzebe's death, led to ihe esta*
blishment of our power in this quarter.*

79. On an attentive inspection of all the documents of these times
that have come into our hands, it appears, that though the Mysore
diiefe had as yet no connection with the Eastern sea coast, their name
was known and even respected in the lower provinces along the coast,
and that though they had yet no political relations with that country,
the successful resistance of the Naig of Mysore (as he is called) to the
depredations of the Marhatta armies of Sevajee, was well known at
Madras.t

80. The £sctory of Fort St. George only established — years before^
was still 80 weak and ill-manned> that a considerable uneasiness
arose from their state among the contests of the hostile parties; they
yet conducted themselves with a considerable degree of prudence and
caution, and while they sent compliments, antidotes and counter,
poisons, to Sevajee, they prudently declined complying with his
special request of military aid; and when the Patau chief Daood
Khan, soon afterwards approached, after the conquest of Oingee, they
no less sagaciously accommodated themselves to his favorite humors,
in consequence of which they were not only saved from the threaten-
ed spoliation, but obtained grants of land, of villages, and of factories
from all parties.^

81. The Dutch on the other hand, who had been earlier established on
these coasts, and whose power in India had been more firmly consoH-

« ConaultaHoiis at Iffadrai, ind cormpondeace with Sunt and the Bay on the tubject of the in>
tended attack on the Mogul, and on the rabjecta of Siam in 1686.

f Madias Reoorda.

t The factory at Cnddalora was purchased from the agents of Rama at the moment he left Oingee
in 16M for SO.OCO pagodas, (see Havart,) St. Thom^, Egmore, ftc. three yiUages were purchased from
Daood-Khan In 1608 ; they had long sought It, and were uneasy and apprehensive of the French de-
signs to settle there.— Madras Records, 1701.

460 PoHHcal Events in the Carnaiic.from 1564 to 1687. [No. 150.

dated under t^e general government established at Bataria, appear
about this tima to have felt a sensible decline of their commeree and
trade on the coast of Goromandel, in consequence of which, a Coniniis.
sary General #ith unlimited powers had been sent oat to enquire,
and reform their establishments on the coast. The celebrated Van
Rheide,* (a name well known to- the cultivators of Indian sdence,) ap.
pears to have executed this invidious duty with a rigor and seal that ex-
cited those compliments and remonstrances that are ever found in public
reforms to follow individual inconvenience. His death happening at
sea, proceeding to Surat, prevented the further execution of his plans,
which from some of the works published in Holland about that tine,
appear to have been loudly inveighed against by their servants in
India. Even the industrious Havart gives place to too much of these
invectives, to warrant a full credence of his reflections on the plans ef
reduction and reform, of which the expensive fortifications of Nega.
patam, and the removal thither of the seat of government on the coast,
formed a part. How far they were followed or departed from, does not
appear ; but it is observed, that the decline of the Dutch power and
commerce on this coast from that period, proceeded with a slow though
imperceptible progress down to our own times.

82. The Dutch, however, appear to have been then sufficiently sen-
A. D. 1686. sible of the weakness of the Oolconda government, since
they ventured to seise upon the fort of Masulipatam, then a very con.
siderable mart (in 1686,) in retaliation of some commereial injuries
scarcely warranting such a measure ; but they restored it soon alter, in
the November following. Immediately after the conquest of Qoleonda,
they sent an embassy to Aurungsebe, and Mr. Bacherus obtained
some immunities, and a renewal of their privileges.

83. In perusing the works from which these notices are derived, it
appears that the Dutch Company's servants had by special orders from
Europe paid particular attention to acquire and methodize an useM
knowledge, not merely of the commercial advantages and trade of
their own establishments, but of the internal resources, geography,

* H«tt« Adr. ViB Ilh«id« after haTf sg lerred long in ImlUt ami retariMd to Earape, wtm wttt <at
in 1684 on a salary of 1,000 gvlldon par moutli, to ralbraa tba Dvtch oitaiblMiaeiita. Bo «■• <w
the Coiomaodel Coast from M84 to lfl67, and died at Sea la Deoember MM near Bombay, o» kit

way to Sural.— Harart, Vol. HI, p. 59.

1844^3 PoiiHeai Bvgnis m ike CamaHcJram 1564 io 1687. 461

historyi politics and litcffatore of the ftaiet and countries in which
their earlier seitlementa weie situated.

84* In (mrsttit of thia osefiil species of knowledge, some of their
servants appear at least to have distinguished themselves hj a perse-
verance not unsuitable to the prevailing habits of that nation ; and
the scientific works of Rumphius* and of Van Rheidcyand the historical
worka of Baldeui and Rogers derived from this souroe, will always
draw approbation. The first of these are more generally known, than
the humbler, though equally useful, labors of Valentynf and Havart,
who at this period cultivated a walk that furnishes the first specimens
from India of works, forming an useful basis and aid to modern^ spe.
calations on the political economy of these countries.

H5. Even in those tours which their servants occasionally made
from one factory to another, their journals convey a degree oi informa-
tion that, not long since, was rare ; and would have been desirable
to the historian, the naturalist, or the geographer ; and which, there
is reason to suspect, was lately little known in England.

M. The factories of the other European nations at this period
appear to have been of little importance. The Dutch commerce, not-
withstanding the sums expended in fortifying NegapaUm, had falloi
into a mortal state of decay. The Danes at Tranquebar maintained a
doubtful and interrupted communication with their mother-country,

* Th« TheMunu of Rumphios, and Um Hortns Malabwieiu of Van Rheide contain extenaiTe and
uMfol deUila of the Natural History of India. It appears that Van Rheide also extended his
mqalfiM to vaifotts other brandies oT osefkil knowledge. A elassilleation of the 7ff tribes of the
inhabitants of Malabar, prepared at his saKesHott, Intel j oamc into m7 hands written in old Duloh :
the writer notices that it was prepared for Van Rheide.

t "Die work of Valeotyn eonsiiti of 8 hage folio yolumes, containing, among much rubbish, most
oaaAil details of all the Dutch settlements and farts bejond the Gape of Good Hope. Among them is
an aoeonntofthe history and state of Persia, and a History of the Mogul Bmperors, with details not
known in England till Bow's work appeared in 177t. The work of Havart, published at Utrecht
in A. D. 109t, professes only to give a view of the rise and fall of the commerce of the Coast of Core*
nundel : though loaded with the diaracters, epitaphs and eulogies of Company's serrants, it yet
contains a fkithAil picture of the dmee, and a Just account of the court and politics of Goloonda at
n very interesting period immediately previous to this conquest. The visit of the king to Masuli-
patam, the account of Mr. Pitt's Embassy to Oolconda, and the notices of Sev%|ee, are curious ; and
the papers on the Indian manufacture of steel, and the account of assaying gold at the mint of
Pullieat, are nsefU.

} TIm same sentiments and turn tot cultivating a knowledge of political economy appear to have
prevailed still later, and gave rise to the esUblishment of an Asiatic Society at Batavia in A. D.
1780, in the eight Vols, of whose proceedings leveral very useful papers appear.

462 Political Evenls in the Carnatic.fram 1564 to 1687. CNo. 150.

while their reputation among the other European settlers suffered, ss
a commercial esUblishment, by proceedings stigmatised as little short
of piratical. The respecUble Protestant missionary esUblishment had
not yet been established, nor the labors ot the Apostolic Zinganbalg
and his successors begun. The French after the loss of St. Thome
had not yet retrieyed their military reputation among the Hindoos,
and the establishment at Pullicherry was yet in its inikncy. Of the
Swedes nothing was heard, and the once vast power of the Portuguese
on the coasts of India was now restricted to Goa. With the Spaniards
of Manilla^ some intercourse of commerce by annual ships appears to
have been maintained "from Madras, by whidi a certain quantity of
silver was annually imported ; but by ha the greater quantity of that
metal, which appears to have been but recently introduced into India,
was imported directly lirom Europe, together with a certain proportion
of gold, a species of commerce that has now entirely ceased*

87* Notwithstanding the competition and rivalry inddentally arising
from the pursuit of the same commercial views among the European
factories at this period, an amicable spirit and mutual civilities pre-
vailed in their intercourse in this distant part of the world ; nor is
it less honorable to the memory of the founders of this colony, to ob-
serve the early English discouraging and forbidding the traffic in
slaves, of which the nation has at last signified its marked disappro-
bation. By a proclamation so early as 1686, the government of Ma-
dras forbad in the most positive terms the exercise of this commerce
within their limits, and of which the long continued war and a des.
tructive famine of two years, (1686 and 1687,) had increased the
usual bounds, and this discouragement of a traffic that even met the
sanction of national treaties* in the West, has in the East been con-
tinned to be viewed with disgust to our own times.f

88. Such was the general state of the country of Carnatic, com pre-
A. D. 1687. bending the upper provinces, or Balla Ghaut as now called,
and the lower tracts on the Eastern coast, then called in European

* The AMiento Co&txsot by which Che nation sanctioned the inpply of the Foreign Cokjues of
Spanish Ameiica with slaves from Africa is alluded to here, and the sevena transactioiis oonaectcd

withiU

t On redocing the Dutch Colonies In Ceylon in 1795-6, the British commanders earlj forbad, by
proclamation, the trade of slares from the coast, whence numbers it appeared had been fraodnkntiy
kidnapped and conveyed away.

1844.3 PoliHeal Events in the Camatic,from 1564 to 1687. 463

writiDgs CoromaDde)^ when the conquest of Oolconda and Beejapoor
opened the way in this year to the extension of the Mogul dominionSi
and their system of financial administration was first introduced and
proposed to be extended along with their arms into the provinces of
the South.

In considering the gradual changes in the state of the Carnatic, the
next great period that attracts attention and interest, comprehends
nearly 55 years, from the conquest of Golconda and the Camatic until
the formation of the Onfter Assoofiah, soon after the return of Assoph
Jah into Deckan, and assuming independency.

In this period comes to be considered the progressive extension of
the Mogul system of government into the South, the causes that
retarded a more rapid and general progress, arising in the civil wars
that arose among the successors of Aurungsebe, which afibrded room
to the new Mahratta state to strengthen and expand itself; and ulti*
mately weakening the provincial Mahonwdan government, gave rise to
three modem states in the Deckan independent of all control, and the
two Nabobships of the CamatiCi gradually terminating in the govern.
ment ol Mysore and that of the Carnatic Payen Ghaut.

f To-be continued. J

Notices of various Mammalia^ with Descriptions of mani/ New Species .*

By Ed. Bltth, Curator of the Asiatic Society's Museum, ^,

Part I.— The PRIMATES, Lin.

Simiada. When last I had occasion to treat of this group, I re-
marked (J. A. S. XII, 176J that, at that time, the only ascertained
species known to inhabit the countries bordering on the Bay of
Bengal to the eastward, were the Hyhbates lar, which I suggested
to be the most common species of Gibbon found in the interior of the
Tenasserim provinces, as alluded to by Dr. Heifer, — and H. syndacty-
lus, which, according to that author, extends as high as 15^ N. lat., a
statement which, however, it would be satisfactory to have confirmed.
It now appears that the H, lar is diffused so hi ({h as Arracan, where
Capt. Abbott, Assistant to the Commissioner of the province, and
who is stationed in Ramree, is acquainted both with it and H,

464 NoHeeiofvarioHs MammaHit, [No. 150.

hooloek M inhabitants of that island (?). In Arraean, howeTer, the
Hoolock is the prevalent speeies of Gibbon, and extends theneeoTer all
the hill ranges of Sjlhet and Assam;* while the lor, or White-
handed speeies, is found soothward to the Straits. The Society has
lately receired a pale specimen of the Hoolock from CapU Phayre
(Senr. Asst. to the Commissioner of Arraean, and stationed at Sando.
way), which closely approaches to that in the Zoological Society's
Museum, which was described as a distinct species by the name H.
ehor&mandtUfheing, however, a trite darker, and considerably darker
than the very pale example from Assam noticed in X, 890. Another
Hoolock in this Museum is again much darker than the Arraean
specimen, and we have retained a third of the usual intense blade
colour all over, with the exception of the constant white band across
the forehead.

According to Mr. J. Owen, who resided upwards of two yeais
among the savage Nagas and Abors who inhabit the wooded moun-
tain ranges to the eastward of Upper Assam, the Hoolock abounds in
those upland forests> kssociattng in societies of 100 or 150 individuals,
the combined noise of which may be heard to an immense distance.
In general, they keep to the tops of the highest Oolung and Maekoi
trees {Dipteroearpi), to the fruit of which they are very partial ; but
on several occasions, when emerging from a foot-path through the
dense forest into the open ravines formed by the action of the moun-
tain rapids, Mr. Owen mentions having come suddenly upon a party
of them washing and frolicing in the current, who immediately took
alarm and retreated into the jungle: but in one instance, as he was
proceeding solitarily along a newly made road through the forest, he
found himself surrounded by a large body of them, impelled perhaps as
much by curiosity at his European dress and appearance, as by re-
sentment at the intrusion of a stranger upon their domain ; the trees
on either side were full of them, menacing with their gestures, and
uttering shrill cries ; and as he passed on, several descended from the
trees behind, and followed him along the road ; and he feels sure that
they would soon have attacked him, had not his superior speed on the

* It if even found in lome parts of Mjrmunteng. Bncbanan Hamilton's MSS.:
upon tbe authority of Mr. Dick, formerly Judge and Biairiitrate of Sylket

1844.3 Nodoes ofvariouB MmmiuUia. 465

gromid enabled him to escape. Having at first, relates Mr. Owen^ to
cross a namber of felled logs, it was really no easy matter to get away ;
but the dear and open road once gained, he was not long in distancing
his porsners. Upon his retam, after this threatened attack of the
Hooioeks, Mr. Owen asked his Assamese interpreter^ (who had been
brought up in the hills,) whether it was usual for these Apes to man!-
fest so hostile a disposition ; and he was informed that only a few daya
before, as a party of Nagas were proceeding along one of the tortuous
jungle paths, necessarily in Indian file, the foremost man who was a
little ahead of the rest, was actually attacked and severely bitten on the
shoulder^ and would probably have been killed by his assailants, had
not others of his party opportunely come to the rescue, upon which
the Hoolocks immediately fled. Indeed I can testify to the capability
of these animals to inflict serious injury, from having witnessed a tame
female of the Sumatran H, agilU suddenly attack her keeper, by
springing up at him, grasping his body with her four limbs, and
biting at his chest, when it was fortunate for the man that her canines
had been previously filed down ; in consequence, as was said, of her
having occasioned the death of a man at Macao.* According to Mr.
Owen's account, the Hoolocks would also appear capable of destroying
large snakes ; for his attention was once arrested by the noise which a
party of them were making on the tops of some lofty trees overhead,
when aAer a while he was startled by the fall of a Pythtm Snake, of
about six or seven feet in length, within a few paces. The reptile was
nearly dead, or for that matter might have been disabled by the fall^
but it had been severely bitten and lacerated, no doubt by the Hoo-
locks above, who were unquestionably the cause of its precipitation.

Of the Javanese species {H. leuciicus, F. Cuv.), the Society has
lately obtained a fine female specimen, the colouring of which is some-
what remarkable, although nearly resembling that of a male described
and figured in the unpublished MSS. and drawings of the late Dr.
Buchanan Hamilton. General hue pale greyish-brown, or rather

* FroBi what I have aeen of the Oibhon tribe when brought up tame, no animals
could be more gentle and good-tempered ; but the lady in question bad good reason
for the utter hatred which she bore to her keeper, who used to make her display her
wonditraf activity a hundred times a day, in swinging from bough to bough of a large
artificial tree by meant of her fore-limbs only, by frequent application of the whip.

466 NoHees ofwsrioiu MaimwuUia. [No. 150.

browDiah.grey, darker on the nape, shoulders, and limbs, and the
inside of the thighs blackish anteriorly ; the outside of the thighs, and
the legs and feet above, are pale; the hands are washed with blackish:
crown of the head black : a whitish ring endreles the &oe ; the throat,
sides of the throat, entire under.parts, and espedallj the lumbar
region, are also whitish, bat a dark brownish.grey line extends down
each side of the breast and belly, commencing from the arm- pita, and
terminating in the blackish inner side of the thighs. As compared
with the Hoolock, this species has the coat rery much more close
and woolly, the hair adhering in flakes, more particularly on the
back. That of H. lar (the only additional species we poascso) is just
intermediate.*

I also suggested, upon the same occasion, that the Tenasserim Sem-
nopithecus maurus of Heifer would probably prove to be the ^. olh
scurus, Reid : and the Society has now received skins of the latter
species from Gapt Phayre, and some living young specimens from
Capt Abbott; and the skull of this animal, compared with that of a
skeleton prepared from a Tenasserim specimen sent in spirits by the
late Dr. Heifer (vide VII, 669), leads me to refer the latter also to
the same species, which, it may be remarked, is the only member of
its genus as yet ascertained from Arracan southward to the Straits,
where (in the vicinity of Singapore) specimens of it were obtained by
Mr. Cuming.

* On the subject of Oranfi^-utant, I took the opportunity before referred to, to offers
few remarks {vide pp. 167 and 182). Since then, the Society hat fortunately recovered
a fine skull of the male MiatJlamlfi, noticed as presented by Migor Gregory ( VII. 669),
which had been missing from their museum, and was consequently unnoticed in my re-
marks on the genus. I have also lately received a letter from Mr. James Brooke (of the
Borneo settlement), wherein that gentleman notices the dark colour of the Bamtbin
compared with the Pappan and Kassar, He remarks — " I concur in whatyoa say re-
garding the Wurtnhii and Ahelii being referred to one class [species]. The Kassar io
every specimen which I have seen, is of the same colour as the Wurmbii or Pappan;
but the Ramhi is of a dark brown in the two I have seen— one aa adult female— the
other a young but a large male. The Rambi is probably intermediate in size to the
other two species. I am aware how little general importance is to be attached to colour,
but among the very numerous specimens of the Pappan and Kassar I never fbond one
of this dark colour, whereas the only two specimens of the Rambi which have iUIen
under my notice were both similar and both dark brown. A little further personal en-
quiry would settle the matter beyond dispute ; and I hope soon to have the coantrics
open to me, when I shall feel great pleasure in forwarding you specimens either of
skeletons or skins."

1844.] NoHee$ rf various Mammalia. 467

The skins adverted to mre those of fall grown animals, and they
accord very well with the description of the species furnished by Mr.
Martin ; bat two very conspicuous characteristics of the living animal
might pass unnoticed in these skins, namely, the variegation of the fiice,
which is of a leaden. black, contrasting with pinkish flesh-colour on the
mouth and lips, extending to the lining of the nostrils, besides which
a large semi-circular mark of a paler and more livid tint occupies the
inner half of each orbit,— and secondly, a longitudinally disposed erect
crest upon the vertex, rising abruptly from amid the rest of the hair of
that part, and being analogous to that of the Sumatran S> cristaius,
(Raffles,) with which I should not be surprised to find the present
species identical : Raffles, however, says nothing of the variegation of
the face, and he remarks that " the young Chingkaua are of a red-
dish-fawn colour, forming a singular contrast with the dark colour
of the adults," whereas very young examples of the present animal
agree in colour with full grown ones; he also mentions that the
under part of the body is merely ''paler," while in the Arracan
animal this is dull white, and purer white in the young. In adults,
the whole hair of the crown is much elongated, the tuft still rising up
among the rest; and that forming the whiskers stands &r out on
each side, forming lateral peaks in addition to the vertical one. Five
examples before me (three of which are alive) exhibit scarcely any
difference in shade of colour, all being of a ashy dusky. black, darkest
on the head and extremities, a good deal silvered on the back, white
underneath or in front, and the tail more or less albescent either at base
only, or for the basal half or two-thirds, or even the entire tail ; there
is little trace of beard, and the shortish scanty hairs growing upon the
flesh-coloured lips are white. The young, besides a whining noise, to
express their wants, frequently emit a mewing cry that might be
mistaken for the mew of a cat.

To the same group of SemnqpUhed belongs my S, pilealua, J, A. 8.
Xllt 174, a species which abounds on the skirts of the Tipperah
hills, retiring hr into the interior during the rains, (as I am in.
formed by F. Skipwith, Esq., Judge and Magistrate of Tipperah,
to whom the Society is indebted for some interesting zoological spe.
cimens,) and it would appear also to extend sparingly upon the Naga
range eastward of Upper Assam. A fine specimen of an old male has

468 Notices 4tfvariou$ MammaUa. [No. 150.

ja0t been presented to tbe Society by tbe Rev. J. Barbe, R« C.
sionary, which was shot by him during his recent visit to the wild
Kookie tribes of the Chittagong hills ; and the same gentleman had
previously favoured us with a more than half-grown male killed in
Tipperah. These two differ consideffably in shade of colour from the
young female formerly described^ having the whiskers, throat, chest,
and front of the shoulder, very deeply tinged with ferruginous, — the
rest of the under-parts, the kgs ail round (from the knee), and much
of the humerus, less so, — and the head and back of a more dingy ash-
grey, being sullied with the prevalent rust-eolour : the half-grown
female before described has merely a faint tinge of ferruginous on its
whitish under.parts, and the back and limbs are very delicate pure
grey.* In the old male, the tail is of the colour of the back at base,
becoming gradually black, which last occupies the terminal third or
more : the fingers and toes are blackish, with an admixture of this <m the
back of the hands : the long black superciliary hairs spread into two
lateral masses (in all three specimens,) and are very copious, and be-
tween and above them, immediately over the glabella or inter-orbital
space, the hairs of the forehead are conspicuously tinged with ferrugi-
nous : those on the crown are not elongated as in the preceding species,
nor is there any trace of vertical crest ; but they are a little lengthened
beyond those of the occiput, sinciput, and temples, which they ac-
cordingly impend, and thus is presented somewhat the appearance
of a small fiat cap kid on top of the head, whence the specific name.
The length of fore-arm and hand (of the adult male), to tip of
longest finger, is above a foot ; knee to heel nine inches ; foot about
seven inches : and length of skull about five inches.

As a third continental species of this subgroup, I suspect must be
brought together the S. cephalopterus, (Zimmerman,) from Ceylon,
with which Mr. Martin identifies the Lion-iailed Monkey j3, and the
Purple^faced Monkey, of Pennant, the Guenon a face pourpreol
Buffon, Simia dentata, Shaw, CercopUkeeus laiibarbaius of Geoifroy,
Kuhl, and Desmarest, C. kueoprfmnus, Otto, Simia Julvo^risea^
Desmarest, Simia leueoprymna et S. cephalopUra, Fischer, ^. neeiar,
Bennett, and 6\ kucoprymnm et S. nesior, Lesson, — and the S.

* A half grown male jvtt received from Mr. SkJpwith is intermediate in itt
colouring.

1844.} Notices of various Mammalia, 469

Johnii, Fischer^ from the Neilgherries, to which Mr. Martin only
rd^ers the S, eucuUaius, Is. Oeoffroy. From specimens now before me
I think there can be no doubt of the identity of all of these, and that
the species both inhabits the Neilgherries and the mountains of Ceylon :
but Mr. Martin erroneously identified one specimen in the Paris
Museum with the present species^ as I have shewn in «/. A. S. XII,
170 ; the animal in question being evidently my ^. hypoleueoa, J, A* S,
X, 839. The name cephahpterus would have to be retained, and the
animal appears subject to considerable variation of shade; a half,
grown female before me resembling Mr. Martin's figure referred to S,
cepAaioptems, except that the croup is pale-grey as stated in the des-
cription, the hair there being shorter ; and there is an admixture of
this on the thighs, and slightly up the back : the whiskers, and hairs
on the lips and chin, are dull white; and those of the crown dull
chesnut-brown, and lengthening on the occiput: the tail of this is
whiter to the end. An old male, on the contrary, has dark dull
chesnnt-brown whiskers, conoolorous with the hair of the crown, and
some blackish hairs growing in front of them ; and his tail is blacker
to the end : the hair on the crown is all elongated, but increasing in
length to the occiput, where some of the hairs exceed five inches in
lengthy and tend to be albescent, a sort of dingy isabella colour pre-
vailing, which is not easy to express in words. On the short hair
of the croup, and upon the thighs, the same grey colour appears as in
the young female specimen, but is mingled with black, and consider-
ably less albescent. The bodies and rest of the limbs of both are deep
black, but picked out a little with greyish in the young female. I
consider these two specimens to respectively represent the S. cephalop*
terus and S. Johnii of Mr* Martin's work, the latter (or old male)
being certainly from the Neilgherries, and the other I purchased alive
in Calcutta, and could not learn whence it had been brought: but I
am quite satisfied of the specifical identity of the two, and have seen
others variously intermediate. . Upon these grounds I venture to bring
the two alleged species together.

The other Indian Semnapiiheci form a particular subgroup, well
characterized by their physiognomy ; and all of them have a radiating
centre of hair on the forehead, a little behind the superciliary ridge.
They have been mostly confounded under S, enteUus.

3 T

470 Notices of various Mammalia. [No. 150.

The most different from the rest is 5. hypoleuco$, NobiB, J. A, S.
X, 839>and XII, 170; which is characteri£ed by iu oomparativeiy
small size, deep colouring, and black fore-arms and hands* feet, and
Uil ; the head being of a dirty pale straw-colour. Inhabits the Malabar
range and Travancore.

Next, S. enieUus (verus), P. Cuv., is the representative of the
group in Bengal and Assam, extending (as I have been informed)
into Cttttack. It has constantly black hands and feet ; the fore-arm
and leg externally, with the croup, are of a pale chocoku au iaii
colour, extending more or less over the back, humerus, and thigh ; and
the rest is of a light straw-colour, or pale isabelline, with occasion-
ally a tinge of ferruginous on the belly. It is figured by the
late Mr. Bennett in the ' Gardens and Menagerie of the Zoological

Society.'

Very different is the 5. priam, £lIiot, of the Coromandel coast,
which has nought of the yellowish tinge, the whole back and outside
of the limbs, with the crown of the head, being nearly of the ekoeoiai
au iaii hue confined to parts of the former, but having more of the
lait in it, and as usual being most intense about the croup ; the hands
and feet are pale and conoolorous with the rest of the limbs; the
whiskers and occiput whitish ; and a strongly marked peculiarity con-
sists in having an abruptly rising erect crest upon the vertex, analo.
gous to that of S. cristatus (vel ? abscurus).

The S, anchises, Elliot, represents the former in the Deccan and

along the foot of the western ghauts. A skin presented to the Society

by that gentleman, with three examples of S. priam, resembles the

darkest specimens of S. enteUus in colour, but has the leg from the knee

whitish (perhaps not a consunt distinction), the hands mingled

white and blackish, and the feet whitish, with dusky black above

the base of the toes and on their terminal phalanges; but the

coat generally is much longer than in S. eniellus, the hairs on

the sides measuring four, five, and even six inches in length, and

those which grow upon the toes, and in a less degree those of the

fingers, which are very copious, are also remarkably elongated, ex-

tending considerably beyond the tips of the toes, which thus present

a Spaniel-like appearance. Mr. Elliot, to whom the merit is due

of first distinguishing these species, and who is well acquainted

1844.] Notices of varioui MammcUia, 47 i

with both of them, will shortly describe their characters more
minutely.

The same gentleman has also forwarded for my inspection an im-
perfect skin of a half-grown animal, received from the Goimbatore dis-
trict or its vicinity, which presents the colouring of true entellus, and
has the black hands and feet well marked ; but the coat is different in
texture, the hairs of it being quite straight, and not exhibiting the
waviness which is constantly observable in those of ^. eniellus of every
age, causing the light to fall irregularly on each hair of the latter
species, while on those of the specimen in question, as in ^. anchises,
the shine is uniform, and the sames traightness of hair is observable
in S.priam: this may appear a trivial distinction, but it is never,
theless a well marked one, which at once characterises S. eniellus
apart from either of the others ; and I incline to consider, for the pre.
tent at least, the skin under consideration to be a doubtful variety of 5.
anchises, the more especially as its coat is also longer than in speci-
mens of S, entellus of corresponding age.

Another allied species, of which the description does not tally with
either of the foregoing, is the S, schistaceus, Hodgson, «/. A. S, IX,
1212, *^ from the Tarai forest and lower hills, rarely the Kachar also,"
of Nepal ; and which would seem to approach nearest to S. anchises.
It is described as — '' Dark slaty above ; below, and the entire head,
pale yellow ; mere hands and feet somewhat darkened or concolorous
with the body above; tail also concolorous: hair on the crown short
and radiated ; on the cheeks long, directed back, and hiding the ears :
piles or fur of one sort, neither harsh nor soft, more or less wavy ;
three to five and a half inches long upon the body, closer and shorter
on the tapered tail, which is more or less tufted."

The Mussoorie Lungoors have been thus described to me by Capt.
Thos. Button, from whom I hope shortly to receive some specimens.
" I fell in," writes that observer (in a letter dated Dec. 30th,) '* with
a whole lot of Monkeys this morning, and took a leisurely survey of
them ; they were dark greyish, with pale hands and feet, white head,
dark face, white throat and breast, and white tip to the tail. This is
I think the Nepal and Simla species. The Macacus rhesus is found
here also, but I do not remember it in the winter, though it may re-

472 Notices of various Mammalia, [No. 150.

main in lome of the deep warm valleys."* Elsewhere, he remarks,
*' I have long thought that the Lungoor of our parts must be distinct
from the S. etUeUus of Bengal, on account of the diflferent locality in
which it is found, for assuredly were the Bntellus to oeeur here in
summer, it would retire to the plains on the approach of winter. Our
species, on the contrary, seems to care nothing for the cold ; and after
a foil of snow a glen on my estate which opens to the N. W. is crowd-
ed with them. In fttct, I really believe they are more namerous
during the cold than during the hot weather. On the Simla side, I
observed them also, leaping and playing about while the fir-treei
among which they sported were loaded with snow* wreaths. I have
seen them at an elevation of little short of 11,000 ft. even in the
autumn, when hard frost occurred every night, and thai was at Hattoo
or Whartoo mountain, three marches in the interior from Simla. * * *
It grows to a goodly size, and is rather a formidable looking fellow."
Captain Button's suggestion that the Himalayan Lungoor must be
different from the Bengal Hoanuman, because of the diversity of
climate which they inhabit, is in part nullified by the foct that the
Macaeus rhesus inhabits alike the Himalaya and the Bengal Soooder-
buDs; and it also remains to ascertain how high the S. eniei/us may
extend upon the Northern mountains of Assam : moreover it is by no
means clear, from the above descriptions, that Capt. Hutton's Mus-
soorie Lungoor is identical with Mr. Hodgson's Nepalese species.

Returning now to the determination of the Simiada found eastward
of the Bay of Bengal, Dr. Heifer mentions two species of Maeaems,
stating that '* the Cercopiihecus cynosurus {cynomolgus f^ inhabits
chiefly the banks of rivers, and the mangrove forests, being chiefly
fond of shell. fish": and that '^ Another species of Ceroopiiheeus ht^
longs to the rarest of this genus, and is found chiefly in the northern
parts, upon isolated limestone rocks." There can be little or no
doubt that the two following are the species referred to : and to Capt.
Phayre is due the credit of first securing specimens of these animals

• In /. A. S, VI, 9S5, Capt Hutton sUtet, of the Af. rAeiitf — ** This species

I taw repeatedly durisg the month of February, when the snow was five or six inchei
deep at Simla, roosting ? in the trees at night, on the side of Jakd, and apparently
regardless o( the cold."— Jioiima/ qf a Trip to tkt Burtndo Pats,

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 473

for ezaminatioD, the Society being already indebted to that gentleman
for numerous other specimens of Arracaneae mammalia, several of
which are new, and for nearly 200 species of birds, besides specimens
in other classes, to all of which he is continually &8t adding.

JUaeacus nemestrinns C?J A huge specimen of what I conceive
to be merely the common P^-taiied Monkey of authors, numerous in
Sumatra, (where three varietiea of it are alluded to by Raflles, who
terms the species Simia carpolejgtss,) if not also in other parts of the
Malayan archipelago and peninsula, differs from ordinary specimens
of ita race, such as are commonly seen in captivity, in the deveIope«
ment of its coat of hair, especially on the fore-quarters,— in having the
erown merely infuscated, instead of black (or nearly so),— and in the
terminal tuft of its tail being bright ferruginous ; besides which, there
b a strong tinge of golden-ferruginous about the shoulders. The coat
is fine in textvre, and upon the fore-quarters the hairs of it measure
from four to five inches long ; on the loins they scarcely exceed two
inches, and on the under-parts are comparatively scanty; the gene-
ral colour being that prevalent among the Maead, or griazled brown,
the piles annulated with dusky and fulvous ; crown darker, and the
middle of the back posterior to the lengthened hair is also darker, becom.
ing black along the upper surfoce of the tail, which has a bright ferrugi-
nous tuft as before notteed : but there is no trace of this upon a very
young specimen also sent, which has likewise little appearance of annu.
lation to it« fur, and the colours generally are subdued and much paler.
A live example (of undoubted nemesirinus) which I possess, about a
third grown, begins to shew the grizzling or annulation to the fur of its
fore-quarters, but no sign as yet of the rufous tail-tip. Upon the whole,
the very large fine specimen under consideration, does not differ more
from ordinary domesticated examples of the Pig.tailed Monkey, than
does an unusually fine wild old male of the M. rhesus which I pro-
cured some time ago in this vicinity, from such domesticated specimens
of the latter as must be fomiliar to the observation of most naturalisU
who are conversant with the study of mammalia. Capt. Phayre ob-
tained these animals in a mountainous and rocky situation, and it is
doubtless Dr. Heifer's second species of (so called) Cereopithecus, It
belongs, indeed, (as does also M. rhesus,) to the division Papio of Mr.
Ogilby, which comprehends all the short-toiled Macaci of Cuvier ; but

474 NotiotM <^wtriou$ Mammalia. [No. 150.

nol> as I tutpecly to the P^pio of Prof. Owen/ which I have reaaoD to
believe applies to the long-tailed African Baboons, or the Cynocephali,
Anctonun, exclusive of C mormon and leueophau», on the Mandrill
and Drill : whereas the long-tailed Maead, such as the next species,
together with Jf . radiaims and M. tmicus of 8. India, are referred by
Mr. Ogilby to CereopUkeau. Bat the truth is, that if we onee eooi-
menoe dividing the group Maeaeus, as now generally recognised, near-
ly every species of it might be selected as a subgeneric type per «e,
presenting various peculiarities of its own (e. g. M. niger^ nemetirinuSf
tilenut, rhems, cgnomolguSf radiaHu with sinicus, and perhaps others
with which I am less fiuniliar) : and I certainly much prefer the cur-
rently adopted system of restricting CereopithecuB to the numerous
African species which want the fifth tubercle to the last inferior molar,
and follow Mr. Martin in appropriating the name Cercocebus to those
other long-tailed African species which are known as (he Mangabeys^
or white^eyelid monkeys, of which three have now been ascertained, —
an arrangement which has the advantage of according with the geo^
graphical distribution of these animals, and by which, too, any of them
may be classified at a glance at their exterior, by those who an
familiar with the subjectt

M* cynomolgus (?) Though possessing living examples of both the
37. nemestrinus and M. eynomoigm, I have found great difficulty in
determining the skins sent by Capt Phayre, which I refer to these
species, in consequence of the mode of preparation of them, the skulls
having been taken out> and the fiuses irreparably injured ; but after
full consideration, I feel confident that the present one is correctly
assigned, if not the other also. A pair of skulls of this are sent, firora
which the following dimensions are taken. That of an adult male mea-
sures four inches and three.quarters in total length, inclusive of the pro-
truding incisor-teeth ; greatest breadth (of zygoma) three inches ; ver-
tical height (including lower jaw) three inches and one-eighth ; length
of bony palate an inch and seven^ighths ; breadth of ditto three
quarters of an inch. The corresponding measurements of a female

* Mentioned in the Report on BrUuh Fossil Mammalia, published in the ** Report
of the British Association" for 1842. p. &5.

t If I mistake not, the tail is in Cercopitkecus and Cercoeebus of constant propor-
tional length, being much longer than in any Macacus,

1 844. ] Notices of various Mammalia. 475

8knl] are — four inches and three-quarten, two and seven-eighths,
three inches, one and five-eighths, and nearly three quarters of an
inch. The upper canines of the male project nearly five-eighths of
an inch from the bony socket* Capt. Phayre sent the following note
respecting the habits of this animal. '' These monkeys frequent the
banks of salt-water creeks^ and devour shell-fish. In the cheek-pouch
of the female were found the claws and body of a crab": accordingly,
there can be little hesitation in identifying it with the other species of
Dr. Helfer> to which the same habits were assigned.

Of the species of this genus, one only appears to inhabit Bengal^ the
i#. rhesus, which is numerous in the Soonderbuns, where its habits I
suspect pretty much resemble those of M. cynomolgus : it frequents
thick jungly situations, particularly about the borders of narrow
gullies, and to escape pursuit will sometimes plunge into the water
firom an overhanging tree, swim to some distance beneath the surface,
and then land and make off on the opposite bank. The Hoonuman,
on the contrary, would appear never to enter the water. The
M. rhesus also occurs, as we have seen, even on the Himalaya so far
westward as Simla, and Mr. Hodgson has sent it from Nepal, where I
cannot help suspecting that (in different phases,) it constitutes both
his M. oinops and M. pelops, J. A. S. IX, 1213 ; and it is included
in Dr. Walker^s list of the mammalia of Assam, {Calc, Joum, NaL
Hitt II, 265,) together with another species discovered in that part
by Dr. McClelland, and described as M, assamensis in Proc. ZooL
Soe. 1839, p. 148. Still further to the N. W., " Monkeys" are stated by
Elphinstone to be found only in the north-eastern part of Affghanistan:
but no Simiadm are included in an elaborate paper on the mammalia
of that country, prepared by Capt. Thos. Hutton for publication in this
Journal, nor have I seen any subsequent notice of their occurrence in
that vicinity. In the Indian peninsula generally, the common species
of Macaeus is the Af. radiatus, being the only one included in the
catalogues of Messrs. Sykes and Elliot ; but M, sinieus is likewise
found in the southernmost part and in Ceylon, as is also the M.
silenus.

The following is a brief synopsis of the Indian species of Simiada,
with those of Assam, Arracan, and the Tenasserim provinces, as far as
they are at present ascertained :—

476 NoHees qfvarunt$ Mammalia. [No. 160.

1. Bylobaie$ syndaefylut ; Simia syndactyla, Raflto. Stated by
Heifer to extend u high as IS"* N. Lat.

2. H. lor, CommoD in the Tenasserim provineee^ and extending
northward into Arraean^and southward to the Straits.

3. H, hoolock. Hill ranges of Assam, Sylhet, and Arracan.

4. Semnapiikecus eniellus, F. Cut. Separate, apart, wider Bengal
and Assam ; Guttack ?

5. S. onehiBes, Elliot. Central teble land of the Indian peninsula,
and base of the western ghauts.

6. S. sehiHaeeus, Hodgson. Nepal: the species of the western
Himalaya perhaps different.

7. S. jfriam, Elliot. Coromandel coast.

8. S, hypoleueoSf Nobis. Travancore and Malabar range.

9. S. pileaius, Nobis. Tipperah and Chittagong hills ; Naga range.

10. S. cephahpterus, (Zimmerman). Ceylon and Neilgherries.

11. ^. obscurus, Reid. {S, erisiaius ? Raffles.) Arracan, Tenasserim,
extending southward to the Straits, and probabfy Sumatra.*

12. Macacus tilenrn. Ceylon, and neighbouring districts of the con-
tinent of India.

13. M. nemestrinuaC^) Arracan, Tenasserim.

14. M. rhesus. Bengal, Assam, Nepal, Simla.

15. Jf. assamensis. Assam.

16. M. eynomolgus (? ) Arracan, Tenasserim.

17. M, radiate. Peninsula of India.

18. M. sinicus. Southernmost part of ditto, and Ceylon.t
Although I have here followed the usual order of classifying these

three groups, I am nevertheless of opinion that the division comprising
the Ci/ncoepkali, Macaciy and Ctrcopitheci, (e. e. the genera with
cheek-pouches,) should precede that of the Semnopitheei and ColM
(or the genera with sacculated stomachs). The fiscial angle can no
longer be cohsidered as a guide to the relative elevation of these
animals in the scale of being, now that the adult Orangs, for example,

* The Semn, ^or PresbytisJ nobUis, Gray, Ann. and Map. Nai. Hist, 1842, p. 256,
I cannot but regard as requiring confirmation as an inhabitant of India proper.

t This is doubtless the species noticed by Mrs. Graham in Ceylon, where that lady
mentions *' Swarms of red Monkeys playing in the trees overhead." (Journal of a
Residence in India', p. 104.) I have reason to conclude also that this, and not the
Lungoor, is the Rollewai of the Singhalese.

1844.] Noiiee$ of various Mammalia. 477

are known to present so very prominent a musale, while^ on the other
handy the lowest of all the Simiada, or the American Marmozets,
have the same so inconsiderably developed ; and it would seem that
some trivial resemblance whidi the Semnotes bear to the Oibbons is
now the chief inducement that occasions the former to be still placed
next to the group of taiUess Apes, and thus to precede the third great
division of old world Monkeys and Baboons, which is characterized
by possessing cheek-pouches. But this third division unquestionably
presents a nearer structural approach to the first than does the second ;
and> so fiir as I have observed, the intellect is also decidedly of a
superior grade. I have next to describe an apparently new species of
the AMcan genus Cereopithecu$^

Care^iheeus chryturtu. Nobis. This belongs to the particular
minor group exemplified by C. sabigus, and would seem to be nearly
allied both to that species and to the C. tantalus, Ogilby, P. Z. S.
1841, p. 83^ the tail of which is stated in the Latin diagnosis to be
yellow at tip, while in the more detailed vernacular description this
is said to be ''brown at the base, light grey at the tip." In the
species now described, the terminal third of the tail is bright yellowish-
ferruginous, as 1 believe in C. sabmut. The specimen is a male, and
measures about nineteen inches from forehead to base of tail, the tail
about twenty.four inches ; from elbow to tip of hand nine inches,
knee to heel seven and a quarter, and foot five inches. Colour
grizzled yellowish-brown, the hair fine and soft at base, with the ter*
minal half comparatively coarse and rigid, and broadly annulated
first with black, then fulvous, and finally tipped with black ; for
the most part about two inches and a quarter long, but exceeding
three inches on the sides towards the flanks : the whiskers, with the
entire under.parts and inside of the limbs, aie dingy yellowish,
white: the foro-arm and leg greyer, or less yellowish than the
paru above; and the hands and feet infuscated. Face almost
naked, having only a few scattered hairs ; but a narrow supercilium
of long black hairs across the brow. The upper surface of the tail is
rather darker than the back for the first two.thirds of its length,
and then passes into bright yellowish-ferruginuus, which on the under
surface of the tail is continued nearly to its base, weakening however
in intensity ; the extreme tip of the tail is wanting in the specimen.

478 Notices of various MammaHa. C^o- ^^'

Length of the skull four inches and a half, and breadth acrcna the
zygoma two inches and three-quarters; vertical height two inches
and five-eighths; length of bony palate an inch and a half, and
breadth seven-eighths of an inch. Habitat unlinown.

LemuridiB, The Sienops gracilis is usually assigned to Ceylon, and
the Nycdeebus tardigradus to Bengal. The latter, howev^, certainly
does not occur in the lower part of Bengal, but may periiaps exist in
the hilly regions. Dr. Walker includes it in his catalogue of Assamese
Maoimalia ; and upon referring U> the late Dr. Buchanan HamiltOB's
MSS., I find what I consjder to mean this species, noticed aa oecor-
ring in Chittagong, where it is said to be rare and solitary, inhabiting
trees : in Rungpore, also^ very scarce, and said to hare been seen in the
hilly countries to the south and east of the Boorhampooter by some
natives, who recognised it by the Hindustanee name Shirimnida
BilH : ** bashful or shame-faced Gat,*' a name which I have also heard
applied to it The unobtrusive, nocturnal habits of this animal would,
however, always cause it to be little observed. I believe that it is " the
little Bradypus" of Dr. Heifer's ' Note on the Animal productions of
the Tenasserim provinces,' being commonly designated '' Sloth" by
Europeans : and the territories eastward of the Bay constitute, I sus-
pect, its chief habitat. A pair of the Sienops gracilis were offered to
me in the Madras bazar, at the low price of a rupee ; but I have seen
no notice of this species as an ascertained inhabitant of the peninsula.*
Here, in Calcutta, a dealer would ask at least ten rupees for a pair
either of them or of the Nyctieebus, and in all probability double ss
much.f They are, indeed, but seldom brought for sale in this em-
porium : and it is probable that the Nycticdms, if found at all in
Bengal, occurs sparingly only a little within the confines of the
province.

Vesper HlionidiB. — The only Bat contained among Dr. Heifer's

Tenasserim specimens was Pteropus Javanicus, which, with Nyetke-

jus Temminekii, he stated to be " amongst the rarer species found in

the provinces" ; and he alludes vaguely to other species of Pieropus,

Phyllostamus (meaning probably Megaderma), and Nydinomus (or

* It is included in Mr. Elliot's new catalogue of the mammalia of peninsular India,
f A pair of the Sienops said to have been brought from Singaport, have just bees
put up at auction at GO Rupees ! The Nydicehut is common in Arracan.

1844.] NoHeeM of vctrunu MamnuUia. 479

Dysopes), The Society has received Pi, mediui (vei Edwardtih Desm.,
apud Ogilby and othen, though Edwards 8 specimen was from the
Alauritius, and should therefore, I suspect, be the Pi. edulis/') from
Arracan, Tipperah, and Assam, where I cannot help considering the
Pi, assamensis described by Messrs. McClelland and Horsfield to
present merely an individual yanation. The same appears to be Dr.
Walker's opinion, as Pi» Edwardni alone is included in his list of
Assamese mammalia. Mr. Hodgson has also sent it from Nepal as his
Pi. ieucocephalus {J. A, S. IV, 700), together with the Cytiopterus
marginatus as his Pt» pyrivarus (ibid.), which latter has likewise been
received by the Society from Assam and Arracan, and both of these
species appear to be common throughout India; the former also doubt-
Jess constituting the large " Flying Fox" so abundant in the Maldives
and Laccadives. The third Indian species of frugivorous Bat, Pi,
DusMumieri, (of which a description will be found in XII, 176,) is still
wanting to the Society's collection.

Of Cynapierus marginatus^ I have been keeping three live females
for several weeks. They are exclusively frugivorous, and uke no
notice of the buzz of an insect held to them ; which I remark in re-
ference to a statement of Mr. Gray, that the nearly allied little
Kiodote is partly insectivorous: this I doubt very much. The
Cynopieru9 is a very ravenous eater, and will devour more than its
own weight at a meal, voiding its food but little changed as excrement,
while still slowly munching away. Of guava it swallows the juice only
(though a soft mellow fruit), opening and closing its jaws very leisure.
]y in the act of mastication, and rejecting the residue. The flight of
this Bat is particularly light and buoyant, far different from the
measured rowing, the direct and heavy flight of the large Pteropua ;
but the genera] manners and the voice of the two are very similar.f

The other Indian VesperiiUankUB fall into three principal groups ; viz.

• The Mauritius species is styled Pt, vulgaris, ▼. rubricoUis, Geoff., in P. Z. S,
1831, p. 4&.

t After a while, the three caged females meoticmed above attracted a male, who
used to be continually hovering about their cage of an evening, and at length took up
his diumal residence hitching to a rafter above a dark staircase cloee by, where one
of the females who escaped immediately joined him, and they continued to retreat there
regularly for some days, when both were caught.

480 Nodees of various Mammalia, [No. 150.

— EkinolophitUB, comprituig the genera Meffoderma, Ehiholopkms uid
ffippoiideros, and Nycdtris (which at Xm^i is a Malayan genus)» — Ihf^
sopodiiUB, including D^iopeM, (with tU ▼ariooi Bnbdivirions, as Chei
romelei, ^e.,) Taphozom, and RkLnopoma, — and Ve^fMrHUanima, or
the ordinary Bati.

The Megaderma fyra appears to be a common species throoghoni
India, and I have described iu habit of preying on smaller Bau, first
sucking their blood, in XI, 355. In reference to that paper, Bfr.
Frith informs me that a number of these Bats were in the habit of re-
sorting to the verandah of his residence in Mymanseng, and that every
morning the ground under them was strewed with the hind-quarters
of irogSj and the wings of large grasshoppers and crickets: on one
occasion the remains of a small fish were observed ; but frogs appear,
ed to constitute their chief diet— never toads: and of a quiet evening
these animals could be distinctly heard crunching the heads and
smaller bones of their victims* Other species of Bats were noticed to
keep aloof from this retreat, but Mr. Frith had no opportunity of eon-
firming my observation that the Meffaderma preys upon smaller ani-
mals of its tribe. The disproportion of the seses in the assemblages of
this species in their diurnal retreats is noticed in XI, 600 ; and indeed
I think that the same pretty nearly holds throughout the family. In
Mr. Elliot's catalogue, the name carnaHea is proposed, with a auA of
doubt, for the Megaderma of S. India, which however is perfectly
identical with that of Calcutta

RkinolophuM, Geoflf. and Cuv. In preparing a notice of the Indian
species of this difficult genus, so ftu* as I am acquainted with them, I
labour under the considerable disadvantage of not having M. Tem-
minck's valuable monograph to refer to; but I will nevertheless endea.
vour to review the history of the group, so fiir as the means at my
disposal will permit of. The first endeavour at collating the species
would appear to be that of M. Oeoffroy St. Hilaire, in the ' Annales
du Museum/ tom. XX, pp. 254 et teq* ( 1813). Four species are there
noticed, in addition to the two common in Europe*; and among the
former is a species from Timor, the Rhmohphe eruminifh^ of M.

* A third European ipecies, found towarda the South (in Dalmada, Sicily, &€.,)
also in the Levantine countries, and it would appear all Afriea, is the JKA. eapemm,
Licht., Rh, clivosMf Rupp* v. Bh, Geq^oifi, A. Smith.

1844.] Noiieei of various MammaUa. 48 i

M. P^roD and Lesueur, which 1 eonoeive to be erroneously identified
with the VeiperiiUo tpeoris of Schneider* described to inhabit India,
as it differs from the latter in its ewisiderably larger size, and (it
would seem) more rufous colouring.

In the second edition of Cuvier's * Regno Animal' (dated 1820),
these six species only are referred to : but Dr. Horsfield, in his ' Zoo-
logical Researches in Java' (dated 1824)9 had described seven (alleged)
species as inhabitants of that island, two of which have since been
brought together by Mr. Gray, after an examination of the original
specimens collected by Dr. Horsfield, — Eh. deformis, Horsfield, being
thus identified with Bh* imignis, Horsfield.

Then followed M. Temminck's Monograph of the genus, wherein
(if I remember rightly) several species were added to those of his pre-
decessors ; of which, among perhaps others unnoticed in Mr. Oray'e
subsequent syn<^is> I find mentioned by authors a Rh. lueius. Tern.,
from Javai an alleged rufous variety of which is described in the
Zoology of the Voyage of ia Favorite, from Manilla, — also a JRh,
puiiilui, from India, which appellation is referred with a mark of
doubt to a specimen in the Zoological Society's Museum, in Mr. Wa-
terhoose's Catalogue of the mammalia preserved in that collection, —
where also 13 mentioned, but likewise with a mark of doubt, Bh. in-
signis, Horsi, from Ceylon.

Gonfining ourselves now to the deseribers of Asiatic species'^. Col.
Sykes, in the Proceedings of the Zoological Society for 1831, describes
a Bk. dukhmn$n$is, distinguishing this from the Bhmolophe erumenijire
of P^ron and Lesueur, which, it is addedi is the Bhin. marsupioHs of
M. Oeoffroy's lectures, and the BA. tpeorii of M. Desmarest, by its
much smaller siaee, &&; but this smaller size corresponds with the
original description of Vesp* qfooris from India, the colour of which is
however stated to be " pale yellowish ash-brown" (apud Shaw), which
does not apply well to either, though better to that of India : and I
have little doubt that Col. Sykes's species is the true speoris, to which
4tikhMmensis would therefore be referred as a synonym, as likewise the
subsequent names (^[nculaiui. Gray, for the male, and peniciliaius,
Gray, for the female.

* The form is pecaliar to the Old World, inclusive however of Australia (apud
J. B. Gray).

482 Noiiees o/varioui Ma$iimalia, [No. 150.

Mr. Hodgson, in the Society's Journal for 18d5, next described a
Rh, armiger and Bh. tragatus from Nepal ; but the former of these
appears to be identical with the Javanese Rh. nobilU of Horsfield.
The same naturalist more recently obuined three other species from
that province, and has described one of them by the name pemiger,
in «/. A. S, XII9 414; but I suspect that this is identical with Rk.
iucius of Temminck.

We now come to Mr. Gray's " Revision of the genera of Bats, and
descriptions of some new genera and species/' published in the ' Ma.
gazineof Zoology and Botany/ No. XIL In this paper the Rk. vuigarii,
Horsf., is mentioned as inhabiting India^ and besides the Rh. apieuia*
ius and Rh, penicillatus, Gray, both of which I have referred to speam
verus V. duhhunenris of Sykes^ two other species from India are dcs.
cribed as new, from specimens procured by Walter Elliot, £8q-> Mad-
ras C. S., and these are also given in the latter gentleman's valuable
** Catalogue of the Mammalia of the Southern Mahratta country,"
published in the ' Madras Journal of Literature and Science/ No.
XXIV, pp. 98-9, one of them however by a different and more
appropriate name.

Such appears to be the amount of information hitherto published
relative to the Indian Rhinolophi, which I shall now proceed to reduce
and classify, and enrich by the addition of several new species.

The various Indian and Malayan members of this group &I1 into
two marked divisions, corresponding to Rhinolaphus, Gray, as re-
stricted, (the iVocA7ti>,apud Bechstein, according to Mr. Gray,) and the
Hipposideros, Gray, v. PkyUorhina, Bonap., apud Gray.

The former is exemplified by the three European species, and by
the Javanese Rh. affinis and Rh, minor, Horsf., in addition to which
only two species are indicated by Mr. Gray, the Rh, megaphyllm, 6ny,
(P.Z. S. 1834, p. 52,) from Australia, and Rh. grinew, Meyer, habi-
tat not ascertained. In this group, the facial crests are more promi-
nently developed, and terminate in an angular peak above, within
and anterior to which is a second leaf of membrane, in general also
peaked, and attached behind by a vertical (t. e. longitudinally dis-
posed) connecting membrane, which last is sometimes developed beyond
the lesser transverse leaf, in front of it, and each undergoes consid^able
modification in the various species : the nasal apertures appear linear.

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 4H3

from being partly overlapped by membrane, which lines and surrounds
the centre of the facial depression, between the latter and the nostrils ;
outside of the nostrils the face is bordered by a layer of membrane sur.
rounding it in front in shape of a horse-shoe. The ears in this group
are large, ample, and apiculated, having the point directed outward,
and (as Mr. Hodgson remarks of the Rkinolophi generally,) are " trem-
blingly alive all over:" the conch is continued round in front to form
an anti-helix, which is separated apart by an emargination, sometimes
very deep, but should not be confounded (as it occasionally has been)
with the tragus of various other Bats* As many as six species inhabit
India, all of which (unless Rh. pusiilus be among them) seem dif-
ferent from those heretofore described.

The first is remarkable for having a conspicuous transverse leaflet with
a septum behind and above it, situate upon the larger or posterior
peaked membrane, and considerably above the lesser or anterior one ;
but this is only a modification and development of what is more or
less observable in the others. The posterior peak reaches to between
the ears and even beyond.

1. Rh. mitratus. Nobis. Length four inches, of which the tail mea-
sures an inch and a half; of another specimen three inches and one-
eighth, the tail an inch and a quarter. Expanse (of the former) pro-
bably twelve inches ; length of fore-arm respectively two and a quarter,
and two and one-eighth; of longest finger three and one- eighth, and three
inches ; of tibia an inch ; and tarse with clawg half an inch. Ears
large and ample, measuring an inch to point anteriorly, the anti-helix
moderately developed, but separated apart by only a slight emargina-
tion. Fur of the upper-parts a rich light brown, paler at base, exces-
sively soft and delicate, and rather long ; of the under-parts shorter
and much paler. Anterior nose- leaf subovate, or nearly rounded,
contracted at base, and a conspicuous lappet of membrane is given off
from each side of the centre of the facial depression, overhanging the
nostrils, and forming a round mesial cup ; vertical membrane posterior
to the lesser nose-leaf little developed, and supporting its base only ; the
uppermost or hindmost peak triangular and acute at tip, reaching be-
yond the base of the ears between the two, and divided by a mesial
septum, but little overlapped at base by a second small transverse
lamina which occurs also in most of the other species, and is placed

484 NoHees of various Ma$itmaiia, [No. 150.

beyond and above the vertical membrane which tupportf the inner or
anterior noee-ieaf. This fine species was procured by Capt. Tiekeil
in the neighboarhood of Chyebassa, in Central India.

2. Rh. pernigeTy Hodgson, J. A. S. XII> 414.* Distingaished by
its large sise, and delicately soft and long, curly, blackish for, having
a slight ashy cast from the hairs being thus tipped. A fine specimen
which I saw in Dr. Grifl&th's possession, from Cherra-Poonjee (Sylhet),
and which has since been forwarded by him to the museum of the
Hon*ble Company in London, measured five inches from muzxle
to extremity of foot. The only example now before me is too mudi
injured about the head to permit of a description being taken of the
peculiarities of its facial membranes; and Mr. Hodgson's account,
excepting as regards sise and ecrfouring, applies, for the moat part, to
the species generally of the present subgroup. The length of the foreu
arm in the latter specimen (which was presented to the Society by Mr.
Hodgson,) is two inches and jthree-quarters> and of tibia an inch and
three-eighths. Inhabits the central region of the sub. Himalayas.

3. Rh, iragatus,^ Hodgson, /. A. S. IV, 699. This species was so
named in reference to the development of its anti-helix^ as compared
with the very slight indication of one traceable in Hipposideros amUger
(v. fiMlis f); but the appellation is &r from being felidtons, as the
anti-helix (not tragus, as indeed was duly pointed out by Mr.
Hodgson,) is less developed than is usual in the present subgroup.
Mr. Hodgson described this Bat to be " uniform deep brown, with
the tips paler and rusty ;" but two of three specimens sent by him are
certainly of a light brown, and one of them, more particularly, has the
upper parts tipped with dull maronne^ which produces a general shade

* Probably th« Rh. luctui. Tern., of which I can get at no dMcription, though Mr.
Gray alludei to it at itatad to be black with an athy tinge ; vide * Annals and Magasine
of Natural History' for 1842, p. 257, where Mr. Gray describes a Rh, morio tram
Malacca, Singapore. ** The front central lobe of the nose-leaf large, three-lobed ; far
reddish-brown. Very like Rh. luciui in general appearance, and perhaps the c«»loiir
may ha?e changed by the specimen having been taken from spirits." Why therefore
impose a new name, or at any rate why not put a mark of doubt after the word isiona,
and add HA. luctus, Tern., var. ? Most probably this is the Rh. lucius, Tem., var. r^/us,
from Manilla, of MM. Eydoux and Gervais, in the Zoology of the Voyage of la Famh
rite,^^Rh. luetus is described from Java.

t Misprinted tarquaius in Mr. Gray's " Revision."

1844.] Noiiees of various Mammalia. 485

of ihia colour, aa in several other species both of Rhinolophus and
Hipposideros, The central nose- leaf is small and narrow, and a little
expanded at the summit ; the nasal orifices are fringed externally with
a lappet of membrane ; and the uppermost peak of the membrane,
above the nose-leaf, is inconspicuous, being almost concealed by the
fur of the forehead. Length of fore-arm two inches and a quarter,
and of tibia an inch and oncsixteenth. Inhabits the central region of
Nepal.

4. /2A. macrotis, Hodgson, MS. This and the two succeeding
species are of small siae, and one of them may perhaps be the doubt-
fully cited Bh, pusiiius of Mr. Waterhouse. In that now under
consideration, the anterior nose-leaf approaches in form to that of
Rh. irafohts, but is proportionally larger and wider, nearly twice
as long as broad, and rounded without expanding at the summit,
which is scarcely so high as the pointed tip of the posterior vertical
membrane that connects the nose-leaf with the face; behind or
above this again, are three successive lappets of membrane, the first of
them incomplete, and the last or hindmost peak is obtusely pointed :
the nareal orifices are oblong, or rather kidney.shaped, with no lappet
of membrane bordering their outer side, but the usual horse-shoe-
shaped development overhangs the upper lip. Mr. Hodgson describes
the species as follows: — *' General structure typical ? No pubic teats.
Distinguished by the large siae of the ears, which are longer than the
head^ broad, oval, with pointed recurved tips, and large obtusely
rounded-second ears Canti.helix3> Colour sooty-brown, much paler
and dusky-hoary below.* Snout to base of tail an inch and three-
quarters ; head three-quarters of an inch : ears from an teal base fifteen-
sixteenths of an inch ; interval of ears a quarter of an inch : tail three-
quarters of an inch, completely enveloped in the square membrane :
arm an inch ; fore-arm an inch and a half; longest or second finger two
inches and five-sixteenths : femur eleven-sixteenths ; tibia the same ;
expanse nine and three-quarters; weight one-third of an ounce.
Habitat Nepal." The following are the dimensions of one of the

* Thif description does not apply, however, to the specimens with which Mr.
Hodgson has favored the Society, and which are of a light earthy olive-brown (one of
them vergiDg on isabelline), and paler below.

3 X

486 NoHees of various MatmmeUa. [No. 150.

speeimens presented to the Society by Mr. Hodgson. From nmsile to
base of tail an ineh and five.eighths» the tail exceeding five^ighths ; ears
antealiy five^ighths ; fore-arman indi and five-dg^ths; longest finger
two inches and a quarter ; tibia exceeding five-eighths of an inch ;
and foot with claws three-eighths.

5. Rh. subbadiugf Hodgson, MS. ; mentioned as FespertiUo mMa-
dius^ H.y in J. A. S., X., 908. In this spedes» the anterior noecleaf is
very small, oblong, and rounded above, but the vertical membrane
behind it is conspicuously developed, and pointed posteriorly ; behind
this again, is a short and broad transverse membrane, divided into
two lateral lobes, and as usual some long straight hairs grow from this
part ; and lastly, there is the hindmost angular peak, the sides of
which are slightly emarginated towards the point : the nostrils are
not externally fringed with membrane ; and over the lip is the usual
horseshoe. Mr. Hodgson thus describes the species :•— ^ No pubic
teats. Ears no longer than head, truncated at tip Qor rather, they are
somewhat obtusely pointed^, ovoid. Nasal appendage quadrate, not
salient, with a transverse bar nearly surmounting it towards the head.
Colour a medial clear brown, paler below, and especially on the head
and &ce. Snout to vent an inch and a half ; tail an inch and a quarter ;
head five-eighths of an inch ; ears the same ; expanse seven and a
half: fore-arm an inch and a quarter ; longest finger two and t
quarter ; the foot and nails three^ighths of an inch. Habitat Nepal."
The admeasurements of a specimen presented by Mr. Hodgson are
— muzzle to vent an inch and a quarter; tail five«eighths of an
inch ; head the same ; ears antealiy half an inch ; fore-arm an inch
and three-eighths ; longest finger one and seven-eighths ; tibia nearly
five-eighths of an inch ; foot and nails fivcsixteenths of an inch. In-
habits Nepal.

6. Rh. iepidus. Nobis. A good deal allied to the last, but distin-
guished by its much paler colour, longer fore.4ffm, and especially by
the uppermost and hindmost peak of the facial membranes being much
less evenly angular, having its sides so considerably emarginated tou
wards the tip, that the latter appears as a narrow terminal prolongation,
oue-sixteenth of an inch in length ; the vertical membrane posterior
to and adjoining the anterior nose-leaf is also still more developed and

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 487

obtusely -angiilated behind ; and there is a slight fold of membrane
exterior to the nostrils. Ears large, and of the usual form, measuring
nearly five-eighths of an inch from an teal base to tip, and having a
well developed anti-helix. General hue pale isabella-brown, the
far of the upper parts tinged with dull maronne towards the tips, im-
parting a shade of that colour; under.parts still lighter, and the fur
shorter: membranes apparently dark. Length an inch and three,
quarters ; of tail half an inch more; and extent about nine inches : fore.
arm an indi and five-eighths, longest finger two and a quarter,
and tibia above five-eighths of an inch. The specimen (in spirits), and
an injured skin of apparently the same species, were both probably
obtained in the vicinity of Calcutta.

Hippotideros^ Gray. This seems a perfectly distinct group, charac-
terixed by a totally different form of fecial crest from that observable
in the preceding series. The general form of this is quadrate, sur.
mounted by a short and broad transverse membrane recurved along
the edge, and over this, in the males (I suspect always,} is a round
sinus or cavity with a transverse semicircular opening. '' This cavity,"
remarks Mr. Elliot, *' the animal can turn out at pleasure, like the
finger of a glove ; it is lined with a pencil of stiff hairs, and secretes a
yellow substance like wax. When alarmed, the animal opens this
cavity and blows it out, during which it is protruded and withdrawn
at each breathing. Temminck notices it under the name of a syphon,
or purse, in Rh. imigms and Rh. speorut* fapud Geoffroy)*. The entire
lacial crest has been well compared by Mr. Hodgson to " a coat of
arnu, with double field" ; the superior and inferior fields separated by
a trilobate fleshy ridge, below which are situate the nostrils in a deep
cavity, surrounded by the membrane which forms the lower field, both
within and exterior to which are, in some species, additional laminae
of membrane. The ears in this group are, in general, less apiculated,
and sometimes rounded, and the conch is not continued round to form
an anti'helix.

* It if probable that the development of this sinus, and also of the throat-sac of the
TaphoJtai, depends much on season, like the infra*orbital cavities of various ruminants
and analogoui glandnlous follicles in many other animals.

488 Aotiees of various Mammalia, [No. 150.

Some have a more complex membrane surrounding the noatrik, and
three small lateral fringes of membrane exterior to the noae-leaf.

i. H. atmiger, (Hodgson), J. A. S. IV, 690. Very closely allied
to^ if not identical with, H. noMis, (Horsfield). I cannot, however,
perceive that *' the hairs of the axilla, hypochondria, and scapular
marks, are nearly white," as stated of the Javanese species. Colour
uniform light brown, with dark maronnetips to the fur of the upper-
parts. Length of ibre-arm (of a large specimen) three inches and five-
eighths, and of tibia an inch and a half. Inhabits the central region of
Nepal.

2. H. larvahu, (? Horsfield). A species which I have little hesi-
tation in identifying with this, has the fur of a brighter ferruginous
than is represented in Dr. Horsfield's two figures, and the under-
parts more particularly are much deeper-coloured than would appear
from the second figure of the plate adverted to. The fur of the upper-
parts is vivid fulvous, more or less tinged with maronne up<m the
back, and weaker towards the base of the hairs ; that of the under-
parto being somewhat less intense: membranes dusky, but it would
seem tinged with the prevalent hue of the for. Length about four
inches, of which the tail measures one and a quarter : fbre-arm two
inches and a half; longest finger three and a quarter ; tibia an inch
and one-sixteenth; foot with claws five-eighths of an inch: ears an^
gulated, measuring anteally seven-eighths of an inch to tip, and three-
quarters of an inch broad, length of head an inch. Both in this
species and the last there is a minute &lse molar anterior to the car-
nassier in the upper jaw, which appears to be wanting in those whidi
follow. Inhabits Arrecan, whence forwarded to the Society's Museum
by Capt. Phayre, to whom we are likewise indebted for the next

species.

8. H. vulgaris, (? Horsfield) ; a species mentioned by Mr. Gray as
inhabiting India. It difl'ers from the last in being rather smaller, and
of a brown colour above, much paler at the base of the hain and at
their extreme tips; and lighter-coloured below: the ears more a|nca^
lated, or rather they appear so from being strongly emarginated ex-
ternally towards the tip : the tail and interfemoral membrane would
likewise seem to be shorter, but the latter has been withdrawn from

1844.] Notices of various MammaHa. 489

the skin in the dry spedmen befi>te me, whidi, as before mentioned,
was received from Arntcan. Length of fore.arm two inches and a
quarter, and of tibia an inch ; ears anteaily three^qnarters of an inch,
and nearly as madi broad.

4. H.9peoru: Vup. spearis, Schneider, but evidently not of M.
Desmarest, whidi is Rh> mar9upiali» of M» Oeoffroy's lectures,
founded on the Rhinolopke erumeni/dre of Lesson and Lesueur : Rh.
Dukkunensis, Sykes, P. Z. S. 1831, p. 99: H. apieukUus, Gray, the
male, and H. pemdUaiUi, Gray, the female, Map. ZooL and Boi.
Na Xli. For description, vide Elliot, in Madraa Jl. No. XXIV, 98.
Colour nearly as in H. armiger (v. nobiUa f) : length of forearm two
indies, and of tibia an indi. inhabits Southern India.

This species is approximated to H. insignU^ (Horsf.,) in Mr. Gray's
paper, and it may be the doubtfully cited H. insignis from Ceylon of
Bf r. Waterhouse's Catalogue of the Mammalia in the Zoological So-
eiety's Museum.

Others have the facial crests altogether less complicated, and no
fringes of membrane exterior to the nose-leaf.

5. H.fidvua^ Gray, Mag. Zooi. and Boi., No. XII ; Rh. fuigens,
Elliot, Madras. JL, Na XXIV, 99. This is perhaps the most vividly
coloured of the whole class of Mammalia ; at least I know of no species
which can at all compete with it for brilliancy of hue. The colour of
the fur is here alluded to, for that of the naked skin of the Mandrill
and of certain Cereopitheei can scarcely be surpassed. The general
tint of the fur is splendidly bright ferruginous, that of the upper-parts
being slightly tipped with a darker shade; membranes dusky. Length,
according to Mr. Elliot, an inch and nine-tenths, of tail nine-tenths
of an inch ; expanse ten inches and a half: weight 4 dr. 20 gr. : fore-
arm an inch and five-eighths; longest finger one and a half; tibia
three-quarters of an inch ; foot (minus claws) a quarter of an inch :
ears anteaily eleven-sixteenths of an inch, and the same across;
their form scarcely apiculated. Inhabits Southern India, where very
rare.

6. H. murinus, Gray, ibid. ; Rh. murinus, Elliot, ibid. This I have
not yet seen, but shortly expect some specimens from Mr. Jerdon, who
informs me that it is common at Neiiore. It closely resembles the

490 Notices of various MammaHa. [No. 150.

last in all but colour, but hat the crest-membranes still less developed.
Colour dusky^brown^ paler beneath. Inhabits Southern India.

Taphozous, Three new species of this genus have been described by
me in J, A, S., X» 971 «<• seq, ; and in XI, 784> I verified and gavea more
detailed notice of the T. longimanus, Hardw., Lm, Tr, XIV, 525, and
distinguished the species which I had previously referred with doubt
to 7\ hnginumus, by the appellation T. Cantori. This last mentioned
Bat I have not again obtained in the neighbourhood of Calcutta, but
have received a specimen from Mr. Jerdon, procured in the vicinity of
Nellore (on the Coromandel coast), where it would appear to be not
uncommon. This species is easily recognised by its flatly ouUlying
ears, recurved tail, little developed gular sac, and by the whiteness of
the base of its fur, which shews conspicuously.

Another species from Southern India is my T. hrevteoMdus, which
is at once distinguished from all the other known species by the short,
ness of its tail and interfemoral membrane. The specimen was from
Travancore.

Since my description of T. iongimanus was published, I have had
several fresh specimens, and very recently obtained thirteen alive
(of which two only were males) from the interval between a pillar
and the wall against which it was placed. Five others escaped. These
Bats dung with perfect facility to the smooth mahogany back of a
cage into which they were put, hitching their claws in the minute
pores of the wood, and creeping upon it in a manner that was surpris-
ing. The females were each about to give birth to a single offspring
(early in August). Their size was remarkably uniform, both sexes mea.
suring four inches and a quarter from snout to taii-tip, by sixteen
and a quarter in alar expanse ; the tail protruding half an inch :
nostril not closed, but having a valvular kidney-shaped orifice, and
tremulous, as observable in various other Bats, (for instance, the Cynop-
tervs marginatus.) The variation in colour was not great, nor had it
any relation to sex ; but one or two were more hoary-tipped, imparting
an ashy appearance, and one only was marked with yellowish or ful-
vescent.

I have also procured in this vicinity specimens of my T.fulvidus, and
supply the following description of a recent male that was shot early one

1844.] Notices of various Mammalia. 491

morning, in brigbt day-light, creeping upon the stem of a palm. Length,
to end of tail, four inches, the membrane extending three-quarters
of an inch further ; tail seven-eighths of an inch> and (as usual) wholly
retractile within the membrane ; alar expanse fifteen inches ; length
of fore.arm two and three-eighths ; tarse an inch ; foot and claws
half an inch. General colour slightly grizzled chesnnt-brown, purer
on head and neck, the abdominal region covered with shorter hair,
weakly iofuscated, and less tinged with chesnut ; axillary part of the
membrane, from between the elbow to the flank inclusive, covered
with longer and whitish hairs. Face, ears, and membrane, washed
with dusky ; the portion of membrane between the hind- leg and proxi.
mate finger narrowly edged with whitish. One specimen purchased of
a bazar shikarree is so much darker, that before I had obtained a good
series of T. hngimanus I had some doubt whether it ought not to
be referred to that species ; and such an example may have been the
original longimanus of Hardwicke, described as of a snuff-brown
colour: but this name had better now remain as I have appropriated
it. In general, the present species is of a tolerably bright chesnut hue.
Like the preceding one (to which it is closely allied), the male has a
very large throat-sac, the ears bend upwards, and the tail is straight
and rigid, not recurved as in T. CatUori, and also as in the following
species. The specimens which I formerly described had been long
Boaked in spirit, which seems to have discharged the colour from the
Usee and membranes, and one of them which I have had taken out and
stuffed, has the under-parts more uniformly coloured, the longer hair
upon the membrane towards the axilla, and that of the abdomen,
scarcely differing in hue from that of the breast ; whereas in the re-
cently procured examples here described, the difference of colour in
these parts is very conspicuous.

T. erassus. Nobis. This is a well marked species, having the
recurved tail of T. Caniori, and ears bending upwards as in longima*
nus and fuividus. It is particularly distinguished by its blackish
colour, and the broad dull white margin of the membrane between
the tibia and proximate finger, this margin increasing much in depth
as it recedes from the finger-tip, and merging gradually into the black
of the rest of the membrane, becoming at first mottled with the latter.

492 Notices of various Mammaiia, [No. 150.

Length to end of tail four inches, the membrane reaehing fiveb^ightiiB
of an inch beyond ; tail three-quarters of an inch, the terminal five-
sixteenths protrusile and recurved : expanse fifteen inches and a hall;
fore-arm two and fivceighths ; first phalanx of longest finger two and
a half; tibia an inch ; foot large, measuring with claws eleven^ixteenths
of an inch : the sac little developed. Ears five-eighths of an inch apart
at base anteriorly. Fur of the upper>parts black, or dark bla<^ish-brown,
a little hoary at the tips, and light brown at the extreme base; under-
parts inclining to ashy-black, and more grizzled; membranes dusky, with
the exception of the whitish margin described. On the particular speci-
men before me, are some pure white dashes on one side of the back,
being traces of partial albinism. The nostrils appear to be quite closed
by a valve, which would open at the will of the animal. Taken at
Mirzapore, and presented to the Society by Major. R. Wroughton, lo
whom it is also indebted for examples of the Rkmt^HmuM, and for nn-
merous other interesting specimens.

T. pulcher, Elliot. A species from Southern India, recently dis-
covered by Mr. Elliot, who informs me that it is ** black-brown above
with white penciUings, and pure white below." That naturalist
will give a more detailed description of it in the Madras Journal.

Bhifwpoma. From descriptions with which I have been fitvored,
I had long felt satisfied that a Bat of this genus inhabited the re-
nowned ia^ at Agra, where great numbers of them would seem to
exist; and there can be little doubt that the species is that marked
Rh. ffardwickii, Gray, from India, in Mr. Waterhouse's catalogue of the
stuffed specimens of Mammalia in the Zoological Society's Museum,
and also that likewise referred to Hardwiekii in Mr. Elliot's catak^gue
of the Mammalia of the Southern Mahratta country, as being found in
old ruins to the eastward of that province. But a specimen in the
Society's collection received from England, and said to be African,
differs in no respect that I can perceive, and comparing both with the
figure of Eh. mierophylla in the national French work on Egypt, the
only difference arises from what I presume is an inaccuracy in that
figure ; vis. that the caudal vertebrse are not represented to be sufii-
ciently elongated. Even on comparison of the skulls together, and
with that figured by M. Oeoffroy, I have been unable to detect any

1 844. ] Notkei of varin» Mamtnalia. 493

Aiwemij worthy of notioe. The foUowing deseriptton is drawn apt
from speciflMBB veoeiTed ffom Agra and Mirsapore. Entire length>
(o{ a fuU grown! tt^le^) t»ead of the long slender tail, fire inches and
a liaMt the laUcr passing the Btenbrane by two inehes and a quarter ;
expanae twdre inehee and a half: (length, of a female five inches, by
eleyen inches in expanse:) fore-arm two inches and a quarter; longest
finger two and three. quarters; tibia an inch and a quarter: foot
with claws five-eighths of an inch ; ears from base anteally seven,
eighths of an inch, posteally half an inch, and width of the joined
pair, from tip to tip, an inch and seven-sixteenths. Fur very fine and
delicate, its general colour a soft dull brown, paler at base^ where
inclining towards albescent; the face, rump, and abdominal region
naked, the skin of the rump corrugated, and together with the face
and membranes dusky, having a tinge of plumbeous ; the skin of the
arms underneath, and of the belly and nates inferiorly, is transparent,
the latter covering an enormous accumulation of fat, which above
reaches over the loins and along the spine. Nostrils closed and val-
vular, forming obliquely transverse slits in the truncated muzzle : the
claws conspicuously white.

Dysopea, 1 know of but one Indian species of this genus, which is
the Vupertilio pUeahu of Buchanan Hamilton, Lin. Tram. V> 261 ;
the Nyeiinamus bengaUnsie of M. Oeoffroy; and I am inclined to
regard the D. murinui of Hardwicke's published drawings as no
other, indifferently rep^sented. I was favored with a live specimen
of this animal by Mr. Ridsdale» of Bishop's College Press, and lately
obtained another which flew in at a window : Mr. Masters also has
presented the Society with a stuffed one : all of these being much
of a *' snuff-brown" colour, the fur of the under.parts tipped paler :
but there is an old specimen of what may perhaps be another species
in the museum, the fur of which is remarkably dose and velvety,
and very dark fiiliginou8*brown above, with a shade of maronne,
the under-parts similar but paler and somewhat reddish. So far as I
can judge from the state of the specimen, it presentSi however, no
structural characters at variance with those of the other, that can
warrant its being distinguished as a species; but I yet suspect that it

494 Na^ee9 of various Mammalia, ^So. 150.

IB a different species from the pUeatus.* The affinity of this genus for
Taphozovs is very apparent in the living or recent specimens, the pre-
sent group having even the same peculiar mode of folding the wings,
which is not the case even with Rhinapoma^ wherein there is merely
a tendency or inclination to that particular mode of duplicatuie of
the wings.

* It is probably the Malayan D. temiiSt ▼• fJyctinomus UrntU, Honfield.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. — J anuary, 1844.

{Wtdiutdafi Evening^ the Ird January, 1844.)

The monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the rooms on Wednesday even-
iog, the Srd January, at the usual hour. The Hooorahle W. W. Bird, President, in
the chair.

The election of officers for the year 18M, was the first business of the meeting,
and it was agreed that those of 184S should be requested to continue. The name of
Dr. A. Sprenger, B. M. Si was added to the Committee of Papers.*

R. Macdonald Stephenson, Esq. proposed at the last meeting, was ballotted for
and elected. The usual communication was ordered to be made to him.

Proposed as an Honorary Member by the Hon'ble the President, and seconded by
the Secretary :—

John, Prince of Saxony, brother to the reigning king.

In proposing this illustrious personage as an Honorary Member, the Honorable the
President and Secretary stated, that they had done so not only in consequence of
his genera] and well-known proficiency in literary and scientific pursuits, but speci-
ally with reference to his high attainments as a Sanscrit scholar, and his unvarying
patronage on all occasions of oriental scholars and oriental literature.

The Sevres Medallion of Major Rennel, presented at the meeting of November
1843, which had been framed in black marble, was now exhibited.

The Committee named at the December meeting, to settle the form of the inscrip-
tions on the marble tablets beneath the busts, and the height of the pedestals
for them, eih\bited the tablets as prepared, and referred to the bust of Mr. James
Prinsep, which had been placed on a temporary stand at the height they thought
suitable, for the opinion of the meeting. It was resolved, that the alteration be
made as proposed.

Read the following letter addressed to the Secretary by Mr. W. Prinsep : —
To H. ToRRBNs, Bsq, Vice President and Secretary qf the Asiatic Society, Calcutta.

DiAR SiB,— I have the honor to acknowledge your two letters of the 28th July* one
to myself in conjunction with my brother H. T. Prinsep, Esq., the other to Sir
Kdward Ryan, with a request to procure Kit Oat Portraits of each of these gentlemen.

1 have seen these gentlemen, and we are next week to decide upon the artist
and time of sitting, regarding which I shall have the pleasure of addressing you by

* N. B.— The names of Offlcen and Memben of the Society, as they stand at the commencement
of 1814, will be found at the end of the present Number.

ii Proceedings of the Asiatic Sodeiy. [Jan. 1844.

next mail ; in the meantime, as it Lb usual to pay down to the artist half the cost upon the
first sitting, and as 1 believe they will cost Eighty Guineas each, i shall be glad if
you will at once remit the amount necessary for this purpoee* Youn faithfully,
London^ 14M Mwemfrtfr* 1843. Wm. Pbinssp.

Ordered, that the remittance desired be made by a safe channel.

The following list of Books, presented and purchased, was read: —

Booki received for the Meeting qfthe Asiatic Societif, omtkeZd January ^ 1844.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the

month of November 1843. — From Government.
Calcutta Christian Observer, new series, vol. 5, No. 49, January 1844. — From the

Editor.
Oriental Christian Spectator, 2d series. Bombay, December 1843, vol. 4, No. 12.—

From the Editor.
Jameson's Edinburgh new Philosophical Journal. Edinburgh, 1843, vol. 35, No. G9.—

From the Editor.
London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magaxine and Journal of Science.

London, 8d series, vol. 22, Nos. 147, 148; vol. 23d, Nos. 149, I50.~-From the Editor.
Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, 1842-43, vol. 4, pt 1st, No. ^ and

Index to vol. 3, November 1838 to June 1812.-~Presented by the Society.
List of the Members of the Geological Society of London, 1st March 1843b
Society for the Encouragement of Arts, Manufactures, and Commerce. Premiums

for the Sessions, 1843-1844, 1844-1845. London 1843.— Presented by the Society,

(two copies).
Jerdon's Illustrations of Indian Ornithology. Madras, 1843, No. 1, (two copies.) —

Purchased*
Graberg de Hemso, Ultimi Progress! della Geografia. Milano, 1843.— -Presented by

the Author.
Lassen de Taprobane insula veteribus cognita Dissertatio. Bonne, 1842. Pamph. —

From the Author.
Moise de Khor^ne, Auteur du ve. Siecle. Histoire D'Armente, Tezte Annenien et

trtfdttction Fran^aise par P. E. Le Vaillant de Florival. Venise, 1841, 2 vob.

8vo.— Presented by J. Avdall, Esq.
Bulletin de la Societe de Geographie, 2d serie. Paris, 1842, tome IS.'^ Presented

by the Society.
Journal Asiatique ou Recueil de Memoires, 8d serie« Paris* November, December

1842, tome 14, No. 79, et 4th serie. Mars, 1843, tome 1, No. 3.— Presented.
Annales des Sciences Physiques et Naturelles, D' Agriculture et D' Industrie.

Lyon, 1838-40, 3 vols. 4to.— Presented.
Journal des Savants. Paris, 1843, Avril, Mai, et Juin.— Purchased.

The Librarian also presented a condensed report of the Books and Pamphlets added
to the Library during the year 1843, which was ordered to be printed, and will be
found at the conclusion of the Proceedings.

Dr. A. Sprenger submitted a specimen sheet of the Dictionary of Suffectic Terms
now printing by the Society under his supervision.

Jan. 1844.] Proceedings of the AmxoHc Society, iii

Read the foIIowiDg letter from Metsra. W. and H. Allen and Co. the Society's
Agents and Bookeellen .- —

To H. ToRRBNt, B9q» Swretary to the AsiaOe Societff of Bengal.

Sir,— We have received your favor of the 18th July last, enclonng a bill of lading
for a case of Books for Mr. Konig, and also a letter for that gentleman has been re*
ceived, and shall have our attention on the arrival of the Ship " CutKberi Young"
by which vessel the box is consigned to us.

Your favor of the 28th July, enclosing a letter for Sir Edward Ryan and H. T.
Prinsep, Esq., also one for H. T. and W. Prinsep, Esqrs. have both been delivered to
the latter gentleman, the two former being absent ifbm London at the time of the re-
ceipt of the letten by us.

Your further fkvor of the 7th August, enclosing a bill of lading for 25 copies of the
Mahaliarata, complete, and the same No. of the Index only, shipped by the '* City of
Poonah," has duly come to hand, but the arrival of the vessel is not expected for some
time. We have the honor to be. Sir,

London^ ZUi October, 1848. Your most obedient servants,

W. H. Allrn & Co.

Read the following letter and enclosure from the librarian : —

To H. ToBBBRS, Bsq, Sectetary, Asiatic Soeietiy,

Sir,— >! have the honour to forward you the accompanying note of Messrs. Thacker
and Co. who apply for a deduction of 25 per cent, on the Tibetan books, which appears
to have been formerly granted to them by the Secretary of the Society on the Asiatic
Journal.

In laying this request of Messrs. Thacker and Co. before the Committee, I would
beg to suggest to them to pass a rule, respecting the sale of all their publications to
booksellers, and should such a deduction be conceded, to ask in return the same al-
lowance from them. I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,
Aiiatie Soeietiy, 1\tt December, 1843. E. Robr.

Bnclosmrg : Messrs Thackerand Co's. compliments to Dr. Roer, and beg to state, that
they have been in the habit of paying only 1-8 per No. for the Asiatic Society's Journal,
the usual charge being 2, from which a discount of 25 per cent is allowed to them. Messrs.
Thacker and Co. will thank Dr. Roer to send the voucher, as they think they only re-
ceived Nos. 47 and 48. They will further feel obliged, if he will kindly take off the
usual allowance for the two Tibetan books.
Calcutta, I2th December, 1848,

After some conversation it was agreed on, that the allowance desired, should be
made, upon condition that it should be reciprocal.

Read the following letter from the Secretary to the Society Royale d' Agriculture,
&c. &c. of Lyons :—

Le Seeretaire'Arckieute de la SocUii Royale d^ Agriculture, Hittoire Naturelle et

Arts utiles de Lyon,

MoNsiKUR Lx Prxsiornt. — Je suiscbarg^ au nom de la Soci^t^ Royale d' Agricul-
ture de Lyon de vous offrir la coUectioo Ue ses Annates pour la Soci£te du Bengal.

iv Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. [Jan. 1844.

Nous noua estimeront heureui n la compagnie uvante qae tous pr^idei jugeca It
recuei) assez digue d*inter£t pour noua honorer d'un ^change de ses traTauz.

Veuillez agre^r, je voui prie, Moiuieur, le sentimens de haute consideration avec
lesquels. J'ai I'honneur d'etre,

Lffon, le lere Juint i84l> Votre tres humble et obeiasant serviteur,

A Monsieur le President de la Societe dm Bengale, G. Mul^ant.

Ordered , that a copy of the Journal be regularly dispatched to this Society.
Read the following letter fron Capt. BonncTie : —

To H. ToBBBNs, Bsq. Honorary Secretary to the Asiatic Society,

Sir, — I had the honour in April or May last, to forward you a letter from the UoiTer-
sity of Christiania in Norway, accompanied by various specimens of natural history,
minerals, coins, books, &c. &c. which you did me the honour favorably to acknowledge,
expressing your willingness to readily reciprocate. Desirable opportunities now of-
fer themselves for the dispatch of any variety which your Society may be pleased topre-
sent to the Christiania University by vessels bound to London, and any communication
addressed to the Swedish and Norwegian Consul General in that port, Chas. Tottie, Esq.
will be duly dispatched, or if forwarded to my friends, Messrs. J. Mackey and Co. of this
city, they will be duly cared for, and forwarded to their destination.

I have the honour to be, Sir,
Calcutta^ SOth December^ 1843. Your most obedient servant,

0. S. BoNNBTiB.

The Secretary was requested to inform Capt. Bonnevie, of what had been already
dispatched to the University from the Library and Zoological Department, and what
was in train of being so, from other departments.

Read the following letter from J. Avdall, Esq.: —

To H. ToRRBNs, Bsq. Secretary, Asiatic Society.

My dbar Sir, — Herewith 1 beg to send you, for presentation to the meeting of the
Asiatic Society, a copy of the History of Armenia, by Moses Khorenensis, translated
into Freuch by P, E. Le Vaillant De Florival, and printed with the Text at Venice
in 1841, 2 vols. I remain,

Your's faithfuUv,

Calcutta, dOth December, 1843. Jouannbs Avoall.

Messrs. Ostell and Lepage having sent two Numbers of the Zoology of the Voyage
of H« M. S. Sulphur, Capt* Belcher, for inspection, a subscription for one copy on
the part of the Society was authorised.

Jan. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. v

Read the folio wing letter, accompanying two Models of a Boat and Float which
were on the table : —

W. H. ToRBBMs, Bsq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society,

Sib, — Having two models of Steamers on the Archimedean principle, I am desirous
to place them in the Museum, with the view of exposing them to the gentlemen of Cal-
cutta, who may honour that place with their presence, in the hope of meeting with
encouragement to get up a vessel on this plan for inland navigation, in which 1
would wish to take share and devote my time to the furtherance of, after May next;
otherwise I would dispose of them at a moderate price; and shall feel obliged by
your kindly allowing them to be placed there for a short time.

I shall be happy at any time to set them in motion in a trough of water, for the
satisfaction of gentlemen wishing to see them act I remain, Sir,

Vour obedient servant,

Calcutta, 23rd December ^ 1843. Gkokgb Nicks, Engineer,

Hon* hie Co* 9. Service, Kidderpore*

Read the following letter from G. Bnist, £8q. Bombay.

Db4r SiR,~The Bengal Asiatic Society appears to be under a misapprehension
as to there being any reprint of the Transactions of the Bombay Branch, there is none
such. I believe the new issue for two yean past, in process of publication, has always
been forwarded to Calcutta.

The misapprehension may have arisen from the circumstance of the Bombay Geogra-
phical Society being presently engaged in reprinting their transactions : these have been
desired to be sent to you, and i shall take care that they are duly forwarded the moment
they have passed through the press. The printer is now far advanced with them.

The reports of the Observatory formerly applied for through Government, will be
completed very shortly, and sent to your address.

i have the honour to be. Sir,
Your most obedient servant,
Bombay Observatory, Gbo. B u i st,

28(A November, 1843. Secretary to the Geographical Society,

A catalogae of the additions to the Library was presented by the Librarian, and
ordered to be printed with the January (the present) number of the Journal. Ac-
count sales of Oriental publications was also submitted as follows :—

Oriental Publications, ^c, sold from the 9<A January up to the Uth December, 1843.

Rsi As,
Mahabharata, vols. I to IV, 8 copies each, . • . . ••

Index to ditto, vols. I, II, III, 6 copies each, and voL IV, 7 copies,
Naishada, 3 copies,
Sausmta, vols. I and II, 1 copy each.
Hariwansa, 1 copy,
Sanscrit Catalogue, 2 copies, . .

Putowe Alemgiri, voL I, one copy ; vol. II, one ditto; vol. Ill, 2 ditto; vol.
^ol. IV, 8 ditto; vol. V, 10 ditto ; vol. VI, 9 ditto,

Carried over, .. .. .. ., .. .. .. 640 8

• •

«320

250

QJah

. 1844.

640

. • •

25 to

• •

vi Proceedings of the Asiatic Society,

Brought over, .. •• .. •• ••

Jawame-ttUllm-al-riazi, one copy, •• .. ••

Khasanat-uI-Ilm, one copy, .. •• .. .. ••

Sharaya-ul-klam, 2 copies, •• •• ..

Asiatic Researches, vols. XVII I, 1 copy; XIX, 1 ditto; XX, 2 ditto,
Journal of the Asiatic Society, Nos. 52, 56, 61, 65, 84, 90. 103 to 119, 125 to
130, and Supplement to No. 126, one copy each,

Total Rupees 760 0

E. HoBR,

CaicuUa, tike 2d January, 1844. Librarian, Asiaiic Society.

Read report of the Curator Museum of Economic Geology, for the month of
December.

REPORT or TUB CURATOR MUSRUM ECONOMIC OEOLOGT AND OEOLOOICAL AND MINI-
RALOGICAL DEPARTMENT, FOE THE MONTH OF DECEMBER.

Mmeraiogieal and Geoiogieal.'^i have been unable to complete, for this month, the
arrangement of the specimens brought by Capt Russell from the Cheduba Archi-
pelago, but I trust to do so by next month. 1 have moreover not yet obtained CapU
Russell's detailed report.

Capt. Newbold, M. N. I. has sent us from Kumool three small, but very cttrioQi,
specimens of "organic bodies in a vein of chert in the Kumool limestone." Wbcn
examined by a magnifier, these are seen to be minute nummulitcs, more or le« silici-
fied. None of them effervesce wiUT acids, though the matrix in the less rfanprnrt
looking parts does so. It is probable that the limestone would be also found to
contain these bodies, either at the spot these were found, or in the vicinity of it. In
a geological point of view, the presence of the fossils of so recent a foimation in that
quarter of India is highly interesting.

Museum Bconomie Geofopy.— Capt. Shortrede has, at my request, kindly sent ns a
box, containing eight specimens of tolerable size of the lithographic stones from near
Rewah, of which impressions and specimens were presented at the September and Oc-
tober meetings ; these are now in the hands of Mr. Black for trial and report.

Mr. W. C. Drew has presented us with a mineral, which though common enough
in itself, is from its locality of considerable interest. It is a fragment of argentiferous
lead ore from Adelaide in Australia : of which I learn that so large a quantity as eight
tons had been sent from that port to Sydney for smelting.

Capt. Oldfield, Executive Engineer of the Saugor division, has presented us with a
very interesting set of specimens of iron ores, and other minerals from that district
His letter is as follows :—

To H. PiDDiNOTON, Esq. Curator of the Bconomie Museum, Caicutia.

Sir,— Having been favoured by you with a copy of the printed Memorandum rela*
tive to the objects of the Museum of Economic Geology, I took the opportunity of pass*
ing through the town of Heerapoor in Bundelkund, to observe the method of smelting,
and to collect some iron ores from that district.

The large specimen marked * Heerapoor iron ore,' shews the average quality, of which
the quantity is unlimited. The whole neighbourhood may be said to abound in iron,
the ore is at the surface, or rather the mines are mere caveb in iron rocks. The iron stone

Jah. 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. vii

is fint broken down, and afterwards into smaller pieces of about an inch in diameter,
by small hand hanuners, mixed with double its weight of charcoal, and put into clay
furnaces about 5 feet high and one-half in diameter, the draft is given by a hand bel-
lows, the nozzles of which are of fine clay and require constant renewal.

The slag is drawn oflF by tapping the lower part of the furnace ; the iron however
u not completely fused, but is taken only by tongs through the top of the furnace ;
after withdrawal of the slag. At this stage, it is of a pale straw colour, and is at once
subjected to hammering, by whichitlosesone-thirdof its weight, this hammering being
continued till the iron is cool, it is then considered ready for forging. As a specimen of
the manufactured iron, I send half a tawa, or scone for baking chupattees, weighing
about 41b.

1 send also some specimens of iron ore kindly collected at my request for the Museum,
by Lieut Turner, 5ist N. I. wken'that officer was on detached duty at Tendookheru, a
village south of Saugor, and within a few miles of the Nerbudda. Prom these mines,
the iron of which Col. Presgrave foimed the bars for the Suspension Bridge over the
Beas river near Saugor, was procured.

No. 1, is the rock of which the hills containing the ore mostly consist.

No. 2, is the ore.

No. 3, Slag.

No. 4, Iron from the furnace, unrafined by forging.

From the neighboarhood of Saugor I send specimens of Kunkur, No. 5 and 8 of
which, should you have leisure, 1 should be glad to obtain a corroct analysis*

The specimens of mortar or concrete which 1 send, wero fbrmed from a mixture of
lime made from kunkur No. 5, with gravel and tile dost One specimen had water
poured on it a few minutes alter it was mixed, and commenced hardening from that mo-
ment; the soribee set very quickly ; the lime used was rather stale, having been burned
upwards of a month, and exposed to a damp atmosphere. It was carefuly ground,
however, a measure essential to the goodness of mortar made with kunkur or other
hydraulic limes. 1 have added somespecimens of limestone marked No. 6, found in masses
or boulders imbedded in the black soil of the Saugor district, and a specimen of the
red sandstone of that part of the country, which in many places is in lamina sufficiently
thin to be used for roofing purposes in lieu of slates. It is likewise found in slabs,
used in thicknesses of 3 or 4 inches as architraves, having a bearing of from 6 to 8 and
even 10 feet This stone is likewise in general use for marble masonry, being more
commonly found massive or with irregular lamination.

I take the opportunity of adding as mere matters of curiosity, at least, without re-
ference to any building or other useful purpose in the Saugor district,

A specimen of granite firom Debsor river in Bundelkund.

A specimen of a dark compact rock with the character of which 1 am unacquaint-
ed.* From the position in which I found it, I believe it to extend over a large tract of
country in the Jhansi state on the left bank of the Debsor, at a depth of from 80 to 40
feet from the surface. I have the honour to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,
7j RusseU Streitt Chowrmghee, J. N. Oldfibld, Capt.

December 2dt 1843. BxeeuUve i^ngtfiser, Saugor DMsian.

* It Is an indurated and Bomewhat flbrou clsy slate.— H. P.

ABSTRACT

OfAe LUt of Books received into the Library, from the iSth
January to the 6th December 1843.

JVofo.— The number of all the Booka, veceired daring last j9iKt, amonata to 891.

EngUABwla,

Annals and Magasine of Natornl History. London, Nos. 61. 63, 64, 68, 60, 7J, 72, 75, 76^— « Hoc
Archmriogia, or Ifiscellanoous Tracts rotating to Antiquities. London, 1842, Vol. zxiz, — 1 vol.
Arrowsmith's Map of India. London, 1840, 1 No.
Andubon's and Bachman's Descriptions of new species of Qoadropeds inhabiting North-Ametiea.

I pamphlet.
Bemier^s Travels, comprehending a description of the Mogul Empire, translated fhnn the Fkcncfa

by J. Stuart Calcutta, 1816, 1 vol.
Batten's Report on the Settlement of the district of Gurhwal, in the province of Kemaon. Ag;ra,

1646, 1 pamphlet
Buist's Comparative Readings of Eight Barometers. 184S, (a leaf,) 1 No.
Calcutta Christian Observer. New Series. Nos. 97 to M^ 43 to 48, 11 Nos.
Calcutta Utenry Oleaaer, 1862, Vol i, Nos. 11 and 12, 184S-VoUU, Nos. 1 to ^ 10 Nos.
CalcutU Journal of Natnnl Sdtnce, 1848. Vol. Iv, No. IS. 1 No.
Calendars of the ProceedingB in Chaaoery in the reign of Queen SUsabath. 8 vols.
Callery's Encyclopedia of the Chinese Language. London, 186C. 1 pamphlet*
Collection of P^ien regarding the course of the Indus, and especially of its Eastern Month and

the Branches fltlUng into the Run, of Cutch. Calcutta, 186C, 1 vol.
Darwin's Journal of Researches into Geology and Natural History. London, 1888, 1 vol.
Documents relating to the Gates of Somnath. 1 pamphlet
Early Records in Equity. Calcutta, 184fli 1 vol.
Francis's and Craft's Chemical Gaiettte. 184C, No. 1, 1 No.
Goodwyn's Memoir of an improved system of Suspension-Bridges, on the principle adopted by Mr.

Dredge. Calcutta, 1848, 1 pamphlet
Gould's Monograph of the Ramphastidie, or Family of Toucans. London, 1884. 1 vol.
Gray's List of the Genera of Birds. London, 1861, 1 vol.
— ^— SpecUegia Zoologica, pt i, 1 No.

— ~— SkMlogy of the V<»yBge of H. M. S. Sulphur, Mamnalia pt i. London, 1884, No. 1, 1 No^
Gtttch's Quarterly Journal, Vol. i. No. 6, 1 No.

Hart's Report on the Trade and Resources of Kurrachee. Calcutta, 1843, 1 vol.
Herapath's Railway and Commercial Journal, 1848. Vol. v, No. 178, 1 No.
Ibn KhalUkan's Blc^graphical Dictionary, tiiinslated.fhmi the Arabic by Baron MacGwUia d*

Slane. Paris, 1842, Vol. L 1 vol.
Jameson's Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, Nos. 63, 66b 67, 68. 4 Nos.
Journal of the Agricultural and Horticultural Society of India, 184t; Vol. i and VoL fi, Noe. 1 to 9.

1 vol. 9 Nos.
' of the Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, Nos. 6 and 5, 2 Nos.

■ of the Royal Geographical Society of London, 1848, Vol. xil, pts. 1 and t, 2 Nos.

Jav. 1844.] Proceeihngs rfthe Asiatic Society. ix

LaBd«n' MoMnndA npon the State of Indian Banuur Weights end IfeMiirei. Calcntte, 1843,
lpam]»hlet.

Ltach's Zoological Ifiacellany. London, 1814-17, S vols.

Lilt of Membeta and Comepondenta of the Aeademy of Natwal Boienoae of Philadelphia. 1 pamphlet.
■ of the Fellowi, Memben, ftc of the Zoological Sodetj of London. IMS, 1 pamphlet.

London, Edinhoigh and DoUin Phlloiophical If agaslne and Jcnnial of Science. Sd Series, Nob.
IM to IM, and 140 and 140, 11 Nos.

Martjrn'i BngHsh Entomologists, exhibiting all the Coleopterons Insects, found in England.
London, 1793, 1 vol.

Meteorological Register, kept at the Snnreyor General's Ofiice, Calcutta, January to December,
1840. Ifaich, April, July and September 1841, Norember 184f, January to April, and June to Oc-
tober 184S, S0 Nos.

Milet^ Translation et the History of Hydur Nalk. London, 1S49, 1 vol.

Morton's Catalogue of the Skulls of Man, and the inferior Animali. Philadelphia, 1840, 1 pamp.

^—^^ Crania Americana, or Comparative View of Skulls of various Aboriginal Nations of North
and South America. Philadelphia, 1839. 1 toL

■ Ditto ditto, (from the American Journal of Science and Arts. (Vol. Till, No. 2,) 1

pamphlet.
'■' Descriptien of some new spedes of Organic Remains of the Cretaceous group of the United

States. Philadelphia, 1843, 1 pamphlet.
— ^— Inquiry into the disttnctlTe characteristics of the Aboriginal races of America. Boston.

1841; 1 pamphlet.

— - Memdir of W. Madura. Philadelphia, 1841. 1 pamphlet.
—^^ Bema;^ on the so<alled Pigmy race of the Valley of the Mississippi, 1 pamphlet.
-— — « Some remarks on the Ancient Perurians. Philadelphia, 184ff, 1 pamphlet.

Nstaralist's Library. Ichthyology, Vol. Iv, British Pishes. Sun Birds, Vol. xv. ff tols.

Niebuhr's History of Rome, London, 1843, Vol. ill, 1 vol.

Newbold's and Wilson's Chinese Secret Trtad. Society of the Tlen-ti Huih, 1 pamphlet.

— ^» British SetUoment in the Straits of Malacca. London, 1839, 2 toIs.

— *-» Mineral Eesooroea of Senthem India. 1 pamphlet.

Nlceilelfs Basay on Metaorologleal Obserrations, 1839, 1 pamphlet.

Oriental Christian Spectator, tnd Series. Bombay, 1841; Vol- iii, Nos. 8, II, It, 1843 ; Vol. iv, No.

to 11, and the Supplement, 14 Noe.
Papers regarding the Sdnde and Begarree Canals. Calcutta, 384S, 1 pamphlet.
Flnnock's and Moore's Report of Experiments of the actions of the Heart. Philadelphia, 18S9.

1 pamphlet.

Penny Cyclopedia of the Society for the Diflbsion of UseAil Knowledge. London, 18S3 to 42, fli vols.

Piddington's Chart of the 8th Memoir on the Law of Storms in India, being the track of the Madras

Hurricane of the fl4th October, 1848, over the Ptatosnta of Indta and the Arabian Sea.

2 pamphlets.

English Index to the Ptantoef India. Calcutta, ISSl; 1 vol.

■ Tabular view of the Generic Charaetars of Roxburgh's Flora Indica, 1880; pt. 3d, 1 No.

Pratf s Mechanical Philcoophy, second edition. 1 vol.

Proceedings of the Academy of Natoral Sciences of Philadelphia. Nee. — to 95 (11 to 10^ two

copies,) 31 Nos.

of the American PhlkMophieal Society, 1841-4S.VoI. U, Nos. 9 to 14, and 18 to ft, II Nos.
■ of the Geological Society of London, 184<KM. Vol. Ui, pt. e, Nos. 7t to78 and 87 to 91, 10

Nos.
— ^— of the London Electrical Society, 184t-48, Vol. i, pto. 0, 6, 7, and 8, 4 Nos.

of the Zoological Society, 1841, pto. 9 and 10, 2. Nos.

Redfleld <m Whirlwind ttonns, with Replies to the Objections and Strictures of Dr. Hare. New

York, 1843, 1 pamphlet.

z Proceedings rftke Asiaiie Soeie^. [Jar. 1844.

]Udfl«14't Reply to Dr. Hti«*t ftuthar OtJeetfoiiB nlatiiig to WhMwiad Stamis. i paapklot.
Raport of a Committoo (appointad,) of the Britidi Awodarion lor the AdTsuceiiient o< Sctonee, 1841.
1 pMaphlet

of tlM BritUh Aitfffliati^ Ito tlM AdruoeiBont of Scimoe and Aita^ IMS, 1 vol.

■ on the KnUecree Canal, 1840. 1 pamphlet
on the BiMicth of Moteriala tn Staaa BoUen. PhiladelphJa, 18S7, pt. il, I No.

Riehardaon's PenUn, Arable and Engliah Dietionafy, by F. Johneon. London, 1839, 1 vol.
Rogeii' Thizd Annual Repoit on the Geolegieal Sorvey of the State of PennaylTania. HanislHU|h.

I8S9, 1 pamphlet
Rote's Swtey of Chednba Straits and Coasts of Ramrea, 1882, (a leaf;) 1 No*
Royle on the Production of Isinglass. London, 1842, (two copies,) 2 pamphlets.
Say's Description ctf some new Tenestrial and FluTiatile Shells of North America. 1 pamphleL
Second Bulletin of the Proceedings of the National Institution for the Promotion of Science. Waale

ington, 1842, No, fd, 1 No.
Selections fimn the most remarkable and intereetittg of the Fishes found on the Coast of Ceyloa. Cnd

Edition. London, 184S, 1 toI.
Smith's Illustrations of Zoology, 1888^ No. 1 to 14, 16 and 17, 18 Nos.
Specimens of the Popular Poetry of Persia, translated by A. Chodsko. London, 1842, 1 toI.
State of New York in Assembly 1880, No. S/d, and 1841. No. 160, t Nos.
Stevenson's Translation of the Sanhita of the Same Vedn. London, 1841; (two copiee,) fl vols.
Survey of the Route from Kurraohee to Sehwan. Calcutta, 18A8, 1 voL
Swainson's Zoological Illustrations. London, 1810-tS, 1st Series S vols. 1889-8S, 2nd Series S vols.

6 vols.

Transactions of the American Philosophical Society. New Series, PhiladBlpUa. 184L yol.iii.
pt. i, 1 Na

of the Geological Society, tnd Series. London, 18M; Vol iv. pt ii, 1 No.

■ of the Royal Astronomical Society. London, 184»48, Tola. U, IS and 14, 8 vola.

of the Society of Arts, fte. YoL Uii, pt ii, 1 No.

White's Icones Plantahun Indim Oriantalis. Madias, 1882. VoL ii. pt iv, 1 Na
Wiloock's Dictionary of the Bn^^ish and Dutch, Dutch and XngUah LaagaageB.Londoa, 1798; 1 vol.
Wood's Memoir of the Uih and Ghanetar of the late J. Panish. Philadelphia, 1880; 1 rampWrt.
Yairell's History of British Birds. London, 1882, Vol. i, pts. xad and zzxiv to nacvii, 8 Noa.

FlrsncA.
Actes de L'Acad8mie Royale de Sdenoes, Belles-Lettrss et Arts de Bordeauz, 1848, td Aiitt6e.

iv. Trimestres, 1841 ; 8d Annte iv, Trimestres, 1842, 4th Ann£e, i Trimeetre, 9 Noe.
Biblioth^ue de M. Le Baron S. de Sacy. Paris, 1842, tome 1, 1 vol.
Bulletin de la 8oei8t6 de Olographic, 2d Seiiea. Paris, 18M; tome 17, 1 vol
Callery, Dictionnaire £ncyelop8dique de la langne Chinoise. Paris 184t, 1 vol.
Delessert Souvenirs d'un Voyage dans I'Inde, execute de 18S8 A 18S0. Paris, 18St, 1 voU
Fabius, Aoflkande an Dieu de ITTnivers. Lyon, 184t, 1 pamphlet

Foacanx, Discourt pronone6 AL'onvertore dn Coura de Fangue et de litterature Ttbetifae, 1 panp.
-.—*-* Estrait dn Kan-Jour. Paris, 1882, 1 pamphlet
Hemso (O. de) Obeervations anthentlquea sur la Peste du Levant 1 pamphlet
Journal Asiatique. Paris, Sd SArie, tome ziii, Noa. 78, 78 and 76, tome ziv, Noa. 78, 77 and 78;

4 SArie, tome i, Nos. 1 and f; 8 Nos.

dee Savants. Paris, JuiUet A December, 1842, Janvier, Fevrier. Mars. 188S, 9 Nos.

Julian, Esersicea piatiquea d'analyse de Syntaze et de L^idgraphie Chinoise. Paris, 1881, 1 vol.
— Simple expos8 d'un lUt honorable odieusement d6natur6 dans un libelle recent de AC

Pauthier. Paris, 1842, 1 pamphlet
M«moire sur le Lac Maris, par L. de Bellefonds. Alezandrie, 184S, 1 pamphlet
Pauthier, Examen Mfthodique des fsits qui concement Le Xhean— Tchu ou L'Inde. Paris 1889,

1 pamphlet

Jan. 1844.] Proceedings cf the A$kUie Sodefy. xi

lUpoiue 4 rteanMii Gritiqiia. Parif, 184t, Yindida Blaiem, Denkri^ponae 4 M. 8. JnUen. Parii,

laifl; 1 pamphlet.
Robert!, F^agiiMiit ^vtn Voyage dana lea ProTiaoea Interieturea de L'lnde, en IMl. Pariai 1MS«

Ipaanphlek.
Taiay, (G. de.) Cluqpitre inooonu da Goran. 1 pamphlet

Saade, aiiteiir dea premrttia Pogaiea HtodonataaL Pari% ISM, 1 pamphlet

LaHn.

Callerj, Syatema Phonedenm Scriptora Sinics. Ifaoao, 1841. Paxia i and ii, 2 Noa.

De nornia medU mifi, in Norregla nnper repertla. Particnla Posterior. 18S7, 1 pamphlet

Ebermayer, Gemmarum a&bre Sonlptaram Thetaoma, 1720, 1 vd.

Gaaophiladnm lingiuB Feraanun. Anthore P. Angelo a 8. Joseph. Amarelodaml, 1684, 1 vol,

HanaCeen, De mntatkmibns Ylxgie Ifagnetioe, 184f, 1 pamphlet

Holniboe, De Priaca re lionetarU NonregiB, icripait, 1841. 1 pamphlet

— — — — Deeeriptio omamentarom anieoram et nnmornm in Norregia Repertoram. 1820) (two

oopiea,) t pamphlets.
Index Scholamm in Unlversitate Regia Fredericiana 59 ejus semeatri, 1841; (two copieaj 9 pamp.

Aaraberetning for det Kongellge Norske Frederiks UniTonitets Unr Aaret, 1840, 1 pamphlet.
Abel's Yarker fl Bandi (cenres eompl4tea da Mathteiatiden Norton N. H. Abel, redig6es par

ordre dn Roi, par B. Holmboe,) 2 toIs.
«« Hetanakringla** alter 8norre 8tarleaon8 norske Kongets Sagaer, med Sde Karter og ton Slaal-

atet, iToL
Indby delsesskiift i anledsring af den HortideMge nedUsggelae af Orondatenen til nye Bygnlnger

for det Kongellge norske Frederiks UniTeisitet tredlTeaarsdagen after data atlftelae den 2den*

September, 1841, 1 pamphlet
Lwrab0g i If eehanlkan af (Jhr. Hansteen. 2 Bind, 2 tola.
Ilorgaa Statlstiks of 8chweigaard, 1st deel, 1 tol.
Nyt Magaaine for Natorridenskabeme, 11 heftar, U Noa.
Rafli, Antiqoitatea Amerieanm. HafliiaB, 1887, 1 toI.
8uilatiake TabeDec ibr Rongorlget Noige, ler tall 5th. Rakk, 5 tola.
UniTeraiteteme I Christiania og Upaala, 1 vol.

G^rwum,

Bopp, Yeigleichende Orammatik dea 8anskrit, Zend, <3riechisehen, &c. fee. Berlin, 1842, 1 toI.
Gaea Norregiea, 1888. Erstes Beet, 1 toI.

Italian.

Hemao, (G. da) Degli ultiml progreasl della Geographia. Milano, 1 841 -42, 2 pamphlets.

Zend.

Yandid4d 84d4of the Parsis, in the Zend langaage, bat Gqjarati character, by the Uite Fran^f
AapandiiiJI, 1842, 2 vols.

Ckinete»
Chinese wood engraTing and description of the Porcelain Tower of Nankin, (a leaf,) 2 Nos.

Arabic,
Hashia 8addoor R4ddin Mohammed Amin, MS. 1 vol.
Hashia Sayid Sherrif, M8.

Pertian

Biwan Sherrif, MS. 1 vol.
Jawaberul Koran, MS. 1 vol.

xU Proceedings rfthe AsioHe ^ocieiy. [Jah/1844.

SmterU*

OoUdhyiTS, by BhAdikan Aehirya. Bdited by L. WilUaMB. Caleatta, IMS, 1 voL

GnhligfaATS, by MaUM. Edltad by I*. WUkiaton. Caleatto, ]8<S, 1 toL

OnnitidhyAya, by BbAahkarm Achixyft. Edltad by L. WilUmoo. GakntU, tMS, 1 vol.

Johiuon's 8«leelioiit from Um Mahabhaimta. London, IWi; i voL

SanhiU of tho Soma Veda. London, 18iS, 1 vol.

Wilton's Megha Dnta, ox Cloud If OMngor. London, 184S, 1 toI.

Amommt o/BmA* in eooib Ltmgmagem

Knglllll, SM ••• ••• ••• Ma ••• Ma aM M* «M M« M« SV9

JfTOOCAf ■•■ ..• mm Ma ••• •«• CM ••• •«• ••■ M* ■•• sS

liMllll,— •«• ••• M« ••• »M MS M* M« ••■ M* •.• saa 11

Vi V& t9|{U|Uj ••• ••• •«• ••• ••• ■•• ••• tmm ■•• ••• •*« aaa W9

wmUiaili ••• ••■ aaa 9mm mm* ••• ••• aa* ••• «•• aaa aaa *

Italian, ........... .a m. ... m. .. m. m. ... S

AVnO, M. ... ■•• ... ... .aa *•> •.. .*• ... >•• ... aa. m

vninOSO, M. .M mm» ... M. aaa ... m. ... .a. ... ... •

AiaOIC, ... ..• ... ... ... ... ... ... M. .a. .aa ^m Z

JrcIUan, M. ... ... ... •.. Ma Ma aa* ... ... ... .«« S

Santcrtc, ••• .•• m. .m .m m. m. a*. m. m. m. ... 6

Ttotal, .M M. M. S9I

LIST OF MEMBERS

Of tke AsiaUc Society qf Bengal, onUt January, 1844.

AndenoD, M^or W.
Avdall, J. Esq.

Biid, Hon'ble W. W.

Barlow, Esq. R.

Bayley, Esq. H. V.

Bogle, Capt A.

Boys, Capt. W. B.

Birch, CapU F. W.

Bigge, Lieut* H. L.

Brandreth, Esq. J. E* L.

Broome, Lieut A.

Benson, Esq. W. H.

Baker, Capt. W. E.

Benson, Lieut Col. R.

Beaufort, Esq. F. L.

Batten, Esq. J. H.

Birch, Mayor R. J. H.

Bishop of Calcutta, Rt. Rev. Lord.

Barney, Lieut. Col. H*

Blnndell, Esq. B. A.

Bacon, Esq. G. W.

BaiUie, Esq. N. B. E.

Cameron, Hon'ble C. H.
Cautley, Capt. P. T.
Campbell, Esq. A.
Cheap, Esq. G. C.
Connoy Loll Tagore, Baboo
Gust, Esq. R.
Corbyn, Esq. F.

I>unlop, Esq. A. C.
Dnrand, Capt H. M.
I>warkinath Tagore, Baboo

Forbes, Lieut Col. W. N.
FiuGerald, M^jor W. Q.
Fulton, Esq. J. W.

Grant, Uonb'le Sir J. P.

Esq. W. P.

■ Esq. J. W»

Gladstone, Esq. M.
Goodwyn, CapU H.
Ganthony, Esq. J.

Hannay, Capt F. S.
Hayes, Lieut Fletcher
Heatly, Esq. S. G. T.
Hill, Esq. G.
Huffnagle, Esq. C.
Houstoun, Esq. R.
Hnberlin, Dr. J.
Hickey, Lieut. C. E.
Hodgson, Esq. H. B.
Hutton, Capt T.

Irvine, Lieut CoK A. (c. b.)

Jackson, Esq. W. B.
Jenkins, Migor F.
Jameson, Dr. W.

Karr, Esq. W. Seton
Kistnoth Roy, Bahadoor, Rigah

Lushington, Esq. G. F.

Esq. E. H.

Loch, Esq. G.

Long, Rev. J. Associate Member.

Edwards, Esq. W.
Bgerton, Esq. C. C.
Earle, Esq. W.
Everest, Lieut. Col. G.

Maddock, Hon'ble T. H.
McQueen, Rev. J.
Mansel, Esq. C. G.
McKenzie, Esq. J.

XVI

Litt (f Members.

[Jan. 1844.

Mouat, Biq* P. J.
Muir, Esq. J.
MiU, Eiq. J. B.
Macieod, Em}. D. F.
Middieton, Biq. J.
Madeod, Capt W.

Nicolli, Gen. Sir J.

Ommanney, Esq. M. C.
Ouieleji Lieut Col. J. K.
O'Shaughneesy, Esq. W. B.

PeeU Hon'ble Sir L.

Tratt, Boy. J. H.

Printep, Eiq. C. R.

Prosonoo, Coomar Tagore, Baboo

Phayre, Lieut. A.

Piddington, Esq. H. Associate Member.

Robiton, Bcq. C. K.
Ryan, Esq. B. B.
Ravenshaw, Esq. E. C.
Rawlinson, Migor H. C.
Bttstomjee Cowaqee, Esq.
Ramanath Tagore, Baboo
Ramcomul Sen, Baboo
Ramgopaul Gbose, Baboo
Radakanth Deb Bahadoor, Rajah

Sleeman, Lieut. Col, W. H.
Stacy, Lieut. Col. L. R.
Sanders, Lieut Col. E.

Sutherland^ Esq. J. C. C.

Seion, Hon'ble Sir H.

Strong, Esq. F. P.

Storm, Esq. W.

Stirling, Esq. E. H.

Spilsbury, Esq. G. G.

Sutchum Ghosal, Bahadoor, Rsjah

St Pour^n, Esq. J.

Strachey, Lieut H.

Sprenger, Esq* A.

Stephenson, Esq. R. M.

Shortrede, Capt R.

Stephen, C«pt J. G.

Syud Keramut Ullee, Associate Member.

Thomason, Hon'ble J.
Tickell, Lieut S. R.
Taylor, Lieut Col. T. M.
Torrens, Esq. H.
Trevor, Esq. C. B.
Torrens, Esq. J. S.

Winchester, Rev. W.

Walker, Esq. H.

Wade, Lieut Col. Sir C. M.

WiUis, Esq. J.

Withers, Rev. Principal G. U.

Wallis, Rev. A. ^

Wilcox, M^or R.

White, Mi^orM. G.

Young, Lieut C. B.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. — Fkbruart, 1844.
(Tuuday.HuQth February, 1844.^

The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held on Tuesday the 6tb of Febraary,
at the uraal hour. The Honourable The President in the cbair.

The Meeting was made special, to afford the Members an opportunity of express-
ing their sentiments on the departure of tbeir old and talented associate B. H.
Hodgson, Esq. late Resident at Kathmandoo, who was to embark that evening
on board the Earl of Hardmehe*

Before commencing the business of the evening, the Honourable the President
rose, and in the most feeling and impressive manner, addressed the Members to the
following effect : —

" The daily Papers have informed you of the object of this Meeting, but it may be
necessary to ezpl^ why it has been made special, particularly as to-morrow is the
usual day, and it has bean determined to adhere to that day except under very pe-
culiar circumstances. On the present occasion, the circumstances are such as to
make me feel confident that you will all concur in the propriety of what has been
done. Mr. Hodgson sails to-morrow, and I am sure that there is not a Member here
present who would not have regretted the loss of the only opportunity we shall ever
hare of seeing him in this place, and of testifying, as far as we are abiei how highly
we are sensible of the credit which bis labours and researches have reflected on the
Society. I am aware, that in alluding to them, I am causing to the distinguished
individual of whom I am speaking more pain than pleasure, but I hope he will for*
give me, for I feel that you would all consider me as ill discharging the duties of the
sitoation in which I have the honor to be placed, were I to allow such an occasion
as this tp pass without referring to those labours and those researches in terms of
suitable acknowledgement.

*' I confess, however, that I am quite unable to speak of them as they ought to be
spoken of, but of their variety and extent, you may yourselves be able to form some
judgment, when you hear that Mr. Hodgson's contributions to the Transactions and
Journal of this Society alone, according to a paper which I hold in my hand, amount
to eighty-nine distinct papers.* This, however, is not the extent of the work ac-
complished by him. He has largely contributed to other scientific bodies as much
by the benefit of his correspondence as by his direct contributions, and in addition

* See lift in the following page.

xiv Proceedings rf the Asiatic Society. CPbb. 1844.

to all the mast of reaearcli, and all the novelty of infoimation of which evtdeBct is
before ua in hia detached papers, we poaaaaa the moat valuable of all hia woika, hia
book on the literature and religion of the Boodhlats, a work the most complete ex-
taat upon a subject till lately but little understood, and of the highest impoirtmioe to
the Philologist and the Historian. But this is not all ; while engaged in the most
diiBcult and important official avocations he haa found time also to enrich ow
knowledge of Zoology by new obserrations on known animals, and a series of dis-
coTOiies of novel ones. But it is unnecessary for me to dilate on these snbjecta^ as
all the particulars will be far better explained in the course of the erening by the
other Officers of the Society. I will only further observe, that the high repatatiaB
which Mr. Hodgson has conferred on the Society, is not merely a local and an Indian
one. His name, widely spread with his discoveries among the Scientific Sociedes
of Europe, haa carried with it corresponding credit to the Body, aa a Member of
which he had laboured, and which ought therefore to testify their acknowledgments
in a mode creditable alike to their distinguished associate and to themselTes.

The Hon'ble the President then proposed.

" That as a testimony of the high sense entertained by thu Society of Mr. Hodgson's
scientific and literary labours, and also as a mark of personal regard, he be reqaested
to sit to some first-rate Artist for his bust, to be placed in its Public Meeting Room."

This motion was seconded by H. Torrens, Esq. V. P. and Secretary to the Socie-
ty, and carried unanimously,

B. H. HosotOM, Esq.
Cimiribmilom to Tnuuactiont and Jommal, retired tobpikt Ronomrakle Oe Prmidemi,

1828, Acooant of Manufkcture of Nepal Paper, 183S, On a New spedea of Bnceros,

1829, On a new species of Bacerofl, Description of the Aquila Nepalensia,
AntUope HodgsoniL Notice of, Description of the Cricctus NipalMtaS«,

1890, AntUope Hodgsonii. On the. Migxation of the Natatoires and Gcalla.

1831, On the Antilope, tores in Nepal,

On a species of Felis, On the Wild Goat and Wild Sheep ia

On 8oolopacid«, Nepal,

On Mask Deer, Description of the Ratwa Deer,

On the Cerros JariU, Description of the Bnceros Homnd*

On the Ratwa Deer, Description of the Wild Dog of the

On the Jaral Ooat, H imalaya.

On the Migration of Birds, NIpal Zoobgy,

On the Cbtrt, On the Nepal Militaxy Tribes,

On the Mammalia of Nepal, 1 8S4, On the Chirfi Antilope^

1832, BAUte tnm Katmandu to Gascdo, On the Newais,
Account of Manufsctnre of Nepal Paper, On Bauddha InscriptloDS,
Further illostrations of Antilope Hodff- On Buddhism,

sonii. On Ancient lascriptioBS^

Notes on the Cerrus Jarai, 1835, Visit to Simroun,

Remarka on the Bnceros, On Tibetan Inscriptians,

FxB. 1844 J Proceedings of the Astatic Society.

On 8ftiiwth Inwripdon,
Zoology of Nepal,
Ob Boarded YaUofe,
O&red-bUledErolU,

On Uie counion Monkey ) with remarks on
genera Semnopitheoeiu et Maeaeos, thiee
new spedee.
Nayakote. A euxeory noUoe ot.

On Thar and Ohoral Antilopee of Nepal, IMl, Note on the Cemu Elaphos of the S&I

On WUd Goat of Nepal»

On Wild Sheep of Nepal,

Ob apeclflc eharaeten of Cemu,

On Nepal M natela,
llS6r On Faloonida,

Synopeie of Mammals,

On Nepal Ornithology,

On WUd Goet,

Ob Zoological NomenoUtore,

Doecriptien of Columba,

Sketch of Buddihsm>

On Unitaxns,

On New Inceisores,

On Charadxiadae,

On Falconidse,

On Yunzinse.

On Cerithiadse.

On Hirundfaiidse,
107, On Indian Thrushes,

On Woodpeckers,

On Inoessores,

On new genera of SylriadJe,

On new genera of Bftptores,

On new Soolopaddse,

On Oanri Can,

On new genera of Plantigxmdes,

On Language of Buddhist Scriptures,

On the Bibos, or Gauri Gnu,
I8S0, On a Pheasant from Thibet,
JBS9, On Cnenlus,

SMO, Hare of Gangetic ProTlnces and of the
Sub-Himalayas ; with a slight notice of
a strictly Himalayan species,

Forest of Nepal,
On the Genera of the BoTinae,
OlaucopinaB, or Rasorial Crows Inhabiting

the Northern regions of Nepal,
Conoetoma.£modeus Notice of a new form,
Lagomys inhabiting Nepal, with plate

of a new species,
Mammals of Nepal. ClassUied Catalogue
of to the end of IMI, first printed J89t,
Notice of Marmot of the Himalaya and of

Tibet,
New organ in the Genus Moschus,
Classical Terminology of Natural History,
1842, Notiee of the Manunals of Tibet, with
descriptions and plates of some new
spedes,
184S, I>escrlpeion of a new genus of Falconidse,
Catalogue of Nipalese Birds, presented to
the Asiatic Society, duly named and
classified by the Donor,
Translation of the Naipalia Devuta Kalya-

na, with Notes,
Notice of two Marmots, inhabiting res-
pectively the plains of Tibet and the
Himalayan Slopes near to the snow, and
also of a Rhinolophns of the central
region of Nepal,
Additions to the Catalogue of Nepal Birds,
On a new species of Cerrus— Cervns Dl-
moTph6,

Boeib.
Illustrations of the Literature and Re-
ligion of the Buddhists,

ThA following Honorary Member proposed at the last Meeting by the Hon'ble tbe
President^ and seconded by the Secretary, was unanimously elected.

H. R» H. John, Princb op Saxokt.
New Member prgptrnd,
Lieut. Hopkinson, B. N. I. Assistant to the Commissioner of Arracan. Proposed
by H. Tonens, Esq., seconded by lient. Phayre.

Read tbe following list of Books presented and purchased during the month of
January : —

Books recehed for the Meeting oS Me AeieHiU Soeitig, on the 6lh Ftbnt»p, 1844.
Voyage dans L'Inde, par St H. Theronlde. Paris, I84S, Sto.— Presented by the Author.
Meteotoiogieal Begister kept at the Surreyor General's Office. Calcutta, for the month of Decern,
ber, IMS.— Fran Gofenment.

xvt Proceedings of the AstaHc Sodeiy. [Fbb. 1844.

The Calcutta Chriilkn ObMrrer, February 18M.>-Preaented by tha Editor.

Tba Oriental Cbristian Spectator, January 1844.->Preaented by the Editor.

Pxooeedingi of the Geological Society at London, toI. 4, No. 9*.«Preaentod by the Sodety.

Jonmal of the Agricultorml and Hortioiiltural Society of India, No. 10, I84S, toI. 9i»-^}

by the Society.
The Calcutta Literary Gleaner, No» 10, toL fd,~Presented by the Editor.
The Annala and If agaxine of Natural History No. 77, 78, 79 and 80w>-Pardiased.
The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philoaophical Magaaine and Journal of Science, Sd

No. 15S, Norember 184S.~By the Editor.
A Catalogue of a valuable collection of books on Natural History, arranged in dasaas aceocdiBg

to the Linnssan system by W. Wood.— By the Author.
Journal des Savants, Septembre 18*8.— Purchased.

The Zoology of the Voyage of H. M. 8. Sulphur during the years 18M-4C— Purehased.
Illustrations of the 2^1ogy of South Africa by A. Smith, No. 18, July, No. 19, November.
RvSbm Buhur, [Persian,] presented to the Society by NawabOomd«t-ool>lfoo1k, Bafaadoor.
RufTee-ool-Issahee, [Hindoostanee.]— Presented to the Society by NawabOoomdnt'Ool-Moolk:,

Bahadoor.

Read the following letter from J. Mnir, Esq., C. S : —

To the Sterrtmif to tke AriaHe SoHet$ of Bengal,

Sim,— I beg to state for the infbrmation of the Committee of the Asii^c Society of Bengal, tihat
I have returned to India, and that I have instructed my Agents, Messrs. Colville, Gilmon and Co.
to recommence tlie payment of my Annual Subscriptions as a Member of the Asiatic Socie^.

I should feel obliged by your acquainting me, whether any progress has been made in the pixat-
ing of the Sariw Vidya, a Sanskrit Translation of Hooper's Anatomist's Vade-Mecum, towantdstiM
publication of which I subscribed 1000 Rupees some years ago.

I have the honor to be. Sir,

Your most obedient servant,
Spene^s Hotel, Calcutta, 29 tk January, 1844. J. Muzb,

if. Au Sae. B»

The Secretary etated, that upon enquiry be had leamt from Dr. O'Shauglmefln,
that 000 Rb. of the money sabscribed by Mr. Muir had unfortttnately been lost,
having been remitted to Europe to cover the cost of wood cats from Qoau's Ana-
tomy through the agency of Stocqueler and Co., whose bill was dishonored, uid tlie *
amount irrecoverable. Mr. Muir had been assured, that the printing of the Sariru.
Vidya would be early brought under the consideration of the Society.

Read the following letters accompanying a small box of shells, addressed to Junes
Prinsep, Esq., or Acting Secratazy of the Society.*

MvcH HONOtTRXD Sxa,~Yott receive therewith a little box with shells destined for the ^^Mttt*
of the Asiatic Society. The enclosed letter shall mention you the ftirther, should you be iadveed
to make to me a remittance. Capt Meier's ship Auguete et Meldwe, by which you receive tfaia boo^
shall without doubt take care of your sending; otherwise you can make to me Sundries o9»
London or Hamburgh, and address in the former place. Tour boxes to Mr. Tott, oare of Ike

A These letters are, it will be seen, printed.

Fkb. 1 844.3 Proceedings eftke Asiatic Society, zvii

•hip's broker, Caritmdgk; bnt inform this gentleman by a letter, that the box ie destined for me,
and that he might aoooont to me for the expences.

With the greatest respect,

Your most obedient servant,

G. VoDHnsM BvtCH, M. D.
Bremen, 20tk Feb. 18«e. Member of tke Board of Healik, ^e, *

Much hovovexd Six,— It is already a long time that I received from you, care of Dr. Cantor,
some sheDs from Bengal, for which I was very thankfril to you. Sometime after the receipt of
these shells, I sent a little collection of shells to Professor Wilson, to London, and I solicited
him to take care, that it might oome to your hands. Never I have heard if this sending has reach-
ed yoo, although I have inquired after it by Professor Wilson. Now as the rare occasion offers to
myself tiiat a ship sails from Bremen to Calcutta, I profit of it, and take tiie liberty to send to you
some shells for the Cabinet of the Asiatic Society. I have selected principally the shells of our
country, as I think that these shall be rare in Asia, and have adjoined some of American shells. If this
ymXi«|y should be agreeable to the Society, I would be very enjoyed, and shall continue to commnni-
eate to the Society from time to time some more shells. It would be very agreeable for me, if yon
would mention me, in what respect I can otherwise be nsefril to the body, and I give you the pro-
mise, that 1 shall do my possible to frilfll the desires of that learned Society. Now, my dear Sir, I
•olidt you to send to me once some shells of your interesting coimtry. Besides the bed shells ihnn the
genus Helix, BuUmus, Adietina and Cyclostoma, I wish also to receive of theBiva/esf andUnl-
Talres of fresh waters, and particularly agreeable for me would be specimens of the Genus Mekmia.
I pnxpoee merely, if I should be supported by my friends and correspondents in other countries, in
pvocnrfng specimens of the said genus, to prepare a Monography of it. To your former sending 1
have received some very interesting and a large unknown spedee of Melanin, whidi I have des-
cribed already in a oonchological work of our oonntry. I wish now to multiply thb specimens of
the sold genus, and to make them known to the naturalists. I doabt not, that many new shall be
found in the waters of Bengal, and every new contribution shall be of value for me. Ten have
•ended to me also very fine bnt broken specimen of a new genus, similar to Paludina, also a
specimen similar to Cydoatoma, which are very fine and interesting. Could you send me of these
•ome more I should be very glad. Specimens of this shall also be welcome. One of the Helices
I have received I call Podiceps, and on the other Hel. Bensoni, as the descriptions and name of Mr.
Benson are not known in Germany.

If, dear Sir, I can be vaeiai to you or the Sodety in sending minerals or other natural products,
I ahall frUfill your desires with pleasure, and I solidt only to give me up a aeeure way that I can
send you such objects.

In the hope that my sending shall be agreable to the Sodety, and that you shall ftilflll my de-
aires. I have the honor to be.

Tour obedient servant,
G. VOMDXM BvscH, M. D.
Member of tke Bowd of J7«sMb, and of varioue SeietUifie SoeieUee.

Brmten, COM Feb. 184S.

Read the following letter, accompanyiog the valuable paper to which it refen>
which waa ordered for publication in the Joomal :—

No. 60 of 1844.
From P. Mblvill, Seq. Under-Secreiarf to the Oovemment of India, to H. Toruks, JV19.
Secretary to the deiatie Society, Fort WUHam, the Vth January 1844.
Fordgn Department.

Sim,— I am directed by his Honor the President in Coundl to forward to you, for such notice as
the Sodety may consider it to merit, the accompanying Vocabnlary of the Hinduvee dialect of
Bundelcnnd, by Major R. Leeeh, G. B.

xviii Proceedings of ike Asiatic Sodeiy. QFbb. 1844

tnd. You will hafe the goodnen to ratim the ogriginml docnment when no longer required.

I hare the honor to be. Sir,

Yoor most obedient terrantt
Fan WUUam, ike 17 A Jammmpt 1844. p. M ki.tii.1.,

Under Seerelmni to GveenmaU e/Jndta.

A contmaation of lieuL Baiid Smith's Refleaxcbes on Indiin EarthqaakcA, was

presented from that gentleman, and will speedily be published.

Read the following extract of a letter to the Secretaxy from Capt. Canningham :—

Camp vim Ambmla^ flUft J— if 1M4.

" Can 70a icholsn not come to any eonolosion aboat the connection of the present and Jbrmtr rs-
Ugtons of the East, as of the Biahmins, the Magi, and the Lamast ~Hom seems eomwoo to all
under one modification or anodier.— The Tibetan '* Doongim** or " Doomgium^ is aplaee of ttiedsed
like the Ooebte ** Dokmek"; and " Lui," a pillar of flame, and also an obelisk in the Temaenlar of
India, is an otiject of worship in either sense in this coiutry.— *' LttT was equally adored in ArshiB,
while words resembling it imply divinity or power, or saperiority in Tibet and in other plaoot.'

Read the following letter from Dr. McCallum, accompanying the two Woriuto
which it refers :—

To A« Seeretarf le the AriaHc Soeieif ef LiUnimri amd SeUneet CalcuUa,

8iB,— By desiie of Nawab Oomdnt-ooUM oolk Bahadoor, I hare this day dispatdied to year ad-
dress, two Hindostanee Books translated from the English— «ae called Rnifee*oolrBnarar, and tfas
other Rnite-ool-Issahee, and beg yon will kindly prssent them to the Society. The Rnffee-ool-BoMr
is a work not merdy a translation, bat some additions have been made to it from the Nawab's own
obserratioBB.

I beg to remain, Sir,

Yoor most obedient servant,

D. McCaLMrai,
Sfderabad, id Jan. 1844. Smb^Aae*, Swrfmm, Jf. S.

Read the following letter and note of charges from Mr. Blyth, Curator in the

Zoological Department :-—

Mt BBAa Sib,-- I did not think to remind yen this morning to send me the lettem fni» F.
Wilson and Capt. Cantley, as I wish to forward them to Hnflhagle as soon as I can.

Herewith I send the memonnda I promiaed yon of the expenses of the Zoological departaaeBt of
the Mnaeom for the year 1848, aaelnsive of salaries. The expenses of last montii have beoB amsaaBy
heavy, exceeding CVs. Rs. SOO; the coat of spiritare^red being one of the heavieat Items. It is
only firom October last that I have commenced regularly coUeeting fishes, ateanch of aoology that
involves the purchase of bottles and of spirit A considerable number of sundry speeimena have bem
forwarded by me to the Honorable Company's Museum as well aa to varioua other inatltutioDe, tfas
collecting and preparation of which enhancee the immediate outlay of the Society, althou^ in On
long run, I trust that we shall not be losers by thia liberality. From the Honorable Compaay'i
Museum, however, to which the greatest number have been sent, and where a host of others are ex-
pected from me, I do not expect to receive much by way of exchange. You will also bear In nuad
that the more successful my exertions are in collecting desirable specimens, the cost of these will
always be proportionate or, in the aggregate, about commensurate with that sucoeas ; and I have
certainly obtained many capital things lately. I may also fiirther remind yon, that the atHf"^
liberally rendered by Government of 50 Rupeea monthly tat taxidermist's expenses, was allowed

FsB. 1844.3 Proceedings of the Astatic Society » six

pvevioaslj to my teking chaige of the Mnsanmf linee whidi time the expenaef of oar wological de-
partment have of oeoeMity, been lo much inoreesed. I with you to nige these msttan to the Preei-
dent at oar next meeting,— kindly lend Wilion'a and Cantley** notes, and am

Tours tmly,
Ftbmmrff 6, 1844. £. Bltth.

Memorandam of expenses incorred in the purchase of specimens, and of sundries required for
tho preparation of them, including the cost of shikarees and of boys to assist the taxidermists,
also of correspondents, fro. connected with the Zoological Department of the Museum for the year
IMS.

January,

•ee

eoe

■ ••

■••

Co/s

Rs.

Iff

15 0

February,

•••

•■•

••e

•••

•mm

••e

10 9

March,

...

•e*

••e

•ee

...

127

If 0

April. .«

•••

—

•••

«.•

wm.

»••

»u»

151

« S

May, ...

—

.*.

••e

.••

—

«•

.*.

1«2

8 0

June, ^

•••

—m

•••

••e

m»»

•••

—

...

I6C

1 0

J«iy. -

*••

»■•

»—

• ••

•—

15C

5 S

August,

••«

••e

•••

*••

•••

»m*

•••

108

14 0

September,

••e

—

•ee

.••

IC 9

October,

■•■

•••

••«

•.•

••9

.••

.•«

10 8

NoTcmber,

■••

•••

•w

.«

•••

M«

.••

130

7 9

December,

•M

•«■

• •■

*«•

•*m

•■•

• .•

M«

160

11 0

12)1,495 0 0

ATerage, m. ... It4 9 4

Add to this the cost of the new cases for the Mammalia, also two new cases in the Bird Room,
(lioldlag Penots, fte.,) and the new Insect cases*

Read the following extract firom a private note to the Secretaiy : —

" I beg to call your attention to the existence of a Tolnme in the Library of the College
•f Fort William, which I think might more properly be transferred to that of the Asiatic
Society. The Tolume T allude to, is the manuscript original of the translation of the Dhanna
Sbaetm of Munoo, by Sir W. Jones ; and a gentleman who was with me at the time that my eye fell
opon this volume assured me, that he could saftly pronounce it to have been written by Sir William
himself; if such is the case, it certainly would be depcdted with more propriety in the Library of a
Society estobiished by that distinguished individual himself, than in that of an estoblishment in no
way connected with him. I have reason to believe, that there are other manuscripte connected
with Oriental literature which ought to have been transferred to the Library of the Asiatic Society,
which are still buried in the Library of the College of Fort William."

The Secretary was requested to make this the subject of a ipecial representation
to Goremment.

Rbpoxt of ths CuaATon Musbvm of Ecohomic Oboloot ahd Obolooical ahd

MlMBBALOOICAL DbP ABTMBHTS FOB JaMVABT, 1844.

Otoiogicmiand MiH0ralogieaL^Ur, Hestly has obliged us with some minerals ftom Jubbulpore,
amongst which are some quarti gcodes finely coated with green earth, a specimen of crystallised
mica, and two of seolites, which will be additions to our cabinet as varieties.

zx Proceedings ofiht AsiaHe Soeieiy. [Fbb. 1844.

Mr. J. ]>odd of Um Mint, oAn fcr tale a coUacdoii ofSW spedmeni of the feanls of tfaedfa
FoisUiteoos Roeks, which he procured reeently flrom Berlin for his own irroeTrhm ia the at^
boorhood of A«ra, bat «loee not now require. I have eremined thew. both with referenoe tote
•pedmens themaeWee and to the prioM ufiially eharfed by dealen at home, and tfaonld itn^;
rwommimd their pnrdiaie, as they are really much wanted for reference. We have aoChii^ of &!
kind in the Moaeom, and the price asked by Mr. Dodd, 05 Ra., is not more than tlie cost and efaiQn
of such a series firam respectable dealers.

To ike Seeretam to the Aoiatic Soeuif.

Dkak Sis,— Last year when in the Upper ProTinces, I ordered ficom Berlin a coUectioo of Foidi
fonnd in the lower Foosiliferous Rocks, for the purpose of comparison with any I nught obcaia fna
the neighbonrhood of Agra. The collection has jost arrived, and as I have now no oppoctoni^ kt
applying It to the object I intended, I beg leave to offer it to the Asiatic Society Ibr thesnmit hn
cost me. The collection comprises fOO specimens, and the charge is 95 Rupees. I shall httaj
happy to send the specimens to the Society's Rooms, if yon think it will be disposed to take tfan
off my hands.

Yours obediently,
Deetmber 2S, 1848. Jas. Dobb.

I may notice here, for it belongs specially to the department, the reception of a continiuiioQ d
Lieut. Baird Smith's paper tm Earthquakes for the Journal, and it is to be hoped, fliat ftom the vide
circulation which these valuable papers will obtain, we shall be able to draw attention to dMse
singular and often awftil phenomena, with which, no doubt, so many of the changes of owgbbi
are connected.

Muteum of Beonomie 6«ofo^.— Capt. Hannay, Assam L. L, has contributed nine qwdmeoi of
clays flrom the banks of the Dikho River in that country.

In searching through our Cabinets fiir other matters, I have met with a specimea of the
beautifhl green Jade, (axe-stone,) of New Zealand, to whidi I referred at the meeting of October.
It is fortunately also marked with the name and locality, " Bigge, Suddiya,** so we know that it b
fhmi Assam, and though only a pebble from the river, it is to be hoped we may find the vein or naa
of it. Our lealoDS member, Captain Hannay, promises me to use his best endeavours to procan
us specimens, as also of some very fine precious serpentine, which he says is to be obtained ia vo;
large blocks there. If these stones could reach Calcutta cheaply, they would be much prised, sad
probably valuable as exports to China, as the New Zealand Jade already is.

Mr. Hodgson, late Resident at Kathmandoo, has obliged us with a bottle of the water of tlia
Oossainthan spring at 34.500 fleet of elevation In the Himalayas. Upon a hasty examlnatioa I >ad
Itia of a light Inky colour, and highly fetid smell, but no peculiarly disagreeable taste beyond thst of
the sulphuretted hydrogen, and that it contains sulphuretted hydrogen in coniiderable quanHtr, ffd
traces of carbonic add. A black ilakey deposit is fenning in it, probably bitumen andsolphBrt

It givet no trace of iron or lime, muriates, €a sulphates, and is thus probably a men aefartieBtf
bituminous and sulphureous matters. It is evidently decomposing, and this with its entire iaaees^
sibility to us, render it not worth while to analyse it minutely, but I shall not fhil to ezamiBcths

deposit

Mr. Greenlaw, Secretary to the Superintendent of Marine, has obliged us with a few spedmeoioC
the copper ore, and another of the ai^gentiferous lead ore of Adelaide, Australia.

Proceedings of the Agiatie Society. — Maboh> 1844.

( Wednesday Bawmg, the Gth March, 1844)

The usual Monthly Meeting was held on WedneKlay ewmmg, the 6th
instant, at 8| p. m. The Honorable Sir H. W. Seton in the chair.

Lieutenant Hopkinson, B» N. I., Junior Assistant to the Commissioner
of Arracan, was duly elected a Member of the Society, and the usual noti-
fication was ordered to be made to him.

The following new Members were proposed ; viz.

B. Colvin, Esq., B. C. S., proposed by E. C. Rayenshaw, Esq. C. S., and
seconded by the Secretary.

W. Quintin, £sq..C. S., proposed by E. C. Ravenshaw, Esq. C. S., md
seconded by the Sub-Secretary.

Read the following letter from Lady Rodd, accompanying the Eto^e to
which it refers : —

To the Preeidemt and Members <(f the Asiatic Sodetff, CataOta.

Lady Rodd has had the pleasure of receiving a very gratifying letter from the Pre-
sident and Memben of the Asiatic Society ; in consequence of the flattering manner
ia which the Medallion of her revered father has been received, her Ladyship begs
to offer a copy of the Blogt lately passed on Miyor Rennell by the Institute at Paris,
who were so well able to appreciate the value of that celebrated man. Lady Rodd
wiabes to offer her sincere thanks to the President and Members of the Asiatic Society
for their kindness in placing the Medallion in so honorable a position.

Wimpek Street, 73ih December, 1848.

Read the following letter from B. H. Hodgson, Esq., late Resident at
Katbmandoo : —

H. ToRBBNs, Bsg. Fiee-President, Asiatic Society*

On board the Hardwicke, Saugcr, Feb. 9, 1844.
Sis,— 1 request you will be pleased to convey to the President and Members of
this Society my heartfelt regret that, never having before addressed a public body,

xxti Proceedings €f the Anatic Society. QMarch, 1844

and being wholly UDprepued for the honour and kindneas lavished on me at tiie
tpecial meeting of Tuesday last, I found myself quite unable to do justice to Ihoie
sentiments of pride and pleasure with which the Hon'ble the President's proposal, lad
the cordial reception it met with from the meeting, inspired me.

I cannot now hope to recover the lost opportunity of expressing my sentimenti, bat
lest I should possibly seem wanting in a due sense of the distinction proposed to be
conferred apon me, I beg leave to say, that every circamstance of the meeting of
Tuesday last, is engraved upon my heart ; that I contemplate the idea of my best
being placed in the Society's Hall as a proof of the regard and esteem of those who
have known me so long, with inexpressible delight ; and that so long as I live, the
welfare of the Society will ever be the objects of my warmest wuhes, and so far as
may be, of my best endeavours.

I have the honor to be, Sir,
Your most obedient servant,

B. H. UoDGSOIf,

Member^ AtiaUe Socuiy.

Read the following list of Books presented and purchased daring the
last month : —

Books received for the Meeting qf ike Astatic Society ^ on ike \st ttf Marck, 1844.

Journal of the Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society, No. VI. October, 1843.— Pre-
sented by the Society.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, forti»
month of January, 1844. — From GovemmenL

Naturalist's Library, Ichthyology, Vol. VI. British Fishes.— Purchased.

Naturalist's Library, Ornithology, Vol. XIV. British Birds.— Ditto.

The CalcutU ChrUtian Observer, March, 1844.^Pre8ented by the Editors.

The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, No. 81, January 1844.— Purchased.

Read the following copy of a letter to be dispatched to Messrs. W. and
H. Allen by the next Steamer.

Messrs. Alien cmd Co.^Special.

Dear Sirs, — I am charged to press upon your inmiediate attention the following
commission.

A bust of Mr. Brian Haughton Hodgson, B. C. S., having been voted by the Asia-
tic Society of Bengal, and that gentleman having left this country in the ship Bard-
wicke on the 7th instant^ you are requested to place yoonehes on receipt of tho,
in communication with Mr. Baily, Mr. Weekes, or Mr. Westmacott, the sculptors, or
failing them, with the next eminent artist in sculpture, for the purpose of engaging bit
services for the work above noted. Having come to an understanding with the artist,
1 am charged by the Honorable the President and Members to request, that you will
wait upon Mr. Hodgson on his arrival in England, (learning his address at Messn-
Coults and Co.) and learn his wishes as to sittings for the bust.

March, 1844.] Proceedings of ike Asiatic Society. xxiii

Ton are requested to draw on the Society for advances and charges connected with

the work, and the Honorable the President directs me to express his strong personal

desire that you will gratify the Society by giving this matter your best attention. —

Coat of the bust understood to be nof over Guineas 130.

1 am, &c.

CaiatUa, 7th March, 1844. ti. Torrens,

Vice President and Secretary Asiatic Society qf Bengal.

Read the following letter from the Officiating Secretary to the GoTernment

of India, aanctioning payment for the copies of the reprint of Lieutenant

(now M^jor) Leech's Beloochy and Brahooi Vocabulary and the over-

copies of Capt Eastwick's Scindee Vocabulary.

No. 181 of 1844.

FramT. R. Davidson, Bsq. Officiating Secretary to the Oovemment qf India, to

U. ToRRSNs, Bsq. Vice President and Secretary to the Asiatic Society,

Siu, —In reply to your letter dated 26th ultimo, I am directed to inform you, that

Uis Honor the President in Council has been pleased to pass the

Foraign Department, two bills submitted by Mr« Ridsdale of Bishop's College Press,

amounting in the aggregate to Company's Rupees 124, for printing

on account of Government, 150 copies of Lieutenant Eastwick's Vocabulary of the

Scindee Language, and 150 copies of Lieutenant Leech's Grammar of the Brahuiky,

Beloochee and Puigabee Languages* The necessary instructions will be issued through

the Financial Department for the payment of that sum from the General Treasury to

Mr. Kidsdale*s receipt.

T. R. Davidson,

Fort WUUam, 24<A Feb. 1844. QgTg, Secy, to the Oovt. qf India.

Read the following letter from the Secretary to the Royal Bombay
Branch of the Asiatic Society : —

To the Secretary qf the Asiatic Society qf Bengal, Calcutta,

Sir,— With reference to my letter of the 7th September last, and by desire of the
Bombay Branch of the Royal. Asiatic Society, I have the honor to enclose bill of
lading of a box shipped on board the Fran^ee Cowa^ee, Captain Edwards, for Cal-
cntta, containing copy of the Izashnf and Visparad, of each of which 25 copies only
have been lithographed at the expense of the Society, which you will be so good as^
to present to the Asiatic Society of BengaL The box also contains 72 Geological
specimens, some of which are of considerable interesL

The enclosed separate list will be of use in assisting the Curators in the arrange-
ment of such of these specimens as may be found to deserve a place in the Museum,
the fossils having been named with considerable care.

Another box will be prepared in a short time.

1 have the honor to be. Sir,
Your most obedient servant,

John G. Malcolmson,

Bombay, Asiatic Society's Rooms, dth Feb. 1844. Secretary, B. B, R. A, S.

Read the foUowing letter from Moahaeia ; the book to whidi it nkn
was not obtained in time for the Meeting, having been sent to the Ajii-
cnltoral Society by mistake.

To tk$ Ubraritm t^ the Asiatic ^acMy» Cakutta.

SiSg-^I do myUll ths honor of encloiing an order for a copj of tlie Maohuu
Ai|wn«i. and Directory for 1844, as also for a Plan of Manimaiii, which 1 ha?e been
induced to compile in conaequence of there being no work of the kind here, and the
advantage it would bo likely to confer npon tha community, although a task off tbii
nature ia altogether out of my line of life.

Pleaae accept of the work for the uae of the Membera of the Society.

1 have sent it along with a few other copies to the care of Mr. BUck« upon whom
the order is.

I am, yours most obediently,

Gao. Bvaa B^aa.

P. S."»A few copies of the Work and Plan are sent for sale to Meaan. Ostell and
Lepage*

Read the following letter from Dewan Horeemohun Sen, addreaaed to
the Sab-Secretary: -^

To H. PlDDINOTON, BSQ. kc. &C. kc

My DBA a Sia,*- Here ia a work compiled by Baboo Gooroopmahad Boy, a very

respectable gentleman and scholar. It is a Sanscrit and Bengalee Dictionary, or man

properly speaking, an Bncyclopedia, which has coat the uuthor a great deal off labour

and time, and much talent ia, no doubt, displayed in it. The opinion paasad upaa

this work by the learned Pundits here is highly favourable, as they consider it not

only a very talented production, but particularly useful to persons learning Sanscrit

and pure Shadhoo Bhasha Bengalee. I give him this note to you at hia particular

request ; hii object being to ask the favour of the Society's helping him, if convenient,

to print and publish it for the benefit of those who apply themselves to the study of

Sanscrit* He thinks that you can obtain for him some subscribers in Burope, where

Sanscrit is held in estimation, such as France, Gennany and Bngland, kc Ifyoa

could therefore give him a helping hand, you would oblige,

Yours very sincerely,

HoannMOHDif 8bh.
Bamk qf Bengol, the lith Ftbruary^ 1844.

The specimen of the work accompanying the letter was thought highly
satiafactory, and the Secretary was requested to make further enquiry as
to the cost of printing, 9cc.

Maii€B> 1844.]] Proceedings efihe AsioHe Scdeiy. xxv

Read the following extract of a letter from V. Tregear, Esq., aocompa-
nying a Meteorological Table for 1843, kept at Piusewa near Joanpore.

Mt osar Sib,— 1 have the pleasure to send you a Meteorological Register
kept at Possewa, (12 miles east of Jounpore,) during the year 1843, which you
may think worth putting in the Journal.

JouKfore, 14IA February, 1844. Vincint TasoBAa.

The Table was referred to the Editors of the JoumaL

The Secretary broaght to the notice of the Meeting two books; viz.

British Moths and British Batterflies, by Westwood and Hnmphries,
of which, at the request of the Zoological Curator, he recommended the
pmrchase, which was sanctioned accordingly.

Read the following letter from the Curator Mineralogical and Geological

Department : —

H. ToRRBNs, Esq. Vice Presideni and Secretary, Asiatic Society.

Sir,—- I beg to represent to you the urgent want of two more cases for our Minera-
logical, and two more for our Geological collections.

You ha?e younelf witnessed the crowded state of our valuable Mineralogical Ca-
binet, and I may add, tliat I find it next to impossible to proceed with the heavy task
of arrangement without the room in which to arrange. I have large stores to add yet
to both the Mineralogical and Comparative Geological Cabinet^ for which the four
cases now applied for will be but barely sufficient, so that even with them, the utmost
management will be required to do justice to our treasures.

1 estimate the expense at about 60 Bs. each case, probably something below it.

H. PiDDlNGTON,

Curator Museum Beommne Oeology and qf
Mtueum, 6th March, 1844. Mineralogical and Geological Departments.

The purchase of the cases was sanctioned by the Meeting.
Read the following —

BBPORT OF THE CURATOR MOSEDM OF BCONOMIC 0£OLOGT AMD OBOLOOICAL AND

MINBRALOOICAL DBPARTMBMTS.

We have but little to report upon this month, having had few contributions, and my
own time being occupied with current arrangements, and with my report on the Che-
duba specimens, which requiring many investigations, is not yet finished.

The Society will however hear with pleasure, the following letters from Govern-
ment:—

No. 91.
From T. B. Davidson, £sq. QB^g, Secretary to the Government cf India, to
H. ToRBSNS, Esq., Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated the 27 lA Jam. 1844.

Sir,— With reference to the application of the Asiatic Society, bearing date the
Home Departmsnt. 1st of July 1842, I am directed by the Honorable the Presi-

dent in Council to transmit to you the annexed copy, Paragraph 2, of a Despatch from

xxvi Proceedings <f the AsiaHe Society. CMabch, 1841

the Honorable the Court of Diiecton, No. 17 of 1843, dated the Itt November, to-
gether with Captain Herbert's Geological Map of the Mountain Provinces bctvea
the Sutlej and Kalee therein alluded to.

I am. Sir,
Your obedient servant,

T. B. Davidson,
OmncU Chamher, th« ^tk Jan. 1844. Qfy. Secy, to the Govt, of £idia.

Extract from a Despatch from the Hon'ble the Court <^ Directors in the FuMie
DepartmeiU, dated the Iff November, 1842. No, 17.

Answer to Letter, dated 20<A July, No. 32 qf 184X

2. We enclose as a number in the packet, a copy of Captain Herbert's Geolo-
gical Map of the Mountain Provinces between the Sat-

coJSWA'JJSS.'gSSII J'i •»<» 1^««; but l»T« not tkoogfat it Dec««Tto

gical Map, and If colored View* incur the expense of procuiing copies of the Viem,

of the Himalsjab fortheuMof «

the Asiatle Society. which are large colored drawings of Scenery, and of

no value in a scientific point of view.

(True Extract,)

T. R. Davidson,

QtTff* Secy, to the Govt, q/Auiia.

I have now the gratification of exhibiting the Geological Map to which it refen,
and of congratulating the Soeiety upon its having been able, through the kind atten-
tion of Government and the Honorable the Court of Directors, to render to the me-
mory of one of their most xealous Members, and most earnest and laborious
Indian men of science. Captain Herbert, full, though tardy justice; and in doing this
also, it may claim at the same time to have rendered a most essential service to
the cause of geological science, in giving to the world a connected Geological
Map of this part of our great mountain barrier ; for however deficient it necessarily
is in details, and however much there may remain to be filled up, we have
still here such a leading sketch of its main features by a scientific explorer, as
will be invaluable to future observers ; and I cannot better illustrate this opinion, than
by requesting the attention of the Meeting to our two Geological Maps of England. The
one but a little further improved than that of William Smith, the father of English
Geology, after twenty years of assiduous and unassisted labour ; and the other, Mr.
Greenough's, the fruits of the combined knowledge and laboun of all the geologists of
England in twenty years more. It will^e seen from these two examples how valua-
ble, and in fact how indispensable, these preliminary sketches, like the first chalk or
charcoal lines of the painter, are to the production of a finished work ; and finally, we
shall now, it is to be hoped, completely rescue Captain Herbert's laboun finosa
oblivion, (and even from misrepresentation,) and render justice to the liberality of
the Government of India of that period in undertaking this great and most useful
work.

Museum qf Beonomic Geology.^W^ have received in this department, but without
any letter, three sets of two Maps eacbi of the country through which the proposed

March, 1844.3 Proceedings of^ Asiaiic Society. xxvii

R^melial Canal u to pa», with the sapposed limits of the Gangetic Alluviom. I do not
know if any Geological Report was made on this interesting tract of country, but shall
not fail to enquire and to obtain its publication if possible.*

Mr. Black has obliged us with a Report on, and impressions from, the Lithographic
Stones sent down by Captain Shortrede.

H. PiDDiNOTON, Esq.

Dbar SiR,^In reply to your note of this morning I beg to inform yon, that Mr.
Blechynden has received the copy of the Moulmain Almanac intended for the Asiatic
Society's Rooms ; and with reference to the Stones, 1 have pleasure in forwarding two
proofs taken off from impressions on each, but regret much I cannot give you so favor-
able an account of them as some of the former ones, as I find Nos« 1, 2, S, 4, 5, 6 and
7 too soft, and No. 8 too hard, more resembling marble. This last is one of the two you
left with me, before those you left in the box. The little blue piece is by far too soft.

Asiatic Idtkograpkic Press, Thos. Black.

No. 3, Hare Street, 4tk March, 1844.

It would thus appear, that none of these are equal to the former fine specimen, as
might well occur when a number are taken at random from a heap of fragments
quarried for building purposes ; for in the German quarries also it is only from certain
beds near Munich that the fine Stones are procured, and it is to this that, in part, their
high price is owing. This matter however, is well worthy of a special recommendation to
Government from the Society, since we are certain that a really good Stone exists,
and have so near the spot an active, intelligent and sealous co-operator, like Captain
Shortrede.

I have added to our collections specimens of the common Corundum Stone of
the Bazar, with the powder of which all the cutting, grinding and polishing work
of precious Stones is performed; even the Diamond is averred to be cut and polish-
ed by it, and it seems certain, that the use of Diamond powder is not known to the
natives ; or if known, that its expense prevents its adoption, or that the Indian lapidary
finds his own process practically the best.

1 find upon trial that the Corundum, would certainly cut every thing below the Sap-
'' phire in hardness, and no doubt polish the Sapphire, and 1 believe that if better known
in Europe, it would be found of high valae in the arts, and in many instances,
(I speak here upon very competent authority,) reduce the prices of many very expen-
.sive processes, such as that of grinding hard steel pivots and plates, gems for lenses and
the like, for which only Diamond powder can now be used, and the expense of this is
often completely a prohibition on its employment, or adds enormously to the cost of the
article. I have placed upon the table from our own collection nine specimens of the
Stone, beginning with the Emery of Naxos, and ending with the crystallised rose
Corundum of Ceylon.

* I have since lesrsed fh>m Colonel Forbes that no Geologist was attached to the Survey. Bor<
iogi were made, and wells sunk along the line, and a series of specimens also collected firom the
adjacent rocks, but ii U not known what beeawte of them I

xXTiii Proceedings cfike AeiaHe Society. [March, ldi4.

I have recommended a genUemaii in thk line of buinen, wiu» 1^ Calcutta aikrt
time ago on tlie SmdoMtm, to take home a quantity of thete alonee for trial, and 1 kavt
alio ordered a quantity of them to be tent to Kngland.

H. PlDDlHOTOB.

With reference to the suggestion of the Curator on the subject of Captain Shortrede't
Lithographic Stones, the Secretary was requested to address Government on Che put
of the Society to that effect.

For all the foregoing preeentationa and communicationa the beet thanks
of the Society was voted.

proceedings of the Asiatic Society. — April, 1844.
i Wednesday Bvemng, the ^rd Aprils 1844.)

The usual Monthly Meeting took place on Wednesday evening, the 3rd
of April. The Honorable the President in the chair.

The following new Members were ballotted for and declared duly elected:—

B. Colvin, Esq. C. S.
W. Quintin, Esq. C. S.

The usual communications were ordered to be made to them.
The following list of Books presented and purchased was read : —

Books received /or the Meeting qf the Asiatic Society, on the Srd of April, 1844.

Annaler for Nordiske Oldkyndigheid, 1840-41 and 1842-43. Kjobenba?n. Presented

by the Society of Northern Antiquarians, 2 Not.
The Edinburgh New Philoeopbical Journal, July to October, 1843. Presented by the

Editor.
MSmoire sur la D^couverte de L'Amerique, par Charles Christian Rafn. Copenhagen,

1843. Presented by the Society of Northern Antiquarians.
London, Edinburgh, and Dublin Philosophical Magaslne, third series. No. 151-15*2,

October 1843. From the Editors.
Journal Asiatique ou Recueil de M^moires, quartidme s^rie, tome i, No. 4, Avril.

No. 5 Mai tome ii. No. 7-8, Julliet et Aout Presented by the Society.
Boyal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and Ireland Anniversary Meeting and

Twentieth Annual Report of the Council. London, 1843. Presented by the Society.
List of Members, Committees, &c* of the Royal Asiatic Society of Great Britain and

Ireland, 1843. Presented by the Society.
Die K^nigliche Gesellschaft ({(r Nordische Alterthumskunde. Jahresversammlung,

1B42. Copenhagen. Presented by the Society of Northern Antiquarians.
Loitfaden sur Nordischen Alterthumskunde. Copenhagen, 1837. Presented by the

Society of Northern Antiquarians. ^

The Oriental Christian Spectator, second series, March 1844, vol* v. No. 8, Editor.
Bulletin de la Soci^t^ de Geographic, deuxieme s^rie, tome xix. Paris, 1843. From

the Society.
Proceedings of the Geological Society of London, vol. iv, part i, 1843, No. 93. Pre-
sented by the Society.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, 1843, No. 22. From the Society.
Royal Society of Northern Antiquarians. Copenhagen, 6 Nps. Presented by the Society.

XXX Proceedings of the Asiatic Society » [Aprii^ 1844.

The Tacna of the Parsis in the Zend language, but Gujar&tf character, with a Gnjarkt

traniiatioD, paraphrase and comment, by the late Framji Aspandeaijt. From the

Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society.
The Bispard of the Panis in the Zend language, but Gujar&tf character, witk a Gnja-

r&tf translation, paraphrase and comment, by the late Framji Aspandeaiji. Prom the

Bombay Branch Royal Asiatic Society.
Notice Historique sur la Vie et les Onvrages de M. la Mi^or Rannell, par M. le Banm

Walckenaer. From the Author.
Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the

month of February 1844. From the Surveyor General's Office.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vol. zv, part iii. From the Society.
Journal des Savants. Paris, Julliet et Aout 1843. Purchased.
The History of the Mohammedan Dynasties in Spain, translated by Pascal de Gay-

angos, vol. ii. Printed for the Asiatic Society by the Oriental TranalaUon

Fund.
Les Sultans Mamlouks de Makrixe, tome ii, lib i. Printed for the Asiatic Society

by the Oriental Translation Fund.
The Calcutta Christian Observer, April 1844. New series, vol. v. Noi. 52. Presented

by the Editors.
Pritchard's Natural History of Man. London, 1843. Purchased.
Researches into the Physical History of Mankind, by J. C. Prichard, vols, i, ii, m.

Purchased.
M^moires de laSocilt^ Royale des Antiquaires du Nord, 1810-43, Section Asiatiqae.

Copenhagen, 1843.

Read the following letter from the Society's London Af^ents, Messrs.
Allen and Co. : —

U. ToRRBNs, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society qf Bengal.

Sir, — We have the pleasure to acknowledge the receipt of your fovor of the I7th
November last, enclosing a bill of lading for six cases of books, which are to be for-
warded as addressed, and we are requested to transmit receipts for the same to the So«
ciety. We shall have much pleasure in attending to your instructions. We donbt
if we shall be able to obtain receipts for all the cases, but if we can assure the Society
that they are duly delivered, we conclude that will be quite satisfactory.
London, January 80, 1844.

W. H. Allin and Co-
Read the following correspondence with reference to the transfer of the
Buchanan MSB. and Drawings from the Botanic Garden to the Library of
the Society : —

The Secretary to the Government qf Bengal, Home DepartmenL

Sir,— I am instructed on the part of the Asiatic Society of Bengal to beg, that yon
will submit to the Honorable the Deputy Governor of Bengal, the respectful request

April, ^^^^0 Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. xxxi

of ill llembeif, that Hit Honor will be pleased to order the Buchaoao Drawings and
MSS. now deposited at the H. C. Botanic Garden to be placed in the Society's
Library.

The vast amount of knowledge in almost all its branches, relating to India, contained
in these Tolumas, and the great expenditure to Government at which it was obtained are
well known, while it is not less notorioos, that partly from non«publication and partly
from its almost entire inaccessibility as now deposited, this noble monument of the soli-
citude of the Government of India for the development of its resources has been hitherto
a sealed book to the public. In order to remedy, however late, this long existent evil,
the Society begs earnestly to press upon his Honor's consideration the advantage that
may arise from placing such resources within the reach of all who may desire to profit
by them; and this His Honor may perhaps incline to allow, might be best done by
placing the drawings and documents above alluded to for general reference in the
Idusenm of the Society ; where they will be available to its officers in the several de-
partments of science for reference and comparison.

The Society vrould engage to make use of this valuable material for the pMic
benefit, adding to the value of its own publications by selections from the mass of the
Buchanan documents, which it is hoped His Honor may gratify the Society by plac-
ing in its charge and custody.

H. ToaaKNs,
Viee-Prendent and Secretary ^ Asiatic Society.

No. 798.

From Under-Secretary to the Qovemment qf Bengal, to the Fice- President and

Secretary, Asiatic Society,

Sir,— With reference to your letter of the 26th January last, I am directed to
transmit the enclosed copy of one from the Officiating Superintendent of the Honor-
able Company's Botanic Garden, No. 10, of the I3th ultimo, and to intimate, that his
Honor the Deputy Governor has no objection to allow the Buchanan Drawings and
Manuscripts to be temporarily deposited in the Library of the Asiatic Society, on the
conditions therein stated, and has given directions to that Officer to forward them to
you accordingly.

1 have the honor to be. Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

A.TUHNBULL,

Under-Secretary to the Qovemment of Bengal.
Dated Part William, 7&tk March, 1844.

No. 10.

From W. Griffith, Esq. Cfffg, Supt, H. C Botanic Oarden^ to A. Turnbull,
Esq. Under-Secretary to the Government oj Bengal*

Sir, — I have the honor of acknowledging the receipt of a letter from the Secretary
to the Asiatic Society to the Secretary to the Government of Bengal, Home Depart-
ment, on which I am desired to report.

xxxii Proceedings of ihe Asiaiic Society. [Afbil, 1844.

2. It tppoan to ue that there cfto be no objection (o placisg these Tery VBlittUe
Manuscripts and Drawings in the custody of the Asiatic Society, until such Ume as that
Society shall have completed their publication or copies of them. But I think it
should be understood, that this institution is the proper place of their pefmanent deposit,
it being that of the Manuscripts and Drawings of Dr. Rozbufgh, as it ought to be ef
those of all other Superintendents.*^ In this manner only can the series be kept com-
plete, and each series can in this manner only guide Government to an opinion of the
relative merits of the Superintendents it permits to hold this high scientific appoint-
ment. To this the almost entire inaccessibility alluded to in the Secretary's letter
cannot be objected, that assuredly was never contemplated by Government, and hss
not existed since 18S6, when it was removed by Dr. McClelland, and Government
having shewn its anxiety to secure ready publication of documents, it assuredly can-
not again be restored.

3. It would have been very desirable that this application had been made to Goven*
meat when the fact of the Drawings and Manuscripts being here was first made known.
For since that, I believe, the Society has been the means of making knovm xoological
labours which would, had the Society's attention then been attracted pronunently to
these Manuscripts, &c. have been found to have been anticipated by Dr. Buchanan.
The Society at this period cannot attach priority to the works of Buchanan*

4. It also appears to me desirable, that if Government decides on lending these
Manuscripts and Drawings to the Society, it should be on the engagement proffered by
the Society in the last paragraph of the Secretary's letter, and in exclusion of pan-
graph 2d, otherwise a stigma will be attached to this institution, which, as it is a
public institution of Government, endowed in a liberal manner, and presumably
superintended in a liberal and open manner, it cannot t» #e be considered to meriL

5. Pending the receipt of his Honor's final instructions, I shall construct a complete
catalogue of the Manuscripts and the Drawings to be retained here for the informatioB
of Government.

I have, &c.
Honorable Company's Botanic Garden, (Signed) W. Griffith,

\Zth February, 1844. Qffg. Superimtendaa.

(True Copy,) A. Turnbdll,

Under-Secretary to the Governmeni qf BenffoL

The Secretary called the attention of the Meeting to the alteratioB
which had been made in the height of the pedestals on which the busts
were placed ; three of them having been reduced and the busts placed
upon them for inspection. The alteration was approved of.

* We doubt much if Dr. Buchanan was ever a Superintendent of the H. C. Bota-
nic Garden ? -Ed.

ArKii<» 1844.J Proceedings cf the Anaik Society. xxxiii

Read the followiDg letter addrewed to the Sab-Secretaryi by the Rev.
J. J. Moore, Secretary, Agra School-Book Society :<-

No. 1G2.

H. PiDDXNGTON, BsQ. AstaW: Society's Rooms, Calcutta*
Mt dbar Sib,— Kindly ezcase the troable I am giving you, but will you
send me a copy of all the Hindi and Sanscrit works the Asiatic Society may have for
sale. They are intended for a Native Prince, and it is particularly requested, that each
copy be neatly bound. They are intended for Mahanja Tukht Sing of Marwar. Maps
in Hindi or Sanscrit would be also most acceptable* For the expense which may be
incurred, I shall be responsible to the Society. It would be desirable if they could be
forwarded under a frank, and as this privilege is allowed to Government Educational
Establishments, probably in a case like the present, a similar indulgence would be
granted. At all events do not let this be a bar to the transmission of the books for the
Bajah.

1 intend to publish an edition of the Rekha Ghuiita, in the Sanscrit Version of Euclid
by Rija Savai Jai Sing. I understand there is a copy in the Society's Rooms which had
been corrected by the late Jas. Prinsep ; it would aid me very much could it be pro-
cured for the purpose of collating my MSS. with it
Tbth March, 1844. J. Moorb,

Secretary, Agra School'Book Society,

P. S.— Kindly also favour me with a few copies of the list of the Society's Books
which may be for sale.

The Sanscrit works publiahed by the Society were ordered to be for-
warded, boand aa requested. Upon inquiry it does not appear that the
BISS. alluded to is in the Society's Library ; the only copy of the Rekha
Ganita, being one by Jaganath Pundit ; but it was subsequently ascertained
that the valuable copy of the Rekha Ganita, alluded to by Mr. Moore,
was in the Library of the College of Fort Willam, and he was informed
that a copy would be sent him if desired.

A recommendation of the purchase of several works, and a proposal to
purchase a female Gayal now at Chittagong, were submitted by the Zoolo-
gical Curator, which last was authorised.

Read the following letter from J. W. Roberts, Esq. accompanying the
specimens alluded to :—

H. PiDDiNOTON, Esq.

Dear Sib,— -I have the pleasure to send you for the Asiatic Society, a few Locusu
of the legion that did so much mischief to the past season's indigo crop. They are
from Nttdjuffghur, near Cawnpore.

xzxtv Procudingt if ike Asiaiie Society. [Aprii., 1844.

When at the If OMom a few days ago^ 1 did not perceive amongst the natural cnno-
•ities any specimen of this enemy to the Tegetable kingdom, and they may not theie-
fore prove unworthy of reception.

Calcutta, I3th March, 1844. J. W. Robbets.

No. 14, Writers' Buildings.

P.S.^1 send them u received, preserved in Cognac brandy.

Read the following letter from J. Owen, Esq., acoompanying the Arras
presented by that gentleman :— •

To H. ToRBBNs, Esq. Secretary^ Asiatic Society.

Sib, — 1 have the honor to forward herewith certain arms taken from the chiefs who

were creating the disturbances at Ningroo during the past year. No. 1 is a Naga Dao,

and No. 2 a Singphoe one.

The Society's acceptance of the same will confer honor on

Yours faithfully.
On the River, \9th March, 1844. J. Owbn.

Rbport op the Curator Museum of Economic Geology and Gbolooical

AND MlNERALOQlCAL DbPARTMBNTS^ FOR THE MONTH OP MaRCH.

Our xealous correspondent Captain Newbold, Assistant to the Commissioner, Knmool,

Geological and Minerilo- has sent US from Beypoor, near Calicut, a specimen of the

gieal. lignite of the beds of that locality which, he thus describes.

«* By to-day's banghy I have the pleasure to forward to the Society a specimen of
the lignite from a bed of considerable extent in the laterite sandstone near Beypoor,
in' the vicinity of Calicut, on the Western Coast, discovered by myself in 1840. It is
associated with sulphur, sulphates of alumina, iron, retinasphalt and mineral coaL
The shales inunediately in contact have a rarely perceptible dip, are black, car-
bonaceous and aluminous, and contain scattered spangles of mica. The bed of
lignite itself is from one to three feet thick, and cfl^ be traced about half a mile up
the river. General CuUen recently writes me, that he now sees much of this carbona-
ceous deposit in Travancore, and that it is very extensive. It exhibits itself in beds
of black clay and lignite of considerable thickness in the laterite cliib along the W.
Coast from Quilon to VenkuUy. Deposits of the same kind occur about the same
level at the distance of two or three miles inland. "

We have to acknowledge from Government, a further addition to our knowledge of
the Cheduba group in a report from Lieut. Hopkinson, Assistant Commissicmer,
Arracan, who was also sent by the Conunissioner, Capt. Bogle, to examine the spot
where the Volcanic Island had appeared, and who, though he unfortunately was not
acquainted with Mineralogy or Geology, has most sealonsly fulfilled his mission. Hii
report will bf incorporated in mine, and I may remark here, that several of his speci-
mens are of very considerable interest.

April, i844.] Proeeedingt of the Asiatic Society, xxxv

The following are the letters from Gover&ment and from Mr. Com-
missioner Bogle : —

No. 687.
From Under-Secretary to the Government qf Bengal, to the Secretary to the Asiatic

Society.
Sir, — I am directed to transmit to you, copy of a letter from the Comminioner of
Arrakan, No. 453, dated the 16th December last, and of its encloeurea, relative to the
visit paid by Lieut. Hopkinson, the Senior Assistant at Sandoway, to the site of the
Volcanic Island which recently appeared for a time to the south-east of Cheduba, to-
gether with a box containing the geological specimens referred to in the fourth para-
graph of Capt. Bogle's letter*

Cbcil Be a don,
Under-Secretary to the Oovemment qf Bengal.
Fort WiUiam, Uth March, 1844.

(Copies. No. 453.)

From Capt, A. Boglb, Commistioner in Arracan, to T. R. Davidson, Esq., Secre-
tary to the Government qf Bengal, General Department,

SiB, — Capt* Williams, Senior Assistant Commissioner in charge of Ramree and
Chedttba, having in a letter dated i 1th August 1843, No. 1828, copy of which is annexed,
intimated to me that a volcanic eruption had occurred off the 3. end of *' False Island"
in the end of July last, and that an Island had been formed on the spot, without however
conveying to me any of the particulars, I considered it proper to write to him imme-
diately to furnish me with the fullest information on the subject

2. In reply he acquainted me, that it was wholly impracticable to approach " False-
Island" during the S. W. Monsoon, and that the difficulties opposed to all communi-
cation with "Flat bland" or ** Regweng," from whence the eruptions had been observ-
ed, were of such a nature, as to preclude the hope of being able to obtain any further
information before the close of the rains.

8. As both the above islands are exposed to the full force of the Monsoon, and are
surrounded by innumerable dangers, it appeared to me by no means justifiable to en-
danger life by endeavouring to conduct any inquiries prior to the termination of the
tempestuous season; but in the month of October, 1 determined to depute Lieut. Hop-
kinson, Junior Assistant Commissioner, an officer of much intelligence and enterprise,
to visit the site of the reported eruptions as soon as the state of the weather in the Bay
of Bengal would admit of his proceeding to sea in one of the small Government Schoon-
ers belonging to this province, and on the 2Ist of that month, I accordingly addressed
him letter No. 839, of which a copy is appended.

4* Immediately on its receipt, Lieut. Hopkinson proceeded to the spot, and having
made a full and diligent inquiry regarding the interesting circumstances reported,
and taken a survey of ** False-Island," he has now favored me with a report under date
the 25th ultimo, No. 86, of which I beg leave to transmit a copy, together with his
Map of the ** False Island," for submission to the Honorable the Deputy Governor
of Bengal ; and by the next trip of the *< Amherel,*' I shall not fail to forward the
different geological specimens which accompanied Lieut Hopkinson's rep'^rt.

xxxvi Proceedingi efihe Asiaiie Soeieiy. [Ap&il^ 1844.

5. As the newly created island, which, even if it had really existed, could never I
apprehend have been any thing more than a mass of rock, has disappeared, and no
apparent change has been occasioned by the eruptions, Lieut. Hopkinson found bat
little worthy of mention ; but 1 nevertheless feel greatly indebted to him for the promp-
titude with which he repaired to the spot, and for the very satisfiMtory manner in which
he has completed the duty entrusted to him, and 1 trust that his report and map will
meet with His Honor's approval.

6. 1 am aware that much of the interest which attached to these volcanic eruptions
may have ceased on the return of the ** Oamgu^* Steamer from her recent viait lo this
coast, but still 1 think it due to Lieut. Hopkinson, that the endeavours previously
made by him to collect the fullest information regarding them, should be submitted to
the Deputy Governor, and that his Honor should be satisfied, that such remarkable
changes are not regarded with indiiference here.

A. BOGLS,

Arracan Commr^s. Office* Akyah, 16M Dec. 1843. Commiuiontr m Arracan,

No. 1828.

To Captain A. Boo lb, Comfnissumer m Arracan and Akffab.

SiB,— I have the honor to acquaint you, that the Soogree of '*Flat Island" reports,
that on the 26th, 27th, 28th, and 29th of July, a Volcano broke out a short distance,
(30 bamboos, 360 feet,) he mentions, south of '* False Island," and that a new blafid
has been formed on the spot
Arracan S, A, Commr's. Offiett ^amreef D. Williams,

TheUtA August, 1843. Senr. AuL Commusitmer.

(True Copy.) (Signed) A. Boo lb,

Cotmnisnoner in Arracan,

From the Rev. Mr. Barbe, Roman Catholic Missionary at Chittagong, we have
received a box of specimens of the ferruginous sandy breccias, conglomerates and
concretions of that place, some of them much resembling those sent up, 1 think, in 1838,
by Mr. Sconce, Magistrate of that district, and of petrified wood and lignite from the
same quarter. We have unfortunately no details of the locality with these specimens.

From the Bombay Branch R. A. S. Society, we have received a second box of 72
llnseum of Economic specimens for this department, and for that of Mineralogy and

Geology. Geology, for which our best thanks are due. As the liat is instruc-

tive, and it is always useful to have them on record, 1 have inserted it here.

List of Geological Specimens from Western India, presented to the Museum cfike

Asiatic Society, Calcutta, 2d series.

Calcedony with Calcspar, Rajcote.
Altered sandstone, Kattiawar.
Jasper, Waukaneer, ditto.

Prom near Rajcote, ditto.
Altered sandstone, Waukaneer, ditto.

Marble (magnesian) of which Hoossain Shah's tomb is buUt, llaa-
doo, Malwa.

No.

1»

«»

Afkh^, 1844.] Praeeedings cf the Asiatic Society, xxxvii

No. 7 to 8. 0MaU from between Mandoo and Mhow.
„ 9. Calcspar from Basalt, between Malwa and Mhow.

,, 10 to 29. Minerals from between Mandoo and Mhow.
,, 30 to 81* Basalt, Masagon, Bombay* This takes a good polish, and is ased Tor

pedestals of statutes, &c.
,y 32. From Balmeer hill.

,. 33. ,, Ditto.

„ 34. „ Ditto.

„ 3S. „ near Balmier.

„ 36* Gypsum, near Balmeer.

,, 37. From Vindiah hills.

38. Prom whitish Basalt Rock, Parell, Bombay.

39 to 42. Recent formation, Allibaugh, Angria, Colaba.
„ 43 to 45. Ditto ditto.
,. 46 to 47. Ditto ditto.
., 48. Basalt, ditto.

49. Piece of Rock from near Bhooj.

,, 50. Basalt, Mazagon, Bombay. Laumonitc with large crystals of Calcspar,

and globules of Prehnite scattered through the Laumonite. By

J. E* Malcolmson, Esq.
,, ' r>l. Ditto. Lannonite penetrating Calcspar and terminating in it, with the

usual crystalline foim, by ditto.
,, 52 to 53. Nummulite limestone. Catch*
„ 54. Indurated clay containing Paludina Deccanensis, Physa Prinsepii.

Geol. Trans, vol. ▼, pi. 47. Altered into a basaltic looking rock.

Saugor.
56. Indurated clay (fresh water.) Gharri, foot of Nalchah Ghaut, (Vindiah

bills,) between Mandoo and Mhow.
,, 56* Indurated clay from Gharri, near Mandoo, with Melania Quadri-

lineata.
„ 57. Indurated clay with tertiary Lacustrine fossils. Gharri, foot of Nalchah

Ghaut, northern escarpment of Vindiah mountains, between Mandoo

and Mhow.

58. Cast of Physa Prinsepii, &c. Gharri, near Mandoo.

59. Physa Prinsepii, compremed. Gharri, near Mandoo, see Dr. Voysey
on Gawilghur, As. Res. vol. xviii, p. 187.

60. Melania, quadri-lineata. Geol. Trans, vol* v, pi. 47. Gharri.

61. Cast of Melania, quadri-lineata. Ditto.

62. Cast of Paludina Deccanensis. Gharri.

63. Cypris Subglobosa. Gharri. Geol. Trans, yol. v, pi. 47, fig. 3.

64. Palodina Deccanensis, Chare Malcolmsonii, Cypris Cylindrica, and
Subglobosa. Munnoor Deccan, Geol. Trans, vol. v, pi. 47.

65. Variety of Calcedony from the Vindiah hills.

66. F'rom the Bund of Arrore, Scinde.

67. Flint, pounded and burned, and worked for the formation of painted
tiles, &c* at Hydrabad, Scinde. Sir Alexander Burnes.

>>
»♦

l»

xxxviii Proceedifigs of the AsiaHc Society. [April, 1844.

No, 68. Flint for Pottery, west of the Indus opposite Uydrabad, Scinde. Sir

Alexander Barnes.
,, 69* Believed to be tbe pounded flint. No* 68, used in pottery. From Sir

Alexander Bumes' collection, bat the label losL
70* Natrotti Scinde« Sir Alexander Barnes.

71. Sand of the Indus, label lost. Sir A* Bumes' collection.

72. Laumonite, Mazagon, Bombay.

John 6. Malculmson,

Bombay^ ^h February, 1844. Secretary, B. B. R. A. S.

Pkb&bntation of a SiLVKft Standish to H. Tojir£ms, Esq.

When the Geological Curator had concluded his portion of the businessof the evening,
the President, The Uon'ble W. W. Bird, rose and addressed the Meeting as follows.
Before we proceed farther, I wish to draw your attention, gentlemen, to the beautiful
specimen of Indian workmanship lying on the table in the shape of a silver inkstand,
which is intended as a testimonial to Mr. Torrens, from his associates of Che Asiatic
Society, expressive of the deep sense entertained by them of his distingnished serrices.
It will be in the recollection of many here present that about the commencement of
last year, he was obliged, for reasons then stated, to resign the office of Secretary
which he had for some time held with so much credit to himself, and so much advantage
to the Society, and it was on that occasion that this testimonial was voted to him, which,
under the superintendence of Mr. Piddington, has assumed the form of the very tasteful
object now before us, and on which no pains or expense have been spared to render it
worthy of Mr. Torrens' acceptance.

As few can have the opportunity of examining this elegant specimen of Indian
manufacture, I will shortly describe it, and I cannot do so more appropriately than in
the words of Mr. Piddington, who has kindly favored me with a memorandum on the
subject.

** The style," he says, *' of the testimonial is Moorish, (Arabesque,) chosen as the most
appiopriate one in reference to Mr. Torrens' able and spirited translation of the
Arabian Nights, (the Alif Leila,) dedicated by him to the Asiatic Society j the only
translation of that classic work which has exactly painted to the English reader in
his own language, and with the colours of his own imagination, the minds and the life
of the children of the East*

** It is placed on a basement of shawl-work of which the pattern is the Shamrock, in
allusion to Mr. Torrens' Irish origin. The frosted wreath above this basement
is composed of the rose (Persia,) the LQtos (India,) and the Jessamine (Arabia.) These
flowers are from nature. All the other decorations are from the Alhambra, or
from the great Mosque at Cordova, two of the wonderful and inimitable moou-
ments of a people, who seem to have been almost led to construct them as lessons to
the human race of the imperishable glories of science, literature and the arts, as
compared with those of conquest.

** The centre and surmounting ornament is an exact model of the Fountain of Lions in
the Alhambra. It has been chosen, not only from its beauty, and its numerous historical
a^isociatious with the magnificent era of the Arabian Khalifb of Spain, but also from

Apbii^ 1844.] Proceedings (fihe Asiaiie Soeiefy. xxxiz

iU being in itself a carious and a solitery instance of the practice of an art forbidden
in the Koran, by Mahomedan artists. It is one of those unique and precious monuments
which the arts have given to History and to Poetry, at the sight of which a thousand
associations with the annals of a whole nation, (the European Arabians,) now extinct,
are awakened in the mind* i need not remark here, that every page of these annals
from the landing of El Tarikh to the glories of the Ommiyades, the winding sheet of
Abderahman, the conquest of Granada, and the dismal farewell of the heart-broken
Moors to their terrestrial paradise the Vega of Granada, is pre-eminently the classic
romance of History : of which the Fountain of the Lions is still the talisman.

" It was the beautiful custom of the Arabs of old to adorn their public and private
buildings, and even their weapons and domestic furniture, with inscriptions allusive to
their purpoees, or suggestive, or laudatory, of great, and good, and useful works and
thoughts, whether religious or secular. We have in our tribute adopted this custom
also, and while we have appropriated one tablet to commemorate our gift, we have, in
the Arabic inscription on the opposite compartment.

Jac'l 2>*^ (5tA-e c--JjI^>j

of which the paraphrase may be rendered—

** There is no fountsiji like the mind,
" There if no water eleszer than Troth,

conveyed an aphorism of which no one better than Mr. Torrens can appreciate the
hidden meaning."

Such is the testimonial, and in presenting it to Mr. Torrens on the part of the Society,
i beg to assure bim, that it aA>rds me the most sincere gratification to be their re-
presentative on the occasion, and the channel of communicating to him a token of
estimation so well deserved. 1 beg also to assure him on their part, and likewise on my
own, of the satisfaction we feel at his having been so obliging as to resume the situation
in which the services, now so inadequately acknowledged, were rendered by him, and
their conviction, that the Society of which he is so distinguished a member, will be in-
debted to him for still further services, and that he will earn for himself, by the exer-
tion of his eminent talents, still further testimonials of their esteem and approba-
tion.

Mr. Torrens then rose, and replied in nearly the following words : —

Honorable Sir, and Gentlemen, my Fellow-members of thii Society,—! will not in or-
dinary phrase attempt to speak of embarrassment in now rising to address you. My
gratification is too heartfelt and sincere to admit of any such sensation, and under its
influence i vrill endeavour to express on the spur of the moment my thanks to yon for
this splendid, and to me, inestimable testimonial. If i do not do so in set terms, you

xl Proceedings of the AeiaHe Sodeiy, [AFftiL^ 1844.

matt pardon me, for I haye felt myself unable to write a set-speecb in anticipation of
this high honor now conferred, and 1 have therefore judged it best to trust to the spon-
taneous utterance of the heart, if 1 may so say, which sometimes by its truth gives
weight and dignity to even the sorry phrases of a speaker but little practised.

Gentlemen, the first and most anxious desire of every man, who has in any sort ad-
dicted himself to literary puisuils, iM the thirst for literary distinction. This i have
felt in common with thousands a thousand times better qualified to earn, and to de-
serve it, than I ever have been, or could ever be, but my position offered to me little
expectation of being at any time able to achieve it. The days are passed when men
engaged in this country as public servants, could without any dereliction of duty en-
joy the luxuries of lettered ease, and follow steadily up their literary labours, or their
plans of historical or scientific research, panpatsu with the peiforoaance of their offi-
cial functions* The calls of office have greatly multiplied as was natural they should
do, with the extension and consolidation of the British power in this country, and the
enjoyment of that leisure which enabled a Jones, a Colebrooke, or a Wilford to enrich
our sum of knowledge by the valuable results of their researches, can be no longer
hoped for by those who have succeeded them, it may be said there were giants in
those days, and doubtless few have since appeared who could rival or compete
with the galaxy of able, and learned orientalists, whose labours in the early days of
this Society rendered its name illustrious in the scientific world of Europe, — who led
to the foundation of the Asiatic Societies of London and of Paris, — nay, more, who
brought about that taste for the study of Sanscrit literature, which in Germany parti-
cularly has led to discoveries in philology, and in the history of nations as traceable
thereby, not less invaluable than unexpected.

In addition to the disadvantage above alluded to, I had in taking the office of your
Secretary, the discouraging example of what in this enervating climate over-exertion
in literary, combined with official labours, will effect, in the person of my esteemed and
lamented friend and predecessor, James Prinsep. Where such a mind was unequal to
support the strain, I felt how idle and absurd it would be in any one less qualified for the
struggle by varied ability, and copious information, to attempt to venture on it. I
therefore determined, instead of endeavouring at something new, to work out to the
best advantage, the unemployed and unillustrated treasures of our various collections,
and, conscious of my incapacity save in superficial attainments on a limited field, 1
decided on attempting to obtain the services, and superintend the labours of men resdly
competent in distinct branches of science. Our then President, Sir Edward Ryan,
warmly supported my views, the local Government, to its honor be it spoken, came
forward with liberal and timely aid, while the Honorable the Court of Directors
consented to uphold us in that spirit of munificence which it has often evinced in
matters of science. Thus, Gentlemen, I found shortly afterwards associated with me,
our curators, Messrs. Piddington and Blyth, and while I laboured to convert the Jour-
nal, (then my property, ) into a Journal of General Science in accordance with the
plan laid down by Sir William Jones on instituting this Society, instead of attempting
chiefly to work out in it the doubtful problems of antiquarian research, — ^while I was
occupied in procuring nuterial for our Transactions,— in arranging and digesting oar
records, and in providing for the printing and publication of Oriental works (and 1 more

Apbil, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. zli

particolarly allude to the reprint of the three first volumeB of the Fatwa-'i'Alumgeeri)
— these gentlemen busied themselves on the one hand in re-arranging our geological
and mineralogical collections, then to all appearance in hopeless confusion, and in
classifying them by catalogues recovered from the disordered mass of our papers,—
and on the other in re-stocking^l may say, in creating^ur Museum of Zoology.
If our relations with other scientific bodies have been renewed, and enlarged, — if
the name and character of our Society has been worthily maintained — if we are now
poasessed of a Museum which taken in conjunction with our Library, and our antiqua-
rian treasures, places this Society first as a scientific body in the dependencies of the
British Crown,^! take no credit to myself apart from these, my zealous and worthy
fellow-labourers.

Happily placed in conjunction with them, it has been my fortune to have by your
kindness accorded to me as your Secretary, that literary distinction, so earnestly, and
ambitiously desired, but which I could have hoped to obtain in no other but such
circumstances. There are times. Sir, when such distinction, proud as it is, becomes
doubly welcome, and I am in the position to feel its value at this moment most sensibly.

Let me, Mr. President, express to you briefly my personal feeling of gratitude for
much good will shewn towards me, and for the constant support which you have afford-
ed me in my endeavours to carry out arrangements, of which you were pleased to
approve, for the benefit of the Society. Let me here express to the Asiatic Society of
Bengal, my heartfelt acknowledgments for this magnificent token of their good opini-
on, and to assure them, that its receipt highly enhances the steady inclination 1 have
ever had to devote in so far as occasion permits, my poor services to the promotion of
their interests.

Gentlemen, I most heartily and sincerely thank you.

In pursuance of the desire expressed by Members, the following Memo-
randum was circulated by the Sub-Secretary, and under the order upon it
the annexed plate of the Standish is given. — H. P.

Mbmoranddm by tub Sub-Sbcrbtary.

The Honorable the President and Committee qf Papers^ Asiatic Society,

After the conclusion of the meeting of Wednesday evening, several Memben ex-
pressed a wish, that a lithograph of the Standish presented to Mr. Torrens, should
appear in the Journal.

The Sub-Secretary solicits the orders of H. H. and the Committee.
He may remark, that such objects are strictly within those of the Society, which in
the words of its illustrious founder, embraces in its enquiries, *' whatever is performed

xUi Proeeedingi of the Asiaiie SociOy. [April, 1844.

by man or produced by nrntare," and it nay not be, moreoTer, nninterefUog to place
npon record, any step in tbe fine arli nade under Ike patronage of the Society.

Many llofiuiU llemben alao liave tabecribed to the TeftinKUiial, and will no donbt
be happy to lee their money latialMtorily laid ant.

H. PiDDmeToii,
Mtmttm, 4M Apra, 18U. Smb-Seereiarp, AsiaHe Society,

For all the foregoing oommaiiicatioiia and preaentations, the beat thanka
of the Society were voted.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society. — May, 1844.
{Wednesday Bvening, tAe Ut May, 1844.)
The stated Monthly Meeting was held on Wednesday evening, the 1st
instant, at half-past eight f. m. The Honorable the President in the chair.
The following list of books presented and purchased was read.

Books recewedfor the Meeting qf the Asiatic Society, on the \st of May, 1844.

Report on Public Instruction in the Bengal Presidency, 1842-43. — Presented by Dr.
MouaL

The Oriental Christian Spectator, April 1844, ▼ol. v, second series, No. 4.— By the
Editor, Bombay.

Meteorological Register kept at the Surveyor General's Office, Calcutta, for the
month of March.

Malodaya.— By the Rev. J. Yates.

Papillons Ezotiques, parF. P.Cramer, Amsterdam, 1779<1791, 5 vols. 4to. — Present-
ed by Capt. W. Wroughton.

Natural History of Uncommon Birds, by G. Edwards, London, 1743-1754, 7 vols. 4to. —
Presented by Capt. Wroughton.

Read the following letters from Messrs. W. and H. Allen and Co., the
Society's London Agents.

HsNav ToBBBNs, Esq. 8[c. SfC. 4rc* V. P- Asiatic Society of Calcutta,

Sia,^We have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your favors, dated 5th Sep^
tember and 13th December 184S, and also the copy of a letter addressed by you to
Mr. John Murray. As we learn from you that the Journal from No. 133 is now vested
in the Society, we think it advisable to annex you our account, embracing No. 182,
which is £9 : 19 : 2 in favor of the Society. We have received from Mr. Murray
£31 : 9, which is placed to the credit of the Society. The stock of Books in the hands
of Mr. Murray will be forwarded to you in a day or two.

The quantity of Books in the Warehouse of Mr. Murray, belonging to the Society,
is very heavy, and you must be aware that we can never dispose of them here. Of some
volumes, Mr. Murray will hand us more than 200 copies. We would recommend
something being done with them, and we think they might be returned and disposed
of in India with more advantage than they would be here, where they could only be
sold as waste paper. Every year they are kept, they will be of less value to the Socie-
ty. If they were advertised, we fear the sales would not pay the ezpences of so doing.
If you will favor us with the wishes of the Society, at an early date, we shall be much
obliged to you.

We are, Sir,
London, Feb, 29, 1844. Your faithful Servants,

Wm. H. Allbn and Co.

ilir Proctedingi of the Atialie Soeitty. [Mat, IB44.

Hb(i»t ToMiNs, EBU./or Jflxmoi of lh« AnaSe Society of Btngol. m
Aceomt vithVi. H. Allbn akp Co. . . . ^■'-

lli

Jaun>.l No

S
7
li
11
9

S
8

11
9
1-2

13
IS
13
10
10
13
14
IS
17
16
I
IB

'ji

50
BO

50
50

II
la

13
VI

35
35
14
16
17

17
18
13

iOS

109

115

.*:

(•

£13

OB. fttrwory 38. 1814.

I'iS la 13a to Proreum Wibon.

Bd. Aiialic Jovtnftl.

RajrtI Socidtr

Royal Aiialie Society.

- Bd. Phil. Jonrn&l.

- Koyal liuUul

- PhtloMphic&l

- B&roD Voo HuuDW Pnrgiull.

- Royal Society of Edinburgh.

- Speclator.

- ProfeMor Schkgiil.

Mat, 1H44.] Proceedings ofihe Asiatie Soeie^f. xlv

H* ToRRBNt, Esq.

DsAR Sir, — Tou may remember about two yean ago, the Asiatic Society ordered
Arrowimith't Map of India from us, which was shipped to the Society in January 1842.
The order firom the Society for it is worded thus : *' As soon as possible send to my
address, as Secretary to the Asiatic Society, a copy of the latest Map of India, by Ar-
rowsmith, of the largest sise, on spring rollers, &c. for the use of the Society."

The order was strictly complied with in the selection of Arrowsmith's largest and
latest Map ; on its arri7al the Society write,

*' The letter advising the dispatch of Arrowsmith's Map has come to hand, but I beg
to observe, that although my letter of the 15th May 1841, commissioned the latest pub-
lished Map by Arrowsmith, yet you are aware that since the Map was compiled by
him, Arrawsmithf more countries have been acquired and more fall and complete
Maps of India have been published under the auspices of the East India Company ;
and if the Society is not much mistaken, these publications have been undertaken by
yourselves. Under these circumstances the Society expected, that notwithstanding
Arrowsmith's Map was specially ordered, you would have exercised your judgment
to send the latest and most complete Map of India instead of the one sent by you* The
Map firom its incompleteness is quite useless to the Society, and as such, it is, I re-
gret to say, rejected, and made over to Messrs. Thacker and Co., to whom you will
please give instructions for its disposal."

The Society again write on the 5th September, 1 848: —

** Although the Society is not disposed at present to disturb the account current
closed to the SOth June 1843, yet I am desired to say, that it is susceptible of adjust-
ment with reference to my letter of February, as regards the cost and charges of Ar-
rowsmith's Map ; vis. £18 10s, which has been rejected by the Society as incomplete.
You have already been advised that the Map has already been made over to Messis.
Thacker and Co. for disposal on your account"

On perusal of the foregoing it will be clear to you, that we had no alternative, but
to forward the Society Arrowsmith's Map of India, ^hich i» double the sise ot ovtn.
It would have been much more to our advantage to have disposed of our own publica-
tion instead of purchasing Arrowsmith's ; but it would not have been either honest to
the Society or to Arrowsmith, had we done so. We concluded that Arrowsmith's Map
was well known to the Society, and for aught we knew, the Society might have already
poesessed our Map, which is always procurable in Calcutta. Under these circumstances
it is quite clear, that it is no fault of oun that the Map ordered to the Society has
proved of little use. We conclude the Map to be still in the hands of Messrs. Thacker
and Co. For the last year we have had no connection with them, and it is not our

xlvi Proceidingi tfthe AsiaHe Sodettf. [Mat, 1844.

intentioii to renew it We trouble you with this letter jvrtvole^r* and shall be ob-
liged by your explaining the matter to the Society. It would not be reaapnable to
suppose we can bear the loss of £18 lOt, when no error had been committed by us.
The agency of the Society is, as you must be aware, at times Tcry troublesome, and
for which we never make any charge, but on the contrary often study to promote its
interest at our own expense. Thii we shall continue to do, and consider the interests of
the Society as identical with our own. Our Map of India has just been corrected, at
a great outlay, to the present date, and if the Society desire to possess it, it will cost
about £10 lOs. including shipping expenses to Calcutta.

We are, dear Sir,
London, February 29, 1844. Tour faithful Servants,

W. H. Allbn and Co,

Read the following letter from Government, accompanying the work to
which it refers : —

No. 550 of 1844.

Firom W. Bdwards, Bsq. Under^Seereiary to the Oe/Mmmmi <if Mndia, to
H. ToaaiNs, Esq. Ftce President and Secretary to tke Aeiatie Society,
ForoisB Departnwot.
Sia,— 1 am directed by the Governor General in Council to transmit to you, for such
notice as the Society may deem it deserving of, the accompanying Grammar of the
Cashmeree Language, by Migor R. Leech, C. B.

I have the honor to be. Sir,

Your most obedient SItrvant,
Fort WiUiam, tke Stk AprU, 1844. W. Edwards,

Under-Secretary to tke Goeemmeni ef imlNk

This Grammar was referred to the Editors of the Journal for publica-
tion.

Read the following letter from Dr. Griffith, Acting Superintendent H. C.

Botanic Garden : —

Mt dbar Sir,— Dr. Martins, the learned writer on BrasU, and a high scientific
character, is anxious, u Secretary to the Mathematico- Physical part of the Batisbon
Academy, to ascertain whether the Asiatic Society would be willing to enter on a system
of interchange of publications and objects with that Academy, and if so, what are the
publications, &c. the Society would wish to have, and of what it would be convenient
to the Society to dispose.

Mat, 1644.] Proceedings of the Atiaiic Society. xlvii

I •hftil feel obliged if yon can give me such infomation as will be sufficient to guide
Dr. Martius, and hope that it will be such as will enable him to complete what he
earnestly desires, a constant and liberal exchange with the Head Society of India.

1 am. My dear Sir,

Your's truly,
BoktrUe Oardem, AprU 20, 1844. W. GRirriTH,

Member^ Royal RatUbon Academy.

Ordered, that a letter expressing the best thanks of the Society for the
friendly overture of Dr. Martius, and the Society's desire to promote on its
side the most friendly relations with the University of Ratisbon be sent.

Read the following letter from Captain Williams, 1st Assistant Com-
missioner of Arracan : —

Dsaa Sir, — 1 have the pleasure to inform you, that 1 have forwarded to Rymkhroo
for the purpose of being conveyed on the ** Amherst** to you, an iron anchor stock,
found on Chedooba, at the spot where the gold coin and javelin heads were discovered. I
can obtain no information whatever from the Mugs about it, but it may throw some
light towards the discovery of the country and age of the coins.

Your's very truly,

Ramree, Arracan, March 27, 1 844. D. Williams.

The Sub- Secretary submitted to the Meeting an impression taken from
the iron bell from Ningpo, presented by Captain Warden, H. C. Steamer
Queen, to^the R. R. the Bishop for the Cathedral. It was proposed
and approved of, that this should be first sent to China, for translation
by Mr. M. Callery or Gutslaff, in order to learn before proceeding farther,
whether the inscription contained any thing of importance and worth the
trouble of taking off.

Read the following letter from Dr. Roer, accompanying the valuable
translation to which it refers, which was referred for publication to the
Editors of the Journal.

Mv DEAR ToERBMs,^! Bend you the first four chapters of my Translation of Bhas-
cara Acharya's work on Astronomy ; this is about the fourth part of the whole, and
sufficient, 1 think for one number of the Journal.

Your's sincerely,
20th AprU, \S44. G. RoSR.

zlviii Proceedings of the Asiatic Sodeiy. [Mat, 1844.

Read letter from the Rev. W. Yatee, addressed to the Honorable the Pre-
sident, with a copy of the « Nalodya/' the able and very nseful work to
which it refers.

The Homrahlt W. W. Bird, Esq. PresideiU of the Asiatic Sodeiy.

Dbab Sir, — If it it not giving you too much trouble, will you allow me to beg of
you the favour of presentiDg to the Aiiatic Society at their next Meeting the accon-
paoying work. It is so much in keeping with the designs of Sir W. Jones, the noble
founder of the Institution, that I venture to entertain the hope, that it will not be un-
acceptable.

1 am, your's very truly,

W. Tatbs.
AprU i% 1844.

Read the following letter from J. Muir, Esq. C. S. :—

U. W. ToBBBNs, Esq. Secretary to the Asiatic Society of BengaJL

Mt dbab Sib, — I am sorry to find that the untoward circumstances mentioned in
your letter, (received some time ago in Calcutta,) have for the present put a stop to the
measures in progress for the publication of the S&Hra Fidyd. Could you kindly give
me an idea what it would cost to print and edit the MS. in the manner formerly pro*
posed, either with or without the plates, which were to be had out from England. In
the mean time, 1 should like if possible to have a MS. copy of the work, if that can
be allowed me, in the N agree character, and if you would be good enough to order it
to be put in hand, I will remit the cost of copying.

I remain, My dear Sir,

Your's faithfully,
Agra, April 9, \SM. J. Muia,

Member qf the Asiatic Society qf^enffal.

Ordered, that a statement be drawn out and submitted in the first instance
to the Committee of Papers.

Rbpobt of tub CoRAToa MusBUM OF Economic Gbologv, and Gbological and

MiNBBALOOICAL DbPABTMBMTS, FOR THB MONTH OF APRIL, 1844.

From Major Crommelin, B. E. through Messrs. Colvin and Co. we have to acknow-
Geological and Mineralo- ledge a very handsome donation of upwards of 100 specimens
gicaL of Kocks and Minerals, Scottish, English, (Cumberland and

Westmorland,) and Foreign, with about a dosen specimens of organic remains,
amongst which last I may note as a valuable addition to our cabinets, portions of the
jaw with teeth, of an Icthyosaurus, and a beautiful slab with remains of the Briarean
Pentacrinite. Of the rocks and minerals, many are very great additions to onr cabinets,
and all would have been far more so had any numbers or labels remained to the rocks
by vvhich we could have referred them to the localities from which so many derive

Hat, 1844.] Proceedings of ihe Asiatic Socieiy. xlix

their valne. The minerals are of course easily recognised and re-numbered, but to
identify the rocks, of which there is but a mere dealer's catalogue, is necessarily a work
of much longer time, as many books and descriptions must be referred to, and in the end,
a few will be always uncertain. Nevertheless, the Society is under very great obliga-
tion to Mi^or Crommelin for his liberal donation, and I trust that gentlemen who may,
like him, have old dealer's collections, or even remnants of collections, will not be
deterred, by their imperfect state and want of numbersor catalogues, from sending them.
We shall always be able to turn them to some account.

1 have to record to-day also, another instance of the attention of the Government
of India, and the Honorable Court of Directors, to our wishes as to a Map of the
country comprised in Dr. Yoysey's report, published in vol. 1 1, of the Journal, where
at p. 304, the sections but not the Map are given. The following is the letter from
Government accompanying this Map :^

No. 90.

FromT, B. Davidson, Esq., QfficiaUng Secretary to the Oovemment qf India,
to H. ToRRKNs, Esq., Secretary to the Asiatic Society.

Home Department.
Sir,— With reference to your letter dated the 27th of August 1842, 1 am directed
by the Honorable the President in Council to transmit to you the accompanying
Copy, Para. SO of a Despatch from the Honorable Court of Directors No. 17 of 1843,
dated the Ist November, together with Dr. Yoysey's Geological Map of the Country
between the Godavery and the Kistna therein alluded to, for the use of the Museum of
Economic Geology. 1 am, Sir,

Your obedient servant,
Council Chamber, the 77th January^ 1844. T. R. Davidson,

Q^. Secy, to the Govt, qf India.

Bxtract/rom a Despatch from the Honorable the Court of Directors in the Public
Department, dated the \st November 1843, No. 17.
Answer to Secretary's LeUer, dated I2th October, No. 20 (if 1842.

30. There is only one Geological Map connected with Dr. Yoysey's report, which

includes part of the country between the Godavery and the

niahedwidTa eopy^of Dr. Kut°a* A copy of this Map is forwarded as a number in the

Voysey'a Geological Map packet.

for the M aieom of Econo •

mic Geology. (True Extract,)

T. R. Davidson,
^Wf' Secy, to the Govt, qf India,

This would have been brought forward at the same time as Major Herbert's Map,
but it came in late, and I detained it from that report to refer to the Journal, and
(for which 1 have to apologise) forgot it at the next Meeting.

I have the pleasure to exhibit a very well drawn and accurate copy of Captain Her-
bert's Map from the press of Messrs. D'Rozario and Co., which is now in progress of
colouring, and will be distributed with a number of the Journal ; a large margin being
left to take it out and put io again to the volume to which it belongs. 1 have farther

Is Proceedings of (he Asiatic Society, [Mat, 1844.

preMrvftd some blank copies of this valiuible little Map for the use of the Geological
Department of the Museum, and 1 hope by distributinf some to our laaloof friends to
obtain from them some notes and fillings up, to aid our knowledge of that interasting
part of India.
From Mr. J.N* Martin, £zecutive Officer, Lower Assam, we ha^e receifed thioagh

Colonel Qantin, Supertntending Engineer, Lower Provincet,
^"^G^lo^^ EcoDomic ^^^ ^^^^ containing specimens of ancient earthen tUes, of

rocks and soils, and of wood from that country.

Mr. Martin's Letter is as follows : —

No. 320.

From Mr. J. N. Mabtin, Executive Officer, Lower Assam, to Colonel B. GAasTiN,

Superintending Engineer, Lower Provinces.

Sir, — With reference to your Circular No. 12 of the 4th August 1843, forwarding
a printed letter and statement from the Curator Mu&eumof Economic Geology, 1 have
the honor to annex a list of specimens collected by me in this divuion, which I shall
be obliged by your allowing me to put on board one of your boats fbr transmission to
the presidency.

2. Specimen No. 1 was dug out of some old ruins which were being levelled at Gow*
hatti, in which No. 4, 5 and 6 were also found, and probably formed some part of a
Temple. These fragments will suffice to shew the state of the arts in Assam in former
days. 1 regret that these specimens are not more perfect ; they are the only ones of
the kind I have met with.

3. Specimens No. 7, 8, and 9 are from stones lying about Gowhatti, and which seem
to have formed extensive buildings, (Temples,) which have long since disappeared,
the remains of which are scattered over the station, and are constantly being dug up.
Some of the stones are fine specimens of workmanship. The rock from which the stone
seems to have been quarried is found at the base of the Hills about Gowhatti, laid bars
by the Burrampootur and in rocks in the river.

4. Specimens No. 10 and 1 1 are from the ruins of an old brick Temple at Tezpoor.
12 and 13 are specimens of granite from the same place from stones wrought and un-
wrought, an immense number of which have been collected for (he purpose of some ex-
tensive buildings, (probably Temples,) which from the appearance of the stones seem
never to have been used in any building. The stones appear to have been quarried
from rocks in the Burrampootur, and from the base of the Hills in the vicinity.

5. Specimen No. 16 is soil from Rannee Godown, said to be adapted for the caU
tivation often, and extends over a large tract of country. On my late visit to Gola Ghent,
175 miles above Gowhatti and 200 above Rannee Godown, 1 was struck with the sisu-
larity of the soil on which an individual has commenced the cultivation of the tea
plant. No. 17 is a specimen.

6. Specimen No. 18 is a brick dug out of the ruins of an old Temple, probably
Mahomedan, at Gowalparah, and bears a Persian inscription. From its appearance it
seems to have formed a step or floor, and is evidently of recent date compared with the
ruins found in Assam.

Mat, 1844.] Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, Vi

7. Specimens No. 2, 3, 14 and 15 shew the superior quality of the bricks in former

days, which are far superior to any thing we can make at the present time. The art of

brick-making has long been lost to the Assamese, and it is only within a few years

that it has been revived. The people in the mechanical arts have sadly degenerated,

and they have very little or no inclination to follow the example of their forefathers

in these pursuits. I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your most obedient servant,

J. N. Martin,

Bxeeutive Ctfficer, Lower Assam*

List qf Specimens for the Museum qf Bconomic Oeotogy*

No. 1* — Piece of a large Brick.

2 1 •

o* 5 Common Assamese Bricks.

»From Gowhatli.

I* I Pragmento of Tiles
6. Ditto of glazed Tile.

8. /Specimens of Granite.
9.3

}?' i Bricks from the ruins of an old Temple.

12.
13.
14.

13 % Specimens of Granite, from Tespore.

|g'^ I Bricks from Bishnath.

16. Tea soil from Rannee Godown.

17. Ditto ditto Gola Ghaut.

18. Brick from Gowatlparah, with Persian inscription.

J. N. Martin,

Bxeeutive Ctfficer, Lower Assam.

No. 3,585.

To H. PiDDiNOTON, Esq. Curator, Museum Bconomic Qeology.

Sir,— I have the honor to forward the enclosed Original Communications as noted

No. StO.dAtedSlit Jan. <>° ^^ Margin, from Mr. J. N. Martin, Executive Officer,

«, ..a i^f^ «.AV « V Lower Assam, which ought to have accompanied the specimens
No. SSS, dated ISth Feb. ' e i r

18M. lately sent by him through me.

I am Sir,

Your obedient servant.
Port WiUiam, lUM April, 1844. E. Garstin, Libut. Col.

Superintending Sngineer, Lower Provinces,

List af Specimens qf Wood from Assam for the Museum Bconomic Geology,
1. — Gheara.
2.— Larang.
S.— Willow Bha.
4.— Chumpa.
5. — Seeharoo.
6.— Naghusar.
7.— Saul.

8.— Chamn. J. N. Martin,

Bxeeutive Officer, Lower Assam,

Hi Proceedings cfUte Asiade Society. CMat, 1844.

N0.3S3.

From J. N. Martin, Esq. Executive Offieery Lower Assam, to Col. Garstin,

Superintending Engineer^ Lower Provinces.

SiBf^U contiRuaUoB of my Utter No. 320 of Uie SUt JanRary last, I Iirm the
honor to annex a list of eight •pecuneos of timber for the Museum of Economic Geo-
logy.

2. It was only within the last two or three days that 1 was informed by M^or
Jenkins, that such would be acceptable ; 1 shall continue to make a further collection
as opportunities offer.

I have the honor to be. Sir,
• Your most obedient servaat,

J. N. MARTtJt,

Executive QjOHcer^ Lower Assam,
Gowahatti, 12<A February, 1844.

For all the foregoing communicationB and presentations, the best tlianka
of the Society were voted.

Proceedings of the Asiatic Society for the month of Jvn^, 1844.

Wednesday Evenmgt the M June, 1844.

The Monthly Meeting of the Society was held at the usual hour on
Wednesday evening, the 5th June, H. Torrens, Esq. Vice President in
the chair.

The following list of books presented and purchased, was read :—

Booh for ihe Meeting of the Amtic Society, June B, 1844.

I. Meleorological Register for the month of April 18M, from the Sorreyor
General's Office.

t. The OrieaUi Christian Spectator for May i8M, No. 0. tnd series.— Presented
by the Editors.

S. Journal of the Agricaltaral and Uorticultoral Society of India, Vol, II, No. XI,
1 844. — Presented by the Society.

4. Annals and Magaaine of Natural History, Vol. XII, No. 78 for 184S.— Pur-
chased.

0. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Nos. 80, Si,
St and SS.— Presented by the Society.

8. The Atheneum, for March 16th and tSrd, 1845.— In exchange for the
Society's Journal.

7. Report of the Secretary of the Navy U. S.— Presented by M. R. Johnstone.

8. Magnetic Observations from the Observatory of Bombay.— Presented by Go-
vernment.

9. Goodwyn's Memoir on Wrought Iron Roofing, with a Vol. of Plates.-^Present-
ed by the Author.

10. Brief Grammatical Notice of the Siamese Language, with an Appendix, by T.
Taylor Jones. — Presented by the Author.

II. Notes on the Marine Glue, by Alfred Jefiies. — Presented by Mr. J. De
Gamier.

It. L. Asie Centrals ; Recherches sur les chaines de Montagues et sur la Clima-
tologie. Vols. 1, t, and 9, par A. de Humboldt — Presented by the Author.
•IS. Pearl Fisheries of Ceylon, by J. Stewart. — Presented by C. B. Greenlaw,
Esq. in the name of the Author.

14. Napier's Peninsular War, Vols. 8, 4, 0, and 6.^Purchased.

iiv Proceedimgs of ike Atiatie Soeiefy. [Junb, 1844

15. Letten 4 G. de TaMy, on Sagat, &c. de n Notice lastituce Sudi, par H.
Newbold.-~Pre86nted by the^Anthor.

16. Saadi, Aateor des Pkemierea Poesiea HindooaUiaiii, par G. de Tasaay. 1 84S.—
PMaented by the Aothor.

The Vioe> President and Secretary stated with reference to Napier's Pe-
ninsalar War, that as the^Library contained many incomplete works, he
would suggest that he be authorised, as occasions might present themselves,
to complete such works. This was unanimously agreed to. He also
noticed in terms of approbation, the Taluable work of Mr. Stewart, on the
Pearl Fisheries of Ceylon, a work undertaken, as he had been informed,
from motives of public utility alone, and most creditable both in its design
and execution.

Read the following letter from the Under-Secretary to the GovernmeDt

of India : —

No. 1093 of 1844.

From W. Edwards, Esq. Under 'Secretary to the Government qf India, to the

Secretary to the Asiatic Society.
Foreign Department.
Sia,^By direction of the Governor General in Council, 1 have the honor to traosniit
to you, for such notice as the Society may deem it to merit, the accompanying report,
by Captain Jacob, on the general condition of the Province of Kattywar, and on vari-
ous points of information, chiefly of a geographical and statistical nature connected
with that province.
2. It is requested you will return the document when no longer required.

1 have the honor to be. Sir,

Your obedient Servant,
Fort WiUiam, the 25M May, 1844. W. Edwards,

Under-Secretary to the Gotemment of India,

Read letter from the Under-SecreUry to the Government of Bengal,
according free freight on the Government Steamers, for two boxes of
books for the Education Committee, N. W. P.

Read the following letter from the Curator, Zoological Department : —

To the Secretary of the Asiatic Society.

Sir,— I beg to lay before the Society a request of Mr. J. E. Gray, of the British
Museum, contained in a private letter to myself, that I would procure for him certain
bpecimens procurable in this vicinity, for which he offers to pay a sum not exceeding
£3U annually, tu cover the expences of procuring and preparing of them, while the

JcjNKj 1844.] Proceedings of ike AsioHc SocUhf. Iv

cost of transmitting such to Ldndon will be defrayed by the British Museum. Should
the Society approve of my undertaking the superintendence of such collections, the
specimens might either be prepared by the Society's taxidermists, during the hours of
their non-attendance at the Museum, or an additional taxidermist might be employed
for the purpose, upon a salary deducted from the sum suggested by Mr. Gray.

I have also to request, on tlie part of Mr. Jerdon, that he may be allowed to publish
figures of certain of the Society's birds in the course of his work, now in progress, upon
Indian Ornithology ; leaving it to me to make a selection for the purpose. 1 beg to
recommend that Mr. Jerdon's offer to do so, be entertained by the Society, as our col-
lection contains a very considerable number of species which it is most desirable
should be figured, and could well spare as many as Mr. Jerdon could possibly require.

i wish to call the attention of the Society to the desire of certain Anglo-Indian
youths, to be apprenticed to the Society for three or more years, in order to be taught
the art of taxidermy. The difficulty which I have hitherto experienced in procuring
such youths to assist in the Museum is considerable, and their usefulness is shewn by
the large collection of skins now upon the table, most of those sent by Captain Phayre,
having been prepared by a lad instructed at the Museum, with whom I furnished him,
and who was employed by the Society in Arracan upon a salary of 5 Rupees a month,
upon which terms two other lads are at present engaged, one on beard the Tenaiserim
merchant-vessel, which at this time is on the coast of New Guinea, where I expect
that many specimens will be collected, and the other is with Capt. Abbott at Ramree.
The terms of apprenticeship required, on the part of the lads, who have now applied to
me, are 3 Rupees a month for pocket-money, and a suit of clothes annually, which I
understand is an usual mode of making such contracts in this country. Should the
Society approve of such an arrangement being made with one or more of these youths,
I should be glad of their assistance at the Museum immediately, where there is a varie-
ty of work upon which they might be at once employed.

i am. Sir,

Yours obediently,
June 5, 1844. £o. Blyth.

After some conversation it was settled, that the Curator of the Zoologi-
cal Department, British Museum, be invited to address the Asiatic Society
of Bengal officially, and that Mr. Blyth be also requested to address the
Secretary, and to communicate with the Sub-Secretary fully in detail on
the subject of the proposed apprentices. Mr. Jerdon's request was acceded
to, but with the special proviso, that he should also be invited to address
the Society officially, and that while all birds sent to him should be duly
reported and recorded in the Society's Proceedings, he should also undertake
on his part duly to acknowledge them in his furthcoming work as from
the Society's Museum.

Ivi Proceedings (tfihe Aeiatie Sodefy. [Junb, 1844.

Road the foUowing ItUerfrom M. Jules Mohl, Aasutaat Secretary to the
Society Asiatiqae de Paris, addressed to the Sub-Secretary : —

Society AsiatiquM,

Sir, — I beg^ to acknowledge the receipt of your letter of the 14th of September
184S, by the OabrieUe^ contaioing a ship-letter of a box of Manuscripts of the Vedas.
I have sent the ship-letter to Marseilles, and expect every day to receive the box. I
am charged by the Society to oifer to you and to Ramcomnl Sen, the Society's best
thanks for your care and kindness.

The sudden death of M* Cassin, our agent, has imposed upon me the duty of exa-
mining ail the papers relating to the Society, and to your Society's depdt of books- 1
have made out the account, and am this moment occupied in making the list of books in
the dep6L 1 will report on it next month ; until now 1 have found all in a satisfactory
state. Unfortunately 1 have not yet found the lists of books which }[pu had sent, and
which M. Cassin ought to have bought for your Society ; but as I liaTe not yet been
able to look over all the papers, I am in hopes of finding them yet, and of executing
your instructions*

You mention in one of your letters, that 64 copies of the Index of the Mahabharnt
have been sent last year, we have received a parcel containing 64 copies of an Index
to the 4th Vol. but none of the three 1st volumes. Has no Index to these been
published ?

1 have the honor to be, Sir,

Your respectfully,

JuLBS Mohl,
Parity 1th March, 1844. Secritaire adjoint a la Soe, As.

Ordered, that the Indices to Vols. Ist, 2d and 3d of the Mahabarata be
dispatched to the Paris Society.

Read the following letter from Captain D. Williams, Ist Assistant to the
Commissioner of Arracan :—

Mt nsAS Bia,— I have the plearare to infonn you that, in SMrcbing for gold eoins oo tha
Island of Chedooba, of which I forwarded a couple to yon, the natives have dog ap a laqce bar of
iron resembling the shank of an anchor. I have had it bronght to my honse, and shall have much
pleasure in fonnurding it to the Society if commanded to do so. On the spot also were fomd the
two Javelin heads I sent to yon, and mentioned in your Jonmal, No. CXLII, of 1849.

It may throw some forther light towards the discovery of what ooontry and age the gold eotas

belonged to.

Yonxs foithftally.

Bamret, Sth Marekt 1844. D. Wiuiams.

P. 8.— Since writing the above, IhadanopportonltyofsendiogthebarofimiordianktoKyook
Ph joo, to meet the Amhertt for conveyance to Calcutta to your address.

The iron grapnel shank, for such it evidently is, herein referred to, is
now placed on theright of the northern entrance to the portico of die Museun.

JuNB, 1844.] Proceedings of ihe Anaiic SccUtif. Ivii

It is in tolerable preterratioo, though none of the grapnel claws are remain-
ing. It meaanres six feet in length, but the diciimferenee cannot be as-
certained, as it is covered over with shells and an arenaceo-calcareoas in-
crustation. It may have belonged to some European or Arab Vessel a
century or more ago, and ha^e possibly been elevated with the beach on
which it was found. It cannot have belonged to the people by whom
the gold coins were struck, for those betoken far too rude a state of the
arts to admit of such a bar of iron haying been forged, or been in use on
a ship at the epoch when such coins were used.
Read the following letter from Baboo Gooroprasad Roy : —

Tkt Seeretmrif to Ikt AtUUie SocMif.

StA,— I baTe to b^ that yon will do me the honor to inbmit to the Atlatic Society, the accom-
panying specimen pages in type and Manuscript of a Sanscrit Dictionary in the Bengallee dia-
racter, to be entitled the SoAila £«<iuMrar, and which will I presume be found of the greatest utility
to Native Students of that language, and of much interest to Philologists and Scholars in general.
In testimony of its merits, I Airther beg leaye to submit the opinions of itihereto annexed, both from
NatiTe Pundits and European gentlemen of high and acknowledged talent. The M8S. is com-
pleted, and can be sent to pren.

Your Society, Sir, cannot but be aware that a work like this, though it has cost many years of assi-
duous labour, cannot be printed without a heaTy outlay which I am, fh>m straitened eiitnamstancce,
unable to afford. The most careftii estimates which I can make, supported by the opinion of Dr.
HsBberlin, carry the ezpenee of the work to Go's. Rs. 8,000 for 500 copies, requiring a subscription
of 160 copies at 50 Rs. each, to assure the Printer against loss.

I haTe therefore, Sir, respeotAilly to solicit that the Asiatic Society of Bengal will be pleased to
accord to me such measure of patronage and support and recommendation as they may deem my
labours to merit, and I beg to assure it, thai no attention on my part shall be wanting to render the
work by care, while passing through the press, creditable to its support.

I have the honor to be, Sir,

Your obedient senrant,

GunupnASAD Rot.

This letter was accompanied by certificates from Tarious European
Orientalists and Native Pundits in favour of the work. The Sub-Secretary
stated, that the work had been brought to his notice by a learned Native
friend, and one of the oldest members of the Society, who was also himself
author of by far the most valuable Bengalee and English Dictionary
which had yet appeared, Dewan Ramcomul Sen, and that desirous that the
author of the Sobda Ratnakar should appear before the Society, with a

Iviii Proceedings of the Asiatic Society, £Junb, 1844.

statement sofficieDtly definite as to the baaineei part of the matter to
enable it to consider hia application at once, he had referred him to Or.
Hseberlin, who had kindly examined the work, whose opinion and letter on
the subject was as follows : —

H. PiooivoTOM, Eso. SubSeereUurf 9fih4 AtMU SoeM§.

Mt dsak Sift,— I have examined the M 8S. of the Saoecrit Dictionary in Bengali charmcten,
oompiled by B4b6 Gurupraiad Roy, which yon tent for my inspection; and I am of opinion that
the work, if printed, would be of great uie to Bengalee (Native) Students of Sanscrit, although in a
critical point of Tiew, and for European Scholars, its value can of course not be compared with
Wilson's td edition. This Dictionary of Guruprasad's appears, however, to have been oompiled
with much care, and great labour has evidently been bestowed upon it. There are many more woida
in It than In Wilson's, and some really of importance; the explanations, too, ar« pretty full, and
under each principal vocable all Sanscrit Bynonymes are given in alphabetical order. Hence the
work seems well adapted to Native (Bengali) Students^ in as much they axe aoenstcnned to the
mode observed in this work.

A similar work to this is in course of publication by R. Radhukanta, but the latter will fill 6
large 4to. volumes, and even then is not accessible to the public ; and contains (caroely one-half
of the vocables given in Guruprasad's ; the former will when completed, be more for advanced
scholars, the latter is adapted to students in general.

I think therefore, I might safely lecommend the work in question to the favorable oonsideration
of the Asiatic Society, not however for their adoption, but simply to aasist the author in pub-
lishing the work. Indeed I think this belongs rather to the province of Government and the
Council of Education, than the Asiatic Society. The Dictionary is not so much for the learned, as
for the people of Bengal ; it is for the educated Natives of this country, whether acquainted with
English or not.

To print this Dictionary would require a considerable outlay. As fiir as I can Judge, the work
could not be sold under rupees 00, and if 150 copies were subscribed for by Government, the
Council of Education, the School Book Society, and the Asiatic Society, there is no doubt that
a Printer might be found to undertake the work. I hope something will be done towards the
accomplishing of this object.

Believe me yours truly,
CalcuUa, 8M Afay, 1844. (Signed) J. HiBBXBLiic.

The Vice-President then addressed the meeting, stating, that while there
could be no doubt on the one hand that the work was likely to be one
of very considerable utility to Bengalee Students of Sanscrit, it was on the
other evidently not of that high classic order which the Society had been
hitherto wont to patronise to a large extent He therefore suggested, that
the Society should subscribe for 25 copies (1,250 rupees,) and strongly
recommend the work as an educational one to the attention of Govern-
ment in that Department.

J UN B, 1844.^ Proceedings of the AiiaHc Society. Jiz

After some converBation, it was determined that it should be left to the
Committee of Papers to settle the number of copies to be subscribed for,
and to frame the recommendatory letter to Government on the part of the
Society.

Read the following letter from Dr. W. Griffith, Acting Superintendent
Honorable Company's Botanical Garden, which had been overlooked at
the former meeting, from having slipped into the portfolios of drawings : —

No. 22.

Prom W. Gaiffitr, E*q» Officiating SmperinUndeni (4 the Uon'bU CM^pany** Botanical
Garden^ to H. To&axMi, B*q., Secretary to the Asiatic Society, dated 9th April, 1844.

8i A,->In obedience toiDStniotions received firoxn the Undersecretary to the Goremment of Bengal,

I have the pleaanre of forwarding to you the Buchanan Manuscripts
Reptiles,' ..'.'".7.1!"."'./.!*.'. 18 «»* Drawings, as per margin. I shall be obliged by your ftirnishing
Unfinished, 1 me with a receipt for the same. Amongst them will be found

Fishes '*'."*.'.*.'..*.' .'.7 .*.'.* 1'.' .'.'.* 1S7 id*>i7 copies substituted for originals, and also many duplicate copies

Unfinished drawings ap- u appears to me that these, especially the last, may lead to the

parentiy originals, ... 18
Copies of Birds made by discovery of the manner in which so many of these drawings have

Dr. Wallich, €2 been copied in General Hardwicke's Illustrations of Indian Zoology,

Ditto of Fishes made by
ditto, several to be re* so far as I know, without any acknowledgment (except in the

cognised in the ill us- case of a few turtles} of the source whence they were derived,

txaiion of Indian Zoo-

logy, .„ .„ 20 ^^^ ^ '^"'^ *^® ^^ ^* Asiatic Society will consider the object of its

^ . TZZ being the custos of these drawings in a great measure fulfliled.

Total 607 « »

Two volumes of Manu- ^ ^^ ^ enabled to do Justice to that very eminent person, the timely

scii^U publication of whose labours, would have superseded to a great

degree the labours of Messrs. Hodgson, Blyth and Jerdon.

I have the honor to be. Sir,

Your most obedient Servant,

Hon'ble Company'* Botanic Garden, 9th April, 1844. William Obiftith,

OfficiaUttg Superintendent.

Dr. McGowan, of the American Missionary Hospital at Ningpo, pre-
sented an Inscription from a Tablet in a Buddhist Monastery at Ningpo,
of which the characters, though supposed to be Buddhistical, were unknown
to the learned in China, whether Natives or Europeans, and had been
pronounced here as not being of any recognised form of the Thibetan. The
Inscription was banded to the Editors of the Journal for early insertion.

Dr. McGowan also kiudJy offered to take charge of the impressions
from the Ningpo bell, and to inform the Society if the remaining parts
were worth the trouble of cleaning and taking off.

Ix Proceedings of ike AnaHe Soeieiy. [Junb, 1844.

The following report was then reed for the month of May Curator
Museum Economic Geology.

Rbport or THB Curator Musbum op Economic Gbologt and Gbological

AND MiNBBALOOICAL DbPARTMBNTS, FOR THB MONTH OF MaT, 1844.

Oor recommendation to Government, that the site of the litbogrmphicstonee dia-
Museum qf Beomh c^^^^^^d by Captain Shortreed, as noticed in my reports of
mic G^ohgy, November and December last, hss it would appear, been for-
warded to the Honorable the Governor of the N. W. Provinces, and in reference to
it, we have to place upon record, the following letter received from Captain Stewart,
B. N. I, Fort Adjutant. Chunar:—

Copy, No. <

Fr&m J. Thoevtov, Btq, Seeretarp to Oovernmentt N, W.P.^ to Captain Stswart, Fort A4fmtaut,

Ckmmar,
Sir,— I am desired to Ibrward to jron the aocompanyiBg copy of a letter from the Secretary
General Department, Aii*tio Society regarding Lithographic itonea, aaid to have been

^- ^' '• found near Rewah.

td. The Lieatenant Govenunr has beea given to understand, that you have been already en-
geged in inquiries regarding stones of this description in the neighbourbood of the Soane, and will
foel glad if you can undertake to prosecute the search whidi Captain Shortreed has indicated.
Any moderate sum which you may consider necessary to enable yon snccessftUly to conduct the
Inquiry, will be immediately placed at your disposal. I have, fte. fto. fte.

(Signed) J. Tkorvtov,
(True Copy,) Seeretaqf to Oovtmwuntt N. W, P,

Agra, th* ISM Jfof , 18M. W. M. Strwart.

To J. Tbormtox, S»q, Seeretarg to the Oovenmmt N» W, P^ Agra.

Sir,— I have the honor to acknowledge the receipt of your letter No. 46S of ISOi Instant, for-
warding for my information a copy of a letter from the Secretary of the Asiatle Society to the
Secretary to Government of India, Home Department, regarding the possibility of obtaining sup-
plies of stone fit for Lithographic purposes from the Rewah State, and cwmmunifiatlng the wishes
of the Lieut. OoTeroor, that I should undertake to prosecute the search.

In reply, I have the honor to state, that I shall have great pleasure in meeting the wishes of Uie
Lieut Goremor, and have no doubt from the discoveries already made, coupled with the informa-
tion contained in Mr. Torrens's letter, of being able to accomplish the desired end.

I shall with his permission place myself in immediate communication with ICr. Torrens, ftvward
for his inspection specimens of stones from situations where they have already been diaooveted,
and obtain from him such frirther information as may enable me to follow up the discovery
already made by Capt. Shortreed.

Specimens of genuine white lias, exactly corresponding in appearance with the best German
stone, have already been procured from the bed of the Soane river, at a plaoe sitoated between A)
and 60 miles S. W. of Chunar. The experiments made with them foiled, owing to the softness and
friable nature of the stones submitted for trial, which wwa unable to resist the |ifessm»> applied
to them. They were however quarried from the snrfoce, and as Mr. Tonens remaps that the
best German stone Is usually found with beds of infori<nr quality both above and below, I feel
assured that a little expenditure in digging deeper will lead to the discovery of the proper kind,

I shall forward a contingent bill to you for the sanction of the Lieut. Governor, for any small
expences that may be incurred in making the researches, and have to request, that you will

JuNB, 1844.^ Proceedings of the Astatic Society, Ixi

cause directioiu to be forwarded to the Steam Agent at Chunar, to receive from me free of any
charge for freight, any package! containing stones I may have to forward to Calcutta for experi-
ment. I have, 6c Arc. 6c.

(Signed) W. M. Stswart, detain,
Chunar, SOM Ma^, 1844. Fort Adjutant,

(True Copy.) W. M. Stewa&t.

To H. ToKftsiis, Esq, Stertiarif to the AtiaHc Soei^, Calcutta.

DxAK 8x»,— >I have the pleasure to annex a copy of a letter to my address from the Secretary
to the Government N. W. P., vrith my reply, dated 20th instant, by which yon will observe, that
I have undertaken to prosecute the search for Lithographic stone in Rewah, as suggested in your
letter to the Secretary to the Government of India, Home Department, dnted 14th March laat.

I have this day dispatched a party to the quarry in which white lias haa already been discovered,
with directions to cut right through the stratum from which the stone has hitherto been quarried
to ascertain whether it may not be found of a closer and firmer texture underneath.

The experiments with this stone alluded to in my letter to Mr. Thornton, were made in the
Lithographic press attached to the Office of the Budder Board of Revenue N. W. P. then at Alla-
habad. They were quarried close to the surface, and as the experiments, although unsuccessful
in obtaining a good impression, shewed that the stone was of the proper kind, I think it well worth
while to search frirther before pronouncing it to be a failure.

I shall forward specimens of the stone to your address per Steamer as soon as I receive them,
which will probably be in the course of a month. In the meantime I will be obliged by your
obtaining from Captain Shortreed precise directions, whereby the locality from whence he obtained
the specimens forwarded to you, may be correctly ascertained ; 1 shall thus be able in the cold
weather to follow up the discovery alluded to in your letter to Government, should the present
experiment prove unsuccessful.

I have to request you will inform me under what official designation I may be able to correspond
with you in the matter under discussion. " On the public service," I am not aware whether or not
I can do so, as Secretary to the Asiatic Society. I remain, Dear Sir,

Chunar, MM May, 1844. Year's faithfully,

W. M. Stxwart.

P. S.— I will thank you to forward me at your leisiire a few small specimens of German stone of
diflferent kinds, to enable me to compare them with those found here.

We have replied to Captaio Stewart, directing his attention also to any traces
of organic remains which the formations in that locality might aflford, and for-
warding by dawk banghy specimens of German stone for comparison.

From Mr. Jas. Dodd, Assistant Assay Master, we have to acknowledge two very
handsome specimens of the matrix of the Gold of the Real del Monte Mines, and
two of Copper Ores from Cuba.

Major Alexander, B, A., has obliged us with a few specimens of copper ores and
iron and pyrites, some of which will be of use as duplicates for exchanging, and one
or two will find a place in our Cabinets. Capt. Goodwyn, B. £., has added to our
library of reference by his Taluable work on iron roofing, already noticed amongst the
donations of books, but which should have its place in this report also, as being one
day to become a text book for this important application of a mineral with which
India so much abounds* It may not have been noticed, but it should be so, for

]xii Proceedings of the Asiatic Societjf, QJumb, 1844.

it 18 important ai a step in Indian typography, that the namerous diagnma in this
work aie intorcalated with the text as if they were wood cuts ! though eyidently
lithographs, and of coarse far superior to type-metal cutting. Upon enquiry of Mr.
Huttmann, of the GoTt. Gaiette Press, by whom the work is printed, he informs
me that they arg lithographs, and that they were so inserted by first printing off
the sheet with the necessary blank spaces, and then sending the wet sheets to
the lithographers who printed in their share. This amagement is highly credit-
able to the contrirer of it, and a most Taloable hint to all who may like ourselTes
feel the absence of the art of wood-cutting, in illustrating papeza relative to the
arts or sciences.

For all the foregoing communications and presentations, the best thanks
of the Society were voted.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal"

See other formats